R&S
®
RTA4000
Digital Oscilloscope
User Manual
User Manual
Version 07
1335789802
(=SÜð2)
This manual describes the following R&S
®
RTA4000 models with firmware version 1.6xx:
●
R&S
®
RTA4004 (1335.7700K04)
In addition to the base unit, the following options are described:
●
R&S
®
RTA-K1, I²C/SPI trigger and decode
●
R&S
®
RTA-K2, UART/RS232 trigger and decode
●
R&S
®
RTA-K3, CAN/LIN trigger and decode
●
R&S
®
RTA-K5, I²S (audio) trigger and decode
●
R&S
®
RTA-K6, MIL.1553 trigger and decode
●
R&S
®
RTA-K7, ARINC 429 trigger and decode
●
R&S
®
RTA-K18, Spectrum analysis (replaced by K37)
●
R&S
®
RTA-K31, Power analysis
●
R&S
®
RTA-K36, Bode plot analysis
●
R&S
®
RTA-K37, Spectrum analysis
●
R&S
®
RTA-B1, Mixed signal option
●
R&S
®
RTA-B6, Arbitrary waveform and pattern generator
For order numbers of the options and bundlles, refer to the data sheet.
© 2020 Rohde & Schwarz GmbH & Co. KG
Mühldorfstr. 15, 81671 München, Germany
Phone: +49 89 41 29 - 0
Email: [email protected]
Internet: www.rohde-schwarz.com
Subject to change – Data without tolerance limits is not binding.
R&S
®
is a registered trademark of Rohde & Schwarz GmbH & Co. KG.
Trade names are trademarks of the owners.
1335.7898.02 | Version 07 | R&S
®
RTA4000
Throughout this manual, products from Rohde & Schwarz are indicated without the
®
symbol, e.g. R&S
®
RTA4000 is indicated as
R&S RTA4000.
Contents
R&S
®
RTA4000
3User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Contents
1 Preface.................................................................................................. 17
1.1 Safety Information.......................................................................................................17
1.2 Documentation Overview........................................................................................... 18
1.2.1 Manuals and Instrument Help....................................................................................... 18
1.2.2 Data Sheet and Brochure..............................................................................................19
1.2.3 Calibration Certificate....................................................................................................19
1.2.4 Release Notes and Open Source Acknowledgment..................................................... 19
1.3 Conventions Used in the Documentation.................................................................20
1.3.1 Typographical Conventions...........................................................................................20
1.3.2 Conventions for Procedure Descriptions.......................................................................20
1.3.3 Notes on Screenshots...................................................................................................20
2 Getting Started..................................................................................... 21
2.1 Preparing for Use........................................................................................................ 21
2.1.1 Unpacking and Checking the Instrument...................................................................... 21
2.1.2 Positioning the Instrument.............................................................................................21
2.1.3 Starting the Instrument..................................................................................................22
2.1.4 Replacing the Fuse....................................................................................................... 24
2.2 Instrument Tour........................................................................................................... 24
2.2.1 Front View..................................................................................................................... 24
2.2.2 Side View...................................................................................................................... 27
2.2.3 Rear View......................................................................................................................28
3 Operating Basics..................................................................................30
3.1 Display Overview........................................................................................................ 30
3.2 Selecting the Application........................................................................................... 31
3.3 Using the Touchscreen...............................................................................................31
3.3.1 Accessing Functionality Using the Main Menu..............................................................31
3.3.2 Accessing Functionality Using Shortcuts...................................................................... 33
3.3.3 Entering Data................................................................................................................ 33
3.3.4 Using Gestures............................................................................................................. 34
3.4 Front Panel Keys.........................................................................................................35
3.4.1 Action Controls..............................................................................................................35
Contents
R&S
®
RTA4000
4User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
3.4.2 Analysis Controls.......................................................................................................... 36
3.5 Using the Toolbar........................................................................................................ 37
3.6 Quick Access...............................................................................................................38
3.7 Menu History............................................................................................................... 39
3.8 Getting Help.................................................................................................................40
4 Waveform Setup...................................................................................41
4.1 Connecting Probes and Displaying a Signal............................................................41
4.2 Horizontal Setup..........................................................................................................42
4.2.1 HORIZONTAL Controls.................................................................................................44
4.2.2 Shortcuts for Horizontal Settings...................................................................................45
4.2.3 Horizontal Settings........................................................................................................ 45
4.3 Vertical Setup.............................................................................................................. 46
4.3.1 VERTICAL Controls...................................................................................................... 47
4.3.2 Short Menu for Analog Channels.................................................................................. 49
4.3.3 Vertical Settings............................................................................................................ 49
4.3.4 Threshold Settings........................................................................................................ 54
4.3.5 Label Settings............................................................................................................... 55
4.4 Probes.......................................................................................................................... 56
4.4.1 Adjusting Passive Probes............................................................................................. 56
4.4.2 Probe Settings for Probes with BNC Connector........................................................... 57
4.4.3 Probe Settings for Probes with Rohde & Schwarz Interface.........................................58
4.5 Acquisition Setup........................................................................................................67
4.5.1 Shortcuts for Acquisition Settings................................................................................. 68
4.5.2 Acquisition Settings.......................................................................................................68
5 Trigger...................................................................................................72
5.1 Trigger Controls.......................................................................................................... 73
5.2 Shortcuts for Trigger Settings................................................................................... 74
5.3 General Trigger Settings............................................................................................ 75
5.4 Edge Trigger................................................................................................................ 77
5.5 Edge A/B Trigger......................................................................................................... 79
5.6 Width Trigger............................................................................................................... 80
5.7 Video Trigger............................................................................................................... 83
5.8 Pattern Trigger.............................................................................................................85
Contents
R&S
®
RTA4000
5User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
5.9 Runt Trigger.................................................................................................................88
5.10 Rise Time Trigger........................................................................................................ 89
5.11 Timeout Trigger........................................................................................................... 91
5.12 Actions on Trigger...................................................................................................... 93
6 Waveform Analysis.............................................................................. 96
6.1 Zoom............................................................................................................................ 96
6.1.1 Zooming In.................................................................................................................... 96
6.1.2 Modifying the Zoom.......................................................................................................98
6.1.3 Zoom Settings............................................................................................................... 99
6.2 Mathematics.............................................................................................................. 100
6.2.1 Short Menu for Math Waveforms................................................................................ 100
6.2.2 Configuring Math Waveforms......................................................................................101
6.2.3 Settings for Math Waveforms......................................................................................101
6.2.4 Mathematic Functions................................................................................................. 102
6.2.5 Filters.......................................................................................................................... 104
6.2.6 Tracks..........................................................................................................................105
6.2.7 Saving and Loading Formularies.................................................................................110
6.3 Reference Waveforms...............................................................................................110
6.3.1 Using References........................................................................................................ 111
6.3.2 Settings for Reference Waveforms..............................................................................112
6.4 History and Segmented Memory ............................................................................ 115
6.4.1 Segmented Memory.................................................................................................... 115
6.4.2 Activating the History...................................................................................................117
6.4.3 History Settings........................................................................................................... 117
6.4.4 Segment Table and History Player.............................................................................. 119
6.4.5 Exporting History Data................................................................................................ 121
6.5 Search........................................................................................................................ 124
6.5.1 Search Conditions and Results...................................................................................124
6.5.2 General Search Settings............................................................................................. 127
6.5.3 Edge Search............................................................................................................... 129
6.5.4 Width Search...............................................................................................................130
6.5.5 Peak Search................................................................................................................131
6.5.6 Rise/Fall Time Search.................................................................................................132
Contents
R&S
®
RTA4000
6User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
6.5.7 Runt Setup.................................................................................................................. 133
6.5.8 Data2Clock..................................................................................................................135
6.5.9 Pattern Search............................................................................................................ 136
6.5.10 Window Search........................................................................................................... 138
7 Measurements....................................................................................141
7.1 Quick Measurements................................................................................................ 141
7.2 Automatic Measurements........................................................................................ 142
7.2.1 Measurement Results................................................................................................. 142
7.2.2 Measurement Types....................................................................................................145
7.2.3 Settings for Automatic Measurements........................................................................ 149
7.2.4 Delay Setup.................................................................................................................152
7.3 Cursor Measurements.............................................................................................. 154
7.3.1 Cursor Settings........................................................................................................... 156
8 Applications........................................................................................160
8.1 Mask Testing..............................................................................................................160
8.1.1 About Masks and Mask Testing.................................................................................. 160
8.1.2 Using Masks................................................................................................................161
8.1.3 Mask Window..............................................................................................................164
8.1.4 Mask Menu..................................................................................................................165
8.2 FFT Analysis..............................................................................................................168
8.2.1 FFT Display.................................................................................................................168
8.2.2 Performing FFT Analysis.............................................................................................170
8.2.3 FFT Setup................................................................................................................... 170
8.3 Spectrum Analysis and Spectrogram (Option R&S RTA-K18)..............................176
8.3.1 FFT Menu with Spectrum Analysis............................................................................. 176
8.3.2 Spectrogram................................................................................................................178
8.3.3 Peak List and Markers................................................................................................ 179
8.3.4 Display Settings for Spectrum and Spectrogram........................................................ 185
8.4 Spectrum Analysis and Spectrogram (Option R&S RTA-K37)..............................186
8.4.1 FFT Menu with Spectrum Analysis............................................................................. 187
8.4.2 Spectrogram................................................................................................................188
8.4.3 Peak List and Markers................................................................................................ 190
8.4.4 Display Settings for Spectrum and Spectrogram........................................................ 195
Contents
R&S
®
RTA4000
7User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
8.5 XY-Diagram................................................................................................................ 196
8.6 Digital Voltmeter........................................................................................................ 198
8.6.1 Using the Meter...........................................................................................................199
8.6.2 Meter Settings............................................................................................................. 199
8.7 Trigger Counter......................................................................................................... 200
8.8 Bode Plot (Option R&S RTA-K36)............................................................................ 201
8.8.1 About the Bode Plot.................................................................................................... 202
8.8.2 Using a Bode Plot....................................................................................................... 203
8.8.3 Bode Plot Window Controls........................................................................................ 205
8.8.4 Bode Plot Settings.......................................................................................................206
9 Documenting Results........................................................................ 210
9.1 Saving and Loading Instrument Settings............................................................... 211
9.2 Saving Waveform Data............................................................................................. 212
9.2.1 Waveform Export Settings...........................................................................................213
9.2.2 Waveform File Formats............................................................................................... 214
9.3 Annotations............................................................................................................... 216
9.4 Screenshots...............................................................................................................217
9.5 Quick Save with OneTouch...................................................................................... 219
9.6 Export and Import..................................................................................................... 220
10 General Instrument Setup................................................................. 222
10.1 Instrument Settings.................................................................................................. 222
10.2 Display Settings........................................................................................................ 225
10.3 Reset.......................................................................................................................... 228
10.4 Locking the Touchscreen......................................................................................... 229
10.5 Performing a Self-Alignment....................................................................................229
10.6 Setting the Date, Time and Language..................................................................... 230
10.7 Options.......................................................................................................................232
10.7.1 Activating Options....................................................................................................... 232
10.8 Updating the Firmware............................................................................................. 233
11 Network Connections and Remote Operation.................................234
11.1 LAN Connection........................................................................................................ 234
11.2 USB Connection........................................................................................................237
Contents
R&S
®
RTA4000
8User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
11.2.1 USB TMC.................................................................................................................... 237
11.2.2 USB VCP.................................................................................................................... 238
11.2.3 USB MTP.................................................................................................................... 238
11.3 Remote Access Using a Web Browser....................................................................238
11.3.1 Accessing the Instrument Using a Web Browser........................................................ 238
11.3.2 Instrument Home.........................................................................................................239
11.3.3 Screenshot.................................................................................................................. 239
11.3.4 SCPI Device Control................................................................................................... 240
11.3.5 Save/Load................................................................................................................... 241
11.3.6 Network Settings......................................................................................................... 242
11.3.7 Change Password.......................................................................................................243
11.3.8 Livescreen...................................................................................................................243
11.3.9 Remote Front Panel.................................................................................................... 243
12 Serial Bus Analysis............................................................................244
12.1 Basics of Protocol Analysis.....................................................................................244
12.1.1 Protocol - Common Settings....................................................................................... 245
12.1.2 Displaying Decode Results......................................................................................... 247
12.1.3 Bus Table: Decode Results.........................................................................................248
12.1.4 Bus Labels.................................................................................................................. 250
12.1.5 Label List.....................................................................................................................251
12.2 SPI Bus (Option R&S RTA-K1)................................................................................. 254
12.2.1 The SPI Protocol......................................................................................................... 254
12.2.2 SPI Configuration........................................................................................................ 255
12.2.3 SPI Trigger.................................................................................................................. 258
12.2.4 SPI Decode Results ................................................................................................... 261
12.3 I²C (Option R&S RTA-K1).......................................................................................... 262
12.3.1 The I²C Protocol.......................................................................................................... 263
12.3.2
I
2
C Configuration.........................................................................................................264
12.3.3
I
2
C Trigger................................................................................................................... 266
12.3.4
I
2
C Decode Results ....................................................................................................269
12.3.5
I
2
C Label List...............................................................................................................270
12.4 UART / RS232 (Option R&S RTA-K2).......................................................................272
12.4.1 The UART / RS232 Interface...................................................................................... 272
Contents
R&S
®
RTA4000
9User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
12.4.2 UART Configuration.................................................................................................... 272
12.4.3 UART Trigger.............................................................................................................. 275
12.4.4 UART Decode Results ............................................................................................... 277
12.5 CAN (Option R&S RTA-K3)....................................................................................... 278
12.5.1 The CAN Protocol....................................................................................................... 279
12.5.2 CAN Configuration...................................................................................................... 280
12.5.3 CAN Trigger................................................................................................................ 282
12.5.4 CAN Decode Results.................................................................................................. 286
12.5.5 Search on Decoded CAN Data................................................................................... 288
12.5.6 CAN Label List............................................................................................................ 290
12.6 LIN (Option R&S RTA-K3)......................................................................................... 292
12.6.1 The LIN Protocol......................................................................................................... 292
12.6.2 LIN Configuration........................................................................................................ 294
12.6.3 LIN Trigger.................................................................................................................. 296
12.6.4 LIN Decode Results ................................................................................................... 299
12.6.5 Search on Decoded LIN Data..................................................................................... 300
12.6.6 LIN Label List.............................................................................................................. 303
12.7 Audio Signals (Option R&S RTA-K5).......................................................................305
12.7.1 Audio Protocols........................................................................................................... 305
12.7.2 Audio Configuration.....................................................................................................307
12.7.3 Setup of Audio Variants...............................................................................................310
12.7.4 Audio Trigger...............................................................................................................312
12.7.5 Audio Decode Results ................................................................................................314
12.8 MIL-STD-1553 (Option R&S RTA-K6)....................................................................... 314
12.8.1 The MIL-STD-1553 .................................................................................................... 315
12.8.2 MIL-STD-1553 Configuration...................................................................................... 317
12.8.3 MIL-STD-1553 Trigger................................................................................................ 319
12.8.4 MIL-STD-1553 Decode Results.................................................................................. 324
12.8.5 MIL-STD-1553 Label List............................................................................................ 325
12.9 ARINC 429 (Option R&S RTA-K7)............................................................................ 325
12.9.1 ARINC 429 Basics...................................................................................................... 325
12.9.2 ARINC 429 Configuration............................................................................................326
12.9.3 ARINC 429 Trigger......................................................................................................328
Contents
R&S
®
RTA4000
10User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
12.9.4 ARINC 429 Decode Results........................................................................................332
12.9.5 Search on Decoded ARINC 429 Data.........................................................................333
12.9.6 ARINC 429 Label List..................................................................................................335
13 Power Analysis (Option R&S RTA-K31)........................................... 337
13.1 Probe Adjustment..................................................................................................... 337
13.1.1 Deskewing the Probes................................................................................................ 337
13.1.2 Probe Settings for Power Measurements................................................................... 338
13.2 Report Settings......................................................................................................... 338
13.3 Statistic Menu Settings.............................................................................................339
13.4 Input Power Measurements..................................................................................... 340
13.4.1 Quality......................................................................................................................... 340
13.4.2 Consumption............................................................................................................... 344
13.4.3 Harmonics................................................................................................................... 347
13.4.4 Inrush Current............................................................................................................. 350
13.5 Output Power Measurements.................................................................................. 353
13.5.1 Ripple.......................................................................................................................... 353
13.5.2 Spectrum.....................................................................................................................356
13.5.3 Transient Response.................................................................................................... 359
13.6 Switching Power Measurements............................................................................. 361
13.6.1 Slew Rate....................................................................................................................362
13.6.2 Modulation...................................................................................................................364
13.6.3 Dynamic On Resistance..............................................................................................367
13.7 Power Path Power Measurements...........................................................................369
13.7.1 Efficiency.....................................................................................................................369
13.7.2 Switching Loss............................................................................................................ 372
13.7.3 Turn ON/OFF Time......................................................................................................375
13.7.4 Safe Operating Area (S.O.A.)..................................................................................... 378
14 Logic Analyzer (Option R&S RTA-B1, MSO)....................................386
14.1 Short Menu for Logic Channels...............................................................................386
14.2 Logic Analyzer Settings........................................................................................... 388
14.3 Triggering on Logic Channels................................................................................. 390
14.4 Analyzing Logic Channels....................................................................................... 390
14.5 Parallel Buses............................................................................................................391
Contents
R&S
®
RTA4000
11User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
14.5.1 Parallel Bus Configuration...........................................................................................391
14.5.2 Decode Results...........................................................................................................393
15 Signal Generation (Option R&S RTA-B6).........................................395
15.1 Function Generator...................................................................................................395
15.1.1 Using the Function Generator..................................................................................... 395
15.1.2 Basic Settings of the Function Generator .................................................................. 398
15.1.3 Sweep Settings........................................................................................................... 401
15.1.4 Modulation Settings.....................................................................................................402
15.1.5 Burst Settings..............................................................................................................404
15.1.6 Arbitrary Setup Settings.............................................................................................. 405
15.2 Pattern Generator......................................................................................................407
15.2.1 Pattern Selection.........................................................................................................407
15.2.2 Settings for Square Wave Pattern...............................................................................408
15.2.3 Settings for Counter Pattern........................................................................................409
15.2.4 Settings for Arbitrary Pattern.......................................................................................410
15.2.5 Settings for Manual Pattern.........................................................................................413
15.2.6 Settings for Serial Buses.............................................................................................413
15.2.7 Settings for PWM Signals........................................................................................... 414
16 Remote Control Commands..............................................................417
16.1 Conventions used in Command Description......................................................... 417
16.2 Programming Examples........................................................................................... 418
16.2.1 Documenting Results.................................................................................................. 418
16.2.2 Firmware Update.........................................................................................................422
16.2.3 Search.........................................................................................................................423
16.2.4 Function Generator..................................................................................................... 424
16.3 Common Commands................................................................................................ 424
16.4 Waveform Setup........................................................................................................ 427
16.4.1 Automatic Setup..........................................................................................................428
16.4.2 Starting and Stopping Acquisition............................................................................... 428
16.4.3 Vertical Settings.......................................................................................................... 429
16.4.4 Passive Probes........................................................................................................... 436
16.4.5 Active Probes.............................................................................................................. 437
16.4.6 ProbeMeter................................................................................................................. 444
Contents
R&S
®
RTA4000
12User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
16.4.7 Horizontal Settings...................................................................................................... 446
16.4.8 Acquisition Settings.....................................................................................................448
16.4.9 Waveform Data........................................................................................................... 453
16.5 Trigger........................................................................................................................ 453
16.5.1 General Trigger Settings............................................................................................. 453
16.5.2 Edge Trigger................................................................................................................455
16.5.3 Edge A/B Trigger.........................................................................................................457
16.5.4 Width Trigger...............................................................................................................459
16.5.5 Video/TV Trigger......................................................................................................... 461
16.5.6 Pattern Trigger............................................................................................................ 462
16.5.7 Runt Trigger................................................................................................................ 464
16.5.8 Risetime Trigger..........................................................................................................466
16.5.9 Timeout Trigger........................................................................................................... 468
16.5.10 Serial Bus....................................................................................................................468
16.5.11 Actions on Trigger....................................................................................................... 468
16.6 Waveform Analysis................................................................................................... 471
16.6.1 Zoom........................................................................................................................... 471
16.6.2 Mathematics................................................................................................................472
16.6.3 Reference Waveforms.................................................................................................476
16.6.4 Search.........................................................................................................................480
16.6.5 History ........................................................................................................................ 496
16.7 Measurements........................................................................................................... 508
16.7.1 Quick Measurements.................................................................................................. 508
16.7.2 Automatic Measurements........................................................................................... 509
16.7.3 Cursor Measurements.................................................................................................522
16.8 Applications...............................................................................................................529
16.8.1 General....................................................................................................................... 529
16.8.2 Mask Testing............................................................................................................... 529
16.8.3 FFT Analysis............................................................................................................... 535
16.8.4 Spectrum Analysis and Spectrogram (Option)............................................................542
16.8.5 XY-Waveforms.............................................................................................................550
16.8.6 Digital Voltmeter..........................................................................................................551
16.8.7 Trigger Counter........................................................................................................... 553
Contents
R&S
®
RTA4000
13User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
16.8.8 Bode Plot (Option R&S RTA-K36)...............................................................................554
16.9 Documenting Results............................................................................................... 562
16.9.1 Transfer of Waveform Data......................................................................................... 562
16.9.2 Waveform Data Export to File..................................................................................... 574
16.9.3 Screenshots................................................................................................................ 575
16.9.4 Instrument Settings: Mass MEMomory Subsystem.................................................... 577
16.10 General Instrument Setup........................................................................................ 583
16.10.1 Display Settings.......................................................................................................... 584
16.10.2 System Settings.......................................................................................................... 588
16.10.3 LAN Settings............................................................................................................... 592
16.10.4 USB Settings...............................................................................................................594
16.10.5 Trigger Out.................................................................................................................. 594
16.10.6 Firmware Update.........................................................................................................595
16.11 Serial Bus Analysis...................................................................................................596
16.11.1 General....................................................................................................................... 597
16.11.2 SPI (Option R&S RTA-K1)...........................................................................................599
16.11.3 I²C................................................................................................................................611
16.11.4 UART (Option R&S RTA-K2).......................................................................................622
16.11.5 CAN (Option R&S RTA-K3).........................................................................................631
16.11.6 LIN (Option R&S RTA-K3)...........................................................................................646
16.11.7 Audio (Option R&S RTA-K5)....................................................................................... 659
16.11.8 MIL-1553 (Option R&S RTA-K6)................................................................................. 671
16.11.9 ARINC 429 (Option R&S RTA-K7).............................................................................. 693
16.12 Power Analysis (Option R&S RTA-K31).................................................................. 706
16.12.1 General....................................................................................................................... 706
16.12.2 Probe Adjustment........................................................................................................708
16.12.3 Report......................................................................................................................... 709
16.12.4 Consumption............................................................................................................... 710
16.12.5 Dynamic ON Resistance............................................................................................. 712
16.12.6 Power Efficiency..........................................................................................................713
16.12.7 Current Harmonic........................................................................................................715
16.12.8 Inrush Current............................................................................................................. 721
16.12.9 Modulation Analysis.................................................................................................... 722
Contents
R&S
®
RTA4000
14User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
16.12.10 Turn On/Off................................................................................................................. 726
16.12.11 Quality......................................................................................................................... 727
16.12.12 Ripple.......................................................................................................................... 731
16.12.13 Slew Rate....................................................................................................................736
16.12.14 S.O.A...........................................................................................................................742
16.12.15 Spectrum.....................................................................................................................750
16.12.16 Switching.....................................................................................................................753
16.12.17 Transient Response.................................................................................................... 757
16.13 Mixed Signal Option (Option R&S RTA-B1)............................................................ 759
16.13.1 Logic Channels........................................................................................................... 759
16.13.2 Parallel Buses............................................................................................................. 766
16.14 Signal Generation (Option R&S RTA-B6)................................................................ 770
16.14.1 Function Generator..................................................................................................... 770
16.14.2 Pattern Generator....................................................................................................... 778
16.15 Status Reporting....................................................................................................... 786
16.15.1 STATus:OPERation Register.......................................................................................786
16.15.2 STATus:QUEStionable Registers................................................................................788
17 Maintenance and Support................................................................. 792
17.1 Cleaning..................................................................................................................... 792
17.2 Contacting Customer Support.................................................................................792
17.3 Storing and Packing................................................................................................. 793
17.4 Replacing the Fuse................................................................................................... 793
17.5 Data Security............................................................................................................. 794
Annex.................................................................................................. 795
A Remote Control - Basics................................................................... 795
A.1 SCPI Command Structure........................................................................................ 795
A.1.1 Syntax for Common Commands................................................................................. 795
A.1.2 Syntax for Device-Specific Commands.......................................................................796
A.1.3 SCPI Parameters........................................................................................................ 797
A.1.4 Overview of Syntax Elements..................................................................................... 800
A.1.5 Structure of a Command Line..................................................................................... 801
A.1.6 Responses to Queries.................................................................................................802
Contents
R&S
®
RTA4000
15User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
A.2 Command Sequence and Synchronization............................................................ 803
A.2.1 Preventing Overlapping Execution..............................................................................803
A.3 Messages .................................................................................................................. 805
A.3.1 Instrument Messages..................................................................................................805
A.3.2 LAN Interface Messages.............................................................................................806
B Remote Control - Status Reporting System.................................... 807
B.1 Structure of a SCPI Status Register........................................................................ 807
B.2 Hierarchy of status registers................................................................................... 808
B.3 Contents of the Status Registers............................................................................ 810
B.3.1 Status Byte (STB) and Service Request Enable Register (SRE)................................810
B.3.2 Event Status Register (ESR) and Event Status Enable Register (ESE)..................... 811
B.3.3 STATus:OPERation Register.......................................................................................812
B.3.4 STATus:QUEStionable Register..................................................................................812
B.4 Application of the Status Reporting System.......................................................... 816
B.4.1 Service Request..........................................................................................................816
B.4.2 Serial Poll.................................................................................................................... 816
B.4.3 Query of an instrument status..................................................................................... 817
B.4.4 Error Queue................................................................................................................ 817
B.5 Reset Values of the Status Reporting System....................................................... 818
List of Commands..............................................................................819
Contents
R&S
®
RTA4000
16User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Preface
R&S
®
RTA4000
17User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
1 Preface
1.1 Safety Information
The R&S RTA4000 digital oscilloscope is designed for measurements on circuits that
are only indirectly connected to the mains or not connected at all. It is not rated for any
measurement category.
The instrument is rated for pollution degree 2 - for indoor, dry location use where only
non-conductive pollution occurs. Temporary conductivity caused by condensation is
possible.
The instrument is intended for use in industrial areas. When used in residential areas,
radio disturbances caused by the instrument can exceed given limits. Additional shield-
ing can be required.
The instrument must be controlled by personnel familiar with the potential risks of mea-
suring electrical quantities. Observe applicable local or national safety regulations and
rules for the prevention of accidents.
Safety information is part of the product documentation. It warns you about the poten-
tial dangers and gives instructions how to prevent personal injury or damage caused
by dangerous situations. Safety information is provided as follows:
●
The "Basic Safety Instructions" in different languages are delivered as a printed
brochure with the instrument.
●
Throughout the documentation, safety instructions are provided when you need to
take care during setup or operation.
Risk of injury
Use the instrument in an appropriate manner to prevent electric shock, personal injury,
or fire:
●
Do not open the instrument casing.
●
Do not use the instrument if you detect or suspect any damage of the instrument or
accessories.
●
Do not operate the instrument in wet, damp or explosive atmospheres.
●
Make sure that the instrument is properly grounded.
●
Do not use the instrument to ascertain volt-free state.
●
Do not exceed the voltage limits given in Chapter 2.2.1.1, "Input Connectors",
on page 25.
Safety Information
Preface
R&S
®
RTA4000
18User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Risk of instrument damage due to inappropriate operating conditions
An unsuitable operating site or test setup can damage the instrument and connected
devices. Before switching on the instrument, observe the information on appropriate
operating conditions provided in the data sheet. In particular, ensure the following:
●
All fan openings are unobstructed and the airflow perforations are unimpeded. A
minimum distance of 10 cm to other objects is recommended.
●
The instrument is dry and shows no sign of condensation.
●
The instrument is positioned as described in the following sections.
●
The ambient temperature does not exceed the range specified in the data sheet.
●
Signal levels at the input connectors are all within the specified ranges.
●
Signal outputs are connected correctly and are not overloaded.
Electromagnetic interference (EMI) may affect the measurement results.
To suppress generated electromagnetic interference (EMI):
●
Use suitable shielded cables of high quality. For example, use double-shielded RF
and LAN cables.
●
Always terminate open cable ends.
●
Note the EMC classification in the data sheet.
1.2 Documentation Overview
This section provides an overview of the R&S RTA4000 user documentation.
1.2.1 Manuals and Instrument Help
You find the manuals on the product page at:
www.rohde-schwarz.com/manual/rta4000
Getting started manual
Introduces the R&S RTA4000 and describes how to set up the product. A printed Eng-
lish version is included in the delivery.
User manual
Contains the description of all instrument modes and functions. It also provides an
introduction to remote control, a complete description of the remote control commands
with programming examples, and information on maintenance and instrument interfa-
ces. Includes the contents of the getting started manual.
Documentation Overview
Preface
R&S
®
RTA4000
19User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
The online version of the user manual provides the complete contents for immediate
display on the internet.
Instrument help
The help offers quick, context-sensitive access to the functional description directly on
the instrument.
Basic safety instructions
Contains safety instructions, operating conditions and further important information.
The printed document is delivered with the instrument.
Instrument security procedures manual
Deals with security issues when working with the R&S RTA4000 in secure areas.
Service manual
Describes the performance test for checking the rated specifications, module replace-
ment and repair, firmware update, troubleshooting and fault elimination, and contains
mechanical drawings and spare part lists. The service manual is available for regis-
tered users on the global Rohde & Schwarz information system (GLORIS, https://
gloris.rohde-schwarz.com).
1.2.2 Data Sheet and Brochure
The data sheet contains the technical specifications of the R&S RTA4000. It also lists
the options with their order numbers and optional accessories. The brochure provides
an overview of the instrument and deals with the specific characteristics.
See www.rohde-schwarz.com/brochure-datasheet/rta4000
1.2.3 Calibration Certificate
The document is available on https://gloris.rohde-schwarz.com/calcert. You need the
device ID of your instrument, which you can find on a label on the rear panel.
1.2.4 Release Notes and Open Source Acknowledgment
The release notes list new features, improvements and known issues of the current
firmware version, and describe the firmware installation. The open source acknowledg-
ment document provides verbatim license texts of the used open source software.
See www.rohde-schwarz.com/firmware/rta4000. The open source acknowledgment
document can also be read directly on the instrument.
Documentation Overview
Preface
R&S
®
RTA4000
20User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
1.3 Conventions Used in the Documentation
1.3.1 Typographical Conventions
The following text markers are used throughout this documentation:
Convention Description
"Graphical user interface ele-
ments"
All names of graphical user interface elements on the screen, such as
dialog boxes, menus, options, buttons, and softkeys are enclosed by
quotation marks.
[Keys] Key and knob names are enclosed by square brackets.
Filenames, commands,
program code
Filenames, commands, coding samples and screen output are distin-
guished by their font.
Input Input to be entered by the user is displayed in italics.
Links Links that you can click are displayed in blue font.
"References" References to other parts of the documentation are enclosed by quota-
tion marks.
1.3.2 Conventions for Procedure Descriptions
When operating the instrument, several alternative methods may be available to per-
form the same task. In this case, the procedure using the touchscreen is described.
Any elements that can be activated by touching can also be clicked using an addition-
ally connected mouse. The alternative procedure using the keys on the instrument or
the on-screen keyboard is only described if it deviates from the standard operating pro-
cedures.
The term "select" may refer to any of the described methods, i.e. using a finger on the
touchscreen, a mouse pointer in the display, or a key on the instrument or on a key-
board.
1.3.3 Notes on Screenshots
When describing the functions of the product, we use sample screenshots. These
screenshots are meant to illustrate as many as possible of the provided functions and
possible interdependencies between parameters. The shown values may not represent
realistic usage scenarios.
The screenshots usually show a fully equipped product, that is: with all options instal-
led. Thus, some functions shown in the screenshots may not be available in your par-
ticular product configuration.
Conventions Used in the Documentation
Getting Started
R&S
®
RTA4000
21User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
2 Getting Started
2.1 Preparing for Use
2.1.1 Unpacking and Checking the Instrument
1. Inspect the package for damage.
If the packaging material shows any signs of stress, notify the carrier who delivered
the instrument.
2. Carefully unpack the instrument and the accessories.
3. Check the equipment for completeness. See section "Delivery contents"
on page 21.
4. Check the equipment for damage.
If there is damage, or anything is missing, immediately contact the carrier as well
as your distributor. Make sure not to discard the box and packing material.
Packing material
Retain the original packing material. If the instrument needs to be transported or ship-
ped later, you can use the material to protect the control elements and connectors.
Delivery contents
The delivery package contains the following items:
●
R&S RTA4000 digital oscilloscope
●
R&S RT-ZP10 probes (4x)
●
Country-specific power cable
●
Printed "Getting Started" manual
●
Printed "Basic Safety Instructions" brochure
2.1.2 Positioning the Instrument
The instrument is designed for use under laboratory conditions. It can be used in
standalone operation on a bench top or can be installed in a rack.
For standalone operation, place the instrument on a horizontal bench with even, flat
surface. The instrument can be used in horizontal position, or with the support feet on
the bottom extended.
Preparing for Use
Getting Started
R&S
®
RTA4000
22User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
The instrument can be installed in a 19" rack mount using a rack mount kit. The order
number of the rack mount kit is given in the data sheet. The installation instructions are
part of the rack mount kit.
Risk of injury if feet are folded out
The feet can fold in if they are not folded out completely or if the instrument is shifted.
This can cause damage or injury.
●
Fold the feet completely in or out to ensure stability of the instrument. Never shift
the instrument when the feet are folded out.
●
When the feet are folded out, do not work under the instrument or place anything
underneath.
●
The feet can break if they are overloaded. The overall load on the folded-out feet
must not exceed 200 N.
F
max
Risk of instrument damage due to overheating
An insufficient airflow can cause the R&S RTA4000 to overheat, which can impair the
measurement results, disturb the operation, and even cause damage.
●
Ensure that all fan openings are unobstructed and that the airflow perforations are
unimpeded. The minimum distance to a wall is 10 cm.
●
When placing several instruments side by side, keep a minimum distance of 20 cm
between the instruments. Ensure that the instruments do not draw in the preheated
air from their neighbors.
●
When mounting the instrument in a rack, observe the instructions of the rack man-
ufacturer to ensure sufficient airflow and avoid overheating.
2.1.3 Starting the Instrument
The R&S RTA4000 can be used with different AC power voltages and adapts itself
automatically to it.
The nominal ranges are:
●
100 V to 240 V AC at 50 Hz to 60 Hz
●
1.6 A to 0.7 A, max. 160 W
Preparing for Use
Getting Started
R&S
®
RTA4000
23User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Risk of injury
Connect the instrument only to an outlet that has a ground contact.
Do not use an isolating transformer to connect the instrument to the AC power supply.
To start the instrument
1. Connect the power cable to the AC power connector on the rear panel of the
R&S RTA4000.
2. Connect the power cable to the socket outlet.
3. Switch the main power switch at the rear of the instrument to position I.
The [Standby] key lights up. The key is located in the bottom left corner of the front
panel.
4. If probes are connected, and the input voltage is higher than 5 V, remove the
probes from the input channels.
5. Press the [Standby] key.
The instrument performs a system check and starts the firmware.
Warm-up and prepare the instrument
Make sure that the instrument has been running and warming up before you start the
self-alignment and the measurements. The minimum warm-up time is about 30 min.
To power off the instrument
1. Press the [Standby] key.
All current settings are saved, and the software shuts down. All data transfers and
running processes are interrupted.
2. Switch the main power switch at the rear of the instrument to position 0.
3. Disconnect the AC power cable from the AC power supply.
Overview of power switch and [Standby] key actions
Action Condition Result [Standby]
Set power switch to I. [Standby] key was off
when switching power
switch to 0.
Instrument is in standby mode. Yellow
[Standby] key was on
when switching power
switch to 0.
Instrument performs system check
and boots the firmware. It is ready
for operation.
Green
Switch [Standby] on. Power switch is on.
Preparing for Use
Getting Started
R&S
®
RTA4000
24User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Action Condition Result [Standby]
Switch [Standby] off. Power switch is on. Software shuts down. All instru-
ment settings are saved, running
data transfers and processes are
interrupted (e.g., self-alignment).
Instrument is in standby mode.
Yellow
Set power switch to 0. Instrument is working,
[Standby] is Green.
Software shuts down. All instru-
ment settings are saved, running
data transfers and processes are
interrupted (e.g., self-alignment).
No power on the instrument.
Off
Set power switch to 0. Instrument is in standby
mode, [Standby] is Yel-
low.
No power on the instrument. Off
2.1.4 Replacing the Fuse
The instrument is protected by a fuse. You can find it on the rear panel between the
main power switch and AC power supply.
Type of fuse: Size 5x20 mm, 250V~, T3.15H (slow-blow), IEC60127-2/5
Risk of electric shock
The fuse is part of the main power supply. Therefore, handling the fuse while power is
on can lead to electric shock. Before opening the fuse holder, make sure that the
instrument is switched off and disconnected from all power supplies.
Always use fuses supplied by Rohde & Schwarz as spare parts, or fuses of the same
type and rating.
1. Pull the fuse holder out of its slot on the rear panel.
2. Exchange the fuse.
3. Insert the fuse holder carefully back in its slot until it latches.
2.2 Instrument Tour
2.2.1 Front View
Figure 2-1 shows the front panel of the R&S RTA4000. The function keys are grouped
in functional blocks to the right of the display.
Instrument Tour
Getting Started
R&S
®
RTA4000
25User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Figure 2-1: Front panel of R&S
RTA4000 with 4 input channels
1 = Display
2 = Horizontal and vertical setup controls
3 = Trigger settings, action and analysis controls
4 = Analog input channels (BNC)
5 = External trigger input
6 = Connectors for demo signal output
7 = Connector for optional function generator output (BNC, R&S RTA-B6)
8 = Connectors for optional pattern generator (R&S RTA-B6)
9 = Connectors for probe compensation
10 = USB connector
11 = [Standby] key
2.2.1.1 Input Connectors
BNC inputs (4 and 5)
The R&S RTA4000 has two or four channel inputs (4) to connect the input signals. The
external trigger input (5) is used to control the measurement by an external signal. The
trigger level can be set from -5 V to 5 V.
Instrument Tour
Getting Started
R&S
®
RTA4000
26User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
For channel connectors, the input impedance is selectable, the values are 50 Ω and
1 MΩ.
Risk of electrical shock - maximum input voltages
The maximum input voltage on channel inputs must not exceed:
●
400 V (peak) and 300 V (RMS) at 1 MΩ input impedance
●
30 V (peak) and 5 V (RMS) at 50 Ω input impedance
For the external trigger input, the maximum input voltage is 400 V (peak) and
300 V (RMS) at 1 MΩ input impedance.
Transient overvoltages must not exceed 400 V (peak).
For further specifications, refer to the data sheet.
Voltages higher than 30 V (RMS) or 42 V (peak) or 60 V DC are regarded as hazard-
ous contact voltages. When working with hazardous contact voltages, use appropriate
protective measures to preclude direct contact with the measurement setup:
●
Use only insulated voltage probes, test leads and adapters.
●
Do not touch voltages higher than 30 V (RMS) or 42 V (peak) or 60 V DC.
Risk of injury and instrument damage
The instrument is not rated for any measurement category. When measuring in circuits
with transient overvoltages of category II, III or IV circuits, make sure that no such
overvoltages reach the R&S RTA4000 input. Therefore, use only probes that comply
with DIN EN 61010-031. When measuring in category II, III or IV circuits, always insert
a probe that appropriately reduces the voltage so that no transient overvoltages higher
than 400 V (peak) are applied to the instrument. For detailed information, refer to the
documentation and safety information of the probe manufacturer.
Explanation: According to section AA.2.4 of EN 61010-2-030, measuring circuits with-
out any measurement category are intended for measurements on circuits which are
not directly connected to the mains.
2.2.1.2 Other Connectors on the Front Panel
[Demo] (6)
The pins are intended for demonstration purposes.
Instrument Tour
Getting Started
R&S
®
RTA4000
27User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
[Gen]: Function Generator (7)
BNC output of the function generator (with option R&S RTA-B6).
[Pattern Generator] (8)
Connectors for the pattern generator P0, P1, P2, P3.
[Probe Comp.] (9)
Probe compensation terminal to support adjustment of passive probes to the oscillo-
scope channel.
Square wave signal for probe compensation.
Ground connector for probes.
[USB] type A (10)
USB 2.0 type A interface to connect a mouse or a keyboard, or a USB flash drive for
storing and reloading instrument settings and measurement data, and to update the
firmware.
2.2.2 Side View
Figure 2-2: Side view of R&S
RTA4000
1 = Connectors for logic probe (Mixed Signal Option R&S RTA-B1)
Logic probe
The connectors for logic channels can be used if the Mixed Signal Option R&S RTA-B1
is installed. The option provides connectors for two logical probes with 8 digital chan-
nels each (D0 to D7 and D8 to D15).
Instrument Tour
Getting Started
R&S
®
RTA4000
28User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
The maximum input voltage is 40 V (peak) at 100 kΩ input impedance. The maximum
input frequency for a signal with the minimum input voltage swing and medium hystere-
sis of 800 mV (Vpp) is 400 MHz.
2.2.3 Rear View
Figure 2-3 shows the rear panel of the R&S RTA4000 with its connectors.
Figure 2-3: Rear panel view of R&S
RTA4000
1 = Aux Out connector
2 = USB connector, type B
3 = LAN connector
4 = AC power supply connector and main power switch
5 = Kensington lock slot to secure the instrument against theft
6 = Loop for lock to secure the instrument against theft
7 = not used
[Aux Out] (1)
Multi-purpose BNC output that can function as pass/fail and trigger output, and output
of 10 MHz reference frequency.
[USB] type B (2)
USB 2.0 interface of type B (device USB) for remote control of the instrument.
Instrument Tour
Getting Started
R&S
®
RTA4000
29User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Note: Electromagnetic interference (EMI) can affect the measurement results. To avoid
any impact, use only USB connecting cables with a maximum length of 1 m.
[LAN] (3)
8-pin connector RJ-45 used to connect the instrument to a Local Area Network (LAN).
It supports up to 1 Gbit/s.
AC supply: mains connector and main power switch (4)
The instrument supports a wide range power supply. It automatically adjusts to the cor-
rect range for the applied voltage. There is no line voltage selector.
The AC main power switch disconnects the instrument from the AC power line.
Instrument Tour
Operating Basics
R&S
®
RTA4000
30User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
3 Operating Basics
3.1 Display Overview
The touchscreen display of the instrument shows the waveforms and measurement
results, and also information and everything that you need to control the instrument.
Figure 3-1: Display of the R&S
RTA4000 with 4 channels
1 = Toolbar
2 = Trigger source, main trigger parameter (here: slope for edge trigger), trigger level
3 = Trigger mode and sample rate
4 = Horizontal scale (time scale) and horizontal position
5 = Acquisition status and acquisition mode
6 = Date, time, education mode if active (here: off), LAN connection status (green = connected, grey = not
connected, yellow = connecting)
7 = Trigger level marker, has the color of the trigger source
8 = Trigger position marker, has the color of the trigger source
9 = Channel markers indicate the ground levels; channel C2S is selected, i.e. it has the focus
10 = Measurement results (here: automatic measurements on the left, cursor measurements on the right)
11 = Vertical settings of active analog channels: vertical scale, bandwidth limitation (no indicator = full band-
width, B
W
= limited frequency), coupling (AC, DC, ground), probe attenuation. Channel 2 is selected.
12 = Waveform generator settings (requires option R&S RTA-B6)
13 = Menu button
Display Overview
Operating Basics
R&S
®
RTA4000
31User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
3.2 Selecting the Application
The "Apps Selection" dialog provides fast access to all available applications.
► There are several ways to open the "Apps Selection" dialog:
●
Press the
[Apps Selection] key.
● Tap the "Menu" rhomb icon in the lower right corner of the screen.
– Scroll down.
– Select "Apps".
3.3 Using the Touchscreen
3.3.1 Accessing Functionality Using the Main Menu
Using the touchscreen of the R&S RTA4000 is as easy as using your mobile phone. To
open the main menu, tap the "Menu" button - that is the R&S logo in the right bottom
corner of the display.
Using the Touchscreen
Operating Basics
R&S
®
RTA4000
32User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
2
3
1
Figure 3-2: Open the main menu and select a menu item
1
1
2
Figure 3-3: Switch on or off (left) and select a parameter value (right)
► To close the menu:
Using the Touchscreen
Operating Basics
R&S
®
RTA4000
33User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Tap "Back", or tap into the diagram outside the menu.
3.3.2 Accessing Functionality Using Shortcuts
The labels in information bar at the top of the display, the channel labels and also the
results at the bottom provide shortcuts to the most important settings. If you tap a label,
a short menu opens, the keypad for numerical entry, the setting toggles, or the corre-
sponding menu opens. The response depends on the selected parameter.
Figure 3-4: Short menus for channel (left) and trigger slope (right)
From the short menu, you can also open the corresponding comprehensive menu.
You can also switch off the channels.
3.3.3 Entering Data
To enter exact numerical values, the instrument provides an on-screen keypad. For
text input, the on-screen keyboard works in the same way.
Using the Touchscreen
Operating Basics
R&S
®
RTA4000
34User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
1
2
3
Figure 3-5: Enter numerical value and unit
3.3.4 Using Gestures
Drag one finger
Drag horizontally in the diagram to change the horizontal position of all waveforms. In
frequency domain, the center frequency is changed.
Drag vertically in the diagram to change the vertical position of the selected waveform.
To adjust the vertical position of each waveform, the trigger level, and the trigger posi-
tion, drag the corresponding marker on the display.
To drag a cursor line, tap the line and drag it to the required position.
Swipe one finger
Swipe in the menu to scroll it.
Spread and pinch two fingers
Spread or pinch two fingers in vertical direction to change the vertical scale of the
selected waveform.
Using the Touchscreen
Operating Basics
R&S
®
RTA4000
35User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Spread or pinch two fingers in horizontal direction to change the horizontal scale of all
waveforms. In frequency domain, the frequency span is changed.
Swipe two fingers
If the history option R&S RTA-K15 is installed, swipe two fingers in the diagram to
scrolls through the history segments.
3.4 Front Panel Keys
For an overview of the front panel keys, see figure 2-1 on page 25.
The keys and knobs at the front panel are grouped in functional blocks:
●
Horizontal section: see Chapter 4.2.1, "HORIZONTAL Controls", on page 44.
●
Vertical section: see Chapter 4.3.1, "VERTICAL Controls", on page 47.
●
Trigger section: see Chapter 5.1, "Trigger Controls", on page 73
●
Action section, see Chapter 3.4.1, "Action Controls", on page 35.
●
Analysis section, see Chapter 3.4.2, "Analysis Controls", on page 36.
3.4.1 Action Controls
The Action keys set the instrument to a defined state, and provide save and load func-
tions.
[Camera]
Saves screenshots, waveforms and/or settings according to the configuration in [Save
Load] > "onetouch".
[Save Load]
Opens the "File" menu, where you can:
●
Save instrument settings, waveforms, reference waveforms, and screenshots
●
Restore (load) data which were saved before
●
Import and export settings and reference waveforms
●
Configure the screenshot output
●
Configure the behavior of the [Camera] key
[Touch Lock]
Locks the touchscreen to prevent unintended use. When the touchscreen is off, the
key is illuminated. Press again to unlock the touchscreen.
Front Panel Keys
Operating Basics
R&S
®
RTA4000
36User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
[Clear Screen]
Deletes all waveforms, annotations and the measurement results of deleted wave-
forms. All settings remain unchanged.
Remote command:
DISPlay:CLEar[:SCReen] on page 584
3.4.2 Analysis Controls
The controls in the [Analysis] functional block open various menus for signal analysis.
[Navigation]
The function of this universal rotary knob depends on the usage context:
●
If selection menu is open: turn the knob to select a value.
●
If a numerical value is selected in the menu, and the keypad is closed: turn the
knob to set a value.
●
If the cursors are selected, press the key to select a cursor line. Turn the knob to
change the position of the selected cursor line.
●
If an on-screen keypad or on-screen keyboard is open: turn the knob until the
required character is highlighted, then press the knob to apply the selection.
●
Otherwise: turn the knob to set the waveform intensity, or press the knob to set the
intensity to 50%.
[Cursor]
Enables the cursor with the last configured cursor setup. The second keypress opens
the "Cursor" menu. If the menu is open, pressing the key turns off the cursor and
closes the menu.
[Meas]
Opens the "Measure" menu, where you can configure up to 8 parallel measurements.
Available measurement types depend on the type of the selected waveform.
[Intensity]
Opens the "Intensities" menu to adjust the luminosity of display elements and the per-
sistence.
[QuickMeas]
Displays the results of basic automatic measurements for the selected channel below
the grid and directly on the waveform.
Press the key to stop quick measurements.
Front Panel Keys
Operating Basics
R&S
®
RTA4000
37User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Note: Channels other than the selected one are switched off in quick measurement
mode. When you activate quick measurements, cursor measurements are automati-
cally deactivated. Deactivate quick measurements before selecting the cursors.
[History]
Activates the history and shows the segment table. Activating the history stops a run-
ning acquisition.
[FFT]
Activates the spectrum analysis functions with the last configured setup. The second
keypress opens the "FFT" menu.
To deactivate spectrum analysis, press the [FFT] key until the time domain waveform is
displayed.
[Protocol]
Opens the "Bus" menu, which contains the configuration of serial and parallel buses
and the settings for decoding the signals. Key function requires at least the MSO
option R&S RTA-B1 or one of the serial protocol options. See data sheet for available
options.
[Gen]
Opens the "Function Generator" menu, where you can create various waveforms. Key
function requires option R&S RTA-B6.
[Apps Selection]
Opens the "Apps Selection" dialog where you can select the required application or
protocol for your task, for example, mask testing or CAN protocol.
3.5 Using the Toolbar
The toolbar at the top of the display provides direct access to important control and
measurement functions. The selected function is highlighted. By default, the toolbar
shows the most frequently used functions. You can configure the content of the toolbar
so that only the required functions are displayed..
Some of the toolbar functions are one-click actions. These actions are performed
immediately when you tap the icon. Other toolbar functions are interactive actions.
When you tap an interactive action, a message informs you what to do next.
Configuring the Toolbar
1. Tap the "Toolbar Setup" icon.
2. Disable the functions that you do not need.
3. Tap the functions that you need. You can select maximum 8 functions.
Using the Toolbar
Operating Basics
R&S
®
RTA4000
38User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
4. Close the dialog box.
3.6 Quick Access
If the measurement task requires to change the settings from different menus repeat-
edly, you can use the "QuickAccess". The "QuickAccess" is a user-defined menu,
which can be added to the toolbar.
To configure the "QuickAccess" menu:
1. Add the "QuickAccess" icon to the toolbar as described in "Configuring the Toolbar"
on page 37.
2. Add the required settings and functions to the "QuickAccess" menu:
a) Open the menu that contains the setting.
b) Drag the setting from the menu and drop it on the diagram.
The setting is added to the "QuickAccess".
Quick Access
Operating Basics
R&S
®
RTA4000
39User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
c) Repeat steps a) and b) for each setting and function that you need for the mea-
surement task.
3. To remove unwanted settings and functions:
a)
Tap the "Settings" icon of the function.
b) To delete the selected setting or function, tap "Delete".
c) To delete the complete "QuickAccess" menu, tap "Delete All".
► To show or hide the "QuickAccess" menu, tap the "QuickAccess" icon on the tool-
bar.
3.7 Menu History
The menu history is another way to speed up and simplify the usage of the
R&S RTA4000. The menu history is also a user-defined menu, which can be added to
the toolbar. It logs all menus that you used during the current session.
1. Add the "Menu Hist." icon to the toolbar as described in "Configuring the Toolbar"
on page 37.
2. Open some menus and set up parameters.
3. Tap the "Menu Hist." icon on the toolbar.
4. Tap the menu that you want to open.
Menu History
Operating Basics
R&S
®
RTA4000
40User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
3.8 Getting Help
In most menus and dialogs, graphics explain the meaning of the selected setting. For
further information, you can open the help, which provides functional description of
selected setting.
To open the help window
1. Tap the "Menu" icon in the lower right corner of the screen.
2. Tap "Help" on the top of the main menu.
3. Tap the setting for which you need information.
2
3
To close the help window
► Tap "Help" on the top of the main menu, or tap the "Close" icon in the upper right
corner of the help window.
Getting Help
Waveform Setup
R&S
®
RTA4000
41User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
4 Waveform Setup
This chapter describes how to connect and set up probes, to adjust the horizontal and
vertical settings, and to control the acquisition.
4.1 Connecting Probes and Displaying a Signal
Risk of instrument damage
Make sure to set the attenuation factor on the instrument according to the probe being
used. Otherwise, the measurement results do not reflect the actual voltage level, and
you might misjudge the actual risk.
The attenuation of the probes that are delivered with the instrument, and the default
attenuation factor of the instrument are 10:1. If you use only the delivered probes and
did not change the attenuation factor, no attenuation adjustment is required.
1. Connect the probes first to the channel inputs, and then to the DUT.
2. Tap the label of the used channel in the bottom line of the display.
3. Tap "Probe".
4. Select the attenuation factor of the probe.
The probe's attenuation factor is indicated on the probe.
No attenuation of passive probes with AC coupling:
If AC coupling is set, the attenuation of passive probes has no effect, and voltage is
applied to the instrument with factor 1:1. Observe the voltage limits, otherwise you
can damage the instrument.
Current measurements:
If you measure current using a shunt resistor as a current sensor, you have to mul-
tiply the V/A-value of the resistor by the attenuation of the probe. For example, if a
Connecting Probes and Displaying a Signal
Waveform Setup
R&S
®
RTA4000
42User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
1 Ω resistor and a 10:1 probe is used, the V/A-value of the resistor is 1 V/A. The
attenuation factor of the probe is 0.1, and the resulting current probe attenuation is
100 mV/A.
5. If you connect several probes, repeat steps 2 to 4 for the remaining channels.
6. Press the [Autoset] key.
[Autoset]
Analyzes the enabled analog channel signals, and adjusts the horizontal, vertical, and
trigger settings to display stable waveforms.
In particular, autoset adjusts the following settings:
●
Vertical settings of analog channels: vertical scale, offset, and position
●
Horizontal settings: time scale (also in Zoom, Quickmeas, FFT, and XY mode), hor-
izontal position of the trigger
●
Trigger: set to automatic trigger mode and edge trigger type (except for pattern trig-
ger), trigger source to active existing signal, automatic hysteresis, trigger coupling
to DC, switch off HF / noise reject and hold off
●
Reference and math waveforms are switched off
●
Annotations are deleted
●
Menus are closed
Autoset does not switch off analog and vertical channels, and it does not change the
instrument mode, cursor, measurement, and waveform generator settings.
To adjust only vertical settings of one channel, use the "Auto Scale" function in the
channel short menu, see Chapter 4.3.2, "Short Menu for Analog Channels",
on page 49.
Remote command:
AUToscale on page 428
[Preset]
Resets the instrument to the scope mode and to default state, without analyzing the
signal. The user-defined configuration, measurements and other settings are removed
and all channels and waveforms, except for channel 1, are disabled.
Preset does not change the display settings.
See also: Chapter 10.3, "Reset", on page 228.
Remote command:
*RST on page 426
4.2 Horizontal Setup
Horizontal settings, also known as timebase settings, adjust the waveforms in horizon-
tal direction.
Typically, the trigger is the determining point of the waveform record. In many scenar-
ios, you want to analyze the waveform some time before or after the trigger. To adjust
Horizontal Setup
Waveform Setup
R&S
®
RTA4000
43User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
the horizontal acquisition window to the waveform section of interest, you can use the
following parameters:
●
The horizontal position defines the time distance of the trigger point (the zero
point of the diagram) to the reference point. Changing the horizontal position, you
can move the trigger point, even outside the screen.
●
The reference point is the rescaling center of the time scale on the screen. If you
modify the time scale, the reference point remains fixed on the screen, and the
scale is stretched or compressed to both sides of the reference point.
Unlike vertical settings, which are waveform-specific, the horizontal settings apply to all
active waveforms.
There are several ways to adjust horizontal settings:
●
Use the controls in the Horizontal functional block of the front panel to scale the
waveforms, and to set the position.
●
Drag one finger horizontally on the screen to change the horizontal position.
Spread or pinch two fingers to change the horizontal scale.
●
Use shortcuts to adjust scale and position.
●
Use the comprehensive menu to adjust all horizontal settings.
Horizontal Setup
Waveform Setup
R&S
®
RTA4000
44User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
4.2.1 HORIZONTAL Controls
[Position]
Changes the trigger position, the time distance from the trigger point to the reference
point (trigger offset). The trigger point is the zero point of the diagram. Thus, you can
set the trigger point even outside the diagram and analyze the signal some time before
or after the trigger.
Turn clockwise to move the position to the right, and press the knob to reset the value
to zero. The current value is shown in the information bar.
In zoom and FFT, the knob sets the position in the active diagram. Tap the diagram
that you want to adjust. If a zoom is active, either the position of the zoom window or
the trigger position is changed. In an FFT diagram, the knob changes the center fre-
quency in frequency domain, or the trigger position in time domain.
Remote command:
TIMebase:POSition on page 447
REFCurve<m>:HORizontal:POSition on page 479
TIMebase:ZOOM:TIME on page 471
[Scale]
Adjusts the time scale of the horizontal axis for all signals, also known as timebase.
Turn clockwise to stretch the waveforms - the scale value time/div decreases. Press
the knob to toggle between coarse and fine scale adjustment. The current value is
shown in the information bar.
In a zoom diagram, the knob changes the zoom scale. In an FFT diagram, the knob
changes the span. Tap the diagram that you want to adjust.
Remote command:
TIMebase:SCALe on page 446
REFCurve<m>:HORizontal:SCALe on page 479
TIMebase:ZOOM:SCALe on page 471
[Zoom]
Enables or disables the zoom with the last configuration.
See also: Chapter 6.1, "Zoom", on page 96.
Remote command:
TIMebase:ZOOM:STATe on page 471
Horizontal Setup
Waveform Setup
R&S
®
RTA4000
45User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
[Horizontal]
Opens the menu to configure horizontal scale, position, and reference point. The cur-
rent scale and position is shown in the top information bar.
If zoom is active, you can find also the zoom scale and zoom position in this menu.
[Acquisition]
Opens the "Acquisition" menu. Here you control the data processing - how the wave-
form is built from the captured samples. The current acquisition mode is shown in the
top information bar.
See also: Chapter 4.5, "Acquisition Setup", on page 67.
4.2.2 Shortcuts for Horizontal Settings
To adjust the horizontal scale and the position, you can use the shortcuts on the top of
the display. The labels show the current values.
1
= adjust horizontal scale
2 = adjust horizontal position
4.2.3 Horizontal Settings
The comprehensive "Horizontal" menu contains all horizontal settings. In zoom mode,
also zoom settings are listed in the menu.
► To open the menu, press the [Horizontal] key.
Reference Point
Defines the time reference point in the diagram. It is indicated by a gray triangle outline
at the bottom of the diagram.
Horizontal Setup
Waveform Setup
R&S
®
RTA4000
46User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
The reference point defines which part of the waveform is shown. By default, the refer-
ence point is displayed in the center of the window, and you can move it to the left or
right.
The reference point is the rescaling center of the time scale on the screen. If you mod-
ify the time scale using the [Scale] knob, the reference point remains fixed on the
screen, and the scale is stretched or compressed to both sides of the reference point.
If you spread and pinch two fingers on the touchscreen to change the time scale, then
the reference point is set between the fingers.
Remote command:
TIMebase:REFerence on page 447
Time Scale
Defines the time scale of the horizontal axis for all signals, also known as timebase.
The scaling is indicated in the information bar above the grid.
Remote command:
TIMebase:SCALe on page 446
Horizontal Position
Defines the trigger position, the time distance from the trigger point to the reference
point (trigger offset). The trigger point is the zero point of the diagram. Changing the
horizontal position, you can move the trigger, even outside the screen.
If you want to see a section of the waveform some time before or after the trigger, enter
this time as horizontal position. The requested waveform section is shown around the
reference point. Use positive values to see waveform sections after the trigger - the
waveform and the diagram origin move to the left.
The value is indicated in the information bar above the grid.
Remote command:
TIMebase:POSition on page 447
4.3 Vertical Setup
The controls and parameters of the vertical system adjust the vertical scale and posi-
tion of the waveform, and the waveform display. The probe settings also belong to the
vertical setup.
The channel labels at the bottom of the display show the basic vertical settings: vertical
scale (for example, channel 3 in the figure below: 500 mV/div), coupling (AC), probe
attenuation (10:1), and bandwidth (if limited). Clipping of a waveform is indicated by
orange arrows. The label of the selected channel has a brighter colored line on the top.
Figure 4-1: Channel labels. Channel 3 is selected. Channel 1 waveform is clipped.
Vertical Setup
Waveform Setup
R&S
®
RTA4000
47User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
There are several ways to adjust vertical settings:
●
Use the controls in the Vertical functional block of the front panel to select the
channel, to scale the waveform, and to set the position.
●
Drag one finger vertically on the screen to change the position of the selected
channel waveform.
●
Spread or pinch two fingers in vertical direction to change the vertical scale of the
selected waveform.
●
Use the short menu to adjust coupling and the probe, and to set the vertical scale
automatically.
●
Use the comprehensive menu to adjust all vertical settings.
4.3.1 VERTICAL Controls
[Ch <n>]
For each analog channel, a channel key is available. The key is illuminated in the
channel color, if the channel is on.
The effect of the keypress depends on state of the channel:
●
If channel is off: Turns on the channel and selects it. The rotary knobs alongside
light up in the channel color.
●
If the channel is on and in focus (selected): Opens the corresponding channel
menu.
●
If the channel is on but not in focus (not selected): Selects the channel waveform.
●
If the channel is selected, and the menu is open: Pressing the key turns off the
channel.
Remote command:
CHANnel<m>:STATe on page 430
Vertical Setup
Waveform Setup
R&S
®
RTA4000
48User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
[Offset/Position (upper knob)]
The upper vertical knob adjusts the following, depending on the selected waveform:
●
Offset or position of an analog channel (adjustable: main menu > "Vertical"). The
visual effect is the same. While the offset sets a voltage, position is a graphical set-
ting given in divisions.
●
Vertical position of a math or reference waveform, serial bus, or logic pod
The knob lights up in the color of the selected waveform. Turn clockwise to move up
the waveform. Pressing the key has the following effects:
●
Analog channels, math waveforms, and buses: sets the value to zero.
●
Reference waveforms: sets to original position or to 0 divisions.
●
FFT and single bits of a pod: set to default value.
●
Pods: set to the center of the display.
Remote command:
CHANnel<m>:POSition on page 431
CHANnel<m>:OFFSet on page 431
CALCulate:MATH<m>:POSition on page 474
REFCurve<m>:VERTical:POSition on page 479
[Scale]
Sets the vertical scale in Volts per division to change the displayed amplitude of the
selected waveform. For analog waveforms, the scale value is shown in the waveform
label at the bottom. The knob lights up in the color of the selected waveform.
Turn [Scale] clockwise to stretch the waveform. Doing so, the scale value V/div decrea-
ses. Press the knob to toggle between fine and coarse adjustment.
To get the maximum resolution of the waveform amplitude, make sure that the wave-
forms cover most of the screen's height.
Remote command:
CHANnel<m>:SCALe on page 430
CALCulate:MATH<m>:SCALe on page 475
REFCurve<m>:VERTical:SCALe on page 480
[Logic]
Enables the logic channels. The second keypress opens the menu, where you can
select and configure digital channels for analysis. If the menu is open, pressing the key
disables the logic channels.
Key function requires MSO option R&S RTA-B1.
Logic analyzer functions are described in Chapter 14, "Logic Analyzer (Option
R&S RTA-B1, MSO)", on page 386.
[Ref]
Displays the reference waveforms with their last configuration. The second keypress
opens the menu, where you can select, create, save and load reference waveforms. If
the menu is open, pressing the key disables the reference waveforms.
Reference waveforms are described in Chapter 6.3, "Reference Waveforms",
on page 110.
Vertical Setup
Waveform Setup
R&S
®
RTA4000
49User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
[Math]
Displays the math waveforms with their last configuration. A math waveform is a wave-
form that is calculated from the captured data. The second keypress opens the menu,
where you can activate and configure math waveforms, and save and load equation
sets. If the menu is open, pressing the key disables the math waveforms.
Mathematics is described in Chapter 6.2, "Mathematics", on page 100.
4.3.2 Short Menu for Analog Channels
To adjust the probe and the coupling, you can use the short menu. Here you can also
open the comprehensive menu, and switch off the channel.
► To open the short menu for a channel, tap the channel label in the bottom line of
the display.
If the channel was not selected, tap twice: Once to select the waveform, and next
to open the short menu.
Functions in the short menu:
●
"AC | DC": see "Coupling" on page 51.
●
"<current bandwidth>" ("20MHz" in the above example): see "Bandwidth"
on page 51.
●
Termination: "1 MΩ" or "50 Ω", see "Termination" on page 51.
●
"Probe": opens the "Probe" menu, see Chapter 4.4.2, "Probe Settings for Probes
with BNC Connector", on page 57.
●
"Auto Scale": analyzes the selected channel signal and adjusts the vertical scale.
This function is only available in the channel short menu.
●
"Off": turns off the channel.
●
"Menu": opens the channel menu.
4.3.3 Vertical Settings
The comprehensive "Vertical" menu contains all vertical settings.
Vertical Setup
Waveform Setup
R&S
®
RTA4000
50User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
1. To open the "Vertical" menu:
a) Open the main menu.
b) Select "Vertical".
2. Select the parameter that is assigned to the upper vertical knob: "Offset" or "Posi-
tion".
3. Open the channel menu.
► To open the channel menu directly, press the corresponding channel key.
If the channel was active but not selected, press twice: Once to select the wave-
form, and next to open the short menu.
Figure 4-2: Channel menu, split into two halves
Vertical Setup
Waveform Setup
R&S
®
RTA4000
51User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Vert. Position Knob
Selects the parameter to be changed with the [Offset/Position (upper knob)]: "Offset" or
"Position". By default, position is set. [Preset] does not affect the assignment.
Channel <n>
Opens the channel menu.
State
Switches the selected channel on or off.
Remote command:
CHANnel<m>:STATe on page 430
Coupling
Selects the input coupling, which influences the signal path between input connector
and the following internal signal stage. The current coupling of each channel is shown
in the waveform labels below the grid.
"AC"
AC coupling is useful if the DC component of a signal is of no inter-
est. AC coupling blocks the DC component of the signal so that the
waveform is centered on zero volts.
If AC coupling is set, the attenuation of passive probes has no effect,
and voltage is applied to the instrument with factor 1:1. Observe the
voltage limits, otherwise you can damage the instrument.
"DC"
With DC coupling, the input signal passes unchanged, all signal com-
ponents are shown.
Remote command:
CHANnel<m>:COUPling on page 431
Termination
Adjusts the input impedance of the instrument to the impedance of the DUT. If an
active Rohde & Schwarz probe is used, the termination is read out from the probe -
usually it is 50 Ω.
"1 MΩ"
A high input resistor minimizes the loading effect on the device under
test. This value is set automatically if a passive probe is connected,
and cannot be changed.
"50 Ω"
Used for measurement systems with characteristic impedance of
50 Ω. The input resistor of the oscilloscope minimizes the reflections
along the signal path, and increases the accuracy of measurement
results. DC coupling is set automatically. 50 Ω termination is indicated
in the waveform labels by an Ω.
Remote command:
CHANnel<m>:COUPling on page 431
Bandwidth
Selects the bandwidth limit. At full bandwidth, all frequencies in the specified range of
the instrument are acquired and displayed accurately with less than 3 dB attenuation.
Full bandwidth is used for most applications.
Vertical Setup
Waveform Setup
R&S
®
RTA4000
52User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
To reduce noise, you can set a frequency limit. Higher frequencies are removed from
the signal. Limited bandwidth is indicated by "B
W
" in the waveform label.
For analog applications, the highest signal frequency determines the required oscillo-
scope bandwidth. The oscilloscope bandwidth should be at least 3 times higher than
the maximum frequency included in the analog test signal to measure the amplitude
without aliasing.
Most test signals are more complex than a simple sine wave and include several spec-
tral components. A digital signal, for example, is built up of several odd harmonics. For
digital signals, the oscilloscope bandwidth should be at least 5 times higher than the
clock frequency to be measured.
The oscilloscope is not an autonomous system. You need a probe to measure the sig-
nal, and the probe has a limited bandwidth, too. The combination of oscilloscope and
probe creates a system bandwidth. To reduce the effect of the probe on the system
bandwidth, the probe bandwidth should exceed the bandwidth of the oscilloscope, the
recommended factor is 1.5 x oscilloscope bandwidth.
Remote command:
CHANnel<m>:BANDwidth on page 432
Vertical Scale
Sets the vertical scale in Volts per division to change the displayed amplitude of the
selected waveform. The current value is shown in the waveform label below the grid.
Vertical scale directly affects the resolution of the waveform amplitude. To get the full
resolution of the ADC, set up the waveforms to cover most of the height of the dia-
gram.
Remote command:
CHANnel<m>:SCALe on page 430
Offset
Sets the offset voltage, which corrects an offset-affected signal. The vertical center of
the selected channel is shifted by the offset value and the signal is repositioned within
the diagram area. To set the offset automatically, use [Autoset].
Use the offset to measure small AC voltages that are overlaid by higher DC voltages.
Unlike AC coupling, the DC part of the signal is not lost with offset setting.
If an active probe is connected, the offset limit is defined by the probe. Refer to the
documentation of the probe for allowed values.
If an active differential probe is connected, set the common-mode offset to compensate
for a common DC voltage applied to both input sockets (referenced to the ground
socket). Thus, you can measure on differential signals with high common mode levels.
You can measure the common mode input voltage using the R&S ProbeMeter.
If you use a R&S RT-ZM modular probe, the "Offset" is the differential offset. The differ-
ential offset is a DC voltage applied between the positive (V
p
) and the negative (V
n
)
input terminal at the probe tip. The common mode offset is set separately in the
"Probe" menu.
Remote command:
CHANnel<m>:OFFSet on page 431
Vertical Setup
Waveform Setup
R&S
®
RTA4000
53User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Position
Moves the selected signal up or down in the diagram. While the offset sets a voltage,
position is a graphical setting given in divisions. The visual effect is the same as for off-
set.
Remote command:
CHANnel<m>:POSition on page 431
Ground
Connects the input to a virtual ground. All channel data is set to 0 V. Ground connec-
tion is labeled with
. The coupling is not affected by the ground setting.
Remote command:
CHANnel<m>:COUPling on page 431
Invert
Turns the inversion of the signal amplitude on or off. To invert means to reflect the volt-
age values of all signal components against the ground level. Inversion affects only the
display of the signal but not the trigger.
For example: if the oscilloscope triggers on the rising edge, the trigger is not changed
by inversion, but the actually rising edge is displayed as falling edge.
Inversion is indicated in the waveform labels by line above the channel name.
Remote command:
CHANnel<m>:POLarity on page 432
Deskew
Sets a time delay for the selected channel.
Deskew compensates delay differences between channels caused by the different
length of cables, probes, and other sources. Correct deskew values are important for
accurate triggering. Signals that are routed over lines with different lengths have a dif-
ferent propagation delay. This delay can lead to a non-synchronous waveform display.
For example, a coax cable with a length of 1 meter has a propagation delay of typically
5.3 ns.
Remote command:
CHANnel<m>:SKEW on page 433
Zero Adjust
Differences in DUT and oscilloscope ground levels can cause larger zero errors, which
affect the waveform. If the DUT is ground-referenced, the "Zero Adjust" corrects the
zero error and sets the probe to the zero level.
You can assess the zero error by measuring the mean value of a signal that returns
zero.
Remote command:
CHANnel<m>:ZOFFset[:VALue] on page 433
Waveform Color
Selects the color scale for the waveform color. Each scale comprises a set of colors,
where each color represents a certain frequency of occurrence.
Vertical Setup
Waveform Setup
R&S
®
RTA4000
54User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
"Temperature"
Display in temperature colors. Blue corresponds to rare occurrences
of the samples, while white indicates frequent ones.
"Rainbow"
Display in rainbow colors. Blue corresponds to rare occurrences of
the samples, while red indicates frequent ones.
"Fire"
Display in fire colors. Yellow corresponds to rare occurrences of the
samples, while red indicates frequent ones.
"Default"
Displays the waveform in its default monochrome color.
Remote command:
CHANnel<m>:WCOLor on page 433
Probe
See Chapter 4.4.2, "Probe Settings for Probes with BNC Connector", on page 57 and
Chapter 4.4.3, "Probe Settings for Probes with Rohde & Schwarz Interface",
on page 58.
Threshold
See Chapter 4.3.4, "Threshold Settings", on page 54.
Label
See Chapter 4.3.5, "Label Settings", on page 55.
4.3.4 Threshold Settings
A threshold is used for digitization of analog signals. If the signal value is higher than
the threshold, the signal state is high (1 or true for the Boolean logic). Otherwise, the
signal state is considered low (0 or false) if the signal value is below the threshold.
Access: [Ch <n>] > "Threshold" (scroll down).
Threshold
A threshold is used for digitization of analog signals. If the signal value is higher than
the threshold, the signal state is high (1 or true for the Boolean logic). Otherwise, the
signal state is considered low (0 or false) if the signal value is below the threshold.
Remote command:
CHANnel<m>:THReshold on page 434
Hysteresis
To avoid the change of signal states due to noise, set the hysteresis. If the signal oscil-
lates inside the hysteresis range and crosses the threshold, no state transition occurs.
Vertical Setup
Waveform Setup
R&S
®
RTA4000
55User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Threshold
Logic 0 Logic 1 Logic 0
Hysteresis
The numerical values of "Small", "Medium", and "Large" hysteresis correspond to the
vertical scale.
Remote command:
CHANnel<m>:THReshold:HYSTeresis on page 435
Find Threshold
The instrument analyzes the channel and sets the threshold for digitization. If no level
can be found, the existing value remains unchanged, and you can set the thresholds
manually.
Remote command:
CHANnel<m>:THReshold:FINDlevel on page 435
4.3.5 Label Settings
In the "Label" menu, you can define a name label for the selected waveform.
Access: [Ch <n>] > "Label" (scroll down).
Label
Activates or deactivates the label display. The label is shown at the waveform on the
right edge of the display.
Remote command:
CHANnel<m>:LABel:STATe on page 435
CHANnel<m>:LABel on page 435
Predefined Label
Selects a predefined label text. You can edit the text with "Edit Label".
Vertical Setup
Waveform Setup
R&S
®
RTA4000
56User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Edit Label
Opens on-screen keypad to enter a label text. If you previously have selected a prede-
fined label, it is already written in the entry line, and you can modify it.
The maximum name length is 8 characters, and only ASCII characters provided on the
on-screen keypad can be used.
4.4 Probes
With R&S RTA4000, you can use various probe types. Mostly these probes are pas-
sive and active voltage probes but also current probes are supported.
The "Probe" menu provides all probe-relevant information. The functionality in the
menu changes according to the type of the attached probe. Probes with
Rohde & Schwarz probe interface (probe box) are recognized by the instrument. The
R&S RTA4000 reads out the main characteristics of the probe and displays them.
Probes that are not recognized automatically require manual setting of measurement
unit and attenuation.
4.4.1 Adjusting Passive Probes
If you use a passive probe, it is necessary to compensate it when you connect it to the
instrument the first time. Compensation matches the probe cable capacitance to the
oscilloscope input capacitance to assure good amplitude accuracy from DC to upper
bandwidth limit frequencies. A poorly compensated probe reduces the performance of
the probe-oscilloscope system and introduces measurement errors resulting in distor-
ted waveforms and inaccurate results.
Two connector pins for compensation are located at the front panel. The left pin is on
ground level. The next pin supplies a square wave signal for the adjustment.
1.
Press the [Apps Selection] key.
2. Tap "Probe Adjust".
3. Follow the instructions of the wizard. It guides you through the compensation proc-
ess.
Use the compensation trimmer of the probe to get optimum square wave response.
For details, refer to the documentation of your probe.
Probes
Waveform Setup
R&S
®
RTA4000
57User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
4.4.2 Probe Settings for Probes with BNC Connector
For passive probes, which are connected with a BNC connector, you set the probe
attenuation and the unit, and you can start an adjustment procedure for the probe. All
settings are channel-specific. When you set the attenuation, you can select a prede-
fined factor, for example "10:1", or enter a user-defined value.
If AC coupling is set, the attenuation of passive probes has no effect, and voltage is
applied to the instrument with factor 1:1. Observe the voltage limits, otherwise you can
damage the instrument.
Access: [Ch <n>] > "Probe" (scroll down). Or: short menu > "Probe"
User
If default values do not fit, you can enter an arbitrary attenuation factor in the range
between 0.001:1 and 1000:1. The vertical scaling and measured values are multiplied
by this factor so that the displayed values are equal to the undivided measured signal
values.
Remote command:
PROBe<m>:SETup:ATTenuation:MANual on page 436
PROBe<m>:SETup:GAIN:MANual on page 437
Unit
Selects the unit that the probe can measure.
●
V - for voltage measurements
●
A - for current measurements
Remote command:
PROBe<m>:SETup:ATTenuation:UNIT on page 436
PROBe<m>:SETup:GAIN:UNIT on page 436
Probe Adjust
Starts the probe adjustment procedure. A wizard explains the adjustment step by step.
Probes
Waveform Setup
R&S
®
RTA4000
58User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
4.4.3 Probe Settings for Probes with Rohde & Schwarz Interface
Probes with Rohde & Schwarz probe interface have an integrated data memory that
contains identification data and individual probe correction parameters. The
R&S RTA4000 can detect these probes and read out the data, for example, bandwidth,
termination and attenuation. These parameters do not need any adjustment.
Other parameters, like the offset value for the selected channel, the micro button action
and other probe-specific settings are defined in the probe menu. The probe menu
opens automatically when the probe is plugged in.
Access: [Ch <n>] > "Probe" (scroll down). Or: short channel menu > "Probe"
The menu provides the settings for the recognized probe. If no probe is recognized, the
default probe menu for BNC-connected probes is shown. The channel label at the bot-
tom shows the probe type, and coupling or termination.
4.4.3.1 Active Broadband Single-Ended Probes
Active single-ended probes like R&S RT-ZS10 and R&S RT-ZS20 provide special fea-
tures: the micro button and the ProbeMeter. The ProbeMeter measures DC voltages
between the probe tip and ground. Special features are available in the "Probe" menu
if the probe is connected and recognized by the instrument.
Access: [Ch <n>] > "Probe" (scroll down); or short menu > "Probe"
Figure 4-3: Probe settings of R&S
RT-ZS20 with ProbeMeter measurement
Offset
Same as "Offset" in the "Vertical" menu, see "Offset" on page 52.
Probes
Waveform Setup
R&S
®
RTA4000
59User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Copy to offset
Sets the offset to the mean value of the ProbeMeter's DC measurement.
Remote command:
PROBe<m>:SETup:ADVanced:PMToffset on page 441
ProbeMeter
®
Shows the measurement result of the integrated R&S ProbeMeter of active
Rohde & Schwarz voltage probes.
If a single-ended or power rail probe is connected, the ProbeMeter measures DC vol-
tages between the probe tip and ground connection and enables ground-referenced
measurements of voltages.
If a differential probe is connected, the ProbeMeter measures differential and common
mode voltages.
The ProbeMeter measures continuously and in parallel to the measurements of the
oscilloscope. The results are shown below the grid. You can switch off the ProbeMeter
using the button below the the results.
Remote command:
PROBe<m>:PMETer:VISibility, PROBe<m>:SETup:OFFSwitch on page 444
PROBe<m>:PMETer:RESults:SINGle?, PROBe<m>:SETup:DCOFfset?
on page 445
PROBe<m>:PMETer:RESults:COMMon? on page 445
PROBe<m>:PMETer:RESults:DIFFerential? on page 445
PROBe<m>:PMETer:RESults:NEGative? on page 446
PROBe<m>:PMETer:RESults:POSitive? on page 446
MicroButton
Active Rohde & Schwarz probes have a configurable micro button on the probe head.
Pressing this button, you can perform an action on the instrument directly from the
probe. During internal automatic processes the button is disabled, for example, during
self alignment, autoset, and find level.
Select the action that you want to start from the probe.
"None"
Select this option to prevent unwanted actions due to unintended
usage of the micro button.
"Continuous"
Starts continuous acquisition, like the [Run Stop] key. The acquisition
is running as long as you press the micro button again.
"Single"
Starts one acquisition.
"Autoset"
Starts the autoset procedure.
"Probe Menu"
Opens the probe menu.
"ProbeMeter
®
"
Shows or hides the result of the ProbeMeter measurement.
"Screenshots"
Saves a screenshot.
"OneTouch"
Initiates the assigned OneTouch actions, same effect as pressing the
key.
"Copy to off-
set"
Sets the offset to the mean value of the ProbeMeter's DC measure-
ment.
Probes
Waveform Setup
R&S
®
RTA4000
60User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Remote command:
PROBe<m>:SETup:MODE on page 437
Info
Shows general information on the connected probe, for example, type, serial number,
and production date. Below, electrical characteristics are shown, like bandwidth,
attenuation, input capacitance and impedance, voltage and DC offset range.
Remote command:
PROBe<m>:SETup:NAME? on page 439
PROBe<m>:ID:BUILd? on page 438
PROBe<m>:ID:PARTnumber? on page 438
PROBe<m>:ID:PRDate? on page 438
PROBe<m>:ID:SRNumber? on page 439
PROBe<m>:ID:SWVersion? on page 439
PROBe<m>:SETup:BANDwidth? on page 440
PROBe<m>:SETup:ATTenuation[:AUTO]? on page 440
PROBe<m>:SETup:GAIN[:AUTO]? on page 440
PROBe<m>:SETup:CAPacitance? on page 440
PROBe<m>:SETup:IMPedance? on page 441
4.4.3.2 Active Broadband Differential Probes
Active differential probes like R&S RT-ZD10 and R&S RT-ZD20 provide special fea-
tures: the micro button and the ProbeMeter. The ProbeMeter measures the differential
and common mode voltages. Special features are available in the "Probe" menu if the
probe is connected and recognized by the instrument.
Access: [Ch <n>] > "Probe" (scroll down); or short menu > "Probe"
Probes
Waveform Setup
R&S
®
RTA4000
61User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Figure 4-4: Probe settings of R&S
RT-ZD20 with ProbeMeter measurement
Offset
Same as "Offset" in the "Vertical" menu, see "Offset" on page 52.
Copy to offset
Same as "Copy to offset" for active broadband single-ended probes, see "Copy to off-
set" on page 59. The offset value is also shown in the "Channel <n>" menu.
ProbeMeter
®
Same as "ProbeMeter
®
" for active broadband single-ended probes, see "ProbeMeter
®
"
on page 59.
MicroButton
Same as for active single-ended probes, see "MicroButton" on page 59.
Info
Same as for active single-ended probes, see "Info" on page 60.
Attenuator RT-ZA15
If you use the external attenuator R&S RT-ZA15 together with one of the differential
active probes R&S RT-ZD10, R&S RT-ZD20 or R&S RT-ZD30, enable "Attenuator RT-
ZA15" to include the external attenuation in the measurements.
Remote command:
PROBe<m>:SETup:ZAXV on page 443
4.4.3.3 Current Probes
Rohde & Schwarz provides current probes with different output connectors: BNC or
Rohde & Schwarz probe box.
Probes
Waveform Setup
R&S
®
RTA4000
62User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Current probes R&S RT-ZCxx
The current probes R&S RT-ZCxx have BNC connectors. The setup is described in
Chapter 4.4.2, "Probe Settings for Probes with BNC Connector", on page 57. Demag-
netizing and zero adjustment is done on the probe, see the probe's User Manual for
details. Make sure to demagnetize and adjust the probe before taking measurements.
Current probes R&S RT-ZCxxB
Current probes R&S RT-ZCxxB have a Rohde & Schwarz probe interface; they are
powered and remotely controlled by the oscilloscope.
When the probe is connected, demagnetization is performed automatically.
Access: [Ch <n>] > "Probe" (scroll down); or short menu > "Probe"
Zero Adjust
Sets the waveform to zero position. After demagnetizing, always carry out a zero
adjustment. The setting corresponds to Zero Adjust in the channel menu but the value
is set in %.
Remote command:
PROBe<m>:SETup:ADVanced:ZADJust on page 442
Save Zero Adjust
Saves the "Zero Adjust" value in the probe box. If you connect the probe to another
channel or to another oscilloscope with Rohde & Schwarz probe interface, the value is
read out again.
Remote command:
PROBe<m>:SETup:ADVanced:STPRobe on page 441
Degauss
Demagnetizes the core if it has been magnetized by switching the power on and off, or
by an excessive input. Always carry out demagnetizing before measurement. The
demagnetizing process takes about one second. During demagnetizing, a demagnetiz-
ing waveform is present at the output.
Probes
Waveform Setup
R&S
®
RTA4000
63User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Remote command:
PROBe<m>:SETup:DEGauss on page 441
Info
Same as for active single-ended probes, see "Info" on page 60.
4.4.3.4 High-Voltage Differential Probes
Rohde & Schwarz high-voltage differential probes of the R&S RT-ZHD series have the
same settings as active broadband differential probes, and additional range settings.
Other high-voltage differential probes have a BNC interface, dor setup, see Chap-
ter 4.4.2, "Probe Settings for Probes with BNC Connector", on page 57.
Access: [Ch <n>] > "Probe" (scroll down); or short menu > "Probe"
Figure 4-5: Probe settings of R&S
RT-ZHD16 with results of ProbeMeter measurement
Copy to offset
Same as "Copy to offset" for active broadband single-ended probes, see "Copy to off-
set" on page 59. The offset value is also shown in the "Channel <n>" menu.
ProbeMeter
®
Same as "ProbeMeter
®
" for active broadband single-ended probes, see "ProbeMeter
®
"
on page 59.
MicroButton
Same as for active single-ended probes, see "MicroButton" on page 59.
Input voltage range
Sets the voltage range of a R&S RT-ZHD probe. You can set the range on the probe
control box or at the oscilloscope.
Probes
Waveform Setup
R&S
®
RTA4000
64User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
"Auto"
The voltage range is set only at the oscilloscope by adjusting the ver-
tical scale.
"<High value>"
Sets the higher voltage range of the connected probe. The selection
list shows the value that is specified on the probe.
"<Low value>"
Sets the lower voltage range of the connected probe. The selection
list shows the value that is specified on the probe.
Remote command:
PROBe<m>:SETup:ADVanced:RANGe on page 443
Bandwidth Limit
Activates the lowpass filter in the probe control box. You can also set the filter directly
on the probe control box. The limit depends on the probe type and is shown on the
probe control box.
Remote command:
PROBe<m>:SETup:ADVanced:FILTer on page 443
Audible Overrange
Activates the acoustic overrange warning in the probe control box. You can also acti-
vate the sound directly on the probe control box.
Remote command:
PROBe<m>:SETup:ADVanced:AUDioverload on page 443
Info
Same as for active single-ended probes, see "Info" on page 60.
4.4.3.5 Modular Probes
The probes of the R&S RT-ZM family are modular probes with multi-mode function.
They have a probe head and a probe amplifier connected by a cable, and various
probe tip modules and tip cables for different applications. R&S RT-ZM probes are
equipped with Rohde & Schwarz probe interface, and provide special features: Probe-
Meter, micro button, and a wide offset compensation range.
Access: [Ch <n>] > "Probe" (scroll down).
Probes
Waveform Setup
R&S
®
RTA4000
65User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Figure 4-6: Probe settings of R&S
RT-ZM30 with ProbeMeter measurement
Offset
Same as "Offset" in the "Vertical" menu, see "Offset" on page 52.
Copy to offset
Same as "Copy to offset" for active broadband single-ended probes, see "Copy to off-
set" on page 59. The offset value is also shown in the "Channel <n>" menu.
Com.Mode Offset
Sets the common mode offset to compensate for a common DC voltage applied to
both input terminals referenced to ground. You can measure the common mode input
voltage using the ProbeMeter.
ProbeMeter
®
Same as "ProbeMeter
®
" for active broadband single-ended probes, see "ProbeMeter
®
"
on page 59.
MicroButton
Same as for active single-ended probes, see "MicroButton" on page 59.
Meas. Mode
Sets the measurement mode of modular probes. You can switch between single-
ended, differential and common mode measurements without reconnecting or resolder-
ing the probe.
If you use the R&S RT-ZMA30 browser module, only DM measurements are possible
because this module has no ground connector.
The measurement modes are:
Probes
Waveform Setup
R&S
®
RTA4000
66User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
"DM"
Differential mode input voltage (V
dm
), the voltage between the positive
and negative input terminal.
"CM"
Common mode input voltage (V
cm
), the mean voltage between the
positive and negative input terminal vs. ground.
"P"
Positive single-ended input voltage (V
p
). The voltage between the
positive input terminal and ground.
"N"
Negative single-ended input voltage (V
N
). The voltage between the
negative input terminal and ground.
Remote command:
PROBe<m>:SETup:PRMode on page 442
Info
Same as for active single-ended probes, see "Info" on page 60.
4.4.3.6 Power Rail Probes
R&S RT-ZPR power rail probes have a Rohde & Schwarz probe interface with Probe-
Meter, but no micro button. R&S RT-ZPR probes require 50 Ω termination, which is set
automatically. The ProbeMeter measures DC voltages between the probe tip and
ground.
Access: [Ch <n>] > "Probe" (scroll down).
Figure 4-7: Probe settings of R&S
RT-ZPR20 with ProbeMeter measurement
Probes
Waveform Setup
R&S
®
RTA4000
67User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Offset
Same as "Offset" in the "Vertical" menu, see "Offset" on page 52.
Copy to offset
Same as "Copy to offset" for active broadband single-ended probes, see "Copy to off-
set" on page 59. The offset value is also shown in the "Channel <n>" menu.
ProbeMeter
®
Same as "ProbeMeter
®
" for active broadband single-ended probes, see "ProbeMeter
®
"
on page 59.
Info
Same as for active single-ended probes, see "Info" on page 60.
AC coupling for power rail probes
For the required 50 Ω input termination, the usual AC coupling is not available. There-
fore, you can enable AC coupling directly in the R&S RT-ZPR probe, which removes
DC and very low-frequency components.
To enable AC coupling, use the channel menu or the short channel menu.
Remote command:
PROBe<m>:SETup:ACCoupling on page 444
4.5 Acquisition Setup
During an acquisition, the R&S RTA4000 captures the signal and converts it to digital
samples. The digital samples are processed according to the acquisition settings. The
result is a waveform record that is displayed on the screen and stored in memory.
The number of waveform samples in one waveform record is called the record length.
The rate of recording waveform samples - the number of waveform samples per sec-
ond - is the sample rate. The higher the sample rate, the better is the resolution and
the more details of the waveform are visible.
A sufficient resolution is essential for correct reconstruction of the waveform. If the sig-
nal is undersampled, aliasing occurs - a false waveform is displayed. To avoid aliasing
and accurately reconstruct a signal, the sample rate must be at least 3 to 5 times the
fastest frequency component of the signal.
There are several ways to adjust and control acquisition:
●
Use the controls in the Trigger functional block of the front panel to start and stop
acquisition. See Chapter 5.1, "Trigger Controls", on page 73.
●
Use shortcuts to adjust the acquisition mode, and to perform a single acquisition.
●
Use the comprehensive menu to adjust all acquisition settings.
► To start or stop acquisition, use the [Run Stop] and [Single] keys in the Trigger sec-
tion at the front panel.
Acquisition Setup
Waveform Setup
R&S
®
RTA4000
68User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
4.5.1 Shortcuts for Acquisition Settings
To adjust the acquisition mode, and to perform a single acquisition, you can use the
shortcuts on the top of the display. The labels show the current values.
1 = start or stop a continuous acquisition, or start a single acquisition if [Single] is active
2 = adjust the acquisition mode
3 = shows the current sample rate for information
4.5.2 Acquisition Settings
Acquisition settings define the processing of the captured samples in the instrument.
The current acquisition mode and sample rate are shown in the top information bar.
► To adjust acquisition settings, press the [Acquisition] key.
The history is described in Chapter 6.4.3, "History Settings", on page 117.
Record Length
Sets the record length, the number of waveform samples that are stored in one wave-
form record.
If you use the history, you can disable the "Auto" record length and enter a value in the
"History" menu. In this case, the defined record length is shown in the "Acquisition"
menu.
Acquisition Setup
Waveform Setup
R&S
®
RTA4000
69User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Remote command:
ACQuire:POINts:AUTomatic on page 448
ACQuire:POINts[:VALue] on page 449
Acquire Mode
Defines how the waveform is built from the captured samples. There are two general
methods to build the waveform record: sample decimation and waveform arithmetic.
Sample decimation reduces the data stream of the ADC to a stream of waveform
points with lower sample rate and a less precise time resolution. The R&S RTA4000
uses decimation, if the waveform sample rate is less than the ADC sample rate. The
acquisition modes "Peak Detect" and "High Resolution" are decimation methods.
Waveform arithmetic builds the resulting waveform from several consecutive acquisi-
tions of the signal. The acquisition modes "Average" and "Envelope" are arithmetic
methods.
"Sample"
Usually, most signals are displayed optimally with this acquisition
mode but very short glitches might remain undiscovered by this
method.
If the sample rate of the waveform is less than the ADC sample rate,
the instrument reduces the number of samples: one of n samples in a
sample interval is recorded as waveform point, the other samples are
discarded (decimation). Conversely, if the sample rate of the wave-
form is higher than the ADC sample rate, the instrument adds wave-
form points to the captured samples using an interpolation method.
"Peak Detect"
The minimum and the maximum of n samples are recorded as wave-
form points, the other samples are discarded. Thus the instrument
can detect fast signal peaks at slow time scale settings that would be
missed with other acquisition modes.
"High Resolu-
tion"
The average of n captured sample points is recorded as one wave-
form sample. Averaging reduces the noise, the result is a more pre-
cise waveform with higher vertical resolution.
"Average"
The average is calculated from the data of the current acquisition and
a number of consecutive acquisitions before. The method reduces
random noise. It requires a stable, triggered and repetitive signal.
The number of acquisitions for average calculation is defined with
"No. of Averages" on page 70.
"Average +
HR"
Combines the high resolution mode with averaging over several
acquisitions.
"Envelope"
Each acquisition is done in sample mode, and the minimum and max-
imum values over some consecutive acquisitions build the envelope.
The resulting diagram shows two envelope waveforms below and
above the normal waveform: the minimums (floor) and maximums
(roof), representing the borders in which the signal occurs. this
method is useful, for example, if the waveform is noisy but the noise
is not relevant for the measurement.
"Enve-
lope + PD"
Each acquisition is done in peak detect mode, and the most extreme
values of all consecutive acquisitions build the envelope. This method
is more precise than "Envelope".
Acquisition Setup
Waveform Setup
R&S
®
RTA4000
70User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
"Envelope +
HR"
Each acquisition is done in high resolution mode, and the minimum
and maximum values over some consecutive acquisitions build the
envelope.
Remote command:
CHANnel<m>:ARIThmetics on page 450
CHANnel<m>:TYPE on page 449
ACQuire:PEAKdetect on page 450
ACQuire:HRESolution on page 450
No. of Averages
Defines the number of waveforms used to calculate the average waveform. The higher
the number, the better the noise is reduced.
To restart the average calculation, press the [Clear Screen] key.
Remote command:
ACQuire:AVERage:COUNt on page 451
ACQuire:AVERage:RESet on page 451
Nx Single
Sets the number of waveforms that are acquired with a [Single] acquisition.
Remote command:
ACQuire:NSINgle:COUNt on page 428
Roll
Enables the automatic roll mode. The instrument switches to roll mode if the Time
Scale is equal or slower than Start Roll Time.
The roll mode displays the untriggered, continuous signal, and moves the captured
input data on the display from the left to the right. The instrument shows the waveform
immediately, without waiting for the complete acquisition of the waveform record. The
record length is set automatically ("Auto" mode). Some math functions are non-calcula-
ble if roll mode is active.
You can use the horizontal and vertical zoom in roll mode if the acquisition is stopped.
Remote command:
TIMebase:ROLL:AUTomatic on page 451
Start Roll Time
Sets the limit timebase for the roll mode. The instrument switches automatically to roll
mode if:
●
the Time Scale exceeds the value given here.
●
the roll mode is activated (Roll).
Remote command:
TIMebase:ROLL:MTIMe on page 452
Interpolation
Selects the interpolation method if interpolation is required to get the defined record
length.
Acquisition Setup
Waveform Setup
R&S
®
RTA4000
71User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
"Sin(x)/x"
Two adjacent ADC sample points are connected by a sin(x)/x curve,
and also the adjoining sample points are considered by this curve.
The interpolated points are placed on the resulting curve. This inter-
polation method is the default method. It is precise and shows the
best signal curve.
"Linear"
Two adjacent ADC sample points are connected by a straight line, the
interpolated points are placed on the line. You see a polygonal wave-
form similar to the real signal, and also the ADC sample points as
vertexes.
"Sample-Hold"
The ADC sample points are displayed like a histogram. For each
sample interval, the voltage is taken from the sample point and con-
sidered as constant, and the intervals are connected with vertical
lines. Thus, you see the discrete values of the ADC.
Remote command:
ACQuire:INTerpolate on page 452
Acquisition Setup
Trigger
R&S
®
RTA4000
72User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
5 Trigger
Triggering means to capture the interesting part of the relevant waveforms. Choosing
the right trigger type and configuring all trigger settings correctly allows you to detect
various incidents in signals.
A trigger occurs if the trigger conditions are fulfilled. The instrument acquires continu-
ously and keeps the sample points to fill the pretrigger part of the waveform record.
When the trigger occurs, the instrument continues acquisition until the posttrigger part
of the waveform record is filled. Then it stops acquiring and displays the waveform.
When a trigger is recognized, the instrument does not accept another trigger until the
acquisition is complete.
Trigger conditions include:
●
Source of the trigger signal (channel)
●
Trigger type and its setup
●
Trigger mode
In addition, the horizontal position of the trigger point and the reference point are
important to display the interesting part of the signal. See Chapter 4.2, "Horizontal
Setup", on page 42.
The trigger level and position are marked in the grid. The markers have the color of the
trigger source. Information on the most important trigger settings is shown in the upper
information bar.
There are several ways to set up the trigger:
●
Use the controls in the Trigger functional block of the front panel.
●
Use shortcuts to adjust the trigger source, trigger mode, and main parameters of
the trigger type.
●
Use the comprehensive menu to select the trigger type and to adjust all trigger set-
tings.
The R&S RTA4000 can output a pulse at the Aux Out connector when the instrument
triggers. See
● Trigger Controls...................................................................................................... 73
● Shortcuts for Trigger Settings................................................................................. 74
● General Trigger Settings......................................................................................... 75
● Edge Trigger........................................................................................................... 77
● Edge A/B Trigger.....................................................................................................79
● Width Trigger...........................................................................................................80
● Video Trigger...........................................................................................................83
● Pattern Trigger........................................................................................................ 85
● Runt Trigger............................................................................................................ 88
● Rise Time Trigger....................................................................................................89
● Timeout Trigger....................................................................................................... 91
● Actions on Trigger................................................................................................... 93
Trigger
R&S
®
RTA4000
73User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
5.1 Trigger Controls
The keys and the rotary knob in the Trigger functional block adjust the trigger and start
or stop acquisition.
The green LED above the [Levels] knob lights up when the instrument triggers.
[Trigger]
Opens the "Trigger" menu.
[Source]
Changes the analog trigger source. Press the key repeatedly until the required analog
source is selected. If a digital source or serial bus was selected in the "Trigger" menu,
or if the "Trigger Type" is set to "Pattern", the key opens the menu.
The key lights up in the color of the selected channel, and the selected source is
shown in the information bar.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:SOURce on page 454
[Auto Norm]
Toggles the trigger mode between "Auto" and "Norm". The key lights up in white if the
trigger mode is "Norm". The current mode is also shown in the information bar.
"Auto"
The instrument triggers repeatedly after a time interval if the trigger
conditions are not fulfilled. If a real trigger occurs, it takes prece-
dence. This mode helps to see the waveform even before the trigger
is set. The waveform on the screen is not synchronized, and succes-
sive waveforms are not triggered at the same point of the waveform.
"Norm"
The instrument acquires a waveform only if a trigger occurs, that is, if
all trigger conditions are fulfilled. If no trigger occurs, no waveform is
acquired and the last acquired waveform is displayed. If no waveform
was captured before, nothing is displayed.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:MODE on page 454
[Levels]
The rotary knob changes the trigger level. Turn clockwise to move up the trigger level.
Pressing the knob sets the level to 50% of the signal amplitude.
Trigger Controls
Trigger
R&S
®
RTA4000
74User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:LEVel<n>[:VALue] on page 456
TRIGger:A:FINDlevel on page 456
[Force Trigger]
Provokes an immediate single acquisition. Use this key if the acquisition is running in
normal mode and no valid trigger occurs. Thus, you can confirm that a signal is availa-
ble and use the waveform display to determine how to trigger on it.
Remote command:
*TRG on page 427
[Run Stop]
Starts and stops the continuous acquisition. A green light indicates a running acquisi-
tion. A red light shows that acquisition is stopped.
The status is shown also at the right end of the information bar: "Run", "Complete",
"Trig?" (waiting for trigger, in normal trigger mode) or "Not ready" (working). For slow
timebases, the status "Pre" or "Post" is shown together with an indicator that shows the
filling level of the buffer.
Remote command:
RUN on page 428
RUNContinous on page 428
STOP on page 429
ACQuire:STATe on page 429
[Single]
Starts a specified number of acquisitions. A white light indicates that the instrument is
in single mode. The information bar shows "Complete" if the acquisition has been fin-
ished.
To set the number of acquisitions, press the [Acquisition] key and enter "Nx Single".
Remote command:
SINGle on page 428
RUNSingle on page 428
5.2 Shortcuts for Trigger Settings
To adjust the trigger source, mode, and trigger type specific settings, you can use the
shortcuts on the top of the display. The labels show the current values.
Shortcuts for Trigger Settings
Trigger
R&S
®
RTA4000
75User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
1 = adjust the trigger source
2 = open the keypad to enter the value of the trigger level or threshold
3 = adjust slope or polarity
4 = adjust the trigger mode
5 = start or stop a continuous acquisition, or start a single acquisition if [Single] is active
6 = available settings depend on the trigger type
5.3 General Trigger Settings
General trigger settings are independent of the trigger type. They are highlighted in the
above figure and described in the current section. The other trigger settings are spe-
cific for individual trigger types, and they are described in the following sections.
Trigger Mode
Toggles the trigger mode between "Auto" and "Norm". The trigger mode determines the
behavior of the instrument if no trigger occurs. The current setting is shown in the infor-
mation bar.
"Auto"
The instrument triggers repeatedly after a time interval if the trigger
conditions are not fulfilled. If a real trigger occurs, it takes prece-
dence. This mode helps to see the waveform even before the trigger
is set. The waveform on the screen is not synchronized, and succes-
sive waveforms are not triggered at the same point of the waveform.
"Norm"
The instrument acquires a normal waveform only, if a trigger occurs,
that is, if all trigger conditions are fulfilled. If no trigger occurs, no
waveform is acquired and the last acquired waveform is displayed. If
no waveform was captured before, nothing is displayed.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:MODE on page 454
Trigger Type
Selects the trigger type.
"Edge"
Triggers on signal edges.
See Chapter 5.4, "Edge Trigger", on page 77.
General Trigger Settings
Trigger
R&S
®
RTA4000
76User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
"Edge A/B"
Triggers on a sequence of two edge trigger conditions.
See Chapter 5.5, "Edge A/B Trigger", on page 79.
"Width"
Triggers on pulse width.
See Chapter 5.6, "Width Trigger", on page 80.
"Video"
Triggers on various PAL, NTSC and HDTV standard video signals.
See Chapter 5.7, "Video Trigger", on page 83.
"Pattern"
Triggers on logical combinations of the input channels.
See Chapter 5.8, "Pattern Trigger", on page 85.
"Runt"
Triggers on pulses lower than normal in amplitude.
See Chapter 5.9, "Runt Trigger", on page 88.
"Risetime"
Triggers on fast or slow rising or falling edges.
See Chapter 5.10, "Rise Time Trigger", on page 89.
"Timeout"
Triggers on signal level timeout.
See Chapter 5.11, "Timeout Trigger", on page 91.
"Line"
The line trigger uses the waveform of the power supply's alternating
line voltage (typically 50 Hz or 60 Hz AC) as the trigger signal source.
Use this trigger to detect issues related to the frequency of the power
grid.
The line trigger does not have any settings.
"Serial Bus"
Triggers on a serial bus. Requires that at least one protocol option
R&S RTA-K1, -K2, or -K3 is installed, a serial bus is configured, and a
decoded signal is available.
See Chapter 12.1.1, "Protocol - Common Settings", on page 245.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:TYPE on page 455
Source
Selects the trigger source.
"C1, C2, C3,
C4"
Select one of the analog input channels as trigger source.
"D0 to D15"
Select one of the digital channels as trigger source if MSO option
R&S RTA-B1 is installed.
Not available for video, runt, and risetime trigger.
"Extern"
Sets the external trigger input on the front panel as trigger source.
Available for edge and video trigger.
"B1, B2, B3 or
B4"
Serial bus that is used for triggering on protocols. Only available, if
the trigger type "Serial Bus" is selected.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:SOURce on page 454
Hold Off, Hold Off Time
Enables the hold off and defines the "Hold Off Time". The next trigger occurs only after
the hold off time has passed.
General Trigger Settings
Trigger
R&S
®
RTA4000
77User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
The trigger "Hold Off" defines when the next trigger event is recognized after the cur-
rent trigger event. Thus, it affects the next trigger to occur after the current one. Hold
off helps to obtain stable triggering when the oscilloscope is triggering on undesired
events.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:HOLDoff:MODE on page 455
TRIGger:A:HOLDoff:TIME on page 455
Actions on Trigger, Configuration
Enables and select the actions to be done on trigger event. for details, see Chap-
ter 5.12, "Actions on Trigger", on page 93.
5.4 Edge Trigger
The edge trigger is the most common trigger type. The trigger occurs when the signal
from the trigger source passes the trigger level in the specified direction (slope).
Figure 5-1: Edge trigger event with positive slope (rising edge)
► [Trigger] > "Trigger Type" = "Edge"
Edge Trigger
Trigger
R&S
®
RTA4000
78User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Slope.............................................................................................................................78
Trigger Level, Threshold............................................................................................... 78
Hysteresis..................................................................................................................... 79
Coupling........................................................................................................................79
HF Reject...................................................................................................................... 79
Noise Reject..................................................................................................................79
Slope
Sets the edge direction for the trigger. You can trigger on:
●
rising edge, that is a positive voltage change
●
falling edge, that is a negative voltage change
●
rising and falling edge. After starting an acquisition, the instrument triggers on
the first identified edge.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:EDGE:SLOPe on page 456
Trigger Level, Threshold
Sets the voltage level or threshold for the trigger.
You can also drag the trigger level marker on the display, or turn the Levels knob. To
set the trigger level to 50% of the signal amplitude, press the Levels knob.
For width and timeout trigger, the trigger level is the threshold of the trigger source.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:LEVel<n>[:VALue] on page 456
TRIGger:A:FINDlevel on page 456
Edge Trigger
Trigger
R&S
®
RTA4000
79User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Hysteresis
Sets a hysteresis range around the trigger level. Hysteresis avoids unwanted trigger
events caused by noise oscillation around the trigger level. The automatic, small,
medium, large hysteresis values depend on the vertical scale.
Hysteresis is not available if "Source" = "Extern".
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:HYSTeresis on page 457
Coupling
Sets the coupling for the trigger source.
"AC"
Alternating current coupling. A highpass filter removes the DC offset
voltage from the trigger signal.
"DC"
Direct current coupling. The trigger signal remains unchanged.
"LF Reject"
Sets the trigger coupling to high frequency. A 15 kHz highpass filter
removes lower frequencies from the trigger signal. Use this mode
only with very high frequency signals.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:EDGE:COUPling on page 456
HF Reject
Enables or disables an additional 5 kHz lowpass filter in the trigger path. This filter
removes higher frequencies and is available with AC and DC coupling.
You can use either "HF Reject" or "Noise Reject".
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:EDGE:FILTer:HFReject on page 457
Noise Reject
Extends the hysteresis to avoid unwanted trigger events caused by noise oscillation
around the trigger level.
You can use either "HF Reject" or "Noise Reject".
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:EDGE:FILTer:NREJect on page 457
5.5 Edge A/B Trigger
The edge A/B trigger is a sequence of two edge trigger conditions. The instrument trig-
gers if both edge trigger conditions (A and B) are fulfilled. You can configure a delay
between the A- and B-trigger.
► [Trigger] > "Trigger Type" = "Edge A/B" > "Trigger Setup"
Edge A/B Trigger
Trigger
R&S
®
RTA4000
80User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Trigger Setup
Opens a dialog where you configure the trigger sequence. On the left, the first edge
trigger (A) is defined as usual. On the right, a second edge trigger (B) is defined with
the same parameters: source, level, edge, and hysteresis. The conditions of the B-trig-
ger are considered when the conditions of the A-trigger are met.
In addition, you can set a delay for the B-trigger ("Trigger").
Remote command:
TRIGger:B:ENABle on page 458
TRIGger:B:SOURce on page 458
TRIGger:B:EDGE:SLOPe on page 458
Trigger
Sets a time delay or event delay for the B-trigger. The instrument waits for that delay
after an A-trigger until it recognizes the B-trigger.
"After time"
Sets the time the instrument waits until it checks the B-trigger condi-
tion.
"After events"
Sets a number of B-trigger events that fulfill the B-trigger condition
but do not cause the trigger. The oscilloscope triggers on the n-th
event, the last of the specified number of events.
Remote command:
TRIGger:B:MODE on page 458
TRIGger:B:DELay on page 458
TRIGger:B:EVENt:COUNt on page 459
5.6 Width Trigger
The width trigger compares the pulse width (duration) with given time limits. It detects
pulses with an exact pulse width, pulses shorter or longer than a given time, and also
pulses inside or outside the allowable time range. The pulse width is measured at the
trigger level.
Width Trigger
Trigger
R&S
®
RTA4000
81User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
You can use the width trigger, for example, to trigger on glitches.
Figure 5-2: Pulse width is shorter (left) or longer (right) than a given duration (also known as glitch
trigger)
min
max
min
max
1 2
Figure 5-3: Pulse width is inside or outside an allowable time range
1 = Inside: min width < pulse < max width
2 = Outside: pulse < min width OR pulse > max width
±Δ
1 2
±Δ
Figure 5-4: Pulse width is equal or unequal to a given duration, with optional variation (
Δ
)
1 = Equal: (width - variation) < pulse < (width + variation)
2 = Unequal: pulse < (width - variation) OR pulse > (width + variation)
► [Trigger] > "Trigger Type" = "Width"
Width Trigger
Trigger
R&S
®
RTA4000
82User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Polarity.......................................................................................................................... 82
Comparison...................................................................................................................82
Time t............................................................................................................................ 83
Variation........................................................................................................................ 83
Time t1, Time t2.............................................................................................................83
Threshold...................................................................................................................... 83
Hysteresis..................................................................................................................... 83
Polarity
Sets the polarity of the pulse. You can trigger on:
●
positive going pulse, the width is defined from the rising to the falling slopes.
●
negative going pulse, the width is defined from the falling to the rising slopes.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:WIDTh:POLarity on page 459
Comparison
Sets how the measured pulse width is compared with the given limits.
"Width >"
Triggers on pulse width longer than the reference "Time t".
"Width <"
Triggers on pulse width shorter than the reference "Time t".
"Width ="
Triggers on pulse width equal to the reference "Time t" if "Variation"
Δt = 0.
If "Variation" ≠ 0, this setting triggers on pulses within the range t±Δt.
"Width ≠"
Triggers on pulses unequal to the reference "Time t", if "Variation"
Δt = 0.
If "Variation" ≠ 0, this setting triggers on pulses outside a range t
±
Δ
t.
Width Trigger
Trigger
R&S
®
RTA4000
83User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
"Inside"[, ]"Out-
side"
Triggers on pulses inside or outside a range specified with "Time t1"
and "Time t2".
This method is an alternative setting to the range definition with
"Time t" and "Variation". The values are interdependent. "Variation"
and "Time t" are adjusted, if you change t1 and t2, and vice versa.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:WIDTh:RANGe on page 460
Time t
Sets the reference time, the nominal value for comparison settings "Width >",
"Width <", "Width =", and "Width ≠".
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:WIDTh:WIDTh on page 460
Variation
Sets a range Δt to the reference "Time t", if comparison is set to "Width =" or "Width ≠".
The instrument triggers on pulses inside or outside the range t±Δt.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:WIDTh:DELTa on page 460
Time t1, Time t2
Set the lower and upper time limits defining the time range if "Width =" or "Width ≠" is
set for comparison. "Time t" and "Variation" are adjusted accordingly.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:WIDTh:RANGe on page 460
TRIGger:A:WIDTh:DELTa on page 460
Threshold
Threshold of the trigger source channel, used as trigger level for the width trigger.
See also "Threshold" on page 54 and "Trigger Level, Threshold" on page 78.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:LEVel<n>[:VALue] on page 456
CHANnel<m>:THReshold on page 434
Hysteresis
Hysteresis of the trigger source channel, see "Hysteresis" on page 54.
Remote command:
CHANnel<m>:THReshold:HYSTeresis on page 435
5.7 Video Trigger
The video or TV trigger is used to analyze analog baseband video signals. You can
trigger on baseband video signals from standard definition and high definition stand-
ards connected to an analog channel input or to the external trigger input.
The instrument triggers on the sync pulses.
Video Trigger
Trigger
R&S
®
RTA4000
84User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
First select the standard and the signal polarity, then decide to trigger on lines or fields
and enter the specific settings.
► [Trigger] > "Trigger Type" = "Video"
Figure 5-5: Video trigger menu
Standard........................................................................................................................84
Signal............................................................................................................................ 85
Mode............................................................................................................................. 85
Line............................................................................................................................... 85
Standard
Selects the color television standard.
You can trigger on various standard-definition television (SDTV) signals:
●
"PAL"
●
"NTSC"
●
"SECAM"
●
"PAL-M"
●
"SDTV 576i" (PAL and SECAM)
High-definition television (HDTV) standards are indicated by the number of active lines
and the scanning system:
●
"HDTV 720p"
●
"HDTV 1080p" (p for progressive scanning)
●
"HDTV 1080i" (i for interlaced scanning)
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:TV:STANdard on page 461
Video Trigger
Trigger
R&S
®
RTA4000
85User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Signal
Selects the polarity of the signal. Note that the sync pulse has the opposite polarity. If
the video modulation is positive, the sync pulses are negative. If the modulation is neg-
ative, sync pulses are positive. The edges of the sync pulses are used for triggering,
therefore incorrect polarity setting causes a sporadic triggering by the video informa-
tion.
T
T
Figure 5-6: Positive video signal with negative bi-level sync pulse (SDTV, left) and negative signal
with positive tri-level sync pulse (HDTV, right)
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:TV:POLarity on page 461
Mode
Selects from the following the trigger conditions:
"All Frames"
The oscilloscope triggers on the beginning of all video signal frames.
"Odd Frames"
The oscilloscope triggers on the beginning of video signal frames with
an odd frame number.
"Even Frames"
The oscilloscope triggers on the beginning of video signal frames with
an even frame number.
"All Lines"
The oscilloscope triggers on the beginning of all video signal lines.
"Line Number"
Triggers on an exact "Line" number.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:TV:FIELd on page 461
Line
Sets an exact line number if "Mode" is "Line Number". The oscilloscope triggers exactly
on the beginning of the selected line in any field.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:TV:LINE on page 462
5.8 Pattern Trigger
The pattern trigger is a logic trigger. It provides any logical combination of the input
channels and supports you in verifying the operation of digital logic. Additionally, you
can set a time limitation to the pattern. Thus you can also trigger on bus patterns of
parallel buses.
The channel pattern is configured in the "Logic Editor" dialog box.
Pattern Trigger
Trigger
R&S
®
RTA4000
86User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
► [Trigger] > "Trigger Type" = "Pattern" > "Edit Pattern"
Figure 5-7: Pattern trigger with logic editor
Thresholds
At the bottom of the "Logic Editor", you see the current threshold settings of all chan-
nels. Here, you can directly activate the channels, and change the threshold values.
The thresholds of analog channels are also set in the "Channel <n>" > "Threshold"
menu, see also Chapter 4.3.4, "Threshold Settings", on page 54.
The thresholds of logic channels are also set in the [Logic] > "Threshold and Deskew"
dialog, see Chapter 14.2, "Logic Analyzer Settings", on page 388.
Logic settings
H | L | X, Set All.............................................................................................................86
And | Or.........................................................................................................................87
Duration.........................................................................................................................87
True | False................................................................................................................... 87
Time limitation............................................................................................................... 87
H | L | X, Set All
Defines the pattern by selecting the state "H" (high), "L" (low) or "X" (do not care) for
each active analog and digital channel.
The word length of the pattern depends on the number of available analog and digital
channels.
Analog channels: 2 bit for 2-channel instruments, 4 bit for 4-channel instruments.
Digital (16 bit): the logic channels D0, D1,...,D15 are only available with MSO option
R&S RTA-B1.
Thus the pattern can have 2, 4, 18, or 20 bits.
Use "Set All" to set all channels to the same state.
Pattern Trigger
Trigger
R&S
®
RTA4000
87User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:PATTern:SOURce on page 462
And | Or
Sets the logical combination of the channel states.
"AND"
All defined states must be true.
"OR"
At least one of the defined states must be true.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:PATTern:FUNCtion on page 463
Duration
The switch has the following two effects:
●
Selects the mode of the True | False comparison.
●
Enables or disables the Time limitation.
True | False
Defines whether the instrument triggers on fulfillment of the logical condition, or on vio-
lation.
●
If Duration = on, the instrument triggers when the logic combination "Is True" or
"Is False" for a specified time duration.
●
If Duration = off, the instrument triggers when the logic combination is found in the
signal ("Goes True"), or if it disappears ("Goes False").
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:PATTern:CONDition on page 463
Time limitation
To set a time limitation for the pattern, you have several possibilities. They are similar
to the setting of a pulse width, see Chapter 5.6, "Width Trigger", on page 80.
●
"Timeout" and "Time t"
Define a minimum time during which the signals match the pattern condition.
●
"Width >" or "Width <" and "Time t"
Triggers if the pattern condition changes before or after the specified time.
●
"Width =", "Time t1" and "Variation"
Triggers if the pattern condition is fulfilled for a duration "Time t1" ± "Variation".
●
"Width ≠", "Time t1" and "Variation"
Triggers if the pattern condition is fulfilled for a duration shorter than "Time t1" -
"Variation", or longer than "Time t1" + "Variation".
●
"Inside", "Time t1" and "Time t2"
Triggers if the pattern condition is fulfilled for a duration between "Time t1" and
"Time t2". These settings are an alternative setting to the definition with "Width =".
The time values are interdependent and adjusted accordingly.
●
"Outside", "Time t1" and "Time t2"
Triggers if the pattern condition is fulfilled for a duration shorter than "Time t1", or
longer than "Time t2". These settings are an alternative setting to the definition with
"Width ≠". The time values are interdependent and adjusted accordingly.
Pattern Trigger
Trigger
R&S
®
RTA4000
88User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:PATTern:MODE on page 463
TRIGger:A:PATTern:WIDTh:RANGe on page 464
TRIGger:A:PATTern:WIDTh[:WIDTh] on page 464
TRIGger:A:PATTern:WIDTh:DELTa on page 464
5.9 Runt Trigger
A runt is a pulse lower than normal in amplitude. The amplitude crosses the first
threshold twice in succession without crossing the second one. For example, this trig-
ger can detect logic, digital, and analog signals remaining below a specified threshold
amplitude because I/O ports are in undefined state.
► [Trigger] > "Trigger Type" = "Runt"
Polarity.......................................................................................................................... 88
Upper Level...................................................................................................................89
Lower Level...................................................................................................................89
Hysteresis..................................................................................................................... 89
Find Threshold.............................................................................................................. 89
Polarity
Sets the polarity of a pulse, that is the direction of the first pulse slope.
●
positive going pulse, the width is defined from the rising to the falling slopes.
●
negative going pulse, the width is defined from the falling to the rising slopes.
●
selects both positive and negative going pulses.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:RUNT:POLarity on page 465
Runt Trigger
Trigger
R&S
®
RTA4000
89User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Upper Level
Sets the upper voltage threshold for runt detection. A negative runt crosses the upper
level twice without crossing the lower level.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:LEVel<n>:RUNT:UPPer on page 465
Lower Level
Sets the lower voltage threshold for runt detection. A positive runt crosses the lower
level twice without crossing the upper level.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:LEVel<n>:RUNT:LOWer on page 465
Hysteresis
Hysteresis of the trigger source channel, see "Hysteresis" on page 54.
Remote command:
CHANnel<m>:THReshold:HYSTeresis on page 435
Find Threshold
The instrument analyzes the signal and sets the upper and lower trigger levels. If no
level can be found, the existing values remain unchanged, and you can set the thresh-
olds manually.
5.10 Rise Time Trigger
The rise time trigger, also known as slew rate or transition trigger, can detect fast or
slow rising or falling edges selectively. It triggers on edges, if the rise or fall time from
the lower to higher voltage level (or vice versa) is shorter or longer as defined, or inside
or outside a specified time range. The trigger finds slew rates that are faster than
expected or permissible to avoid overshooting and other interfering effects. It also
detects very slow edges violating the timing in pulse series.
► [Trigger] > "Trigger Type" = "Risetime"
Rise Time Trigger
Trigger
R&S
®
RTA4000
90User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Polarity.......................................................................................................................... 90
Comparison...................................................................................................................90
Rise Time...................................................................................................................... 91
Variation........................................................................................................................ 91
Upper Level...................................................................................................................91
Lower Level...................................................................................................................91
Hysteresis..................................................................................................................... 91
Find Threshold.............................................................................................................. 91
Polarity
Sets the edge, the transition time of which is to be analyzed:
●
rise time trigger
●
fall time trigger
●
rise and fall time trigger
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:RISetime:SLOPe on page 467
Comparison
Selects how the time limit for the slew rate is defined. The time measurement starts
when the signal crosses the first trigger level - the upper or lower level depending on
the selected slope - and stops when the signal crosses the second level.
"Greater than"
Triggers on transition times longer than the given "Rise Time".
"Lower than"
Triggers on transition times shorter than the given "Rise Time".
Rise Time Trigger
Trigger
R&S
®
RTA4000
91User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
"Equal"
Triggers on transition times inside the time range Rise Time
±
Varia-
tion.
"Not equal"
Triggers on transition times outside the time range Rise Time
±
Varia-
tion.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:RISetime:RANGe on page 467
Rise Time
Sets the reference rise time, the nominal value for comparisons.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:RISetime:TIME on page 467
Variation
Defines a time range around the given "Rise Time" value.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:RUNT:DELTa on page 465
Upper Level
Sets the upper voltage threshold. When the signal crosses this level, the slew rate
measurement starts or stops depending on the selected polarity.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:LEVel<n>:RISetime:UPPer on page 466
Lower Level
Sets the lower voltage threshold. When the signal crosses this level, the slew rate
measurement starts or stops depending on the selected slope.
The value corresponds to the threshold value of the trigger channel.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:LEVel<n>:RISetime:LOWer on page 466
Hysteresis
Hysteresis of the trigger source channel, see "Hysteresis" on page 54.
Remote command:
CHANnel<m>:THReshold:HYSTeresis on page 435
Find Threshold
See "Find Threshold" on page 89.
5.11 Timeout Trigger
The timeout trigger checks if the signal stays above or below the threshold voltage for
a specified time lapse. In other words, the trigger occurs if the trigger source signal
does not cross the threshold during the specified time.
Timeout Trigger
Trigger
R&S
®
RTA4000
92User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
time
Figure 5-8: Timeout trigger with range Stays
High
► [Trigger] > "Trigger Type" = "Timeout"
Figure 5-9: Timeout trigger menu
Range
Selects the relation of the signal level to the threshold:
Stays High
The signal level stays above the trigger level.
Stays Low
The signal level stays below the trigger level.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:TIMeout:RANGe on page 468
Time
Defines the time limit for the timeout at which the instrument triggers.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:TIMeout:TIME on page 468
Threshold
Threshold of the trigger source channel, used as trigger level for the timeout trigger.
See also "Threshold" on page 54 and "Trigger Level, Threshold" on page 78.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:LEVel<n>[:VALue] on page 456
CHANnel<m>:THReshold on page 434
Timeout Trigger
Trigger
R&S
®
RTA4000
93User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Hysteresis
Hysteresis of the trigger source channel, see "Hysteresis" on page 54.
Remote command:
CHANnel<m>:THReshold:HYSTeresis on page 435
5.12 Actions on Trigger
A trigger event can be used to initiate one or several actions. All available actions can
be initiated at the same time, and for all trigger types.
Actions on trigger are not available if the following applications are active:
●
Mask test
●
Power analysis
●
Bode plot
To set up trigger actions
1. Stop the acquisition.
2. Press the [Trigger] key.
3. In the "Trigger" menu, activate "Actions on Trigger".
4. Select "Configuration".
5. Select the actions.
6. If "Screenshot" is selected, configure the screenshot settings in "File" menu >
"Screenshots".
7. If "Save Wavef." is selected, configure the export (waveform, target, file name and
format) in "File" menu > "Waveforms".
8. Start the acquisition with [Run Stop] or [Single].
Actions on Trigger
Trigger
R&S
®
RTA4000
94User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Actions on Trigger
Activates the selected actions on trigger event.
Remote command:
TRIGger:EVENt[:ENABle] on page 469
Configuration
Opens a menu to select the actions that are initiated on trigger event.
Pulse
Generates a pulse on the Aux Out connector on trigger event. The acquisition is not
delayed, the pulse generation runs asynchronously.
Enabling "Pulse" sets the "Setup" > "Aux Out" selection to "Trigger Out", and vice
versa. Selecting another item in the "Aux Out" menu disables the pulse action.
Using remote commands, you can set the pulse width and polarity of the trigger out
pulse.
Remote command:
TRIGger:OUT:MODE on page 595 (TRIGger:OUT:MODE TRIGger)
TRIGger:OUT:PLENgth on page 595
TRIGger:OUT:POLarity on page 595
Sound
Generates a beep on trigger event. The acquisition is not delayed, the sound genera-
tion runs asynchronously. The minimum time between two beeps is 1 s. If the instru-
ment triggers faster, not all events are notified by a beep.
Remote command:
TRIGger:EVENt:BEEP on page 469
Screenshot
Saves a screenshot on each trigger event. The screenshot is saved when the acquisi-
tion is complete. During saving, the acquisition stops, and restarts when saving is fin-
ished. Thus, the waveform update rate decreases significantly.
Set up the target directory, color, file name and file format in "File" menu > "Screen-
shots" before you start acquisition.
If fast segmentation is active, only the last acquisition is saved.
Remote command:
TRIGger:EVENt:SCRSave on page 470
Save Wavef.
Saves the data of a selected waveform on each trigger event. The waveform is saved
when the acquisition is complete. During saving, the acquisition stops, and restarts
when saving is finished. Thus, the waveform update rate decreases significantly.
Before you start acquisition, select the waveform and set up the target directory, file
name and file format in "File" menu > "Waveforms".
If fast segmentation is active, only the last acquisition is saved.
Remote command:
TRIGger:EVENt:WFMSave on page 470
Actions on Trigger
Trigger
R&S
®
RTA4000
95User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
References
Saves reference waveforms of all active channels, and activates the references. This
action works only with single acquisition.
The channels are assigned to the references: C1 to R1, C2 to R2 and so on. If a chan-
nel is off, the assigned reference is also not active.
If "Nx Single" > 1, the waveforms of the last acquisition are saved as reference wave-
forms.
Remote command:
TRIGger:EVENt:REFSave on page 469
Actions on Trigger
Waveform Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
96User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
6 Waveform Analysis
● Zoom.......................................................................................................................96
● Mathematics..........................................................................................................100
● Reference Waveforms...........................................................................................110
● History and Segmented Memory ..........................................................................115
● Search...................................................................................................................124
6.1 Zoom
The zoom magnifies a part of the waveform to view more details. The zoom is applied
to all active analog and digital channels and math waveforms.
The following zoom types are available:
●
Horizontal zoom: the waveforms are displayed with a shorter time scale while the
vertical scale remains unchanged.
●
Vertical zoom: the zoom waveforms are enlarged in vertical and horizontal direc-
tion.
6.1.1 Zooming In
When you activate the zoom, two windows are displayed: the original waveform dia-
gram at the top, and the zoom window at the bottom.
If zoom is active, the time scale of the original waveform diagram is at least 40 ns/div.
When you activate the zoom at a smaller time scale, the instrument changes the time
scale to the minimum value.
► To activate the horizontal zoom, press the [Zoom] key.
► To activate the vertical zoom:
a) Tap the "Zoom" icon on the toolbar.
b) Drag you finger on the screen to draw the diagonal of the zoom area. You can
draw the zoom area on the original waveform, or on an existing zoom wave-
form. A rectangle indicates the zoom area.
Zoom
Waveform Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
97User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Figure 6-1: Display of horizontal zoom: zoom in bottom window, normal waveform in upper window
1 = Tap to activate zoom settings
2 = Tap to activate normal waveform settings
3 (blue) = Horizontal zoom scale and width of the zoom area
4 (red) = Horizontal zoom position
5 = Acquire mode, can be set in zoom window or in the upper status bar
6 = Horizontal scale and position of the normal waveform
7 = Close zoom window
Zoom
Waveform Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
98User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Figure 6-2: Display of vertical zoom
6.1.2 Modifying the Zoom
There are several ways to adjust the zoom:
●
Use finger gestures on the screen.
●
Use the [Scale] and [Position] knobs.
●
Tap the zoom scale or zoom position label in the zoom window and enter a value
on the keypad. These settings are horizontal values, which take effect in horizontal
and vertical zoom windows. See number 3 and 4 in Figure 6-1.
●
Use the menu to enter exact numerical values. See Chapter 6.1.3, "Zoom Set-
tings", on page 99.
To adjust the zoom using gestures
1. For horizontal and vertical zoom:
a) To change the horizontal zoom position, drag one finger horizontally in the
zoom window.
b) To change the horizontal zoom scale and width of the zoom area, spread or
pinch two fingers in horizontal direction.
2. For vertical zoom only:
a) To change the vertical zoom position, drag one finger vertically in the zoom
window.
b) To change the vertical zoom scale and height of the zoom area, spread or
pinch two fingers in vertical direction.
3. To change the position of the zoom area in vertical zoom:
Zoom
Waveform Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
99User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Drag the zoom area on the original waveform in the upper window.
To adjust the zoom using the horizontal rotary knobs
1. To set the focus to the zoom window (lower window), tap in the zoom window.
2. For horizontal and vertical zoom:
a) To change the horizontal zoom scale and width of the zoom area, turn the hori-
zontal [Scale] scale knob.
b) To change the horizontal zoom position, turn the horizontal [Position] knob.
3. For vertical zoom only:
a) To change the vertical zoom scale and height of the zoom area, turn the verti-
cal [Scale] scale knob.
b) To change the vertical zoom position, turn the [Offset/Position] knob (upper
knob in Vertical section).
4. To set the focus to the normal waveform, tap the upper window.
Now the knobs are applied to the normal waveform and adjust time scale and hori-
zontal position of the waveform.
6.1.3 Zoom Settings
Zoom settings are listed in the "Horizontal" menu if the zoom is active.
1. If the zoom is off, activate the zoom.
2. Press the [Horizontal] key.
Zoom Scale
Defines the horizontal scale for the zoom window in seconds per division. The scaling
determines the width of the zoom area (12 divisions * scaling per division), the time-
base of the zoom window. The zoom area is indicated in the original waveform window.
"Zoom Scale" has effect only in horizontal zoom.
Zoom
Waveform Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
100User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Remote command:
TIMebase:ZOOM:SCALe on page 471
Zoom Position
Defines the distance of the trigger point to the reference point in the zoom window. The
value determines the position of the zoom area in the upper window.
"Zoom Position" has effect in horizontal and vertical zoom.
Remote command:
TIMebase:ZOOM:TIME on page 471
6.2 Mathematics
A math waveform is a calculated waveform. It is calculated out of one or two analog
channels, a constant, or another math waveform using several predefined operations.
You can define up to 5 equations. The complete configuration is called equation set
and can be saved for later use.
You can analyze math waveforms in the same way as channel waveforms: use zoom,
perform automatic and cursor measurements, and save as reference waveform.
When the instrument is in roll mode, some math functions are non-calculable, and the
math waveform label indicates "Not Available".
6.2.1 Short Menu for Math Waveforms
The math waveform label at the bottom of the screen shows the main settings of the
math waveform: sources, operation, unit, and vertical scale. The short menu shows the
status of all math waveforms.
1
= open short menu
2 = display a math waveform
3 = select a math waveform for scaling and positioning
Menu = open the "Mathematics" menu and "Equation Set Editor"
Off = disable mathematics
Mathematics
Waveform Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
101User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
6.2.2 Configuring Math Waveforms
1. Press the [Math] key.
The math waveforms are activated, using the latest settings.
2. Press the [Math] key again.
The "Mathematics" menu and the "Equation Set Editor" are shown.
3. Configure the equations of the math waveforms in the "Equation Set Editor". You
can define up to 5 equations. The complete configuration is called equation set and
can be saved for later use.
a) Tap the row of the math waveform that you want to configure.
b) To activate the math waveform, set its "State".
c) Select the "Operation".
d) Select the "Source(s)", the operands of the mathematical equation: 1 or 2 ana-
log channels, constant values or math waveforms. Only math waveforms of
lower order are available, for example, M2 can be a source for M3, M4, and
M5. For M1, math waveform sources are not available.
e) Select the "Unit".
f) Optionally, add label to the math waveform. The label is shown at the right
edge of the grid.
4. Close the "Equation Set Editor".
5. To adjust vertical scale and position using vertical knobs:
a) Select a math waveform in the short menu.
b) Use the rotary knobs in the Vertical section of the front panel. See: Chap-
ter 4.3.1, "VERTICAL Controls", on page 47.
6. To enter exact values for vertical scale and position:
a) Open the "Mathematics" menu.
b) In the "Equation Set Editor", select a math waveform.
c) In the menu, enter "Vertical Scale" and "Position".
6.2.3 Settings for Math Waveforms
In the "Mathematics" menu, you find the general settings for math waveforms. You can:
●
Switch mathematics on and off.
●
Save configured equations in an equations set file, see Chapter 6.2.7, "Saving and
Loading Formularies", on page 110.
●
Load a previously saved equation set.
●
Adjust the display of the math waveform that is selected in the "Equation Set Edi-
tor":
– Vertical position
– Vertical scale
Mathematics
Waveform Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
102User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
– Waveform color
Remote commands:
●
CALCulate:MATH<m>:STATe on page 472
●
CALCulate:MATH<m>:POSition on page 474
●
CALCulate:MATH<m>:SCALe on page 475
●
CALCulate:MATH<m>:WCOLor on page 475
●
Waveform transfer: see Chapter 16.9.1.3, "Math Waveforms", on page 567
●
History data: see Chapter 16.6.5.2, "Displaying History Segments", on page 499
and Chapter 16.6.5.3, "Timestamps", on page 502
6.2.4 Mathematic Functions
When you open the "Mathematics" menu, the "Equation Set Editor" opens in parallel.
Figure 6-3: Mathematics menu and Equation Set Editor
The "Mathematics" menu is described in Chapter 6.2.3, "Settings for Math Wave-
forms", on page 101.
In the "Equation Set Editor", you configure up to 5 math waveforms, set their visibility,
and define a label for each waveform. Each equation consists of one or two operands
and an operator. An operand (source) can be an input channel, a constant value, or a
math waveform with lower number.
The following operations are available:
Mathematics
Waveform Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
103User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Addition Source1 + Source2
Adds the values of 2 sources (channel or math waveform, or con-
stant).
Subtraction Source1 - Source2
Subtracts the second source from the first source.
Multiplication Source1 * Source2
Multiplies the two sources.
Division Source1 / Source2
Divides the first source by the second source.
For small amplitudes of the second source, the result increases
quickly. If the second source crosses zero, the result would be a
range of +∞ to -∞. In this case, instead of 0 V, the calculation func-
tion uses the value that the Least Significant Bit (LSB) of the sec-
ond source represents. (For an 8-bit value, for example, 1/256).
Square Source1 * Source1
Squares the source. If the source contains negative values that
have been clipped, then the result contains positive clipping.
Square Root Square Root (Source)
Calculates the square root of the source. Note that the square root
of a negative number is undefined and the result is clipped.
Abs. Value |Source|
Calculates the absolute value of the source. All negative values
are inverted to positive values. The positive values remain unmodi-
fied. If the source has negative values that have been clipped, the
result contains positive clipping.
Reciprocal 1V / Source
Divides 1V by the source values.
For small source amplitudes the result increases quickly. If the
source crosses zero, the result would be a range of +∞ to -∞. In this
case, instead of 0 V, the calculation function uses the value that
the Least Significant Bit (LSB) of the operand represents. (For an
8-bit value, for example, 1/256).
Inverse Inverts all voltage values of the source, i.e. all values are mirrored
at the ground level. Thus, a positive voltage offset becomes nega-
tive. If the amplitude of the source is clipped, the result is the inver-
ted limitation.
Mathematics
Waveform Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
104User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Common Log. log(Source)
Calculates the logarithm to the basis 10 of the source. Note that
the logarithm of a negative number is undefined and the result is
clipped.
Natural Log. ln(Source)
Calculates the logarithm to the basis e (Euler number) of the
source. Note that the logarithm of a negative number is undefined
and the result is clipped.
Derivative f'(Source)
The derivative corresponds to the rise of the tangent through a
function point and indicates the dimension of the change in quan-
tity of the source in time. The larger the quantity change of the
operand per time becomes, the larger the result of the derivative
is.
The calculation is approximated using the secant based on the
current calculated value and a value with a distance of 0.1 DIV.
Due to this, the time axis has a finitely small resolution. Therefore,
scale the input signal to display the required area appropriately.
Integral Calculates the definite integral of the source.
The calculation is displayed in the illustration. The integration
starts at point "a" and adds the area beneath the waveform. Point
"b" indicates the currently calculated value. At the end of the posi-
tive alternation, the integral function reaches its maximum. Due to
the homopolar operand used in this example, the waveform of the
area reaches zero after the negative alternation.
Use a "V-Marker" cursor to measure the area for an extract of the
waveform.
Low pass
High pass
Low pass filter and high pass filter, see Chapter 6.2.5, "Filters",
on page 104.
Track ...
Track functions, see Chapter 6.2.6, "Tracks", on page 105.
Remote command:
●
CALCulate:MATH<m>[:EXPRession][:DEFine] on page 473
●
CALCulate:MATH<m>:LABel on page 474
●
CALCulate:MATH<m>:LABel:STATe on page 474
6.2.5 Filters
The R&S RTA4000 provides several ways to filter the input signal:
●
Lowpass filter by selecting a bandwidth limit in the acquisition path (vertical chan-
nel settings), see Chapter 4.3.3, "Vertical Settings", on page 49.
●
Create a filtered math waveform (lowpass or highpass). Filtered math waveforms
are described below.
To create a lowpass or highpass, the infinite impulse response filter (IIR) is used. The
filter require an additional setting: the cut-off frequency "BW".
Mathematics
Waveform Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
105User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Table 6-1: Available math filters
Low pass LP(Source,BW)
Calculates a low-pass filtered waveform of the source waveform using 2nd order
IIR. The cut-off frequency BW is set as a const value. Signal components with fre-
quencies higher than the cut-off frequency are attenuated significantly.
High pass HP(Source,BW)
Calculates a high-pass filtered waveform of the source waveform using 1st order
IIR. The cut-off frequency BW is set as a constant value. Signal components with
frequencies below the cut-off frequency are attenuated significantly.
IIR filter need a settling time. During settling time, the filtered waveform is not shown
on the screen, thus the filtered waveform is shorter than the source waveform. The
duration of the settling time depends on the cut-off frequency "BW". The lower the limit,
the longer the settling time, an the shorter the filtered waveform.
The cut-off frequency is limited and depends on the horizontal resolution of the display
data. If the selected cut-off frequency exceeds the limit, the limit frequency is shown in
red in the math waveform label.
6.2.6 Tracks
The track is a waveform that shows measurement values in time-correlation to the
measured signal. It is the graphical interpretation of measurement values of a single
acquisition. The R&S RTA4000 can track frequency, period, pulse width, and duty cycle
of pulse width modulated waveforms (PWM) and pulse density modulated waveforms
(PDM). Math tracks are independent of the measurement functions.
Tracks are used, for example, in power analysis, or for analysis of motor controls,
which use PWM signals to control speed. PDM signals are used, for example, for
model flight control.
Bipolar signals have negative and positive pulses. Bipolar PWM signals are used, for
example, to change the direction of the motor, and can be measured using differential
probes.
Table 6-2: Available track waveforms
Track period TPER(Source) in s
Tracks the period values of the source waveform, the time between the cross-
ing points of two subsequent on or off edges with the threshold.
See Figure 6-7.
Track period (bipolar) TPERB(Source) in s
Tracks the period values of a bipolar source waveform.
See Figure 6-6.
Track frequency TFREQ(Source) in Hz
Tracks the frequency values of the source waveform.
Mathematics
Waveform Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
106User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Track frequency (bipolar) TFREQB(Source) in Hz
Tracks the frequency values of a bipolar source waveform.
Track pulse width TPW(Source) in s
Tracks the pulse width of the source waveform. For a PWM source signal, the
result is the demodulated waveform.
See Figure 6-5.
Track pulse width (bipolar) TPWB(Source) in s
Tracks the pulse width of a bipolar source waveform. For a PWM source sig-
nal, the result is the demodulated waveform.
See Figure 6-8.
Track duty cycle TDCY(Source) in %
Tracks the duty cycle of the source waveform. For a PWM source signal, the
result is the demodulated waveform.
See Figure 6-4.
Track duty cycle (bipolar) TDCYB(Source) in %
Tracks the duty cycle of a bipolar source waveform. For a PWM source signal,
the result is the demodulated waveform.
See Figure 6-6.
Figure 6-4: Unipolar PWM signal with duty cycle track M1, which is the demodulated waveform
Figure 6-5: Unipolar PWM signal with pulse width track M2
Mathematics
Waveform Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
107User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Figure 6-6: Bipolar PWM waveform with duty cycle track M1 in green and period track M2 in blue
Figure 6-7: Unipolar PDM waveform with pulse width track M1 in green and period track M2 in blue
Mathematics
Waveform Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
108User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Figure 6-8: Bipolar PDM signal with pulse width track M1 in green and period track M2 in blue. For
PDM waveforms, pulse width and period are synchronous.
6.2.6.1 Settings for Tracks
The determination of track values requires one threshold for unipolar PWM signals,
and two thresholds for bipolar PWM signals. When the pulse crosses the threshold, the
pulse width is measured and displayed as track value. To detect the real transitions of
the pulse signal, the hysteresis is used. The unit is set automatically.
UL
Sets the threshold for unipolar track sources, or the upper level for bipolar sources.
The signal is measured at the crossing points of the signal with the threshold.
Remote command:
CALCulate:MATH<m>:TRACk:THReshold[:UPPer] on page 476
LL
Sets the lower level for bipolar track sources, which determines the crossing points on
negative pulses.
Remote command:
CALCulate:MATH<m>:TRACk:THReshold:LOWer on page 476
Mathematics
Waveform Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
109User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Hyst
Sets the hysteresis for correct edge detection.
Remote command:
CALCulate:MATH<m>:TRACk:THReshold:HYSTeresis on page 476
Edge
Sets the rising or falling edge as a reference for each measurement. The setting helps
to determine values in terms of the power stage switching state.
For unipolar sources, the on edge is the rising edge, and the off edge is the falling
edge.
In the bipolar case, all transitions are inverted for the negative branch. For positive pul-
ses, the rising edge is the on edge, and for negative pulses, the falling edge is the on
edge. You can also subtract out the effect of the double pulse, which arises due to the
inversion: select "On, Double Pulse" or "Off, Double Pulse"
Remote command:
CALCulate:MATH<m>:TRACk:EDGE on page 475
CALCulate:MATH<m>:TRACk:DPULse[:ENABle] on page 476
6.2.6.2 Demo for Tracks
Short demo tutorials explain PWM signals and the track function.
To show a demo:
1.
Press the
[Apps Selection] key.
2. Select the "Applications" tab.
3. Select "Demo".
4. Select the "Track" tab.
5. Select the signal.
6. Connect the demo signal to the input channel as shown in the wizard.
7. Tap "Start".
6.2.6.3 Example Signals for Tracks
If the signal generation option R&S RTA-B6 is installed, you can use the pattern gener-
ator to generate PWM signals, see Chapter 15.2.7, "Settings for PWM Signals",
on page 414.
To get familiar with track functions, the R&S RTA4000 provides several pre-configured
PWM, PDM and motor control signals with track waveforms.
To display an example signal:
1.
Press the
[Apps Selection] key.
2. Select the "Track" tab.
Mathematics
Waveform Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
110User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
3. Select the signal.
4. Connect the input channels. The required connection is shown in the upper left cor-
ner of the display.
Signal Connect source... With input channel...
PWM Unipolar "Gen" generator output "Ch1"
PWM Bipolar "Gen" generator output "Ch1"
PDM Unipolar "Gen" generator output "Ch1"
PDM Bipolar "Gen" generator output "Ch1"
Inverter "Gen" generator output "Ch1"
DC Motor "Gen" generator output "Ch1"
3 Phase Motor Pattern Generator: P0, P1, P2 "Ch1", "Ch2", "Ch3"
PWM - RGB LED Pattern Generator: P0, P1, P2 "Ch1", "Ch2", "Ch3"
The track of the bipolar inverter signal shows the real sinus waveform, which considers
the double pulse arising from the inversion. This sinus track can be compared with the
ideal control signal.
6.2.7 Saving and Loading Formularies
You can save equation sets with up to 5 formularies in the internal storage of the instru-
ment, or to USB flash drive, and load them later. Furthermore, you can move or copy
saved equation sets from internal storage to USB flash drive, and vice versa, see
Chapter 9.6, "Export and Import", on page 220.
To save an equation set
1. In the "Mathematics" menu, tap "Save".
2. Select the "Destination": internal storage or USB, and the directory.
The destination /USB_FRONT is only active, if a USB flash drive is connected to the
front USB port.
3. Enter the filename.
4. Optionally, enter a comment.
5. Tap "Save".
6.3 Reference Waveforms
To compare waveforms and analyze differences between them, you can display refer-
ence waveforms.
Reference Waveforms
Waveform Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
111User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Reference waveforms are waveform data stored in the internal reference storages.
Four reference waveforms are available and can be displayed: R1 to R4.
The display of a reference waveform is independent from the display of the source
waveform; you can change the vertical and also horizontal scales and positions. The
current scale values are shown in the waveform label of the reference waveform.
Short menu
The short menu shows the status of all reference waveforms.
1
= select a reference waveform
2 = display a reference waveform
3 = Reference waveform label with vertical and horizontal scale, reference number and source waveform
File format
Waveforms can be saved as reference waveforms. The file format is TRF. Files can be
saved to and loaded from internal memory or external USB flash device.
TRF is the specific binary format for reference waveforms of the R&S RTA4000. It con-
tains the amplitude value of each sample that is displayed on the screen (8 bit or 16 bit
long). For peak-detect waveforms, 2 values per sample are saved. The file contains
also time information (time of the first sample and the sample interval) and current
instrument settings.
The data can be loaded as reference waveform for further use on the instrument. It is
not intended for analysis outside the R&S RTA4000.
6.3.1 Using References
To create and display a reference waveform
1. To activate the reference waveform and open the "References" menu, press the
[Ref] key twice.
2. To create a reference waveform from an active waveform:
a) Select the "Source" waveform.
b) Select the target "Reference".
c) Tap "Copy"
Reference Waveforms
Waveform Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
112User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
The new reference waveform is created on top of its origin, and it has the focus.
3. To change the scaling and position, use the horizontal and vertical [Position] and
[Scale] knobs.
See also:
● Chapter 4.3.1, "VERTICAL Controls", on page 47
● Chapter 4.2.1, "HORIZONTAL Controls", on page 44
To save a waveform as reference waveform
You can save any active waveform directly as reference waveform to a file.
1.
To open the "References" menu, tap the menu icon and select "References".
2. Tap "Save Reference".
3. Select the waveform that you want to save: "Source".
4. Tap "Destination".
5. Select the "Location" (internal or USB).
6. If you save the file on USB flash device, you can set a target folder.
a) Double-tap the target folder. If the folder does not exist, you can create a new
one.
The folder opens.
b) Tap "Accept Dir." .
7. If necessary, change the "File Name".
8. Optionally, add a comment.
9. Tap "Save"
10. Close the dialog box.
To load a reference waveform
1.
To open the "References" menu, tap the
menu icon and select "References".
2. Select the target "Reference" waveform.
3. Tap "Load Reference".
4. Select the "Location", the folder, and the reference file.
5. Tap "Load".
The instrument writes the waveform data to the selected reference waveform and
displays it.
6.3.2 Settings for Reference Waveforms
► To open the "References" menu:
Reference Waveforms
Waveform Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
113User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
a)
Tap the menu icon in the lower right corner of the screen.
b) Scroll down. Select "References".
Source......................................................................................................................... 113
Reference....................................................................................................................113
Copy............................................................................................................................ 114
State............................................................................................................................ 114
Load Reference...........................................................................................................114
Load Setup.................................................................................................................. 114
Save Reference...........................................................................................................114
Waveform Color...........................................................................................................114
Label............................................................................................................................115
└ Bit..................................................................................................................115
└ Label............................................................................................................. 115
└ Predefined Label...........................................................................................115
└ Edit Label...................................................................................................... 115
Source
Defines the source of the reference waveform. Any active channel, math or reference
waveform can be selected.
Remote command:
REFCurve<m>:SOURce on page 477
REFCurve<m>:SOURce:CATalog? on page 477
Reference
Selects one of the four possible reference waveforms.
Reference Waveforms
Waveform Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
114User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Copy
Copies the "Source" waveform to the selected reference waveform. The reference
waveform is kept until you update it or load another waveform to the reference.
Remote command:
REFCurve<m>:UPDate on page 478
State
Activates the reference waveform and displays it.
Remote command:
REFCurve<m>:STATe on page 478
Load Reference
Provides functions to load a reference waveform. You can load CSV and TRF files.
Select the "Location" of the waveform file (internal or USB), and the file. Tap "Load Ref-
erence".
You can also delete obsolete files in the dialog box.
Remote command:
REFCurve<m>:LOAD on page 478
Load Setup
Loads the device settings that were used to obtain the stored reference waveform. The
settings are only available if the file was stored to the internal storage and never written
to a USB flash device.
Load the reference waveform first, and then the settings. If settings were not stored,
"Load Setup" is not active.
Remote command:
REFCurve<m>:LOAD:STATe on page 479
Save Reference
Opens a dialog box to save a waveform as reference waveform:
"Source"
Select the waveform to be saved. You can save any active analog
channel, math or reference waveform, or logic pod.
"Destination"
Select the "Location" (internal directory or USB flash device), and the
target directory.
"File Name"
Enter the filename. If a file with the same filename already exists in
the destination directory, it will be overwritten without notification. The
file format is TRF.
"Comment"
Optionally, enter text to describe the waveform.
"Save"
Saves the data.
Remote command:
REFCurve<m>:SAVE on page 478
Waveform Color
Selects a color for the reference waveform. The default color is white. You can select
another monochrome color, or a color scale.
Reference Waveforms
Waveform Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
115User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
The color scales are described in "Waveform Color" on page 53.
Remote command:
REFCurve<m>:WCOLor on page 480
Label
Opens a menu to specify user-defined text labels for the individual reference wave-
forms.
Bit ← Label
Selects the reference waveform for labeling.
Label ← Label
Enables or disables the user-defined label for the selected reference waveform.
Predefined Label ← Label
Selects a predefined label text. You can edit the text with "Edit Label".
Edit Label ← Label
Opens on-screen keypad to enter a label text. If you previously have selected a prede-
fined label, it is already written in the entry line, and you can modify it.
The maximum name length is 8 characters, and only ASCII characters provided on the
on-screen keypad can be used.
Remote command:
REFCurve<m>:LABel on page 480
6.4 History and Segmented Memory
Using the history and segmented memory, you can access the data of previously
acquired waveforms and analyze them. For example, you can analyze signals that
occur in short bursts with long idle times, packet communication on serial buses, radar
pulses, and laser pulses. The segmented memory is used to store the waveforms and
provides a segment table to analyze the stored waveforms.
You can analyze history segments in the same way as the waveform of the latest
acquisition. All R&S RTA4000 measurement and analysis tools are available: zoom,
cursor measurements, quick and automatic measurements, mask test, serial protocol
analysis, mixed-signal functions and so on.
The segment table and the waveform data of history segments can be saved to file.
The fast segmentation mode reduces the blind time of the acquisition.
6.4.1 Segmented Memory
If an acquisition runs, the instrument stores the captured data in the memory, pro-
cesses the data and displays the waveform. The segmented memory keeps the data of
the displayed waveform and also the data of the waveforms that have been captured
History and Segmented Memory
Waveform Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
116User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
before. Each stored waveform is called a segment. The record length of the segments
can be defined. The number of segments depends on the record length. The shorter
the record length, the more segments can be saved.
t
3
t
4
t
5
t
6
t
7
t
8
t
9
t
10
t
11
t
12
t
1
t
2
Segmented
memory at
time = t
5
-3
-2
-1 0
t
1
t
2
t
3
t
4
4 waveforms acquired 4 segments
Total memory 10 segments
Discarded
earlier
waveforms
t
13
t
5
12 waveforms acquired 10 segments
Segmented
memory at
time = t
13
-3
-2
-1 0
-6
-5
-4
-9
-8
-7
Figure 6-9: Segmented memory. In this example, the memory can store 10 segments.
Each segment has a timestamp time to identify when the events took place.
The history can access the stored segments and display them. When you start a new
acquisition, the memory is cleared and the segments are written anew.
The history stores the following data during acquisition:
●
All active analog channels.
●
All logic channels if at least one logic is active (with option R&S RTA-B1).
●
Decoded bus data if the bus is active (with at least one serial protocol option, for
example, R&S RTA-K1 or -K2).
Fast segmentation
During normal acquisitions, only a short time of the acquisition cycle is used for sam-
pling; processing and display take most of the time. The processing and display time is
blind time causing a gap in the recorded signal. Usual acquisitions can miss very short-
time and infrequent events occurring during the dead time.
To reduce the dead time and thus the probability of missed events, fast segmentation
is provided. Fast segmentation takes effect for [Single] acquisitions if "Nx Single" > 1.
With fast segmentation, subsequent triggered acquisitions are captured very fast, with
hardly any dead time between the acquisitions. After the acquisition of all segments
has been completed, the data is processed and the latest waveform is displayed.
Using the history viewer, you can view and analyze all stored waveform segments.
History and Segmented Memory
Waveform Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
117User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
6.4.2 Activating the History
To activate the history
1. Press the [History] key. The first keypress activates the history, the second opens
the "History" menu.
2. Stop the acquisition.
The captured segments are listed in the segment table, and the buttons in the his-
tory player are active.
To disable the history
► Press the [History] key.
If you close only the segment table, you can use the history player and see the
waveform segments in greater detail. To open the segment table again, open the
"History" menu, and tap "Show History".
6.4.3 History Settings
History and segmentation settings are located in the "History" menu. The "Acquisition"
provides an additional setting: "Nx Single".
1. Activate the history.
2. Open the "History" menu.
3. If you want to set an individual record length or segment number, disable "Auto".
If "Auto" is enabled, the record length is selected in the "Acquisition" menu.
4. Set the "Record Length", or "No. of Segments".
The record length and the number of segments are interdependent, if one parame-
ter is set, the other is adjusted by the instrument.
5. If necessary, enable Fast Segmentation.
6. Set the number of waveforms to be captured by a [Single] acquisition:
a) Press the [Acquisition] key.
b) Set Nx Single.
History and Segmented Memory
Waveform Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
118User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
The "History" menu has the following settings:
Auto
Defines how the record length and number of segments are set: automatically by the
instrument, or by setting the record length or number of segments manually.
In automatic mode, you can adjust the record length in the "Acquisition" menu. Auto-
matic setting of the number of segments takes effect only if auto trigger is set. When
you change from auto to normal trigger mode, the current segment size remains.
Remote command:
ACQuire:MEMory[:MODE] on page 496
Record Length
Shows or sets the record length, depending on the selected "Auto" mode. Record
length is the number of waveform samples that are stored in one waveform record. The
number of available history segments is adjusted automatically.
Remote command:
ACQuire:POINts:AUTomatic on page 448
ACQuire:POINts[:VALue] on page 449
No. of Segments
Shows or sets the number of history segments in the memory, depending on the
selected "Auto" mode. The record length is adjusted accordingly. When you change the
number of segments, the history is deleted.
See also: Chapter 6.4.1, "Segmented Memory", on page 115
Remote command:
ACQuire:COUNt on page 498
Fast Segmentation
If enabled, the acquisitions are performed as fast as possible, without processing and
displaying the waveforms. When acquisition has been stopped, the data is processed
and the latest waveform is displayed. Older waveforms are stored in segments. You
can display and analyze the segments using the history.
History and Segmented Memory
Waveform Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
119User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Fast segmentation takes effect for [Single] acquisitions if "Nx Single" > 1.
See also: Chapter 6.4.1, "Segmented Memory", on page 115
Remote command:
ACQuire:SEGMented:STATe on page 498
Show History
Enables or disables the history.
6.4.4 Segment Table and History Player
The memory segments are continuously written when an acquisition is running. When
you activate the history, the segment table opens but it is empty when the acquisition is
running. When you stop the acquisition, the captured segments are listed in the seg-
ment table, and the history player becomes active.
The segment table shows the index and timestamp of all history segments, and
whether the segment was captured on a trigger event or in auto mode. Below the table,
you find the history player with functions to view the segments that are stored in the
memory.
The history segments store the data of the currently active channels. You can acquire
several channels at once, and display and analyze the channels individually.
You can show all history segments in sequence, or display a single segment.
To display history segments
1. Activate the history.
2. Stop the acquisition.
3. Set the "Time Format" to be shown in the table: absolute or relative time.
4. Set the "Speed".
5. To play all segments once, tap "Run".
6. To play all segments repeatedly:
a) Enable the "Repeat" button.
b) Tap "Run".
History and Segmented Memory
Waveform Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
120User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
7. To access a particular segment, you can:
● Tap the segment in the segment table.
● Drag the slider until the required segment number is shown.
● Tap "Number" and enter the segment number. The newest segment has always
the number "0". Older segments have a negative number.
● Use "Prev." and "Next" to show the adjacent segment.
8. If the history segments contain the data of several channels and you want to ana-
lyze only one or several channels, disable all channels that you do not need.
Functions in the segment table and history player
Time Format
Sets the format of the timestamp. The timestamp shows the time of the currently dis-
played history segment. Thus, the time relation between acquisitions is always availa-
ble. More precisely, the timestamp is the time of the trigger event.
The timestamp can be absolute or relative:
●
Absolute: Date and daytime of the trigger event of the displayed segment.
Depending on the horizontal position, the waveform can be captured up to 100,000
seconds after the trigger event, and thus after the displayed timestamp. The instru-
ment considers this delay automatically, all measurements are related to the trigger
event.
●
Relative: time difference of the current segment to the newest segment (index = 0).
Remote command:
CHANnel<m>:HISTory:TMODe on page 504
Chapter 16.6.5.3, "Timestamps", on page 502
Save
Saves the segment table to a CSV file on a connected USB flash drive. The file con-
tains all timestamps: relative time, time to previous, and absolute time. To save the
waveform segments, use [Save Load] key > "Waveforms".
See also: Chapter 6.4.5, "Exporting History Data", on page 121.
Remote command:
EXPort:ATABle:NAME on page 507
EXPort:ATABle:SAVE on page 507
Play
Starts and stops the playback of the history segments.
Remote command:
...:HISTory:PLAYer:STATe
Prev.
Steps back to the next older segment.
Next
Steps forward to the next newer segment.
History and Segmented Memory
Waveform Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
121User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Repeat
If selected, the playback of the selected history segments repeats automatically.
Remote command:
...:HISTory:REPLay
Speed
Sets the speed of the history playback: automatic, slow, middle, or fast.
Remote command:
...:HISTory:PLAYer:SPEed
Number
Accesses a particular history segment in the memory to display it. The newest acquisi-
tion segment has always the index "0". Older segments have a negative index. You
can also drag the slider, which is above the icons. The current segment is shown in the
index bar.
Remote command:
...:HISTory:CURRent
Overlay
Displays the segments with infinite persistence. Thus, you can see all data points of all
displayed segments of a player cycle.
Average
Calculates and displays the average of the current segment and the segments before.
At the newest segment, the average of all segments is shown. Player restart resets the
average calculation. Average requires a stable, triggered and repetitive signal.
Envelope
Displays the envelope that is built from the maximum and minimum values of the cur-
rent segments and the segments before. At the newest segment, the envelope of all
segments is shown. Player restart resets the envelope calculation.
Exit
Disables the history, and closes the segment table and the history player.
6.4.5 Exporting History Data
Data of history segments can be saved to files on a USB flash drive even if the history
is not active ("Show History" is disabled). You can select to save all visible channels, or
one channel. In addition, you can save the complete time information of the segment
table.
6.4.5.1 Saving History to File
Before you can save history data, acquire the waveform and activate the history, so
that the segment table is visible.
History and Segmented Memory
Waveform Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
122User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
To save the waveform history segments
1. Connect a USB flash drive to the instrument.
2. Press the [Save Load] key.
3. Select "Waveforms" in the menu.
4. Under "Points", select "History Data".
5. Under "Source", select whether you want to store all visible channels, or one of
them.
6. Enter the "File Name". This name is the name of the folder that contains the seg-
ment files.
The file format is CSV.
7. To select the target folder, tap the "Destination" field.
The location is always "/USB_FRONT", saving to internal storage is not provided.
8. Tap "Save".
A message shows the progress of the saving process.
9. Close the dialog box.
To save the segment table
1. Connect a USB flash drive to the instrument.
2. In the segment table window, tap "Save".
3. To select the target folder, double-tap it.
4. Tap "New File".
5. Enter the filename.
6. Tap "Enter".
History and Segmented Memory
Waveform Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
123User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
The file is saved immediately, and the window is closed.
6.4.5.2 File Organization and Content
The segment table and history segments are saved to CSV files.
Segment table
The segment table file contains all information that is shown in the table, and also all
timestamps: relative time, time to previous, and absolute time.
Figure 6-10: Content of a segment table file
Waveforms
Each history segment is saved to a separate file, and all segment files are written to a
folder that contains only the files of the saved acquisition. You can specify the name of
the folder. The names of the data files include the segment index.
Figure 6-11: Content of a history waveform folder
The data files contain the time and voltage data of the samples. If you save all visible
channels, the voltages of all channels are written into one file.
History and Segmented Memory
Waveform Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
124User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Figure 6-12: Content of a history segment file, two channels are saved
In addition to the data files, an index file is written. The index file delivers information
on the files and the segments. For each segment, the segment index, save date and
time, and the filename is listed.
Figure 6-13: Content of a history index file
6.5
Search
6.5.1 Search Conditions and Results
The search functions of R&S RTA4000 can find all edges, pulse widths, peaks, or other
events in an acquisition that match the search conditions. For each search type, spe-
cific settings are available. Searches can be performed on channel, math or reference
waveforms, available sources depend on the search type.
To configure the search
1. Press the [Search] key.
2. Select the waveform that you want to search for events: "Source".
3. Select the event type that you want to find: "Search Type".
4. Configure the search conditions: "Setup".
Search
Waveform Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
125User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
The found events and the search conditions are shown in the result table at the bottom
of the display. The table shows the following result values: result number, time value,
and optional value depending on the search type (voltage, width).
During running acquisition, the results in the table are updated continuously, and the
events are marked at the top of the diagram by a brown triangle outline.
Figure 6-14: Search results and settings during running acquisition
Remote commands to get search results:
●
SEARch:RCOunt? on page 496
●
SEARch:RESult:ALL? on page 495
●
SEARch:RESult<n>? on page 495
●
SEARch:RESDiagram:SHOW on page 494
●
SEARch:RESult:BCOunt? on page 494
To display search results
When the acquisition is stopped, you can browse the search results.
1. Stop the acquisition.
2. Tap the search result that you want to analyze. If necessary, scroll the list.
The selected event is marked by a filled triangle and a magnifying glass.
Search
Waveform Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
126User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
3. In the "Search" menu, select "Track event".
The selected event is moved to the reference point. If you select another event, it is
shown at the same position.
To save search results
1. In the upper right corner of the search result table, tap the "Save" symbol.
2. Connect a USB flash drive if you want to save the data outside the instrument.
3. Select the correct "Destination" and the path.
You can also store the data on the instrument. Therefore, select the "Destination"
"/INT/SEARCH".
4. If necessary, change the filename and enter a comment.
Search
Waveform Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
127User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
5. Tap "Save".
The data is saved to a CSV file.
6.5.2 General Search Settings
General search settings are independent of the search type. They are described in the
current section. The specific settings for individual search types are described in the
following sections.
► To open the "Search" menu, press the [Search] key.
Search
Enables and disables the search mode.
Remote command:
SEARch:STATe on page 481
Search Type
Selects the event type you want to search for.
"Edge"
Similar to the edge trigger, an edge search result is found when the
waveform passes the given level in the specified direction.
For settings, see Chapter 6.5.3, "Edge Search", on page 129.
"Width"
The width search finds pulses with an exact pulse width, or pulses
shorter or longer than a given time, or pulses inside or outside the
given time range. It is similar to the width trigger.
For settings, see Chapter 6.5.4, "Width Search", on page 130.
"Peak"
The peak search finds pulses exceeding a given peak-to peak value.
For settings, see Chapter 6.5.5, "Peak Search", on page 131.
Search
Waveform Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
128User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
"Rise/Fall time"
The rise or fall time search finds slopes with an exact rise or fall time,
or rise/fall times shorter or longer than a given limit, or rise/fall times
inside or outside a given time range.
For settings, see Chapter 6.5.6, "Rise/Fall Time Search",
on page 132.
"Runt"
The runt search finds pulses lower than normal in amplitude. In addi-
tion, you can define a time limit for the runt.
For settings, see Chapter 6.5.7, "Runt Setup", on page 133.
"Data2Clock"
The Data2Clock search - also known as setup/hold - finds violation of
setup and hold times. It analyzes the relative timing between two sig-
nals: a data signal and the synchronous clock signal.
For settings, see Chapter 6.5.8, "Data2Clock", on page 135.
"Pattern"
The pattern search finds logical combinations of channel states inside
or outside a specified time range. For each channel, its state and
threshold level is defined. The states are combined logically, and the
time of true pattern results is compared with a specified time range.
For settings, see Chapter 6.5.9, "Pattern Search", on page 136.
"Protocol"
The protocol search finds various events in decoded data serial sig-
nals. The events are protocol-specific and correspond to the trigger
settings of the serial protocol.
"Window"
The window search checks the signal run in relation to a "window".
The window is formed by the upper and lower voltage levels. The
search condition is fulfilled, if the waveform enters or leaves the win-
dow, or if the waveform stays inside or outside for a time longer or
shorter than specified.
For settings, see Chapter 6.5.10, "Window Search", on page 138.
Remote command:
SEARch:CONDition on page 481
Source
Selects the waveform to be analyzed by search. Available sources depend on the
selected search type.
Edge, width and pattern search you can perform on analog and logic channels. Peak,
rise/fall and runt search are possible on active analog channels, math and reference
waveforms. For Data2Clock search, you need two active analog channels.
For protocol search, select the configured bus.
Remote command:
SEARch:SOURce on page 482
Setup
Opens a menu to define the search parameters for the selected search type.
Track event
If enabled, the selected result is moved to the reference point. Thus you can always
see the selected event in the diagram.
Search
Waveform Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
129User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Save
Opens a dialog box to save the search results. The file format is CSV.
Remote command:
EXPort:SEARch:NAME on page 496
EXPort:SEARch:SAVE on page 496
6.5.3 Edge Search
Similar to the edge trigger, an edge search result is found when the waveform passes
the given level in the specified direction.
► [Search] > "Search Type" = "Edge" > "Setup"
Slope
Sets the slope to be found: rising, falling, or both slopes.
Remote command:
SEARch:TRIGger:EDGE:SLOPe on page 483
Level
Sets the voltage level for the search. To let the instrument set the level, tap "Find
Threshold".
Remote command:
SEARch:TRIGger:EDGE:LEVel on page 483
Hysteresis
Sets a hysteresis range to the search level to avoid unwanted search results caused
by noise oscillation around the level. To let the instrument set the hysteresis, tap "Find
Threshold".
For a rising edge, the hysteresis is below the search level. Otherwise, for a falling edge
the hysteresis is above the level.
Remote command:
SEARch:TRIGger:EDGE:LEVel:DELTa on page 483
Search
Waveform Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
130User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Find Threshold
Analyzes the signal, sets the level to 50% of the signal amplitude, and also sets the
hysteresis.
6.5.4 Width Search
The width search finds pulses with an exact pulse width, or pulses shorter or longer
than a given time, or pulses inside or outside the allowable time range. It is similar to
the width trigger.
► [Search] > "Search Type" = "Width" > "Setup"
Polarity
Indicates the polarity of the pulse to be searched for.
Remote command:
SEARch:TRIGger:WIDTh:POLarity on page 483
Level
Sets the voltage level on which the pulse width is measured. To let the instrument set
the level, tap "Find Threshold".
Remote command:
SEARch:TRIGger:WIDTh:LEVel on page 483
Hysteresis
Sets a hysteresis range to the search level to avoid unwanted search results caused
by noise oscillation around the level. To let the instrument set the hysteresis, tap "Find
Threshold".
Search
Waveform Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
131User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Remote command:
SEARch:TRIGger:WIDTh:LEVel:DELTa on page 484
Comparison
Sets the condition how the measured pulse width is compared with the given limits.
The comparison works like the comparison of the width trigger, see Chapter 5.6, "Width
Trigger", on page 80.
Remote command:
SEARch:TRIGger:WIDTh:RANGe on page 484
Width
Sets the reference pulse width, the nominal value for comparisons.
Remote command:
SEARch:TRIGger:WIDTh:WIDTh on page 484
Variation
Sets a range Δt to the reference "Width" if comparison is set to "Equal" or "Not equal".
The instrument finds pulses inside or outside the range width ± Δt.
Remote command:
SEARch:TRIGger:WIDTh:DELTa on page 484
6.5.5 Peak Search
The peak search finds pulses exceeding a given peak-to-peak value (magnitude).
► [Search] > "Search Type" = "Peak" > "Setup"
Polarity
Indicates the polarity of the pulse to be searched for a peak.
Remote command:
SEARch:MEASure:PEAK:POLarity on page 485
Magnitude
Sets the peak-to-peak limit. If the signal exceeds this limit, a search event is listed.
Remote command:
SEARch:MEASure:LEVel:PEAK:MAGNitude on page 485
Search
Waveform Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
132User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
6.5.6 Rise/Fall Time Search
The rise or fall time search finds slopes with an exact rise or fall time, or rise/fall times
shorter or longer than a given limit, or rise/fall times inside or outside the allowable time
range.
► [Search] > "Search Type" = "Rise/Fall Time" > "Setup"
Edge
Sets the slope to be found:
●
"Rising" to search for rise time
●
"Falling" to search for fall time
●
"Both" to search for rise and fall time
Remote command:
SEARch:TRIGger:RISetime:SLOPe on page 485
Upper Level, Lower Level
Set the upper and lower voltage thresholds. When the signal crosses the first level, the
rise/fall time measurement starts. It stops when the signal crosses the second level. To
let the instrument set the levels, tap "Find Threshold".
Remote command:
SEARch:TRIGger:LEVel:RISetime:LOWer on page 485
SEARch:TRIGger:LEVel:RISetime:UPPer on page 486
Comparison
Sets how the measured rise or fall time is compared with the given limits.
"Greater than"
Finds rise/fall times longer than the given "Rise/Fall Time".
"Lower than"
Finds rise/fall times shorter than the given "Rise/Fall Time".
Search
Waveform Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
133User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
"Equal"
Finds rise/fall times equal to the reference "Rise/Fall Time" if "Varia-
tion" Δt = 0.
If "Variation" ≠ 0, the setting finds rise/fall times within the range time
± Δt.
"Not equal"
Finds rise/fall times unequal to the reference value if "Variation" Δt =
0.
If "Variation" ≠ 0, the setting finds rise/fall times outside the range
time ± Δt.
Remote command:
SEARch:TRIGger:RISetime:RANGe on page 486
Rise/Fall Time
Sets the reference rise or fall time, the nominal value for comparisons.
Remote command:
SEARch:TRIGger:RISetime:TIME on page 486
Variation
Sets a range Δt to the reference "Rise/Fall Time" if comparison is set to "Equal" or "Not
equal". The instrument finds rise/fall times inside or outside the range width ± Δt.
Remote command:
SEARch:TRIGger:RISetime:DELTa on page 486
6.5.7 Runt Setup
The runt search finds pulses lower than normal in amplitude. The amplitude crosses
the first threshold twice without crossing the second one. In addition to the threshold
amplitudes, you can define a time limit for the runt in the same way as for width search:
runts with exact width, shorter or longer than a given time, or runts inside or outside the
allowable time range.
► [Search] > "Search Type" = "Runt" > "Setup"
Search
Waveform Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
134User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Polarity
Indicates the polarity of the pulse to be searched for.
Remote command:
SEARch:TRIGger:RUNT:POLarity on page 487
Upper Level
Sets the upper voltage threshold for runt detection. A negative runt crosses the upper
level twice without crossing the lower level.
Remote command:
SEARch:TRIGger:LEVel:RUNT:UPPer on page 487
Lower Level
Sets the lower voltage threshold for runt detection. A positive runt crosses the lower
level twice without crossing the upper level.
Remote command:
SEARch:TRIGger:LEVel:RUNT:LOWer on page 487
Comparison
Sets the condition how the measured runt width is compared with the given limits.
The comparison works like the comparison of the width trigger, see Chapter 5.6, "Width
Trigger", on page 80.
Remote command:
SEARch:TRIGger:RUNT:RANGe on page 487
Width
Sets the reference runt pulse width, the nominal value for comparisons.
Remote command:
SEARch:TRIGger:RUNT:WIDTh on page 488
Search
Waveform Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
135User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Variation
Sets a range Δt to the reference "Width" if comparison is set to "Equal" or "Not equal".
The instrument finds pulses inside or outside the range width ± Δt.
Remote command:
SEARch:TRIGger:RUNT:DELTa on page 488
6.5.8 Data2Clock
The Data2Clock search - also known as setup/hold search - finds violation of setup
and hold times. It analyzes the relative timing between two signals: a data signal and
the synchronous clock signal.
Many systems require, that the data signal must be steady for some time before and
after the clock edge. Setup time is the time that the data signal is steady before clock
edge. Hold time is the time that the data signal is steady after clock edge.
► [Search] > "Search Type" = "Data2Clock" > "Setup"
The settings for Data2Clock search are provided in two menus. In the "Setup" menu,
you define the clock polarity, setup and hold times; and in the "Source Setup" menu
you define the waveforms to be used, and the levels and hysteresis for each source.
Clock
Selects the input channel of the clock signal.
Remote command:
SEARch:TRIGger:DATatoclock:CSOurce on page 488
Data
Selects the input channel of the data signal.
Search
Waveform Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
136User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Remote command:
SEARch:SOURce on page 482
Level
Set the voltage levels for clock and data signals. The crossing of clock level and clock
edge defines the start point for setup and hold time. The data level defines the thresh-
old for data transition. To let the instrument set the level, tap "Find Threshold".
Remote command:
SEARch:TRIGger:DATatoclock:CLEVel on page 489
SEARch:TRIGger:DATatoclock:DLEVel on page 489
Hysteresis
Sets a hysteresis range to the search level of the selected signal to avoid unwanted
search results caused by noise oscillation around the level. To let the instrument set
the hysteresis, tap "Find Threshold".
Remote command:
SEARch:TRIGger:DATatoclock:CLEVel:DELTa on page 489
SEARch:TRIGger:DATatoclock:DLEVel:DELTa on page 489
Polarity
Sets the edge of the clock signal to define the start point for the setup and hold time.
"Rising"
Only positive clock edges are considered.
"Falling"
Only negative clock edges are considered.
"Either"
The clock edges next to the data edge are considered regardless of
the clock slope. Use this setting, for example, for signals with double
data rate.
Remote command:
SEARch:TRIGger:DATatoclock:CEDGe on page 489
Setup Time
Sets the minimum time before the clock edge while the data signal must stay steady
above or below the data level.
Remote command:
SEARch:TRIGger:DATatoclock:STIMe on page 490
Hold Time
Sets the minimum time after the clock edge while the data signal must stay steady
above or below the data level.
Remote command:
SEARch:TRIGger:DATatoclock:HTIMe on page 489
6.5.9 Pattern Search
For pattern search, up to four analog channels can be used as source. If MSO option
R&S RTA-B1 is installed, also digital channels can be included in the pattern. For each
channel, you define the state. The states are combined logically, and the time of true
Search
Waveform Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
137User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
pattern results is compared with a specified time range. Thus you can find state transi-
tions inside or outside this time range.
► Select [Search] > "Search Type" = "Pattern" > "Setup".
Threshold, Hysteresis
Sets the search threshold value for each analog channel. If the signal value is higher
than the threshold, the signal state is high. Otherwise, the signal state is considered
low.
For each analog channel, set a hysteresis to avoid unwanted search results caused by
noise oscillation of the signal.
Remote command:
SEARch:TRIGger:PATTern:LEVel<n> on page 491
SEARch:TRIGger:PATTern:LEVel<n>:DELTa on page 491
H | L | X, Set All
Defines the pattern by selecting the state "H" (high), "L" (low) or "X" (do not care, the
channel does not affect the search) for each active analog and digital channel.
The word length of the pattern depends on the number of available analog and digital
channels. Logic channels are only available with MSO option R&S RTA-B1. Use "Set
All" to set all channels to the same state.
Remote command:
SEARch:TRIGger:PATTern:SOURce on page 490
AND, OR, NAND, NOR
Sets the logical combination of the channel states.
Search
Waveform Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
138User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
"AND"
The required states of all channels must appear in the input signal at
the same time.
"OR"
At least one of the channels must have the required state.
"NAND"
"Not and" operator, at least one of the channels does not have the
required state.
"NOR"
"Not or" operator, no channel has the required state.
Remote command:
SEARch:TRIGger:PATTern:FUNCtion on page 490
Comparison
Sets the condition how the duration of a steady pattern is compared with the given
limit. The three settings "Width" "Variation" and "Comparison" define the time range
how long the true result of the state pattern must be valid.
The comparison works like the comparison of the width trigger, see Chapter 5.6, "Width
Trigger", on page 80.
Remote command:
SEARch:TRIGger:PATTern:WIDTh:RANGe on page 491
Width
Sets the limit time of a steady pattern, the nominal value for comparisons.
Remote command:
SEARch:TRIGger:PATTern:WIDTh[:WIDTh] on page 492
Variation
Sets a range Δt to the reference "Width" if comparison is set to "Equal" or "Not equal".
The instrument finds true results of the state pattern inside or outside the range width ±
Δt.
Remote command:
SEARch:TRIGger:PATTern:WIDTh:DELTa on page 492
6.5.10 Window Search
The window search checks the signal run in relation to a "window". The window is
formed by the upper and lower voltage levels. The search condition is fulfilled, if the
waveform enters or leaves the window, or if the waveform stays inside or outside for a
time longer or shorter than specified.
Search
Waveform Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
139User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Condition
Selects how the signal runs in relation to the window. Additionallz, various time limita-
tions can be defined with "Comparison" for most window conditions.
"Enter"
The signal crosses the upper or lower level and thus enters the win-
dow made up of these two levels.
"Exit"
Searches for events when the signal leaves the window.
"Stay within"
The signal stays between the upper and lower level for a specified
time.
"Stay outside"
The signal stays above the upper level or below the lower level for a
specified time.
"Pass through"
The signal crosses both levels in a specified time. The time measure-
ment starts when the signal crosses the first level.
"Not pass
through"
The signal crosses one level, but does not cross the second level in a
specified time.
Remote command:
SEARch:TRIGger:WINDow:RANGe on page 493
Upper Level, Lower Level
Set the upper and lower voltage thresholds. When the signal crosses the first level, the
window measurement starts. It stops when the signal crosses the second level. To let
the instrument set the levels, tap "Find Threshold".
Remote command:
SEARch:TRIGger:LEVel:WINDow:LOWer on page 492
SEARch:TRIGger:LEVel:WINDow:UPPer on page 492
Polarity
Indicates the polarity of the pulse to be searched for.
Remote command:
SEARch:TRIGger:WINDow:POLarity on page 493
Comparison
Sets the condition how the measured pulse width is compared with the given limits.
The comparison works like the comparison of the width trigger, see Chapter 5.6, "Width
Trigger", on page 80.
Search
Measurements
R&S
®
RTA4000
141User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
7 Measurements
7.1 Quick Measurements
Quick measurement performs a set of automatic measurements on the selected input
channel. The measurements cannot be configured. The results are displayed directly
at the waveform (WF) or in the bottom result line (L) and are updated continuously.
If the instrument detects a period in the signal, the quick measurement measures the
first cycle and displays the results. If no period is detected, it measures the complete
waveform.
► Press the [QuickMeas] key to activate quick measurement.
Table 7-1: Results of quick measurement
Label Description Display
Vp+ Positive peak value WF
Vp- Negative peak value WF
tr Rising time of the first rising edge WF
tf Falling time of the first falling edge WF
MeanCyc Mean value WF
RMS-Cyc RMS L
T Period length L
f Frequency L
Vpp Peak to peak value L
Quick Measurements
Measurements
R&S
®
RTA4000
142User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Quick measurement is not available on math and reference waveforms. Channels
other than the selected one are switched off in quick measurement mode. When quick
measurement is active, cursor measurements are not possible, but you can use auto-
matic measurements in parallel.
► Press the [QuickMeas] key again to deactivate quick measurement.
The results are deleted on the display.
Remote commands:
●
MEASurement<m>:AON on page 508
●
MEASurement<m>:AOFF on page 508
●
MEASurement<m>:ALL[:STATe] on page 508
●
MEASurement<m>:ARESult? on page 508
7.2 Automatic Measurements
You can perform up to 8 different measurements simultaneously.
To configure automatic measurements in the Measure menu
1. Press the [Meas] key.
2. In the menu, select the "Meas. Place", the number of the measurement that you
want to configure.
3. If the measurement is off, enable "Measure <n>".
4. Select the measurement type:
a) Tap "Type"
b) Select the tab of the required measurement category.
c) Select the measurement type.
The measurement types are described in Chapter 7.2.2, "Measurement Types",
on page 145.
5. Select the "Source".
The selection list shows all possible sources. If the waveform is not active, it is acti-
vated automatically when selected as measurement source.
6. Some measurement types require additional settings. Scroll down the menu, and
adjust the additional settings if necessary.
See also: Chapter 7.2.3, "Settings for Automatic Measurements", on page 149.
7.2.1 Measurement Results
The measurement results are shown in a line below the grid.
Automatic Measurements
Measurements
R&S
®
RTA4000
143User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Figure 7-1: Results of four active measurements
Measurement errors are indicated as follows:
? A result cannot be determined. Adjust the horizontal and vertical settings if
the instrument cannot measure.
"clipping+" or "clipping-" The measurement result is outside the measurement range and clipping
occurs. Adjust the vertical scale to get valid results.
n/a No valid waveform is available, for example, if the source waveform is off.
Remote commands are described in:
●
Chapter 16.7.2.2, "Measurements Results", on page 514
7.2.1.1 Statistics
In addition to the current measurement results, you can enable a statistic evaluation. It
returns the current, minimum and maximum measurement values, the average and
standard deviation, and the number of measured waveforms. The results are shown in
a separate tab below the grid. If the cursor measurement is active simultaneously, its
results are shown beside the statistic results.
Automatic Measurements
Measurements
R&S
®
RTA4000
144User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Figure 7-2: Statistic results of four active measurements
1. To delete all measurement results, and to restart statistical evaluation, tap the
"Reset" button.
2. To write statistic and measurement results to CSV file, tap the "Save" button.
You can save the statistic results to CSV file for further evaluation. The file contains the
statistic values shown on the screen, and also the measurement results of each mea-
sured waveform.
Automatic Measurements
Measurements
R&S
®
RTA4000
145User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Figure 7-3: Exported statistic results, converted to columns with comma delimiter
7.2.2 Measurement Types
The R&S RTA4000 provides many measurement types to measure time and amplitude
characteristics, and to count pulses and edges.
Automatic Measurements
Measurements
R&S
®
RTA4000
146User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
7.2.2.1 Horizontal Measurements (Time)
Meas. type Symbol Description Graphic / formula
Frequency f
in Hz
Frequency of the signal, reciprocal value of the measured
first period.
T
f = 1 / T
ML
Period T
in s
Time of the first period, measured on the middle reference
level. The measurement requires at least one complete
period of the signal.
T
ML
Duty Cycle + Dty+
in %
Width of the first positive pulse in relation to the period in %.
The measurement requires at least one complete period of
the signal.
Dty+ = t+ / T * 100%
100%0% T
t+
Duty Cycle - Dty-
in %
Width of the first negative pulse in relation to the period in
%. The measurement requires at least one complete period
of the signal.
Dty- = t- / T * 100%
100%0% T
t-
Rise Time tr
in s
Rise time of the first rising edge, the time it takes the signal
to rise from the lower reference level to the upper reference
level.
UL
LL
Rise
Fall Time tf
in s
Fall time of the first falling edge, the time it takes the signal
to fall from the upper reference level to the lower reference
level.
UL
LL
Fall
Pulse Width + PW+
in s
Duration of the first positive pulse: time between a rising
edge and the following falling edge measured on the middle
reference level.
ML
t+
Pulse Width - PW-
in s
Duration of the first negative pulse: time between a falling
edge and the following rising edge measured on the middle
reference level.
ML
t-
Delay to Trigger Dly Trg
in s
Time between the trigger point and a selectable edge, mea-
sured on the middle reference level. If the edge is to the left
of the trigger (before trigger), the result is negative.
t
Automatic Measurements
Measurements
R&S
®
RTA4000
147User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Meas. type Symbol Description Graphic / formula
Delay Dly
in s
Time difference between two slopes of the same or different
waveforms, measured on the middle reference level. The
settings of slope selection are described in Chapter 7.2.4,
"Delay Setup", on page 152.
A negative result indicates that the slope of the second
source comes before the slope of the first source.
t
S2
S1
Phase Phs
in °
Phase difference between two waveforms, measured on the
middle reference level.
Phase = Δt / T * 360°
t
2
1
360°0°
Slew rate+ Slewrt+ Steepness of the first rising edge, measured between the
lower and the upper reference levels.
Slewrt = ΔV / Δt
Δt
ΔV
UL
LL
Slew rate- Slewrt- Steepness of the first falling edge, measured between the
upper and the lower reference levels.
Slewrt = ΔV / Δt
UL
LL
Δt
ΔV
Burst Width Bst Duration of one burst, measured on the middle reference
level from the first edge to the last edge.
7.2.2.2 Vertical Measurements (Amplitude)
The unit of most amplitude measurement results depends on the measured source.
Meas. type Symbol Description Graphic / formula
Amplitude VAmp Difference between the top level and the base level of the
signal. The measurement requires at least one complete
period of the signal.
Top
Base
Amplitude
Top Level Vtop High level of the displayed waveform - the upper maximum
of the sample distribution, or the mean value of the high
level of a square wave without overshoot. The measure-
ment requires at least one complete period of the signal.
Top
Base Level Vbase Low level of the displayed waveform - the lower maximum
of the sample distribution, or the mean value of the low level
of a square wave without overshoot. The measurement
requires at least one complete period of the signal.
Base
Automatic Measurements
Measurements
R&S
®
RTA4000
148User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Meas. type Symbol Description Graphic / formula
Mean Cycle MeanCyc
in V
Mean value of the left-most signal period.
DC
N T
RMS Cycle RMS-Cyc
in V
RMS (root mean square) value of the voltage of the left-
most signal period.
DC
AC
N T
Peak Peak Vpp Difference of maximum and minimum values.
Max
Min
Pk-Pk
Peak+ Vp+ Maximum value within the displayed waveform.
Max
Peak- Vp- Minimum value within the displayed waveform.
Min
Pos. Overshoot
Neg. Overshoot
+Ovr
-Ovr
in %
Overshoot of a square wave after a rising or falling edge. It
is calculated from measurement values top level, base level,
local maximum, local minimum, and amplitude.
%100
Amplitude
TopMax
Over
local
%100
Amplitude
Min Base
Over
local
Top
Base
Amplitude
Over+
Over-
Mean Value Mean Arithmetic average of the complete displayed waveform.
N
k
k
x
N
1
1
Mean
RMS Value RMS RMS (root mean square) value of the voltage of the com-
plete displayed waveform.
N
k
k
x
N
1
2
1
RMS
σ-Std. Deviation
σ
Standard deviation of the displayed waveform.
N
k
k
x
N
1
2
Mean
1
1
σ
Automatic Measurements
Measurements
R&S
®
RTA4000
149User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Meas. type Symbol Description Graphic / formula
σ-Std. Dev. Cycle σ-Cyc Standard deviation of one cycle, usually of the first, left-most
signal period.
N T
σ
Crest Factor Crest The crest factor is also known as peak-to-average ratio. It is
the maximum value divided by the RMS value of the dis-
played waveform.
RMS
||Max
Crest
k
x
7.2.2.3 Counting
Meas. type Symbol Description Graphic / formula
Positive Pulse CntP+ Number of positive pulses on the display. The mean value of
the signal is determined. If the signal passes the mean
value, an edge is counted. A positive pulse is counted if a
rising edge and a following falling edge are detected.
N321
Negative Pulse CntP- Number of negative pulses on the display. The mean value
of the signal is determined. If the signal passes the mean
value, an edge is counted. A negative pulse is counted if a
falling edge and a following rising edge are detected.
N321
Positive Slope CntS+ Number of rising edges on the display. The instrument
determines the mean value of the signal and counts an
edge every time the signal passes the mean value in the
specified direction.
N321
Negative Slope CntS- Number of falling edges on the display. The instrument
determines the mean value of the signal and counts an
edge every time the signal passes the mean value in the
specified direction.
N321
7.2.3 Settings for Automatic Measurements
► To open the "Measure" menu, press the [Meas] key.
Automatic Measurements
Measurements
R&S
®
RTA4000
150User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
In the measurement menu, you can configure up to 8 parallel measurements (also
called measurement places). Available measurement types depend on the type of the
selected waveform.
Meas. Place
Selects one of the four available measurement places to be configured or activated.
Measure <n>
Activates or deactivates the selected measurement.
Remote command:
MEASurement<m>[:ENABle] on page 509
Type
Defines the measurement type to be performed on the selected source. Depending on
the type, different results are displayed in the result line.
Select the tab of the required measurement category, and then the measurement type.
The "Basic" tab provides the most common measurements: peak to peak, period, fre-
quency, rise time, fall time, mean cycle, and RMS cycle.
Remote command:
MEASurement<m>:MAIN on page 509
Source
Selects an analog channel, reference or math waveform as the source of the selected
measurement. If MSO option R&S RTA-B1 is installed, active digital channels are avail-
able as measurement sources.
Automatic Measurements
Measurements
R&S
®
RTA4000
151User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
If the waveform is not active, it is activated automatically when selected as measure-
ment source.
Remote command:
MEASurement<m>:SOURce on page 511
Measure Source, Measure Source 2
Set the source waveforms for delay and phase measurement, where two sources are
required.
Remote command:
MEASurement<m>:SOURce on page 511
Delay Setup
Opens a menu to configure the delay measurement or the delay to trigger measure-
ment.
See: Chapter 7.2.4, "Delay Setup", on page 152
Use Gate
Activates or deactivates the measurement gate. To set the gate, scroll down and select
Gate Setup.
Remote command:
MEASurement<m>:GATE on page 520
Statistics
Activates or deactivates the statistical evaluation for the selected measurement.
Remote command:
MEASurement<m>:STATistics[:ENABle] on page 513
Reset Statistics
Deletes the statistical results for all measurements, and starts a new statistical evalua-
tion if the acquisition is running.
Remote command:
MEASurement<m>:STATistics:RESet on page 514
Delete all Measurements
Deactivates all active measurements.
Reference Level
Automatic Measurements
Measurements
R&S
®
RTA4000
152User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Set the lower and upper reference levels for rise and fall time measurements. Sets also
the middle reference level used for phase and delay measurements. The levels are
defined as percentages of the high signal level. The settings are valid for all measure-
ment places.
Remote command:
REFLevel:RELative:MODE on page 521
REFLevel:RELative:LOWer on page 522
REFLevel:RELative:MIDDle on page 522
REFLevel:RELative:UPPer on page 522
Gate Setup
Define a gate to limit the measurement to a time range. You can set the "Start" and
"Stop" time in absolute or relative values, depending on the "Mode".
Remote command:
MEASurement<m>:GATE:MODE on page 520
MEASurement<m>:GATE:ABSolute:STARt on page 520
MEASurement<m>:GATE:ABSolute:STOP on page 520
MEASurement<m>:GATE:RELative:STARt on page 521
MEASurement<m>:GATE:RELative:STOP on page 521
7.2.4 Delay Setup
Access: [Meas] > "Type" = "Delay" or "Delay to Trigger" > "Delay Setup"
In the "Delay Setup" menu, you configure the delay measurement or delay to trigger
measurement.
You can change the slope and the detection area to define the slopes for delay mea-
surements.
Automatic Measurements
Measurements
R&S
®
RTA4000
153User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Figure 7-4: Left: menu for delay measurement, right: menu for delay to trigger measurement
Slope
Selects the rising or falling edge for the indicated source.
Remote command:
MEASurement<m>:DELay:SLOPe on page 512
Mode for Measure Source, delay measurement
Defines the first edge for the delay measurement.
"Nearest"
Nearest edge to the trigger point.
"Forward"
First edge from the left window edge.
"Backward"
First edge from the right window edge, which is the last edge if coun-
ted from the left window edge.
Remote command:
MEASurement<m>:DELay:DIRection on page 512
Mode for Measure Source 2, delay measurement
Defines the second edge for the delay measurement.
"Nearest"
Nearest edge to the edge determined on "Measure Source".
"Forward"
Next edge to the right, counted from the edge determined on "Mea-
sure Source".
"Backward"
Next edge to the left, counted from the edge determined on "Measure
Source".
Remote command:
MEASurement<m>:DELay:DIRection on page 512
Mode, delay to trigger measurement
Sets the direction in which the measured edge is detected.
"Nearest"
Nearest edge to the trigger point.
"Forward"
Next edge from the trigger to the right.
"Backward"
Next edge from the trigger to the left.
Automatic Measurements
Measurements
R&S
®
RTA4000
154User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Remote command:
MEASurement<m>:DELay:DIRection on page 512
Display Results
Shows the selected edge or edges on the waveform. The markers show the edge, the
measured point on the edge, and the direction in which the edge is detected.
The picture shows the delay measurement between the leftmost rising edge of Ch1
("Measure Source") and the leftmost falling edge of Ch2 ("Measure Source 2"). The
mode is "Forward" for both sources.
Remote command:
MEASurement<m>:DELay:MARKer on page 513
7.3 Cursor Measurements
The cursor measurement determines the results at the current cursor positions. You
can set the cursor lines manually at fixed positions, or they can follow the waveform.
Cursors are available in time and frequency domain. You can measure on one wave-
form, or on two different waveforms (sources) if the sources are in the same domain
(time domain or frequency domain).
If the measured source is an envelope waveform, and you move the cursor slowly, the
minimum and maximum values are measured alternating. Zoom and measurement on
second source behave in the same way.
Available results depend on the cursor type and the type of the waveform. They are
displayed below the grid.
Cursor Measurements
Measurements
R&S
®
RTA4000
155User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Figure 7-5: Cursor measurement with vertical and horizontal cursors and Set To Trace
Results = below the grid
Cursor lines 1, 2, 3 = no focus
Cursor line 4 = has focus, can be moved by turning the [Navigation] knob
To configure cursor measurements
1. Press the [Cursor] key.
The cursors are activated with the latest setting.
2. Press the [Cursor] key again.
The "Cursor" menu opens.
3. Select the cursor "Type".
4. Select the "Source", the waveform you want to measure.
5. If you want to measure different sources:
a) Enable "Second Source".
b) Select the second waveform.
6. Set additional settings if necessary: Track Scaling, Coupling, orSet To Trace.
7. To change the position of a cursor line, you can use several methods:
● Drag the cursor line on the screen.
● Press the [Navigation] knob repeatedly until the required cursor line is active
(marked with a solid line).
Turn the knob to move the line.
● Tap the corresponding result value in the result line at the bottom.
Cursor Measurements
Measurements
R&S
®
RTA4000
156User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
The keypad opens, and you can enter an exact value.
7.3.1 Cursor Settings
► To open the "Cursor" menu:
a)
Tap the
"Menu" icon in the lower right corner of the screen.
b) Scroll down. Select "Cursor".
Figure 7-6: Cursor menu, cursor on one source (left), cursor on two sources (right)
Cursor
Activates or deactivates the cursor measurement.
Remote command:
CURSor<m>:STATe on page 523
Type
Selects the cursor type. Depending on the type, different results are displayed in the
result line at the bottom of the display.
The cursor lines can be set to the required position using the "Navigation" rotary knob,
or by dragging a cursor line on the screen.
"Horizontal"
Sets two horizontal cursor lines and measures the voltage values at
the cursor positions, and the difference between the cursor lines.
Results: V1, V2, ΔV (for current measurements: A1, A2, ΔA, for FFT
measurements: L in dBm)
Cursor Measurements
Measurements
R&S
®
RTA4000
157User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
"Vertical"
Sets two vertical cursor lines and measures the time from the trigger
point to each cursor line, the time between the cursor lines and the
frequency calculated from that time.
Results: t1, t2, Δt, 1/Δt (for FFT measurements: frequencies)
"Vertical &
Horiz."
Combines the "Horizontal" cursor and "Vertical" cursor measure-
ments. Two horizontal and two vertical cursor lines are set. The vol-
tages and times are measured at the cursor positions, as well as the
delta of the voltage and time values.
Results: t1, t2, Δt, V1, V2, ΔV
"V-Marker"
Sets two vertical cursors and measures the values of the waveform at
the crossing points of the cursor lines and the waveform. Also, the dif-
ferences of the two values in x- and y-direction are displayed.
Results: t1, V1, t2, V2, Δt, ΔV
Remote command:
CURSor<m>:FUNCtion on page 523
CURSor<m>:TRACking[:STATe] on page 525 (V-Marker)
Source
Defines the source of the cursor measurement as one of the active waveforms.
You can use cursors on analog input signals, math waveform, reference waveforms,
XY-diagram, and FFT waveform.
If option R&S RTA -B1 is installed, you can use the vertical cursor to measure individ-
ual logic channels, and the V-Marker to measure pods.
Remote command:
CURSor<m>:SOURce on page 524
Second Source
Enables and selects a second source for the cursor measurements. If enabled, the
second cursor measures on the second source. Using a second source, you can mea-
sure differences between two waveforms with cursors. Both sources must be in the
same domain (time domain or frequency domain). In FFT, for example, you can mea-
sure the difference between min hold and max hold waveforms.
Cursor Measurements
Measurements
R&S
®
RTA4000
158User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Figure 7-7: Cursor on one source
Figure 7-8: Cursor on two sources. Sources are indicated with the measurement results.
Remote command:
CURSor<m>:USSOURce on page 525
CURSor<m>:SSOURce on page 525
Track Scaling
If enabled, the cursor lines are adjusted when the vertical or horizontal scales are
changed. The cursor lines keep their relative position to the waveform.
If disabled, the cursor lines remain on their position on the display if the scaling is
changed.
Remote command:
CURSor<m>:TRACking:SCALe[:STATe] on page 526
Cursor Measurements
Measurements
R&S
®
RTA4000
159User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Coupling
If enabled, the cursors lines are coupled and moved together.
Press the [Navigation] key to select whether both cursors or one cursor is moved. If
coupling is disabled, pressing the [Navigation] key toggles the single cursor lines.
Remote command:
CURSor<m>:XCOupling on page 526
CURSor<m>:YCOupling on page 526
Set To Trace
Autoset for cursor lines, sets the cursor lines to typical points of the waveform depend-
ing on the selected cursor type. For example, for voltage measurement ("Horizontal"),
the cursor lines are set to the upper and lower peaks of the waveform. For time mea-
surement ("Vertical"), the cursor lines are set to the edges of two consecutive positive
or two consecutive negative pulses.
Remote command:
CURSor<m>:SWAVe on page 526
Cursor Measurements
Applications
R&S
®
RTA4000
160User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
8 Applications
All available applications are provided in the "Apps Selection" dialog.
►
To select an application, press the
[Apps Selection] key.
See also: Chapter 3.2, "Selecting the Application", on page 31.
Applications are grouped on several tabs:
●
Applications, see below
●
Protocol
Protocol applications are described in Chapter 12, "Serial Bus Analysis",
on page 244.
●
Track
On the "Applications" tab, the following applications are available:
●
"QuickMeas": see Chapter 7.1, "Quick Measurements", on page 141
●
"Probe Adjust": see Chapter 4.4.1, "Adjusting Passive Probes", on page 56
●
"Function Gen.": see Chapter 15.1, "Function Generator", on page 395
●
"Pattern Gen.": see Chapter 15.2, "Pattern Generator", on page 407
● Mask Testing......................................................................................................... 160
● FFT Analysis......................................................................................................... 168
● Spectrum Analysis and Spectrogram (Option R&S RTA-K18)..............................176
● Spectrum Analysis and Spectrogram (Option R&S RTA-K37)..............................186
● XY-Diagram...........................................................................................................196
● Digital Voltmeter....................................................................................................198
● Trigger Counter..................................................................................................... 200
● Bode Plot (Option R&S RTA-K36).........................................................................201
8.1 Mask Testing
Masks are used to determine whether the amplitude of a signal remains within speci-
fied limits, e.g. to detect errors or test compliance of digital signals.
8.1.1 About Masks and Mask Testing
Masks
A mask is specified by an upper and a lower limit line. The signal must run inside these
limit lines, otherwise a mask violation occurs.
A new mask is created from an existing signal: Mask limits are created by copying the
envelope waveform, and the limits are moved and stretched. The result is a tolerance
tube around the signal that is used as mask.
Mask Testing
Applications
R&S
®
RTA4000
161User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
The mask is displayed in the color used for reference waveforms.
Once a mask has been defined, the copied envelope is kept in the instrument until the
next mask is defined or loaded. If you need more than one mask, you can save the
mask to internal storage and load it at a later time.
Mask testing results
The mask testing analyzes whether tested signal runs inside the mask. The overall test
result is shown in the mask window:
left column
= absolute number and percentage of acquisitions that passed the test
middle column = absolute number and percentage of acquisitions that violated the mask
right column = number of tested acquisitions and test duration
During a mask test, various actions can be executed when mask violations occur: noti-
fication by a sound, stop of acquisition, saving a screenshot, saving the waveform
data, sending a pulse.
Remote commands:
●
MASK:STATe on page 529 to start the mask application
●
MASK:COUNt? on page 534
●
MASK:VCOunt? on page 534
File format for masks: MSK
MSK is the specific binary format for masks of the R&S RTA4000. It contains pairs of
amplitude values (in divisions) , their sample indexes and current instrument settings.
Thus, the amplitude values are not related to time and voltage. The mask data is saved
in the internal storage and can be loaded back when needed. The format is not inten-
ded for analysis outside the R&S RTA4000.
8.1.2 Using Masks
Starting the mask application
1.
Press the [Apps Selection] key.
2. Tap "Mask".
You can also add the mask icon to the toolbar and start the application from the
toolbar. See "Configuring the Toolbar" on page 37.
Mask Testing
Applications
R&S
®
RTA4000
162User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
To create and set up a mask
You create a mask based on a channel waveform, then optimize it by changing its posi-
tion and proportions, and save it.
1. Select and adjust the channel waveform that you want to use as basis for the
mask.
2. Run continuous acquisition.
3. Start the mask application.
4. In the mask window, tap "New".
5. Adjust the size of the mask:
● For simple setup, use "Size+" and "Size-" to change the mask dimensions in x-
and y-direction.
● For detailed setup:
– Tap "Setup" to open the "Mask" menu.
– Change "Width Y", "Width X" and/or "Stretch Y".
Mask Testing
Applications
R&S
®
RTA4000
163User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
6. To save the mask for later use, tap "Save".
To load a mask
1.
Press the [Apps Selection] key.
2. Tap "Mask".
3. Tap "Load".
4. Select the mask file.
5. Tap "Load".
To perform a mask testing
1. Set up the waveform that you want to test.
2. Create or load a mask. See:
● "To create and set up a mask" on page 162
● "To load a mask" on page 163
3. If necessary, tap "Setup" and adjust the y-position of the mask.
4. Set the "Actions" to be performed on violation.
5. In the mask window, tap "Run".
If the mask limits are violated, the specified action is taken. The overall result is
shown in the mask window.
Mask Testing
Applications
R&S
®
RTA4000
164User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
6. Tap "Reset" to delete the results.
7. To finish the test, tap "Stop".
8.1.3 Mask Window
The mask window provides the most important function to set up a mask, and to run
the test.
Reset
Deletes all test results.
Remote command:
MASK:RESet:COUNter on page 534
Run, Stop
Starts or finishes the mask test.
Remote command:
MASK:TEST on page 534
New
Creates a mask from the envelope of the selected channel waveform.
Remote command:
MASK:SOURce on page 529
MASK:CHCopy on page 530
Mask Testing
Applications
R&S
®
RTA4000
165User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Size+, Size-
Enlarges or decreases the mask in x- and y-direction.
Save, Load
Saves the created mask to file, or loads a previously saved mask. The file format is
MSK.
Remote command:
MASK:SAVE on page 530
MASK:LOAD on page 531
Capt. Fails
If selected, only failed acquisitions are saved in memory segments.
Remote command:
MASK:CAPTure[:MODE] on page 534
Setup
Opens the "Setup" menu to define exact mask dimensions and the actions to be exe-
cuted on violation of the mask.
8.1.4 Mask Menu
► To open the "Mask" setup menu:
● Tap the "Setup" button in the mask window.
● Tap the "Menu" icon. Select "Mask".
Mask Testing
Applications
R&S
®
RTA4000
166User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Test
Performs a mask test for the selected signal, i.e. the signal amplitudes are compared
with the specified mask. If the amplitude exceeds the limits of the mask, a violation is
detected.
Remote command:
MASK:TEST on page 534
Copy Channel
Creates a mask from the envelope waveform of the selected channel and stores it in
the instrument.
Remote command:
MASK:SOURce on page 529
MASK:CHCopy on page 530
Y-Position
Moves the mask vertically within the display. The current position is given in divisions.
Remote command:
MASK:YPOSition on page 530
Stretch Y
Changes the vertical scaling to stretch or compress the mask in y-direction.
Remote command:
MASK:YSCale on page 530
Mask Testing
Applications
R&S
®
RTA4000
167User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Width X
Changes the width of the mask in horizontal direction. The specified factor in divisions
is added to the positive x-values and subtracted from the negative x-values of the
mask limits in relation to the mask center. Thus, the left half of the mask is pulled to the
left, the right half is pulled to the right.
Remote command:
MASK:XWIDth on page 530
Width Y
Changes the width of the mask in vertical direction. The specified number of divisions
is added to the y-values of the upper mask limit and subtracted from the y-values of the
lower mask limit. Thus, the upper half of the mask is pulled upwards, the lower half is
pulled down, and the overall height of the mask is twice the "Width Y".
Remote command:
MASK:YWIDth on page 530
Save
Saves the mask in an instrument-specific format (MSK). The complete mask definition
- envelope waveform with width, stretch and position settings - is stored.
Remote command:
MASK:SAVE on page 530 and commands described in Chapter 16.9.1.5, "Masks",
on page 570.
Load Mask
Opens a file explorer to select a previously stored mask. The selected mask is loaded
and can be used for a subsequent test.
Remote command:
MASK:LOAD on page 531
Actions
Opens a submenu to select the actions to be taken when a violation against the mask
limits occurs.
"Sound"
Generates a beep sound at each violation.
"Stop"
Stops the waveform acquisition. Set the number of the stop violation.
Thus, you can ignore a number of violations before stop.
"Pulse"
Creates a pulse on the [Aux Out] connector. This selection sets the
configuration of the [Aux Out] connector to "Mask Violation".
"Screenshot"
Saves a screenshot according to the settings in "File" > "Screen-
shots".
"Save Wave-
form"
Saves the waveform data according to the settings in "File" > "Wave-
forms".
Remote command:
MASK:ACTion:SOUNd:EVENt:MODE on page 531
MASK:ACTion:STOP:EVENt:MODE on page 532
MASK:ACTion:STOP:EVENt:COUNt on page 532
MASK:ACTion:PULSe:EVENt:MODE on page 531
Mask Testing
Applications
R&S
®
RTA4000
168User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
MASK:ACTion:SCRSave:EVENt:MODE on page 531
MASK:ACTion:WFMSave:EVENt:MODE on page 531
Capture Segments
Selects whether all acquisitions are stored in segments, or only failed acquisition. You
can use the hostiry to analyze the segments.
Remote command:
MASK:CAPTure[:MODE] on page 534
8.2 FFT Analysis
The R&S RTA4000 provides basic FFT calculation, which is included in the firmware.
During FFT analysis, a time-based waveform is converted to a spectrum of frequen-
cies. As a result, the magnitude of the determined frequencies is displayed: the power
vs. frequency diagram (spectrum). FFT results are useful to obtain an overview of the
input signal in the frequency domain and to detect unusual signal effects (such as
spurs or distortions) visually.
To enable FFT analysis
► Press the [FFT] key.
Alternatively, tap the "FFT" icon in the toolbar.
The instrument adjusts the time scale of the waveform and sets appropriate center
frequency and span.
To disable FFT analysis
► There are several ways to exit FFT analysis:
● Press the [FFT] key repeatedly until FFT is off.
● Tap the "FFT" icon in the toolbar.
● In the short menu, tap "FFT Off".
8.2.1 FFT Display
When FFT is active, two diagrams are displayed: the signal vs. time at the top, the
result of the FFT analysis at the bottom. Between the diagrams, FFT-specific parame-
ters are shown and can be set directly.
FFT Analysis
Applications
R&S
®
RTA4000
169User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
1 = Enable FFT
2 = Signal vs. time display
3 = FFT parameters
4 = Spectrum, result of the FFT analysis
5 = FFT label with vertical scale (range per division). Color indicates the source waveform of FFT calcula-
tion.
Data source
FFT analysis is performed on the data captured from one of the active input channels,
or one of the active math or reference waveforms. Analysis can only be performed on
one channel at a time.
Timebase
FFT is generally performed on the captured data of a complete acquisition. To reduce
calculation time, the instrument automatically sets the time scale and an extract of the
original timebase for which the FFT is to be performed. The time gate is indicated by
white lines in the time diagram.
Frequency range
The results of the FFT analysis can be restricted to a specified frequency range.
Therefore, you define a center frequency and a frequency span, or the start and stop
frequencies Alternatively, you can manually set the resolution bandwidth. When you
change the FFT parameters, the time gate on the waveform is adapted automatically.
FFT Analysis
Applications
R&S
®
RTA4000
170User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Vertical position and size of the FFT waveform
To set the position and the vertical scaling, select the FFT window and use the vertical
[Scale] and [Offset/Position] knobs.
Remote commands:
●
SPECtrum:FREQuency:SCALe on page 537
●
SPECtrum:FREQuency:POSition on page 536
Zoom
You can use the vertical zoom ("Zoom" icon on the toolbar) on the FFT waveform. If
you draw the zoom area in the FFT diagram, center, span and vertical scale are adjus-
ted, and the the zoomed section of the FFT is displayed in the FFT diagram.
8.2.2 Performing FFT Analysis
1. Press the [FFT] key to start FFT analysis.
2. Press the [FFT] key again to open the FFT menu.
3. Select the "FFT Window" type according to the signal characteristics that are most
relevant for your measurement task (see "FFT Window" on page 173).
4. In the "Waveform" menu, select the waveform types you want to display (see
"Waveform" on page 174).
5. If you want to adjust the resolution bandwidth manually, disable "Automatic RBW".
6. On top of the FFT window, define the timebase extract for which the spectrum is
calculated and displayed. The extract is defined by its width and position, or by the
resolution bandwidth.
a) Press "W" to define the width of the timebase extract.
b) Press "P" to define the position of the timebase extract. The position is an off-
set of the center of the extract range to the 0 s reference point.
7. On top of the FFT window, define the frequency range to be displayed in the spec-
trum window. The range is defined as (Center - Span/2) to (Center + Span/2). For
details, see Span and Center.
a) Press "Span" to define the width of the frequency range.
b) Press "Center" to define the center frequency of the range.
8. To start and stop FFT analysis, press the [Run Stop] key.
8.2.3 FFT Setup
You can set the parameters for the FFT analysis in the spectrum window and in the
FFT menu. In addition, the short menu provides frequently used settings.
FFT Analysis
Applications
R&S
®
RTA4000
171User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
8.2.3.1 Short Menu for FFT
Frequently used settings are available in the short menu. You can select the waveform
type, set full span, open the comprehensive menu and disable the FFT analysis.
► To open the short menu, tap the FFT label in the bottom line of the display. The
label is only available, if the FFT analysis is active.
8.2.3.2 Settings in the FFT Window
Typical FFT parameters can be set directly in the FFT window, above the diagram.
1
= Start frequency
2 = Stop frequency
3 = Center
4 = Span
5 = Resolution bandwidth (RBW)
6 = Width of the timebase extract
7 = Position of timebase extract
Start
Defines the start frequency of the FFT waveform. The instrument adjusts the span and
the center frequency, and optimizes the timebase extract.
Remote command:
SPECtrum:FREQuency:STARt on page 538
Stop
Defines the stop frequency of the displayed frequency span. The instrument adjusts
the span and the center frequency, and optimizes the timebase extract.
FFT Analysis
Applications
R&S
®
RTA4000
172User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Remote command:
SPECtrum:FREQuency:STOP on page 538
Center
Defines the frequency in the center of the displayed span. The instrument adjusts the
start and stop frequencies.
To set the center frequency, you can also use the horizontal [Position] knob if the focus
is on the frequency window.
Remote command:
SPECtrum:FREQuency:CENTer on page 537
Span
The span is specified in Hertz and defines the width of the displayed frequency range,
which is (Center - Span/2) to (Center + Span/2). The instrument adjusts the start and
stop frequencies.
To set the frequency span, you can also use the horizontal [Scale] knob if the focus is
on the frequency window.
Remote command:
SPECtrum:FREQuency:SPAN on page 537
RBW
The resolution bandwidth (RBW) determines the resolution of the spectrum, that is: the
minimum distance between two distinguishable peaks. The higher the resolution (the
smaller the ratio), the more peaks are detected, but the longer the measurement
requires to finish.
If "Automatic RBW" is selected, the RBW value is adjusted automatically and the value
is shown for information. when you set the RBW manually, the instrument adjusts the
timebase extract.
Remote command:
SPECtrum:FREQuency:BANDwidth[:RESolution][:VALue] on page 538
SPECtrum:FREQuency:BANDwidth[:RESolution]:RATio on page 538
W
Shows the width of the timebase extract (gate) for which FFT is calculated.
Remote command:
SPECtrum:TIME:RANGe on page 539
P
Shows the position of timebase extract (gate) to restrict the timebase of the input signal
for which FFT analysis is performed.
Remote command:
SPECtrum:TIME:POSition on page 538
FFT Analysis
Applications
R&S
®
RTA4000
173User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
8.2.3.3 FFT Menu
► Press the [FFT] key.
If the menu does not open, tap twice: Once to enable FFT, and next to open the
menu.
Source
Selects the channel for which the captured data is analyzed with FFT. You can select
one of the active input channels, math or reference waveforms.
Remote command:
SPECtrum:SOURce on page 535
FFT Window
Windowing helps minimize the discontinuities at the end of the measured signal inter-
val and thus reduces the effect of spectral leakage, increasing the frequency resolu-
tion.
The R&S RTA4000 provides various window functions to suit different input signals.
Each window function has specific characteristics, including some advantages and
some trade-offs. Consider these characteristics to find the optimum solution for the
measurement task.
"Hanning"
The Hanning window is bell shaped. Unlike the Hamming window, its
value is zero at the borders of the measuring interval. Thus, the noise
level within the spectrum is reduced and the width of the spectral
lines enlarges.
Use this window to measure amplitudes of a periodical signal pre-
cisely.
"Hamming"
The Hamming window is bell shaped. Its value is not zero at the bor-
ders of the measuring interval. Thus, the noise level inside the spec-
trum is higher than Hanning or Blackman, but smaller than the rectan-
gular window. The width of the spectral lines is thinner than the other
bell-shaped functions.
Use this window to measure amplitudes of a periodical signal pre-
cisely.
FFT Analysis
Applications
R&S
®
RTA4000
174User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
"Blackman"
The Blackman window is bell shaped and has the steepest fall in its
wave shape of all other available functions. Its value is zero at both
borders of the measuring interval. In the Blackman window, the ampli-
tudes can be measured very precisely. However, determining the fre-
quency is more difficult.
Use this window to measure signals with single frequencies to detect
harmonics and accurate single-tone measurements.
"Flat Top"
The flat top window has low amplitude measurement errors but a
poor frequency resolution.
Use this window for accurate single-tone measurements and for mea-
surement of amplitudes of sinusoidal frequency components.
"Rectangle"
The rectangular window multiplies all points by one. The result is a
high frequency accuracy with thin spectral lines, but also with
increased noise.
Use this function for measurements of separation of two tones with
almost equal amplitudes and a small frequency distance.
Remote command:
SPECtrum:FREQuency:WINDow:TYPE on page 535
Automatic RBW
If enabled, the resolution bandwidth is set automatically. If disabled, you can adjust the
"RBW" parameter in the FFT window.
See also: "RBW" on page 172.
Waveform
Selects the waveform type to be displayed. Several types of waveforms can be dis-
played in parallel, but at least one waveform type must be selected. By default, the
"Spectrum" waveform is selected. From each waveform type, you can also create a
reference waveform for further analysis, and perorm cursor measurements.
When the waveform selection is changed, statistical evaluation is restarted.
To clear the results of previous measurements used for statistical evaluation, select
"Reset".
FFT Analysis
Applications
R&S
®
RTA4000
175User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
"Spectrum"
The current value for each frequency is displayed.
"Min Hold"
The minimum value for each frequency over all FFTs is displayed.
Using the "Min Hold" waveform type is a good way to highlight signals
within noise or suppress intermittent signals.
"Max Hold"
The maximum value for each frequency over all FFTs is displayed.
Using the "Max Hold" waveform type is a good way to detect intermit-
tent signals or the maximum values of fluctuating signals, for exam-
ple.
"Average"
The average value for each frequency in the waveform over the
specified "# Averages" is calculated.
Averaging reduces the effects of noise, but has no effects on sine sig-
nals. Therefore, averaging is a good way to detect signals near noise.
"Reset"
Clears the selected waveforms and restarts calculation.
Remote command:
SPECtrum:WAVeform:SPECtrum[:ENABle] on page 539
SPECtrum:WAVeform:MINimum[:ENABle] on page 539
SPECtrum:WAVeform:MAXimum[:ENABle] on page 539
SPECtrum:WAVeform:AVERage[:ENABle] on page 539
SPECtrum:FREQuency:AVERage:COUNt on page 539
SPECtrum:FREQuency:RESet on page 539
Vertical Scale
Defines the scaling unit for the vertical scale.
The displayed values refer to a 50 Ohm terminating resistor. You can use an external
terminating resistor parallel to the high impedance input, or the 50 Ohm input directly.
"dBm"
Logarithmic scaling; related to 1 mW
FFT Analysis
Applications
R&S
®
RTA4000
176User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
"dBV"
Logarithmic scaling; related to 1 Veff.
"dBμV"
Logarithmic scaling; related to 1 μVeff.
"Veff"
Linear scaling; displays the RMS value of the voltage.
Remote command:
SPECtrum:FREQuency:MAGNitude:SCALe on page 536
8.3 Spectrum Analysis and Spectrogram (Option
R&S RTA-K18)
The option R&S RTA-K18 offers additional functionalities to the basic FFT calculation:
●
Spectrogram
●
Peak list and markers
Using the spectrum analysis option, you can analyze frequency-dependent events and
display a spectrogram that shows the changes of the spectrum over time. Also you can
define various criteria for peak search and display the results on the spectrum diagram.
The initial FFT display, usage, short menu, and FTT settings in the spectrum window
are the same as in the basic FFT. These basics are described in Chapter 8.2, "FFT
Analysis", on page 168.
8.3.1 FFT Menu with Spectrum Analysis
If the spectrum analysis option is installed, the FFT menu provides additional functions,
which are described in this chapter. Basic functions are described in Chapter 8.2.3.3,
"FFT Menu", on page 173.
Spectrum Analysis and Spectrogram (Option R&S RTA-K18)
Applications
R&S
®
RTA4000
177User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Spectogram
Enables the spectrogram.
For details, see Chapter 8.3.2, "Spectrogram", on page 178.
Remote command:
SPECtrum:DIAGram:SPECtrogram[:ENABle] on page 550
Automatic RBW
If enabled, the instrument sets an appropriate value for the resolution bandwidth. If dis-
abled, you can set a manual value, see "RBW" on page 172.
Remote command:
SPECtrum:FREQuency:BANDwidth[:RESolution]:AUTO on page 549
Peak List
Enables the peak search, and displays the peak list and the markers.
For details, see Chapter 8.3.3, "Peak List and Markers", on page 179.
Remote command:
SPECtrum:MARKer:RTABle:ENABle on page 543
Marker
Opens a menu to set up the markers and the peak list. The menu is only available if
"Peak List" is active.
For details, see Chapter 8.3.3, "Peak List and Markers", on page 179.
Spectrum Analysis and Spectrogram (Option R&S
RTA-K18)
Applications
R&S
®
RTA4000
178User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Display
Opens a menu to set up the display of the spectrum and the spectrogram.
For details, see Chapter 8.3.4, "Display Settings for Spectrum and Spectrogram",
on page 185.
8.3.2 Spectrogram
A spectrogram shows how the spectral density of a signal varies over time. The x-axis
shows the frequency, the y-axis shows the time. A third dimension, the power level, is
indicated by different colors. Thus you can see how the strength of the signal varies
over time for different frequencies.
The spectrogram is updated with each data acquisition. The oldest spectrum is on the
top, while the most recent spectrum is the bottom line.
► To use the spectrogram, enable "Spectogram" in the FFT menu.
Figure 8-1: Spectrogram and spectrum windows
The spectrogram is shown in a separate window above the spectrum window. Typical
spectrogram parameters are shown directly in the spectrogram window, above the dia-
gram.
Spectrum Analysis and Spectrogram (Option R&S
RTA-K18)
Applications
R&S
®
RTA4000
179User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
1 = Maximum level for color scale (setting)
2 = Display of color scale
3 = Minimum level for color scale (setting)
4 = Range (information)
5, 6, 7 = Positions of the time cursors in the spectrogram, and their time difference
Time cursors
When acquisition is stopped, you can set two time cursors in the spectrogram. Use the
time cursors to identify abnormalities in the spectrogram. The time and time difference
are displayed on top of the spectrogram window.
Figure 8-2: Spectrogram with time cursors
History and spectrum analysis
The history function allows you to browse the spectrums. You can display and analyze
not only the current frequency waveform but also older ones. You can also see and
analyze the time-based waveform on which the selected FFT was done. The displayed
spectrum is marked in the spectrogram by a white line with "Seg" label.
1. Run an FFT.
2. Enable the spectrogram.
3. Activate the history.
Acquisition is stopped, and the time cursors and the segment cursor are visible. If
they are not visible, close all menus.
4. Select a segment:
● Use the history player to browse and select a segment, see Chapter 6.4.4,
"Segment Table and History Player", on page 119.
● Drag the segment marker in the spectrogram.
The spectrum and time-based waveform of the selected segment are displayed.
8.3.3 Peak List and Markers
You can define various criteria for a peak search. The peaks are indicated in the fre-
quency diagram by markers, and the measured peak frequencies and magnitudes are
listed in the peak list. In addition, you can define a reference marker and get the peak
results as delta values to the values of the reference marker.
Spectrum Analysis and Spectrogram (Option R&S
RTA-K18)
Applications
R&S
®
RTA4000
180User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
► To save the results, or to open the "Marker" menu directly, use the icons on the
right side of the peak list.
Figure 8-3: Spectrum with marked peaks and peak list. Spectrogram is off.
To set up the peak list and reference markers
1. Open the FFT menu.
2. Enable the "Peak List".
3. Tap "Marker".
4. Tap "Source".
Select the waveform type on which the peaks are searched.
5. Tap "Peak Setup".
6. Define the criteria for peak detection:
a) Set the "Min. Level". Magnitudes higher than this level are marked as peaks.
b) For a more detailed peak detection, enable the "Advanced Peak Setup".
Set the "Excursion", "Max. Width" and "Distance".
7. If necessary, set a reference marker:
a) Select the type of the "R-Marker".
b) If "R-Marker" = "Indicated", set the "Index".
c) If "R-Marker" ="Range", set the "Frequency" and "Span".
8.3.3.1 Marker Menu
Access: "FFT" menu > enable "Peak List" > "Marker"
Spectrum Analysis and Spectrogram (Option R&S
RTA-K18)
Applications
R&S
®
RTA4000
181User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Source
Defines the waveform type that is searched for peaks.
Remote command:
SPECtrum:MARKer:SOURce on page 543
Peak Setup
See Chapter 8.3.3.2, "Peak Setup", on page 181.
Min. Level
Defines the minimum absolute level for peak detection. See "Min. Level" on page 182.
R-Marker
See Chapter 8.3.3.3, "R-Marker Settings", on page 183.
8.3.3.2 Peak Setup
Access: "FFT" menu > enable "Peak List" > "Marker" > "Peak Setup"
The simple peak setup needs only the setting of the minimum level for peak detection.
More complex criteria can be defined in the advanced setup.
Spectrum Analysis and Spectrogram (Option R&S RTA-K18)
Applications
R&S
®
RTA4000
182User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Min. Level
Defines the minimum absolute level for peak detection. Only peaks that exceed the
minimum level are detected, listed in the "Peak List", and marked in the spectrum dia-
gram.
Remote command:
SPECtrum:MARKer:SETup:MLEVel on page 544
Advanced Peak Setup
Enables a more precise peak detection.
For a peak to be detected, the Excursion, Max. Width and Distance have to be within
the defined limits.
Remote command:
SPECtrum:MARKer:SETup:MMODe on page 544
Max. Width
Defines the maximum width that a peak can have for it to be detected.
Remote command:
SPECtrum:MARKer:SETup:MWIDth on page 544
Excursion
Defines a minimum level difference between two subsequent peaks that has to be kept
for the peak to be detected. To avoid identifying noise peaks, enter a peak excursion
value that is higher than the noise levels.
Remote command:
SPECtrum:MARKer:SETup:EXCursion on page 544
Distance
Defines a distance between two subsequent peaks that has to be kept for the peak to
be detected.
Spectrum Analysis and Spectrogram (Option R&S
RTA-K18)
Applications
R&S
®
RTA4000
183User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Remote command:
SPECtrum:MARKer:SETup:DISTance on page 544
8.3.3.3 R-Marker Settings
Access: "FFT" menu > enable "Peak List" > "Marker" > "R-Marker"
You can define a reference marker and get the peak results as delta values to the val-
ues of the reference marker. The reference marker is displayed on the waveform as a
filled orange triangle.
R-Marker
Defines the mode for the selection of the reference peak.
"Off"
Disables the reference marker.
"Indicated"
The reference marker is set to the peak with a specified index num-
ber.
"Range"
The peak with the highest level within the specified range is set as
the reference marker.
Remote command:
SPECtrum:MARKer:REFerence:SETup:MODE on page 545
Index
Defines the number of the peak to which the reference marker is set if "R-Marker" =
"Indicated"
Remote command:
SPECtrum:MARKer:REFerence:SETup:INDex on page 545
Frequency
Defines the center frequency for the capture range if "R-Marker" = "Range".
Spectrum Analysis and Spectrogram (Option R&S
RTA-K18)
Applications
R&S
®
RTA4000
184User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Remote command:
SPECtrum:MARKer:REFerence:SETup:FREQuency on page 545
Span
Defines frequency range around the center frequency if "R-Marker" = "Range".
Remote command:
SPECtrum:MARKer:REFerence:SETup:SPAN on page 545
Center to Screen
Sets the center frequency to the center of the display.
Remote command:
SPECtrum:MARKer:REFerence:SETup:CSCReen on page 545
Center to Highest Peak
Sets the highest detected peak to the center of the display.
Remote command:
SPECtrum:MARKer:REFerence:SETup:CMPeak on page 544
Result Values
Defines the values that are shown in the peak list. You can use absolute values, or
delta values in comparison to the reference marker.
"Absolute"
Frequency and magnitude in absolute values.
"R-Marker Frequency"
Frequency relative to the reference marker frequency, magnitude in
absolute values.
"R-Marker Level"
Frequency in absolute values, magnitude relative to the level of the
reference marker.
"R-Marker Freq. & Level"
Frequency and magnitude relative to the reference marker values.
Spectrum Analysis and Spectrogram (Option R&S RTA-K18)
Applications
R&S
®
RTA4000
185User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Remote command:
SPECtrum:MARKer:RMODe on page 546
Set R-Marker to Center of Screen
Sets the reference marker to the center of the display.
8.3.4 Display Settings for Spectrum and Spectrogram
You can change the color scale of the spectrogram and of the spectrum, and the level
limits of the spectrogram.
1. Open the "FFT" menu.
2. Tap "Display".
Spectr. Color and Freq.Dom.Color
Selects a color scale. Each scale comprises a set of colors, where each color repre-
sents a certain level or frequency of occurrence.
If "Magnitude Mode" is on, "Spectr. Color" sets the color scale for the spectrogram and
for the spectrum. Both diagrams use the same color scale.
If "Magnitude Mode" is off, "Spectr. Color" sets the color for the spectrogram, and
"Freq.Dom.Color" sets the color for the spectrum separately.
You can set the range of the color scale with Maximum and Minimum.
"Rainbow"
The waveform is displayed in rainbow colors. Blue corresponds to the
low-level values while red indicates high ones.
"Temp. Color"
The waveform is displayed in the temperature colors. Blue corre-
sponds to the low-level values while white indicates high ones.
Spectrum Analysis and Spectrogram (Option R&S RTA-K18)
Applications
R&S
®
RTA4000
186User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
"Monochrome"
The waveform is displayed in monochrome colors, which depend on
the color of the selected source channel. Black corresponds to the
low-level values while the channel color indicates for high ones.
Remote command:
SPECtrum:DIAGram:COLor:SCHeme:SPECtrogram on page 550
SPECtrum:DIAGram:COLor:SCHeme:FDOMain on page 550
Magnitude Mode
Enables the magnitude-dependent coloring of the waveform. The higher the level, the
higher the color in the color scale.
When the "Magnitude Mode" is disabled, then the color depends on the frequency of
occurrence of a value.
Remote command:
SPECtrum:DIAGram:COLor:MAGNitude:MODE on page 549
Find Threshold
Sets the level automatically to 0.5 * (MaxPeak – MinPeak). The MinPeak is set in the
noise floor and the MaxPeak is the highest point of the waveform.
Maximum
Sets the level that is used as a maximum for the color scale selected with Spectr. Color
and Freq.Dom.Color.
All level values higher than the maximum are displayed with the maximum color.
Remote command:
SPECtrum:DIAGram:COLor:MAXimum[:LEVel] on page 549
Minimum
Sets the level that is used as a minimum of the color scale selected with Spectr. Color
and Freq.Dom.Color.
All level values lower than the minimum are displayed with the minimum color.
Remote command:
SPECtrum:DIAGram:COLor:MINimum[:LEVel] on page 550
8.4 Spectrum Analysis and Spectrogram (Option
R&S RTA-K37)
The option R&S RTA-K37 offers additional functionalities to the basic FFT calculation:
●
Spectrogram
●
Peak list and markers
Using the spectrum analysis option, you can analyze frequency-dependent events and
display a spectrogram that shows the changes of the spectrum over time. Also you can
define various criteria for peak search and display the results on the spectrum diagram.
Spectrum Analysis and Spectrogram (Option R&S
RTA-K37)
Applications
R&S
®
RTA4000
187User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
The initial FFT display, usage, short menu, and FTT settings in the spectrum window
are the same as in the basic FFT. These basics are described in Chapter 8.2, "FFT
Analysis", on page 168.
8.4.1 FFT Menu with Spectrum Analysis
If the spectrum analysis option is installed, the FFT menu provides additional functions,
which are described in this chapter. Basic functions are described in Chapter 8.2.3.3,
"FFT Menu", on page 173.
Spectogram
Enables the spectrogram.
For details, see Chapter 8.3.2, "Spectrogram", on page 178.
Remote command:
SPECtrum:DIAGram:SPECtrogram[:ENABle] on page 550
Automatic RBW
If enabled, the instrument sets an appropriate value for the resolution bandwidth. If dis-
abled, you can set a manual value, see "RBW" on page 172.
Remote command:
SPECtrum:FREQuency:BANDwidth[:RESolution]:AUTO on page 549
Peak List
Enables the peak search, and displays the peak list and the markers.
For details, see Chapter 8.3.3, "Peak List and Markers", on page 179.
Spectrum Analysis and Spectrogram (Option R&S
RTA-K37)
Applications
R&S
®
RTA4000
188User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Remote command:
SPECtrum:MARKer:RTABle:ENABle on page 543
Marker
Opens a menu to set up the markers and the peak list. The menu is only available if
"Peak List" is active.
For details, see Chapter 8.3.3, "Peak List and Markers", on page 179.
Display
Opens a menu to set up the display of the spectrum and the spectrogram.
For details, see Chapter 8.3.4, "Display Settings for Spectrum and Spectrogram",
on page 185.
8.4.2 Spectrogram
A spectrogram shows how the spectral density of a signal varies over time. The x-axis
shows the frequency, the y-axis shows the time. A third dimension, the power level, is
indicated by different colors. Thus you can see how the strength of the signal varies
over time for different frequencies.
The spectrogram is updated with each data acquisition. The oldest spectrum is on the
top, while the most recent spectrum is the bottom line.
► To use the spectrogram, enable "Spectogram" in the FFT menu.
Figure 8-4: Spectrogram and spectrum windows
Spectrum Analysis and Spectrogram (Option R&S RTA-K37)
Applications
R&S
®
RTA4000
189User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
The spectrogram is shown in a separate window above the spectrum window. Typical
spectrogram parameters are shown directly in the spectrogram window, above the dia-
gram.
1 = Maximum level for color scale (setting)
2 = Display of color scale
3 = Minimum level for color scale (setting)
4 = Range (information)
5, 6, 7 = Positions of the time cursors in the spectrogram, and their time difference
Time cursors
When acquisition is stopped, you can set two time cursors in the spectrogram. Use the
time cursors to identify abnormalities in the spectrogram. The time and time difference
are displayed on top of the spectrogram window.
Figure 8-5: Spectrogram with time cursors
History and spectrum analysis
The history function allows you to browse the spectrums. You can display and analyze
not only the current frequency waveform but also older ones. You can also see and
analyze the time-based waveform on which the selected FFT was done. The displayed
spectrum is marked in the spectrogram by a white line with "Seg" label.
1. Run an FFT.
2. Enable the spectrogram.
3. Activate the history.
Acquisition is stopped, and the time cursors and the segment cursor are visible. If
they are not visible, close all menus.
4. Select a segment:
● Use the history player to browse and select a segment, see Chapter 6.4.4,
"Segment Table and History Player", on page 119.
● Drag the segment marker in the spectrogram.
The spectrum and time-based waveform of the selected segment are displayed.
Spectrum Analysis and Spectrogram (Option R&S
RTA-K37)
Applications
R&S
®
RTA4000
190User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
8.4.3 Peak List and Markers
You can define various criteria for a peak search. The peaks are indicated in the fre-
quency diagram by markers, and the measured peak frequencies and magnitudes are
listed in the peak list. In addition, you can define a reference marker and get the peak
results as delta values to the values of the reference marker.
► To save the results, or to open the "Marker" menu directly, use the icons on the
right side of the peak list.
Figure 8-6: Spectrum with marked peaks and peak list. Spectrogram is off.
To set up the peak list and reference markers
1. Open the FFT menu.
2. Enable the "Peak List".
3. Tap "Marker".
4. Tap "Source".
Select the waveform type on which the peaks are searched.
5. Tap "Peak Setup".
6. Define the criteria for peak detection:
a) Set the "Min. Level". Magnitudes higher than this level are marked as peaks.
b) For a more detailed peak detection, enable the "Advanced Peak Setup".
Set the "Excursion", "Max. Width" and "Distance".
7. If necessary, set a reference marker:
Spectrum Analysis and Spectrogram (Option R&S
RTA-K37)
Applications
R&S
®
RTA4000
191User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
a) Select the type of the "R-Marker".
b) If "R-Marker" = "Indicated", set the "Index".
c) If "R-Marker" ="Range", set the "Frequency" and "Span".
8.4.3.1 Marker Menu
Access: "FFT" menu > enable "Peak List" > "Marker"
Source
Defines the waveform type that is searched for peaks.
Remote command:
SPECtrum:MARKer:SOURce on page 543
Peak Setup
See Chapter 8.3.3.2, "Peak Setup", on page 181.
Min. Level
Defines the minimum absolute level for peak detection. See "Min. Level" on page 182.
R-Marker
See Chapter 8.3.3.3, "R-Marker Settings", on page 183.
8.4.3.2 Peak Setup
Access: "FFT" menu > enable "Peak List" > "Marker" > "Peak Setup"
The simple peak setup needs only the setting of the minimum level for peak detection.
More complex criteria can be defined in the advanced setup.
Spectrum Analysis and Spectrogram (Option R&S
RTA-K37)
Applications
R&S
®
RTA4000
192User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Min. Level
Defines the minimum absolute level for peak detection. Only peaks that exceed the
minimum level are detected, listed in the "Peak List", and marked in the spectrum dia-
gram.
Remote command:
SPECtrum:MARKer:SETup:MLEVel on page 544
Advanced Peak Setup
Enables a more precise peak detection.
For a peak to be detected, the Excursion, Max. Width and Distance have to be within
the defined limits.
Remote command:
SPECtrum:MARKer:SETup:MMODe on page 544
Max. Width
Defines the maximum width that a peak can have for it to be detected.
Remote command:
SPECtrum:MARKer:SETup:MWIDth on page 544
Excursion
Defines a minimum level difference between two subsequent peaks that has to be kept
for the peak to be detected. To avoid identifying noise peaks, enter a peak excursion
value that is higher than the noise levels.
Remote command:
SPECtrum:MARKer:SETup:EXCursion on page 544
Distance
Defines a distance between two subsequent peaks that has to be kept for the peak to
be detected.
Spectrum Analysis and Spectrogram (Option R&S
RTA-K37)
Applications
R&S
®
RTA4000
193User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Remote command:
SPECtrum:MARKer:SETup:DISTance on page 544
8.4.3.3 R-Marker Settings
Access: "FFT" menu > enable "Peak List" > "Marker" > "R-Marker"
You can define a reference marker and get the peak results as delta values to the val-
ues of the reference marker. The reference marker is displayed on the waveform as a
filled orange triangle.
R-Marker
Defines the mode for the selection of the reference peak.
"Off"
Disables the reference marker.
"Indicated"
The reference marker is set to the peak with a specified index num-
ber.
"Range"
The peak with the highest level within the specified range is set as
the reference marker.
Remote command:
SPECtrum:MARKer:REFerence:SETup:MODE on page 545
Index
Defines the number of the peak to which the reference marker is set if "R-Marker" =
"Indicated"
Remote command:
SPECtrum:MARKer:REFerence:SETup:INDex on page 545
Frequency
Defines the center frequency for the capture range if "R-Marker" = "Range".
Spectrum Analysis and Spectrogram (Option R&S
RTA-K37)
Applications
R&S
®
RTA4000
194User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Remote command:
SPECtrum:MARKer:REFerence:SETup:FREQuency on page 545
Span
Defines frequency range around the center frequency if "R-Marker" = "Range".
Remote command:
SPECtrum:MARKer:REFerence:SETup:SPAN on page 545
Center to Screen
Sets the center frequency to the center of the display.
Remote command:
SPECtrum:MARKer:REFerence:SETup:CSCReen on page 545
Center to Highest Peak
Sets the highest detected peak to the center of the display.
Remote command:
SPECtrum:MARKer:REFerence:SETup:CMPeak on page 544
Result Values
Defines the values that are shown in the peak list. You can use absolute values, or
delta values in comparison to the reference marker.
"Absolute"
Frequency and magnitude in absolute values.
"R-Marker Frequency"
Frequency relative to the reference marker frequency, magnitude in
absolute values.
"R-Marker Level"
Frequency in absolute values, magnitude relative to the level of the
reference marker.
"R-Marker Freq. & Level"
Frequency and magnitude relative to the reference marker values.
Spectrum Analysis and Spectrogram (Option R&S RTA-K37)
Applications
R&S
®
RTA4000
195User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Remote command:
SPECtrum:MARKer:RMODe on page 546
Set R-Marker to Center of Screen
Sets the reference marker to the center of the display.
8.4.4 Display Settings for Spectrum and Spectrogram
You can change the color scale of the spectrogram and of the spectrum, and the level
limits of the spectrogram.
1. Open the "FFT" menu.
2. Tap "Display".
Spectr. Color and Freq.Dom.Color
Selects a color scale. Each scale comprises a set of colors, where each color repre-
sents a certain level or frequency of occurrence.
If "Magnitude Mode" is on, "Spectr. Color" sets the color scale for the spectrogram and
for the spectrum. Both diagrams use the same color scale.
If "Magnitude Mode" is off, "Spectr. Color" sets the color for the spectrogram, and
"Freq.Dom.Color" sets the color for the spectrum separately.
You can set the range of the color scale with Maximum and Minimum.
"Rainbow"
The waveform is displayed in rainbow colors. Blue corresponds to the
low-level values while red indicates high ones.
"Temp. Color"
The waveform is displayed in the temperature colors. Blue corre-
sponds to the low-level values while white indicates high ones.
Spectrum Analysis and Spectrogram (Option R&S RTA-K37)
Applications
R&S
®
RTA4000
196User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
"Monochrome"
The waveform is displayed in monochrome colors, which depend on
the color of the selected source channel. Black corresponds to the
low-level values while the channel color indicates for high ones.
Remote command:
SPECtrum:DIAGram:COLor:SCHeme:SPECtrogram on page 550
SPECtrum:DIAGram:COLor:SCHeme:FDOMain on page 550
Magnitude Mode
Enables the magnitude-dependent coloring of the waveform. The higher the level, the
higher the color in the color scale.
When the "Magnitude Mode" is disabled, then the color depends on the frequency of
occurrence of a value.
Remote command:
SPECtrum:DIAGram:COLor:MAGNitude:MODE on page 549
Find Threshold
Sets the level automatically to 0.5 * (MaxPeak – MinPeak). The MinPeak is set in the
noise floor and the MaxPeak is the highest point of the waveform.
Maximum
Sets the level that is used as a maximum for the color scale selected with Spectr. Color
and Freq.Dom.Color.
All level values higher than the maximum are displayed with the maximum color.
Remote command:
SPECtrum:DIAGram:COLor:MAXimum[:LEVel] on page 549
Minimum
Sets the level that is used as a minimum of the color scale selected with Spectr. Color
and Freq.Dom.Color.
All level values lower than the minimum are displayed with the minimum color.
Remote command:
SPECtrum:DIAGram:COLor:MINimum[:LEVel] on page 550
8.5 XY-Diagram
XY-diagrams combine the voltage levels of two waveforms in one diagram. They use
the amplitude of a second waveform as the x-axis, rather than a timebase. Thus, you
can measure phase shift, for example. With harmonically related signals, the resulting
XY-diagrams are Lissajous patterns. XY-diagrams can also be used to display the IQ
representation of a signal.
Together with the XY-diagram, the time diagrams of the source signals are displayed in
separate grids. It is also possible to define two source signals in y-direction for compar-
ison.
XY-Diagram
Applications
R&S
®
RTA4000
197User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
1.
Press the [Apps Selection] key.
2. Select "XY".
3. Make sure that the signals, the trigger, and the acquisition are set up correctly. The
required menus are available in XY-mode.
Remote command: DISPlay:MODE on page 550
To analyze the signal in the XY-diagram, you can use cursor measurements. You can
select specific cursor measurement types:"Voltage X", "Voltage Y1", "Voltage Y2" use 2
cursor lines, "Voltage X-Y1" and "Voltage X-Y2" use 4 cursor lines.
Source X
Defines the source to be displayed in x-direction in an XY-diagram, replacing the usual
timebase. The source can be any of the analog channels.
Remote command:
DISPlay:XY:XSOurce on page 551
Source Y1
Defines the first signal to be displayed in y-direction in an XY-diagram. The source can
be any of the active analog channels.
XY-Diagram
Applications
R&S
®
RTA4000
198User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Remote command:
DISPlay:XY:Y1Source on page 551
Source Y2
Defines an optional second source to be displayed in y-direction in an XY-diagram. The
source can be any of the analog channels. The setting is only relevant for 4-channel
R&S RTA4000 instruments.
Remote command:
DISPlay:XY:Y2Source on page 551
8.6 Digital Voltmeter
The integrated three-digit digital voltmeter simplifies measurements, in particular for
service personnel. You can measure up to four parameters on different sources at the
same time and define the position of the measurement results.
The following DVM measurements are available:
●
DC: mean value of the signal
●
AC+DC RMS: RMS value of the signal
●
AC RMS: RMS value of the signal's AC component
The digital voltmeter captures input data with the selected vertical sensitivity and the
basic accuracy of the ADC. It is independent from the capture settings and the post
processing. All measurements are based on a measurement interval, which ensures
reliable results over the defined frequency range.
Figure 8-7: Results of 4 meter measurements. The measurement source is indicated by the channel
color. The source of meter 1 is channel 1, and it is clipped.
Remote commands to read meter results:
●
DVM<m>:RESult[:ACTual]? on page 552
●
DVM<m>:RESult[:ACTual]:STATus? on page 553
Digital Voltmeter
Applications
R&S
®
RTA4000
199User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
8.6.1 Using the Meter
To activate meter measurements
► Use one of the following ways:
● Tap the "Meter" icon on the toolbar.
●
Press the [Apps Selection] key.
Tap "Meter".
To deactivate meter measurements
► Use one of the following ways:
● Tap the "Meter" icon on the toolbar again.
● Close the "Meter" result box.
8.6.2 Meter Settings
► To open the "Meter" configuration menu, tap inside the "Meter" result box.
Digital Voltmeter
Applications
R&S
®
RTA4000
200User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Meter (on/off)
Activates or deactivates the digital voltmeter with the last configuration. Preset deletes
the voltmeter configuration.
Remote command:
DVM<m>:ENABle on page 551
Meter
Selects one of the four available meter measurements. The configuration of the
selected meter is displayed in the menu.
Source
Selects an analog channel as the source of the selected meter measurement.
Remote command:
DVM<m>:SOURce on page 552
Type
Defines the measurement type to be performed on the selected source:
●
DC: mean value of the signal
●
AC+DC RMS: RMS value of the signal
●
AC RMS: RMS value of the signal's AC component
Select "Off" to disable the selected meter measurement.
Remote command:
DVM<m>:TYPE on page 552
8.7 Trigger Counter
The counter shows two basic parameters of the trigger source: frequency and period.
1.
Press the
[Apps Selection] key.
2. Tap "Trigger Counter".
Trigger Counter
Applications
R&S
®
RTA4000
201User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
By default, the result box shows the frequency and period of the trigger source.
1. To toggle frequency and period results, tap inside the box.
2. To show the counter results of active waveforms, tap the source icon ("Trg") and
select a waveform.
3. To move the result box to the best position, can drag the box on the screen.
Remote commands:
●
TCOunter:ENABle on page 553
●
TCOunter:SOURce on page 554
●
TCOunter:RESult[:ACTual]:FREQuency? on page 554
●
TCOunter:RESult[:ACTual]:PERiod? on page 554
8.8 Bode Plot (Option R&S RTA-K36)
A Bode plot displays the frequency response of an electrical system. It is divided in two
parts, a magnitude plot and a phase shift plot.
Bode Plot (Option R&S
RTA-K36)
Applications
R&S
®
RTA4000
202User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
8.8.1 About the Bode Plot
Bode Plot Display
The Bode plot display is divided into several sections, see fig. 8-8.
Figure 8-8: Bode plot display
1 = Bode plot parameters
2 = Bode plot diagram, gain: blue color; phase: orange color
3 = Save
4 = Bode result table
5 = Marker value table
6 = Bode plot window controls
7 = Vertical settings of active analog channels
8 = Vertical settings of gain waveform
9 = Vertical settings of phase waveform
Bode plot diagram
The Bode plot diagram has the frequency presented on the x-axis. The gain (blue color
waveform) and phase (orange color waveform) scales are on the y-axis. The magni-
tude plot represents the gain of a system between input and output. The phase plot
shows the phase shift between input and output.
Bode plot result table
In the Bode plot result table, all sample points are displayed with the respective value
for the frequency, gain, phase and amplitude. If you select a sample in the table, the
respective points in the Bode plot are highlighted by a white line on the gain and the
phase curve.
Bode Plot (Option R&S
RTA-K36)
Applications
R&S
®
RTA4000
203User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Marker value table
There are two markers available for the Bode plot. They are highlighted on the Bode
plot diagram by a white line and the respective marker number 1 or 2. You can move
the markers as needed.
In the marker table you can see the frequency, gain and phase values for both of them
and also the delta values between the two markers.
Remote commands:
●
BPLot:MARKer<m>:DIFFerence:FREQ? on page 560
●
BPLot:MARKer<m>:DIFFerence:GAIN? on page 560
●
BPLot:MARKer<m>:DIFFerence:PHASe? on page 560
●
BPLot:MARKer<m>:FREQuency on page 561
●
BPLot:MARKer<m>:GAIN? on page 561
●
BPLot:MARKer<m>:INDex on page 561
●
BPLot:MARKer<m>:PHASe? on page 561
●
BPLot:MARKer<m>:SSCReen on page 561
Vertical position and size of the waveforms
To set the position and the vertical scaling of the gain, phase or amplitude waveforms,
select the waveform and use the vertical [Scale] and [Offset/Position] (upper knob)
knobs.
Remote commands:
●
BPLot:AMPLitude:SCALe on page 559
●
BPLot:AMPLitude:POSition on page 559
●
BPLot:GAIN:SCALe on page 558
●
BPLot:GAIN:POSition on page 558
●
BPLot:PHASe:SCALe? on page 559
●
BPLot:PHASe:POSition? on page 559
8.8.2 Using a Bode Plot
To run a Bode plot measurement
1. Prepare the measurement setup. See "Connecting the test setup" on page 204
2. Start the Bode plot option. See "Starting the Bode plot" on page 204
3. Set the required parameters. See "Setting up the Bode plot" on page 204.
Bode Plot (Option R&S
RTA-K36)
Applications
R&S
®
RTA4000
204User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Connecting the test setup
Figure 8-9: Bode Plot Test Setup
1. Connect the DUT input to the generator output of the oscilloscope.
2. Connect the input of your DUT to a channel input of the oscilloscope.
3. Connect the output of your DUT to another channel input of the oscilloscope.
4. Align the probes.
To avoid measurement uncertainties, make sure that the cables connecting the input
and the output of your DUT to the oscilloscope are from similar length.
Starting the Bode plot
1.
Press the
[Apps Selection] key.
2. Tap "Bode Plot" .
The Bode plot window opens.
Setting up the Bode plot
1. In the Bode window, select the channels for the "Input" and "Output" signal.
2. Set the "Start" and "Stop" frequency for the frequency sweep range.
3. Select the number of "Points" to be shown per decade.
Bode Plot (Option R&S
RTA-K36)
Applications
R&S
®
RTA4000
205User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
4. Set the amplitude for the measurement.
5. If necessary, open the "Setup" dialog to refine the settings:
a) Set an "Amplitude Profile" for systems with sensitive circuits.
b) Set the "Maximum Phase" of the system.
c) Set a "Meas. Delay" for systems that need more time to adapt to a new fre-
quency.
6. Press "Run" to start the measurement.
7. If necessary, press "Save" to save the measurement results to a file.
8.8.3 Bode Plot Window Controls
The Bode plot window provides the most important function to set up the plot and to
run the test.
Start
Sets the start frequency of the sweep for the Bode plot.
Remote command:
BPLot:FREQuency:STARt on page 556
Stop
Sets the stop frequency of the sweep for the Bode plot.
Remote command:
BPLot:FREQuency:STOP on page 556
Points
Selects the number of points per decade that are measured from a predefined list. You
can also set a different value from the predefined ones in the "Setup" menu.
Gen
Enables the in-build generator. This allows you to start a frequency sweep for a defined
frequency range.
Ampl.
Sets a fixed amplitude.
Input
Selects the channel for the input signal of the DUT.
Remote command:
BPLot:INPut[:SOURce] on page 556
Bode Plot (Option R&S
RTA-K36)
Applications
R&S
®
RTA4000
206User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Output
Selects the channel for the output signal of the DUT.
Remote command:
BPLot:OUTPut[:SOURce] on page 557
Gain
Enables the gain waveform for the Bode plot.
Remote command:
BPLot:GAIN:ENABle on page 558
Phase
Enables the phase waveform for the Bode plot.
Remote command:
BPLot:PHASe:ENABle? on page 558
Run
Starts the Bode plot measurement.
Remote command:
BPLot:STATe on page 557
Repeat
Repeats the measurement, using the same parameters.
Remote command:
BPLot:REPeat on page 557
Reset
Deletes all test results.
Remote command:
BPLot:RESet on page 557
Setup
Opens the "Setup" menu to define the Bode plot settings.
Save
Saves the created Bode plot to a file. The file format is CSV.
You can find the "Save" icon in the upper right corner of the Bod plot result table, see
Figure 8-8.
Remote command:
BPLot:EXPort:NAME on page 506
BPLot:EXPort:SAVE on page 507
8.8.4 Bode Plot Settings
► To open the "Bode Plot" configuration menu, tap "Setup" inside the "Bode Plot"
result box.
Bode Plot (Option R&S
RTA-K36)
Applications
R&S
®
RTA4000
207User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Amplitude Profile
Enables the amplitude profile. You can then define different amplitudes for different fre-
quency in the "Configuration" dialog. This is useful when testing sensitive circuits,
where the amplitude gets too high. In this case distortion might occur.
If this function is enabled, a diagram of the amplitudes for the different frequencies can
be displayed on the screen. To do that, press at the bottom of the Bode plot window.
You can configure the value curve through the touchscreen.
Bode Plot (Option R&S RTA-K36)
Applications
R&S
®
RTA4000
208User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Remote command:
BPLot:AMPLitude:MODE on page 555
BPLot:AMPLitude:ENABle on page 559
Configuration
Opens a dialog to set the amplitude profile. For each point, you can set an amplitude
and frequency pairs.
Remote command:
BPLot:AMPLitude:PROFile:POINt<n>:AMPLitude on page 555
BPLot:AMPLitude:PROFile:POINt<n>:FREQuency on page 555
Ampl.
Sets a fixed amplitude.
Points
If the "Amplitude Profile" is enabled, select the number of different points that you can
define for the amplitude profile.
Remote command:
BPLot:AMPLitude:PROFile:COUNt on page 555
Load
Selects the generator voltage display for 50Ω or high impedance load.
Points per Decade
Sets the number of points per decade that are measured.
Remote command:
BPLot:POINts:LOGarithmic on page 557
Bode Plot (Option R&S
RTA-K36)
Applications
R&S
®
RTA4000
209User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Maximum Phase
Sets the upper boundary of the vertical phase window.
The lower boundary is given by "Maximum Phase" - 360°. By default, the "Maximum
Phase" is set to 180° for a phase window ranging from -180° to 180° accordingly.
Display Meas. Points
Enables the display of the measurement points in the bode plot.
"Display Meas. Points" > On "Display Meas. Points" > Off
Remote command:
BPLot:MEASurement:POINt[:DISPLAY] on page 556
Meas. Delay
Sets a time delay, that the system waits before measuring the next point of the bode
plot. This is helpful in systems that need more time to adapt to the new frequency, for
example if filters with significant time group delays are present.
Remote command:
BPLot:MEASurement:DELay on page 556
Bode Plot (Option R&S RTA-K36)
Documenting Results
R&S
®
RTA4000
210User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
9 Documenting Results
The R&S RTA4000 can store various data to files for further usage, analysis and
reporting:
●
Instrument settings: Chapter 9.1, "Saving and Loading Instrument Settings",
on page 211
●
Waveforms: Chapter 9.2, "Saving Waveform Data", on page 212
●
Screenshots: Chapter 9.4, "Screenshots", on page 217
●
Reference waveforms
– Chapter 6.3, "Reference Waveforms", on page 110
– Export and import: Chapter 9.6, "Export and Import", on page 220
●
Measurement statistics: Chapter 7.2.1.1, "Statistics", on page 143
●
Equation sets (formularies): Chapter 6.2.7, "Saving and Loading Formularies",
on page 110
●
Search results: "To save search results" on page 126
●
Bus table with decode results: "To save the bus table" on page 249
You can also combine these data and save it to a compressed file using the
key,
see Chapter 9.5, "Quick Save with OneTouch", on page 219
► To save and load data, press the [Save Load] key.
Storage locations
Waveform data, screenshots and results, which are intended for analysis outside the
oscilloscope, are always saved to a USB flash drive. The USB flash drive is the exter-
nal storage location (USB_FRONT). This location is only available if the USB flash
drive is connected. Using a USB hub is not supported.
Documenting Results
R&S
®
RTA4000
211User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Reference waveforms and instrument settings, which are intended for further use on
the instrument, are usually saved to the internal storage (/INT). You can also store
them to the external storage, or move them to the other location using the export and
import function.
The supported file system in all storage locations is FAT.
9.1 Saving and Loading Instrument Settings
To repeat measurements or tests at different times or perform similar measurements
with different test data, you can save the used configuration settings. Furthermore, it
can be helpful to refer to the configuration settings of a particular measurement when
analyzing the results. Therefore, you can easily save the complete measurement con-
figuration including the display settings. The settings are saved together with a small
screenshot of the display for better identification of the setup files.
By default, instrument settings are saved to the internal storage /INT/SETTINGS, but
you can also save them to USB flash drive.
If you often save and load instrument settings, try the following shortcuts:
●
The "Save Setup" toolbar icon saves the current settings to a file according to the
settings in "File" menu > "Setup". The "Load Setup" toolbar icon opens a dialog to
select and load a setup. See also "Configuring the Toolbar" on page 37.
●
Configure OneTouch to save instrument settings. See Chapter 9.5, "Quick Save
with OneTouch", on page 219.
To save, load, reset, export and import instrument settings
1. Press the [Save Load] key.
2. Select "Setup"
3. Select the required function.
Saving and Loading Instrument Settings
Documenting Results
R&S
®
RTA4000
212User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Save
Opens a dialog box to save the current instrument setup to file.
To change the storage location, select "Destination" > "Location".
Change the filename if the auto name does not fit. The file extension SET is set auto-
matically. You can enter an optional comment that describes the setup.
Tap "Save" to start writing the data.
Remote command:
MMEMory:STORe:STATe on page 583
Load
Opens a file explorer to select an instrument setup file to be loaded to the instrument.
To change the storage location, select "Destination" > "Location".
Tap "Load" to change the settings.
Remote command:
MMEMory:LOAD:STATe on page 583
Import Export
Opens a menu to copy data between the instrument's internal storage "/INT/
SETTINGS" and a USB flash drive.
Make sure that the USB flash drive is connected.
See Chapter 9.6, "Export and Import", on page 220 for a procedure description.
Memory Usage
Shows free memory space (absolute and relative) in the instrument's internal storage "/
INT" and used space per subdirectory in kbyte.
If a USB flash drive is detected, the free memory space in this device is also shown.
Factory Default
Resets the instrument to the factory settings.
Remote command:
SYSTem:PRESet
9.2 Saving Waveform Data
Waveform data is always saved to USB flash drive. The waveform export provides the
following possibilities:
●
Store either one waveform or all active waveforms.
●
Save history data.
●
Option R&S RTA-B1: Save logic channels.
To save waveforms:
1. Activate the waveforms that you want to export.
Saving Waveform Data
Documenting Results
R&S
®
RTA4000
213User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
2. Press the [Save Load] key.
3. Select "Waveforms".
4. Adjust the settings in the dialog box.
5. Tap "Save".
9.2.1 Waveform Export Settings
Destination
The destination /USB_FRONT is only active, if a USB flash drive is connected to the
front USB port.
Tap and select the target folder. Tap "Accept Dir." to confirm selection. Existing files in
the selected folder are listed and can be deleted here.
Remote command:
EXPort:WAVeform:NAME on page 574
File Name
Specifies the name of the file to be saved. The default is TRACE01 or a higher number,
depending on existing files in the target directory.
Remote command:
EXPort:WAVeform:NAME on page 574
Format
Selects the file format.
●
"BIN - MSB": Binary data, most significant byte first
●
"BIN - LSB": Binary data, least significant byte first
●
"FLT - MSB": Floating point format, most significant byte first
●
"FLT - LSB": Floating point format, least significant byte first
●
"CSV": Comma-separated values (= default)
●
"TXT": Text file format
To reload waveform data as a reference waveform, it must be stored in CSV format.
Saving Waveform Data
Documenting Results
R&S
®
RTA4000
214User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
For a description of the file formats, see Chapter 9.2.2, "Waveform File Formats",
on page 214.
Source
Select the channels to be saved: either one active channel, or all active channels
together.
Remote command:
EXPort:WAVeform:SOURce on page 574
Points
Selects the number of data points to be saved in the waveform file.
●
"Display Data": Saves all currently displayed waveform samples.
●
"Acq. Memory": Saves all data samples that are stored in the acquisition memory.
This setting takes effect only for stopped acquisitions. For running acquisitions,
only always display data can be saved.
●
"History Data": Saves the waveform data of the history segments.
See also Chapter 6.4.5, "Exporting History Data", on page 121.
Remote command:
CHANnel<m>:DATA:POINts on page 565
Save
Saves the data to the selected storage directory. The used path and filename are dis-
played when the storage is completed.
Saving is not possible if "Points" is set to "Acq. Memory" or "History Data" and the
acquisition is running.
Remote command:
EXPort:WAVeform:SAVE on page 575
9.2.2 Waveform File Formats
Data of all waveforms is saved as a succession of values or pairs of values. Pairs of
values are written as two consecutive single values. Depending on the file format, only
amplitude values are stored, or the amplitude values are stored together with their time
value, or frequency value in FFT mode.
To reload waveform data as a reference waveform, it must be stored in format TRF
(save reference) or CSV (save waveform).
9.2.2.1 CSV Format
In a Comma Separated Values text file, the waveform is stored in a two-columned
table. Columns are separated by a comma, and the lines are separated by line breaks
\r\n (0x0D 0x0A). Values are listed in scientific notation.
Saving Waveform Data
Documenting Results
R&S
®
RTA4000
215User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
The first column contains the time values of the samples in relation to the trigger point,
and the second column contains the associated amplitude values. The first line indi-
cates the units of the values in each column, and the name of the waveform. Pairs of
values are listed as two single values with the same time value (minimum and maxi-
mum).
The data can be loaded back to the instrument for further use.
Example CSV1: Waveform of channel 1, single values
in s,CH1 in V
-1.1996E-02,1.000E-02
-1.1992E-02,1.000E-02
-1.1988E-02,1.000E-02
-1.1984E-02,1.000E-02
Example CSV2: Waveform of channel 1, pairs of values
in s,CH1 in V
-2.9980E+00,2.000E-05
-2.9980E+00,1.400E-04
-2.9960E+00,-1.800E-04
-2.9960E+00,1.400E-04
-2.9940E+00,-1.800E-04
-2.9940E+00,1.400E-04
Example CSV3: FFT
in Hz,FFT in dBm
0.000000E+00,1.03746E+01
1.525879E+02,7.49460E+00
3.051758E+02,-1.19854E+01
4.577637E+02,-1.56854E+01
Import of CSV files: If you import a CSV file as reference waveform from a USB flash
drive to the instrument, the import converts the data to TRF format. The instrument
reads the first and the last time value and calculates the total time of the waveform,
and it counts the number of values. Then all amplitude values are read one by one and
written with an equidistant time distribution to the TRF file. If the first two time values
are identical, the waveform is considered to consist of pairs of values.
9.2.2.2 TXT Format
TXT files are ASCII files that contain only amplitude values but no time values. Ampli-
tude values are separated by commas. Pairs of values are listed as two subsequent
single values, without any identification. Amplitude values are given in scientific nota-
tion. There is no comma at the end of the file.
Amplitude values are given in scientific notation.
Example: TXT file
1.000E-02,1.000E-02,1.000E-02,1.000E-02,3.000E-02
Saving Waveform Data
Documenting Results
R&S
®
RTA4000
216User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
9.2.2.3 BIN Format
BIN files contain only binary amplitude values but no time values. Each value has a
word size of 8, or 16, or 32 bit, the word size is the same throughout the file.
You can set the word order: BIN MSBF saves data in Big Endian order - beginning with
the MSB (Most Significant Byte) and ending with the LSB (Least Significant Byte). BIN
LSBF saves data beginning with the LSB and ending with the MSB. Pairs of values are
listed as two subsequent single values, without any identification.
9.2.2.4 FLT Format
FLT files contain amplitude values in float format, where a 32-bit float value is saved in
4 successive bytes.
You can set the word order: FLT MSBF saves data in big endian order - beginning with
the MSB (most significant byte) and ending with the LSB (least significant byte). FLT
LSBF saves data beginning with the LSB and ending with the MSB.
9.2.2.5 TRF Format
TRF is the specific binary format for reference waveforms of the R&S RTA4000. It con-
tains the amplitude value of each sample that is displayed on the screen (8 bit or 16 bit
long). For peak-detect waveforms, 2 values per sample are saved. The file contains
also time information (time of the first sample and the sample interval) and current
instrument settings.
The data can be loaded as reference waveform for further use on the instrument. It is
not intended for analysis outside the R&S RTA4000.
9.3 Annotations
Using the annotation tool, you can mark important places in the diagram and add text.
Then you can save the annotated diagram in a screenshot.
To create annotations
1. Tap the "Annotation" icon in the toolbar.
2. Use the annotation tools to draw and write on the screen.
Annotations
Documenting Results
R&S
®
RTA4000
217User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
1 = Annotations on / off
2 = Drawing tools
3 = Text tool
4 = Eraser to delete single lines
5 = Remover to delete all annotations
3. To finish, tap the "Annotation" icon in the toolbar again.
To change the tool, switch the "Annotation" tool off and on again.
9.4 Screenshots
You can create and save screenshots of the current display of your waveforms and
measurement results. The R&S RTA4000 saves screenshots to USB flash drive. To
save screenshots quickly, you can use the "Screenshot" toolbar icon or the [Camera]
key.
You can configure the [Camera] key to save screenshots by a single keypress. See
also Chapter 9.5, "Quick Save with OneTouch", on page 219.
The "Screenshot" toolbar icon saves the current display to a file according to the set-
tings in "File" menu > "Screenshots". See also "Configuring the Toolbar" on page 37.
To save screenshots:
1. Press the [Save Load] key.
2. Disable "OneTouch"
3.
Press the
key each time when you want to save a screenshot.
Alternatively, tap the "Screenshot" toolbar icon. To see the icon, add it to the tool-
bar.
Screenshots
Documenting Results
R&S
®
RTA4000
218User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
To configure screenshots:
1. Press the [Save Load] key.
2. Select "Screenshots".
3. Adjust the target directory ("Destination"), filename, format, and color mode.
You can save the current display with "Save", or close the dialog box. The screen-
shot settings are saved and applied when you create screenshots with the key.
Destination
The destination /USB_FRONT is only active, if a USB flash drive is connected to the
front USB port.
Tap and select the target folder. Tap "Accept Dir." to confirm selection. Existing files in
the selected folder are listed and can be deleted here.
Remote command:
MMEMory:CDIRectory on page 578
File Name
Specifies the name of the file to be saved. The default is SCR01 or a higher number,
depending on existing files in the target directory.
Remote command:
MMEMory:NAME on page 575
Format
Selects the file format.
●
"BMP": Bitmap is an uncompressed format, files are large and saving can take
some time.
●
"PNG": Portable Network Graphics is a graphic format with lossless data compres-
sion.
Remote command:
HCOPy:FORMat on page 576
Screenshots
Documenting Results
R&S
®
RTA4000
219User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Color Mode
Selects the color settings for the screenshot to be saved.
●
"Grayscale": Converts the display colors to a monochrome image
●
"Color": Keeps the original display colors in the screenshot.
●
"Inverted": Inverts the colors of the output, so that a dark waveform is printed on a
white background.
●
"Inverted (gray)": Inverts the colors of the output, and converts to a monochrome
image.
Remote command:
HCOPy:COLor:SCHeme on page 577
Close window & menu
If enabled, open dialog boxes and menus are closed before the screenshot is saved.
Thus, the waveforms and results are always visible on the screenshot.
Remote command:
HCOPy:CWINdow on page 575
Device logo in screenshot
If enabled, the Rohde & Schwarz logo is printed on the screenshot.
Save
Saves the screenshot to the specified file. The used path and filename are displayed
when the storage is completed.
Remote command:
HCOPy[:IMMediate] on page 575
9.5 Quick Save with OneTouch
The
key initiates one or more assigned saving actions. By default, the key saves a
screenshot.
If OneTouch is enabled, you can assign the following actions to the key:
●
Save instrument settings.
●
Save a screenshot using the settings in [Save Load] > "Screenshots".
●
Save waveforms using the settings in [Save Load] > "Waveforms". If "History Data"
is selected under "Points", this setting is ignored, and the acquired data of the new-
est segment is saved.
●
Save reference waveforms.
●
Save search results.
●
Decoded bus data ("Bus Table", requires at least one protocol option for serial bus.
●
Statistical results. OneTouch is the only way to save statistical results.
All data is saved to a ZIP file on the connected USB flash drive.
Quick Save with OneTouch
Documenting Results
R&S
®
RTA4000
220User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
To configure and use OneTouch:
1. Connect the USB flash drive.
2. Press the [Save Load] key.
3. Enable "OneTouch".
4. Tap "onetouch".
5. Select the target directory ("Destination"), filename, and data you want to save.
6. To save the data now, tap "Save".
7. Close the dialog.
8.
Press the key each time when you want to save the data.
9.6 Export and Import
To copy reference waveforms, formularies (equation sets), and instrument settings
from the internal storage to USB flash drive or vice versa, the "Import Export" functions
are used.
The name of the target file can be changed, so you can copy and rename in one oper-
ation. For reference waveforms, you can also change the target file format and convert
the data during export/import.
1. Connect the USB flash drive.
2. Press the [Save Load] key.
Export and Import
Documenting Results
R&S
®
RTA4000
221User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
3. To copy setup files, select "Setup" > "Import Export".
To copy reference waveforms, select "References".
Import/export menu for
instrument settings and
equations
Import/export menu for
reference waveforms
4. Define the source file for the copy operation:
a) Tap "Source File".
b) If necessary, change the storage location with "Location".
c) Select the folder that contains the source file.
d) Select the file. A small screenshot helps to identify the file.
e) Tap "Load".
The source file is selected, but not loaded to the R&S RTA4000.
5. Define the target directory.
a) Tap "Dest. Path".
b) If necessary, change the storage location with "Location".
c) Select the target folder. You can also create a folder here.
d) Tap "Accept Dir.".
6. If necessary, change the name of the target file in "Dest. Name".
Note: If a file with the same filename already exists in the destination directory, it
will be overwritten without notification.
7. For reference waveforms, you can change the file format in "Dest. Format".
8. Tap "Import Export".
The source file is copied to the destination directory with the specified name and
format.
Export and Import
General Instrument Setup
R&S
®
RTA4000
222User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
10 General Instrument Setup
The general instrument settings are available in all operating modes.
10.1 Instrument Settings
► To open the "Setup" menu:
a) Tap the "Menu" rhomb icon in the lower right corner of the screen.
b) Scroll down. Select "Setup".
Device Information
Displays information on the instrument, such as its serial number, the installed firm-
ware version and hardware information. This information is required if you have a sup-
port request. The dialog also contains a link to the "Open Source Acknowledgment".
Language
See Chapter 10.6, "Setting the Date, Time and Language", on page 230.
Self Alignment
See Chapter 10.5, "Performing a Self-Alignment", on page 229.
Probe Adjust
Opens the wizard for probe compensation. You can find this function also when you
press the [Apps Selection] key.
See: Chapter 4.4.1, "Adjusting Passive Probes", on page 56.
Instrument Settings
General Instrument Setup
R&S
®
RTA4000
223User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Interface
Activates or deactivates additional instrument interfaces. Use these interfaces to com-
municate with the instrument, for example to read out data or automate the measuring
station. USB and Ethernet (LAN) interfaces are installed in the rear panel. After select-
ing an interface, tap "Parameter" to define additional parameters.
USB ← Interface
Activates the type B USB interface on the rear panel for remote control. This USB
interface provides a simple way to connect the instrument to a PC. The USB 2.0 stan-
dard is supported. Use a connection cable that is suitable for a type B USB interface.
See also: Chapter 11.2, "USB Connection", on page 237.
Ethernet ← Interface
Activates the Ethernet interface on the rear panel, which allows connecting the instru-
ment to various other devices. Access to the instrument is controlled via its IP address.
By default, the instrument is set to use DHCP. If the instrument cannot find a DHCP
server, it takes about two minutes until the Ethernet parameters are available.
See also: Chapter 11.1, "LAN Connection", on page 234.
Parameter ← Interface
Opens a dialog to configure Ethernet parameters, or to select the USB connection
depending on the selected interface.
Aux Out
Opens the "Aux Out" menu to define which signals are generated at the [Aux Out] con-
nector.
"Off"
Disables the auxiliary output.
Instrument Settings
General Instrument Setup
R&S
®
RTA4000
224User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
"Trigger Out"
Outputs a pulse when the instrument triggers.
This selection enables the "Pulse" action in the "Actions on Trigger"
configuration, see Chapter 5.12, "Actions on Trigger", on page 93.
"10 MHz"
Outputs a 10 MHz reference frequency.
"Mask Violation"
Outputs a pulse when a mask is violated.
This setting is only available if the "Mask" application is selected in
the "Apps Selection" dialog.
Remote command:
TRIGger:OUT:MODE on page 595
Firmware Update
See Chapter 10.8, "Updating the Firmware", on page 233.
Options
See Chapter 10.7, "Options", on page 232.
Date & Time
See Chapter 10.6, "Setting the Date, Time and Language", on page 230.
Device Name
Sets a name of the instrument to simplify the instrument identification. The name is
shown, for example, on screenshots and in the device information.
Education Mode
Disables several functions for educational purposes or enables these functions for nor-
mal usage.
"Education Mode"
If enabled, the autoset, quick measurement and automatic measure-
ment are disabled and not available. The active education mode is
indicated in the upper right corner by a doctoral cap icon.
Instrument Settings
General Instrument Setup
R&S
®
RTA4000
225User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
"Set Password"
You can enter a password to prevent unauthorized activation or deac-
tivation of the education mode.
"Clear Password"
Deletes the password and allows all users enabling or disabling the
education mode. You have to enter the password first before you can
delete it.
Using the remote command, you can clear the education mode pass-
word without using the password.
Remote command:
SYSTem:EDUCation:PRESet on page 591
Secure Erase
Deletes current instrument configuration data and user data from the internal storage
(for example, reference files, equation sets, masks). Calibration data remains in the
storage.
Use this function before you send the instrument to the service. If the instrument is
used in a secured environment, the function ensures that all sensitive data is removed
before the instrument leaves the secured area.
Unintended "Secure Erase" is prevented by a notification that explains what happens if
you proceed. To start "Secure Erase", select "Yes", otherwise select "No". Do not turn
off the instrument before the erasing process has been completed.
10.2 Display Settings
► To delete all waveforms and measurement results from the display, press the
[Clear Screen] key.
► To open the "Display" menu:
a) Tap the "Menu" icon in the lower right corner of the screen.
b) Scroll down. Select "Display".
Display Settings
General Instrument Setup
R&S
®
RTA4000
226User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
► To remove all waveforms and results from the display, press the [Clear Screen] key
at the front panel.
Persistence
Defines the persistence (afterglow effect) of the waveform on the display.
"Off"
Deactivates persistence.
"Manual"
User-defined persistence according to "Time" setting.
"Infinite"
Activates persistence with infinite duration. Each new data point
remains on the screen infinitely until this setting is changed or the
persistence is cleared
Remote command:
DISPlay:PERSistence:TYPE on page 585
Time ← Persistence
Specifies the afterglow duration if "Persistence" is set to "Manual". Each new data
point remains on the screen for the time defined here. Values range from 50 ms (=
default) to 12.8 s.
Remote command:
DISPlay:PERSistence:TIME on page 585
Intensities
Provides functions to define the brightness (relative luminous intensity) of display ele-
ments and control LEDs.
You can also open this menu directly using the [Intensity] key.
Display Settings
General Instrument Setup
R&S
®
RTA4000
227User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Waveform ← Intensities
Defines the brightness of the waveform lines in the diagram. Enter a percentage
between 0 (barely visible) and 100% or turn the [Navigation] knob to adjust the wave-
form brightness directly. The default value is 50%.
Remote command:
DISPlay:INTensity:WAVeform on page 587
Grid ← Intensities
Defines the brightness of the grid lines in the diagram. Enter a percentage between 0
(barely visible) and 100% or turn the [Navigation] knob to adjust the grid brightness
directly. The default value is 50%.
Remote command:
DISPlay:INTensity:GRID on page 587
LED Brightness ← Intensities
Defines the intensity of illuminated front panel keys and rotary knobs in percent.
Dots Only
If activated, only the individual data points are displayed. If deactivated, the individual
data points are connected by a line.
Remote command:
DISPlay:STYLe on page 587
Inverse Brightness
Inverts the brightness level of the signals. Normally, values that occur frequently are
brighter than rare values. This setting inverts this behavior: Rare values are brighter
than frequent values. Use this setting in combination with persistence to detect rare
values within the waveform.
Remote command:
DISPlay:PALette on page 587
Display Settings
General Instrument Setup
R&S
®
RTA4000
228User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Grid
Defines how the grid is displayed.
"Lines"
Displays the grid as horizontal and vertical lines.
"Reticle"
Displays crosshairs instead of a grid.
"Off"
Removes the grid from the display.
Remote command:
DISPlay:GRID:STYLe on page 586
Annotation ← Grid
Enables or disables the display of scale values and units for the x-axis and y-axis at
the grid lines. Per default, grid labels are enabled.
Remote command:
DISPlay:GRID:ANNotation[:ENABle] on page 588
Track Grid ← Grid
If enabled, the grid moves with the waveforms if you change the waveform's position in
horizontal or vertical direction.
If disabled (= default), the grid remains centered on the display if you change the wave-
form's position.
Remote command:
DISPlay:GRID:ANNotation:TRACk on page 588
10.3 Reset
Reset is helpful if the instrument is in undefined condition and cannot be operated.
To reset all waveform and measurement settings:
► Press [Preset].
Reset
General Instrument Setup
R&S
®
RTA4000
229User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Preset does not change the display settings, for example, intensities and brightness.
To reset these settings, restore the factory settings.
To restore the factory settings:
1. Press [Save Load].
2. Tap "Setup".
3. Tap "Factory Default".
If it is not possible to reset the instrument using the keys and the touchscreen, proceed
as follows:
1. Shut down the instrument: press the [Standby] key.
2. Start the instrument: press the [Standby] key.
3. As soon as the message "Press Autoset to restore English language" is shown on
the start screen: Press and hold the Preset key until the "Update firmware" dialog is
shown.
4. Tap "Exit" to close the dialog box.
All instrument settings are reset to factory defaults, and you can use the instrument
as usual.
10.4 Locking the Touchscreen
The Touch Lock key locks the touchscreen to prevent unintended use. When the
touchscreen is off, the key is illuminated. Press again to unlock the touchscreen.
10.5 Performing a Self-Alignment
The self-alignment aligns the data from several input channels vertically and horizon-
tally to synchronize the timebases, amplitudes and positions.
Recommendation on performing the self-alignment:
●
When putting the instrument into operation for the first time
●
After a firmware update
●
Once a week
●
When major temperature changes occur (> 5°)
Performing a Self-Alignment
General Instrument Setup
R&S
®
RTA4000
230User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Preparing the instrument for self-alignment
Make sure that the instrument has been running and warming up before you start the
self-alignment. The minimum warm-up time is indicated in the data sheet.
Before the self-alignment, remove all probes, leads, and other connected lines from the
instrument input.
1. Remove all probes, leads, and other connected lines from the instrument inputs.
2. Open the "Setup" menu.
3. Tap "Self Alignment"
4. Tap "Start".
The alignment can take up to 15 minutes. You can stop the process with "Abort".
5. When finished, tap "OK" to close the message box.
6. Tap "Exit".
Description of settings
Start
Starts the internal self-calibration of the instrument. Status information is displayed on
the screen.
Remote command:
CALibration on page 588
Save Alignment Log file
The log file records the results of the self-alignment. You save the log file.
Remote command:
CALibration:STATe? on page 589
10.6 Setting the Date, Time and Language
The instrument has a date and time clock. You can adjust the clock to the local time,
and you can select the display language. Supported languages are listed in the data
sheet. The help is provided in English. A reboot of the instrument is not necessary.
Setting the Date, Time and Language
General Instrument Setup
R&S
®
RTA4000
231User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
To set date and time
1. Open the "Setup" menu.
2. Scroll down the menu. Tap "Date & Time".
3. Select the date: Scroll the year, month, and day columns until the required date is
displayed.
4. Select the time: Scroll the hour and minute columns until the required time is dis-
played.
5. If you do not want to see date and time on the display, disable "Display Date &
Time".
6. Tap "Save".
To set the language
1. Open the "Setup" menu.
2. Tap "Language".
3. Select the language.
The language is changed immediately.
Description of settings
Language
Selects the language in which the button labels and other screen information is dis-
played. The help is available only in English.
Remote command:
DISPlay:LANGuage on page 584
Date & Time
Provides a dialog to set the current date and time in the instrument.
Remote command:
SYSTem:DATE on page 589
SYSTem:TIME on page 589
Setting the Date, Time and Language
General Instrument Setup
R&S
®
RTA4000
232User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Display Date & Time
Switches the date and time display in the upper right corner of the screen on or off.
Remote command:
DISPlay:DTIMe on page 584
10.7 Options
All options are activated by license keys. No additional installation or hardware change
is required.
Unregistered licenses
Unregistered licenses are not assigned to a particular instrument. The instrument
accepts only registered licenses. If your license is delivered unregistered, use the
online tool R&S License Manager to register the license for your instrument. The regis-
tration of a permanent license is irreversible, so ensure that you register it for the cor-
rect instrument. The address of the tool is https://extranet.rohde-schwarz.com/service.
The "Active Options" tab provides information on installed software options. Here you
can install new options or deactivate existing options using license keys.
The "Inactive Options" tab lists all deactivated and expired options.
The "Deactivated Options" tab shows all deactivated options with their deactivation
information and provides a function to export the deactivation response. The response
is required by the R&S License Manager.
10.7.1 Activating Options
Consult your sales representative and provide the material number, serial number, and
the device ID of your instrument to get a license key. You find this information in
"Setup" menu > "Device Information".
The license key is provided in written form or in a file. Unregistered licenses must be
registered in the R&S License Manager before they can be activated on the instru-
ment.
1. If you received the option key in a file, save the file to a USB flash drive.
2. Connect the drive to the R&S RTA4000.
3. Tap the "Menu" icon in the lower right corner of the screen.
4. Scroll down the menu. Tap "Setup".
5. Select "Options".
Options
General Instrument Setup
R&S
®
RTA4000
233User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
6. If you received a key in written form, tap "Input option key manually". Enter the key.
If you received a key in digital form as a file, tap "Read option key from file". Select
path /USB_FRONT and the option key file.
7. If you want to activate several options, repeat step 5 for each option.
8. Restart the instrument.
10.8 Updating the Firmware
Your instrument is delivered with the latest firmware version. Firmware updates are
provided on the Internet at
www.rohde-schwarz.com/firmware/rta4000.
Along with the firmware file, you find the Release Notes describing the improvements
and modifications.
Make sure to update the firmware if a new version is available.
1. Download the firmware installation file *.fwu to a USB flash drive.
2. Connect the USB flash drive to the USB connector at the front of the instrument.
3. Tap the "Menu" icon in the lower right corner of the screen.
4. Scroll down the menu. Tap "Setup".
5. Select "Firmware Update"
Now you can see an info window with information about the installed and new firm-
ware and front controller firmware. If you have no newer firmware than the installed
one, a message appears.
6. Tap "Execute" to start the firmware update.
Wait until the update has finished. After installation, the instrument restarts auto-
matically.
Updating the Firmware
Network Connections and Remote Operation
R&S
®
RTA4000
234User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
11 Network Connections and Remote Opera-
tion
11.1 LAN Connection
The R&S RTA4000 is equipped with a network interface and can be connected to an
Ethernet LAN (local area network). A LAN connection is necessary for remote control
of the instrument, and for access from a computer using a web browser.
Connecting the instrument to the LAN
1. Connect the LAN cable to the LAN connector at the rear panel of the instrument.
2. Open the "Setup" menu.
3. Tap "Interface".
If the menu items are grayed, the connection failed. Check the connection of the
LAN cable and the network availability.
4. Tap "Ethernet" to select LAN connection.
5. Tap "Parameter".
You see all connection details on the display, and you can save them to a file.
LAN Connection
Network Connections and Remote Operation
R&S
®
RTA4000
235User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Figure 11-1: Example of the Ethernet setup dialog and menu
Description of settings
IP Mode
Selects the Internet protocol mode:
●
"Manual": To be used if the network does not support dynamic host configuration
protocol (DHCP). The addresses must be set manually.
●
"DHCP/Auto IP" enables DHCP for automatic network parameter distribution and
shows the values of these parameters. By default, the instrument is configured to
use dynamic configuration and obtain all address information automatically. Thus, it
is safe to establish a physical connection to the LAN without any previous instru-
ment configuration.
Note that refreshing the values (for example after disconnecting the LAN cable and
reconnecting it) may take a while, depending on the network responsiveness.
Remote command:
SYSTem:COMMunicate:INTerface:ETHernet:DHCP on page 592
IP, Subnet mask, Gateway, DNS Server
Show or specify:
●
The instrument's IP address.
●
The IP subnet mask used by the instrument.
●
The IP gateway used by the instrument.
●
The address of the domain name server.
Remote command:
SYSTem:COMMunicate:INTerface:ETHernet:IPADdress on page 593
SYSTem:COMMunicate:INTerface:ETHernet:SUBNet on page 593
SYSTem:COMMunicate:INTerface:ETHernet:GATeway on page 593
LAN Connection
Network Connections and Remote Operation
R&S
®
RTA4000
236User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
IP Port, VXI-11 Port
Specify the IP port number (default = 5025) and the VXI-11 port number (default =
1024).
Remote command:
SYSTem:COMMunicate:INTerface:ETHernet:IPPort on page 593
SYSTem:COMMunicate:INTerface:ETHernet:VXIPort on page 593
Link
"Yes", if the instrument is connected to a local area network via the LAN interface on
the rear panel.
"No", if no LAN connection is detected.
Transfer
Enables automatic transfer speed selection and shows the currently selected value.
Alternatively, you can select one of the predefined settings that corresponds to your
network data rate.
Remote command:
SYSTem:COMMunicate:INTerface:ETHernet:TRANsfer on page 594
MAC, VISA
Show the instrument's media access control address, and the virtual instrument soft-
ware architecture (VISA) address that is used to address the instrument in remote con-
trol.
Remote command:
SYSTem:COMMunicate:INTerface:ETHernet:MACaddress? on page 594
Host name
Shows or specifies the name of the instrument, which the instrument can use to con-
nect to the DHCP server.
Status
Shows the connection status, for example "Allocating network address" or "DHCP, IP
address received".
Password
Specifies an optional password for remote access to the instrument.
Reset
Deletes all IP address settings, and removes the address from the VISA string. All
other settings are set to default values.
Save
Retrieves a DHCP address from the DHCP server or checks the manual IP address,
updates the VISA string, checks connection and saves all settings in the instrument.
LAN Connection
Network Connections and Remote Operation
R&S
®
RTA4000
237User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
11.2 USB Connection
In addition to a LAN connection, you can use the USB connector at the rear panel to
access the instrument via USB.
Connecting the instrument using USB
1. Connect the USB cable to the USB type B connector at the rear panel of the instru-
ment, and to the computer.
2. Open the "Setup" menu.
3. Tap "Interface".
4. Tap "USB" to select USB connection.
5. Tap "Parameter".
6. Select the USB mode.
● USB TMC (Test & Measurement Class)
● USB VCP (Virtual Com Port)
● USB MTP (Media Transfer Protocol)
11.2.1 USB TMC
USB TMC means USB Test & Measurement Class. You can use this interface for
remote control of the instrument using SCPI commands. USB TMC does not need a
driver installation but requires a VISA installation on the controlling computer. VISA is
used to access the instrument, to send remote commands, and to read status informa-
tion.
Rohde & Schwarz provides the standardized I/O software library R&S VISA for com-
munication via TCP/IP (LAN: HiSlip, VXI-11) or USB (USBTMC) interfaces. R&S VISA
is available for download at the Rohde & Schwarz website www.rohde-schwarz.com/
rsvisa.
USB Connection
Network Connections and Remote Operation
R&S
®
RTA4000
238User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
11.2.2 USB VCP
USB VCP uses the virtual COM port (VCP) to communicate with the measuring instru-
ment. You can use any terminal program to send SCPI commands. USB VCP requires
a USB VCP driver on the controlling computer. If the computer requests a driver instal-
lation, you can download the driver at the Rohde & Schwarz website (www.rohde-
schwarz.com/de/treiber/hmo/, HO732). You need administrator rights to install the
driver.
11.2.3 USB MTP
USB MTP is the USB media transfer protocol. It is a solution to load data from the
oscilloscope to the computer. Remote control using SCPI commands is not possible.
USB MTP does not need a driver installation. If the instrument and the computer are
connected with a USB cable and USB MTP is selected as interface, you can access
the oscilloscope data from the computer. You see the oscilloscope in the computer's
Device Manager and in the file explorer as portable instrument.
11.3 Remote Access Using a Web Browser
The R&S RTA4000 firmware contains a web server. If a LAN connection is established,
you can access the instrument remotely using a web browser on the control computer.
The browser access allows you to:
●
Check instrument data
●
Save and print screenshots
●
Send remote commands
●
Save waveform and instrument data
●
Check network settings
●
Change the password
●
See a live view of the display
●
Control the instrument remotely
11.3.1 Accessing the Instrument Using a Web Browser
To access the R&S RTA4000, you need a LAN connection and the IP address of the
instrument.
1. Obtain the IP address of the R&S RTA4000:
● Tap the green network icon in the top right corner of the screen.
Remote Access Using a Web Browser
Network Connections and Remote Operation
R&S
®
RTA4000
239User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
● "Setup" menu > "Interface" > "Ethernet" > "Parameter" > "IP".
2. Open an Internet browser on the control computer.
3. Enter the IP address of the R&S RTA4000 in the address line: http://
xxx.yyy.zzz.xxx.
The "Instrument Home" page opens.
If already another user is using the instrument via web access, connection is not possi-
ble, and you get an information about that.
11.3.2 Instrument Home
The "Instrument Home" page provides information on the instrument and the LAN con-
nection.
11.3.3 Screenshot
The "Screenshot" page shows a copy of the instrument's display. It also provides
instrument control functions and screenshot settings.
Instrument control
●
"Run" and "Stop" = start and stop continuous acquisition, same as [Run Stop] key
on the instrument.
●
"Single" = Single key on the instrument
●
"Autoset" = [Autoset] key on the instrument
Remote Access Using a Web Browser
Network Connections and Remote Operation
R&S
®
RTA4000
240User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
●
"Preset" = [Preset] key on the instrument
Screenshots
●
"Auto refresh" and "Update"
Get the current screen content from the instrument. With "Auto refresh", you can
set the interval of automatic updates.
●
"Format" and "Color mode":
●
Set the file format and color mode of the screenshot.
► To save the screenshot, right-click the picture and select "Save image as".
11.3.4 SCPI Device Control
On the "SCPI Device Control" page, you can check how the transfer of remote com-
mands is working.
You can enter a single command, for example; *IDN?, and transmit it with "Send". Do
not press the [Enter] key.
Remote Access Using a Web Browser
Network Connections and Remote Operation
R&S
®
RTA4000
241User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
If the sent command has an error, an error message is created in the background, and
you do not get any response. You can see the error messages using "Last Error Mes-
sage" and "All Error Messages"
11.3.5 Save/Load
On the "Save/Load" page, you can save waveform data and instrument settings to a
file - either on the computer (local host) or on the instrument. On the computer, the
default storage directory is the download folder, but you can change the directory using
the download functions of your browser. On the instrument, the files are saved in the
internal storage.
You can also load reference waveforms and instrument settings from file to the instru-
ment ("Load from local host").
To save data to a file on the computer
1. Under "Save to local file", select the waveform or the device settings in the
"Source" list.
2. Select the file "Format".
See also:
● Chapter 9.2.2, "Waveform File Formats", on page 214
● Chapter 6.3, "Reference Waveforms", on page 110
3. For analog and digital channels, select whether you want to read out the display
memory ("Display Data") or the entire acquisition memory ("Acq. Memory").
Remote Access Using a Web Browser
Network Connections and Remote Operation
R&S
®
RTA4000
242User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
4. Click "Save".
11.3.6 Network Settings
On the "Network Setting" page, you can change the port settings, switch off DHCP
address and enter an IP address in a more comfortable way than directly on the instru-
ment. To take effect of the changes, "Submit" them to the instrument.
"Reset" removes all modified values that were not yet sent to the instrument.
Remote Access Using a Web Browser
Network Connections and Remote Operation
R&S
®
RTA4000
243User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
11.3.7 Change Password
On the "Change Password" page, you can change or remove the password to protect
remote access to the instrument. Alternatively, you can change the password in the
Ethernet settings dialog on the instrument.
11.3.8 Livescreen
You see a live view of the instrument's display. Controlling the instrument is not possi-
ble, and only one remote connection to the livescreen is allowed at a time. Use this
page for demo purposes, for example.
To close the livescreen, select "Instrument Home".
11.3.9 Remote Front Panel
On the "Remote Front Panel" page, you can remotely operate the instrument using the
emulated front panel. A live view of the instrument's front panel is shown. You can use
the keys, the knobs and the menus in the same way as directly on the instrument. Only
one remote connection to the remote front panel is allowed at a time.
To close the "Remote Front Panel", select "Instrument Home".
Remote Access Using a Web Browser
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
244User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
12 Serial Bus Analysis
Using the R&S RTA4000 and additional options, you can analyze the following serial
protocols:
●
SPI no CS (Serial Peripheral Interface with 2 lines) and SPI with CS (Serial Periph-
eral Interface with 3 lines) - requires option R&S RTA-K1
See Chapter 12.2, "SPI Bus (Option R&S RTA-K1)", on page 254.
●
I²C (Inter-Integrated Circuit bus) - requires option R&S RTA-K1
See Chapter 12.3, "I²C (Option R&S RTA-K1)", on page 262.
●
UART/RS232 (EIA-232 serial interface) - requires option R&S RTA-K2
See Chapter 12.4, "UART / RS232 (Option R&S RTA-K2)", on page 272.
●
CAN (Controller Area Network) - requires option R&S RTA-K3
See Chapter 12.5, "CAN (Option R&S RTA-K3)", on page 278.
●
LIN (Local Interconnect Network) - requires option R&S RTA-K3
See Chapter 12.6, "LIN (Option R&S RTA-K3)", on page 292.
●
Audio Signals - requires option R&S RTA
See Chapter 12.7, "Audio Signals (Option R&S RTA-K5)", on page 305.
●
MIL-1553 - requires option R&S RTA
See Chapter 12.8, "MIL-STD-1553 (Option R&S RTA-K6)", on page 314.
●
ARINC 429 - requires option R&S RTA
See Chapter 12.9, "ARINC 429 (Option R&S RTA-K7)", on page 325.
To analyze parallel buses, you need MSO option R&S RTA-B1 to get the logic chan-
nels. See Chapter 14, "Logic Analyzer (Option R&S RTA-B1, MSO)", on page 386.
12.1 Basics of Protocol Analysis
The analysis of serial data consists of the following main steps:
●
Protocol configuration:
Select the protocol type, configure the input lines and the protocol-specific settings.
●
Decoding:
Select the display format of the decoded data. The digitized signal is displayed on
the screen together with the decoded content of the messages in combs. You can
scale the signal display and zoom into it to see it in more detail.
You can also list the decoded results in tabular form in the bus table.
●
Triggering:
You can trigger on various events that are typical for the configured bus type. For
example, trigger on start or stop of messages, or on serial patterns.
●
Search:
On CAN and LIN buses, you can search for events. The search events are similar
to the trigger events. The search finds all matching events in an acquisition, while
the trigger finds only the trigger event.
Basics of Protocol Analysis
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
245User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Analysis can be performed on analog and digital input channels. Digital channels
require if MSO option R&S RTA-B1.
You can configure 4 protocol buses and select one of the configured buses for analy-
sis.
● Protocol - Common Settings................................................................................. 245
● Displaying Decode Results................................................................................... 247
● Bus Table: Decode Results...................................................................................248
● Bus Labels............................................................................................................ 250
● Label List...............................................................................................................251
12.1.1 Protocol - Common Settings
► To open the protocol setup, press the [Protocol] key.
The common settings in the "Protocol" menu define the bus type and open further
menus to adjust the display of the decoded bus signal.
Figure 12-1: Protocol menu with bus types expanded
Bus
Selects the bus to be configured and analyzed.
Bus Type
Defines the bus or interface type for analysis. Available buses depend on the installed
options.
Basics of Protocol Analysis
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
246User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Remote command:
BUS<b>:TYPE on page 597
Decode
Enables protocol decoding for the selected bus.
Remote command:
BUS<b>:STATe on page 597
Configuration
Opens or closes the dialog box with configuration settings of the selected bus.
The following chapters describe manual protocol configuration:
●
Chapter 14.5, "Parallel Buses", on page 391
●
Chapter 12.2.2, "SPI Configuration", on page 255
●
Chapter 12.3.2, "I
2
C Configuration", on page 264
●
Chapter 12.4.2, "UART Configuration", on page 272
●
Chapter 12.5.2, "CAN Configuration", on page 280
●
Chapter 12.6.2, "LIN Configuration", on page 294
●
Chapter 12.7.2, "Audio Configuration", on page 307
●
Chapter 12.8.2, "MIL-STD-1553 Configuration", on page 317
●
Chapter 12.9.2, "ARINC 429 Configuration", on page 326
Trigger
Opens the trigger setup for the selected protocol.
The following chapters describe protocol triggering:
●
Chapter 12.2.3, "SPI Trigger", on page 258
●
Chapter 12.3.3, "I
2
C Trigger", on page 266
●
Chapter 12.4.3, "UART Trigger", on page 275
●
Chapter 12.5.3, "CAN Trigger", on page 282
●
Chapter 12.6.3, "LIN Trigger", on page 296
●
Chapter 12.7.2, "Audio Configuration", on page 307
●
Chapter 12.8.3, "MIL-STD-1553 Trigger", on page 319
●
Chapter 12.9.3, "ARINC 429 Trigger", on page 328
Triggering on parallel buses is not possible.
Note: Selecting "Trigger" in the protocol menu automatically enables protocol decod-
ing.
Display Setup
Opens a menu to define display settings, e.g. data formats. Display settings are valid
for all protocol types.
See Chapter 12.1.2, "Displaying Decode Results", on page 247.
Label List
Opens a menu to load and apply a list with symbolic names of addresses or identifiers.
Only available for CAN and LIN.
See Chapter 12.1.5, "Label List", on page 251.
Bus Table
Opens a menu to define bus table settings for the decoded frames of the acquisition.
Basics of Protocol Analysis
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
247User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
See Chapter 12.1.3, "Bus Table: Decode Results", on page 248.
Label
Opens a menu to define a label for the selected bus.
See Chapter 12.1.4, "Bus Labels", on page 250.
12.1.2 Displaying Decode Results
When the configuration of a serial bus is complete, the instrument can decode the sig-
nal. The decode results are displayed in two ways:
●
Bus signal with combs, time-correlated to the input signals. The combs show the
values of the frames or words.
●
Bus table. The table lists data values and time information of the frames or words.
For details, see Chapter 12.1.3, "Bus Table: Decode Results", on page 248.
To decode a serial bus
► In the "Bus" menu, enable "Decode".
The bus signal with combs is shown. The colors of the combs are protocol-specific
and described in the "Decode Results" chapters of the protocol description.
To adjust scaling and position of the decoded bus signal
1. The horizontal size of the combs is defined by the horizontal time scale, which is
the same for input signals and the bus signal. Turn the horizontal [Scale] knob to
change the time scale.
2. To adjust the trigger position, turn the horizontal [Position] knob.
3. The vertical size and position are specific for the selected bus signal.
a) Tap the bus signal to set the focus to it.
b) Turn the vertical [Scale] knob to set the height of the combs.
c) Turn the upper knob in the Vertical section to move the bus signal vertically on
the screen.
d) To set the signal to the center of the display, press the upper knob in the Verti-
cal section.
Remote commands
●
BUS<b>:DSIZe on page 598
●
BUS<b>:POSition on page 599
To set the data format and bit display
1. Press the [Protocol] key.
2. Select "Display Setup".
Basics of Protocol Analysis
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
248User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Display
Selects the decoding format of the data: binary, hexadecimal, decimal, octal or ASCII.
The setting applies to the data in the combs of the decoded bus line, and to the bus
table.
Remote command:
BUS<b>:FORMat on page 597
Bits
Enables the display of the individual bit lines above the decoded bus line.
Remote command:
BUS<b>:DSIGnals on page 598
12.1.3 Bus Table: Decode Results
The bus table shows the detailed decoded data for each frame of the acquisition. At
running acquisition, the table results are updated continuously. In stop mode, you can
access the individual frames and analyze them. If the data of a frame is long, several
lines per frame are shown. Scrolling and selecting is frame-based, i.e. scroll from
frame to frame, and you select always a frame, not a single line of the frame.
You can also save the results to CSV file.
Basics of Protocol Analysis
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
249User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Figure 12-2: Example of a bus table: decode results of an I2C bus
To open the bus table
1. In the "Bus" menu, select "Bus Table".
2. Select "Bus Table".
The menu entry gets highlighted, and the bus table is shown below the diagram.
To navigate in the bus table
1. To adjust the table size, drag up or down one of the arrow buttons on the left or
right.
2. Stop the acquisition.
3. In the "Bus Table" menu, select "Track Frame".
4. Tap a frame in the bus table.
The start of the selected frame is marked by a line and a rhomb. This marker is
moved to the center of the diagram, followed by the decoded data.
To save the bus table
1. If you want to save the data outside the instrument, connect a USB flash drive.
2. Tap the "Save" symbol in the upper right corner of the bus table.
3. Select the correct "Destination" and the path.
Basics of Protocol Analysis
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
250User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
You can also store the data on the instrument. Therefore, select the "Destination"
"/INT/BUSTABLE".
4. If necessary, change the filename and enter a comment.
5. Tap "Save".
The data is saved to a CSV file.
Bus table menu
Bus Table
Displays or hides a table of decoded signal data.
Remote command:
BUS<b>:RESult on page 599
Track Frame
If enabled, the selected frame in the bus table is automatically synchronized with the
waveform display.
The function is only available if the acquisition has been stopped.
Frame time difference
If selected, the time column in the bus table shows the frame's time difference to the
previous frame. The column is indicated with "Time diff.". If the setting is disabled, the
absolute time in relation to the trigger point is shown in the "Start Time" column.
Save
Opens the "Save" menu to save the decoded data in a CSV file (comma-separated
list).
12.1.4 Bus Labels
A bus label is a name of a bus. The bus label is shown on the right side of the display
at the bus signal, and in the bus table.
Do not confuse "Label" and "Label List". The "Label" names the bus, while the "Label
List" contains the names of bus nodes identified by addresses or identifiers.
Access: [Protocol] > "Label"
Basics of Protocol Analysis
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
251User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Label
Displays or hides the bus label. The bus label is shown on the right side of the display
at the bus signal, and in the bus table. The bus and its label are only visible, if
"Decode" is enabled.
You can enter a label text in several ways:
●
Select a string from the library list with "Predefined Label".
●
Enter a user-defined text using "Edit Label".
Remote command:
BUS<b>:LABel:STATe on page 598
Predefined Label
Selects a predefined label text. You can edit the text with "Edit Label".
Edit Label
Opens on-screen keypad to enter a label text. If you previously have selected a prede-
fined label, it is already written in the entry line, and you can modify it.
The maximum name length is 8 characters, and only ASCII characters provided on the
on-screen keypad can be used.
Remote command:
BUS<b>:LABel on page 598
12.1.5 Label List
For all protocols using ID or address identification, it is possible to create label lists
containing addresses or IDs, a symbolic name for each node (symbolic label), and
some protocol-specific information.
You can also use the label list to trigger on an identifier or address. Instead of entering
the value, you select the name, which is defined in the label list.
The format of label list files is PTT.
Label lists are protocol-specific. They are described in the corresponding protocol
chapters:
●
Chapter 12.5.6, "CAN Label List", on page 290
●
Chapter 12.6.6, "LIN Label List", on page 303
Basics of Protocol Analysis
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
252User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
12.1.5.1 Using Label Lists
To load a label list and display the labels
1. Save the label list file on a USB flash drive.
2. Press the [Protocol] key.
3. Configure the protocol.
4. In the "Bus" menu, select "Label List".
5. Select "Load".
6. Navigate to the label list file, select it, and tap "Load".
7. To read the label list, tap "Show Label List".
8. To see the node labels in the display of the decoded data, tap "Apply".
To trigger on an identifier or address using the label
Prerequisites: The bus is configured, decoding is enabled, and a decoded signal is visi-
ble.
1. Open the "Bus" menu.
2. Select "Trigger".
3. Set the following trigger settings:
a) "<Protocol> Trigger" = "Identifier", or "Identifier + Data", or "Address", or
"Address and Data".
b) Tap "Symbolic ID".
c) Select the label. The list provides all symbolic names that are defined in the
loaded file.
4. Close the dialog.
5. Set the trigger mode to "Normal".
Basics of Protocol Analysis
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
253User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
12.1.5.2 Content and Format of the PTT File
Label lists are stored as PTT (protocol translation table) files. The PTT file format is an
extension of the CSV format (comma-separated values). You can edit it with standard
editors, for example, with MS Excel or a text editor.
The PTT file has three types of lines:
●
Comment lines begin with a hash character #. A hash character at any other posi-
tion in the line is treated like a standard character.
●
Command lines begin with a commercial at character @. An @ character at any
other position in the line is treated like a standard character.
●
Standard lines are the lines that not qualify as comment or command lines. They
build the core of the label list.
Command lines
Command lines define the version of the PTT file and the protocol name:
●
@FILE_VERSION: must appear exactly once in the file
●
@PROTOCOL_NAME: must appear at least once in the file. Thus, one file can
contain several label lists for different protocols.
# --- Start of PTT file
@FILE_VERSION = 1.0
@PROTOCOL_NAME = i2c
[... Label list for I2C]
@PROTOCOL_NAME = can
[... Label list for CAN]
# --- End of PTT file
Standard lines
Standard lines define the contents of the label list. The rules for standard lines follow
the csv convention, they are:
●
Values are separated by commas
●
Space characters following a delimiter are ignored
●
Values with a special character (comma, newline, or double quote) must be
enclosed in double quotes
●
Text in double quotes must be escaped by double quote characters
The format of the numeric value is indicated by a suffix. The following formats are sup-
ported:
Format Suffix Example
Decimal <empty>
d
106, DeviceName
106d, DeviceName
Hexadecimal h
6Ah, DeviceName
or prefix: 0x6A, DeviceName
Basics of Protocol Analysis
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
254User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Format Suffix Example
Octal o
152o, DeviceName
Binary b
01101010b, DeviceName
The maximum supported word size for (unsigned) integers is 64 bits.
# --- Start of PTT file
@FILE_VERSION = 1.0
@PROTOCOL_NAME = i2c
# Following two lines are equal:
7,01h,Temperature
7,01h, Temperature
# A comma must be enclosed in double quotes:
7,01h,"Temperature, Pressure, and Volume"
# A double quote must also be enclosed in double quotes:
7,7Fh,"Highspeed ""Master"" 01"
# Following lines yield the same result:
7d,0x11,Pressure
7h,11h,Pressure
0x7,17d,Pressure
7,17,Pressure
12.2 SPI Bus (Option R&S RTA-K1)
● The SPI Protocol...................................................................................................254
● SPI Configuration..................................................................................................255
● SPI Trigger............................................................................................................ 258
● SPI Decode Results .............................................................................................261
12.2.1 The SPI Protocol
A 4-channel instrument is required for full support of the SPI protocol, or the MSO
option R&S RTA-B1.
The Serial Peripheral Interface SPI is used for communication with slow peripheral
devices, in particular, for transmission of data streams.
Main characteristics of SPI are:
●
Master-slave communication
●
No device addressing; The slave is accessed by a chip select, or slave select line.
●
No acknowledgement mechanism to confirm receipt of data
●
Duplex capability
Most SPI buses have four lines, two data and two control lines:
●
Clock line to all slaves (SCLK)
SPI Bus (Option R&S
RTA-K1)
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
255User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
●
Slave Select or Chip Select line (SS or CS)
●
Master data output, slave data input (MOSI or SDI)
●
Master data input, slave data output (MISO or SDO)
When the master generates a clock and selects a slave device, data may be transfer-
red in either or both directions simultaneously.
Figure 12-3: Simple configuration of SPI bus
The data bits of a message are grouped by following criteria:
●
A word contains a number of successive bits. The word length is defined in the pro-
tocol configuration.
●
A frame contains a number of successive words, at least one word.
For SPI buses, the R&S RTA4000 provides the following trigger possibilities:
●
On frame start
●
On frame end
●
On a specified bit in the message
●
On a serial pattern at a specified position
12.2.2 SPI Configuration
The correct setup of the protocol parameters and the threshold is the condition for
decoding the signal.
To set up and decode an SPI signal (with or without CS)
1. Press the [Protocol] key in the Analysis area of the front panel.
2. Select the bus that you want to use: B1, B2, B3 or B4.
3. Select the "Bus Type" = "SPI (no CS)" or "SPI (with CS)".
4. Select "Configuration".
5. Select the sources of the signal lines, the channels to which the lines are connec-
ted.
6. Set the threshold. Use one of the following methods:
● Tap "Find Threshold". The instrument evaluates the signal and sets the thresh-
old.
● Enter the threshold value in the numeric field.
7. Set the other signal parameters according to the signal characteristics. All settings
are described below.
SPI Bus (Option R&S
RTA-K1)
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
256User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
8. In the "Bus" menu, enable "Decode".
SPI configuration settings
Figure 12-4: SPI (no CS) setup
Figure 12-5: SPI (with CS) setup
Chip Select..................................................................................................................256
Clock........................................................................................................................... 257
Slope...........................................................................................................................257
MOSI / MISO / Data.................................................................................................... 257
Polarity........................................................................................................................ 257
Threshold, Find Threshold.......................................................................................... 257
Word Size....................................................................................................................258
Idle Time......................................................................................................................258
Chip Select
Selects the input channel of the chip select (CS) line. Only available in the "SPI (with
CS)" setup.
If the MSO option R&S RTA-B1 is installed, you can use logic channels as source.
Remote command:
BUS<b>:SPI:CS:SOURce on page 600
SPI Bus (Option R&S
RTA-K1)
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
257User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Clock
Selects the input channel of the clock line.
If the MSO option R&S RTA-B1 is installed, you can use logic channels as source.
Remote command:
BUS<b>:SPI:CLOCk:SOURce on page 600
BUS<b>:SSPI:CLOCk:SOURce on page 603
Slope
Selects if data is sampled on the rising or falling slope of the clock. The clock slope
marks the begin of a new bit.
Remote command:
BUS<b>:SPI:CLOCk:POLarity on page 600
BUS<b>:SSPI:CLOCk:POLarity on page 603
MOSI / MISO / Data
Select the input channel of the data lines. MOSI is mandatory, the MISO line is
optional.
If the MSO option R&S RTA-B1 is installed, you can use logic channels as source.
Note: MISO is available only on bus 1 and bus 3. On bus 2 and bus 4, you can set
only one "Data" line. The MISO line occupies a second bus line. Thus, if MISO is used
on bus 1 or bus 3 , bus 2 or bus 4 is not available respectively.
Remote command:
BUS<b>:SPI:MOSI:SOURce = BUS<b>:SPI:DATA:SOURce on page 601
BUS<b>:SPI:MISO:SOURce on page 601
BUS<b>:SSPI:MOSI:SOURce = BUS<b>:SSPI:DATA:SOURce on page 603
BUS<b>:SSPI:MISO:SOURce on page 604
Polarity
Selects if the transmitted signal is high active (high = 1) or low active (low = 1).
For CS, the default is low active.
For MOSI / MISO, the default is high active.
For data, the default is high active.
Remote command:
BUS<b>:SPI:MOSI:POLarity = BUS<b>:SPI:DATA:POLarity on page 601
BUS<b>:SPI:MISO:POLarity on page 602
BUS<b>:SSPI:MOSI:POLarity = BUS<b>:SSPI:DATA:POLarity on page 604
BUS<b>:SSPI:MISO:POLarity on page 604
Threshold, Find Threshold
Set the signal threshold for the source channel. Enter a value, or use "Find Threshold"
to set the threshold to the middle reference level of the measured amplitude.
For analog channels, you can find the value also in the "Vertical" menu > "Chan-
nel <n>" >"Threshold"
For logic channels, you can find the value also in the "Logic" menu > "Technology".
SPI Bus (Option R&S
RTA-K1)
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
258User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Remote command:
CHANnel<m>:THReshold on page 434
CHANnel<m>:THReshold:FINDlevel on page 435
DIGital<m>:THReshold on page 761
Word Size
Sets the word length (or symbol size), which is the number of bits in a message. The
maximum word length is 32 bit.
You can also define the bit order, which determines if the data of the messages starts
with "MSB" (most significant bit) or "LSB" (least significant bit).
Remote command:
BUS<b>:SPI:SSIZe on page 602
BUS<b>:SSPI:SSIZe on page 605
BUS<b>:SPI:BORDer on page 602
BUS<b>:SSPI:BORDer on page 605
Idle Time
Sets the burst idle time, during which the data and clock lines are low. Only available in
the "SPI (no CS)" setup.
A new frame begins when the idle time has expired and the clock line has been inac-
tive during that time. If the time interval between the data words is shorter than the idle
time, the words are part of the same frame.
Remote command:
BUS<b>:SSPI:BITime on page 605
12.2.3 SPI Trigger
Before you set up the trigger, make sure that the bus is configured correctly. See
Chapter 12.2.2, "SPI Configuration", on page 255.
To trigger on SPI signals:
1. Press the [Protocol] key in the Analysis area of the front panel.
2. Select the bus that is configured for SPI.
3. Select "Trigger".
This selection has several effects:
● Enables decoding, if necessary.
● Sets the "Trigger Type" to "Serial Bus" and the trigger source to the selected
bus.
● Displays the "SPI Trigger" condition in the dialog box, below the protocol setup.
4. Check the "Source" and change it if necessary.
5. At "SPI Trigger", select the required trigger type:
● "Frame Start": beginning of the message
● "Frame End": end of the message
SPI Bus (Option R&S
RTA-K1)
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
259User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
● "Bit <x>": a specified bit inside the message
● "Serial Pattern": a bit pattern in the message
6. If "Serial Pattern" is selected, the SPI trigger setup dialog expands to define the
serial pattern.
SPI trigger settings
The trigger settings are shown in the dialog below the bus configuration settings. In the
trigger menu, you select the trigger source, and open or close the setup dialog box.
Figure 12-6: SPI trigger menu
Figure 12-7: SPI trigger settings with an example of an SPI serial pattern
9 =
Hex value of the 1
st
nibble, with the binary value 1001
$ (blue) =
Hex value of the 3
rd
nibble, which includes some "X" bits. The blue color indicates that the key-
pad is active for this nibble.
X (white) =
The 6
th
nibble is a "don't care" nibble, as it consists of "X" bits, only
$ (white) =
The 7
th
nibble is only half contained in the specified pattern length of 26 bits
X (gray) =
The 8
th
nibble is not contained in the specified pattern
Source.........................................................................................................................260
SPI Trigger.................................................................................................................. 260
Bit Offset......................................................................................................................260
Number of Bits............................................................................................................ 260
Data.............................................................................................................................261
SPI Bus (Option R&S
RTA-K1)
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
260User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Source
If both MOSI and MISO lines are configured for analysis, select which line is the trigger
source.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:SOURce:SPI on page 606
SPI Trigger
Selects the trigger condition.
"Frame Start"
Sets the trigger to the start of the message:
●
For SPI with CS, the frame starts when the chip select signal CS
changes to the active state.
●
For SPI without CS, the frame starts when the idle time has
expired.
"Frame End"
Sets the trigger to the end of the message.
●
For SPI with CS, the frame ends when the chip select signal CS
changes to the inactive state.
●
For SPI without CS, the frame ends when the idle time has
expired after the last clock and no new clock appeared during that
time.
"Bit <x>"
Sets the trigger to the bit number specified with "Bit Offset"
on page 260.
"Serial Pattern"
Expands the trigger setup dialog to configure the bit pattern to be trig-
gered at. Set "Number of Bits" on page 260 and "Data" on page 261
to define the pattern, and "Bit Offset" on page 260 to define the pat-
tern position.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:SPI:MODE on page 606
Bit Offset
Specifies the number of bits before the first bit of the pattern. These bits are ignored.
The first bit after frame start is Bit 1. For example, with bit offset = 2, Bit 1 and Bit 2 are
ignored, and the pattern starts with Bit 3.
If "SPI Trigger" is set to "Bit <x>", the trigger is set to the next bit that follows the offset
bits. For example, if the bit offset is 4, the instrument triggers on the start of the 5th bit.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:SPI:POFFset on page 607
Number of Bits
Defines the length of the serial pattern in bits.
Note: Entering data bits beyond the specified length of the pattern automatically
adjusts the "Number of Bits" to include all entered bits.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:SPI:PLENgth on page 607
SPI Bus (Option R&S
RTA-K1)
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
261User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Data
Specifies the data pattern if "SPI Trigger" is set to "Serial Pattern". When the instru-
ment detects the specified data pattern, it sets the trigger to the first bit of this pattern.
An example of pattern definition is shown in Figure 12-7.
To enter the binary value of any bit, tap this bit. To enter the hexadecimal value, tap
one of the nibbles (half byte) in the lower data line.
If a nibble (half byte) contains 1, 2 or 3 "X" bits (don't care), the nibble value is repre-
sented by the character "$". If all 4 bits of a nibble are "X", the nibble itself is "don't
care", represented by the character "X".
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:SPI:PATTern on page 606
12.2.4 SPI Decode Results
When the configuration of the serial bus is complete, the signal can be decoded:
1. In the "Bus" menu, enable "Decode".
2. In the "Display" menu, select the result display settings.
See Chapter 12.1.2, "Displaying Decode Results", on page 247.
3. In the "Bus Table" menu, enable the "Bus Table". Adjust the table settings.
See also: Chapter 12.1.3, "Bus Table: Decode Results", on page 248
The instrument captures and decodes the signal according to the protocol definition
and the configuration settings.
The color-coding of the various protocol sections and errors simplifies the interpretation
of the visual display. The decode information condenses or expands, depending on the
horizontal scale. Various data formats are available to show the result values.
SPI Bus (Option R&S RTA-K1)
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
262User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Figure 12-8: Decoded SPI (no CS) signal with Bus Table. The first frame has fourteen words and the
second eight words.
Table 12-1: Content of the SPI bus table
Column Description
Start time Time of the frame start in relation to the trigger point
Length Number of words in the frame
Data Hexadecimal values of the data words
State Overall state of the frame
Remote commands are described in Chapter 16.11.2.4, "SPI - Decode Results",
on page 607.
12.3 I²C (Option R&S RTA-K1)
The Inter-Integrated Circuit is a simple, low-bandwidth, low-speed protocol used for
communication between on-board devices, for example, in LCD and LED drivers,
RAM, EEPROM, and others.
● The I²C Protocol....................................................................................................263
●
I
2
C Configuration...................................................................................................264
●
I
2
C Trigger.............................................................................................................266
●
I
2
C Decode Results ..............................................................................................269
●
I
2
C Label List.........................................................................................................270
I²C (Option R&S
RTA-K1)
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
263User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
12.3.1 The I²C Protocol
This chapter provides an overview of protocol characteristics, data format, address
types and trigger possibilities. For detailed information, read the "I2C-bus specification
and user manual" available on the NXP manuals web page at http://www.nxp.com/.
I²C characteristics
Main characteristics of I²C are:
●
Two-wire design: serial clock (SCL) and serial data (SDA) lines
●
Master-slave communication: the master generates the clock and addresses the
slaves. Slaves receive the address and the clock. Both master and slaves can
transmit and receive data.
●
Addressing scheme: each slave device is addressable by a unique address. Multi-
ple slave devices can be linked together and can be addressed by the same mas-
ter.
●
Read/write bit: specifies if the master reads (=1) or writes (=0) the data.
●
Acknowledge: takes place after every byte. The receiver of the address or data
sends the acknowledge bit to the transmitter.
The R&S RTA4000 supports all operating speed modes: high-speed, fast mode plus,
fast mode, and standard mode.
Data transfer
The format of a simple I²C message (frame) with 7-bit addressing consists of the fol-
lowing parts:
●
Start condition: a falling slope on SDA while SCL is high
●
7-bit address of the slave device that either is written to or read from
●
R/W bit: specifies if the data is written to or read from the slave
●
ACKnowledge bits: is issued by the receiver of the previous byte if the transfer was
successful
Exception: At read access, the master terminates the data transmission with a
NACK bit after the last byte.
●
Data: several data bytes with an ACK bit after every byte
●
Stop condition: a rising slope on SDA while SCL is high
Figure 12-9: I2C writes access with 7-bit address
I²C (Option R&S RTA-K1)
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
264User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Address types: 7-bit and 10-bit
Slave addresses can be 7 bits or 10 bits long. A 7-bit address requires 1 byte, 7 bits for
the address followed by the R/W bit.
A 10-bit address for write access requires 2 bytes: the first byte starts with the reserved
sequence 11110, followed by the two MSB of the address and the write bit. The second
byte contains the remaining 8 LSB of the address. The slave acknowledges each
address byte.
Figure 12-10: 10-bit address, write access
A 10-bit address for read access requires 3 bytes. The first 2 bytes are identical to the
write access address. The third byte repeats the address bits of the first byte and sets
the read bit.
Figure 12-11: 10-bit address, read access
Trigger
The R&S RTA4000 can trigger on various parts of I²C messages. The data and clock
lines must be connected to the input channels, triggering on math and reference wave-
forms is not possible.
You can trigger on:
●
Start or stop condition
●
Repeated start condition
●
Transfer direction (read or write)
●
Bytes with missing acknowledge bit
●
Specific slave address
●
Specific data pattern in the message
12.3.2
I
2
C Configuration
The correct setup of the protocol parameters and the threshold is the condition for
decoding the signal.
To set up and decode an I
2
C signal
1. Press the [Protocol] key in the Analysis area of the front panel.
2. Select the bus that you want to use: B1, B2, B3 or B4.
I²C (Option R&S
RTA-K1)
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
265User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
3. Select the "Bus Type" = I2C.
4. Select "Configuration".
5. Select the "SCL", the channel to which the clock line is connected.
6. Select the "SDA", the channel to which the data line is connected.
7. Set the threshold. Use one of these methods:
● Tap "Find Threshold". The instrument evaluates the signal and sets the thresh-
old.
● Enter the threshold value in the numeric field.
8. In the "Bus" menu, enable "Decode".
I
2
C configuration settings
Figure 12-12: I2C setup dialog
SCL
............................................................................................................................. 265
SDA.............................................................................................................................265
Threshold, Find Threshold.......................................................................................... 265
SCL
Selects the source channel to which the clock line is connected.
If the MSO option R&S RTA-B1 is installed, you can use logic channels as source.
Remote command:
BUS<b>:I2C:CLOCk:SOURce on page 612
SDA
Selects the source channel to which the data line is connected.
If the MSO option R&S RTA-B1 is installed, you can use logic channels as source.
Remote command:
BUS<b>:I2C:DATA:SOURce on page 612
Threshold, Find Threshold
Set the signal threshold for the source channel. Enter a value, or use "Find Threshold"
to set the threshold to the middle reference level of the measured amplitude.
For analog channels, you can find the value also in the "Vertical" menu > "Chan-
nel <n>" >"Threshold"
For logic channels, you can find the value also in the "Logic" menu > "Technology".
I²C (Option R&S
RTA-K1)
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
266User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Remote command:
CHANnel<m>:THReshold on page 434
CHANnel<m>:THReshold:FINDlevel on page 435
DIGital<m>:THReshold on page 761
12.3.3
I
2
C Trigger
Before you set up the trigger, make sure that the bus is configured correctly. See
Chapter 12.3.2, "I
2
C Configuration", on page 264.
To trigger on I
2
C signals:
1. Press the [Protocol] key in the Analysis area of the front panel.
2. Select the bus that is configured for I2C.
3. Select "Trigger".
This selection has several effects:
● Enables decoding, if necessary.
● Sets the "Trigger Type" to "Serial Bus" and the trigger source to the selected
bus.
● Displays the trigger conditions in the dialog box, below the protocol setup.
4. At "I2C Trigger", select the required trigger type:
● "Start": beginning of the message
● "Stop": end of the message
● "Restart": repeated start condition
● "No Ack (Missing Ack)": transfer of data bits is not acknowledged
● "Address and Data": address pattern and/or up to 3 data bytes
5. If "Identifier" or "Identifier and Data" is selected, the CAN trigger setup dialog
expands to define the serial pattern.
6.
If "Address and Data" is selected, the I
2
C trigger setup dialog expands to define the
serial patterns.
I²C (Option R&S RTA-K1)
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
267User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
I2C trigger settings
Figure 12-13: Trigger setup dialog to trigger on a combination of address and data
A5 =
Hex value of the 1
st
byte, with the binary value 10100101
5$ =
Hex value of the 2
nd
byte, where the 1
st
nibble has the binary value 0101 and the 2
nd
nibble is
represented by the "$" character, as it includes one "X" bit (don't care)
XX (gray) =
The 3
rd
byte is not contained in the specified pattern
I2C Trigger.................................................................................................................. 267
Slave Address.............................................................................................................268
Symbolic ID.................................................................................................................268
Data condition............................................................................................................. 268
└ Byte Offset.................................................................................................... 268
└ Number of Bytes........................................................................................... 268
└ Data: Bin / Hex pattern..................................................................................269
I2C Trigger
Selects the trigger condition.
"Start"
Sets the trigger to the start of the message. The start condition is a
falling slope on SDA while SCL is high.
"Stop"
Sets the trigger to the end of the message. The stop condition is a ris-
ing slope on SDA while SCL is high.
"Restart"
Sets the trigger to a repeated start - when the start condition occurs
without previous stop condition. This can happen when a master
sends multiple messages without releasing the bus.
"No Ack (Miss-
ing Ack)"
Missing acknowledgement: the instrument triggers, if the slave does
not send the acknowledge bit. Acknowledging takes place after every
byte. If the transfer failed, at the moment of the acknowledge bit, the
SDA line is on high level during the high period of the clock pulse.
"Address and
Data"
Sets the trigger to an address or data pattern, or a combination of
both.
See "Slave Address" on page 268 and "Data condition"
on page 268.
I²C (Option R&S RTA-K1)
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
268User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:I2C:MODE on page 612
Slave Address
Sets the slave address to be triggered on. If you want to trigger only on a data pattern
and the address is not relevant, enable "Any Address".
To specify the slave address, set the following properties:
●
Set the length of the slave address: "7Bit" or "10Bit".
●
Toggle the trigger condition between "Read" and "Write" access of the master. The
read/write bit is the 8
th
bit of the first address byte of a frame.
●
Set the address of the slave device: enter the binary or hexadecimal address
value. You need an exact address, "X" bits (don't care) are not allowed.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:I2C:AMODe on page 613
TRIGger:A:I2C:ACCess on page 613
TRIGger:A:I2C:ADDRess on page 613
Symbolic ID
If a label list with symbolic names was loaded and applied in the bus configuration, you
can select a symbolic name from the list instead of specifying the address. When you
select a name, the address fields are update with its address value.
Data condition
The data condition consists of the following settings:
●
Byte offset (position of the data pattern)
●
Length of the data pattern
●
Data pattern, see "Bin / Hex pattern" on page 286
If you want to trigger only on an address, and the data is not relevant, set all data bits
to "X".
Byte Offset ← Data condition
Sets the number of offset bytes to be ignored after the end of the address bytes. The
first byte of interest is the first byte after the offset bytes.
The minimum offset is 0 Bytes, the maximum offset is 4,095 Bytes.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:I2C:POFFset on page 615
Number of Bytes ← Data condition
Sets the number of full bytes you want to trigger on. Maximum 3 bytes are possible.
Note: Entering data bits beyond the specified length of the pattern automatically
adjusts the "Number of Bytes" to include defined bytes.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:I2C:PLENgth on page 614
I²C (Option R&S
RTA-K1)
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
269User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Data: Bin / Hex pattern ← Data condition
Defines the data pattern in binary and hexadecimal format. To set an individual binary
bit or hex nibble (half byte), tap it and enter the value on the on-screen keypad. The
maximum pattern length is 3 bytes.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:I2C:PATTern on page 614
12.3.4
I
2
C Decode Results
When the configuration of the serial bus is complete, the signal can be decoded:
1. In the "Bus" menu, enable "Decode".
2. In the "Display" menu, select the result display settings.
See Chapter 12.1.2, "Displaying Decode Results", on page 247.
3. In the "Bus Table" menu, enable the "Bus Table". Adjust the table settings.
See also: Chapter 12.1.3, "Bus Table: Decode Results", on page 248
The instrument captures and decodes the signal according to the protocol definition
and the configuration settings.
The color-coding of the various protocol sections and errors simplifies the interpretation
of the visual display. The decode information condenses or expands, depending on the
horizontal scale. Various data formats are available to show the result values.
Figure 12-14: Decoded I2C signal with bus table, trigger on frame start
I²C (Option R&S RTA-K1)
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
270User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Gray brackets = start and end of the frame
Violet = address
Blue = correct data words
Green = acknowledge bit, ok
Table 12-2: Content of the I
2
C frame table
Column Description
Start time Time of the frame start in relation to the trigger point
Type Value of the R/W bit, read or write access
ID Hexadecimal value of the address
Length Number of words in the frame
Data Hexadecimal values of the data words
State Overall state of the frame
Remote commands are described in Chapter 16.11.3.3, "I²C - Decode Results",
on page 615.
12.3.5
I
2
C Label List
Label lists are protocol-specific. Label lists for I
2
C are available in CSV and PTT for-
mat.
An I
2
C label file contains three values for each address:
●
Address type, 7-bit or 10-bit long
●
Address value
●
Symbolic label: name of the address, specifying its function in the bus network.
Example: I
2
C PTT file
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@FILE_VERSION = 1.00
@PROTOCOL_NAME = i2c
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Labels for I2C protocol
# Column order: Identifier type, Identifier value, Label
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7,0x1E,Voltage
7,38h,Pressure
7,2Ah,Temperature
7,16h,Speed
7,118,Acceleration
7,07h,HighSpeed_Master_0x3
7,51h,EEPROM
10,3A2h,DeviceSetup
10,1A3h,GatewayStatus
10,06Eh,LeftSensor
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
I²C (Option R&S
RTA-K1)
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
272User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
12.4 UART / RS232 (Option R&S RTA-K2)
● The UART / RS232 Interface................................................................................ 272
● UART Configuration..............................................................................................272
● UART Trigger........................................................................................................ 275
● UART Decode Results .........................................................................................277
12.4.1 The UART / RS232 Interface
The Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter UART converts a word of data into
serial data, and vice versa. It is the base of many serial protocols like of RS-232. The
UART uses only one line, or two lines for transmitter and receiver.
Data transfer
The data is transmitted in symbols, also referred to as words or characters. Each sym-
bol consists of a start bit, several data bits, an optional parity bit, and one or more stop
bits. Several symbols can form a frame, or package. The end of a frame is marked by
a pause between two symbols.
[Data8]
[Parity]
Stop[Data7][Data6][Data5]
Data4Data3Data2Data1Data0
Start
Figure 12-17: Bit order in a UART word (symbol)
●
The start bit is a logic 0.
●
The stop bits and the idle state are always logic 1.
The UART protocol has no clock for synchronization. The receiver synchronizes by
means of the start and stop bits, and the bit rate that must be known to the receiver.
Trigger
The R&S RTA4000 can trigger on specified parts of UART serial signals:
●
Start bit
●
Frame start
●
A specified symbol
●
Parity errors, and breaks
●
Frame errors
●
A serial pattern at any or a specified position
12.4.2 UART Configuration
The correct setup of the protocol parameters and the threshold is the condition for
decoding the signal.
UART / RS232 (Option R&S
RTA-K2)
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
273User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
To set up and decode a UART signal
1. Press the [Protocol] key in the Analysis area of the front panel.
2. Select the bus that you want to use: B1, B2, B3 or B4.
3. Select the "Bus Type" = UART.
4. Select "Configuration".
5. Select the "TX / RX / Source", the channel to which the input signal is connected.
6. Set the threshold. Use one of the following methods:
● Tap "Find Threshold". The instrument evaluates the signal and sets the thresh-
old.
● Enter the threshold value in the numeric field.
7. Set the other signal parameters according to the signal characteristics.
8. In the "Bus" menu, enable "Decode".
UART configuration settings
Figure 12-18: UART setup dialog
TX / RX / Source
......................................................................................................... 273
Polarity........................................................................................................................ 274
Threshold, Find Threshold.......................................................................................... 274
Parity...........................................................................................................................274
Stop Bits......................................................................................................................274
Bit Rate....................................................................................................................... 274
Data Size.....................................................................................................................275
Idle Time......................................................................................................................275
TX / RX / Source
Select the input channel of the UART lines. Input channels are the receive line (RX),
and the optional transmit line (TX).
If the MSO option R&S RTA-B1 is installed, you can use logic channels as source.
UART / RS232 (Option R&S
RTA-K2)
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
274User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Note: TX is available only on bus 1 and bus 3. On bus 2 and bus 4, you can set only
one "Source" line. The TX line occupies a second bus line. Thus, if TX is used on bus
1 or bus 3 , bus 2 or bus 4 is not available respectively.
Remote command:
BUS<b>:UART:RX:SOURce = BUS<b>:UART:DATA:SOURce on page 622
BUS<b>:UART:TX:SOURce on page 622
Polarity
Selects if the transmitted data is high active (high = 1) or low active (low = 1). The set-
ting affects both lines.
High active is used, for example, for control signals, while low active is defined for data
lines (RS-232).
Remote command:
BUS<b>:UART:DATA:POLarity on page 623
BUS<b>:UART:POLarity on page 623
Threshold, Find Threshold
Set the signal threshold for the source channel. Enter a value, or use "Find Threshold"
to set the threshold to the middle reference level of the measured amplitude.
For analog channels, you can find the value also in the "Vertical" menu > "Chan-
nel <n>" >"Threshold"
For logic channels, you can find the value also in the "Logic" menu > "Technology".
Remote command:
CHANnel<m>:THReshold on page 434
CHANnel<m>:THReshold:FINDlevel on page 435
DIGital<m>:THReshold on page 761
Parity
Defines the optional parity bit that is used for error detection.
"None"
No parity bit is used.
"Even"
The parity bit is set to "1" if the number of data bits set to "1" is odd.
Adding the parity bit makes the data word's parity even.
"Odd"
The parity bit is set to "1" if the number of data bits set to "1" is even.
Adding the parity bit makes the data word's parity odd.
Remote command:
BUS<b>:UART:PARity on page 624
Stop Bits
Sets the number of stop bits: 1 or 1.5 or 2 stop bits are possible.
Remote command:
BUS<b>:UART:SBIT on page 624
Bit Rate
Sets the number of transmitted bits per second.
"Predefined"
Selects from a list of predefined bit rates between 300 Bit/s and
1 MBit/s.
UART / RS232 (Option R&S RTA-K2)
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
275User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
"User"
Specifies an individual bit rate with values between 150 and
39,062,500.
Remote command:
BUS<b>:UART:BAUDrate on page 624
Data Size
Sets the number of data bits of a word in a range from 5 bits to 9 bits.
Remote command:
BUS<b>:UART:SSIZe on page 623
Idle Time
Sets the minimal time between two data frames (packets), that is, between the last
stop bit and the start bit of the next frame.
Remote command:
BUS<b>:UART:BITime on page 624
12.4.3 UART Trigger
Before you set up the trigger, make sure that the bus is configured correctly. See
Chapter 12.4.2, "UART Configuration", on page 272.
To trigger on UART signals:
1. Press the [Protocol] key in the Analysis area of the front panel.
2. Select the bus that is configured for UART.
3. Select "Trigger".
This selection has several effects:
● Enables decoding, if necessary.
● Sets the "Trigger Type" to "Serial Bus" and the trigger source to the selected
bus.
● Displays the "UART Trigger" condition in the dialog box, below the protocol
setup.
4. In the menu, select the "Source".
5. At "UART Trigger", select the required trigger condition:
● "Start Bit" or "Frame Start": next start bit or first start bit after idle time
● "Frame Start"
● "Frame Error"
● "Symbol <n>": frame number in a data stream
● "Break": a start bit not followed by a stop bit
● "Parity Error"
● "Pattern": serial pattern of 1, 2, 3 or 4 symbols at a defined position in the data
stream
● "Any Symbol": pattern of data bits anywhere in a data stream
UART / RS232 (Option R&S
RTA-K2)
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
276User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
6. If "Pattern" or "Any Symbol" is selected, the UART trigger setup dialog expands to
define the serial pattern or the symbol.
UART trigger settings
Figure 12-19: Trigger setup dialog with an example of a UART serial pattern
55 =
Hex value of the 1
st
symbol, with the binary value 01010101
E6 =
Hex value of the 2
nd
symbol, with the binary value 11100110
E (blue) =
Selected nibble in the 2
nd
symbol. The blue color indicates that the keypad is active for this nib-
ble.
8$ =
Hex value of the 3
rd
symbol, where the 1
st
nibble has the binary value 1000 and the 2
nd
nibble is
represented by the "$" character, as it includes one "X" bit (don't care)
AX (gray) =
The 4
th
symbol is not contained in the specified pattern
Source.........................................................................................................................276
UART Trigger.............................................................................................................. 276
Symbol Offset..............................................................................................................277
Numb. of Symb........................................................................................................... 277
Data.............................................................................................................................277
Source
Selects the transmitter or receiver line as trigger source.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:SOURce:UART on page 625
UART Trigger
Selects the trigger condition.
"Start Bit"
Sets the trigger to the start bit. The start bit is the first logical 0 after a
stop bit.
"Frame Start"
Sets the trigger to the beginning of a frame. The frame start is the first
start bit after the idle time.
"Frame Error"
The instrument triggers, if a frame error occurs.
"Symbol <n>"
Sets the trigger to the specified symbol - the n-th word - in a frame
(package). Specify the "Symbol Offset" on page 277.
"Break"
Triggers if a start bit is not followed by a stop bit, the data line
remains at logic 0 for longer than a UART word.
UART / RS232 (Option R&S RTA-K2)
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
277User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
"Parity Error"
Triggers on a parity error indicating a transmission error.
"Pattern"
Triggers on a data pattern at a specified position.
The pattern setup consists of the "Symbol Offset" on page 277, the
"Numb. of Symb." on page 277, and the "Data" on page 277.
"Any Symbol"
Triggers on a pattern that occurs in one symbol at any position in a
frame.
See "Data" on page 277.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:UART:MODE on page 625
Symbol Offset
Sets the number of symbols at the beginning of the package to be ignored before the
serial pattern. The first symbol of interest is the first byte after the offset symbols.
The minimum offset is 0 symbols, the maximum offset is 4,095 symbols.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:UART:POFFset on page 626
Numb. of Symb.
Sets the number of symbols (full bytes) you want to trigger on. The minimum is 1 sym-
bol, a maximum of 4 symbols is possible.
Note: Entering data bits beyond the specified length of the pattern automatically
adjusts the "Number of Bytes" to include all specified bytes.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:UART:PLENgth on page 626
Data
Specifies the data pattern if "UART Trigger" is set to "Pattern" or "Any Symbol".
An example of pattern definition is shown in Figure 12-19.
To enter the binary value of any bit, tap this bit. To enter the hexadecimal value, tap
one of the nibbles (half byte) in the lower data line.
If a nibble (half byte) contains 1, 2 or 3 "X" bits (don't care), the nibble value is repre-
sented by the character "$". If all 4 bits of a nibble are "X", the nibble itself is "don't
care", represented by the character "X".
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:UART:PATTern on page 626
12.4.4 UART Decode Results
When the configuration of the serial bus is complete, the signal can be decoded:
1. In the "Bus" menu, enable "Decode".
2. In the "Display" menu, select the result display settings.
See Chapter 12.1.2, "Displaying Decode Results", on page 247.
3. In the "Bus Table" menu, enable the "Bus Table". Adjust the table settings.
UART / RS232 (Option R&S
RTA-K2)
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
278User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
See also: Chapter 12.1.3, "Bus Table: Decode Results", on page 248
The instrument captures and decodes the signal according to the protocol definition
and the configuration settings.
The color-coding of the various protocol sections and errors simplifies the interpretation
of the visual display. The decode information condenses or expands, depending on the
horizontal scale. Various data formats are available to show the result values.
Figure 12-20: Decoded UART signal
The figure above shows six frames of a UART signal and the "Bus Table".
Table 12-3: Content of the UART frame table
Column Description
Start time Time of the frame start in relation to the trigger point
Data Hexadecimal values of the data words
State Overall state of the frame
Remote commands are described in Chapter 16.11.4.3, "UART - Decode Results",
on page 626.
12.5 CAN (Option R&S RTA-K3)
CAN is the Controller Area Network, a bus system designed by Bosch for use within
automotive network architecture, for example, for brake, power train and engine man-
CAN (Option R&S
RTA-K3)
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
279User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
agement. Today, it is also used in many other systems, for example, in industrial
machines, aerospace, subsea, merchant marine.
● The CAN Protocol................................................................................................. 279
● CAN Configuration................................................................................................ 280
● CAN Trigger.......................................................................................................... 282
● CAN Decode Results............................................................................................ 286
● Search on Decoded CAN Data............................................................................. 288
● CAN Label List...................................................................................................... 290
12.5.1 The CAN Protocol
This chapter provides an overview of the protocol characteristics, frame types, informa-
tion transfer and message formats.
The CAN 2.0 specification defines two formats: the base CAN (version 2.0A) with an
11-bit identifier and the extended CAN (version 2.0B ) with a 29-bit identifier. Based on
theses specifications the CAN standard ISO 11898-1 was released, in 1993.
CAN characteristics
Main characteristics of CAN are:
●
Differential signaling.
●
Transmission over two wires, high and low.
●
Multi-master, which means that any node can begin to transmit a message, when a
bus is free.
●
Bitwise arbitration.
Arbitration
Information transfer is done by carrier sense multiple access/bitwise arbitration (CSMA/
BA). Each node waits for a certain inactive period before it tries to send a message.
Collisions are resolved through a bitwise arbitration that is non-destructive.
Each message has a priority which is implied in the identifer value - the lower the
value, the higher the priority. A dominant bit from the message with highest priority
overwrites the recessive bits on the bus. If a node detects that the bus is already
receiving a message that has a higher priority, it stops the transmission and waits for
the current transmission to end before retransmitting.
Frame types
The CAN protocol defines the following types of frames:
●
Data: used for information transmission.
●
Remote: used for information request. The destination node sends this frame to the
source to request data. This type of frame is only used by CAN.
●
Error: indicates that a bus node has detected transmission error.
●
Overload: used from a bus node to request a transmission delay.
CAN (Option R&S
RTA-K3)
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
280User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
CAN data message format
The CAN protocol defines two formats for the data frame: the base frame format and
the extended frame format. The data frames are built as follows:
Figure 12-21: CAN basic frame
Figure 12-22: CAN extended frame
The following fields, compose the base/extended frame format:
●
SOF: start of frame. 1 dominant bit that marks the beginning of the message.
●
Identifier: 11/18-bit identifier. Contains information about the priority of the mes-
sage. CAN base frames have an 11-bit identifier while CAN extended frames have
a total of 29 bits identifier.
●
RTR: remote transmission request bit. Differentiates between base and extended
frames. It is dominant for base data frames and recessive for extended data
frames.
●
SRR: substitute remote request. Only present in extended CAN frames at the posi-
tion of the RTR bit in base frames.
●
IDE: identifier extension bit. It helps to distinguish between a base and extended
data frame. It is dominant for data frames and recessive for remote frames
●
r0/r1: reserved bits for possible future use.
●
DLC: data length code. Defines how many bytes of data follow.
●
Data: up to 8 bytes of data can be transmitted for CAN.
●
CRC: cyclic redundancy check. Checks the integrity of the frame contents.
●
ACK: acknowledgement. This is a recessive bit that is overwritten by the node, if
the message was transmitted correctly.
●
EOF: end-of-frame: marks the end of the message.
●
IFS: interframe space. Separates a data or remote frame from the preceding
frames.
12.5.2 CAN Configuration
The correct setup of the protocol parameters and the threshold is the condition for
decoding the signal.
CAN (Option R&S
RTA-K3)
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
281User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
To set up and decode a CAN signal
1. Press the [Protocol] key in the Analysis area of the front panel.
2. Select the bus that you want to use: B1, B2, B3 or B4.
3. Select the "Bus Type" = CAN.
4. Select "Configuration".
5. Select the "Source", the channel to which the input signal is connected.
6. Set the threshold. Use one of the following methods:
● Tap "Find Threshold". The instrument evaluates the signal and sets the thresh-
old.
● Enter the threshold value in the numeric field.
7. Set the other signal parameters according to the signal characteristics. All settings
are described below.
8. In the "Bus" menu, enable "Decode".
CAN configuration settings
Source.........................................................................................................................281
Threshold, Find Threshold.......................................................................................... 281
Type............................................................................................................................ 282
Bit Rate....................................................................................................................... 282
Sample Point...............................................................................................................282
Source
Sets the source of the data line. All channel waveforms can be used.
If the MSO option R&S RTA-B1 is installed, you can use logic channels as source.
Remote command:
BUS<b>:CAN:DATA:SOURce on page 631
Threshold, Find Threshold
Set the signal threshold for the source channel. Enter a value, or use "Find Threshold"
to set the threshold to the middle reference level of the measured amplitude.
For analog channels, you can find the value also in the "Vertical" menu > "Chan-
nel <n>" >"Threshold"
For logic channels, you can find the value also in the "Logic" menu > "Technology".
CAN (Option R&S
RTA-K3)
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
282User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Remote command:
CHANnel<m>:THReshold on page 434
CHANnel<m>:THReshold:FINDlevel on page 435
DIGital<m>:THReshold on page 761
Type
Selects the CAN-High or CAN-Low line. CAN uses both lines for differential signal
transmission.
If you measure with a differential probe, connect the probe to both CAN-H and CAN-L
lines and select "High".
If you use a single-ended probe, connect the probe to either CAN_L or CAN_H and
select "High" or "Low" accordingly.
Remote command:
BUS<b>:CAN:TYPE on page 632
Bit Rate
Sets the number of transmitted bits per second. The maximum bit rate for High Speed
CAN is 1 Mbit/s. The bit rate is uniform and fixed for a given CAN bus.
"Predefined"
To select a bit rate from the list of predefined values, set "Bit rate" to
"Predefined" and select a value from the list.
"User"
To set another value, set "Bit rate" to "User" and enter a bit/s value.
Remote command:
BUS<b>:CAN:BITRate on page 632
Sample Point
Sets the position of the sample point within the bit in percent of the nominal bit time.
The sample point divides the nominal bit period into two distinct time segments, which
are used for resynchronization of the clock.
The CAN bus interface uses an asynchronous transmission scheme. The standard
specifies a set of rules to resynchronize the local clock of a CAN node to the message.
Remote command:
BUS<b>:CAN:SAMPlepoint on page 632
12.5.3 CAN Trigger
Before you set up the trigger, make sure that the bus is configured correctly. See
Chapter 12.5.2, "CAN Configuration", on page 280.
CAN (Option R&S
RTA-K3)
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
283User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
To trigger on CAN signals:
1. Press the [Protocol] key in the Analysis area of the front panel.
2. Select the bus that is configured for CAN.
3. Select "Trigger".
This selection has several effects:
● Enables decoding, if necessary.
● Sets the "Trigger Type" to "Serial Bus" and the trigger source to the selected
bus.
● Displays the "CAN Trigger" condition in the dialog box, below the protocol
setup.
4. At "CAN Trigger", select the required trigger type:
● "Start of Frame": first edge of synchronization bit
● "End of Frame": frame number in a data stream
● "Frame": error, overload, data or remote frame
● "Error": stuff bit, form, acknowledgment, CRC
● "Identifier": specific message identifier or identifier range
● "Identifier and Data": combination of identifier and data condition
5. If "Identifier" or "Identifier and Data" is selected, the CAN trigger setup dialog
expands to define the serial pattern.
CAN trigger settings
Figure 12-23: Trigger setup dialog with an example of CAN identifier and data patterns
"CAN Trigger" = trigger on "Identifier and Data"
"Identifier" = trigger on 29-bit identifiers greater than the specified identifier
"Data" = trigger on the specified 6-byte data pattern
0 (blue) =
Selected nibble in the 2
nd
byte of the data pattern, where the blue color indicates that the
keypad is active for this nibble
CAN Trigger
Selects the trigger mode.
"Start of
Frame"
Triggers on the first edge of the dominant SOF bit (synchronization
bit).
CAN (Option R&S RTA-K3)
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
284User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
"End of Frame"
Triggers on the end of the frame (7 recessive bits).
"Frame"
Triggers on the frame type that is selected with "Frame"
See: "Frame" on page 284.
"Error"
Triggers on a frame error. An error frame is sent by a node that has
detected an error.
See: "Error" on page 284.
"Identifier"
Triggers on a specific message identifier or an identifier range.
If a label list with node names was loaded and applied in the bus con-
figuration, you can select simply the "Symbolic ID" instead of entering
the numeric identifier.
See: "Identifier condition" on page 285.
"Identifier and
Data"
Triggers on a combination of identifier and data condition. The instru-
ment triggers at the end of the last byte of the specified data pattern.
See: "Identifier condition" on page 285 and "Data condition"
on page 286.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:CAN:TYPE on page 633
Frame
Select the frame type to be triggered on.
"Data"
Frame for data transmission.
The identifier format ("ID Type") is also considered.
"Remote"
A remote frame initiates the transmission of data by another node.
The frame format is the same as of data frames, but without the data
field.
The identifier format ("ID Type") is also considered.
"Data or
Remote"
Triggers on remote frames and on data frames.
The identifier format ("ID Type") is also considered.
"Error"
Triggers on any error frame.
"Overload"
An overload frame is sent by a node that needs a delay between data
and/or remote frames.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:CAN:FTYPe on page 633
ID Type
Selects the length of the identifier: 11 bit for CAN base frames or 29 bits for CAN
extended frames. Select "Any" if the identifier type is not relevant.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:CAN:ITYPe on page 634
Error
Identifies various errors in the frame. You can select one or more error types as trigger
condition.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:CAN:TYPE on page 633
CAN (Option R&S
RTA-K3)
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
285User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Stuff Bit ← Error
The following frame segments are coded by the bit stuffing method:
●
Start of frame
●
Arbitration field
●
Control field
●
Data field
●
CRC sequence
The transmitter automatically inserts a complementary bit into the bitstream when it
detects five consecutive bits of identical value in the bitstream to be transmitted. A stuff
error occurs when the 6
th
consecutive equal bit level in the mentioned fields is detec-
ted.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:CAN:BITSterror on page 635
Form ← Error
A form error occurs when a fixed-form bit field contains one or more illegal bits.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:CAN:FORMerror on page 636
Acknowledge ← Error
An acknowledgment error occurs when the transmitter does not receive an acknowl-
edgment - a dominant bit during the "Ack" slot.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:CAN:ACKerror on page 635
CRC ← Error
CAN uses the Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC), which is a complex checksum calcu-
lation method. The transmitter calculates the CRC and sends the result in the CRC
sequence. The receiver calculates the CRC in the same way. A CRC error occurs
when the calculated result differs from the received value in the CRC sequence.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:CAN:CRCerror on page 636
Identifier condition
The identifier condition consists of the following settings:
●
ID Type
●
Comparison
●
Identifier value
Compare ← Identifier condition
Sets the identifier comparison condition: If the identifier pattern contains at least one X
(do not care), you can trigger on values equal or not equal to the specified value. If the
pattern contains only 0 and 1, you can also trigger on a range greater than or lower
than the specified value.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:CAN:ICONdition on page 634
CAN (Option R&S
RTA-K3)
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
286User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Bin / Hex pattern ← Identifier condition
Defines the identifier or data pattern in binary and hexadecimal format. To set an indi-
vidual binary bit or hex nibble (half byte), tap it and enter it via the on-screen keypad.
"Bin"
String containing the binary pattern with a maximum of 64 bits. Char-
acters 0, 1 and X are allowed.
"Hex"
String containing the hexadecimal pattern with a maximum of 8 bytes.
Characters 0 to F and X are allowed.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:CAN:IDENtifier on page 634
TRIGger:A:CAN:DATA on page 635
Symbolic ID ← Identifier condition
If a label list with symbolic names was loaded and applied in the bus configuration, you
can select a symbolic name from the list instead of entering the numeric identifier. The
instrument triggers on the identifier of the selected node.
Data condition
The data condition consists of the following settings:
●
Length of the data pattern
●
Comparison
●
Data pattern, see "Bin / Hex pattern" on page 286
Data ← Data condition
Defines the length of the data pattern - the number of bytes in the pattern.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:CAN:DLC on page 635
Compare ← Data condition
Sets the data comparison condition. If the pattern contains at least one X (do not care),
you can trigger on values equal or not equal to the specified value. If the pattern con-
tains only 0 and 1, you can also trigger on a range greater than or lower than the speci-
fied value.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:CAN:DCONdition on page 634
12.5.4 CAN Decode Results
When the configuration of the serial bus is complete, the signal can be decoded:
1. In the "Bus" menu, enable "Decode".
2. In the "Display" menu, select the result display settings.
See Chapter 12.1.2, "Displaying Decode Results", on page 247.
3. In the "Bus Table" menu, enable the "Bus Table". Adjust the table settings.
See also: Chapter 12.1.3, "Bus Table: Decode Results", on page 248
CAN (Option R&S
RTA-K3)
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
287User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
The instrument captures and decodes the signal according to the protocol definition
and the configuration settings.
The color-coding of the various protocol sections and errors simplifies the interpretation
of the visual display. The decode information condenses or expands, depending on the
horizontal scale. Various data formats are available to show the result values.
Figure 12-24: Decoded CAN signal with bus table, trigger on frame start
violet = identifier
gray = DLC, data length code
blue = data words
red = error occurred, error frame
The figure above shows a decoded CAN signal and the "Bus Table".
Table 12-4: Content of the CAN frame table
Column Description
Time Diff. Time of frame start in relation to the trigger point
Type Frame type: Data, Remote, Error, or Overload
ID Identifier value, hexadecimal value
DLC Data length code, number of data bytes
Data Hexadecimal values of the data bytes
CRC Hexadecimal value of the Cyclic Redundance Check (checksum)
State Overall state of the frame.
CAN (Option R&S RTA-K3)
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
288User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Remote commands are described in Chapter 16.11.5.3, "CAN - Decode Results",
on page 636.
12.5.5 Search on Decoded CAN Data
Using the search functionality, you can find the same events in the decoded data which
you also can trigger on. Unlike trigger, the search finds all events in an acquisition that
fulfill the search condition. The results are listed in a table and and can be saved to file.
Figure 12-25: Search on a CAN bus for data frames with 29-bit ID
To search for events in a CAN signal
1. Configure and decode the bus correctly.
2. Acquire decoded data.
3. Press the Search key.
4. Select the "Search Type" = "Protocol".
5. Select the "Source": the bus that is configured for CAN protocol.
6. Select the "Event" you want to search for.
7. Enter additional settings, depending on the event.
CAN (Option R&S
RTA-K3)
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
289User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
CAN search settings
Figure 12-26: Settings for search on CAN bus for frames with identifier 567 (hex) that have an error
Event
Sets the event or combination of events to be searched for. For example, you can
search for frames, errors, data, or IDs. Depending on the selected event, additional
settings are displayed.
Remote command:
SEARch:PROTocol:CAN:CONDition on page 642
Frame Setup
Selects the frame type to be searched for.
If you search for remote or data frames, the search considers also the ID type, the
length of the identifier. The setting is only available if "Event" = "Frame" is selected.
Remote command:
SEARch:PROTocol:CAN:FRAMe on page 643
Error
Selects the error type to be searched for. You can select one or more error types as
search condition. The error types are the same as in the CAN trigger setup, see Chap-
ter 12.5.3, "CAN Trigger", on page 282.
The setting is only available if "Event" = "Error" or "Error & ID" is selected.
Remote command:
SEARch:PROTocol:CAN:ACKerror on page 643
SEARch:PROTocol:CAN:BITSterror on page 644
SEARch:PROTocol:CAN:CRCerror on page 644
SEARch:PROTocol:CAN:FORMerror on page 644
CAN (Option R&S
RTA-K3)
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
290User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Frame Type
Selects the frame type to be searched for, if "Event" = "Identifier" is selected. You can
search for data and/or remote frames.
Remote command:
SEARch:PROTocol:CAN:FTYPe on page 644
Identifier condition
Settings to define the identifier pattern, if "Event" = "Identifier" or "Id & Error" or "Id &
Data" is selected.
After setting the "ID Type" and the "Compare" condition, you can enter the identifier
value by setting the state high, low, or X (do not care) for each single bit. Alternatively,
you can enter a hexadecimal value for each half byte. The settings are the same as for
the setup of the identifier trigger, see also "Identifier condition" on page 285.
If a label list with node names was loaded and applied in the bus configuration, you
can select the node name from the list instead of entering the numeric identifier. The
instrument triggers on the identifier of the selected node.
Remote command:
SEARch:PROTocol:CAN:ITYPe on page 645
SEARch:PROTocol:CAN:ICONdition on page 645
SEARch:PROTocol:CAN:IDENtifier on page 645
Data condition
Settings to define the data pattern to be searched, if "Event" = "Id & Error" is selected.
After setting the "Data" length and the "Compare" condition, you can enter the data
value by setting the state high, low, or X (do not care) for each single bit. Alternatively,
you can enter a hexadecimal value for each half byte. The settings are the same as for
the setup of the data trigger, see also "Data condition" on page 286.
Remote command:
SEARch:PROTocol:CAN:DLENgth on page 645
SEARch:PROTocol:CAN:DCONdition on page 646
SEARch:PROTocol:CAN:DATA on page 646
12.5.6 CAN Label List
For general information on label lists and how to trigger on symbolic IDs, see Chap-
ter 12.1.5, "Label List", on page 251.
Label list files are protocol-specific. A PTT label file for CAN protocols contains three
values for each identifier:
●
Identifier type, 11-bit or 29-bit long
●
Identifier value
●
Label, symbolic name of the identifier, specifying its function in the bus network.
Example: CAN PTT file
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@FILE_VERSION = 1.00
CAN (Option R&S
RTA-K3)
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
291User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
@PROTOCOL_NAME = can
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Labels for CAN protocol
# Column order: Identifier type, Identifier value, Label
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11,064h,Diag_Response
11,1E5h,EngineData
11,0A2h,Ignition_Info
11,1BCh,TP_Console
11,333h,ABSdata
11,313h,Door_Left
11,314h,Door_Right
29,01A54321h,Throttle
29,13A00FA2h,LightState
29,0630ABCDh,Engine_Status
29,03B1C002h,Airbag_Status
29,01234ABCh,NM_Gateway
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Figure 12-27: Label list for CAN
CAN (Option R&S RTA-K3)
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
292User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Figure 12-28: Decoded CAN signal with bus table and applied label list
12.6 LIN (Option R&S RTA-K3)
The Local Interconnect Network (LIN) is a simple, low-cost bus system used within
automotive network architectures. LIN is usually a sub-network of a CAN bus. The pri-
mary purpose of LIN is the integration of uncritical sensors and actuators with low
bandwidth requirements. Common applications in a motor vehicle are the control of
doors, windows, wing mirrors, and wipers.
● The LIN Protocol................................................................................................... 292
● LIN Configuration.................................................................................................. 294
● LIN Trigger............................................................................................................ 296
● LIN Decode Results ............................................................................................. 299
● Search on Decoded LIN Data............................................................................... 300
● LIN Label List........................................................................................................ 303
12.6.1 The LIN Protocol
This chapter provides an overview of protocol characteristics, frame format, identifiers
and trigger possibilities. For detailed information, order the LIN specification on http://
www.lin-subbus.org/ (free of charge).
LIN (Option R&S
RTA-K3)
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
293User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
LIN characteristics
Main characteristics of LIN are:
●
Single-wire serial communications protocol, based on the UART byte-word inter-
face
●
Single master, multiple slaves - usually up to 12 nodes
●
Master-controlled communication: master coordinates communication with the LIN
schedule and sends identifier to the slaves
●
Synchronization mechanism for clock recovery by slave nodes without crystal or
ceramics resonator
The R&S RTA4000 supports several versions of the LIN standard: v1.3, v2.0, v2.1 and
the American SAE J2602.
Data transfer
Basic communication concept of LIN:
●
Communication in an active LIN network is always initiated by the master.
●
Master sends a message header including the synchronization break, the synchro-
nization byte, and the message identifier.
●
The identified node sends the message response: one to eight data bytes and one
checksum byte.
●
Header and response form the message frame.
Figure 12-29: LIN frame with header and response
The data is transmitted in bytes using the UART byte-word interface without the parity
bit. Each byte consists of a start bit, 8 bits and a stop bit.
Figure 12-30: Structure of a byte field
Data bytes are transmitted LSB first.
LIN (Option R&S
RTA-K3)
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
294User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
The identifier byte consists of 6 bits for the frame identifier and two parity bits. This
combination is known as protected identifier.
Trigger
The R&S RTA4000 can trigger on various parts of LIN frames. The data line must be
connected to an input channel, triggering on math and reference waveforms is not pos-
sible.
You can trigger on:
●
Frame start (synchronization field)
●
Specific slave identifier or identifier range
●
Data pattern in the message
●
Wake up signal
●
Checksum error (error in data), parity error (error in identifier)
12.6.2 LIN Configuration
The correct setup of the protocol parameters and the threshold is the condition for
decoding the signal.
To set up and decode a LIN signal
1. Press the [Protocol] key in the Analysis area of the front panel.
2. Select the bus that you want to use: B1, B2, B3 or B4.
3. Select the "Bus Type" = LIN.
4. Select "Configuration".
5. Select the "Source", the channel to which the input signal is connected.
6. Set the threshold:
● Tap "Find Threshold". The instrument evaluates the signal and sets the thresh-
old.
● Enter the threshold value in the numeric field.
7. Set the other signal parameters according to the signal characteristics. All settings
are described below.
8. In the "Bus" menu, enable "Decode".
LIN (Option R&S RTA-K3)
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
295User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
LIN Configuration Settings
Figure 12-31: LIN setup dialog
Source.........................................................................................................................295
Idle.............................................................................................................................. 295
Threshold, Find Threshold.......................................................................................... 295
Version........................................................................................................................ 295
Bit Rate....................................................................................................................... 296
Source
Sets the source of the data line. All channel waveforms can be used.
If the MSO option R&S RTA-B1 is installed, you can use logic channels as source.
Remote command:
BUS<b>:LIN:DATA:SOURce on page 647
Idle
Defines the idle state of the bus. The idle state is the recessive state and corresponds
to a logic 1.
Remote command:
BUS<b>:LIN:POLarity on page 647
Threshold, Find Threshold
Set the signal threshold for the source channel. Enter a value, or use "Find Threshold"
to set the threshold to the middle reference level of the measured amplitude.
For analog channels, you can find the value also in the "Vertical" menu > "Chan-
nel <n>" >"Threshold"
For logic channels, you can find the value also in the "Logic" menu > "Technology".
Remote command:
CHANnel<m>:THReshold on page 434
CHANnel<m>:THReshold:FINDlevel on page 435
DIGital<m>:THReshold on page 761
Version
Selects the version of the LIN standard that is used in the DUT. The setting mainly
defines the checksum version used during decoding.
The most common version is LIN 2.x. For mixed networks, or if the standard is
unknown, set the LIN standard to "Any".
LIN (Option R&S
RTA-K3)
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
296User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Remote command:
BUS<b>:LIN:STANdard on page 647
Bit Rate
Sets the number of transmitted bits per second. The LIN standard defines a maximum
bit rate of 20 kbit/s.
"Predefined"
To select a bit rate from the list of predefined values, set "Bit Rate" to
"Predefined" and select a value from the list.
"User"
To set another value, set "Bit Rate" to "User" and enter a bit/s value.
Remote command:
BUS<b>:LIN:BITRate on page 647
12.6.3 LIN Trigger
Before you set up the trigger, make sure that the bus is configured correctly. See
Chapter 12.6.2, "LIN Configuration", on page 294.
To trigger on LIN signals:
1. Press the [Protocol] key in the Analysis area of the front panel.
2. Select the bus that is configured for LIN.
3. Select "Trigger".
This selection has several effects:
● Enables decoding, if necessary.
● Sets the "Trigger Type" to "Serial Bus" and the trigger source to the selected
bus.
● Displays the "LIN Trigger" condition in the dialog box, below the protocol setup.
4. At "LIN Trigger", select the required trigger type:
● "Start of Frame": stop bit of the sync field
● "Wake Up": after a wakeup frame
● "Error": checksum, parity or synchronization
● "Identifier": specific message identifier or identifier range
● "Identifier and Data": combination of identifier and data condition
5. If "Identifier" or "Identifier and Data" is selected, the LIN trigger setup dialog
expands to define the serial pattern.
LIN (Option R&S RTA-K3)
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
297User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
LIN Trigger Settings
Figure 12-32: Trigger setup to trigger on identifier and data patterns
o (blue) =
Selected bit in the 2
nd
byte of the data pattern, where the blue color indicates that the keypad is
active for this bit
LIN Trigger
.................................................................................................................. 297
Error............................................................................................................................ 298
└ Checksum.....................................................................................................298
└ Parity.............................................................................................................298
└ Synchronization............................................................................................ 298
Identifier condition.......................................................................................................298
└ Identifier........................................................................................................ 298
└ Compare....................................................................................................... 298
└ Symbolic ID...................................................................................................299
Data condition............................................................................................................. 299
└ Data.............................................................................................................. 299
└ Compare....................................................................................................... 299
└ Bin / Hex....................................................................................................... 299
LIN Trigger
Selects the trigger mode.
"Start of
Frame"
Triggers on the stop bit of the synchronization field.
"Wake Up"
Triggers after a wakeup frame.
"Error"
Identifies various errors in the frame. You can select one or more
error types as trigger condition.
See "Error" on page 298.
"Identifier"
Sets the trigger to a specific message identifier or an identifier range.
Only the 6 bit identifier without parity bits is considered, not the pro-
tected identifier.
See "Identifier condition" on page 298.
"Identifier and
Data"
Triggers on a combination of identifier and data condition. The instru-
ment triggers at the end of the last byte of the specified data pattern.
An example is shown in Figure 12-32.
See "Identifier condition" on page 298 and "Data condition"
on page 299.
LIN (Option R&S RTA-K3)
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
298User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:LIN:TYPE on page 648
Error
Select one or more error types as trigger condition.
Checksum ← Error
Checksum error. The checksum verifies the correct data transmission. It is the last byte
of the frame response. The checksum includes not only the data but also the protected
identifier (PID).
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:LIN:CHKSerror on page 648
Parity ← Error
Parity error. Parity bits are the bits 6 and 7 of the identifier. They verify the correct
transmission of the identifier.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:LIN:IPERror on page 649
Synchronization ← Error
Error during synchronization.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:LIN:SYERror on page 649
Identifier condition
The identifier condition consists of the following settings:
●
Identifier value
●
Comparison
Identifier ← Identifier condition
Defines the identifier pattern in binary and hexadecimal format. To set an individual
binary bit or hex nibble (half byte), tap it and enter it via the on-screen keypad.
"Bin"
String containing the binary pattern with a maximum of 64 bits. Char-
acters 0, 1 and X are allowed.
"Hex"
String containing the hexadecimal pattern with a maximum of 8 bytes.
Characters 0 to F and X are allowed.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:LIN:IDENtifier on page 649
Compare ← Identifier condition
Sets the identifier comparison condition: If the identifier pattern contains at least one X
(don't care), you can trigger on values equal or not equal to the specified value. If the
pattern contains only 0 and 1, you can also trigger on a range greater than or lower
than the specified value.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:LIN:ICONdition on page 649
LIN (Option R&S
RTA-K3)
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
299User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Symbolic ID ← Identifier condition
If a label list with symbolic names was loaded and applied in the bus configuration, you
can select a symbolic name from the list instead of entering the numeric identifier. The
instrument triggers on the identifier of the selected node.
Data condition
The data condition consists of the following settings:
●
Length of the data pattern
●
Comparison
●
Data pattern
Data ← Data condition
Defines the length of the data pattern - the number of bytes in the pattern.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:LIN:DLENgth on page 650
Compare ← Data condition
Sets the comparison condition: If the pattern contains at least one X (don't care), you
can trigger on values equal or not equal to the specified value. If the pattern contains
only 0 and 1, you can also trigger on a range greater than or lower than the specified
value.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:LIN:DCONdition on page 650
Bin / Hex ← Data condition
Specifies the data pattern to be triggered. To set an individual binary bit or hexadecimal
nibble (half byte), tap it and enter it via the on-screen keypad. Make sure to specify
complete bytes.
"Bin"
String containing the binary pattern with a maximum of 64 bits. Char-
acters 0, 1 and X are allowed.
"Hex"
String containing the hexadecimal pattern with a maximum of 8 bytes.
Characters 0 to F and X are allowed.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:LIN:DATA on page 650
12.6.4 LIN Decode Results
When the configuration of the serial bus is complete, the signal can be decoded:
1. In the "Bus" menu, enable "Decode".
2. In the "Display" menu, select the result display settings.
See Chapter 12.1.2, "Displaying Decode Results", on page 247.
3. In the "Bus Table" menu, enable the "Bus Table". Adjust the table settings.
See also: Chapter 12.1.3, "Bus Table: Decode Results", on page 248
LIN (Option R&S
RTA-K3)
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
300User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
The instrument captures and decodes the signal according to the protocol definition
and the configuration settings.
The color-coding of the various protocol sections and errors simplifies the interpretation
of the visual display. The decode information condenses or expands, depending on the
horizontal scale. Various data formats are available to show the result values.
Figure 12-33: Decoded LIN signal with bus table, trigger on frame start
Table 12-5: Content of the LIN frame table
Column Description
Start time Time of frame start in relation to the trigger point
ID Identifier value, hexadecimal value
Length Number of data bytes
Data Hexadecimal values of the data bytes
Chks Checksum value
State Overall state of the frame.
Remote commands are described in Chapter 16.11.6.3, "LIN - Decode Results",
on page 650.
12.6.5 Search on Decoded LIN Data
Using the search functionality, you can find the same events in the decoded data which
you also can trigger on. Unlike trigger, the search finds all events in an acquisition that
fulfill the search condition. The results are listed in a table and and can be saved to file.
LIN (Option R&S
RTA-K3)
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
301User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Figure 12-34: Search on a LIN bus for errors
To search for events in a LIN signal
1. Configure and decode the bus correctly.
2. Acquire decoded data.
3. Press the Search key.
4. Select the "Search Type" = "Protocol".
5. Select the "Source": the bus that is configured for LIN protocol.
6. Select the "Event" you want to search for.
7. Enter additional settings, depending on the event.
LIN (Option R&S RTA-K3)
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
302User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
LIN Search Settings
Figure 12-35: Search on LIN bus for frames with identifier 2C (hex) that have an error
Event...........................................................................................................................302
Frame Setup............................................................................................................... 302
Error............................................................................................................................ 302
Identifier condition.......................................................................................................302
Data condition............................................................................................................. 303
Event
Sets the event or combination of events to be searched for. Depending on the selected
event, additional settings are displayed.
Remote command:
SEARch:PROTocol:LIN:CONDition on page 656
Frame Setup
Selects the frame type to be searched for.
Remote command:
SEARch:PROTocol:CAN:FRAMe on page 643
Error
Selects the error type to be searched for. You can select one or more error types as
search condition. The error types are the same as in the LIN trigger setup.
See also "Error" on page 298.
The setting is only available if "Event" = "Error" or "ID & Error" is selected.
Remote command:
SEARch:PROTocol:LIN:CHKSerror on page 657
SEARch:PROTocol:LIN:IPERror on page 657
SEARch:PROTocol:LIN:SYERror on page 657
Identifier condition
Settings to define the identifier pattern, if "Event" = "Identifier" or "Id & Error" or "Id &
Data" is selected.
LIN (Option R&S
RTA-K3)
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
303User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
After setting the "Compare" condition, you can enter the identifier value by setting the
state high, low, or X (do not care) for each single bit. Alternatively, you can enter a hex-
adecimal value for each half byte.
The settings are the same as for the setup of the identifier trigger, see also "Identifier
condition" on page 298.
If a label list with node names was loaded and applied in the bus configuration, you
can select the node name from the list instead of entering the numeric identifier. The
instrument triggers on the identifier of the selected node.
Remote command:
SEARch:PROTocol:LIN:ICONdition on page 657
SEARch:PROTocol:LIN:IDENtifier on page 658
Data condition
Settings to define the data pattern to be searched, if "Event" = "Id & Error" is selected.
After setting the "Data" length and the "Compare" condition, you can enter the data
value by setting the state high, low, or X (do not care) for each single bit. Alternatively,
you can enter a hexadecimal value for each half byte.
The settings are the same as for the setup of the data trigger, see also "Data condition"
on page 299.
Remote command:
SEARch:PROTocol:LIN:DLENgth on page 658
SEARch:PROTocol:LIN:DCONdition on page 658
SEARch:PROTocol:LIN:DATA on page 658
12.6.6 LIN Label List
For general information on label lists, see Chapter 12.1.5, "Label List", on page 251.
Label lists are protocol-specific. Label lists for LIN are available in CSV and PTT for-
mat.
A LIN label file contains two values for each identifier:
●
Identifier value
●
Symbolic name for the identifier
Example of a LIN PTT file
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@FILE_VERSION = 1.0
@PROTOCOL_NAME = lin
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Labels for LIN protocol
# Column order: Identifier, Label
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Labels for standard addresses
0x3F,Temperature
1Ch,Left brake
20h,Right brake
LIN (Option R&S
RTA-K3)
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
304User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
# Following ID is provided as integer
33,Mirror
0x37,Indoor lights
# Labels for reserved addresses
0x3C,Master_Request_Frame
0x3D,Slave_Response_Frame
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Figure 12-36: Label list for LIN
LIN (Option R&S RTA-K3)
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
305User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Figure 12-37: Decoded LIN signal with frame table and applied label list
gray = synchronization break, synchronization byte, correct checksum
yellow = identifier
green = parity bits
blue = data words (UART words)
12.7 Audio Signals (Option R&S RTA-K5)
The R&S RTA4000 can analyze several standard and de-facto industry standard sig-
nals: I²S Inter-IC Sound standard audio format, left justified and right justified data for-
mats and Time Division Multiplexed (TDM) audio format.
12.7.1 Audio Protocols
All audio protocols use 3 lines:
●
The clock line generates the bit clock.
●
The word select line (WS, also known as word clock) defines the frame start and
the maximum length of the data word.
For pulse code modulated signals (I²S standard, left and right justified data for-
mats), the level of the WS signal assigns the data words to the left and right chan-
nels.
Audio Signals (Option R&S
RTA-K5)
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
306User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
TDM uses frame synchronization pulses on the WS line to identify the beginning of
a frame.
●
The data line transmits the audio data in time-multiplexed data channels.
12.7.1.1 I²S Standard
I²S standard interfaces transmit two PCM coded audio channels. The WS line selects
the channel being transmitted - left or right channel. Usually, 32 bits are transmitted on
each channel. The data word can be shorter than the channel length, and the receiver
ignores the remaining bits. The first byte of the audio word is delayed one clock period
from the leading edge of the word select pulse. The R&S RTA4000 can decode I²S
standard signals with MSBF and LSBF bit order.
12.7.1.2 Left Justified Data Format
The left justified data format is very similar to the I²S standard, but the first byte of the
audio word is aligned with the leading edge of the word select pulse. Thus the audio
word is left justified within the frame. The data word can be shorter than the channel
length.
In addition to the standard configuration, the R&S RTA4000 can analyze also left justi-
fied data formats which send the data word with offset to the WS edge. The bit order
can be MSBF or LSBF.
12.7.1.3 Right Justified Data Format
The right-justified data format is similar to the left-justified, but the last byte of the word
in the frame is aligned with the trailing edge of the word select pulse. Thus the audio
word is right-aligned within the frame.
12.7.1.4 TDM
The Time Division Multiplexed (TDM) audio format is not standardized and provides
high flexibility for transfer of more than two audio data channels on one line. On the
word select line, it uses frame synchronization pulses to identify the beginning of a
Audio Signals (Option R&S
RTA-K5)
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
307User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
frame. On the data line, channel blocks of a defined length are transmitted. Each block
contains an audio word that can be shorter than the channel length.
Channel length, channel offset and word length are dependent values:
Channel length
≥
Word length + Channel offset
12.7.2 Audio Configuration
The correct setup of the protocol parameters and the threshold is the condition for
decoding the signal.
To set up and decode an audio signal
1. Press the [Protocol] key in the Analysis area of the front panel.
2. Select the bus that you want to use: B1, B2, B3 or B4.
3. Select the "Bus Type" = Audio.
4. Select "Configuration".
5. Select the "Word Select", "Clock" and "Data" channel sources.
6. Set the threshold. Use one of these methods:
● Tap "Find Threshold". The instrument evaluates the signal and sets the thresh-
old.
● Enter the threshold value in the numeric field.
7. Set the other signal parameters according to the signal characteristics. All settings
are described below.
8. In the "Bus" menu, enable "Decode".
Audio Signals (Option R&S RTA-K5)
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
308User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Audio configuration settings
Figure 12-38: Audio setup dialog
Source
Selects the audio line that you want to configure in the menu.
Word Select
Selects the source of the word select line.
If the MSO option R&S RTA-B1 is installed, you can use logic channels as source.
Remote command:
BUS<b>:I2S:WSELect:SOURce on page 664
Polarity
For I²S, LJ and RJ signals, the polarity defines the word select values assigned to the
left and right channels.
●
"Normal": 0 indicates the left channel, and 1 indicates the right channel. This is the
usual setting.
●
"Inverted": 0 indicates the right channel, and 1 the left channel.
For TDM signals, the polarity defines the edge of the frame synchronization pulse that
identifies the beginning of a frame. The frame starts at the next clock edge following
the selected FSYNC edge.
●
"Normal": the frame begins with a rising edge. This is the usual setting.
●
"Inverted": the frame begins with a falling edge.
Remote command:
BUS<b>:I2S:WSELect:POLarity on page 663
Threshold, Find Threshold
Set the signal threshold for the source channel. Enter a value, or use "Find Threshold"
to set the threshold to the middle reference level of the measured amplitude.
For analog channels, you can find the value also in the "Vertical" menu > "Chan-
nel <n>" >"Threshold"
Audio Signals (Option R&S
RTA-K5)
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
309User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
For logic channels, you can find the value also in the "Logic" menu > "Technology".
Remote command:
CHANnel<m>:THReshold on page 434
CHANnel<m>:THReshold:FINDlevel on page 435
DIGital<m>:THReshold on page 761
Clock
Selects the source of the clock line.
If the MSO option R&S RTA-B1 is installed, you can use logic channels as source.
Remote command:
BUS<b>:I2S:CLOCk:SOURce on page 661
Slope
Sets the clock edge at which the instrument samples the data on the data line. Usually,
the rising edge is used. The R&S RTA4000 can also analyze the converse setup.
Remote command:
BUS<b>:I2S:CLOCk:POLarity on page 661
Data
Selects the source of the data line.
If the MSO option R&S RTA-B1 is installed, you can use logic channels as source.
Remote command:
BUS<b>:I2S:DATA:SOURce on page 662
Active
Defines the interpretation of high and low signal states.
●
"Active high": HIGH (signal level above the threshold level) = 1 and LOW (signal
level below the threshold level) = 0
●
"Active low": HIGH = 0 and LOW = 1
Remote command:
BUS<b>:I2S:DATA:POLarity on page 661
Variant
Selects the protocol variant of the audio signal. The configuration possibilities in
R&S RTA4000 exceed the definitions of the standards.
"I2S Standard"
Inter-IC Sound standard audio format. The first byte of the audio word
is delayed one clock period from the leading edge of the word select
pulse.
"Left justified"
The left justified data format is similar to the I²S standard. The first
byte of the audio word is aligned with the leading edge of the word
select pulse. Thus the audio word is left justified within the frame. In
R&S RTA4000, an additional offset of the audio word can be set.
"Right justified"
In right justified data, the last byte of the word in the frame is aligned
with the trailing edge of the word select pulse. Thus the audio word is
right-aligned within the frame. In R&S RTA4000, an additional offset
of the audio word can be set.
Audio Signals (Option R&S RTA-K5)
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
310User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
"TDM"
The Time Division Multiplexed audio format can transfer of up to 8
audio data channels on one line. On the word select line, it uses
frame synchronization pulses to identify the beginning of a frame. On
the data line, channel blocks of a defined length are transmitted.
Each block contains an audio word.
Remote command:
BUS<b>:I2S:AVARiant on page 659
12.7.3 Setup of Audio Variants
Depending on the selected audio variant, different settings are available.
Figure 12-39: Setup menu Audio Left Justified Variant
Figure 12-40: Setup menu Audio TDM Variant
Audio Signals (Option R&S RTA-K5)
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
311User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
First Channel
Defines if the left or the right channel is the first channel in the frame.
The setting is available for I²S standard, left and right justified audio signals.
Remote command:
BUS<b>:I2S:CHANnel:ORDer on page 660
No. of Channels
Sets the number of channels transmitted on the TDM audio line.
Remote command:
BUS<b>:I2S:CHANnel:TDMCount on page 660
Channel Delay
Sets a delay of the channel blocks after the frame start (word select edge). Thus, all
channels are shifted.
The setting is available only for TDM signals.
Remote command:
BUS<b>:I2S:FOFFset on page 663
Channel Length
Sets the number of bits in a channel block for TDM audio signals (transmitter length).
The setting is available only for TDM signals.
Remote command:
BUS<b>:I2S:CHANnel:LENGth on page 660
Channel Offset
Sets the number of bits between the channel start and the start of the audio word. The
setting is available for left justified data format and TDM audio signals.
For TDM, possible values depend on the channel length and the word length. The
maximum offset is Channel length - Word length. If you change the channel length or
the word length, the channel offset is adjusted automatically.
Remote command:
BUS<b>:I2S:CHANnel:OFFSet on page 660
Word Length
Defines the number of bits in an audio data word (receiver length). The minimum
length is 1 bit, the maximum length is the channel length.
Remote command:
BUS<b>:I2S:WLENgth on page 663
Bit Order
Sets the bit order in the audio data words. Usually, the MSB is transmitted first.
Remote command:
BUS<b>:I2S:BORDer on page 659
Audio Signals (Option R&S
RTA-K5)
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
312User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
12.7.4 Audio Trigger
Before you set up the trigger, make sure that the bus is configured correctly. See
Chapter 12.7.2, "Audio Configuration", on page 307.
To trigger on Audio signals:
1. Press the [Protocol] key in the Analysis area of the front panel.
2. Select the bus that is configured for Audio.
3. Select "Trigger".
This selection has several effects:
● Enables decoding, if necessary.
● Sets the "Trigger Type" to "Serial Bus" and the trigger source to the selected
bus.
● Displays the trigger conditions in the dialog box, below the protocol setup.
4. At "Audio Trigger", select the required trigger type:
● "Data"
● "Window"
● "Word Select"
● "Error"
5. Set the other trigger parameters according to the signal characteristics. The availa-
ble settings depend on the selected trigger type. All settings are described below.
Audio trigger settings
Channel
Selects the audio channel on which the instrument looks for the specified data condi-
tion. The setting is relevant for trigger types data and window.
Audio Signals (Option R&S
RTA-K5)
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
313User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Compare
Defines the operator for comparison of the decoded data word with the specified data
word.
The following operators can be set: equal, not equal, greater than, lower than, in range
and out of range.
If the data on the selected channel is not relevant for the trigger condition, select "Don't
care".
The setting is relevant for data and window trigger types.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:I2S:CHANnel:LEFT:CONDition on page 665
TRIGger:A:I2S:CHANnel:RIGHt:CONDition on page 666
TRIGger:A:I2S:CHANnel:TDM<n>:CONDition on page 666
Data / Data Min. / Data Max.
Define the data words to be compared with the decoded data word. The data format is
decimal. The maximum value is limited by the word length. Consider that audio words
are signed numbers in 2's complement format. For example, an 8-bit data word has a
value range from -128 to 127.
The setting is relevant for trigger types data and window.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:I2S:CHANnel:LEFT:DMAX on page 665
TRIGger:A:I2S:CHANnel:LEFT:DMIN on page 665
TRIGger:A:I2S:CHANnel:RIGHt:DMAX on page 666
TRIGger:A:I2S:CHANnel:RIGHt:DMIN on page 666
TRIGger:A:I2S:CHANnel:TDM<n>:DMAX on page 667
TRIGger:A:I2S:CHANnel:TDM<n>:DMIN on page 667
Combination
Sets the logical combination to trigger on data words on different channels. The instru-
ment triggers if all conditions are met inside one frame.
"And": the instrument triggers if the data conditions on all selected channels are fulfil-
led.
"Or": The instrument triggers if one of the specified data conditions is fulfilled.
The setting is relevant for trigger types data and window.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:I2S:FUNCtion on page 667
Window Length
Sets the number of subsequent frames (audio samples) for which the data conditions
are fulfilled.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:I2S:WINDow:LENGth on page 668
Word Select
Sets the rising("Positive") or falling ("Negative") edge of the word select signal as trig-
ger condition.
Audio Signals (Option R&S
RTA-K5)
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
314User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Consider your "Word Select" > "Polarity" setting in the audio configuration menu.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:I2S:WSSLope on page 668
12.7.5 Audio Decode Results
When the configuration of the serial bus is complete, the signal can be decoded:
1. In the "Bus" menu, enable "Decode".
2. In the "Display" menu, select the result display settings.
See Chapter 12.1.2, "Displaying Decode Results", on page 247.
3. In the "Bus Table" menu, enable the "Bus Table". Adjust the table settings.
See also: Chapter 12.1.3, "Bus Table: Decode Results", on page 248
The instrument captures and decodes the signal according to the protocol definition
and the configuration settings.
The color-coding of the various protocol sections and errors simplifies the interpretation
of the visual display. The decode information condenses or expands, depending on the
horizontal scale. Various data formats are available to show the result values.
The figure above shows a decoded Audio signal and the "Bus Table".
Table 12-6: Content of the audio frame table
Column Description
Frame Frame number
Start time Time of frame start in relation to the trigger point
Time Diff. Time difference of the frame in relation to the previous frame
Left, Right (I²S, LJ, RJ)
CH1, CH2,...CH8 (TDM)
Hexadecimal values of the audio words
Remote commands are described in Chapter 16.11.7.3, "Audio Decode Results",
on page 668.
12.8 MIL-STD-1553 (Option R&S RTA-K6)
● The MIL-STD-1553 .............................................................................................. 315
● MIL-STD-1553 Configuration................................................................................ 317
● MIL-STD-1553 Trigger.......................................................................................... 319
● MIL-STD-1553 Decode Results............................................................................ 324
● MIL-STD-1553 Label List...................................................................................... 325
MIL-STD-1553 (Option R&S
RTA-K6)
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
315User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
12.8.1 The MIL-STD-1553
The MIL-STD-1553 specification defines the characteristics of a serial data bus origi-
nally designed for use in the military avionics. Nowadays it is also used in spacecraft
on-board data handling.
The bus is a 2-wire bus that uses differential signals.
A MIL-STD-1553 system consists of the following components:
●
Bus Controller (BC): initiates and coordinates the data flow in the system.
●
Remote Terminal (RT): interfaces various subsystems with the data bus. A system
consists of up to 31 RTs and each RT can have 31 subaddresses.
The subaddresses 0 and 31 refer to a mode code command.
●
Bus Monitor (BM) (optional): listens to all messages and can record selected data
for real-time or off-line analysis.
The information is transmitted over the bus in defined series of words using Manches-
ter code, where each bit is transmitted as high-low for a logical 1 or a low-high for a
logical 0. There are three types of words: command, data and status.
Command Word
Figure 12-41: Structure of a command word
The format of a command word consists of the following parts (see Figure 12-41):
●
Sync: an invalid Manchester waveform.
●
Remote Terminal (RT) Address: the unique address of the corresponding RT.
●
Transmit/Receive (T/R): indicates the action required from the RT.
●
Subaddress/Mode Code: indicates the RT subaddress. The subaddresses 0 and
31 signalize the transmission of a mode code.
●
Data Word Count /Mode Code: indicates the number of words that are sent/
received by the RT. A maximum of 32 words is allowed. This field may be used for
the transmission of the mode code value.
●
Parity: checks if there are bit errors during the transmission. The total number of
logic 1 bits for the word (sync bits not included) shall be odd.
MIL-STD-1553 (Option R&S
RTA-K6)
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
316User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Data Word
Figure 12-42: Structure of a data word
The format of a data word consists of the following parts (see Figure 12-42):
●
Sync: an invalid Manchester waveform.
●
Data: the transferred information (16 bit).
●
Parity: checks if there are bit errors during the transmission. The total number of
logic 1 bits for the word (sync bits not included) shall be odd.
Status Word
Figure 12-43: Structure of a status word
The format of a status word consists of the following parts (see
Figure 12-43):
●
Sync: an invalid Manchester waveform.
●
Remote Terminal (RT) Address: the unique address of the corresponding RT.
●
Message error: indicates an error in the command/data word transmission from the
BC. A logic 1 indicates presence of a message error and a logic 0 indicates its
absence.
●
Instrumentation: helps to distinguish between a status word and a command word.
The logic state of this bit shall be 0.
●
Service Request: indicates that the RT requires service. A logic 1 indicates a pres-
ence of a service request and logic 0 indicates its absence.
●
Reserved: bits reserved for future uses.
●
Broadcast Command: a logic 1 indicates that the preceding valid command word
was a broadcast command and a logic 0 that it was not.
MIL-STD-1553 (Option R&S
RTA-K6)
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
317User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
●
Busy: a busy state indicates that the RT or the subsystem is not able to transfer
data. A logic 1 indicates a presence of a busy condition and logic 0 indicates its
absence.
●
Subsystem Flag: flags a subsystem fault. A logic 1 indicates a presence of a flag
and logic 0 indicates its absence.
●
Dynamic Bus Control Acceptance: a logic 1 indicates acceptance of a dynamic bus
control and a logic 0 a rejection.
●
Terminal Flag: flags an RT fault condition. A logic 1 indicates a presence of a flag
and logic 0 indicates its absence.
●
Parity: checks if there are bit errors during the transmission. The total number of
logic 1 bits for the word (sync bits not included) shall be odd.
For comfortable analysis, you can load an editable label list, to interpret transferred
numeric values as meaningful text labels.
12.8.2 MIL-STD-1553 Configuration
The correct setup of the protocol parameters and the threshold is the condition for
decoding the signal.
To set up and decode an MIL-STD-1553 signal
1. Press the [Protocol] key in the Analysis area of the front panel.
2. Select the bus that you want to use: B1, B2, B3 or B4.
3. Select the "Bus Type" = MIL-STD-1553.
4. Select "Configuration".
5. Select the "Source", the channel to which the input signal is connected.
6. Set the "Threshold High" and "Threshold Low".
7. Set the other signal parameters according to the signal characteristics. All settings
are described below.
8. In the "Bus" menu, enable "Decode".
MIL-STD-1553 (Option R&S RTA-K6)
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
318User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
MIL-STD-1553 Configuration Settings
Figure 12-44: MIL-STD-1553 setup dialog
Configuration
Opens a dialog box to configure the MIL signal.
Source
Sets the channel for the signal source.
Remote command:
BUS<b>:MILStd:SOURce on page 673
Polarity
Sets the polarity of the bus.
Remote command:
BUS<b>:MILStd:POLarity on page 672
Threshold, Find Threshold
Set the signal threshold for the source channel. Enter a value, or use "Find Threshold"
to set the threshold to the middle reference level of the measured amplitude.
For analog channels, you can find the value also in the "Vertical" menu > "Chan-
nel <n>" >"Threshold"
For logic channels, you can find the value also in the "Logic" menu > "Technology".
Remote command:
CHANnel<m>:THReshold on page 434
CHANnel<m>:THReshold:FINDlevel on page 435
DIGital<m>:THReshold on page 761
Threshold High
Sets the high threshold level.
MIL-STD-1553 (Option R&S
RTA-K6)
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
319User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Remote command:
BUS<b>:MILStd:THReshold:HIGH on page 673
Threshold Low
Sets the low threshold level.
Remote command:
BUS<b>:MILStd:THReshold:LOW on page 673
Response Max
Sets the range for the response time.
Remote command:
BUS<b>:MILStd:RESPonsetime:INFinite on page 672
BUS<b>:MILStd:RESPonsetime:MAXimum on page 673
BUS<b>:MILStd:RESPonsetime:MINimum on page 673
IMG Time
Sets the range of the inter message gap time.
Remote command:
BUS<b>:MILStd:IMGTime:INFinite on page 672
BUS<b>:MILStd:IMGTime:MAXimum on page 672
BUS<b>:MILStd:IMGTime:MINimum on page 672
12.8.3 MIL-STD-1553 Trigger
Before you set up the trigger, make sure that the bus is configured correctly. See
Chapter 12.8.2, "MIL-STD-1553 Configuration", on page 317.
To trigger on MIL-STD-1553 signals:
1. Press the [Protocol] key in the Analysis area of the front panel.
2. Select the bus that is configured for LIN.
3. Select "Trigger".
This selection has several effects:
● Enables decoding, if necessary.
● Sets the "Trigger Type" to "Serial Bus" and the trigger source to the selected
bus.
● Displays the "MIL Trigger" condition in the dialog box, below the protocol setup.
4. At "MIL Trigger", select the required trigger type:
● "Error": combination of protocol errors
● "Command": on a defined command
● "Status": on a defined status
● "Cmd. and data": on a defined command and data
5. Set the other trigger parameters according to the signal characteristics. All settings
are described below.
MIL-STD-1553 (Option R&S
RTA-K6)
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
320User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
MIL-STD-1553 Trigger Settings
Figure 12-45: Trigger setup to trigger on identifier and data patterns
Synchronization
Triggers on a sync impulse. You can select to trigger on "C/S" (Commando/Status), on
"Data" or on "All" sync pulses.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:MILStd:SYNC on page 680
Word
Selects the word type to be triggered on. The selected word type is indicated in the
softkey name.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:MILStd:WORD on page 681
Error
Triggers on any combination of protocol errors. You can enable triggering on a specific
type of error in the submenu.
Synchronization ← Error
Triggers if a sync impulse does not fulfill the technical requirements or when the trans-
mission is not valid.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:MILStd:ERRor:SYNC on page 676
Parity ← Error
Checks the parity of every word and triggers if the parity is even.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:MILStd:ERRor:PARity on page 676
Manchester ← Error
Triggers if there is an error in the Manchester coding of the signal.
MIL-STD-1553 (Option R&S
RTA-K6)
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
321User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:MILStd:ERRor:MANChester on page 675
Timeout ← Error
Triggers if the timeout is out of the set range. The range can be set in the "Bus type" =
"MIL-STD-1553"> "Configuration" > "Timing setup" menu.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:MILStd:ERRor:TIMeout on page 676
Command
Triggers on a command word that is specified in the submenu.
Cmd. Type ← Command
Selects the command type.
Symbolic ID ← Command
If a label list with node names was loaded and applied in the bus configuration, you
can select simply the node name from the list instead of entering the numeric identifier.
The instrument triggers on the identifier of the selected node.
RT Address ← Command
Opens a submenu to set the RT address.
Compare ← RT Address ← Command
Sets the condition how the decoded value is compared with the defined range.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:MILStd:RTADdress:CONDition on page 677
Edit Minimum/Edit Maximum ← RT Address ← Command
Opens the "Edit Minimum"/"Edit Maximum" submenu.
After setting the "Compare" condition, you can enter the value bit-by-bit by setting the
state high, low, or do not care for each single bit. Alternatively, you can enter a hexa-
decimal value.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:MILStd:RTADdress:MAXimum on page 677
TRIGger:A:MILStd:RTADdress:MINimum on page 677
Data Direction ← Command
Toggles the data direction of the selected command: T (transmit), R (receive), or X
(either).
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:MILStd:TRMode on page 680
Sub Address ← Command
Sets the subaddress.
Compare ← Sub Address ← Command
Sets the condition how the decoded value is compared with the defined range.
MIL-STD-1553 (Option R&S
RTA-K6)
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
322User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:MILStd:SADDress:CONDition on page 678
Edit Minimum/Edit Maximum ← Sub Address ← Command
Opens the "Edit Minimum"/"Edit Maximum" submenu.
After setting the "Compare" condition, you can enter the value bit-by-bit by setting the
state high, low or do not care for each single bit. Alternatively, you can enter a hexa-
decimal value.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:MILStd:SADDress:MAXimum on page 678
TRIGger:A:MILStd:SADDress:MINimum on page 678
Word Count ← Command
Sets the word count.
Compare ← Word Count ← Command
Sets the condition how the decoded value is compared with the defined range.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:MILStd:WCOunt:CONDition on page 680
Minimum ← Word Count ← Command
Sets the minimum of the word count range.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:MILStd:WCOunt:MINimum on page 681
Maximum ← Word Count ← Command
Sets the maximum of the word count range.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:MILStd:WCOunt:MAXimum on page 681
Sub Address ← Command
When "Cmd. Type" > "Mode Code" is selected, the subaddress selection is restricted
to "0", "31" or "0 | 31"
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:MILStd:SADDress:MCADdress on page 678
Mode Code ← Command
Selects the type of mode code when "Command Type" > "Mode Code" is selected.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:MILStd:MCODe:CODE on page 676
Status
Triggers on a status word that is specified.
See also RT Address.
Status ← Status
Selects a status bit. For each bit, you can select the "State" to be triggered on.
MIL-STD-1553 (Option R&S
RTA-K6)
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
323User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
See also: "Status Word" on page 316
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:MILStd:STATus:BCReceived on page 678
TRIGger:A:MILStd:STATus:BUSY on page 678
TRIGger:A:MILStd:STATus:DBCaccept on page 679
TRIGger:A:MILStd:STATus:INSTrument on page 679
TRIGger:A:MILStd:STATus:MERRor on page 679
TRIGger:A:MILStd:STATus:SREQuest on page 679
TRIGger:A:MILStd:STATus:SUBSystem on page 679
TRIGger:A:MILStd:STATus:TERMinal on page 679
State ← Status
Toggles the logic state of the selected bit: 0 (low), 1 (high), or X (do not care).
Cmd. and data
Triggers on specified command and data.
Transmission ← Cmd. and data
Sets the transmission type: "BC-RT" (bus controller to remote terminal); "RT - BC"
(remote terminal to bus controller), "RT - RT" (remote terminal to remote termi-
nal),"Mode Code" with data.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:MILStd:TTYPe on page 680
Data ← Cmd. and data
Triggers on a specified data.
Offset Compare ← Data ← Cmd. and data
Sets the condition how the decoded value is compared with the defined offset.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:MILStd:DATA:OFFSet:CONDition on page 675
Offset ← Data ← Cmd. and data
Sets a word offset.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:MILStd:DATA:OFFSet on page 675
Data Words ← Data ← Cmd. and data
Sets the number of words. Up to four words can be set.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:MILStd:DATA:WORDs on page 675
Data Compare ← Data ← Cmd. and data
Sets the condition how the decoded value is compared with the defined range.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:MILStd:DATA:CONDition on page 675
MIL-STD-1553 (Option R&S
RTA-K6)
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
324User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Minimum/Maximum ← Data ← Cmd. and data
Opens the "Minimum"/"Maximum" submenu.
After setting the "Compare" condition, you can enter the value bit-by-bit by setting the
state high, low or do not care for each single bit. Alternatively, you can enter a hexa-
decimal value.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:MILStd:DATA:MAXimum on page 675
TRIGger:A:MILStd:DATA:MINimum on page 675
12.8.4 MIL-STD-1553 Decode Results
When the configuration of the serial bus is complete, the signal can be decoded:
1. In the "Bus" menu, enable "Decode".
2. In the "Display" menu, select the result display settings.
See Chapter 12.1.2, "Displaying Decode Results", on page 247.
3. In the "Bus Table" menu, enable the "Bus Table". Adjust the table settings.
See also: Chapter 12.1.3, "Bus Table: Decode Results", on page 248
The instrument captures and decodes the signal according to the protocol definition
and the configuration settings.
The color-coding of the various protocol sections and errors simplifies the interpretation
of the visual display. The decode information condenses or expands, depending on the
horizontal scale. Various data formats are available to show the result values.
Table 12-7: Content of the MIL-STD-1553 frame table
Column Description
Start time Time of word start in relation to the trigger point
Type Word Type
RTA RT address
Label Symbolic label, available if a label list was loaded and applied
T/R Data direction, transmit or receive
Sub Subaddress
Length Number of data bytes
Data Hexadecimal values of the data bytes
RT/IMG Response time/intermessage gap time
State Overall state of the word
Remote commands are described in Chapter 16.11.8.3, "MIL-1553 Decode Results",
on page 681.
MIL-STD-1553 (Option R&S
RTA-K6)
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
325User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
12.8.5 MIL-STD-1553 Label List
Label lists are protocol-specific. A MIL-STD-1553 file contains three values for each
identifier:
●
"Symbolic label": symbolic name of addressed device, or the label of the sub
address. The Labels are sorted in alphabetic order.
●
"RT Addr.": hexadecimal remote terminal address value
●
"Sub Addr": hexadecimal sub address value
Example: MIL PTT file
# -----------------------------------------------------------
# Labels for MIL.1553 protocol
# Column order: RT address, RT label, Subaddress, Subaddress Label
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------
@PROTOCOL_NAME = mil1553
0Ah,Engine,01h,Thrust
03h,Main panel,07h,Altimeter
03h,Main panel,01h,Speed
0Eh,Only RTA
12.9 ARINC 429 (Option R&S RTA-K7)
● ARINC 429 Basics................................................................................................ 325
● ARINC 429 Configuration......................................................................................326
● ARINC 429 Trigger................................................................................................328
● ARINC 429 Decode Results..................................................................................332
● Search on Decoded ARINC 429 Data...................................................................333
● ARINC 429 Label List............................................................................................335
12.9.1 ARINC 429 Basics
The ARINC 429 is a specification that defines the characteristics of an avionic data bus
used on commercial and transport aircraft.
In an ARINC 429 system, a single transmitter/source is connected to 1 to 20 receivers/
sinks on one twisted wire pair. The bus uses differential signals. The ARINC 429 stan-
dard uses a simplex communication - data may be transmitted in only one direction.
The information is transmitted over the bus in defined series of words.
ARINC 429 (Option R&S
RTA-K7)
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
326User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Word Format
Figure 12-46: Structure of an ARINC 429 word
An ARINC 429 word is 32-bits and consists of the following parts (see Figure 12-46):
●
Parity: the most significant bit (MSB). Checks if there are bit errors during the trans-
mission. The total number of logic 1 bits for the word shall be odd.
●
Sign/Status Matrix (SSM): the value of these bits depends on the data type. It may
be used to report the status of hardware equipment.
●
Data:
– Binary (BNR): stores the data as a binary number.
– Binary Coded Decimal (BCD): uses 4 data field bits to represent a decimal
digit.
– Discrete data: a combination of BNR and/ or BCD or individual bits that express
specific equipment conditions.
– Maintenance data and acknowledgment
– Williamsburg / Buckhorn protocol: a bit-oriented protocol that is used for file
transfer.
●
Source/Destination Identifier (SDI): indicates the intended receiver or the transmit-
ting subsystem.
●
Label: gives information about the word's data type.
For comfortable analysis, you can load an editable label list, to interpret transferred
numeric values as meaningful text labels.
12.9.2 ARINC 429 Configuration
The correct setup of the protocol parameters and the threshold is the condition for
decoding the signal.
To set up and decode a ARINC 429 signal
1. Press the [Protocol] key in the Analysis area of the front panel.
2. Select the bus that you want to use: B1, B2, B3 or B4.
3. Select the "Bus Type" = ARINC 429.
4. Select "Configuration".
5. Select the "Source", the channel to which the input signal is connected.
6. Set the threshold:
ARINC 429 (Option R&S
RTA-K7)
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
327User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
● Tap "Find Threshold". The instrument evaluates the signal and sets the thresh-
old.
● Enter the threshold value in the numeric field.
7. Set the other signal parameters according to the signal characteristics. All settings
are described below.
8. In the "Bus" menu, enable "Decode".
ARINC 429 Configuration Settings
Figure 12-47: ARINC 429 setup dialog
Source
Sets the channel for the signal source.
Remote command:
BUS<b>:ARINc:SOURce on page 694
Polarity
Sets the polarity of the bus.
Remote command:
BUS<b>:ARINc:POLarity on page 694
Threshold, Find Threshold
Set the signal threshold for the source channel. Enter a value, or use "Find Threshold"
to set the threshold to the middle reference level of the measured amplitude.
For analog channels, you can find the value also in the "Vertical" menu > "Chan-
nel <n>" >"Threshold"
For logic channels, you can find the value also in the "Logic" menu > "Technology".
Remote command:
CHANnel<m>:THReshold on page 434
CHANnel<m>:THReshold:FINDlevel on page 435
DIGital<m>:THReshold on page 761
ARINC 429 (Option R&S
RTA-K7)
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
328User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Threshold High
Sets the upper threshold.
Remote command:
BUS<b>:ARINc:THReshold:HIGH on page 695
Threshold Low
Sets the lower threshold.
Remote command:
BUS<b>:ARINc:THReshold:LOW on page 695
Bit Rate
Sets the bit rate mode to high speed (100 kBit/s), low speed (12.5 kBit/s) or a user
defined value.
Remote command:
BUS<b>:ARINc:BRMode on page 694
BUS<b>:ARINc:BRValue on page 694
Decode Format
Sets the decoding data format for the ARINC 429 bus: Data, SSM+Data, SSM+Data
+SDI, Data+SDI.
Remote command:
BUS<b>:ARINc:DATA:FORMat on page 699
12.9.3 ARINC 429 Trigger
Before you set up the trigger, make sure that the bus is configured correctly. See
Chapter 12.9.2, "ARINC 429 Configuration", on page 326.
To trigger on ARINC 429 signals:
1. Press the [Protocol] key in the Analysis area of the front panel.
2. Select the bus that is configured for ARINC 429.
3. Select "Trigger".
This selection has several effects:
● Enables decoding, if necessary.
● Sets the "Trigger Type" to "Serial Bus" and the trigger source to the selected
bus.
● Displays the "ARINC Trigger" condition in the dialog box, below the protocol
setup.
4. At "ARINC Trigger", select the required trigger type:
● "Word": word start or word stop
● "Error": combination of protocol errors
● "Label": on a spcified label.
● "Label and Data": combination of data and label condition
ARINC 429 (Option R&S
RTA-K7)
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
329User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
● "Transmission": on a transmission.
5. Set the other trigger parameters according to the signal characteristics. All settings
are described below.
ARINC 429 Trigger Settings
Figure 12-48: Trigger setup to trigger on label and data patterns
Word
Triggers on a word start or word stop.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:ARINc:WORD:TYPE on page 699
Error
Triggers on any combination of protocol errors. Enable the error types that you want to
trigger on.
"Parity"
Checks the parity and triggers if the parity is even.
"Gap Error"
Triggers on a gap error. The gap is calculated automatically from the
set sample rate.
"Coding Error"
Triggers on a coding error.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:ARINc:ERRor:PARity on page 697
TRIGger:A:ARINc:ERRor:GAP on page 697
TRIGger:A:ARINc:ERRor:CODing on page 696
Label
Set the label settings to be triggered on.
ARINC 429 (Option R&S
RTA-K7)
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
330User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Symbolic ID ← Label
If a label list with node names was loaded and applied in the bus configuration, you
can select simply the node name from the list instead of entering the numeric identifier.
The instrument triggers on the identifier of the selected node.
Label and Data
Set the label and data settings to be triggered on. See also: Symbolic ID
SSM ← Label and Data
Sets the values for the sign/status matrix (SSM) bits.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:ARINc:SSM on page 698
SDI ← Label and Data
Sets the values for the source/destination identifier (SDI) bits.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:ARINc:SDI on page 698
Data ← Label and Data
Triggers on a data, that is specified in the submenu.
ARINC 429 (Option R&S
RTA-K7)
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
331User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Data Offset ← Data ← Label and Data
Sets a data offset.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:ARINc:DATA:OFFSet on page 696
Data Size ← Data ← Label and Data
Sets the data size.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:ARINc:DATA:SIZE on page 696
Compare ← Data ← Label and Data
Sets the condition how the decoded value is compared with the defined range.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:ARINc:DATA:CONDition on page 695
Data ← Data ← Label and Data
After setting the "Compare" condition, you can enter the value bit-by-bit by setting the
state high, low, or don't care for each single bit. Alternatively, you can enter a hexadeci-
mal value for each byte.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:ARINc:DATA:MAXimum on page 696
TRIGger:A:ARINc:DATA:MINimum on page 696
Transmission
Set a transmission conditions to be triggered on.
See also:
●
"Symbolic ID" on page 330
●
"Label" on page 329
●
"Data" on page 330
Interval ← Transmission
Sets the condition how the decoded value is compared with the defined range.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:ARINc:TTIMe:CONDition on page 698
ARINC 429 (Option R&S
RTA-K7)
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
332User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Minimum Time ← Transmission
Sets the minimum of the transmission time range.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:ARINc:TTIMe:MINimum on page 698
Maximum Time ← Transmission
Sets the maximum of the transmission time range.
Remote command:
TRIGger:A:ARINc:TTIMe:MAXimum on page 698
12.9.4 ARINC 429 Decode Results
When the configuration of the serial bus is complete, the signal can be decoded:
1. In the "Bus" menu, enable "Decode".
2. In the "Display" menu, select the result display settings.
See Chapter 12.1.2, "Displaying Decode Results", on page 247.
3. In the "Bus Table" menu, enable the "Bus Table". Adjust the table settings.
See also: Chapter 12.1.3, "Bus Table: Decode Results", on page 248
The instrument captures and decodes the signal according to the protocol definition
and the configuration settings.
The color-coding of the various protocol sections and errors simplifies the interpretation
of the visual display. The decode information condenses or expands, depending on the
horizontal scale. Various data formats are available to show the result values.
Table 12-8: Content of the ARINC 429 table
Column Description
Start time Time of word start in relation to the trigger point
Stop time Time of word stop in relation to the trigger point
Label name Symbolic label, available if a label list was loaded and applied
Label The value of the label bytes
SDI The state of the SDI bits
SSM The state of the SSM bits
Data The value of the data bytes
State Overall state of the frame
Remote commands are described in Chapter 16.11.9.3, "ARINC 429 Decode Results",
on page 699.
ARINC 429 (Option R&S
RTA-K7)
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
333User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
12.9.5 Search on Decoded ARINC 429 Data
Using the search functionality, you can find the same events in the decoded data which
you also can trigger on. Unlike trigger, the search finds all events in an acquisition that
fulfill the search condition. The results are listed in a table and and can be saved to file.
To search for events in a ARINC 429 signal
1. Configure and decode the bus correctly.
2. Acquire decoded data.
3. Press the Search key.
4. Select the "Search Type" = "Protocol".
5. Select the "Source": the bus that is configured for ARINC 429 protocol.
6. Select the "Event" you want to search for.
7. Enter additional settings, depending on the event.
ARINC 429 search settings
Figure 12-49: Settings for search on ARINC 429 bus
Word
Searches for a word start or word stop.
Remote command:
SEARch:PROTocol:ARINc:WORD[:TYPE] on page 706
Error
Searches for a protocol error.
"Parity"
Checks the parity and triggers if the parity is even.
"Gap Error"
Searches for a gap error. The gap is calculated automatically from the
set sample rate.
ARINC 429 (Option R&S RTA-K7)
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
334User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
"Coding Error"
Searches for a coding error.
Remote command:
SEARch:PROTocol:ARINc:ERRor on page 704
Label
Set the label settings to be searched for.
Symbolic ID ← Label
If a label list with node names was loaded and applied in the bus configuration, you
can select simply the node name from the list instead of entering the numeric identifier.
The instrument searches for the identifier of the selected node.
Label and Data
Set the label and data settings to be searched for. See also: Symbolic ID
SSM ← Label and Data
Sets the values for the sign/status matrix (SSM) bits.
Remote command:
SEARch:PROTocol:ARINc:SSM on page 705
ARINC 429 (Option R&S
RTA-K7)
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
335User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
SDI ← Label and Data
Sets the values for the source/destination identifier (SDI) bits.
Remote command:
SEARch:PROTocol:ARINc:SDI on page 705
Data ← Label and Data
Searches for a data, that is specified in the submenu.
Data Offset ← Data ← Label and Data
Sets a data offset.
Remote command:
SEARch:PROTocol:ARINc:DATA:OFFSet on page 704
Data Size ← Data ← Label and Data
Sets the data size.
Remote command:
SEARch:PROTocol:ARINc:DATA:SIZE on page 704
Compare ← Data ← Label and Data
Sets the condition how the decoded value is compared with the defined range.
Remote command:
SEARch:PROTocol:ARINc:DATA:CONDition on page 703
Data ← Data ← Label and Data
After setting the "Compare" condition, you can enter the value bit-by-bit by setting the
state high, low, or don't care for each single bit. Alternatively, you can enter a hexadeci-
mal value for each byte.
Remote command:
SEARch:PROTocol:ARINc:DATA:MAXimum on page 703
SEARch:PROTocol:ARINc:DATA:MINimum on page 704
12.9.6 ARINC 429 Label List
Label lists are protocol-specific. An ARINC 429 file contains three values for each iden-
tifier:
●
"Arinc Label": the Arinc 429 label value, that identifies the data type and the param-
eters associated with it.
●
"Symbolic label": symbolic name of the label, specifying the device function.
●
"Word Format": an optional parameter to describe the composition of the ARINC
429 word. It can be provided as integer value or mnemonic.
Word format definition
0 or DATA = <P>< Data ><Label>
1 or DATA_SDI = <P>< Data ><SDI><Label>
2 or DATA_SSM = <P><SSM>< Data ><Label>
ARINC 429 (Option R&S
RTA-K7)
Serial Bus Analysis
R&S
®
RTA4000
336User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
3 or DATA_SDI_SSM = <P><SSM>< Data ><SDI><Label>
>3 or SYSTEM_DEFAULT or empty = Default format as defined in scope.
Example: ARINC 429 PTT file
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@FILE_VERSION = 1.0
@PROTOCOL_NAME = arinc429
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Labels for ARINC protocol
# Column order: Numeric address (Label), Symbolic label, Word format
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
# ----Definition----
@PROTOCOL_NAME = arinc429
101o, Distance to Go, 0
102o, Time to Go, DATA_SDI
103o, Engine Discrete, DATA_SSM
104o, Latitude, 3
105o, Ground Speed, 4
106o, Magnetic heading
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
ARINC 429 (Option R&S RTA-K7)
Power Analysis (Option R&S RTA-K31)
R&S
®
RTA4000
337User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
13 Power Analysis (Option R&S RTA-K31)
With the R&S RTA4000 and option R&S RTA-K31 you can perform power analysis
measurements.
● Probe Adjustment..................................................................................................337
● Report Settings..................................................................................................... 338
● Statistic Menu Settings..........................................................................................339
● Input Power Measurements.................................................................................. 340
● Output Power Measurements............................................................................... 353
● Switching Power Measurements...........................................................................361
● Power Path Power Measurements........................................................................369
13.1 Probe Adjustment
13.1.1 Deskewing the Probes
Some power measurements require a current and a voltage probe. Before you start
one of these measurements, you need to deskew the probes to get correct measure-
ment results. The settings menu of the corresponding measurements contain the
"Probe" function to adjust the probes.
Required equipment:
●
R&S RT-ZF20 power deskew fixture
●
Rohde & Schwarz voltage probe
●
Rohde & Schwarz current probe
1. Connect the differential voltage probe and the current probe to the oscilloscope.
2. Press the Apps Selection key. Tap "Power Analysis".
3. Select a measurement.
4. In the configuration menu, select the correct channels for the "Current" and the
"Voltage" sources.
5. Select the "Probe" menu.
6. Connect the probes to the R&S RT-ZF20 power deskew fixture.
7. "Deskew" the probes and adjust the "Zero Offset".
8. Disconnect the probes from the R&S RT-ZF20 power deskew fixture.
Probe Adjustment
Power Analysis (Option R&S RTA-K31)
R&S
®
RTA4000
338User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
13.1.2 Probe Settings for Power Measurements
► To open the "Probe" settings menu:
a) Press the Apps Selection key. Tap "Power Analysis".
b) Select a measurement.
c) Close the "Power Analysis".
d)
Tap the
menu icon in the lower right corner of the screen.
e) Scroll down. Select "Power".
f) In the "Power" menu, select "Probe".
Deskew
Use the R&S RT-ZF20 power deskew fixture to deskew the probes.
Starts the automatic deskew procedure to align the waveforms of all visible channels. It
is necessary to deskew if a current and a voltage probe is used in the measurement.
Remote command:
POWer:DESKew[:EXECute] on page 708
Zero Offset
Differences in DUT and oscilloscope ground levels may cause larger zero errors affect-
ing the waveform. If the DUT is ground-referenced, the "Zero Offset" corrects the zero
error of the probe to optimize measurement results at small signal levels.
Short the signal pin and the ground pin together and connect them to the ground of the
DUT. Then press "Zero Offset".
Remote command:
POWer:ZOFFset[:EXECute] on page 708
13.2 Report Settings
In the "Report" menu you can describe your device under test (DUT) and the test con-
ditions. This information can be used on the title page for a report generated from the
"Power Analysis" measurements.
Report Settings
Power Analysis (Option R&S RTA-K31)
R&S
®
RTA4000
339User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Report
Opens the "Report" menu to enter DUT and test information and start the result export.
"Device under
test (DUT)"
Enter a name for your DUT.
"User"
Enter a user name.
"Site"
Enter the site.
"Temperature"
Enter the test temperature.
"Description"
Enter a description for the test.
"Save"
Opens the "Save" menu where you set the storage settings and save
the report to the USB flash drive. The file name is assigned automati-
cally.
Remote command:
POWer:REPort:DUT on page 709
POWer:REPort:USER on page 710
POWer:REPort:SITE on page 709
POWer:REPort:TEMPerature on page 709
POWer:REPort:DESCription on page 709
POWer:REPort:OUTPut on page 709
13.3 Statistic Menu Settings
In the statistic menu you can enable and configure statistic measurements. It is availa-
ble only for some power measurements.
► To open the "Statistics" settings menu:
a) Press the Apps Selection key. Tap "Power Analysis".
b) Select a measurement.
c) Close the "Power Analysis".
d)
Tap the
menu icon in the lower right corner of the screen.
Statistic Menu Settings
Power Analysis (Option R&S RTA-K31)
R&S
®
RTA4000
340User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
e) Scroll down. Select "Power".
f) In the "Power" menu, select "Statistics".
Visible
Activates or deactivates the statistical evaluation of the measurement.
Remote command:
POWer:STATistics:VISible on page 708
Average No.
Sets the number of measured waveforms used for calculation of average and standard
deviation. The maximum number is 1000.
Reset
Deletes the statistical results for the current measurement or all measurements,
respectivley, and starts a new statistical evaluation if the acquisition is running.
Remote command:
POWer:STATistics:RESet on page 708
Export
Opens the "Export" menu to save the measurement results to a CSV file.
13.4 Input Power Measurements
Input line analysis is used to measure the characteristics of the input power and the
effects the power supply exudes to the input line.
13.4.1 Quality
The power quality analysis measures the input voltage and current and the resulting
power. The results characterize the quality of the input AC line.
Input Power Measurements
Power Analysis (Option R&S RTA-K31)
R&S
®
RTA4000
341User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
13.4.1.1 Quality Results
The results of "Quality" measurements are:
●
The voltage waveform
●
The current waveform
●
The power waveform that is the product of the current and voltage waveforms
●
Numeric measurement results
Also, for each measurement result you can enable a statistic evaluation of the mea-
surement results. It returns the current, minimum and maximum measurement values,
the average and standard deviation, and the number of measured waveforms.
Voltage and current results
The voltage and current results are defined as follows:
Result Description
RMS Square root of the mean of the square of the current or voltage averaged
over N cycles
Crest, crest factor Peak value / RMS value
f, frequency Frequency of the signal
Power results
The power in a system is described by several physical quantities: real power, reactive
power, apparent power, and phase angle. In Power diagram for sinusoidal signals you
can see how these quantities are related if the voltage and the current are sinusoidal
signals. ||S|| stands for the vector norm value of the vector S.
Figure 13-1: Power diagram for sinusoidal signals
P = real power [W]
Q = reactive power [VAR]
||S|| = apparent power [VA]
φ
= phase angle between the current and the voltage sine waves [°]
Input Power Measurements
Power Analysis (Option R&S RTA-K31)
R&S
®
RTA4000
342User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
The power results are defined as follows (see Table 13-1):
Table 13-1: Power results
Result Name, Unit Formula Description
Apparent Apparent power
||S|| (VA)
||S||= V
RMS
∙
I
RMS
(averaged over N cycles)
|S| is the magnitude of the vector
sum of real and reactive power.
Active Real power
P (W)
P = V
INSTANTENEOUS
∙
I
INSTANTENEOUS
(averaged over N cycles)
Energy of the system that can be
used to do work.
Reactive Reactive power
Q (VAr, Volt-
Ampere reactive)
Q = ||S||sin
φ
Power flow that is temporarily
stored in a system because of the
inductive and capacitive ele-
ments.
Factor Power factor
P
Factor
P
Factor
= ||P|| / ||S|| Measure of the system efficiency.
The value varies between -1 and
1.
Angle Phase angle
φ (°)
φ
= acos (P
Factor
) Phase angle between the current
and the voltage sine waves.
Remote commands are described in Chapter 16.12.11, "Quality", on page 727.
13.4.1.2 Configuring Power Quality Measurements
For details of the configuration settings, see Chapter 13.4.1.3, "Quality Settings",
on page 343.
1. Press the Apps Selection key. Tap "Power Analysis".
2. In the "Input" tab, select "Consumption".
3. Connect the differential voltage probe and the current probe to the oscilloscope.
It is recommended that you use a high-voltage differential probe for measurements
at the DUT power input.
4. Demagnetize the current probe. For details, see the user manual of your current
probe.
5. Select the "Tools" tab.
6. Connect the probes to the R&S RT-ZF20 power deskew fixture.
7. "Deskew" the probes and adjust the "Zero Offset".
8. Disconnect the probes from the R&S RT-ZF20 power deskew fixture.
9. Connect the probes to the DUT as shown in the "Quality" dialog:
● Connect the positive (+) signal socket of the differential voltage probe to the
line of the AC input.
● Connect the negative (-) signal socket of the differential voltage probe to the
neutral of the AC input. Make sure that you use a common ground.
Input Power Measurements
Power Analysis (Option R&S RTA-K31)
R&S
®
RTA4000
343User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
● Connect the current probe in flow direction of the current to the line of the AC
input.
10. Close the "Power Analysis".
11. Press the "Menu" button and scroll to the "Power" menu.
12. Select the correct channels for the "Current" and the "Voltage" sources.
13. To enable statistic evaluation of the measurement results, select "Statistics" > "Visi-
ble".
14. Press the Autoset button to adjust the display scales automatically or adjust them
manually.
On the screen, you can see the measurement waveforms of the current, the volt-
age and the power. Also, the numeric measurement results are shown in the lower
left corner. For details, see Chapter 13.4.1, "Quality", on page 340.
13.4.1.3 Quality Settings
► To open the "Quality" settings menu:
a) Press the Apps Selection key. Tap "Power Analysis".
b) Select "Quality".
c) Close the "Power Analysis".
d)
Tap the menu icon in the lower right corner of the screen.
Input Power Measurements
Power Analysis (Option R&S RTA-K31)
R&S
®
RTA4000
344User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
e) Scroll down. Select "Power".
To adjust the probes, open the "Probe" menu. For details, see Chapter 13.1.2, "Probe
Settings for Power Measurements", on page 338.
Voltage
Sets the channel for the voltage source input. It is recommended that you use a high-
voltage differential probe for measurements at the DUT power input.
Remote command:
POWer:SOURce:VOLTage<n> on page 708
Current
Sets the channel for the current source. Connect the current probe in flow direction of
the current.
Remote command:
POWer:SOURce:CURRent<n> on page 707
13.4.2 Consumption
The consumption analysis measures the input voltage, input current, and the resulting
power. Using these values, it calculates the energy that is consumed over time. The
consumption analysis is best suited for non periodical measurements, e.g. measuring
the consumption of a device in a stand-by mode.
13.4.2.1 Consumption Results
The results of "Consumption" measurements are:
●
the voltage waveform
●
the current waveform
●
the power waveform that is the product of the current and voltage waveforms
●
numeric measurement results
For a definition of the numeric consumption results, see "Power results" on page 341.
Remote commands are described in Chapter 16.12.4, "Consumption", on page 710.
Input Power Measurements
Power Analysis (Option R&S RTA-K31)
R&S
®
RTA4000
345User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
13.4.2.2 Configuring Consumption Measurements
For details of the configuration settings, see Chapter 13.4.2.3, "Consumption Settings",
on page 345.
1. Press the Apps Selection key. Tap "Power Analysis".
2. In the "Input" tab, tap "Consumption".
3. Connect the differential voltage probe and the current probe to the oscilloscope.
It is recommended that you use a high-voltage differential probe for measurements
at the DUT power input.
4. Demagnetize the current probe. For details, see the user manual of your current
probe.
5. Select the "Tools" tab.
6. Connect the probes to the R&S RT-ZF20 power deskew fixture.
7. "Deskew" the probes and adjust the "Zero Offset".
8. Disconnect the probes from the R&S RT-ZF20 power deskew fixture.
9. Connect the probes to the DUT:
● Connect the positive (+) signal socket of the differential voltage probe to the
line of the AC input.
● Connect the negative (-) signal socket of the differential voltage probe to the
neutral of the AC input. Make sure that you use a common ground.
● Connect the current probe in flow direction of the current to the line of the AC
input.
10. Close the "Power Analysis".
11. Press the "Menu" button and scroll to the "Power" menu.
12. Select the correct channels for the "Current" and the "Voltage" sources.
13. Press the Autoset button to adjust the display scales automatically or adjust them
manually.
On the screen you can see the measurement waveforms of the current, the voltage
and the power. Also, the numeric measurement results are shown in the lower left
corner. For details, see Chapter 13.4.2, "Consumption", on page 344.
13.4.2.3 Consumption Settings
Required probes:
●
Differential voltage probe
●
Current probe
► To open the "Consumption" settings menu:
a) Press the Apps Selection key. Tap "Power Analysis".
Input Power Measurements
Power Analysis (Option R&S RTA-K31)
R&S
®
RTA4000
346User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
b) In the "Input" tab, select "Consumption".
Figure 13-2: Setup of consumption analysis
c) Close the "Power Analysis".
d)
Tap the menu icon in the lower right corner of the screen.
e) Scroll down. Select "Power".
To adjust the probes, open the "Probe" menu. For details, see Chapter 13.1.2, "Probe
Settings for Power Measurements", on page 338.
The settings for the voltage and current sources are the same as for quality analysis,
see "Voltage" on page 344 and "Current" on page 344.
Input Power Measurements
Power Analysis (Option R&S RTA-K31)
R&S
®
RTA4000
347User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Restart
Restarts the consumption measurement.
Remote command:
POWer:CONSumption:RESTart on page 710
13.4.3 Harmonics
Current harmonics analysis measures the amplitude of frequency components that can
be injected back into the AC lines. Therefore, FFT analysis with flat top window is per-
formed. Current harmonics analysis also performs pre-compliance testing according to
standards EN 61000-3-2 A / B / C / D.
13.4.3.1 Harmonics Results
The results of "Harmonics" measurements are:
●
The voltage waveform
●
The current waveform
●
Numeric measurement results
●
A bar that displays the measured value of the harmonics related to the value
defined in the standard
You can export the results to file.
Table 13-2: Harmonics results
Result Table Description
Order The harmonic order
Frequency The frequency value of the signal
Level The level of the harmonic
Minimum The minimum measured value
Maximum The maximum measured value
Average The average level of the harmonic
Limit bar chart The value defined in the standard (white bar) and the measured value of the har-
monics (green: value within the standard's defined limit; red: value out of the
standard's defined limit)
Limit The limit for the harmonic
Remote commands are described in Chapter 16.12.7, "Current Harmonic",
on page 715.
13.4.3.2 Configuring Harmonics Measurements
For details of the configuration settings, see Chapter 13.4.3.3, "Harmonics Settings",
on page 348.
Input Power Measurements
Power Analysis (Option R&S RTA-K31)
R&S
®
RTA4000
348User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
1. Press the Apps Selection key. Tap "Power Analysis".
2. In the "Input" tab, tap "Harmonics".
3. Connect the differential voltage probe and the current probe to the oscilloscope.
It is recommended that you use a high-voltage differential probe for measurements
at the DUT power input.
4. If necessary, demagnetize the current probe. For details, see the user manual of
your current probe.
5. Connect the probes to the DUT:
● Connect the positive (+) signal socket of the differential voltage probe to the
line of the AC input.
● Connect the negative (-) signal socket of the differential voltage probe to the
neutral of the AC input. Make sure that you use a common ground.
● Connect the current probe in flow direction of the current to the line of the AC
input.
6. Select the correct channels for the "Current" and the "Voltage" sources.
7. Select the "Standard".
8. Select the "Fundamental".
9. Press the Autoset button to adjust the display scales automatically or adjust them
manually.
On the screen you can see the measurement waveforms of the current, the voltage
and the power. Also, the numeric measurement results are shown in the result
table. For details, see Chapter 13.4.3.3, "Harmonics Settings", on page 348.
13.4.3.3 Harmonics Settings
Required probes:
●
Differential voltage probe
●
Current probe
► To open the "Harmonics" settings menu:
a) Press the Apps Selection key. Tap "Power Analysis".
Input Power Measurements
Power Analysis (Option R&S RTA-K31)
R&S
®
RTA4000
349User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
b) In the "Input" tab, select "Harmonics".
Figure 13-3: Setup of harmonics analysis
c) Close the "Power Analysis".
d)
Tap the menu icon in the lower right corner of the screen.
e) Scroll down. Select "Power".
Input Power Measurements
Power Analysis (Option R&S RTA-K31)
R&S
®
RTA4000
350User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
To adjust the probes, open the "Probe" menu. For details, see Chapter 13.1.2, "Probe
Settings for Power Measurements", on page 338.
The settings for the voltage and current sources are the same as for quality analysis,
see "Voltage" on page 344 and "Current" on page 344.
Standard
Selects the standard for pre-compliance testing.
"EN 61000-3-2 Class A"
Balanced 3-phase equipment, household appliances (excluding
equipment identified as class D), tools (excluding portable tools), dim-
mers for incandescent lamps, audio equipment
"EN 61000-3-2 Class B"
Portable tools, not professional arc welding equipment
"EN 61000-3-2 Class C"
Lighting equipment
"EN 61000-3-2 Class D"
PC, PC monitors, radio, or TV receivers with an input power less than
or equal to 600W
"MIL-STD-1399"
Military shipboard user equipment
"RTCA DO-160"
Environmental tests of avionics hardware
Remote command:
POWer:HARMonics:STANdard on page 720
Fundamental
Selects the frequency of the input signal. If "Automatic" is set, the instrument analyses
the signal and sets the fundamental frequency accordingly. Available values depend on
the selected "Standard".
Remote command:
POWer:HARMonics:DOFRequency on page 716
POWer:HARMonics:ENFRequency on page 716
POWer:HARMonics:MIFRequency on page 718
Export
"Export" opens the export menu to save the measurement results. You can set the tar-
get directory, file name, and a comment. The file format is CSV.
Remote command:
EXPort:POWer:NAME on page 721
EXPort:POWer:SAVE on page 721
13.4.4 Inrush Current
The inrush current analysis measures the peak of the input current that is drawn by the
device, when the device is turned on.
Input Power Measurements
Power Analysis (Option R&S RTA-K31)
R&S
®
RTA4000
351User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
13.4.4.1 Inrush Current Results
The results of "Inrush Current" measurements are:
●
The current waveform
●
Numeric measurement results:
– "Peak1": the inrush current (maximum current) for the gate
– "|y(x)*x|": the area of the gate
Remote commands are described in Chapter 16.12.8, "Inrush Current", on page 721.
13.4.4.2 Configuring Inrush Current Measurements
For details of the configuration settings, see Chapter 13.4.4.3, "Inrush Current Set-
tings", on page 351.
1. Press the Apps Selection key. Tap "Power Analysis".
2. In the "Input" tab, select "Inrush Current".
3. Connect the current probe to the oscilloscope.
4. Demagnetize and zero the current probe. For details, see the user manual of your
current probe.
5. Connect the current probe in flow direction of the current to the line of the AC input
of the DUT.
6. Select the correct channel for the "Current" source.
7. Set the "Gate Count".
On the screen, you can see the measurement waveform of the current. Also, the
numeric measurement results are shown in the lower left corner. For details, see
Chapter 13.4.4.1, "Inrush Current Results", on page 351.
13.4.4.3 Inrush Current Settings
► To open the "Inrush Current" settings menu:
a) Press the Apps Selection key. Tap "Power Analysis".
Input Power Measurements
Power Analysis (Option R&S RTA-K31)
R&S
®
RTA4000
352User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
b) In the "Input" tab, select "Inrush Current".
Figure 13-4: Setup of inrush current analysis
c) Close the "Power Analysis".
d)
Tap the menu icon in the lower right corner of the screen.
e) Scroll down. Select "Power".
To adjust the probes, open the "Probe" menu. For details, see Chapter 13.1.2, "Probe
Settings for Power Measurements", on page 338.
The settings for the current sources are the same as for quality analysis, see "Current"
on page 344.
Input Power Measurements
Power Analysis (Option R&S RTA-K31)
R&S
®
RTA4000
353User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Gate Count
Sets the number of inrush current gates. You can select up to three gates.
Remote command:
POWer:INRushcurrent:GCOunt on page 722
POWer:INRushcurrent:GATE<n>:STARt on page 721
POWer:INRushcurrent:GATE<n>:STOP on page 721
Set to Screen
Resets the cursors to their initial positions. This is helpful if the cursors have disap-
peared from the display or need to be moved for a larger distance.
13.5 Output Power Measurements
Output analysis is used to measure the characteristics of the output voltage.
● Ripple....................................................................................................................353
● Spectrum...............................................................................................................356
● Transient Response.............................................................................................. 359
13.5.1 Ripple
The "Ripple" analysis measures the ripple of the device output. In this measurement
the peak-to peak extremes of the output DC signal are of interest. The measurement
also includes the AC-RMS of the output DC signal, that is calculated as a standard der-
ivation.
13.5.1.1 Ripple Results
The results of "Ripple" measurements are:
●
The voltage waveform
●
Numeric measurement results
Also, for each measurement result you can enable a statistic evaluation of the mea-
surement results. It returns the current, minimum and maximum measurement values,
the average and standard deviation, and the number of measured waveforms.
The numeric measurement results are defined as follows:
Table 13-3: Properties output ripple
Meas. type Sym-
bol
Description/Result
Peak + Vp+ Maximum value within the displayed section of the waveform.
Peak - Vp- Minimum value within the displayed section of the waveform.
Peak peak Vpp Peak-to-peak value of the waveform: the difference of maximum and mini-
mum values.
X
Ampl
= X
Max
- X
Min
Output Power Measurements
Power Analysis (Option R&S RTA-K31)
R&S
®
RTA4000
354User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Meas. type Sym-
bol
Description/Result
Mean Mean Mean value of the complete displayed waveform.
σ
σ
Standard deviation of the waveform samples.
Period T The length of the left-most signal period within the displayed section of the
waveform.
Frequency f Frequency of the signal. The result is based on the length of the left-most sig-
nal period within the displayed section of the waveform.
Pos. duty cycle Dty+ Positive duty cycle: Width of a positive pulse in relation to the period in %.
The measurement requires at least one complete period of a triggered signal.
Neg. duty cycle Dty- Negative duty cycle: Width of a negative pulse in relation to the period in %.
The measurement requires at least one complete period of a triggered signal.
Remote commands are described in Chapter 16.12.12, "Ripple", on page 731.
13.5.1.2 Configuring Ripple Measurements
For details of the configuration settings, see Chapter 13.5.1.3, "Ripple Settings",
on page 355.
1. Press the Apps Selection key. Tap "Power Analysis".
2. In the "Output" tab, tap "Ripple".
3. Connect the differential voltage probe and the current probe to the oscilloscope.
It is recommended that you use a high-voltage differential probe for measurements
at the DUT power input.
4. Demagnetize the current probe. For details, see the user manual of your current
probe.
5. Select the "Tools" tab.
6. Connect the probes to the R&S RT-ZF20 power deskew fixture.
7. "Deskew" the probes and adjust the "Zero Offset".
8. Disconnect the probes from the R&S RT-ZF20 power deskew fixture.
9. Connect the probes to the DUT:
● Connect the voltage probe to the output stage of the DUT.
● Connect the current probe in flow direction of the current to the output stage of
the DUT.
10. Close the "Power Analysis".
11. Press the "Menu" button and scroll to the "Power" menu.
12. Select the correct channels for the "Source".
Output Power Measurements
Power Analysis (Option R&S RTA-K31)
R&S
®
RTA4000
355User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
13. Press the Autoset button to adjust the display scales automatically or adjust them
manually.
On the screen you can see the measurement waveforms of the current, the voltage
and the power. Also, the numeric measurement results are shown in the lower left
corner. For details, see Chapter 13.5.1.1, "Ripple Results", on page 353.
13.5.1.3 Ripple Settings
Required probes:
●
Voltage probe
●
(Optional) Current probe
► To open the "Ripple" settings menu:
a) Press the Apps Selection key. Tap "Power Analysis".
b) In the "Output" tab, select "Ripple".
Figure 13-5: Setup of ripple analysis
c) Close the "Power Analysis".
d)
Tap the
menu icon in the lower right corner of the screen.
Output Power Measurements
Power Analysis (Option R&S RTA-K31)
R&S
®
RTA4000
356User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
e) Scroll down. Select "Power".
Source
Sets the channel for the source input. This can be either a current or a voltage source.
13.5.2 Spectrum
The spectrum analysis measures the spectrum of the output voltage. The results can
be applied to see typical side effect problems of the switched-mode power supply
(SMPS) application, such as switching frequency components of internal SMPS.
13.5.2.1 Spectrum Results
The results of "Spectrum" measurements are:
●
Voltage waveform
●
Spectrum
●
Numeric measurement results
For a detailed description of the numeric parameters, see Table 13-2.
Remote commands are described in Chapter 16.12.15, "Spectrum", on page 750.
13.5.2.2 Configuring Spectrum Measurements
For details of the configuration settings, see Chapter 13.5.2.3, "Spectrum Settings",
on page 357.
1. Press the Apps Selection key. Tap "Power Analysis".
2. In the "Output" tab, tap "Spectrum".
3. Connect the differential voltage probe and the current probe to the oscilloscope.
It is recommended that you use a high-voltage differential probe for measurements
at the DUT power input.
4. Demagnetize the current probe. For details, see the user manual of your current
probe.
5. Select the "Tools" tab.
Output Power Measurements
Power Analysis (Option R&S RTA-K31)
R&S
®
RTA4000
357User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
6. Connect the probes to the R&S RT-ZF20 power deskew fixture.
7. "Deskew" the probes and adjust the "Zero Offset".
8. Disconnect the probes from the R&S RT-ZF20 power deskew fixture.
9. Connect the probes to the DUT:
● Connect the voltage probe to the output stage of the DUT.
● Connect the current probe in flow direction of the current to the output stage of
the DUT.
10. Close the "Power Analysis".
11. Press the "Menu" button and scroll to the "Power" menu.
12. Select the correct channels for the "Source".
13. Press the Autoset button to adjust the display scales automatically or adjust them
manually.
On the screen you can see the measurement waveforms of the current, the voltage
and the spectrum. Also, the numeric measurement results are shown in the lower
left corner. For details, see Chapter 13.5.2.1, "Spectrum Results", on page 356.
13.5.2.3 Spectrum Settings
Required probes:
●
Differential voltage probe
●
Current probe
► To open the "Spectrum" settings menu:
a) Press the Apps Selection key. Tap "Power Analysis".
Output Power Measurements
Power Analysis (Option R&S RTA-K31)
R&S
®
RTA4000
358User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
b) In the "Output" tab, select "Spectrum".
Figure 13-6: Setup of spectrum analysis
c) Close the "Power Analysis".
d)
Tap the menu icon in the lower right corner of the screen.
e) Select "Power".
Source
Sets the channel for the source input. This can be either a current or a voltage source.
Fundamental
Sets the switching frequency of the device.
Remote command:
POWer:SPECtrum:FREQuency on page 750
Output Power Measurements
Power Analysis (Option R&S RTA-K31)
R&S
®
RTA4000
359User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Export
"Export" opens the export menu to save the measurement results. You can set the tar-
get directory, file name, and a comment. The file format is CSV.
Remote command:
EXPort:POWer:NAME on page 721
EXPort:POWer:SAVE on page 721
13.5.3 Transient Response
The transient response analysis measures the response of a system to a change from
equilibrium. This response is described by different properties like the overshoot, the
settling time, the peak time and the delay time.
13.5.3.1 Transient Response Results
The results of "Transient Response" measurements are:
●
Voltage waveform
●
Numeric measurement results
The transient response results are defined as follows:
Table 13-4: Transient response
Result Symbol Description
Rise time tr The time needed for the signal to change from 10% to 90% of the speci-
fied top level.
Overshoot level Ovr The maximum swing level above the top level.
Settling time Sett. The time period between cursor 1 and cursor 2.
Peak time tPeak The time needed for the response to reach the first peak of the over-
shoot.
Peak Peak The peak value of the signal
Delay time Delay The time needed for the response to reach half of the top level value,
after the trigger event.
Remote commands are described in Chapter 16.12.17, "Transient Response",
on page 757.
13.5.3.2 Configuring Transient Response Measurements
For details of the configuration settings, see Chapter 13.5.3.3, "Transient Response
Settings", on page 360.
1. Press the Apps Selection key. Tap "Power Analysis".
2. In the "Output" tab, tap "Transient Response".
3. Close the "Power Analysis".
Output Power Measurements
Power Analysis (Option R&S RTA-K31)
R&S
®
RTA4000
360User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
4. Connect the voltage probe to the oscilloscope.
5. Connect the voltage probe to the output stage of the DUT.
6. Press the "Menu" button and scroll to the "Power" menu.
7. Select the correct channels for the "Source".
8. Set the "Top Level" and the "Base Level".
9. Press the Autoset button to adjust the display scales automatically or adjust them
manually.
On the screen, you can see the measurement waveforms of the voltage. Also, the
numeric measurement results are shown in the lower left corner. For details, see
Chapter 13.5.3, "Transient Response", on page 359.
13.5.3.3 Transient Response Settings
Required probes:
●
Differential voltage probe
► To open the "Transient Response" settings menu:
a) Press the Apps Selection key. Tap "Power Analysis".
b) In the "Output" tab, select "Transient Response".
Figure 13-7: Setup of transient response analysis
c) Close the "Power Analysis".
d)
Tap the menu icon in the lower right corner of the screen.
Output Power Measurements
Power Analysis (Option R&S RTA-K31)
R&S
®
RTA4000
361User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
e) Scroll down. Select "Power".
To adjust the probes, open the "Probe" menu. For details, see Chapter 13.1.2, "Probe
Settings for Power Measurements", on page 338.
The settings for the sources is the same as for ripple analysis, see "Source"
on page 356.
Top Level
Sets the expected signal high voltage value.
Remote command:
POWer:TRANsient:SIGHigh on page 758
Base Level
Sets the expected signal low voltage value.
Remote command:
POWer:TRANsient:SIGLow on page 758
Set to Screen
Resets the cursors to their initial positions. This is helpful if the cursors have disap-
peared from the display or need to be moved for a larger distance.
13.6 Switching Power Measurements
Switching and control loop analysis is used to measure the internal characteristics of a
switching device and the operational reliability of the components.
● Slew Rate..............................................................................................................362
● Modulation.............................................................................................................364
● Dynamic On Resistance........................................................................................367
Switching Power Measurements
Power Analysis (Option R&S RTA-K31)
R&S
®
RTA4000
362User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
13.6.1 Slew Rate
The slew rate analysis measures the rate of change of the voltage or current waveform
during the switching of a switching transistor.
13.6.1.1 Slew Rate Results
The results of "Slew Rate" measurements are:
●
the voltage waveform or the current waveform
●
a waveform of the derivative of voltage and current
●
numeric measurement results
For a detailed description of the numeric results, see Chapter 13.5.1.1, "Ripple
Results", on page 353.
Also for each measurement result you can enable a statistic evaluation of the mea-
surement results. It returns the current, minimum and maximum measurement values,
the average and standard deviation, and the number of measured waveforms.
13.6.1.2 Configuring Slew Rate Measurements
For details of the configuration settings, see Chapter 13.6.1.3, "Slew Rate Settings",
on page 363.
1. Press the Apps Selection key. Tap "Power Analysis".
2. In the "Switching" tab, tap "Slew Rate".
3. Connect the differential voltage probe and the current probe to the oscilloscope.
It is recommended that you use a high-voltage differential probe for measurements
at the DUT power input.
4. Demagnetize the current probe. For details, see the user manual of your current
probe.
5. Select the "Tools" tab.
6. Connect the probes to the R&S RT-ZF20 power deskew fixture.
7. "Deskew" the probes and adjust the "Zero Offset".
8. Disconnect the probes from the R&S RT-ZF20 power deskew fixture.
9. Connect the probes to the DUT:
● Connect the positive (+) signal socket of the differential probe to the drain of
the transistor.
● Connect the negative (-) signal socket of the differential probe to the source of
the transistor.
● Connect the current probe to the source of the transistor.
10. Close the "Power Analysis".
Switching Power Measurements
Power Analysis (Option R&S RTA-K31)
R&S
®
RTA4000
363User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
11. Press the "Menu" button and scroll to the "Power" menu.
12. Select the correct channels for the "Source".
13. Set the "∆t" value low enough.
14. To enable statistic evaluation of the measurement results, select "Statistics" > "Visi-
ble".
15. Press the Autoset button to adjust the display scales automatically or adjust them
manually.
On the screen you can see the measurement waveforms of the current, the voltage
and the derivative of voltage and current. Also, the numeric measurement results
are shown in the lower left corner. For details, see Chapter 13.6.1.1, "Slew Rate
Results", on page 362.
13.6.1.3 Slew Rate Settings
Required probes:
●
Differential voltage probe
●
Current probe
► To open the "Slew Rate" settings menu:
a) Press the Apps Selection key. Tap "Power Analysis".
b) In the "Switching" tab, select "Slew Rate".
Figure 13-8: Setup of slew rate analysis
c) Close the "Power Analysis".
d)
Tap the menu icon in the lower right corner of the screen.
Switching Power Measurements
Power Analysis (Option R&S RTA-K31)
R&S
®
RTA4000
364User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
e) Scroll down. Select "Power".
To adjust the probes, open the "Probe" menu. For details, see Chapter 13.1.2, "Probe
Settings for Power Measurements", on page 338.
Source
Sets the channel for the source. This can be either a current or a voltage source.
∆t
Sets the delta time.
Remote command:
POWer:SLEWrate:DTIMe on page 738
13.6.2 Modulation
The modulation analysis measures the control pulse signal to a switching device.
13.6.2.1 Modulation Results
The results of "Modulation" measurements are:
●
The voltage or the current waveform
●
Numeric measurement results
For a detailed description of the numeric results, see Chapter 13.5.1.1, "Ripple
Results", on page 353.
Also, for each measurement result you can enable a statistic evaluation of the mea-
surement results. It returns the current, minimum and maximum measurement values,
the average and standard deviation, and the number of measured waveforms.
13.6.2.2 Configuring Modulation Measurements
For details of the configuration settings, see Chapter 13.6.2.3, "Modulation Analysis
Settings", on page 365.
1. Press the Apps Selection key. Tap "Power Analysis".
2. In the "Switching" tab, tap "Modulation".
Switching Power Measurements
Power Analysis (Option R&S RTA-K31)
R&S
®
RTA4000
365User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
3. Connect the differential voltage probe and the current probe to the oscilloscope.
It is recommended that you use a high-voltage differential probe for measurements
at the DUT power input.
4. Demagnetize the current probe. For details, see the user manual of your current
probe.
5. Select the "Tools" tab.
6. Connect the probes to the R&S RT-ZF20 power deskew fixture.
7. "Deskew" the probes and adjust the "Zero Offset".
8. Disconnect the probes from the R&S RT-ZF20 power deskew fixture.
9. Connect the probes to the DUT:
● Connect the positive (+) signal socket of the differential probe to the gate of the
transistor.
● Connect the negative (-) signal socket of the differential probe to the source of
the transistor.
● Connect the current probe to the drain of the transistor.
10. Close the "Power Analysis".
11. Press the "Menu" button and scroll to the "Power" menu.
12. Select the correct channels for the "Source".
13. Press the Autoset button to adjust the display scales automatically or adjust them
manually.
On the screen you can see the measurement waveforms of the current, the voltage
and the power. Also, the numeric measurement results are shown in the lower left
corner. For details, see Chapter 13.6.2.1, "Modulation Results", on page 364.
13.6.2.3 Modulation Analysis Settings
Required probes:
●
Differential voltage probe
●
Current probe
► To open the "Modulation" settings menu:
a) Press the Apps Selection key.
b) Tap "Power Analysis".
Switching Power Measurements
Power Analysis (Option R&S RTA-K31)
R&S
®
RTA4000
366User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
c) In the "Switching" tab, select "Modulation".
Figure 13-9: Setup of modulation analysis
d) Close the "Power Analysis" box.
e)
Tap the menu icon in the lower right corner of the screen.
f) Scroll down. Select "Power".
To adjust the probes, open the "Probe" menu. For details, see Chapter 13.1.2, "Probe
Settings for Power Measurements", on page 338.
Source
Sets the channel for the source. This can be either a current or a voltage source.
Type
Selects the modulation type. A calculation of the waveform for the selected modulation
type is shown on the screen. The modulations types are the same as the track wave-
forms available in the math "Equation Set Editor".
Tap "More" to adjust the thresholds, hysteresis and reference edge for track calcula-
tion.
For details, see Chapter 6.2.6, "Tracks", on page 105.
Switching Power Measurements
Power Analysis (Option R&S RTA-K31)
R&S
®
RTA4000
367User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Remote command:
POWer:MODulation:TYPE on page 723
POWer:MODulation:THReshold[:UPPer] on page 724
POWer:MODulation:THReshold:LOWer on page 724
POWer:MODulation:THReshold:HYSTeresis on page 724
13.6.3 Dynamic On Resistance
The dynamic On resistance analysis measures the resistance of a switching device,
during operation. Because voltage and current may vary in time, the resistance is not
constant, thus it is called dynamic On resistance. It is defined as the ratio dV/dI.
13.6.3.1 Dynamic On Resistance Results
The results of "Dynamic On Resistance" measurements are:
●
the voltage waveform
●
the current waveform
●
the dynamic on resistance value
Remote commands are described in Chapter 16.12.5, "Dynamic ON Resistance",
on page 712.
13.6.3.2 Configuring Dynamic On Resistance Measurements
For details of the configuration settings, see Chapter 13.6.3.3, "Dynamic On Resist-
ance Settings", on page 368.
1. Press the Apps Selection key. Tap "Power Analysis".
2. In the "Switching" tab, tap "Dynamic On Res.".
3. Connect the differential voltage probe and the current probe to the oscilloscope.
It is recommended that you use a high-voltage differential probe for measurements
at the DUT power input.
4. Demagnetize the current probe. For details, see the user manual of your current
probe.
5. Select the "Tools" tab.
6. Connect the probes to the R&S RT-ZF20 power deskew fixture.
7. "Deskew" the probes and adjust the "Zero Offset".
8. Disconnect the probes from the R&S RT-ZF20 power deskew fixture.
9. Connect the probes to the DUT:
● Connect the positive (+) signal socket of the differential probe to the drain of
the transistor.
Switching Power Measurements
Power Analysis (Option R&S RTA-K31)
R&S
®
RTA4000
368User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
● Connect the negative (-) signal socket of the differential probe to the source of
the transistor.
● Connect the current probe to the source of the transistor.
10. Close the "Power Analysis".
11. Press the "Menu" button and scroll to the "Power" menu.
12. Select the correct channels for the "Current" and the "Voltage" sources.
13. Press the Autoset button to adjust the display scales automatically or adjust them
manually.
On the screen, you can see the measurement waveforms of the current and the
voltage. Also, the numeric measurement results are shown in the lower right cor-
ner. For details, see Chapter 13.6.3.1, "Dynamic On Resistance Results",
on page 367.
13.6.3.3 Dynamic On Resistance Settings
Required probes:
●
Differential voltage probe
●
Current probe
► To open the "Dynamic On Res." settings menu:
a) Press the Apps Selection key. Tap "Power Analysis".
b) In the "Switching" tab, select "Dynamic On Res.".
Figure 13-10: Setup of dynamic on resistance analysis
c) Close the "Power Analysis".
d)
Tap the menu icon in the lower right corner of the screen.
Switching Power Measurements
Power Analysis (Option R&S RTA-K31)
R&S
®
RTA4000
369User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
e) Scroll down. Select "Power".
To adjust the probes, open the "Probe" menu. For details, see Chapter 13.1.2, "Probe
Settings for Power Measurements", on page 338.
The settings for the voltage and current sources are the same as for quality analysis,
see "Voltage" on page 344 and "Current" on page 344.
Set to screen
Resets the cursors to their initial positions. This is helpful if the cursors have disap-
peared from the display or need to be moved for a larger distance.
13.7 Power Path Power Measurements
Power path measurements are used for analysing the behavior of the devices that con-
trol the power flow through the switched-mode power supply (SMPS) circuit, including
switching devices and inductors.
● Efficiency...............................................................................................................369
● Switching Loss...................................................................................................... 372
● Turn ON/OFF Time............................................................................................... 375
● Safe Operating Area (S.O.A.)............................................................................... 378
13.7.1 Efficiency
The power efficiency analysis measures the input and the output power of a power
supply. The power efficiency of the power supply is then calculated as the ratio of the
output power and the input power.
13.7.1.1 Efficiency Results
The results of "Efficiency" measurements are:
●
the voltage waveform
●
the current waveform
Power Path Power Measurements
Power Analysis (Option R&S RTA-K31)
R&S
®
RTA4000
370User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
●
the power waveform that is the product of the current and voltage waveforms
●
numeric measurement results
For a detailed description of the numeric results, see Chapter 13.5.1.1, "Ripple
Results", on page 353.
Also, for each measurement result you can enable a statistic evaluation of the mea-
surement results. It returns the current, minimum and maximum measurement values,
the average and standard deviation, and the number of measured waveforms.
13.7.1.2 Configuring Efficiency Measurements
For details of the configuration settings, see Chapter 13.7.1.3, "Efficiency Settings",
on page 371.
1. Press the Apps Selection key. Tap "Power Analysis".
2. In the "Power Path" tab, tap "Efficiency".
3. Connect the differential voltage probe and the current probe to the oscilloscope.
It is recommended that you use a high-voltage differential probe for measurements
at the DUT power input.
4. Demagnetize the current probe. For details, see the user manual of your current
probe.
5. Select the "Tools" tab.
6. Connect the probes to the R&S RT-ZF20 power deskew fixture.
7. "Deskew" the probes and adjust the "Zero Offset".
8. Disconnect the probes from the R&S RT-ZF20 power deskew fixture.
9. Connect the probes to the DUT:
● Connect the positive (+) signal socket of the first differential probe to the line of
the AC input.
● Connect the negative (-) signal socket of the first differential probe to the neu-
tral of the AC input.
● Connect the first current probe to the line of the AC input.
● Connect the positive (+) signal socket of the second differential probe to the
input path of the load.
● Connect the negative (-) signal socket of the second differential probe to the
return path of the load.
● Connect the second current probe to the input path of the load with the direc-
tion of the arrow pointing towards the current flow.
10. Close the "Power Analysis".
11. Press the "Menu" button and scroll to the "Power" menu.
12. Select the correct channels for the "Input Voltage", "Input Current", "Output Volt-
age" and "Output Current" sources.
Power Path Power Measurements
Power Analysis (Option R&S RTA-K31)
R&S
®
RTA4000
371User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
13. To enable statistic evaluation of the measurement results, select "Statistics" > "Visi-
ble".
14. Press the Autoset button to adjust the display scales automatically or adjust them
manually.
On the screen, you can see the measurement waveforms of the currents and the
voltages. Also, the numeric measurement results are shown in the lower right cor-
ner. For details, see Chapter 13.7.1, "Efficiency", on page 369.
13.7.1.3 Efficiency Settings
Required probes:
●
Two differential voltage probes
●
Two current probes
► To open the "Efficiency" settings menu:
a) Press the Apps Selection key. Tap "Power Analysis".
b) In the "Power Path" tab, select "Efficiency".
Figure 13-11: Setup of efficiency analysis
c) Close the "Power Analysis".
d)
Tap the menu icon in the lower right corner of the screen.
Power Path Power Measurements
Power Analysis (Option R&S RTA-K31)
R&S
®
RTA4000
372User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
e) Scroll down. Select "Power".
To adjust the probes, open the "Probe" menu. For details, see Chapter 13.1.2, "Probe
Settings for Power Measurements", on page 338.
Input Voltage, Input Current
Sets the channels for the input voltage and the input current.
Output Voltage, Output Current
Sets the channels for the output voltage and the output current.
13.7.2 Switching Loss
The switching loss analysis measures the power and energy losses of a switching
device, that occur during the switching phases and the conduction phase of a switching
transistor.
13.7.2.1 Switching Loss Results
The results of "Switching Loss" measurements are:
●
The voltage waveform
●
The current waveform
●
The power waveform that is the product of the current and voltage waveforms
●
Numeric measurement results
The numeric measurement results can be displayed in dependence of the power or the
energy according to the selected "Type". The switching loss results show the power/
energy values in W/J for the following switching phases:
Power Path Power Measurements
Power Analysis (Option R&S RTA-K31)
R&S
®
RTA4000
373User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Table 13-5: Switching loss phases
Phase Symbol Definition Points Description
Turn on On The area between "t
1
" and "t
2
" The time after switching the device,
during which the current rises until it
reaches the saturation current level.
Conduction Cond The area between "t
2
" and "t
3
" The time during which the voltage is
at the transistors saturated minimum
and the current flows.
Turn off Off The area between "t
3
" and "t
4
" The time during which after a short
delay time the voltage rises until it
reaches its final value.
Non con-
duction
No Cond The area between "t
4
" and "t
5
" The time during current does not
flow. The losses during this period
should be theoretically zero.
Total Total The area between "t
1
" and "t
5
" The period of one switching cycle.
Remote commands are described in Chapter 16.12.16, "Switching", on page 753.
13.7.2.2 Configuring Switching Loss Measurements
For details of the configuration settings, see Chapter 13.7.2.3, "Switching Loss Set-
tings", on page 374.
1. Press the Apps Selection key. Tap "Power Analysis".
2. In the "Power Path" tab, tap "Switching Loss".
3. Connect the differential voltage probe and the current probe to the oscilloscope.
It is recommended that you use a high-voltage differential probe for measurements
at the DUT power input.
4. Demagnetize the current probe. For details, see the user manual of your current
probe.
5. Select the "Tools" tab.
6. Connect the probes to the R&S RT-ZF20 power deskew fixture.
7. "Deskew" the probes and adjust the "Zero Offset".
8. Disconnect the probes from the R&S RT-ZF20 power deskew fixture.
9. Connect the probes to the DUT:
● Connect the positive (+) signal socket of the differential probe to the drain of
the transistor.
● Connect the negative (-) signal socket of the differential probe to the source of
the transistor.
● Connect the current probe to the source of the transistor.
10. Close the "Power Analysis".
Power Path Power Measurements
Power Analysis (Option R&S RTA-K31)
R&S
®
RTA4000
374User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
11. Press the "Menu" button and scroll to the "Power" menu.
12. Select the correct channels for the "Current" and the "Voltage" sources.
13. Select the "Type" for the measurement.
14. Press the Autoset button to adjust the display scales automatically or adjust them
manually.
On the screen, you can see the measurement waveform of the current, the voltage
and the power. Also, the numeric measurement results are shown in the lower right
corner. For details, see Chapter 13.7.2, "Switching Loss", on page 372.
13.7.2.3 Switching Loss Settings
Required probes:
●
Differential voltage probe
●
Current probe
► To open the "Switching Loss" settings menu:
a) Press the Apps Selection key. Tap "Power Analysis".
b) In the "Power Path" tab, select "Switching Loss".
Figure 13-12: Setup of consumption analysis
c) Close the "Power Analysis".
d)
Tap the menu icon in the lower right corner of the screen.
Power Path Power Measurements
Power Analysis (Option R&S RTA-K31)
R&S
®
RTA4000
375User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
e) Scroll down. Select "Power".
To adjust the probes, open the "Probe" menu. For details, see Chapter 13.1.2, "Probe
Settings for Power Measurements", on page 338.
The settings for the voltage and current sources are the same as for quality analysis,
see "Voltage" on page 344 and "Current" on page 344.
Type
Selects the measurement type, power or energy, for the switching loss measurement.
The results of the measurement are displayed in W for power measurements and in J
for energy measurements.
Remote command:
POWer:SWITching:TYPE on page 756
Set to Trace
Autoset for cursor lines. Sets the cursor lines to typical points of the waveform depend-
ing on the selected measurement type.
13.7.3 Turn ON/OFF Time
The turn on/off analysis measures how long it takes a power supply to reach a certain
percentage of the steady state output level during initial turn on or turn off.
13.7.3.1 Turn ON/OFF Time Results
The results of "Turn ON/OFF time" measurements are:
●
The input voltage waveform
●
The output voltage waveform
●
The turn on / turn off time
Remote commands are described in Chapter 16.12.10, "Turn On/Off", on page 726.
Power Path Power Measurements
Power Analysis (Option R&S RTA-K31)
R&S
®
RTA4000
376User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
13.7.3.2 Configuring Turn ON/OFF Time Measurements
For details of the configuration settings, see Chapter 13.7.3.3, "Turn ON/OFF Time
Settings", on page 376.
1. Press the Apps Selection key. Tap "Power Analysis".
2. In the "Power Path" tab, select "Turn ON/OFF time".
3. Connect the differential voltage probe and the current probe to the oscilloscope.
It is recommended that you use a high-voltage differential probe for measurements
at the DUT power input.
4. Demagnetize the current probe. For details, see the user manual of your current
probe.
5. Select the "Tools" tab.
6. Connect the probes to the R&S RT-ZF20 power deskew fixture.
7. "Deskew" the probes and adjust the "Zero Offset".
8. Disconnect the probes from the R&S RT-ZF20 power deskew fixture.
9. Connect the probes to the DUT:
● Connect the positive (+) signal socket of the differential probe to the line of the
AC input.
● Connect the negative (-) signal socket of the differential probe to the neutral of
the AC input.
● Connect the passive voltage probe to the DC output of the DUT.
● Connect the current probe to the input path of the load with the direction of the
arrow pointing towards the current flow.
10. Select the correct channels for the "Input Voltage" and the "Output Voltage" sour-
ces.
11. Select the "Type" for the measurement.
12. Press the Autoset button to adjust the display scales automatically or adjust them
manually.
On the screen, you can see the measurement waveform of the input and output
voltage. Also, the numeric measurement results are shown in the lower left corner.
For details, see Chapter 13.7.3, "Turn ON/OFF Time", on page 375.
13.7.3.3 Turn ON/OFF Time Settings
Required probes:
●
Two voltage probes
●
Current probe
► To open the "Turn ON/OFF time" settings menu:
Power Path Power Measurements
Power Analysis (Option R&S RTA-K31)
R&S
®
RTA4000
377User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
a) Press the Apps Selection key. Tap "Power Analysis".
b) In the "Power Path" tab, select "Turn ON/OFF time".
Figure 13-13: Setup of turn on/off analysis
c) Close the "Power Analysis".
d)
Tap the menu icon in the lower right corner of the screen.
e) Scroll down. Select "Power".
Power Path Power Measurements
Power Analysis (Option R&S RTA-K31)
R&S
®
RTA4000
378User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
To adjust the probes, open the "Probe" menu. For details, see Chapter 13.1.2, "Probe
Settings for Power Measurements", on page 338.
Type
Selects turn on or turn off time as the type of measurement.
Input Voltage
Sets the channel for the input voltage.
Output Voltage
Sets the channels for the output voltage.
13.7.4 Safe Operating Area (S.O.A.)
The safe operating area is defined by the voltage and current conditions over which a
power semiconductor device is expected to operate without self-damage. The "Safe
Operating Area" analysis provides a diagram of the safe operating conditions of your
device.
13.7.4.1 Safe Operating Area Results
The results of "SOA" measurements are provided in the following ways:
●
The diagram shows the graphical presentation of:
– the voltage waveform
– the current waveform
●
A logarithmic or linear XY diagram of the calculated voltage (x-axis) and current (y-
axis) waveforms. This curve is a graphical representation of the power handling
capability of the device under various conditions.
Power Path Power Measurements
Power Analysis (Option R&S RTA-K31)
R&S
®
RTA4000
379User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Figure 13-14: Results of the SOA power measurement
The numerical results of the safe operating area mask test are described in Table 13-6.
Table 13-6: Results of the mask test
Result Description
Count Number of tested points/acquisitions
Passed Number of points/acquisitions that have passed the
mask test, i.e. they are within the defined safe opea-
rating area mask
Failed Number of points/acquisitions that have failed the
mask test, i.e. they are out of the defined safe opea-
rating area mask
Fail rate Ratio of acquisition hits to the number of tested
acquisitions
Result A test has failed if the number of sample hits or
acquisition hits exceeds the limit of "Tot.Tolerance" /
"Acq. Tolerance" hits
Remote commands are described in Chapter 16.12.14, "S.O.A", on page 742.
13.7.4.2 Configuring Safe Operating Area Measurements
For details of the configuration settings, see Chapter 13.7.4.3, "Safe Operating Area
Settings", on page 380.
1. Press the Apps Selection key. Tap "Power Analysis".
2. In the "Power Path" tab, tap "SOA".
Power Path Power Measurements
Power Analysis (Option R&S RTA-K31)
R&S
®
RTA4000
380User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
3. Connect the differential voltage probe and the current probe to the oscilloscope.
It is recommended that you use a high-voltage differential probe for measurements
at the DUT power input.
4. Demagnetize the current probe. For details, see the user manual of your current
probe.
5. Select the "Tools" tab.
6. Connect the probes to the R&S RT-ZF20 power deskew fixture.
7. "Deskew" the probes and adjust the "Zero Offset".
8. Disconnect the probes from the R&S RT-ZF20 power deskew fixture.
9. Connect the probes to the DUT:
● Connect the positive (+) signal socket of the differential probe to the drain of
the transistor.
● Connect the negative (-) signal socket of the differential probe to the source of
the transistor.
● Connect the current probe to the source of the transistor.
10. Close the "Power Analysis".
11. Press the "Menu" button and scroll to the "Power" menu.
12. Select the correct channels for the "Current" and the "Voltage" sources.
13. Open the "Mask Setup" menu and define the mask parameters.
14. Open the "Test Setup" menu and define the test parameters.
15. Press the Autoset button to adjust the display scales automatically or adjust them
manually.
On the screen, you can see the measurement waveforms of the currents and the
voltages. Also, the numeric measurement results are shown in the lower right cor-
ner. For details, see Chapter 13.7.4.1, "Safe Operating Area Results",
on page 378.
13.7.4.3 Safe Operating Area Settings
Required probes:
●
Differential voltage probes
●
Current probe
► To open the "Efficiency" settings menu:
a) Press the Apps Selection key. Tap "Power Analysis".
Power Path Power Measurements
Power Analysis (Option R&S RTA-K31)
R&S
®
RTA4000
381User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
b) In the "Power Path" tab, select "SOA".
Figure 13-15: Setup of SOA analysis
c) Close the "Power Analysis".
d)
Tap the menu icon in the lower right corner of the screen.
e) Scroll down. Select "Power".
Power Path Power Measurements
Power Analysis (Option R&S RTA-K31)
R&S
®
RTA4000
382User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
General Settings
The settings for the voltage and current sources are the same as for quality analysis,
see "Voltage" on page 344 and "Current" on page 344.
Restart
Restarts the SOA measurement.
Remote command:
POWer:SOA:RESTart on page 750
Mask Setup
Opens a menu for configuring the mask, see "Mask Settings" on page 382.
Test Setup
Opens a menu to define the tolerance of the test setup as well as the window scale,
see "Test Settings" on page 384.
Export Violations
Opens a menu to save the measurement results to an Excel file.
Mask Settings
In this menu you can define the mask settings.
Power Path Power Measurements
Power Analysis (Option R&S RTA-K31)
R&S
®
RTA4000
383User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Point
Selects the point to be defined.
Voltage
Sets the voltage for the selected point.
Remote command:
POWer:SOA:LINear:POINt<m>:VOLTage on page 744
POWer:SOA:LOGarithmic:POINt<m>:VOLTage on page 744
Imin
Sets the minimum current for the selected point.
Remote command:
POWer:SOA:LINear:POINt<m>:CURRent:MINimum on page 744
POWer:SOA:LOGarithmic:POINt<m>:CURRent:MINimum on page 744
Imax
Sets the maximum current for the selected point.
Power Path Power Measurements
Power Analysis (Option R&S RTA-K31)
R&S
®
RTA4000
384User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Remote command:
POWer:SOA:LINear:POINt<m>:CURRent on page 744
POWer:SOA:LINear:POINt<m>:CURRent:MAXimum on page 744
POWer:SOA:LOGarithmic:POINt<m>:CURRent on page 744
POWer:SOA:LOGarithmic:POINt<m>:CURRent:MAXimum on page 744
Add Point
Adds a point to the safe operating area definition list.
Remote command:
POWer:SOA:LINear:ADD on page 743
POWer:SOA:LINear:INSert on page 743
POWer:SOA:LOGarithmic:ADD on page 743
POWer:SOA:LOGarithmic:INSert on page 743
Remove Point
Removes the selected point from the safe operating area definition list.
Remote command:
POWer:SOA:LINear:REMove on page 745
POWer:SOA:LOGarithmic:REMove on page 745
Mask Scale
Selects the scale for the mask, linear or logarithmic.
Remote command:
POWer:SOA:SCALe:MASK on page 750
Save Mask
Opens a menu to save the mask.
Load Mask
Opens a file explorer to select a previously stored mask. The selected mask is loaded
and can be used for a subsequent test.
Test Settings
In this menu you can define the tolerance of the test setup as well as the window scale.
Power Path Power Measurements
Power Analysis (Option R&S RTA-K31)
R&S
®
RTA4000
385User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Tot.Tolerance
Sets the allowed total tolerance.
Remote command:
POWer:SOA:RESult:TOTal:TOLerance on page 748
Acq. Tolerance
Sets the allowed acquisition tolerance.
Remote command:
POWer:SOA:RESult:ACQuisition:TOLerance on page 746
Windows Scale ← Acq. Tolerance
Selects a linear or a logarithmic scaled for the displayed results.
Remote command:
POWer:SOA:SCALe:DISPlay on page 750
Power Path Power Measurements
Logic Analyzer (Option R&S RTA-B1, MSO)
R&S
®
RTA4000
386User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
14 Logic Analyzer (Option R&S RTA-B1, MSO)
The Mixed Signal Option R&S RTA -B1 adds logic analyzer functions to the classical
oscilloscope functions. Using the logic analyzer, you can analyze and debug embed-
ded systems with mixed-signal designs that use analog signals and time-correlated
digital signals simultaneously. The option provides 16 logic channels grouped in two
logic probes (pods) with 8 channels each. The instrument ensures that analog and digi-
tal waveforms are time-aligned and synchronized so that critical timing interactions
between analog and digital signals can be displayed and tested.
Ensuring accurate measurement results
The logic analyzer option R&S RTA-B1 with connected probe leads is considered as a
test probe, according to EN 61326-2-1, clause 5.2.4.101. Therefore, the measure-
ments are sensitive to electromagnetic interference. Consider additional shielding
methods to avoid interference.
Consider the following guidelines for good probing practices:
●
Attach the ground lead from each pod to the ground of the device under test if any
logic channel of the pod is used for data capture. The ground lead improves signal
fidelity to the oscilloscope, ensuring accurate measurements.
●
For high-speed timing measurements (rise time < 3 ns), use an own ground for
each pod.
To activate logic analysis
► Press the [Logic] key.
14.1 Short Menu for Logic Channels
There are two short menus that show the status of the logic channels, one for the pod
"D7...D0" and one for the pod "D15...D8".
► To open the short menu for logic channels, tap the pod label in the bottom line of
the display.
If the pod was not selected, tap twice: once to select the pod, and next to open the
short menu.
Short Menu for Logic Channels
Logic Analyzer (Option R&S RTA-B1, MSO)
R&S
®
RTA4000
387User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
1 = selects all/one logic channel
2 = displays the logic channel
3 = scales all visible channels to a minimum
4 = scales all visible channels to a maximum
5 = shows the threshold of the channels
6 = shows the activity of the logic channel
Logic channels - activity display
The activity symbols of the logic channel show the current status of all logic channels
and can have the following values:
●
: logic channel is low
●
: logic channel is high
●
: a change in the state of the logic channel has occurred during the measuring
interval
Remote commands:
●
LOGic<p>:PROBe[:ENABle]? on page 759
●
DIGital<m>:CURRent:STATe:MINimum? on page 760
●
DIGital<m>:CURRent:STATe:MAXimum? on page 760
●
LOGic<p>:CURRent:STATe:MINimum? on page 760
●
LOGic<p>:CURRent:STATe:MAXimum? on page 760
Short Menu for Logic Channels
Logic Analyzer (Option R&S RTA-B1, MSO)
R&S
®
RTA4000
388User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
14.2 Logic Analyzer Settings
Prerequisite: a logic probe is connected to the instrument.
1. If logic analysis is not active, press the [Logic] key to activate it.
2. Press the [Logic] key again.
The "Logic" menu opens.
3. Activate the pod that you want to use, or both pods.
4. Tap "Threshold and Deskew".
5. Set the "Technology", and the "Hysteresis".
D7...D0 / D15...D8
Switches the selected logic pod on or off.
You can also set the state of each logic channel separately in the short menu, see
Chapter 14, "Logic Analyzer (Option R&S RTA-B1, MSO)", on page 386.
Remote command:
LOGic<p>:STATe on page 760
Threshold and Deskew
Opens a dialog where you can set the threshold and hysteresises, and the visibility of
the individual logic channels.
Couple Levels
Sets all threshold and hysteresis values to the values of the first nibble (D0...D3).
Logic Analyzer Settings
Logic Analyzer (Option R&S RTA-B1, MSO)
R&S
®
RTA4000
389User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Remote command:
DIGital<m>:THCoupling on page 761
Set all Deskew to Zero
Aligns the skew between the probe boxes of the digital channels and the probe con-
nectors of the analog channels.
Remote command:
DIGital<m>:DESKew on page 762
Technology
Selects the threshold level: 3 predefined threshold levels and user-defined threshold
are available.
"TTL: 1.4V"
Sets the threshold to 1.4 V, which is typically used in transistor–tran-
sistor logic (TTL).
"CMOS: 2.5V"
Sets the threshold to 2.5 V, which is typically used in complementary
metal-oxide–semiconductor technology (CMOS).
"ECL: -1.3V"
Sets the threshold to -1.3 V, which is typically used in emitter-coupled
logic (ECL).
"Threshold"
Selects the user-defined threshold.
Enter the value in Threshold.
Remote command:
DIGital<m>:TECHnology on page 761
Threshold
Sets the threshold level value between -2 V and +8 V in steps of 10 mV, or shows the
value of the selected technology.
Remote command:
DIGital<m>:THReshold on page 761
Hysteresis
Defines the size of the hysteresis to avoid the change of signal states due to noise.
Remote command:
DIGital<m>:HYSTeresis on page 762
Label
Opens a menu to specify user-defined text labels for the individual logic channels.
Bit ← Label
Selects the logic channel or "Bit" for labeling.
●
For the pod "D7...D0", you can select bit "D0", "D1", "D2", ... or "D7".
●
For the pod "D15...D8", you can select bit "D8", "D9", "D10", ... or "D15".
Label ← Label
Enables or disables the user-defined label for the selected logic channel.
Remote command:
DIGital<m>:LABel:STATe on page 763
Logic Analyzer Settings
Logic Analyzer (Option R&S RTA-B1, MSO)
R&S
®
RTA4000
390User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Predefined Label ← Label
Selects a predefined label text. You can edit the text with "Edit Label".
Edit Label ← Label
Opens on-screen keypad to enter a label text. If you previously have selected a prede-
fined label, it is already written in the entry line, and you can modify it.
The maximum name length is 8 characters, and only ASCII characters provided on the
on-screen keypad can be used.
Remote command:
DIGital<m>:LABel on page 763
14.3 Triggering on Logic Channels
Each logic channel can be used as trigger source. Using the pattern trigger, you can
trigger on logical combinations of analog and digital channels. Also, you can define a
trigger holdoff time.
If you trigger on logic channels, the threshold is used as trigger level.
The following trigger types are available if the trigger source is a logic channel:
●
Edge
●
Width
●
Pattern: the pattern can use all active logic channels
●
Timeout
For analysis of serial protocols, you configure the protocol using logic channels as
sources, and trigger on trigger type "Serial Bus". For details, see the chapter describ-
ing the relevant bus.
14.4 Analyzing Logic Channels
The main analysis tools for logic channels are serial protocol analysis ([Protocol]) and
the pattern triggers.
Furthermore, you can display all logic channels and change the vertical scale position.
You can also zoom into the display ([Zoom]).
To measure logic channels, you can use automatic and cursor measurements as
usual.
See also Chapter 7.2, "Automatic Measurements", on page 142 and Chapter 7.3, "Cur-
sor Measurements", on page 154.
You can also export the waveform data: [Save Load] key > "Waveforms"
Analyzing Logic Channels
Logic Analyzer (Option R&S RTA-B1, MSO)
R&S
®
RTA4000
391User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
14.5 Parallel Buses
The R&S RTA4000 can display and decode up to 16 lines of a parallel bus. You can
assign the logic channels to the bus bits individually.
To trigger on parallel buses, use the pattern trigger, see Chapter 5.8, "Pattern Trigger",
on page 85.
● Parallel Bus Configuration.....................................................................................391
● Decode Results.....................................................................................................393
14.5.1 Parallel Bus Configuration
You can configure a parallel bus or a parallel clocked bus. For the parallel clocked bus,
a clock line and an optional chip select line are defined in addition to the other settings.
Access: [Protocol] > "Bus Type" = "Parallel" / "Parallel Clocked" > "Configuration"
The following configuration menu opens:
Figure 14-1: Configuration menu Parallel bus
Parallel Buses
Logic Analyzer (Option R&S RTA-B1, MSO)
R&S
®
RTA4000
392User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Figure 14-2: Configuration menu Parallel clocked bus
The menus offer the following settings:
Bus Width....................................................................................................................392
Thresholds.................................................................................................................. 392
Source.........................................................................................................................393
Set to Default.............................................................................................................. 393
Chip Select..................................................................................................................393
Polarity........................................................................................................................ 393
Slope...........................................................................................................................393
Bus Width
Sets the number of lines (bits) of the logic channels D0 to D15 to be analyzed in the
parallel or clocked parallel bus. The maximum number is the number of logic input
lines.
Remote command:
BUS<b>:PARallel:WIDTh on page 766
BUS<b>:CPARallel:WIDTh on page 766
Thresholds
Set the threshold for each nibble of logic channels: D0...D3, D4...D7, D8...D11, and
D12...D15.
The setting is also available in the "Logic" configuration.
Parallel Buses
Logic Analyzer (Option R&S RTA-B1, MSO)
R&S
®
RTA4000
393User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Remote command:
DIGital<m>:THReshold on page 761
Source
Selects the input line for each bit of the parallel or clocked parallel bus.
If you use a clocked parallel bus, in the last two lines you can select the source for the
"Clock" and "CS".
Remote command:
BUS<b>:PARallel:DATA<m>:SOURce on page 766
BUS<b>:CPARallel:DATA<m>:SOURce on page 766
BUS<b>:CPARallel:CLOCk:SOURce on page 767
BUS<b>:CPARallel:CS:SOURce on page 768
Set to Default
Resets the data lines of the parallel bus to the default order D0...D15.
Chip Select
Enables the chip select line for the parallel clocked bus.
Remote command:
BUS<b>:CPARallel:CS:ENABle on page 767
Polarity
For the parallel clocked bus, selects if the chip select signal is high active (
high =
1) or low active (
low = 1).
Remote command:
BUS<b>:CPARallel:CS:POLarity on page 768
Slope
For the parallel clocked bus, selects if the data is sampled on the rising (
) or falling
(
) slope of the clock, or on both edges ( ) of a double data rate clock. The clock
slope marks the begin of a new bit.
Remote command:
BUS<b>:CPARallel:CLOCK:SLOPe on page 767
14.5.2 Decode Results
When the configuration of the parallel bus is complete, the signal can be decoded:
1. In the "Bus" menu, enable "Decode".
2. In the "Display" menu, select the result display settings.
See Chapter 12.1.2, "Displaying Decode Results", on page 247.
3. In the "Bus Table" menu, enable the "Bus Table". Adjust the table settings.
See also: Chapter 12.1.3, "Bus Table: Decode Results", on page 248
Parallel Buses
Logic Analyzer (Option R&S RTA-B1, MSO)
R&S
®
RTA4000
394User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Figure 14-3: Decoded Parallel bus signal with bus table
Figure 14-4: Decoded Parallel clocked bus signal
The bus table shows the data of decoded frames and the corresponding start time.
Remote commands are described in Chapter 16.13.2.3, "Parallel Buses - Decode
Results", on page 768.
Parallel Buses
Signal Generation (Option R&S RTA-B6)
R&S
®
RTA4000
395User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
15 Signal Generation (Option R&S RTA-B6)
The R&S RTA4000 has an integrated function and pattern generator which can gener-
ate signals while testing circuits, for instance.
The waveform generator can output simple functions, modulated sine waveform, arbi-
trary waveforms and sweep waveforms. The integrated pattern generator can generate
individual or cycle patterns and simple bus signal patterns.
15.1 Function Generator
The waveform generator can output simple functions, modulated sine waveform, arbi-
trary waveforms and sweep waveforms. The signal is output at the [Gen] connector on
the front panel.
Short Menu
In the short menu for the function generator, you can open the comprehensive menu,
and turn off the function generator.
You can also create an arbitrary waveform by copying a waveform and display or hide
the arbitrary waveform. For description of the functions in the short menu, see Chap-
ter 15.1.6, "Arbitrary Setup Settings", on page 405.
Figure 15-1: Short menu to create arbitrary waveform
15.1.1 Using the Function Generator
To configure a function waveform
1. Press the [Gen] key on the front panel.
2. Select the "Function" that you want to generate, e.g. "Sine".
3. Depending on the selected "Function", configure the settings of the waveform like
"Frequency" and "Amplitude".
Function Generator
Signal Generation (Option R&S RTA-B6)
R&S
®
RTA4000
396User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
4. Activate "Output" to output the waveform at the [Gen] connector at the front panel.
To generate a modulated waveform
Modulation settings are described in Chapter 15.1.4, "Modulation Settings",
on page 402.
1. Press the [Gen] key on the front panel.
2. Configure the carrier waveform as described above.
3. Tap "Modulation".
4. In the "Modulation" menu, tap "Modulation Type" and select the modulation type,
e.g. "AM".
5. Depending on the selected "Modulation Type", configure the settings of the wave-
form.
6. Enable "Modulation" to activate the modulation.
7. Tap "Back".
8. Activate "Output" to output the waveform at the [Gen] connector at the front panel.
To generate an arbitrary waveform using the comprehensive menu
Settings are described in Chapter 15.1.6, "Arbitrary Setup Settings", on page 405.
1. Capture and display the waveform that is the basis for the arbitrary waveform.
2. Press the [Gen] key on the front panel.
3. Select "Function" > "Arbitrary".
4. Set the frequency, amplitude, and offset of the generated waveform.
5. Tap "Arbitrary Setup".
6. Select the "Source" waveform.
7. To select a sector of the existing waveform, tap "Cut Waveform". Do one of the fol-
lowing:
a) Set the "Start" and "Stop" time to select an area.
b) Drag the limit lines of the area to change the start and stop time.
c) Tap "Set Period" to set the copy to the first period of the waveform.
d) Tap "Set To Screen", to set the copy area within the screen around the trigger
point.
e) Tap "Select All" the use the complete waveform.
8. Press "Copy" to create the arbitrary waveform from the selected "Source" and the
"Cut Waveform" limits.
The arbitrary waveform is automatically saved.
9. Tap "Visible" to enable the arbitrary waveform.
Function Generator
Signal Generation (Option R&S RTA-B6)
R&S
®
RTA4000
397User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
The arbitrary waveform is shown in magenta color. If the arbitrary waveform was
created from a part of the displayed channel waveform, this part is stretched in hor-
izontal direction to fill all divisions.
10. To load an existing arbitrary waveform or a saved reference waveform, tap "Load".
Select the waveform file.
11. Tap "Back".
12. Activate "Output" to output the waveform at the [Gen] connector at the front panel.
The created arbitrary waveform is output at the [Gen] connector at the front panel,
with the frequency, amplitude and offset that are set in the "Function Generator"
menu.
To generate an arbitrary waveform using the short menu
Settings are described in Chapter 15.1.6, "Arbitrary Setup Settings", on page 405.
1. Capture and display the waveform that is the basis for the arbitrary waveform.
2. Press the [Gen] key on the front panel.
3. Select "Function" > "Arbitrary".
4. Set the frequency, amplitude, and offset of the generated waveform.
5. Activate "Output".
6. Open the short menu of the function generator in the bottom menu.
7. Tap "Copy Waveform".
8. To select a sector of the existing waveform, tap "Cut Waveform". Do one of the fol-
lowing:
a) Drag the limit lines of the area to change the start and stop time.
A time edit field is shown, where you also can set the "Start" and "Stop" time.
b) Tap "Set Period" to set the copy to the first period of the waveform.
c) Tap "Set To Screen", to set the copy area within the screen around the trigger
point.
d) Tap "Select All" the use the complete waveform.
9. Press "Copy" to create the arbitrary waveform the "Cut Waveform" limits.
The arbitrary waveform is shown in magenta color. If the arbitrary waveform was
created from a part of the displayed channel waveform, this part is stretched in hor-
izontal direction to fill all divisions. The arbitrary waveform is automatically saved.
The created arbitrary waveform is output at the [Gen] connector at the front panel,
with the frequency, amplitude and offset that are set in the "Function Generator"
menu.
To configure a burst
Burst settings are described in Chapter 15.1.5, "Burst Settings", on page 404.
1. Press the [Gen] key on the front panel.
Function Generator
Signal Generation (Option R&S RTA-B6)
R&S
®
RTA4000
398User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
2. Configure the signal waveform as described above.
3. Select the "Burst" tab.
4. Set the "N-Cycle", the "Idle Time" and the "Start Phase".
5. Set the "Trigger" to "Cont." or "Manual".
6. Tap "Back".
7. Activate "Output" to output the waveform at the [Gen] connector at the front panel.
To configure a sweep waveform
Weep settings are described in Chapter 15.1.3, "Sweep Settings", on page 401.
1. Press the [Gen] key on the front panel.
2. Configure the signal waveform as described above.
3. Select the "Sweep" tab.
4. Set the "Start Frequency", the "Stop Frequency" and the "Sweep Time".
5. Press "Sweep" to enable the sweep.
6. Tap "Back".
7. Activate "Output" to output the waveform at the [Gen] connector at the front panel.
15.1.2 Basic Settings of the Function Generator
Access: [Gen] key
For a step-by-step description, see "To configure a function waveform" on page 395.
Output
Enables the function generator.
Function Generator
Signal Generation (Option R&S RTA-B6)
R&S
®
RTA4000
399User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Remote command:
WGENerator:OUTPut[:ENABle] on page 773
Function
Selects the type of waveform to be generated. For all waveforms, you can set the Fre-
quency, Amplitude, Offset, and Noise.
"DC"
Generates a direct current (DC) signal.
"Sine"
Generates a sine wave.
"SinC"
Generates a cardinal sine wave.
"Rectangle"
Generates a square wave.
"Pulse"
Generates a pulse signal. Additional settings are the Duty Cycle and
the Edge Time.
"Triangle"
Generates a triangle signal.
"Ramp"
Generates a ramp signal. You can set the Polarity.
"Arbitrary"
Generates an arbitrary waveform, which is copied from an existing
waveform, or loaded from file. See Chapter 15.1.6, "Arbitrary Setup
Settings", on page 405.
"Exponential"
Generates an exponential rise signal. You can set the Polarity.
Remote command:
WGENerator:FUNCtion on page 771
Frequency
Sets the frequency of the waveform. The available frequency range depends on the
selected function. The frequency ranges are provided the datasheet.
Remote command:
WGENerator:FREQuency on page 771
Amplitude
Sets the amplitude of the waveform.
Remote command:
WGENerator:VOLTage on page 771
Offset
Sets the vertical offset of the generated waveform.
Remote command:
WGENerator:VOLTage:OFFSet on page 771
Noise
Sets the noise of the generated waveform.
Remote command:
WGENerator:NOISe:ABSolute on page 772
WGENerator:NOISe:RELative on page 772
Polarity
Sets the polarity for ramp and exponential functions.
Function Generator
Signal Generation (Option R&S RTA-B6)
R&S
®
RTA4000
400User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
For the "Exponential" function, you can choose between a rising or falling exponential.
For the "Ramp" function, you can set a positive or negative polarity.
Remote command:
WGENerator:FUNCtion:EXPonential:POLarity on page 772
WGENerator:FUNCtion:RAMP:POLarity on page 772
Edge Time
Sets the pulse edge time.
Remote command:
WGENerator:FUNCtion:PULSe:ETIMe on page 772
Duty Cycle
Sets the duty cycle for the pulse function. The duty cycle expresses for what percent-
age of the period, the signal state is high.
Remote command:
WGENerator:FUNCtion:PULSe:DCYCle on page 771
Symmetriy
Sets the symmetry for the triangle waveform. 50% defines symmetric triangles. Values
<50% define triangles with steeper rising edge leaned to the left. Values >50% define
triangles with steeper falling edge leaned to the right.
Remote command:
WGENerator:TRIangle:SYMMetry on page 772
Arbitrary Setup
Opens a menu to configure the arbitrary waveform.
See Chapter 15.1.6, "Arbitrary Setup Settings", on page 405.
Sweep
Opens a menu to configure the sweep.
See Chapter 15.1.3, "Sweep Settings", on page 401.
Modulation
Opens a menu to configure the modulation.
See Chapter 15.1.4, "Modulation Settings", on page 402.
Invert
Inverts the waveform at the offset level.
Load
Select the user load, the load of the DUT at its connection. You can select either a
"50Ω" or a "High-Z" (high input impedance) load.
Remote command:
WGENerator:OUTPut:LOAD on page 773
Function Generator
Signal Generation (Option R&S RTA-B6)
R&S
®
RTA4000
401User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
15.1.3 Sweep Settings
Access: [Gen] key > "Sweep"
In the sweep mode, the R&S RTA4000 generates a signal whose frequency gradually
changes from the Start Frequency to the Stop Frequency for a certain Sweep Time.
For a step-by-step description of the sweep setup, see "To configure a sweep wave-
form" on page 398.
Sweep
Enables or disables the sweeping.
Remote command:
WGENerator:SWEep[:ENABle] on page 778
Start Frequency
Sets the start frequency of the sweep signal.
Remote command:
WGENerator:SWEep:FSTart on page 778
Stop Frequency
Sets the stop frequency of the sweep signal.
Remote command:
WGENerator:SWEep:FEND on page 778
Sweep Time
Sets the duration of the sweep.
Remote command:
WGENerator:SWEep:TIME on page 778
Sweep
Sets the type of the sweep, a linear, logarithmic or triangle-shaped change of the fre-
quency. The triangle-shaped sweep will run from the "Start Frequency" to the "Stop
Frequency" and then from the "Stop Frequency" back to the "Start Frequency".
Remote command:
WGENerator:SWEep:TYPE on page 778
Function Generator
Signal Generation (Option R&S RTA-B6)
R&S
®
RTA4000
402User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
15.1.4 Modulation Settings
Access: [Gen] key > "Modulation"
Modulation is the variation of properties of an original periodic waveform according to a
second modulating signal. The type of modulation determines which properties are
changed.
For a step-by-step description of the modulation setup, see "To generate a modulated
waveform" on page 396.
Modulation
Enables or disables modulation.
Remote command:
WGENerator:MODulation[:ENABLE] on page 775
Modulation Type
Selects the modulation type, which defines how the carrier signal is modified.
"AM"
Amplitude modulation. The amplitude of the carrier signal is varied
according to the modulation signal.
"FM"
Frequency modulation. The frequency of the carrier signal is varied
according to the modulation signal.
"ASK"
Amplitude shift keying (ASK) modulation. The amplitude switches
between 100% and the "ASK Depth" amplitude with a defined modu-
lating "Frequency".
"FSK"
Frequency shift keying (FSK) modulation. The signal frequency
switches between the carrier "Frequency" and the "Hop. Frequency"
at a "FSK Rate".
Remote command:
WGENerator:MODulation:TYPE on page 776
Function
Selects the type of the modulating signal for AM or FM modulation.
Function Generator
Signal Generation (Option R&S RTA-B6)
R&S
®
RTA4000
403User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Remote command:
WGENerator:MODulation:FUNCtion on page 775
Frequency
Sets the frequency of the modulating waveform for AM/FM/ASK modulation.
Remote command:
WGENerator:MODulation:AM:FREQuency on page 776
WGENerator:MODulation:FM:FREQuency on page 776
WGENerator:MODulation:ASK:FREQuency on page 777
AM Depth
Sets the modulation depth, the percentage of the amplitude range that is used for AM
modulation.
Remote command:
WGENerator:MODulation:AM:DEPTh on page 776
Deviation
Sets the frequency deviation, the maximum difference between the FM modulated sig-
nal and the carrier signal.
Remote command:
WGENerator:MODulation:FM:DEViation on page 777
ASK Depth
Sets the modulation depth, the percentage of the amplitude range that is used for ASK
modulation.
Remote command:
WGENerator:MODulation:ASK:DEPTh on page 777
Polarity
Sets the polarity of the ramp function for AM and FM modulation.
Remote command:
WGENerator:MODulation:RAMP:POLarity on page 777
Hop. Frequency
Sets the second frequency of the FSK-modulated signal.
Remote command:
WGENerator:MODulation:FSK:HFREquency on page 777
FSK Rate
Sets the rate at which signal switches between the carrier frequency and the hopping
frequency.
Remote command:
WGENerator:MODulation:FSK:RATE on page 777
Function Generator
Signal Generation (Option R&S RTA-B6)
R&S
®
RTA4000
404User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
15.1.5 Burst Settings
Access: [Gen] key > "Burst"
With the burst mode, you can output a waveform for a set number of times.
For a step-by-step description of the modulation setup, see "To configure a burst"
on page 397.
Burst
Enables or disables the burst.
Remote command:
WGENerator:BURSt[:STATe] on page 775
N-Cycle
Sets the number of times the generator outputs one cycle of the waveform per burst.
Remote command:
WGENerator:BURSt:NCYCle on page 774
Idle Time
Sets the idle time between two burst cycles.
Remote command:
WGENerator:BURSt:ITIMe on page 774
Start Phase
Sets the start phase of the burst.
Remote command:
WGENerator:BURSt:PHASe on page 775
Function Generator
Signal Generation (Option R&S RTA-B6)
R&S
®
RTA4000
405User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Trigger
Selects the trigger mode. Each time the generator receives a trigger, it outputs a burst
with the number of cycles defined with "N-Cycle".
In the continuous mode, the oscilloscope outputs continuously when the burst is
enabled.
In the manual mode, you have to press "Manual" to output a burst.
15.1.6 Arbitrary Setup Settings
Access: [Gen] key > "Arbitrary Setup"
An arbitrary waveform is copied from an existing waveform on the instrument, or loa-
ded from file. You can display the arbitrary waveform on the screen.
For a step-by-step description of the modulation setup, see "To generate an arbitrary
waveform using the comprehensive menu" on page 396.
Visible
Enables the display of the arbitrary waveform.
Remote command:
WGENerator:ARBitrary:VISible on page 774
Source
Selects the source of the arbitrary waveform. You can load an existing file or load the
current oscilloscope waveform.
Remote command:
WGENerator:ARBitrary:SOURce on page 773
Copy
Loads the waveform from the selected "Signal source" or the waveform part selected
with "Cut Waveform".
Function Generator
Signal Generation (Option R&S RTA-B6)
R&S
®
RTA4000
406User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Remote command:
WGENerator:ARBitrary:UPDate on page 774
Cut Waveform
Provides the settings to refine the part of the waveform to be copied.
Set Period ← Cut Waveform
Sets the copy area to the first period of the waveform.
Set To Screen ← Cut Waveform
Sets the copy area within the screen.
Select All ← Cut Waveform
Selects the whole waveform.
Start ← Cut Waveform
Sets the start time of the copy area.
Remote command:
WGENerator:ARBitrary:RANGe:START on page 773
Stop ← Cut Waveform
Sets the stop time of the copy area.
Remote command:
WGENerator:ARBitrary:RANGe:STOP on page 773
Function Generator
Signal Generation (Option R&S RTA-B6)
R&S
®
RTA4000
407User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Load
Opens a file selection dialog box and loads the selected file. The instrument sup-
ports .trf and .csv file formats, the same formats like for reference waveforms.
Remote command:
WGENerator:ARBitrary[:FILE]:NAME on page 774
WGENerator:ARBitrary[:FILE]:OPEN on page 774
15.2 Pattern Generator
The pattern generator outputs parallel patterns on the four pins P0 to P3 on the front
panel of the instrument.
1.
Press the
[Apps Selection] key.
2. Tap "Pattern Gen.".
A dialog box shows the pins, on which the pattern is output, depending on the selected
pattern.
15.2.1 Pattern Selection
Pattern State
Enables or disables the pattern output at the pins P0 to P3.
Pattern Generator
Signal Generation (Option R&S RTA-B6)
R&S
®
RTA4000
408User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Remote command:
PGENerator:PATTern:STATe on page 780
Output Voltage
Sets the output voltage of the generated pattern signal.
Pattern
Selects the pattern type.
"Square Wave"
Generates a square wave pattern at pin P0.
"Counter"
Generates a 4-bit wide counter pattern at pins P0 to P3.
"Arbitrary"
Creates, saves or loads an arbitrary 4-bit wide pattern and outputs it
at pins P0 to P3.
"Manual"
Sets the high or low state for each pin.
"UART, SPI, I2C, CAN, LIN, Audio-I2S, Audio-TDM"
Generate a bus signal for measurements without measurement
object.
"PWM, PWM - RGB LED, PWM-TestSignals"
Generate various pulse width modulated signals.
Remote command:
PGENerator:FUNCtion on page 779
15.2.2 Settings for Square Wave Pattern
Access:
"Menu" > "Pattern Gen." > "Pattern" = "Square Wave"
Frequency
Sets the frequency of the square wave.
The values of the "Frequency" and "Period" depend on each other, as:
Period
=
1
/
Frequency
If you change the value, the "Period" is adjusted accordingly.
Remote command:
PGENerator:PATTern:FREQuency on page 781
Pattern Generator
Signal Generation (Option R&S RTA-B6)
R&S
®
RTA4000
409User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Period
Sets the period of the square wave. If you change the value, the "Frequency" is adjus-
ted accordingly.
Remote command:
PGENerator:PATTern:PERiod on page 781
Polarity
Sets normal or inverted polarity.
Remote command:
PGENerator:PATTern:SQUarewave:POLarity on page 780
Duty Cycle
Sets the duty cycle of the square wave from 1% to 99%.The duty cycle expresses for
what percentage of the period, the signal state is high.
Remote command:
PGENerator:PATTern:SQUarewave:DCYCle on page 781
15.2.3 Settings for Counter Pattern
Access:
"Menu" > "Pattern Gen." > "Pattern" = "Counter"
Frequency
Sets the switching frequency, how fast the pattern condition changes. The square
waveforms at the pins have the following resulting frequencies:
●
P0: f/2
●
P1: f/4
●
P2: f/8
●
P3: f/16
Remote command:
PGENerator:PATTern:COUNter:FREQuency on page 781
Direction
Changes the counting direction.
Remote command:
PGENerator:PATTern:COUNter:DIRection on page 782
Pattern Generator
Signal Generation (Option R&S RTA-B6)
R&S
®
RTA4000
410User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
15.2.4 Settings for Arbitrary Pattern
Access: "Menu" > "Pattern Gen." > "Pattern" = "Arbitrary"
● General Settings................................................................................................... 410
● Pattern Setup........................................................................................................ 411
● Timing Setup......................................................................................................... 412
15.2.4.1 General Settings
Pattern Setup
Opens the menu to define the individual bit values of the pattern.
See Chapter 15.2.4.2, "Pattern Setup", on page 411.
Timing Setup
Opens the menu to define the timing parameters.
See Chapter 15.2.4.3, "Timing Setup", on page 412.
Save
Opens a dialog box to save a waveform as an ARB pattern. The text files contatining
remote commands are saved in *.scp format.
You can select the "Location" to which the waveform file (internal or USB) is saved.
Tap "Save" to save the file under the current name.
Tap "New File" and enter the name of the new file you want to save.
You can also delete obsolete files in the dialog box.
Load
Provides functions to load an ARB waveform.
Select the "Location" of the waveform file (internal or USB), and the file. Tap "Load".
You can also delete obsolete files in the dialog box.
Pattern Generator
Signal Generation (Option R&S RTA-B6)
R&S
®
RTA4000
411User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Pattern trigger
Selects the mode for the trigger for the ARB signal or PWM test signal. You can select
an automatic continuous trigger or a manual one time trigger. If "1x" is selected, tap
"Manual" to initiate the trigger.
Remote command:
PGENerator:PATTern:TRIGger:MODE on page 782
PGENerator:PATTern:TRIGger:SINGle on page 784
15.2.4.2 Pattern Setup
Pattern Length
Sets the pattern length, the number of samples for the pattern.
Remote command:
PGENerator:PATTern:ARBitrary:DATA:LENGth on page 783
Index
Selects a sample. The selected sample is shown in the information box as a light blue
line. Around the index, ±8 bits are displayed.
Remote command:
PGENerator:PATTern:ARBitrary:DATA:APPend:INDex on page 783
Value
Sets the value of the currently selected "Index".
Draw
If enabled, you can draw large sample amounts with the same value.
Delete All
Deletes the pattern. Also, resets the "Pattern Length" to 1 and the "Value" to 0.
Pattern Generator
Signal Generation (Option R&S RTA-B6)
R&S
®
RTA4000
412User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
15.2.4.3 Timing Setup
Access: "Menu" > "Pattern Gen." > "Pattern" = "Arbitrary" or "PWM-TestSignals"
Bit Time
Sets the time at which each sample is applied. The time is identical for all samples.
Remote command:
PGENerator:PATTern:STIMe on page 784
Period
Sets the period of the sample. It applies to the whole pattern. Period= Pattern Length *
Bit Time
Remote command:
PGENerator:PATTern:PERiod on page 781
Burst
If activated, the instrument pauses after each issued pattern for the duration of the "Idle
Time".
Remote command:
PGENerator:PATTern:BURSt:STATe on page 784
Idle Time
Sets the idle time, the time for which the instrument pauses after each issued pattern.
The "Idle Time" between the patterns can be set from 20 ns to 42 s in increments of 10
ns.
Remote command:
PGENerator:PATTern:ITIMe on page 784
N-Cycle
Sets the number of times the pattern is generated.
Remote command:
PGENerator:PATTern:BURSt:NCYCle on page 784
Pattern Generator
Signal Generation (Option R&S RTA-B6)
R&S
®
RTA4000
413User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
15.2.5 Settings for Manual Pattern
Access: "Menu" > "Pattern Gen." > "Pattern" = "Manual"
P0/P1/P2/P3
Sets the states to high or low for the respective pin of the manual pattern.
Remote command:
PGENerator:MANual:STATe<s> on page 785
15.2.6 Settings for Serial Buses
You can use the pattern generator to generate signals according to serial protocols
(bus signals).
The genrated serial protocol signals are pseudo random pattern and are not adaptable.
Only the protocol type and the data rate can be selected.
The contact at the upper left is always ground and the signal levels are about 1 V. The
following table shows how the four outputs P0, P1, P2 and P3 are used, depending on
the signal.
Signal P0 P1 P2 P3
UART Tx Rx Unused Unused
SPI Clock Mosi Miso Chip Select
I2C Clock SCL Data SDA Unused Unused
CAN CAN H CAN L Unused Unused
LIN High Low Unused Unused
Access: "Menu" > "Pattern Gen." > "Pattern" = "UART | SPI | I2C | CAN | LIN"
Pattern Generator
Signal Generation (Option R&S RTA-B6)
R&S
®
RTA4000
414User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Data Rate
Select the data rate of the bus signal.
The following values are available for the specific bus:
●
UART: 9600 Bit/s, 115.2 kBit/s, 1 MBit/s
●
SPI: 100 kBit/s, 250 kBit/s, 1 MBit/s
●
I2C: 100 kBit/s, 400 kBit/s, 1000 kBit/s, 3400 kBit/s
●
CAN: 50 kBit/s, 100 kBit/s, 1 MBit/s
●
LIN: 9.6 kBit/s, 10.417 kBit/s, 19.200 kBit/s
Active
Sets the polarity for the UART bus.
15.2.7 Settings for PWM Signals
You can use the pattern generator to generate several pulse width modulated (PWM)
signals: PWM, PWM - RGB LED, PWM-TestSignals.
● PWM signals......................................................................................................... 414
● PWM - RGB LED Signals......................................................................................415
● PWM Test Signals.................................................................................................416
15.2.7.1 PWM signals
Access: "Menu" > "Pattern Gen." > "Pattern" = "PWM"
You can use the generated signal to control a motor driver directly, for example.
Frequency
Sets the frequency of the PWM signal.
Remote command:
PGENerator:PATTern:FREQuency on page 781
Duty Cycle
Sets the duty cycle of the PWM signal at P0. Change the duty cycle using the Naviga-
tion knob to increase or decrease the motor speed.
Pattern Generator
Signal Generation (Option R&S RTA-B6)
R&S
®
RTA4000
415User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Remote command:
PGENerator:PATTern:PWM:DCYCle on page 785
Direction
Changes the direction of motor rotation.
Remote command:
PGENerator:PATTern:PWM:DIRection on page 785
Enable
Switches the motor on or off if the motor driver uses a dedicated enable signal.
Remote command:
PGENerator:PATTern:PWM:ENABle on page 786
15.2.7.2 PWM - RGB LED Signals
Access:
"Menu" > "Pattern Gen." > "Pattern" = "PWM - RGB-LED"
Using the pattern "PWM - RGB LED Signals", you can generate signals to control, for
example, the colors of LED strip lights.
Red, Green, Blue
Set the duty cycle of the red, green, and blue colors, which corresponds to the color
intensity.
Remote command:
PGENerator:PATTern:LED:RED on page 786
PGENerator:PATTern:LED:GREen on page 786
PGENerator:PATTern:LED:BLUE on page 786
Pattern Generator
Signal Generation (Option R&S RTA-B6)
R&S
®
RTA4000
416User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Intens
Sets the duty cycle of the signal at P3, which corresponds to the intensity of the light.
You can use this signal if the controller supports separate intensity control.
Remote command:
PGENerator:PATTern:LED:INTens on page 786
15.2.7.3 PWM Test Signals
Access:
"Menu" > "Pattern Gen." > "Pattern" = "PWM-TestSignals"
Using the pattern "PWM_TestSignals", you can generate several test signals:
●
P0 ("Ramp"): saw-tooth modulated PWM signal
●
P1 ("Sine"): sine modulated PWM signal
●
P2 ("Sync. Pulse"): can be used for trigger
●
P3 ("Sync. Pulse - Cycle"): can be used for trigger
Figure 15-2: PWM test signals used for RGB LED control: P0 connected to C1, P1 to C2, and P2 to C3
► To configure the generated signal, you set:
a) "Output Voltage", see "Output Voltage" on page 408
b) "Frequency", see "Frequency" on page 408
c) Period, bit time and burst, see Chapter 15.2.4.3, "Timing Setup", on page 412
d) Pattern trigger, see "Pattern trigger" on page 411
Pattern Generator
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
417User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
16 Remote Control Commands
This chapter provides the description of all remote commands available for
R&S RTA4000. The commands are sorted according to the menu structure of the
instrument. A list of commands in alphabetical order ist given in the "List of Com-
mands" at the end of this documentation.
Processing of remote control commands
The response time on remote commands depends on several factors:
●
Number of active channels
●
Number of active measurements
●
Size of the acquisition memory
●
Timebase
●
Trigger frequency
The R&S RTA4000 processes measurement queries in the following way:
●
In stop mode or with slow trigger frequency if no new data since last value calcula-
tion is available, the oscilloscope sends the measured value in the response.
●
Otherwise, if new data since last value calculation is available, the oscilloscope cal-
culates and sends the response.
● Conventions used in Command Description.........................................................417
● Programming Examples........................................................................................418
● Common Commands............................................................................................ 424
● Waveform Setup................................................................................................... 427
● Trigger...................................................................................................................453
● Waveform Analysis............................................................................................... 471
● Measurements...................................................................................................... 508
● Applications...........................................................................................................529
● Documenting Results............................................................................................562
● General Instrument Setup.....................................................................................583
● Serial Bus Analysis............................................................................................... 596
● Power Analysis (Option R&S RTA-K31)................................................................706
● Mixed Signal Option (Option R&S RTA-B1).......................................................... 759
● Signal Generation (Option R&S RTA-B6)............................................................. 770
● Status Reporting................................................................................................... 786
16.1 Conventions used in Command Description
Note the following conventions used in the remote command descriptions:
●
Command usage
If not specified otherwise, commands can be used both for setting and for querying
parameters.
If a command can be used for setting or querying only, or if it initiates an event, the
usage is stated explicitly.
Conventions used in Command Description
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
418User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
●
Parameter usage
If not specified otherwise, a parameter can be used to set a value and it is the
result of a query.
Parameters required only for setting are indicated as Setting parameters.
Parameters required only to refine a query are indicated as Query parameters.
Parameters that are only returned as the result of a query are indicated as Return
values.
●
Conformity
Commands that are taken from the SCPI standard are indicated as SCPI con-
firmed. All commands used by the R&S RTA4000 follow the SCPI syntax rules.
●
Asynchronous commands
A command which does not automatically finish executing before the next com-
mand starts executing (overlapping command) is indicated as an Asynchronous
command.
●
Reset values (*RST)
Default parameter values that are used directly after resetting the instrument (*RST
command) are indicated as *RST values, if available.
●
Default unit
The default unit is used for numeric values if no other unit is provided with the
parameter.
16.2 Programming Examples
● Documenting Results............................................................................................418
● Firmware Update...................................................................................................422
● Search...................................................................................................................423
● Function Generator............................................................................................... 424
16.2.1 Documenting Results
● Saving Screenshots to File................................................................................... 418
● Saving, Copying, and Loading Setup Data........................................................... 419
● Reading Waveform Data in Real Format.............................................................. 420
● Reading Waveform Data in Unsigned Integer Format.......................................... 420
16.2.1.1 Saving Screenshots to File
Save two display images in png format to the PIX folder on a USB flash drive that is
connected to the front panel. One screenshot is colored and the other is grayscaled.
Finally, the data of the gray screenshot is read for further user on the control computer.
Command description in: Chapter 16.9.3, "Screenshots", on page 575.
*RST
MMEM:CDIR "/USB_FRONT"
MMEM:MDIR "/USB_FRONT/PIX"
Programming Examples
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
419User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
MMEM:CDIR "/USB_FRONT/PIX/"
HCOP:LANG PNG
HCOP:COL:SCH COL
MMEM:NAME "COLORED"
HCOP:IMM
HCOP:COL:SCH GRAY
MMEM:NAME "GRAY"
HCOP:IMM
MMEM:CAT? "*.PNG"
MMEM:DATA? "GRAY.PNG"
16.2.1.2 Saving, Copying, and Loading Setup Data
Save instrument settings to a file on internal storage device, duplicate this file and save
it to a USB stick attached to the front panel. Finally, there are three setup files on the
internal storage /INT/SETTINGS, and one file on the USB flash device.
Command description in: Chapter 16.9.4, "Instrument Settings: Mass MEMomory Sub-
system", on page 577.
CHAN1:STAT ON // Turn channel 1 on
CHAN2:STAT ON // Turn channel 2 on
TIM:ZOOM:STAT ON // Show zoom diagram
MMEM:CDIR "/INT/SETTINGS" // Set storage device and directory
MMEM:STOR:STAT 1,"ZOOM_A.SET" // Save settings to internal storage
MMEM:CAT? "*.SET" // Check
<-- 332112,8633856,"ZOOM_A.SET,,2759"
MMEM:COPY "ZOOM_A.SET","ZOOM_B.SET" // Copy file
MMEM:CAT? "*.SET" // Check
<-- 332112,8633856,"ZOOM_A.SET,,2759","ZOOM_B.SET,,2759"
MMEM:COPY "/INT/SETTINGS/ZOOM_B.SET","/USB_FRONT/ZOOM_B.SET"
// Save copied file to USB stick
MMEM:CDIR "/USB_FRONT" // Check
MMEM:CAT? "*.SET"
<-- 4890624,-641765376,"ZOOM_B.SET,,2759"
MMEM:COPY "/USB_FRONT/ZOOM_B.SET","/USB_FRONT/ZOOM_USB.SET"
// Duplicate file on USB stick
MMEM:CAT? "*.SET" // Check
<-- 4890624,-641765376,"ZOOM_B.SET,,2759","ZOOM_USB.SET,,2759"
MMEM:DEL "ZOOM_B.SET" // Delete original file
MMEM:CAT? "*.SET" // Check
<-- 4886528,-641765376,"ZOOM_USB.SET,,2759"
MMEM:COPY "/USB_FRONT/ZOOM_USB.SET","/INT/SETTINGS/"
// Copy new file to the instrument
MMEM:CDIR "/INT/SETTINGS" // Check
MMEM:CAT? "*.SET"
<-- 332112,8633856,"ZOOM_A.SET,,2759","ZOOM_B.SET,,2759","ZOOM_USB.SET,,2759"
*RST;*OPC?
Programming Examples
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
420User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
<-- 1
MMEM:CDIR "/INT/SETTINGS"
MMEM:LOAD:STAT 1,"ZOOM_USB.SET" // Load settings
16.2.1.3 Reading Waveform Data in Real Format
Set data format and sample range, read channel header and data.
Command description in Chapter 16.9.1, "Transfer of Waveform Data", on page 562.
Return values are example data.
// Check instrument connection (example)
* Connected to: TCPIP0::192.168.1.1::inst0::INSTR
SYST:ERR:ALL?
<-- 0,"No error" // if error queue is empty
*IDN?
<-- Rohde&Schwarz,RTA4004,1335.7700K04/101489,01.502
// Read waveform data
*RST
CHAN:TYPE HRES // Set high resolution mode (16 bit data)
TIM:SCAL 1E-7 // Set time base
FORM REAL // Set REAL data format
FORM:BORD LSBF // Set little endian byte order
CHAN:DATA:POIN DMAX // Set sample range to memory data in displayed time range
SING;*OPC? // Start single acquisition
<-- 1
CHAN:DATA:HEAD? // Read header
<-- -4.9980E-07,5.0000E-07,5000,1 // Xstart, Xstop, record length in samples
CHAN:DATA? // Read channel data
<-- #520000>??[>??[>??[>??[>??[>??... // Binary block data,
// 4-byte floating point number/sample
16.2.1.4 Reading Waveform Data in Unsigned Integer Format
Read the channel header, the waveform conversion data, set the UINT binary data for-
mat and read the channel data.
Command description in: Chapter 16.9.1, "Transfer of Waveform Data", on page 562.
Return values are example data.
*RST
TIM:SCAL 1E-7
CHAN:DATA:POIN DMAX // Set data range
SING;*OPC?
<-- 1
CHAN:DATA:HEAD? // Read header
<-- -4.9980E-07,5.0000E-07,5000,1 // Xstart, Xstop, record length in samples
CHAN:DATA:YRES? // Read vertical resolution
<-- 8
CHAN:DATA:YOR? // Read voltage value for binary value 0
Programming Examples
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
421User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
<-- -2.549999943E-2
CHAN:DATA:XOR? // Read time of the first sample
<-- -4.998000058E-7
CHAN:DATA:XINC? // Read time between two adjacent samples
<-- 2.000000023E-10
FORM UINT,8;FORM? // Set data format to unsigned integer, 8 bit
<-- UINT,8
CHAN:DATA:YINC? // Read voltage value per bit
<-- 1.999999949E-4
CHAN:DATA? // Read channel data
<-- 128,125,120... // 5000 bytes total
FORM UINT,16;FORM? // Change data format to unsigned integer, 16 bit
<-- UINT,16
CHAN:DATA:YINC? // Read voltage value per bit
<-- 7.812499803E-7
CHAN:DATA? // Read channel data
<-- 32768,32000,30720... // 10000 bytes total
Note the following correlations:
●
The number of received data values matches the number of samples indicated in
the header.
●
The time of the first sample (XORigin) matches the start time Xstart indicated in the
header.
●
The Y-increment adjusts to the data length defined in the data format (8 or 16 bit).
Data conversion
Definition: the sample numbers start with 0 and end with record length - 1.
Sample time
t
n
= n * xIncrement + xOrigin
First sample: t
0
= -4.998000058E-7 (= Xstart)
Last sample: t
4999
= 4999 * 2E
−10
− 4.998E
−7
= 5.0 E
−7
(= Xstop)
Sample value
Y
n
= yOrigin + (yIncrement * byteValue
n
)
The format UINT,8 has the data range 0 to 255. The voltage value for byte value 128
is:
Y
n
= −2.55E
-2
+ (2E
−4
* 128) = 0.0001
The center of the display at position 0 div always has the byte value 127.5. The corre-
sponding voltage value is:
Y
n
= −2.55E
-2
+ (2E
−4
* 127.5) = 0
Programming Examples
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
422User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
8-bit and 16-bit data
At the end of the above example, the 8-bit waveform is read as 16-bit data, for exam-
ple, 0xFF is read 0xFF00, or 0x1A is read 0x1A00. The yOrigin value is the same in
both cases, but the yIncrement differs.
8-bit data 16-bit data Result
yIncrement * byteValue
n
2e
-4
* 128 7,8125E
-7
* 32768
0,0256 V
2e
-4
* 125 7,8125E
-7
* 32000
0,025 V
In the reverse case, if a 16-bit waveform is read with 8-bit data format, data precision
may be reduced. Data values ar truncated, and only the more significiant bits remain.
For example, the 16-bit data 0xabcd is read 0xab in 8-bit format, and cd is lost.
16.2.2 Firmware Update
There are two ways to update the firmware on the instrument remotely. The web
browser does not yet include firmware update functionality.
To prepare the remote update, configure the instrument's interface to Ethernet, USB
TMC or USB VCP. Connect to the R&S RTA4000 using a socket connection, Visa or a
terminal program.
16.2.2.1 Using MMEM:DATA + DIAGnostic:UPDate:LOAD
1. Send the firmware update file data to the internal storage of the instrument, for
example:
:MMEM:DATA "/INT/RTA4004.FWU",blockdata\n
In SCPI, block data is composed of a header #nm containing the length of the data
followed by the data in raw binary format. Here, m is the length of the data in byte,
and n is the number of digits in m. The firmware update file has to be sent in a sin-
gle transfer.
2. Start the firmware update:
:DIAG:UPD:LOAD "/INT/RTA4004.FWU"\n
The instrument loads, checks and executes the firmware update, and restarts.
3. After restart, delete the firmware update file in the internal storage:
:MMEM:DEL "/INT/RTA4004.FWU"\n
16.2.2.2 Using DIAGnostic:UPDdate:TRANsfer
1. Open a data transfer for the firmware update file, and check for errors:
:DIAG:UPD:TRAN:OPEN FIRM\n
:SYST:ERR:ALL?
Programming Examples
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
423User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
2. Send the firmware update file data to the internal RAM of the instrument:
:DIAG:UPD:TRAN:DATA offset,checksum,blockdata\n
The offset parameter specifies the byte offset of the blockdata in the file. The
checksum parameter is a CRC-16-CCITT type checksum calculated for the raw
binary data in blockdata. In SCPI, block data is composed of a header #nm con-
taining the length of the data followed by the data in raw binary format. Here, m is
the length of the data in byte, and n is the number of digits in m.
The firmware update file can be split into multiple blocks, where each block has to
be transferred with the above command. You can also transfer the file in a single
block.
Example to send all data at once, without CRC:
DUT#sendRAW DIAG:UPD:TRAN:DATA 0,0,#822393104
DUT#sendFileContent "W:\RTA4004.FWU"
DUT#sendByte 10 //end of command '\n'
3. Close the transfer:
:DIAG:UPD:TRAN:CLOSE\n
4. Start the firmware update:
:DIAG:UPD:INST ""\n
The instrument checks and executes the firmware update.
16.2.3 Search
16.2.3.1 Searching for a Pulse of Specified Width
Search for positive pulses with pulse width 12 ± 10 µs (2 µs to 22 µs).
Command description in: Chapter 16.6.4, "Search", on page 480.
Prerequisite: A pulse signal is connected to channel 2.
SEAR:STAT ON // Turn on search
SEAR:COND WIDTH // Select search condition
SEAR:SOUR CH2 // Configure search source
SEAR:TRIG:WIDT:POL POS // Configure search parameters: Polarity
SEAR:TRIG:WIDT:RANG WITH // Configure search parameters: Condition = within
SEAR:TRIG:WIDT:WIDT 12e-6 // Configure search parameters: Pulse width
SEAR:TRIG:WIDT:DELT 10e-6 // Configure search parameters: +/- delta
SEAR:RESD:SHOW ON // Show result table
SEAR:RCO? // Get number of search events found
<-- 1.400E+01
SEAR:RES:ALL? // Get all search results
<-- 1,5.201200e-06,0,WIDTH,POSITIVE,1.220160e-05,2,4.120040e-05,0,WIDTH,
POSITIVE,3.076800e-06,3,4.732480e-05,0,WIDTH,POSITIVE,9.127200e-06,4,
6.499960e-05,0,WIDTH,POSITIVE,1.835160e-05,5,8.634920e-05,0,WIDTH,POSITIVE,
3.052000e-06,6,1.293984e-04,0,WIDTH,POSITIVE,9.176800e-06,7,1.477228e-04,0,
WIDTH,POSITIVE,3.052000e-06,8,1.623224e-04,0,WIDTH,POSITIVE,3.102000e-06,9,
Programming Examples
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
424User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
1.684724e-04,0,WIDTH,POSITIVE,1.215160e-05,10,1.953216e-04,0,WIDTH,POSITIVE,
3.027200e-06,11,2.044716e-04,0,WIDTH,POSITIVE,6.052000e-06,12,2.252212e-04,0,
WIDTH,POSITIVE,3.052000e-06,13,2.435456e-04,0,WIDTH,POSITIVE,3.027200e-06,14,
2.496456e-04,0,WIDTH,POSITIVE,6.702000e-06
16.2.4 Function Generator
Configure and output a sine waveform.
Command description in: Chapter 16.14.1, "Function Generator", on page 770.
Prerequesite: To see the generated waveform on the oscilloscope, connect the "Gen"
output to "Ch1" input.
*RST
WGEN:FUNC SIN // Selects sine function
WGEN:VOLT 700E-3 // Sets the amplitude
WGEN:FREQ 1.00E+06 // Sets the frequency
WGEN:OUTP:LOAD R50 // Sets the user load
WGEN:OUTP 1 // Outputs the sine waveform
AUT // Autoscale to see the waveform
16.3 Common Commands
Common commands are described in the IEEE 488.2 (IEC 625-2) standard. These
commands have the same effect and are employed in the same way on different devi-
ces. The headers of these commands consist of "*" followed by three letters. Many
common commands are related to the Status Reporting System.
Available common commands:
*CAL?...........................................................................................................................424
*CLS.............................................................................................................................425
*ESE.............................................................................................................................425
*ESR?...........................................................................................................................425
*IDN?............................................................................................................................425
*OPC............................................................................................................................425
*OPT?...........................................................................................................................426
*PSC............................................................................................................................ 426
*RST.............................................................................................................................426
*SRE............................................................................................................................ 426
*STB?...........................................................................................................................427
*TRG............................................................................................................................ 427
*WAI.............................................................................................................................427
*CAL?
Performs a self-alignment of the instrument and then generates a status response.
Return values ≠ 0 indicate an error.
Common Commands
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
425User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Usage: Query only
*CLS
Clear status
Sets the status byte (STB), the standard event register (ESR) and the EVENt part of
the QUEStionable and the OPERation registers to zero. The command does not
alter the mask and transition parts of the registers. It clears the output buffer.
Usage: Setting only
*ESE
<Value>
Event status enable
Sets the event status enable register to the specified value. The query returns the con-
tents of the event status enable register in decimal form.
Parameters:
<Value> Range: 0 to 255
*ESR?
Event status read
Returns the contents of the event status register in decimal form and then sets the reg-
ister to zero.
Return values:
<Contents> Range: 0 to 255
Usage: Query only
*IDN?
Identification
Returns the instrument identification.
Return values:
<ID> "Rohde&Schwarz,<device type>,<serial number>,<firmware ver-
sion>"
Example:
Rohde&Schwarz,RTA4004,1335.7700k04/900011,
01.100
Usage: Query only
*OPC
Operation complete
Common Commands
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
426User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Sets bit 0 in the event status register when all preceding commands have been execu-
ted. This bit can be used to initiate a service request. The query writes a "1" into the
output buffer when all preceding commands have been executed, which is useful for
command synchronization.
*OPT?
Option identification query
Queries the options included in the instrument. For a list of all available options and
their description, refer to the data sheet.
Return values:
<Options> The query returns a list of options. The options are returned at
fixed positions in a comma-separated string. A zero is returned
for options that are not installed.
Usage: Query only
*PSC <Action>
Power on status clear
Determines whether the contents of the ENABle registers are preserved or reset when
the instrument is switched on. Thus a service request can be triggered when the instru-
ment is switched on, if the status registers ESE and SRE are suitably configured. The
query reads out the contents of the "power-on-status-clear" flag.
Parameters:
<Action> 0 | 1
0
The contents of the status registers are preserved.
1
Resets the status registers.
*RST
Reset
Sets the instrument to a defined default status. The default settings are indicated in the
description of commands.
Usage:
Setting only
*SRE <Contents>
Service request enable
Sets the service request enable register to the indicated value. This command deter-
mines under which conditions a service request is triggered.
Common Commands
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
427User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Parameters:
<Contents> Contents of the service request enable register in decimal form.
Bit 6 (MSS mask bit) is always 0.
Range: 0 to 255
*STB?
Status byte query
Reads the contents of the status byte in decimal form.
Usage: Query only
*TRG
Trigger
Triggers all actions waiting for a trigger event. In particular, *TRG generates a manual
trigger signal. This common command complements the commands of the TRIGger
subsystem.
Usage:
Event
*WAI
Wait to continue
Prevents servicing of the subsequent commands until all preceding commands have
been executed and all signals have settled (see also command synchronization and
*OPC).
Usage:
Event
16.4 Waveform Setup
● Automatic Setup....................................................................................................428
● Starting and Stopping Acquisition......................................................................... 428
● Vertical Settings.................................................................................................... 429
● Passive Probes..................................................................................................... 436
● Active Probes........................................................................................................437
● ProbeMeter........................................................................................................... 444
● Horizontal Settings................................................................................................446
● Acquisition Settings...............................................................................................448
● Waveform Data..................................................................................................... 453
Waveform Setup
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
428User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
16.4.1 Automatic Setup
AUToscale
Performs an autoset process for analog channels: analyzes the enabled analog chan-
nel signals, and adjusts the horizontal, vertical, and trigger settings to display stable
waveforms
Usage: Event
Asynchronous command
16.4.2 Starting and Stopping Acquisition
RUN............................................................................................................................. 428
RUNContinous...............................................................................................................428
SINGle..........................................................................................................................428
RUNSingle.................................................................................................................... 428
ACQuire:NSINgle:COUNt................................................................................................428
STOP........................................................................................................................... 429
ACQuire:STATe..............................................................................................................429
RUN
RUNContinous
Starts the continuous acquisition.
Usage:
Event
Asynchronous command
SINGle
RUNSingle
Starts a defined number of acquisitions. The number of acquisitions is set with
ACQuire:NSINgle:COUNt.
Usage:
Event
Asynchronous command
ACQuire:NSINgle:COUNt <NSingleCount>
Sets the number of waveforms acquired with RUNSingle.
Parameters:
<NSingleCount> Number of waveforms.
Range: 1 to maximum number that depends on the record
length.
*RST: 1
Waveform Setup
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
429User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
STOP
Stops the running acquistion.
Usage: Event
Asynchronous command
ACQuire:STATe
Sets or queries the acquisition state of the instrument.
Parameters:
<AcquisitionState> RUN | STOPping | COMPlete | BREak
RUN
Set: Starts the acquisition.
Read: The acquisition is running.
STOPping
Set: Stops the acquisition when it is finished.
Read: Acquisition is stopped.
COMPlete
Set: Not available.
Read: The current acquisition is finished and completed.
BREak
Set: Immediate interrupt of current acquisition.
Read: acquisition is finished but interrupted.
16.4.3 Vertical Settings
CHANnel<m>:STATe...................................................................................................... 430
CHANnel<m>:AON........................................................................................................ 430
CHANnel<m>:AOFF.......................................................................................................430
CHANnel<m>:SCALe..................................................................................................... 430
CHANnel<m>:RANGe.................................................................................................... 430
CHANnel<m>:POSition...................................................................................................431
CHANnel<m>:OFFSet....................................................................................................431
CHANnel<m>:COUPling.................................................................................................431
CHANnel<m>:BANDwidth...............................................................................................432
CHANnel<m>:POLarity...................................................................................................432
CHANnel<m>:SKEW......................................................................................................433
CHANnel<m>:ZOFFset[:VALue]...................................................................................... 433
CHANnel<m>:WCOLor...................................................................................................433
CHANnel<m>:OVERload................................................................................................ 434
CHANnel<m>:THReshold............................................................................................... 434
CHANnel<m>:THReshold:FINDlevel................................................................................ 435
CHANnel<m>:THReshold:HYSTeresis............................................................................. 435
CHANnel<m>:LABel.......................................................................................................435
CHANnel<m>:LABel:STATe.............................................................................................435
Waveform Setup
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
430User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
CHANnel<m>:STATe <State>
Switches the channel signal on or off.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..4
Selects the input channel. The number of channels depends on
the instrument.
Parameters:
<State> ON | OFF
CHANnel<m>:AON
Switches all analog channels on.
Suffix:
<m>
.
The suffix is irrelevant.
Usage: Event
CHANnel<m>:AOFF
Switches all analog channels off.
Suffix:
<m>
.
The suffix is irrelevant.
Usage: Event
CHANnel<m>:SCALe <Scale>
Sets the vertical scale for the indicated channel.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..4
Selects the input channel. The number of channels depends on
the instrument.
Parameters:
<Scale> Scale value, given in Volts per division.
Range: 1e-3 to 10 (without probe attenuation)
*RST: 5e-3
Default unit: V/div
CHANnel<m>:RANGe <Range>
Sets the voltage range across the all vertical divisions of the diagram. Use the com-
mand alternatively instead of CHANnel<m>:SCALe.
Waveform Setup
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
431User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..4
Selects the input channel. The number of channels depends on
the instrument.
Parameters:
<Range> Voltage range value
Range: 8e-3 to 80 (without probe attenuation)
*RST: 40e-3
Default unit: V
CHANnel<m>:POSition <Position>
Sets the vertical position of the waveform in divisions. While the offset sets a voltage,
position is a graphical setting given in divisions.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..4
Selects the input channel. The number of channels depends on
the instrument.
Parameters:
<Position> Graphical position
Range: -5 to 5
*RST: 0
Default unit: div
CHANnel<m>:OFFSet <Offset>
Sets the offset voltage, which is subtracted to correct an offset-affected signal.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..4
Selects the input channel. The number of channels depends on
the instrument.
Parameters:
<Offset> Offset value
Range: Depend on vertical scale and probe attenuation.
Increment: Depends on vertical scale and probe attenuation.
*RST: 0
Default unit: V
CHANnel<m>:COUPling <Coupling>
Selects the connection of the indicated channel signal - coupling and termination.
Waveform Setup
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
432User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..4
Selects the input channel. The number of channels depends on
the instrument.
Parameters:
<Coupling> DCLimit | ACLimit | GND | DC
DCLimit
DC coupling passes the input signal unchanged.
ACLimit
Removes the DC offset voltage from the input signal.
GND
Connection to a virtual ground. All channel data is set to o V.
DC
Direct connection with 50 Ω termination. If termination is 1 MΩ,
use DCLimit or ACLimit.
CHANnel<m>:BANDwidth <BandwidthLimit>
Selects the bandwidth limit for the indicated channel.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..4
Selects the input channel. The number of channels depends on
the instrument.
Parameters:
<BandwidthLimit> FULL | B20
FULL
Use full bandwidth.
B20
Limit to 20 MHz. Higher frequencies are removed to reduce
noise.
*RST: FULL
CHANnel<m>:POLarity <Polarity>
Turns the inversion of the signal amplitude on or off. To invert means to reflect the volt-
age values of all signal components against the ground level. Inversion affects only the
display of the signal but not the trigger.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..4
Selects the input channel. The number of channels depends on
the instrument.
Parameters:
<Polarity> NORMal | INVerted
*RST: NORM
Waveform Setup
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
433User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
CHANnel<m>:SKEW <Skew>
Sets a delay for the selected channel.
Deskew compensates delay differences between channels caused by the different
length of cables, probes, and other sources. Correct deskew values are important for
accurate triggering.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..4
Selects the input channel. The number of channels depends on
the instrument.
Parameters:
<Skew> Deskew value
Default unit: s
CHANnel<m>:ZOFFset[:VALue]
<ZeroOffset>
Sets the zero offset.
Differences in DUT and oscilloscope ground levels may cause larger zero errors affect-
ing the waveform. If the DUT is ground-referenced, the "Zero Offset" corrects the zero
error and sets the probe to the zero level.
You can assess the zero error by measuring the mean value of a signal that should
return zero.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..4
Selects the input channel. The number of channels depends on
the instrument.
Parameters:
<ZeroOffset> *RST: 0
Default unit: V
CHANnel<m>:WCOLor <WaveformColor>
Selects the color scale for the waveform color. Each scale comprises a set of colors,
where each color represents a certain frequency of occurrence.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..4
Selects the input channel. The number of channels depends on
the instrument.
Parameters:
<WaveformColor> TEMPerature | RAINbow | FIRE | DEFault
TEMPerature
Temperature colors. Blue corresponds to rare occurrences of the
samples, while white indicates frequent ones.
Waveform Setup
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
434User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
RAINbow
Rainbow colors. Blue corresponds to rare occurrences of the
samples, while red indicates frequent ones.
FIRE
Fire colors. Yellow corresponds to rare occurrences of the sam-
ples, while red indicates frequent ones.
DEFault
Default monochrome color.
*RST: DEF
CHANnel<m>:OVERload <Overload>
Retrieves the overload status of the specified channel from the status bit. When the
overload problem is solved, the command resets the status bit.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..4
Selects the input channel. The number of channels depends on
the instrument.
Parameters:
<Overload> ON | OFF
Use OFF to reset the overload status bit.
*RST: OFF
Example:
CHANnel2:OVERload?
Queries the overload status of channel 2.
CHANnel2:OVERload OFF
Resets the overload status bit.
CHANnel<m>:THReshold <Threshold>
Threshold value for digitization of analog signals. If the signal value is higher than the
threshold, the signal state is high (1 or true for the Boolean logic). Otherwise, the signal
state is considered low (0 or false) if the signal value is below the threshold.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..4
Selects the input channel. The number of channels depends on
the instrument.
Parameters:
<Threshold> Often used values are:
TTL: 1.4 V
ECL: -1.3 V
CMOS: 2.5 V
Default unit: V
Waveform Setup
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
435User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
CHANnel<m>:THReshold:FINDlevel
The instrument analyzes the channel and sets the threshold for digitization.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..4
Selects the input channel. The number of channels depends on
the instrument.
Parameters:
<FindLevel>
Usage: Event
CHANnel<m>:THReshold:HYSTeresis
<ThresholdHysteresis>
Defines the size of the hysteresis to avoid the change of signal states due to noise.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..4
Selects the input channel. The number of channels depends on
the instrument.
Parameters:
<ThresholdHysteresis>SMALl | MEDium | LARGe
Values correspond to the vertical scale
*RST: SMAL
CHANnel<m>:LABel <Label>
Specifies a name for the selected channel.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..4
Selects the input channel. The number of channels depends on
the instrument.
Parameters:
<Label> String value
String with max. 8 characters, only ASCII characters can be
used
CHANnel<m>:LABel:STATe
Shows or hides the channel name.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..4
Selects the input channel. The number of channels depends on
the instrument.
Waveform Setup
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
436User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Parameters:
<State> ON | OFF
*RST: OFF
16.4.4 Passive Probes
PROBe<m>:SETup:ATTenuation:UNIT.............................................................................436
PROBe<m>:SETup:ATTenuation:MANual.........................................................................436
PROBe<m>:SETup:GAIN:UNIT.......................................................................................436
PROBe<m>:SETup:GAIN:MANual...................................................................................437
PROBe<m>:SETup:ATTenuation:UNIT <Unit>
Selects the unit that the probe can measure.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..4
Selects the input channel. The number of channels depends on
the instrument.
Parameters:
<Unit> V | A
PROBe<m>:SETup:ATTenuation:MANual <ManualAttenuation>
Sets the attenuation of the probe.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..4
Selects the input channel. The number of channels depends on
the instrument.
Parameters:
<ManualAttenuation> Range: 0.0001 to 10000
*RST: 1
PROBe<m>:SETup:GAIN:UNIT <Unit>
Selects the unit that the probe can measure.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..4
Selects the input channel. The number of channels depends on
the instrument.
Parameters:
<Unit> V | A
Waveform Setup
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
437User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
PROBe<m>:SETup:GAIN:MANual <ManualGain>
Sets the gain of the probe. The gain the the reciprocal of the attenuation (PROBe<m>:
SETup:ATTenuation:MANual)
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..4
Selects the input channel. The number of channels depends on
the instrument.
Parameters:
<ManualGain> Range: 0.0001 to 10000
16.4.5 Active Probes
The commands if this chapter are only valid for Rohde & Schwarz active probes.
PROBe<m>:SETup:MODE .............................................................................................437
PROBe<m>:ID:BUILd?...................................................................................................438
PROBe<m>:ID:PARTnumber?.........................................................................................438
PROBe<m>:ID:PRDate?.................................................................................................438
PROBe<m>:ID:SRNumber?............................................................................................439
PROBe<m>:ID:SWVersion?............................................................................................439
PROBe<m>:SETup:TYPE?.............................................................................................439
PROBe<m>:SETup:NAME?............................................................................................ 439
PROBe<m>:SETup:BANDwidth?.....................................................................................440
PROBe<m>:SETup:ATTenuation[:AUTO]?........................................................................440
PROBe<m>:SETup:GAIN[:AUTO]?..................................................................................440
PROBe<m>:SETup:CAPacitance?...................................................................................440
PROBe<m>:SETup:IMPedance?..................................................................................... 441
PROBe<m>:SETup:ADVanced:PMToffset.........................................................................441
PROBe<m>:SETup:DEGauss......................................................................................... 441
PROBe<m>:SETup:ADVanced:STPRobe.........................................................................441
PROBe<m>:SETup:ADVanced:ZADJust...........................................................................442
PROBe<m>:SETup:PRMode...........................................................................................442
PROBe<m>:SETup:ZAXV...............................................................................................443
PROBe<m>:SETup:ADVanced:AUDioverload................................................................... 443
PROBe<m>:SETup:ADVanced:FILTer.............................................................................. 443
PROBe<m>:SETup:ADVanced:RANGe............................................................................443
PROBe<m>:SETup:ACCoupling......................................................................................444
PROBe<m>:SETup:MODE <Mode>
Selects the action that is started with the probe button.
Suffix:
<m>
.
Selects the input channel. The number of channels depends on
the instrument.
Parameters:
<Mode> RCONtinuous | RSINgle | AUToset | NOACtion
Waveform Setup
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
438User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
RCONtinuous
Starts continuous acquisition, like the [Run Stop] key. The acqui-
sition is running as long as you press the micro button again.
RSINgle
Run single: starts one acquisition.
AUToset
Starts the autoset procedure.
NOACtion
Nothing is started on pressing the micro button.
*RST: RCONtinuous
PROBe<m>:ID:BUILd?
Returns the build number of the probe software.
Suffix:
<m>
.
Selects the input channel. The number of channels depends on
the instrument.
Return values:
<BuildNumber> 32 bit number
Range: 0 to 4294967295
Increment: 1
Usage: Query only
PROBe<m>:ID:PARTnumber?
Returns the R&S part number of the probe.
Suffix:
<m>
.
Selects the input channel. The number of channels depends on
the instrument.
Return values:
<PartNumber> Part number in a string
Usage: Query only
PROBe<m>:ID:PRDate?
Returns the production date of the probe.
Suffix:
<m>
.
Selects the input channel. The number of channels depends on
the instrument.
Return values:
<ProductionDate> Date in a string
Usage: Query only
Waveform Setup
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
439User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
PROBe<m>:ID:SRNumber?
Returns the serial number of the probe.
Suffix:
<m>
.
Selects the input channel. The number of channels depends on
the instrument.
Return values:
<SerialNumber> Serial number in a string
Usage: Query only
PROBe<m>:ID:SWVersion?
Returns the version of the probe firmware.
Suffix:
<m>
.
Selects the input channel. The number of channels depends on
the instrument.
Return values:
<SoftwareVersion> Version number in a string.
Usage: Query only
PROBe<m>:SETup:TYPE?
Returns the type of the probe: not detected, active or passive probe.
Suffix:
<m>
.
Selects the input channel. The number of channels depends on
the instrument.
Return values:
<Type> NONE | ACTive | PASSive
Usage: Query only
PROBe<m>:SETup:NAME?
Returns the name of the probe.
Suffix:
<m>
.
Selects the input channel. The number of channels depends on
the instrument.
Return values:
<Name> String parameter
Example:
PROB:SET:NAME?
<-- "RT-ZS20"
Usage: Query only
Waveform Setup
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
440User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
PROBe<m>:SETup:BANDwidth?
Returns the bandwidth of the probe.
Suffix:
<m>
.
Selects the input channel. The number of channels depends on
the instrument.
Return values:
<Bandwidth> Range: 10e5 to 20e8
Increment: 10
Default unit: Hz
Usage: Query only
PROBe<m>:SETup:ATTenuation[:AUTO]?
Returns the attenuation of an automatically detected probe.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..4
Selects the input channel. The number of channels depends on
the instrument.
Return values:
<ProbeAttenuation> Range: 0.0001 to 10000
Usage: Query only
PROBe<m>:SETup:GAIN[:AUTO]?
Returns the gain of an automatically detected probe.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..4
Selects the input channel. The number of channels depends on
the instrument.
Return values:
<ProbeGain> Range: 0.0001 to 10000
Usage: Query only
PROBe<m>:SETup:CAPacitance?
Returns the input capacity of the probe.
Suffix:
<m>
.
Selects the input channel. The number of channels depends on
the instrument.
Waveform Setup
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
441User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Return values:
<InputCapacitance> Range: 0.1e-12 to 1.0e-9
Increment: 1.0e-12
Default unit: F
Usage: Query only
PROBe<m>:SETup:IMPedance?
Returns the termination of the probe.
Suffix:
<m>
.
Selects the input channel. The number of channels depends on
the instrument.
Return values:
<Termination> 50OHm | 1MOHm | UNKNown
Usage: Query only
PROBe<m>:SETup:ADVanced:PMToffset
Sets the measured ProbeMeter's DC mean value as offset. Make sure that the Probe-
Meter is active before you use this command.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..4
Selects the input channel. The number of channels depends on
the instrument.
Usage: Event
PROBe<m>:SETup:DEGauss
Demagnetizes the core if it has been magnetized by switching the power on and off, or
by an excessive input. Always demagnetize the probe before measurement. The
demagnetizing process takes about one second.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..4
Selects the input channel. The number of channels depends on
the instrument.
Usage: Event
PROBe<m>:SETup:ADVanced:STPRobe
This command is relevant only for R&S RT-ZCxxB current probes. It saves the zero
adjust value in the probe box. If you connect the probe to another channel or to
another oscilloscope with Rohde & Schwarz probe interface, the value is read out
again.
Waveform Setup
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
442User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
See also: PROBe<m>:SETup:ADVanced:ZADJust on page 442.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..4
Selects the input channel. The number of channels depends on
the instrument.
Usage: Event
PROBe<m>:SETup:ADVanced:ZADJust <ZeroAdjustValue>
This command is relevant only for R&S RT-ZCxxB current probes. It sets the waveform
to zero position. It corrects the effect of a voltage offset or temperature drift.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..4
Selects the input channel. The number of channels depends on
the instrument.
Parameters:
<ZeroAdjustValue> Range: -100 to 100
*RST: 0
Default unit: %
PROBe<m>:SETup:PRMode <ZMMeasMode>
This command is relevant only for R&S RT-ZM probes. It sets the measurement mode
of modular probes. You can switch between singleended, differential and common
mode measurements without reconnecting or resoldering the probe.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..4
Selects the input channel. The number of channels depends on
the instrument.
Parameters:
<ZMMeasMode> DMODe | CMODe | PMODe | NMODe
DMODe
Differential mode input voltage (V
dm
), the voltage between the
positive and negative input terminal.
CMODe
Common mode input voltage (V
cm
), the mean voltage between
the positive and negative input terminal vs. ground.
PMODe
Positive single-ended input voltage (V
p
). The voltage between
the positive input terminal and ground.
NMODe
Negative single-ended input voltage (V
N
). The voltage between
the negative input terminal and ground.
*RST:
DMODe
Waveform Setup
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
443User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
PROBe<m>:SETup:ZAXV <ExtAttZA15>
This command is relevant only for differential active probes R&S RT-ZD10, R&S RT-
ZD20 or R&S RT-ZD30. If you use the external attenuator R&S RT-ZA15, enable it to
include the external attenuation in the measurements.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..4
Selects the input channel. The number of channels depends on
the instrument.
Parameters:
<ExtAttZA15> ON | OFF
*RST: OFF
PROBe<m>:SETup:ADVanced:AUDioverload <ZHDAudioState>
This command is relevant for R&S RT-ZHD probes. It activates the acoustic overrange
warning in the probe control box.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..4
Selects the input channel. The number of channels depends on
the instrument.
Parameters:
<ZHDAudioState> ON | OFF
*RST: OFF
PROBe<m>:SETup:ADVanced:FILTer <ZHDLowpassState>
This command is relevant for R&S RT-ZHD probes. It activates the lowpass filter in the
probe control box.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..4
Selects the input channel. The number of channels depends on
the instrument.
Parameters:
<ZHDLowpassState> ON | OFF
*RST: OFF
PROBe<m>:SETup:ADVanced:RANGe <ZHDRange>
This command is relevant for R&S RT-ZHD probes. It sets the voltage range of the
probe.
Waveform Setup
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
444User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..4
Selects the input channel. The number of channels depends on
the instrument.
Parameters:
<ZHDRange> AUTO | MHIGh | MLOW
AUTO
The voltage range is set only at the oscilloscope by adjusting the
vertical scale.
MHIGh
Sets the higher voltage range of the connected probe.
MLOW
Sets the lower voltage range of the connected probe.
*RST: AUTO
PROBe<m>:SETup:ACCoupling
<ProbeCouplingAC>
Enables AC coupling in R&S RT-ZPR probes, which removes DC and very low-fre-
quency components. The R&S RT-ZPR probes requires 50 Ω input termination, for
which the channel AC coupling is not available. The probe setting allows AC coupling
also at 50 Ω inputs.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..4
Selects the input channel. The number of channels depends on
the instrument.
Parameters:
<ProbeCouplingAC> ON | OFF
*RST: OFF
16.4.6 ProbeMeter
PROBe<m>:PMETer:VISibility.........................................................................................444
PROBe<m>:SETup:OFFSwitch....................................................................................... 444
PROBe<m>:SETup:DCOFfset?....................................................................................... 445
PROBe<m>:PMETer:RESults:SINGle?.............................................................................445
PROBe<m>:PMETer:RESults:COMMon?......................................................................... 445
PROBe<m>:PMETer:RESults:DIFFerential?..................................................................... 445
PROBe<m>:PMETer:RESults:NEGative?......................................................................... 446
PROBe<m>:PMETer:RESults:POSitive?.......................................................................... 446
PROBe<m>:PMETer:VISibility <State>
PROBe<m>:SETup:OFFSwitch <State>
Switches the integrated voltmeter of a Rohde & Schwarz active probe on or off. The
command is only relevant if a Rohde & Schwarz active probe with R&S ProbeMeter is
used.
Waveform Setup
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
445User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Suffix:
<m>
.
Selects the input channel. The number of channels depends on
the instrument.
Parameters:
<State> ON | OFF
*RST: OFF
PROBe<m>:SETup:DCOFfset?
PROBe<m>:PMETer:RESults:SINGle?
rcset
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..4
Return values:
<ResultValue>
Usage: Query only
PROBe<m>:PMETer:RESults:COMMon?
The command is available only for Rohde & Schwarz differential and modular probes
that have an R&S ProbeMeter.
It returns the common mode voltage, which is the mean voltage between the signal
sockets and the ground socket.
Suffix:
<m>
.
Selects the input channel. The number of channels depends on
the instrument.
Return values:
<ResultValue> Default unit: V
Usage: Query only
PROBe<m>:PMETer:RESults:DIFFerential?
The command is available only for Rohde & Schwarz differential and modular probes
that have an R&S ProbeMeter.
It returns the differential voltage, which is the voltage between the positive and nega-
tive signal sockets.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..4
Return values:
<ResultValue>
Usage: Query only
Waveform Setup
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
446User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
PROBe<m>:PMETer:RESults:NEGative?
The command is available only for Rohde & Schwarz modular probes that have an
R&S ProbeMeter.
It returns the voltage that is measured between the negative signal socket and the
ground.
Suffix:
<m>
.
Selects the input channel. The number of channels depends on
the instrument.
Return values:
<ResultValue> Default unit: V
Usage: Query only
PROBe<m>:PMETer:RESults:POSitive?
The command is available only for Rohde & Schwarz modular probes that have an
R&S ProbeMeter.
It returns the voltage that is measured between the positive signal socket and the
ground.
Suffix:
<m>
.
Selects the input channel. The number of channels depends on
the instrument.
Return values:
<ResultValue> Default unit: V
Usage: Query only
16.4.7 Horizontal Settings
TIMebase:SCALe...........................................................................................................446
TIMebase:POSition........................................................................................................ 447
TIMebase:REFerence.....................................................................................................447
TIMebase:ACQTime.......................................................................................................447
TIMebase:RANGe..........................................................................................................447
TIMebase:DIVisions?......................................................................................................448
TIMebase:RATime?........................................................................................................448
TIMebase:SCALe <TimeScale>
Sets the horizontal scale for all channel and math waveforms.
Waveform Setup
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
447User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Parameters:
<TimeScale> Range: 1e-9 to 50; lower limits are possible if zoom or
FFT is enabled.
Increment: 1e-9
*RST: 100e-6
Default unit: s/div
TIMebase:POSition <Offset>
Defines the trigger position, the time distance from the trigger point to the reference
point (trigger offset). The trigger point is the zero point of the diagram. Changing the
horizontal position, you can move the trigger, even outside the screen.
See also: TIMebase:REFerence on page 447
Parameters:
<Offset> Range: Depends on time base setting
Increment: 0.01
*RST: 0
Default unit: s
TIMebase:REFerence <ReferencePoint>
Defines the time reference point in the diagram. The reference point is the rescaling
center of the time scale on the screen. If you modify the time scale, the reference point
remains fixed on the screen, and the scale is stretched or compressed to both sides of
the reference point.
The reference point defines which part of the waveform is shown. By default, the refer-
ence point is displayed in the center of the window, and you can move it to the left or
right.
See also: TIMebase:POSition on page 447
Parameters:
<ReferencePoint> 8.33 | 50 | 91.67
8.33 = left position (1 div); 50 = middle position; 91.67 = right
position (11 div).
*RST: 50
Default unit: %
TIMebase:ACQTime <AcquisitionTime>
TIMebase:RANGe <AcquisitionTime>
Defines the time of one acquisition, that is the time across the 12 divisions of the dia-
gram: Horizontal scale*12.
Waveform Setup
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
448User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Parameters:
<AcquisitionTime> Range and increment depend on time base (horizontal scale)
and other settings
Range: 250e-12 to 500
Increment: 1e-12
Default unit: s
TIMebase:DIVisions?
Queries the number of horizontal divisions on the screen.
Return values:
<HorizDivCount> Returns 12 divisions.
Usage: Query only
TIMebase:RATime?
Queries the real acquisition time used in the hardware. If FFT analysis is performed,
the value can differ from the adjusted acquisition time (TIMebase:ACQTime).
Return values:
<HWAcqTime> Range: Depends on various settings
Default unit: s
Usage: Query only
16.4.8 Acquisition Settings
ACQuire:POINts:AUTomatic............................................................................................448
ACQuire:POINts[:VALue]................................................................................................ 449
CHANnel<m>:TYPE.......................................................................................................449
CHANnel<m>:ARIThmetics.............................................................................................450
ACQuire:PEAKdetect..................................................................................................... 450
ACQuire:HRESolution.................................................................................................... 450
ACQuire:NSINgle:COUNt................................................................................................451
ACQuire:AVERage:COUNt..............................................................................................451
ACQuire:AVERage:RESet...............................................................................................451
ACQuire:AVERage:COMPlete?....................................................................................... 451
TIMebase:ROLL:AUTomatic............................................................................................451
TIMebase:ROLL:MTIMe..................................................................................................452
ACQuire:INTerpolate...................................................................................................... 452
ACQuire:POINts:ARATe?................................................................................................452
ACQuire:SRATe?........................................................................................................... 452
ACQuire:POINts:AUTomatic <AutoRecordLength>
Enables or disables the automatic record length. The instrument sets a value that fits
to the selected timebase.
Waveform Setup
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
449User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
If you set a specific value with ACQuire:POINts[:VALue], the automatic assign-
ment of a record length is turned off.
Parameters:
<AutoRecordLength> ON | OFF
Example:
ACQ:POIN:AUT ON
TIM:SCAL 1e-9
ACQ:POIN?;:SYST:ERR:ALL?
-> received 10000;0,"No error"
TIM:SCAL 5e-3
ACQ:POIN?;:SYST:ERR:ALL?
-> received 20000000;0,"No error"
ACQuire:POINts[:VALue]
Defines a record length value, the number of recorded waveform points in a segment.
The command turns ACQuire:POINts:AUTomatic OFF.
If ACQuire:POINts:AUTomatic is turned ON, the query ACQuire:POINts? returns
the automatically set record length.
Each predefined record length corresponds to a maximum number of history seg-
ments, which are stored in the instrument's memory.Using the history, you can display
the history segments.
Available record length values are:
●
5 | 10 | 20 | 50 | 100 | 200 | 500 kSample
●
1 | 2 | 5 | 10 | 20 | 50 | 100 | 200 MSample
Parameters:
<RecordLength> Record length in Samples.
If the entered value differs from the predefined values, the
instrument sets the closest value.
CHANnel<m>:TYPE <DecimationMode>
Selects the method to reduce the data stream of the ADC to a stream of waveform
points with lower sample rate.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..4
The command affects all channels regardless of the indicated
channel number. The suffix can be omitted.
Parameters:
<DecimationMode> SAMPle | PDETect | HRESolution
SAMPle
Input data is acquired with a sample rate which is aligned to the
time base (horizontal scale) and the record length.
Waveform Setup
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
450User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
PDETect
Peak Detect: the minimum and the maximum of n samples in a
sample interval are recorded as waveform points.
HRESolution
High resolution: The average of n sample points is recorded as
waveform point.
*RST: SAMPle
CHANnel<m>:ARIThmetics <TrArith>
Selects the method to build the resulting waveform from several consecutive acquisi-
tions of the signal.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..4
The command affects all channels regardless of the indicated
channel number. The suffix can be omitted.
Parameters:
<TrArith> OFF | ENVelope | AVERage
OFF
The data of the current acquisition is recorded according to the
decimation settings.
ENVelope
Detects the minimum and maximum values in an sample interval
over a number of acquisitions.
AVERage
Calculates the average from the data of the current acquisition
and a number of acquisitions before. The number of used
acquisitions is set with ACQuire:AVERage:COUNt.
*RST:
OFF
ACQuire:PEAKdetect <PeakDetect>
Enables or disables the peak detect acquisition mode.
You can use this command alternatively to CHANnel<m>:TYPE.
Parameters:
<PeakDetect> AUTO | OFF
*RST: OFF
ACQuire:HRESolution <HighRes>
Enables or disables the high resolution acquisition mode.
You can use this command alternatively to CHANnel<m>:TYPE.
Waveform Setup
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
451User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Parameters:
<HighRes> AUTO | OFF
*RST: OFF
ACQuire:NSINgle:COUNt <NSingleCount>
Sets the number of waveforms acquired with RUNSingle.
Parameters:
<NSingleCount> Number of waveforms.
Range: 1 to maximum number that depends on the record
length.
*RST: 1
ACQuire:AVERage:COUNt
Defines the number of waveforms used to calculate the average waveform. The higher
the number, the better the noise is reduced.
Parameters:
<AverageCount> Range: 2 to 100,000
*RST: 2
ACQuire:AVERage:RESet
Deletes the waveform and restarts the average calculation.
Usage:
Event
ACQuire:AVERage:COMPlete?
Returns the state of averaging.
Return values:
<AverageComplete> 0 | 1
0
The number of acquired waveforms is less than the number
required for average calculation. See ACQuire:AVERage:
COUNt on page 451.
1
The instrument acquired a sufficient number of waveforms to
determine the average.
Usage: Query only
TIMebase:ROLL:AUTomatic <AutomaticRoll>
Enables the automatic roll mode. The instrument switches to roll mode if the timebase
is equal or slower than the roll mode limit defined with TIMebase:ROLL:MTIMe.
Waveform Setup
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
452User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Parameters:
<AutomaticRoll> ON | OFF
*RST: OFF
TIMebase:ROLL:MTIMe <MinTimeBase>
The roll mode is enabled automatically if the time base exceeds the MinTimeBase,
and if TIMebase:ROLL:AUTomatic on page 451 is set ON.
Parameters:
<MinTimeBase> Limit value for roll mode enabling.
*RST: 500e-3
Default unit: s/div
ACQuire:INTerpolate <InterpolationType>
Defines the interpolation mode.
See also: "Interpolation" on page 70
Parameters:
<InterpolationType> SINX | LINear | SMHD
LINear
Linear interpolation between two adjacent sample points.
SINX
Interpolation by means of a sin(x)/x curve.
SMHD
Sample & hold causes a histogram-like interpolation.
*RST: SINX
ACQuire:POINts:ARATe?
Retrieves the sample rate of the ADC, that is the number of points that are sampled by
the ADC in one second.
Return values:
<ACDsampleRate> ADC sample rate
Default unit: Hz
Usage: Query only
ACQuire:SRATe? <SampleRate>
Returns the sample rate, that is the number of recorded waveform samples per sec-
ond.
Parameters:
<SampleRate> Default unit: Sa/s
Usage: Query only
Waveform Setup
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
453User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
16.4.9 Waveform Data
Use the following commands are described in Chapter 16.9.1.2, "Analog Channels",
on page 564:
●
FORMat[:DATA] on page 562
●
CHANnel<m>:DATA? on page 564
●
CHANnel<m>:DATA:HEADer? on page 565
●
CHANnel<m>:DATA:POINts on page 565
●
CHANnel<m>:DATA:ENVelope? on page 566
●
CHANnel<m>:DATA:ENVelope:HEADer? on page 567
●
CHANnel<m>:DATA:XINCrement? on page 572
●
CHANnel<m>:DATA:XORigin? on page 572
●
CHANnel<m>:DATA:YINCrement? on page 573
●
CHANnel<m>:DATA:YORigin? on page 572
●
CHANnel<m>:DATA:YRESolution? on page 573
●
CHANnel<m>:DATA:ENVelope:XINCrement? on page 572
●
CHANnel<m>:DATA:ENVelope:XORigin? on page 572
●
CHANnel<m>:DATA:ENVelope:YINCrement? on page 573
●
CHANnel<m>:DATA:ENVelope:YORigin? on page 572
●
CHANnel<m>:DATA:ENVelope:YRESolution? on page 573
16.5 Trigger
● General Trigger Settings....................................................................................... 453
● Edge Trigger......................................................................................................... 455
● Edge A/B Trigger...................................................................................................457
● Width Trigger.........................................................................................................459
● Video/TV Trigger................................................................................................... 461
● Pattern Trigger...................................................................................................... 462
● Runt Trigger.......................................................................................................... 464
● Risetime Trigger....................................................................................................466
● Timeout Trigger..................................................................................................... 468
● Serial Bus..............................................................................................................468
● Actions on Trigger................................................................................................. 468
16.5.1 General Trigger Settings
This section describes general trigger commands that are independent of the trigger
type.
Trigger
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
454User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
TRIGger:A:MODE.......................................................................................................... 454
TRIGger:A:SOURce....................................................................................................... 454
TRIGger:A:TYPE........................................................................................................... 455
TRIGger:A:HOLDoff:MODE.............................................................................................455
TRIGger:A:HOLDoff:TIME...............................................................................................455
TRIGger:A:MODE <TriggerMode>
Sets the trigger mode. The trigger mode determines the behavior of the instrument if
no trigger occurs.
Parameters:
<TriggerMode> AUTO | NORMal
AUTO
The instrument triggers repeatedly after a time interval if the trig-
ger conditions are not fulfilled. If a real trigger occurs, it takes
precedence.
NORMal
The instrument acquires a waveform only if a trigger occurs.
*RST: AUTO
TRIGger:A:SOURce <Source>
Sets the trigger source for the selected A trigger type.
Parameters:
<Source> CH1 | CH2 | CH3 | CH4 | EXTernanalog | LINE | SBUS1 |
SBUS2 | D0..D15
CH1 | CH2 | CH3 | CH4
One of the analog input channels is the trigger source. Available
channels depend on the instrument type.
EXTernanalog
External trigger input on the front panel
LINE
AC power supply line for the line trigger
SBUS1 | SBUS2
Serial bus 1 or 2
Requires at least one protocol option for serial bus (R&S RTA-
K1 to K3)
D0..D15
Digital channels D0 to D15, can be used as trigger sources for
edge, width, timeout and pattern trigger. Require MSO option
R&S RTA-B1.
Trigger
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
455User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
TRIGger:A:TYPE <Type>
Sets the trigger typer.
Parameters:
<Type> EDGE | WIDTh | TV | BUS | LOGic | LINE | RISetime | RUNT
EDGE
Edge trigger
WIDTh
Width trigger
TV
Video trigger
BUS
Requires at least one protocol option for serial bus (R&S RTA-
K1 to K3)
LOGic
Pattern trigger, logic trigger
LINE
Trigger on power supply line
RISetime
Trigger on rise and fall time (transition trigger)
RUNT
Trigger on runts, on pulses with smaller amplitude
TRIGger:A:HOLDoff:MODE <HoldOffMode>
Enables or disables the holdoff time.
Parameters:
<HoldOffMode> TIME | OFF
*RST: Off
TRIGger:A:HOLDoff:TIME <HoldOffTime>
Defines the holdoff time. The next trigger occurs only after the holdoff time has passed.
Parameters:
<HoldOffTime> Default unit: s
16.5.2 Edge Trigger
TRIGger:A:EDGE:SLOPe............................................................................................... 456
TRIGger:A:LEVel<n>[:VALue]..........................................................................................456
TRIGger:A:FINDlevel......................................................................................................456
TRIGger:A:EDGE:COUPling........................................................................................... 456
Trigger
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
456User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
TRIGger:A:HYSTeresis...................................................................................................457
TRIGger:A:EDGE:FILTer:HFReject.................................................................................. 457
TRIGger:A:EDGE:FILTer:NREJect................................................................................... 457
TRIGger:A:EDGE:SLOPe <Slope>
Sets the slope for the edge trigger.
Parameters:
<Slope> POSitive | NEGative | EITHer
POSitive
Rising edge, a positive voltage change
NEGative
Falling edge, a negative voltage change
EITHer
The rising as well as the falling edge
*RST: POSitive
TRIGger:A:LEVel<n>[:VALue] <Level>
Sets the trigger threshold voltage for edge, width, and timeout trigger.
Suffix:
<n>
.
1..5
Selects the trigger input. 1...4 select the corresponding analog
channel, 5 is the external trigger input. The number of channels
depends on the instrument.
Parameters:
<Level> Range: Depends on vertical scale.
Default unit: V
TRIGger:A:FINDlevel
Sets the trigger level to 50% of the signal amplitude.
Usage:
Event
TRIGger:A:EDGE:COUPling <Coupling>
Sets the coupling for the trigger source.
Parameters:
<Coupling> DC | AC | LFReject
DC
Direct current coupling. The trigger signal remains unchanged.
AC
Alternating current coupling. A highpass filter removes the DC
offset voltage from the trigger signal.
Trigger
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
457User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
LFReject
Sets the trigger coupling to high frequency. A 15 kHz highpass
filter removes lower frequencies from the trigger signal. Use this
mode only with very high frequency signals.
*RST: DC
TRIGger:A:HYSTeresis <Hysteresis>
Sets a hysteresis range around the trigger level. Hysteresis avoids unwanted trigger
events caused by noise oscillation around the trigger level. The automatic, small,
medium, large hysteresis values depend on the vertical scale.
Parameters:
<Hysteresis> AUTO | SMALl | MEDium | LARGE
*RST: AUTO
TRIGger:A:EDGE:FILTer:HFReject <State>
Enables or disables an additional 5 kHz lowpass filter in the trigger path. This filter
removes higher frequencies and is available with AC and DC coupling.
To folter out higher frequencies, you can use either this command or TRIGger:A:
EDGE:FILTer:NREJect.
Parameters:
<State> ON | OFF
*RST: OFF
TRIGger:A:EDGE:FILTer:NREJect <State>
Turns an additional 100 MHz lowpass filter in the trigger path on or off. This filter
removes higher frequencies and is available with AC and DC coupling.
To folter out higher frequencies, you can use either this command or TRIGger:A:
EDGE:FILTer:HFReject.
Parameters:
<State> ON | OFF
*RST: OFF
16.5.3 Edge A/B Trigger
TRIGger:B:ENABle.........................................................................................................458
TRIGger:B:SOURce....................................................................................................... 458
TRIGger:B:EDGE:SLOPe............................................................................................... 458
TRIGger:B:MODE.......................................................................................................... 458
TRIGger:B:DELay.......................................................................................................... 458
TRIGger:B:EVENt:COUNt...............................................................................................459
Trigger
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
458User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
TRIGger:B:ENABle <State>
Activates the B-trigger.
Parameters:
<State> ON | OFF
*RST: OFF
TRIGger:B:SOURce <Source>
Sets the source of the B-trigger.
Parameters:
<Source> CH1 | CH2 | CH3 | CH4 | D0 ... D15
CH1 | CH2 | CH3 | CH4
Analog input channels. Available channels depend on the instru-
ment type.
D0..D15
Digital channels D0 to D15. Require MSO option R&S RTA-B1.
*RST: CH1
TRIGger:B:EDGE:SLOPe <Slope>
Sets the slope of the B-trigger.
Parameters:
<Slope> POSitive | NEGative | EITHer
*RST: POSitive
TRIGger:B:MODE <Mode>
Sets a time delay or event delay for the B-trigger. The instrument waits for that delay
after an A-trigger until it recognizes the B-trigger.
Parameters:
<Mode> DELay | EVENts
DELay
Time delay. Set the time with TRIGger:B:DELay.
EVENts
Event delay. Set the number of events with TRIGger:B:
EVENt:COUNt.
*RST: DELay
TRIGger:B:DELay <DelayTime>
Sets the time the instrument waits until it checks the B-trigger condition.
Trigger
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
459User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Parameters:
<DelayTime> Range: 20e-9 to 6,871946854
Increment: Depends on the <DelayTime> value. The longer the
time, the higher the increment.
*RST: 20e-9
Default unit: s
TRIGger:B:EVENt:COUNt EventCount
Sets a number of B-trigger events that fulfill the B-trigger condition but do not cause
the trigger. The oscilloscope triggers on the n-th event, the last of the specified number
of events.
Parameters:
EventCount Range: 1 to 65535
Increment: 1
*RST: 1
16.5.4 Width Trigger
To set the trigger level (threshold), use:
●
TRIGger:A:LEVel<n>[:VALue] on page 456
CHANnel<m>:THReshold on page 434
●
TRIGger:A:FINDlevel on page 456
CHANnel<m>:THReshold:FINDlevel on page 435
●
CHANnel<m>:THReshold:HYSTeresis on page 435
TRIGger:A:WIDTh:POLarity............................................................................................ 459
TRIGger:A:WIDTh:RANGe..............................................................................................460
TRIGger:A:WIDTh:WIDTh...............................................................................................460
TRIGger:A:WIDTh:DELTa............................................................................................... 460
TRIGger:A:WIDTh:POLarity <Polarity>
Sets the polarity of the pulse.
Parameters:
<Polarity> POSitive | NEGative
POSitive
Positive going pulse, the width is defined from the rising to the
falling slopes.
NEGative
Negative going pulse, the width is defined from the falling to the
rising slopes.
*RST: POSitive
Trigger
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
460User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
TRIGger:A:WIDTh:RANGe <RangeMode>
Defines how the measured pulse width is compared with the given limits.
Parameters:
<RangeMode> WITHin | OUTSide | SHORter | LONGer
WITHin | OUTSide
Triggers on pulses inside or outside a range defined by time ±
delta. The time is specified with TRIGger:A:WIDTh:WIDTh,
the range around is defined with TRIGger:A:WIDTh:DELTa.
To trigger on an exact value ("Width =" or "Width ≠", set the
range to 0 ("Variation", TRIGger:A:WIDTh:DELTa).
SHORter | LONGer
Triggers on pulses shorter or longer than a time set with
TRIGger:A:WIDTh:WIDTh.
*RST: LONGer
TRIGger:A:WIDTh:WIDTh
<Time1>
For the ranges WITHin and OUTSide (defined using TRIGger:A:WIDTh:RANGe), the
<Time1> defines the center of a range which is defined by the limits ±<Delta> (set with
TRIGger:A:WIDTh:DELTa).
For the ranges SHORter and LONGer, the width defines the maximum and minimum
pulse width, respectively.
Parameters:
<Time1> Center value, maximum value or minimum value depending on
the defined range type.
Range: 20E-9 to 6.87194685440
Increment: Depends on the <Time1> value
*RST: 20E-9
TRIGger:A:WIDTh:DELTa <Delta>
Defines a variation range around the width value specified using TRIGger:A:WIDTh:
WIDTh.
Parameters:
<Delta> Variation ±Δt
Range: Minimum is 0. Maximum depends on the defined
pulse width (TRIG:A:WIDTH:WITDH).
Trigger
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
461User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
16.5.5 Video/TV Trigger
TRIGger:A:TV:STANdard................................................................................................461
TRIGger:A:TV:POLarity.................................................................................................. 461
TRIGger:A:TV:FIELd...................................................................................................... 461
TRIGger:A:TV:LINE........................................................................................................462
TRIGger:A:TV:STANdard <Standard>
Selects the color television standard.
Parameters:
<Standard> PAL | NTSC | SECam | PALM | I576 | P720 | P1080 | I1080
PALM = PAL-M
I576 = SDTV 576i (PAL and SECAM)
P720 | P1080 = HDTV 720/1080p (progressive scanning)
I1080 = HDTV 1080i (interlaced scanning)
*RST: PAL
TRIGger:A:TV:POLarity <Polarity>
Selects the polarity of the signal. Note that the sync pulse has the opposite polarity.
The edges of the sync pulses are used for triggering,
See also: "Signal" on page 85
Parameters:
<Polarity> POSitive | NEGative
POSitive
If the video modulation is positive, the sync pulses are negative.
NEGative
If the modulation is negative, sync pulses are positive.
*RST: NEGative
TRIGger:A:TV:FIELd <Field>
Sets the trigger on the beginning of the video signal fields, or on the beginning of video
signal lines.
Parameters:
<Field> EVEN | ODD | ALL | LINE | ALINe
EVEN | ODD
Triggers only on the field start of even or odd fields. Only availa-
ble for interlaced scanning.
ALL
All fields, triggers on the frame start (progressive scanning) or
any field start (interlaced scanning).
Trigger
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
462User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
LINE
Triggers on the beginning of a specified line in any field. The line
number is set with TRIGger:A:TV:LINE.
ALINe
Triggers on the beginning of all video signal lines.
*RST: ALL
TRIGger:A:TV:LINE <Line>
Sets an exact line number if TRIGger:A:TV:FIELd is set to LINE.
Parameters:
<Line> Range: 1 to 525 (NTSC, PAL-M); 625 (PAL, SECAM,
SDTV I-576); 750 (HDTV P720); 1125 (HDTV
I1080, HDTV P1080)
Increment: 1
*RST: 1
16.5.6 Pattern Trigger
● Pattern Definition...................................................................................................462
● Time Limitation......................................................................................................463
16.5.6.1 Pattern Definition
TRIGger:A:PATTern:SOURce.......................................................................................... 462
TRIGger:A:PATTern:FUNCtion.........................................................................................463
TRIGger:A:PATTern:CONDition....................................................................................... 463
TRIGger:A:PATTern:SOURce <SourceString>
Sets the state for each channel.
Parameters:
<SourceString> String containing 0, 1, or X for each channel.
1: high, the signal voltage is higher than the trigger level.
0: low, the signal voltage is lower than the trigger level.
X: Don't care. the channel does not affect the trigger.
Without MSO option R&S RTA-B1, the pattern has 4 or 2 bits,
depending on the number of channels: <C1><C2>[<C3><C4>].
With MSO option, the pattern has 20 or 18 bits:
<C1><C2>[<C3><C4>]<D0><D1><D2>...<D15>.
Example: Without MSO option:
TRIG:A:PATT:SOUR "1X10"
C1 and C3 is set to high, C4 to low, and C2 does not matter
(don't care).
Trigger
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
463User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Example: With MSO option:
TRIG:A:PATT:SOUR "XXXX111101010011XXXX"
Analog channels C1 to C4 do not matter (don't care). Digital
channels D0 to D11 are set to high or low, D12 to D15 do not
matter.
TRIGger:A:PATTern:FUNCtion <Function>
Sets the logical combination of the channel states .
Parameters:
<Function> AND | OR
AND
The required states of all channels must appear in the input sig-
nal at the same time.
OR
At least one of the channels must have the required state.
*RST: AND
TRIGger:A:PATTern:CONDition <ConditionString>
Defines whether the instrument triggers on fulfillment of the logical condition, or on vio-
lation.
Parameters:
<ConditionString> ""TRUE"" | ""FALSE""
String parameter
*RST: ""TRUE""
16.5.6.2 Time Limitation
TRIGger:A:PATTern:MODE............................................................................................. 463
TRIGger:A:PATTern:WIDTh:RANGe.................................................................................464
TRIGger:A:PATTern:WIDTh[:WIDTh]................................................................................464
TRIGger:A:PATTern:WIDTh:DELTa.................................................................................. 464
TRIGger:A:PATTern:MODE <PatternMode>
Disables the time limitation or sets the time comparison mode.
Parameters:
<PatternMode> OFF | TIMeout | WIDTh
OFF
Disables the time limitation.
TIMeout
Defines how long at least the result of the state pattern condition
must be true or false.
Trigger
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
464User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
WIDTh
Defines a time range for keeping up the true result of the pattern
condition. The range is defined using TRIGger:A:PATTern:
WIDTh:RANGe.
TRIGger:A:PATTern:WIDTh:RANGe <PatternRange>
Selects how the time limit for the pattern condition is defined.
The time is specified using TRIGger:A:PATTern:WIDTh[:WIDTh], the range
around is specified using TRIGger:A:PATTern:WIDTh:DELTa.
Parameters:
<PatternRange> WITHin | OUTSide | SHORter | LONGer
WITHin
Triggers if the pattern condition remains unchanged longer than
Time - Delta and shorter than Time + Delta.
OUTSide
Triggers if the pattern condition remains unchanged either
shorter than Time - Delta or longer than Time + Delta.
SHORter | LONGer
Triggers if the pattern condition changes before or after the
specified time.
TRIGger:A:PATTern:WIDTh[:WIDTh] <PatternWidth>
For the ranges WITHin and OUTSide, the <PatternWidth> defines the center of a
range which is defined by the limits ±<Delta>.
For the ranges SHORter and LONGer, the pattern width defines the maximum and
minimum values, respectively.
Parameters:
<PatternWidth> Default unit: s
TRIGger:A:PATTern:WIDTh:DELTa <PatternDelta>
Defines a range around the pattern width value specified using TRIGger:A:
PATTern:WIDTh[:WIDTh].
Parameters:
<PatternDelta> Default unit: s
16.5.7 Runt Trigger
TRIGger:A:LEVel<n>:RUNT:LOWer................................................................................. 465
TRIGger:A:LEVel<n>:RUNT:UPPer..................................................................................465
TRIGger:A:RUNT:DELTa.................................................................................................465
Trigger
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
465User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
TRIGger:A:RUNT:POLarity..............................................................................................465
TRIGger:A:RUNT:RANGe............................................................................................... 465
TRIGger:A:RUNT:WIDTh................................................................................................ 466
TRIGger:A:LEVel<n>:RUNT:LOWer <Level>
Sets the lower voltage threshold for runt detection. A positive runt crosses the lower
level twice without crossing the upper level.
Suffix:
<n>
.
1..5
Parameters:
<Level>
TRIGger:A:LEVel<n>:RUNT:UPPer
<Level>
Sets the upper voltage threshold for runt detection. A negative runt crosses the upper
level twice without crossing the lower level.
Suffix:
<n>
.
1..5
Parameters:
<Level>
TRIGger:A:RUNT:DELTa <Variation>
Sets a range Δt to the reference pulse width set with TRIGger:A:RUNT:WIDTh, if
TRIGger:A:RUNT:RANGe is set to WITHin or OUTSide.
Parameters:
<Variation> Range: Depends on various settings, mainly time base and
sample rate
TRIGger:A:RUNT:POLarity <Polarity>
Indicates the polarity of a the runt to be triggered on.
Parameters:
<Polarity> POSitive | NEGative
*RST: POS
TRIGger:A:RUNT:RANGe <Range>
Sets how the measured pulse width is compared with the given limit(s).
To set the width, use TRIGger:A:RUNT:WIDTh.
Trigger
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
466User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
To set the range ± Δt, use TRIGger:A:RUNT:DELTa.
Parameters:
<Range> LONGer | SHORter | WITHin | OUTSide
LONGer
Finds pulses longer than the given width.
SHORter
Finds pulses shorter than the given width.
WITHin
Finds pulses inside the range width ± Δt.
OUTSide
Finds pulses outside the range width ± Δt.
*RST: LONG
TRIGger:A:RUNT:WIDTh
<Width>
Sets the reference runt pulse width, the nominal value for comparisons.
Parameters:
<Width> Range: Depends on various settings, mainly time base and
sample rate
16.5.8 Risetime Trigger
TRIGger:A:LEVel<n>:RISetime:LOWer............................................................................ 466
TRIGger:A:LEVel<n>:RISetime:UPPer............................................................................. 466
TRIGger:A:RISetime:DELTa............................................................................................ 467
TRIGger:A:RISetime:RANGe.......................................................................................... 467
TRIGger:A:RISetime:SLOPe........................................................................................... 467
TRIGger:A:RISetime:TIME..............................................................................................467
TRIGger:A:LEVel<n>:RISetime:LOWer <Level>
Sets the lower voltage threshold. When the signal crosses this level, the rise time mea-
surement starts or stops depending on the selected slope.
Suffix:
<n>
.
1..5
Parameters:
<Level>
TRIGger:A:LEVel<n>:RISetime:UPPer <Level>
Sets the upper voltage threshold. When the signal crosses this level, the rise/fall time
measurement starts or stops depending on the selected slope.
Suffix:
<n>
.
1..5
Trigger
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
467User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Parameters:
<Level>
TRIGger:A:RISetime:DELTa <Variation>
Sets a range Δt to the reference rise/fall time set with TRIGger:A:RISetime:TIME,
if TRIGger:A:RISetime:RANGe is set to Within or Outside. The instrument trig-
gers on rise/fall times inside or outside the range time ± Δt.
Parameters:
<Variation>
TRIGger:A:RISetime:RANGe
<Range>
Sets how the measured rise or fall time is compared with the given limit(s).
To set the rise/fall time, use TRIGger:A:RISetime:TIME.
To set the range ± Δt, use TRIGger:A:RISetime:DELTa.
Parameters:
<Range> LONGer | SHORter | WITHin | OUTSide
LONGer
Triggers on rise/fall times longer than the given time.
SHORter
Triggers on rise/fall times shorter than the given time.
WITHin
Triggers on rise/fall times inside the range time ± Δt.
OUTSide
Triggers on rise/fall times outside the range time ± Δt.
*RST: LONG
TRIGger:A:RISetime:SLOPe <Polarity>
Sets the edge of the slope to be triggered on.
Parameters:
<Polarity> POSitive | NEGative
POSitive: rise time trigger
NEGative: fall time trigger
*RST: POS
TRIGger:A:RISetime:TIME <RiseTime>
Sets the reference rise or fall time, the nominal value for comparisons.
Parameters:
<RiseTime> Depends on various settings, mainly time base and sample rate
Trigger
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
468User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
16.5.9 Timeout Trigger
To set the trigger level (threshold), use:
●
TRIGger:A:LEVel<n>[:VALue] on page 456
CHANnel<m>:THReshold on page 434
●
TRIGger:A:FINDlevel on page 456
CHANnel<m>:THReshold:FINDlevel on page 435
●
CHANnel<m>:THReshold:HYSTeresis on page 435
TRIGger:A:TIMeout:RANGe............................................................................................468
TRIGger:A:TIMeout:TIME............................................................................................... 468
TRIGger:A:TIMeout:RANGe <Range>
Sets the relation of the signal level to the threshold.
Parameters:
<Range> HIGH | LOW
HIGH
The signal level stays above the trigger level.
LOW
The signal level stays below the trigger level.
*RST: HIGH
TRIGger:A:TIMeout:TIME <Time>
Sets the time limit for the timeout at which the instrument triggers.
Parameters:
<Time> Range: 3.2e-9 to 6.871928
*RST: 10e-6
16.5.10 Serial Bus
Triggering on the decoded data of a protocol bus is available if at least one serial proto-
col option is installed. The serial bus must be configured correctly. For detailed infor-
mation on serial protocols and their trigger conditions, see the chapter of the relevant
protocol.
16.5.11 Actions on Trigger
To generate a pulse on the Aux Out connector on trigger event, use TRIG
ger:OUT:MODE TRIGger. You can also define the pulse length and polarity with
TRIGger:OUT:PLENgth and TRIGger:OUT:POLarity.
Trigger
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
469User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
TRIGger:EVENt[:ENABle]............................................................................................... 469
TRIGger:EVENt:BEEP....................................................................................................469
TRIGger:EVENt:REFSave.............................................................................................. 469
TRIGger:EVENt:SCRSave.............................................................................................. 470
TRIGger:EVENt:TRIGgerout........................................................................................... 470
TRIGger:EVENt:WFMSave............................................................................................. 470
TRIGger:EVENt[:ENABle] <EventsEnabled>
Activates the selected actions on trigger event.
To activate the actions, use:
●
TRIGger:EVENt:BEEP on page 469
●
TRIGger:EVENt:TRIGgerout on page 470
●
TRIGger:EVENt:WFMSave on page 470
●
TRIGger:EVENt:SCRSave on page 470
●
TRIGger:EVENt:REFSave on page 469
Parameters:
<EventsEnabled> ON | OFF
*RST: OFF
TRIGger:EVENt:BEEP <SoundEnable>
If ON, the instrument generates a beep on trigger event. The acquisition is not delayed,
the sound generation runs asynchronously. The minimum time between two beeps is
1 s. If the instrument triggers faster, not all events are notified by a beep.
Parameters:
<SoundEnable> ON | OFF
*RST: OFF
TRIGger:EVENt:REFSave <SaveReference>
If ON, the instrument saves reference waveforms of all active channels, and activates
the references. This action works only with single acquisition.
The channels are assigned to the references: C1 to R1, C2 to R2 and so on. If a chan-
nel is off, the assigned reference is also not active.
If "Nx Single" > 1, the waveforms of the last acquisition are saved as reference wave-
forms.
Parameters:
<SaveReference> ON | OFF
*RST: OFF
Trigger
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
470User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
TRIGger:EVENt:SCRSave <SaveScreenshot>
If ON, the instrument saves a screenshot on each trigger event. The screenshot is
saved when the acquisition is complete. During saving, the acquisition stops, and
restarts when saving is finished. Thus, the waveform update rate decreases signifi-
cantly.
To set up the target directory, file name, color and file format, use the following com-
mands:
●
MMEMory:CDIRectory
●
MMEMory:NAME
●
HCOPy:COLor:SCHeme
●
HCOPy:FORMat
Parameters:
<SaveScreenshot> ON | OFF
*RST: OFF
TRIGger:EVENt:TRIGgerout <PulseOut>
If ON, the instrument generates a pulse on the Aux Out connector on trigger event.
The acquisition is not delayed, the pulse generation runs asynchronously.
Enabling "Pulse" sets the "Setup" > "Aux Out" selection to "Trigger Out", and vice
versa. Selecting another item in the "Aux Out" menu disables the pulse action.
To set the pulse width and polarity of the trigger out pulse, use:
●
TRIGger:OUT:PLENgth on page 595
●
TRIGger:OUT:POLarity on page 595
Parameters:
<PulseOut> ON | OFF
*RST: OFF
TRIGger:EVENt:WFMSave <SaveWaveform>
If ON, the instrument saves the data of a selected waveform on each trigger event. The
waveform is saved when the acquisition is complete. During saving, the acquisition
stops, and restarts when saving is finished. Thus, the waveform update rate decreases
significantly.
If fast segmentation is active, only the last acquisition is saved.
To select the waveform, use EXPort:WAVeform:SOURce.
Set up the target directory, file name and file format, use EXPort:WAVeform:NAME
and FORMat[:DATA].
Parameters:
<SaveWaveform> ON | OFF
*RST: OFF
Trigger
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
471User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
16.6 Waveform Analysis
● Zoom.....................................................................................................................471
● Mathematics..........................................................................................................472
● Reference Waveforms.......................................................................................... 476
● Search...................................................................................................................480
● History ..................................................................................................................496
16.6.1 Zoom
TIMebase:ZOOM:STATe................................................................................................. 471
TIMebase:ZOOM:SCALe................................................................................................ 471
TIMebase:ZOOM:TIME...................................................................................................471
TIMebase:ZOOM:POSition..............................................................................................471
DISPlay:CBAR:ZOOM[:POSition].....................................................................................472
TIMebase:ZOOM:STATe <ZoomState>
Switches the zoom on or off.
Parameters:
<ZoomState> ON | OFF
*RST: OFF
TIMebase:ZOOM:SCALe <ZoomScale>
Defines the horizontal scale for the zoom window in seconds per division, the timebase
of the zoom window. The scaling determines the width of the zoom area (12 divisions *
scaling per division).
Parameters:
<ZoomScale> Range: Depends on various settings
*RST: 50e-6
Default unit: s/div
TIMebase:ZOOM:TIME <Time>
Defines the distance of the trigger point to the reference point in the zoom window. The
value determines the position of the zoom area that is displayed in the zoom window.
Parameters:
<Time> *RST: 0
Default unit: s
TIMebase:ZOOM:POSition <Position>
Defines the position of the zoom window in the upper window.
Waveform Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
472User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Parameters:
<Position> Range: Depends on the zoom time base, from nearly 0 to
100 % for large zoom.
*RST: 50
Default unit: %
DISPlay:CBAR:ZOOM[:POSition] <DividerPosition>
Defines the position of the divide bar between normal waveform and zoom window.
Parameters:
<DividerPosition> Vertical position in pixel, measured from the top edge. The verti-
cal display size is 800 px.
Default unit: px
16.6.2 Mathematics
To get the data of a math waveform, use the following commands:
●
CALCulate:MATH<m>:DATA? on page 568
●
CALCulate:MATH<m>:DATA:HEADer? on page 568
●
CALCulate:MATH<m>:DATA:POINts? on page 568
●
CALCulate:MATH<m>:DATA:XORigin? on page 572
●
CALCulate:MATH<m>:DATA:XINCrement? on page 572
●
CALCulate:MATH<m>:DATA:YORigin? on page 572
●
CALCulate:MATH<m>:DATA:YINCrement? on page 573
●
CALCulate:MATH<m>:DATA:YRESolution? on page 573
CALCulate:MATH<m>:STATe.......................................................................................... 472
CALCulate:MATH<m>[:EXPRession][:DEFine]..................................................................473
CALCulate:MATH<m>:LABel...........................................................................................474
CALCulate:MATH<m>:LABel:STATe.................................................................................474
CALCulate:MATH<m>:POSition.......................................................................................474
CALCulate:MATH<m>:SCALe.........................................................................................475
CALCulate:MATH<m>:WCOLor.......................................................................................475
CALCulate:MATH<m>:TRACk:EDGE...............................................................................475
CALCulate:MATH<m>:TRACk:DPULse[:ENABle]..............................................................476
CALCulate:MATH<m>:TRACk:THReshold:HYSTeresis...................................................... 476
CALCulate:MATH<m>:TRACk:THReshold[:UPPer]............................................................476
CALCulate:MATH<m>:TRACk:THReshold:LOWer.............................................................476
CALCulate:MATH<m>:STATe <State>
Activates the mathematics function and displays the defined math waveforms.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..5
Selects the math waveform.
Waveform Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
473User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Parameters:
<State> ON | OFF
*RST: OFF
CALCulate:MATH<m>[:EXPRession][:DEFine] <RemComplExpr>
Defines the equation to be calculated for the selected math waveform as a regular
expression.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..5
Selects the math waveform.
Parameters:
<RemComplExpr> String parameter, consisting of the mathematical operation and
the source(s), written in parenthesis. Optionally, the unit can be
included in the string. If no unit is given, the last setting is used.
Example:
CALC:MATH<2>:EXPR:DEF "ADD(CH1,CH2)"
Same command with unit:
CALC:MATH<2>:EXPR:DEF "ADD(CH1,CH2)ín V"
Delete the unit:
CALC:MATH<2>:EXPR:DEF "ADD(CH1,CH2)ín"
Operation Expression string Comment
Addition "ADD(CH1,CH2) in V" "CH1+CH2" is also possible
Subtraction "SUB(CH1,CH2) in V" "CH1-CH2" is also possible
Multiplication "MUL(CH1,CH2)" "CH1*CH2" is also possible
Division "DIV(CH1,CH2)" "CH1/CH2" is also possible
Square "SQR(CH1)"
Square Root "SQRT(CH1)"
Absolute value "ABS(CH1)"
Reciprocal "REC(CH1)"
Inverse "INV(CH1)"
Common logarithm (basis 10) "LOG(CH1)"
Natural logarithm (basis e) "LN(CH1)"
Derivative "DERI(CH1)"
Integral "INT(CH1)"
Low pass filter "LP(CH1,1E6) in V" CH1 – Source waveform
1E6 – constant value, limit frequency of
the low or high pass
High pass filter "HP(CH1,1E6) in V"
FFT "FFTMAG(CH1)" FFT function of the source waveform
Track period (unipolar) "TPER(CH1)" Set the threshold, hysteresis and edge
with:
Waveform Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
474User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Operation Expression string Comment
Track frequency (unipolar)
CALCulate:MATH<m>:TRACk:
THReshold[:UPPer]
CALCulate:MATH<m>:TRACk:
THReshold:HYSTeresis
CALCulate:MATH<m>:TRACk:EDGE
See also:Chapter 6.2.6, "Tracks",
on page 105
"TFREQ(CH1)"
Track pulse width (unipolar) "TPW(CH1)"
Track duty cycle (unipolar) "TDCY(CH1)"
Track period (bipolar) "TPERB(CH1)" Set the thresholds, hysteresis and edge
with:
CALCulate:MATH<m>:TRACk:
THReshold:LOWer
CALCulate:MATH<m>:TRACk:
THReshold[:UPPer]
CALCulate:MATH<m>:TRACk:
THReshold:HYSTeresis
CALCulate:MATH<m>:TRACk:EDGE
See also:Chapter 6.2.6, "Tracks",
on page 105
Track frequency (bipolar) "TFREQB(CH1)"
Track pulse width (bipolar) "TPWB(CH1)"
Track duty cycle (bipolar) "TDCYB(CH1)"
CALCulate:MATH<m>:LABel <Label>
Defines a label for the specified math waveform (equation), which is shown at the
waveform.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..5
Selects the math waveform.
Parameters:
<Label> String Data
String with label text
CALCulate:MATH<m>:LABel:STATe <LabelVisible>
Activates the diplay of the label that is defined with CALCulate:MATH<m>:LABel.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..5
Selects the math waveform.
Parameters:
<LabelVisible> ON | OFF
CALCulate:MATH<m>:POSition <Position>
Sets the vertical position of the math waveform.
Waveform Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
475User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..5
Selects the math waveform.
Parameters:
<Position> Position value, given in divisions.
CALCulate:MATH<m>:SCALe <Scale>
Sets the vertical scale of the math waveform.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..5
Selects the math waveform.
Parameters:
<Scale> Scale value, given in Volts per division
Range: -1.0E-24 to 5.0E+25
Increment: Depends on vertical scale, in 1 - 2 - 5 steps (1 mV,
2 mV, 5 mV, 10 mV, 20 mV, 50 mV ...)
*RST: 1
CALCulate:MATH<m>:WCOLor <WaveformColor>
Sets the color of the indicated math waveform.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..5
Parameters:
<WaveformColor> YELLow | GREen | ORANge | BLUE | LBLUE | WHITE | CYAN |
PINK | RED | TEMPerature | RAINbow | FIRE | DEFault
*RST: DEF
CALCulate:MATH<m>:TRACk:EDGE <Polarity>
Sets the rising or falling edge as a reference for each measurement. The setting helps
to determine values in terms of the power stage switching state.
For unipolar souces, the on edge is the rising edge, and the off edge is the falling
edge.
In the bipolar case, all transitions are inverted for the negative branch. For positive pul-
ses, the rising edge is the on edge, and for negative pulses, the falling edge is the on
edge.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..5
Parameters:
<Polarity> ON | OFF
Waveform Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
476User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
CALCulate:MATH<m>:TRACk:DPULse[:ENABle] <DoublePulseEnable>
Available for bipolar signals. Considers the effect of the double pulse, which arises due
to the inversion.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..5
Parameters:
<DoublePulseEnable>ON | OFF
CALCulate:MATH<m>:TRACk:THReshold:HYSTeresis
<Hysteresis>
Sets the hysteresis for correct edge detection.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..5
Parameters:
<Hysteresis> Default unit: V
CALCulate:MATH<m>:TRACk:THReshold[:UPPer] <ThresholdLevel>
Sets the threshold for unipolar track sources, or the upper level for bipolar sources.
The signal is measured at the crossing points of the signal with the threshold.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..5
Parameters:
<ThresholdLevel> Default unit: V
CALCulate:MATH<m>:TRACk:THReshold:LOWer <ThresholdLevel>
Sets the lower level for bipolar track sources, which determines the crossing points on
negative pulses.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..5
Parameters:
<ThresholdLevel> Default unit: V
16.6.3 Reference Waveforms
In all REFCurve:... commands, the suffix <m> selects the reference waveform.
To get the waveform data, use the following commands:
●
REFCurve<m>:DATA? on page 569
●
REFCurve<m>:DATA:HEADer? on page 569
●
REFCurve<m>:DATA:XINCrement? on page 572
Waveform Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
477User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
●
REFCurve<m>:DATA:XORigin? on page 572
●
REFCurve<m>:DATA:YINCrement? on page 573
●
REFCurve<m>:DATA:YORigin? on page 573
●
REFCurve<m>:DATA:YRESolution? on page 573
REFCurve<m>:SOURce.................................................................................................477
REFCurve<m>:SOURce:CATalog?.................................................................................. 477
REFCurve<m>:STATe.....................................................................................................478
REFCurve<m>:UPDate.................................................................................................. 478
REFCurve<m>:SAVE..................................................................................................... 478
REFCurve<m>:LOAD.....................................................................................................478
REFCurve<m>:LOAD:STATe...........................................................................................479
REFCurve<m>:HORizontal:POSition................................................................................479
REFCurve<m>:HORizontal:SCALe..................................................................................479
REFCurve<m>:VERTical:POSition...................................................................................479
REFCurve<m>:VERTical:SCALe..................................................................................... 480
REFCurve<m>:WCOLor................................................................................................. 480
REFCurve<m>:LABel..................................................................................................... 480
REFCurve<m>:SOURce <Source>
Defines the source of the reference waveform.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..4
Selects the reference waveform
Parameters:
<Source> CH1 | CH2 | CH3 | CH4 | MA1 | MA2 | MA3 | MA4 | MA5 | RE1 |
RE2 | RE3 | RE4 | D70 | D158 | SPEC | MINH | MAXH | AVER
CH1 | CH2 | CH3 | CH4 | MA1 | MA2 | MA3 | MA4 | MA5 | RE1 |
RE2 | RE3 | RE4
Any active channel, math, or reference waveform. CH3 and CH4
are only available with 4-channel R&S RTA4000 oscilloscopes.
D70 | D158
Logic probes, sources require MSO option R&S RTA-B1.
SPEC | MINH | MAXH | AVER
FFT waveforms: spectrum, min hold, max hold, average.
*RST:
CH1
REFCurve<m>:SOURce:CATalog?
Returns the source waveform.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..4
Selects the reference waveform.
Waveform Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
478User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Parameters:
<Source Catalogue> CH1 | CH2 | CH3 | CH4 | QMA | RE1 | RE2 | RE3 | RE4 | D70 |
D158 | SPEC | MINH | MAXH | AVER
See REFCurve<m>:SOURce on page 477.
Usage: Query only
REFCurve<m>:STATe
Displays or hides the selected reference waveform.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..4
Selects the reference waveform.
Parameters:
<State> ON | OFF
*RST: OFF
REFCurve<m>:UPDate
Updates the selected reference by the waveform defined with REFCurve<m>:SOURce.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..4
Selects the reference waveform.
Usage: Event
REFCurve<m>:SAVE <Filename>
Stores the reference waveform in the specified file.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..4
Selects the reference waveform.
Setting parameters:
<Filename> String with path and file name
Usage: Setting only
REFCurve<m>:LOAD <Filename>
Loads the waveform data from the indicated reference file to the reference waveform.
To load the correspondent instrument settings, use REFCurve<m>:LOAD:STATe
on page 479.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..4
Selects the reference waveform.
Waveform Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
479User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Setting parameters:
<Filename> String with path and file name
Usage: Setting only
REFCurve<m>:LOAD:STATe
Loads the instrument settings in addition to the reference waveform data. The wave-
form data must be loaded before the settings, see REFCurve<m>:LOAD on page 478.
The settings are only available if the file was stored to the internal storage and never
written to a USB flash device.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..4
Selects the reference waveform.
Usage: Event
REFCurve<m>:HORizontal:POSition
<Position>
Changes the horizontal position of the reference waveform independently of the chan-
nel waveform settings.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..4
Selects the reference waveform.
Parameters:
<Position> Default unit: s
REFCurve<m>:HORizontal:SCALe <Scale>
Changes the horizontal scale (timebase) of the reference waveform independently of
the channel waveform settings.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..4
Selects the reference waveform.
Parameters:
<Scale> Default unit: s/div
REFCurve<m>:VERTical:POSition <Position>
Changes the vertical position of the reference waveform.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..4
Selects the reference waveform.
Parameters:
<Position> Default unit: div
Waveform Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
480User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
REFCurve<m>:VERTical:SCALe <Scale>
Changes the vertical scale of the reference waveform.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..4
Selects the reference waveform.
Parameters:
<Scale> Default unit: V/div
REFCurve<m>:WCOLor
<WaveformColor>
Selects a color for the reference waveform. The default color is white. You can select
another monochrome color, or a color scale.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..4
Selects the reference waveform.
Parameters:
<WaveformColor> YELLow | GREen | ORANge | BLUE | LBLUE | WHITE | CYAN |
PINK | RED | TEMPerature | RAINbow | FIRE | DEFault
*RST: DEF
REFCurve<m>:LABel <WaveformLabel>
Defines a label for the indicated reference waveform.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..4
Selects the reference waveform.
Parameters:
<WaveformLabel> String parameter
String parameter
Example:
REFCurve2:LABel "Origin"
Sets the label "Origin" for reference R2.
16.6.4 Search
● General Search Settings.......................................................................................481
● Edge Search Configuration...................................................................................482
● Width Search Configuration.................................................................................. 483
● Peak Search Configuration................................................................................... 485
● Rise/Fall Time Search Configuration.................................................................... 485
● Runt Search Configuration....................................................................................487
● Data2Clock Search Configuration.........................................................................488
Waveform Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
481User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
● Pattern Search Configuration................................................................................490
● Window Search Configuration...............................................................................492
● Search Results......................................................................................................494
16.6.4.1 General Search Settings
SEARch:STATe..............................................................................................................481
SEARch:CONDition........................................................................................................481
SEARch:SOURce.......................................................................................................... 482
SEARch:STATe <SearchState>
Enables and disables the search mode.
Parameters:
<SearchState> ON | OFF
*RST: OFF
Example: Chapter 16.2.3.1, "Searching for a Pulse of Specified Width",
on page 423
SEARch:CONDition <SearchCondition>
Parameters:
<SearchCondition> EDGE | WIDTh | PEAK | RUNT | RTIMe | DATatoclock |
PATTern | PROTocol | WINDow
EDGE
An edge search result is found when the waveform passes the
given level in the specified direction.
WIDTH
A width search finds pulses with an exact pulse width, or pulses
shorter or longer than a given time, or pulses inside or outside
the allowable time range.
PEAK
The peak search finds pulses exceeding a given amplitude.
RUNT
The runt search finds pulses lower than normal in amplitude.
The amplitude crosses the first threshold twice without crossing
the second one. In addition to the threshold amplitudes, you can
define a time limit for the runt in the same way as for width
search: runts with exact width, shorter or longer than a given
time, or runts inside or outside the allowable time range.
RTIMe
The rise or fall time search finds slopes with an exact rise or fall
time, or rise/fall times shorter or longer than a given limit, or rise/
fall times inside or outside the allowable time range.
Waveform Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
482User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
DATatoclock
The Data2Clock search - also known as setup/hold - finds viola-
tion of setup and hold times. It analyzes the relative timing
between two signals: a data signal and the synchronous clock
signal. Setup time is the time that the data signal is steady
before clock edge. Hold time is the time that the data signal is
steady after clock edge.
PATTern
The pattern search finds logical combinations of channel states
inside or outside a specified time range. For each channel, its
state and threshold level is defined. The states are combined
logically, and the time of true pattern results is compared with a
specified time range.
PROTocol
The protocol search finds various events in decoded data of sig-
nals, for example, a specified frame type, identifier, data, and
errors. Available search settings depend on the configured bus
type.
Protocol search is not available for bus types PARallel, I2C, SPI
(no CS), SPI (with CS), UART, and I2S (Audio).
WINDow
The window search finds violations of a window that is formed
by the upper and lower voltage levels. An event occurs if the
waveform enters or leaves the window, or if the waveform stays
inside or outside for a time longer or shorter than specified, or if
the waveform passes both levels in a given time.
*RST:
EDGE
SEARch:SOURce <SearchSource>
Selects the waveform to be analyzed.
Parameters:
<SearchSource> CH1 | CH2 | CH3 | CH4 | QMA | RE1 | RE2 | RE3 | RE4
Any active channel, math, or reference waveform can be
searched.
For protocol search on CAN and LIN signals, an active serial
bus is the search source.
*RST: CH1
Example: Chapter 16.2.3.1, "Searching for a Pulse of Specified Width",
on page 423
16.6.4.2 Edge Search Configuration
SEARch:TRIGger:EDGE:SLOPe..................................................................................... 483
SEARch:TRIGger:EDGE:LEVel....................................................................................... 483
SEARch:TRIGger:EDGE:LEVel:DELTa.............................................................................483
Waveform Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
483User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
SEARch:TRIGger:EDGE:SLOPe <Slope>
Sets the slope to be searched for.
Parameters:
<Slope> POSitive | NEGative | EITHer
*RST: POS
SEARch:TRIGger:EDGE:LEVel <Level>
Sets the voltage level for the edge search.
Parameters:
<Level> *RST: 0.5 V
SEARch:TRIGger:EDGE:LEVel:DELTa <DeltaLevel>
Sets a hysteresis range above and below the search level to avoid unwanted search
results caused by noise oscillation around the level.
Parameters:
<DeltaLevel> Range: Lower limit depends on vertical scale and other set-
tings, no upper limit
*RST: 0.2 V
16.6.4.3 Width Search Configuration
SEARch:TRIGger:WIDTh:POLarity.................................................................................. 483
SEARch:TRIGger:WIDTh:LEVel...................................................................................... 483
SEARch:TRIGger:WIDTh:LEVel:DELTa............................................................................484
SEARch:TRIGger:WIDTh:RANGe....................................................................................484
SEARch:TRIGger:WIDTh:WIDTh.....................................................................................484
SEARch:TRIGger:WIDTh:DELTa..................................................................................... 484
SEARch:TRIGger:WIDTh:POLarity <Polarity>
Indicates the polarity of the pulse to be searched for.
Parameters:
<Polarity> POSitive | NEGative
*RST: POS
Example: Chapter 16.2.3.1, "Searching for a Pulse of Specified Width",
on page 423
SEARch:TRIGger:WIDTh:LEVel <Level>
Sets the voltage level on which the pulse width is measured.
Parameters:
<Level> *RST: 500 mV
Waveform Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
484User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
SEARch:TRIGger:WIDTh:LEVel:DELTa <DeltaLevel>
Sets a hysteresis range above and below the search level to avoid unwanted search
results caused by noise oscillation around the level.
Parameters:
<DeltaLevel> Range: Lower limit depends on vertical scale and other set-
tings, no upper limit
*RST: 200 mV
SEARch:TRIGger:WIDTh:RANGe
<Range>
Sets how the measured pulse width is compared with the given limit(s).
To set the width, use SEARch:TRIGger:WIDTh:WIDTh.
To set the range ± Δt, use SEARch:TRIGger:WIDTh:DELTa.
Parameters:
<Range> WITHin | OUTSide | SHORter | LONGer
WITHin
Finds pulses inside the range width ± Δt.
OUTSide
Finds pulses outside the range width ± Δt.
SHORter
Finds pulses shorter than the given width.
LONGer
Finds pulses longer than the given width.
*RST: WITH
Example: Chapter 16.2.3.1, "Searching for a Pulse of Specified Width",
on page 423
SEARch:TRIGger:WIDTh:WIDTh <Width>
Sets the reference pulse width, the nominal value for comparisons.
Parameters:
<Width> Default unit: s
Example: Chapter 16.2.3.1, "Searching for a Pulse of Specified Width",
on page 423
SEARch:TRIGger:WIDTh:DELTa <DeltaWidth>
Sets a range Δt to the reference pulse width set with SEARch:TRIGger:WIDTh:
WIDTh, if SEARch:TRIGger:WIDTh:RANGe is set to WITHin or OUTSide.
Parameters:
<DeltaWidth> Range: Lower limit depends on the resolution, practically no
upper limit
Waveform Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
485User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Example: Chapter 16.2.3.1, "Searching for a Pulse of Specified Width",
on page 423
16.6.4.4 Peak Search Configuration
SEARch:MEASure:PEAK:POLarity.................................................................................. 485
SEARch:MEASure:LEVel:PEAK:MAGNitude.....................................................................485
SEARch:MEASure:PEAK:POLarity <Polarity>
Indicates the polarity of a the pulse to be searched for a peak.
Parameters:
<Polarity> POSitive | NEGative | EITHer
*RST: POS
SEARch:MEASure:LEVel:PEAK:MAGNitude <Magnitude>
Sets the peak-to-peak limit. If the signal exceeds this limit, a search event is listed.
Parameters:
<Magnitude> Default unit: V
16.6.4.5 Rise/Fall Time Search Configuration
SEARch:TRIGger:RISetime:SLOPe................................................................................. 485
SEARch:TRIGger:LEVel:RISetime:LOWer........................................................................485
SEARch:TRIGger:LEVel:RISetime:UPPer.........................................................................486
SEARch:TRIGger:RISetime:RANGe................................................................................ 486
SEARch:TRIGger:RISetime:TIME....................................................................................486
SEARch:TRIGger:RISetime:DELTa.................................................................................. 486
SEARch:TRIGger:RISetime:SLOPe <Polarity>
Sets the slope to be found.
Parameters:
<Polarity> POSitive | NEGative | EITHer
POSitive: to search for rise time.
NEGative: to search for fall time.
EITHer: to search for rise and fall time.
*RST: POS
SEARch:TRIGger:LEVel:RISetime:LOWer <LowerLevel>
Sets the lower voltage threshold. When the signal crosses this level, the rise time mea-
surement starts or stops depending on the selected slope.
Waveform Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
486User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Parameters:
<LowerLevel> *RST: 400 mV
Default unit: V
SEARch:TRIGger:LEVel:RISetime:UPPer <UpperLevel>
Sets the upper voltage threshold. When the signal crosses this level, the rise/fall time
measurement starts or stops depending on the selected slope.
Parameters:
<UpperLevel> *RST: 600 mV
Default unit: V
SEARch:TRIGger:RISetime:RANGe <Range>
Sets how the measured rise or fall time is compared with the given limit(s).
To set the rise/fall time, use SEARch:TRIGger:RISetime:TIME.
To set the range ± Δt, use SEARch:TRIGger:RISetime:DELTa.
Parameters:
<Range> LONGer | SHORter | WITHin | OUTSide
LONGer
Finds rise/fall times longer than the given time.
SHORter
Finds rise/fall times shorter than the given time.
WITHin
Finds rise/fall times inside the range time ± Δt.
OUTSide
Finds rise/fall times outside the range time ± Δt.
*RST: LONG
SEARch:TRIGger:RISetime:TIME <Time>
Sets the reference rise or fall time, the nominal value for comparisons.
Parameters:
<Time> Range: Depends on various settings, mainly time base and
sample rate
*RST: 200e-6
Default unit: s
SEARch:TRIGger:RISetime:DELTa <DeltaTime>
Sets a range Δt to the reference rise/fall time set with SEARch:TRIGger:RISetime:
TIME, if SEARch:TRIGger:RISetime:RANGe is set to Within or Outside. The
instrument finds rise/fall times inside or outside the range time ± Δt.
Waveform Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
487User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Parameters:
<DeltaTime> Range: Depends on various settings, mainly time base and
sample rate
*RST: 50e-6
Default unit: s
16.6.4.6 Runt Search Configuration
SEARch:TRIGger:RUNT:POLarity....................................................................................487
SEARch:TRIGger:LEVel:RUNT:LOWer.............................................................................487
SEARch:TRIGger:LEVel:RUNT:UPPer............................................................................. 487
SEARch:TRIGger:RUNT:RANGe..................................................................................... 487
SEARch:TRIGger:RUNT:WIDTh...................................................................................... 488
SEARch:TRIGger:RUNT:DELTa.......................................................................................488
SEARch:TRIGger:RUNT:POLarity <Polarity>
Indicates the polarity of a the runt to be searched for.
Parameters:
<Polarity> POSitive | NEGative | EITHer
*RST: POS
SEARch:TRIGger:LEVel:RUNT:LOWer <LowerLevel>
Sets the lower voltage threshold for runt detection. A positive runt crosses the lower
level twice without crossing the upper level.
Parameters:
<LowerLevel> Range: Depends on vertical scale and LSB value.
*RST: 400 mV
Default unit: V
SEARch:TRIGger:LEVel:RUNT:UPPer <UpperLevel>
Sets the upper voltage threshold for runt detection. A negative runt crosses the upper
level twice without crossing the lower level.
Parameters:
<UpperLevel> Range: Depends on vertical scale and LSB value.
*RST: 600 mV
Default unit: V
SEARch:TRIGger:RUNT:RANGe <Range>
Sets how the measured pulse width is compared with the given limit(s).
To set the width, use SEARch:TRIGger:RUNT:WIDTh.
Waveform Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
488User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
To set the range ± Δt, use SEARch:TRIGger:RUNT:DELTa.
Parameters:
<Range> LONGer | SHORter | WITHin | OUTSide
LONGer
Finds pulses longer than the given width.
SHORter
Finds pulses shorter than the given width.
WITHin
Finds pulses inside the range width ± Δt.
OUTSide
Finds pulses outside the range width ± Δt.
*RST: LONG
SEARch:TRIGger:RUNT:WIDTh
<Width>
Sets the reference runt pulse width, the nominal value for comparisons.
Parameters:
<Width> Range: Depends on various settings, mainly time base and
sample rate.
*RST: 200e-6
Default unit: s
SEARch:TRIGger:RUNT:DELTa <DeltaWidth>
Sets a range Δt to the reference pulse width set with SEARch:TRIGger:RUNT:WIDTh
, if SEARch:TRIGger:RUNT:RANGe is set to WITHin or OUTSide.
Parameters:
<DeltaWidth> Range: Depends on various settings, mainly time base and
sample rate.
*RST: 50e-6
Default unit: s
16.6.4.7 Data2Clock Search Configuration
SEARch:TRIGger:DATatoclock:CSOurce..........................................................................488
SEARch:TRIGger:DATatoclock:CLEVel............................................................................ 489
SEARch:TRIGger:DATatoclock:DLEVel............................................................................ 489
SEARch:TRIGger:DATatoclock:CLEVel:DELTa..................................................................489
SEARch:TRIGger:DATatoclock:DLEVel:DELTa..................................................................489
SEARch:TRIGger:DATatoclock:CEDGe............................................................................489
SEARch:TRIGger:DATatoclock:HTIMe............................................................................. 489
SEARch:TRIGger:DATatoclock:STIMe..............................................................................490
SEARch:TRIGger:DATatoclock:CSOurce <ClockSource>
Selects the input channel of the clock signal.
Waveform Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
489User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Parameters:
<ClockSource> CH1 | CH2 | CH3 | CH4
*RST: CH1
SEARch:TRIGger:DATatoclock:CLEVel <ClockLevel>
Sets the voltage level for the clock signal. The crossing of clock level and clock edge
defines the start point for setup and hold time.
Parameters:
<ClockLevel> Range: Depends on vertical scale
SEARch:TRIGger:DATatoclock:DLEVel
<DataLevel>
Sets the voltage level for the data signal. The data lavel defines the threshold for data
transition.
Parameters:
<DataLevel> Range: Depends on vertical scale
SEARch:TRIGger:DATatoclock:CLEVel:DELTa <LevelDelta>
SEARch:TRIGger:DATatoclock:DLEVel:DELTa <LevelDelta>
Set a hysteresis range to the clock and data levels in order to avoid unwanted search
results caused by noise oscillation around the level.
Parameters:
<LevelDelta> Range: Lower limit depends on vertical scale and other set-
tings, no upper limit
SEARch:TRIGger:DATatoclock:CEDGe <ClockEdge>
Sets the edge of the clock signal to define the start point for the setup and hold time.
Parameters:
<ClockEdge> POSitive | NEGative | EITHer
*RST: POS
SEARch:TRIGger:DATatoclock:HTIMe <HoldTime>
Sets the minimum time after the clock edge while the data signal must stay steady
above or below the data level. The hold time can be negative. In this case, the hold
time ends before the clock edge, and the setup time must be positive and longer than
the absolute value of the hold time.
Parameters:
<HoldTime> Range: Depends on time base and sample interval
Waveform Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
490User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
SEARch:TRIGger:DATatoclock:STIMe <SetupTime>
Sets the minimum time before the clock edge while the data signal must stay steady
above or below the data level. The setup time can be negative. In this case, the setup
interval starts after the clock edge, and the hold time must be positive and longer than
the absolute value of the setup time.
Parameters:
<SetupTime> Range: Depends on time base and sample interval
16.6.4.8 Pattern Search Configuration
SEARch:TRIGger:PATTern:SOURce................................................................................490
SEARch:TRIGger:PATTern:FUNCtion...............................................................................490
SEARch:TRIGger:PATTern:LEVel<n>...............................................................................491
SEARch:TRIGger:PATTern:LEVel<n>:DELTa.................................................................... 491
SEARch:TRIGger:PATTern:WIDTh:RANGe.......................................................................491
SEARch:TRIGger:PATTern:WIDTh[:WIDTh]......................................................................492
SEARch:TRIGger:PATTern:WIDTh:DELTa........................................................................ 492
SEARch:TRIGger:PATTern:SOURce <Pattern>
Specifies the search pattern - the state for each channel. The state can be set only for
active channels.
Parameters:
<Pattern> String parameter
String containing 0, 1, X|x for each channel. The order of chan-
nels is fixed: CH1 CH2 [CH3 CH4] D0 D1 D2 D3 ...
Example:
CHAN1:STAT ON
CHAN2:STAT ON
CHAN3:STAT ON
CHAN4:STAT ON
SEAR:STAT ON
SEAR:COND PATT
SEAR:TRIG:PATT:SOUR '1X10'
CH1, CH3 are high, CH4 is low. These states are logically com-
bined with SEARch:TRIGger:PATTern:FUNCtion. CH2 does
not matter (don't care) and can be off.
SEARch:TRIGger:PATTern:FUNCtion <Function>
Sets the logical combination of the channel states.
Parameters:
<Function> AND | OR | NAND | NOR
AND
The required states of all channels must appear in the input sig-
nal at the same time.
Waveform Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
491User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
OR
At least one of the channels must have the required state.
NAND
"Not and" operator, at least one of the channels does not have
the required state.
NOR
"Not or" operator, none of the channels has the required state.
*RST: AND
SEARch:TRIGger:PATTern:LEVel<n>
<ThresholdLevel>
Sets the threshold value for the specified source channel. You can set different levels
for the channels
Suffix:
<n>
.
1..4
Selects the input channel. The number of channels depends on
the instrument.
Parameters:
<ThresholdLevel> Range: Depends on vertical scale
SEARch:TRIGger:PATTern:LEVel<n>:DELTa <LevelDelta>
Sets a hysteresis range to the threshold of the specified source channel to avoid
unwanted search results caused by noise oscillation around the level.
Suffix:
<n>
.
1..4
Selects the input channel. The number of channels depends on
the instrument.
Parameters:
<LevelDelta> Range: Lower limit depends on vertical scale and other set-
tings, no upper limit
SEARch:TRIGger:PATTern:WIDTh:RANGe <Range>
Sets the condition how the duration of a steady pattern is compared with the given ref-
erence time.
To set the reference value width, use SEARch:TRIGger:PATTern:WIDTh[:WIDTh].
To set a range Δt, use SEARch:TRIGger:PATTern:WIDTh:DELTa
Parameters:
<Range> WITHin | OUTSide | LONGer | SHORter
WITHin
Finds patterns steady for a time range width ± Δt.
OUTSide
Finds patterns outside a time range width ± Δt.
Waveform Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
492User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
LONGer
Finds patterns steady for at least the given width.
SHORter
Finds patterns shorter than the given width.
*RST: LONG
SEARch:TRIGger:PATTern:WIDTh[:WIDTh] <Width>
Sets the reference time of a steady pattern, the nominal value for comparisons.
Parameters:
<Width> Default unit: s
SEARch:TRIGger:PATTern:WIDTh:DELTa
<DeltaTime>
Sets a range Δt to the reference pattern duration set with SEARch:TRIGger:
PATTern:WIDTh[:WIDTh], if SEARch:TRIGger:PATTern:WIDTh:RANGe is set to
WITHin or OUTSide.
Parameters:
<DeltaTime> Default unit: s
16.6.4.9 Window Search Configuration
SEARch:TRIGger:LEVel:WINDow:LOWer.........................................................................492
SEARch:TRIGger:LEVel:WINDow:UPPer......................................................................... 492
SEARch:TRIGger:WINDow:DELTa...................................................................................492
SEARch:TRIGger:WINDow:POLarity................................................................................493
SEARch:TRIGger:WINDow:RANGe.................................................................................493
SEARch:TRIGger:WINDow:TIMerange............................................................................ 493
SEARch:TRIGger:WINDow:WIDTh..................................................................................494
SEARch:TRIGger:LEVel:WINDow:LOWer <LowerLevel>
SEARch:TRIGger:LEVel:WINDow:UPPer <UpperLevel>
Set the lower and upper voltage limits for the window.
Parameters:
<UpperLevel> *RST: 0.4
SEARch:TRIGger:WINDow:DELTa <DeltaWidth>
Defines a range around the width value (see SEARch:TRIGger:WINDow:DELTa).
Parameters:
<DeltaWidth> *RST: 100e-6
Waveform Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
493User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
SEARch:TRIGger:WINDow:POLarity <Polarity>
Indicates the polarity of the pulse to be searched for.
Parameters:
<Polarity> POSitive | NEGative | EITHer
*RST: EITH
SEARch:TRIGger:WINDow:RANGe <RangeMode>
Selects how the signal run is compared with the window.
Parameters:
<RangeMode> ENTer | EXIT | WITHin | OUTSide | PASSthrough |
NPASsthrough
ENTer
Triggers when the signal crosses the upper or lower level and
thus enters the window made up of these two levels.
EXIT
Triggers when the signal leaves the window.
WITHin
Triggers if the signal stays between the upper and lower level for
a specified time. The time is defined in various ways by the
SEARch:TRIGger:WINDow:TIMerange command.
OUTSide
Triggers if the signal stays above the upper level or below the
lower level for a specified time. The time is also defined by the
SEARch:TRIGger:WINDow:TIMerange command.
*RST:
ENT
SEARch:TRIGger:WINDow:TIMerange <TimeRange>
Selects how the time limit of the window is defined. Time conditioning is available for
the vertical conditions WITHin and OUTSide (see SEARch:TRIGger:WINDow:
RANGe).
Parameters:
<TimeRange> WITHin | OUTSide | SHORter | LONGer
WITHin
Triggers if the signal stays inside or outside the vertical window
limits at least for the time Width - Delta and for Width + Delta at
the most.
OUTSide
"Outside" is the opposite definition of "Within". The instrument
triggers if the signal stays inside or outside the vertical window
limits for a time shorter than Width - Delta or longer than Width +
Delta.
Waveform Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
494User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
SHORter
Triggers if the signal crosses vertical limits before the specified
"Width" time is reached.
LONGer
Triggers if the signal crosses vertical limits before the specified
"Width" time is reached.
*RST: LONG
SEARch:TRIGger:WINDow:WIDTh <Width>
Sets the reference pulse width, the nominal value for comparisons.
Parameters:
<Width> *RST: 400e-6
16.6.4.10
Search Results
SEARch:RESult:BCOunt?...............................................................................................494
SEARch:RESDiagram:SHOW......................................................................................... 494
SEARch:RESult:ALL?.....................................................................................................495
SEARch:RESult<n>?......................................................................................................495
SEARch:RCOunt?..........................................................................................................496
EXPort:SEARch:NAME...................................................................................................496
EXPort:SEARch:SAVE....................................................................................................496
SEARch:RESult:BCOunt?
Returns the maximum number of search results, which the instrument can store.
Return values:
<BufferedCount> Maximum number of search results
Usage: Query only
SEARch:RESDiagram:SHOW <ResultShow>
Shows or hides the table of search results.
Parameters:
<ResultShow> ON | OFF
*RST: OFF
Example: Chapter 16.2.3.1, "Searching for a Pulse of Specified Width",
on page 423
Waveform Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
495User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
SEARch:RESult:ALL?
Returns all result values of the search.
Return values:
<AllResults> List of results items seperated by comma
For each result, six values are returned:
1. Result number as indicated in the search results table
2. X-position (time) of the search result
3. Y-position of the search result, currently not relevant
4. Type of the search result (Edge, Peak, ...)
5. Slope or polarity of the search result
6. For peak searches, the value contains the peak voltage. For
width searches, it contains the pulse width. For edge searches,
the value is not relevant.
Example:
SEARch:RESult:ALL?
Returns all four results of a peak search:
1,-4.7750e-04,0,PEAK,NEGATIVE,-1.530e-02,2,
-4.4630e-04,0,PEAK,NEGATIVE,-1.530e-02,3,
-4.1660e-04,0,PEAK,NEGATIVE,-1.530e-02,4,
-3.8690e-04,0,PEAK,NEGATIVE,-1.530e-02
Example: Chapter 16.2.3.1, "Searching for a Pulse of Specified Width",
on page 423
Usage: Query only
SEARch:RESult<n>?
Returns the result values of the specified search result.
See also: SEARch:RESult:ALL?
Suffix:
<n>
.
*
Number of the search result
Return values:
<Result> Comma-separated value list
Meaning of the values:
Result number, time value, y-position (not relevant), search type,
slope or polarity, optional value: voltage for peak search, pulse
width for width search.
Example:
SEARch:RESult3?
Returns the result values of the third search result.
3,-4.1660e-04,0,PEAK,NEGATIVE,-1.530e-02
Usage: Query only
Waveform Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
496User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
SEARch:RCOunt?
Returns the number of search results.
Return values:
<ResultCount> *RST: 0
Example: Chapter 16.2.3.1, "Searching for a Pulse of Specified Width",
on page 423
Usage: Query only
EXPort:SEARch:NAME <FileName>
Defines the path and filename for search results that will be saved with EXPort:
SEARch:SAVE. The file format is CSV, the filename is incremented automatically.
You can change the file name manually in the [Search] > "Save" dialog. Remote con-
trol uses the recent settings.
Parameters:
<FileName> String parameter
Example:
EXPort:SEARch:NAME "/USB_FRONT/SEARCH/RESULT"
On first save, the search results are saved to RESULT.CSV, on
second save to RESULT01.CSV, the third to RESULT02.CSV ...
EXPort:SEARch:SAVE
Saves the search results to the path and file defined by EXPort:SEARch:NAME.
Usage:
Setting only
16.6.5 History
● History Settings.....................................................................................................496
● Displaying History Segments................................................................................ 499
● Timestamps...........................................................................................................502
● Export of History Data...........................................................................................506
16.6.5.1 History Settings
ACQuire:MEMory[:MODE] <MemoryMode>
Defines how the record length is set.
Parameters:
<MemoryMode> AUTomatic | DMEMory | MANual
AUTomatic
Automatically by the instrument
Waveform Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
497User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
DMEMory
Predefined values are set with ACQuire:POINts[:VALue]
MANual
User-defined value is set with ACQuire:POINts[:VALue].
The number of available history segments is adjusted automati-
cally.
*RST: AUT
ACQuire:POINts:AUTomatic <AutoRecordLength>
Enables or disables the automatic record length. The instrument sets a value that fits
to the selected timebase.
If you set a specific value with ACQuire:POINts[:VALue], the automatic assign-
ment of a record length is turned off.
Parameters:
<AutoRecordLength> ON | OFF
Example:
ACQ:POIN:AUT ON
TIM:SCAL 1e-9
ACQ:POIN?;:SYST:ERR:ALL?
-> received 10000;0,"No error"
TIM:SCAL 5e-3
ACQ:POIN?;:SYST:ERR:ALL?
-> received 20000000;0,"No error"
ACQuire:POINts[:VALue]
Defines a record length value, the number of recorded waveform points in a segment.
The command turns ACQuire:POINts:AUTomatic OFF.
If ACQuire:POINts:AUTomatic is turned ON, the query ACQuire:POINts? returns
the automatically set record length.
Each predefined record length corresponds to a maximum number of history seg-
ments, which are stored in the instrument's memory.Using the history, you can display
the history segments.
Available record length values are:
●
5 | 10 | 20 | 50 | 100 | 200 | 500 kSample
●
1 | 2 | 5 | 10 | 20 | 50 | 100 | 200 MSample
Parameters:
<RecordLength> Record length in Samples.
If the entered value differs from the predefined values, the
instrument sets the closest value.
Waveform Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
498User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
ACQuire:COUNt
Sets the number of segments to be captured.
In automatic mode, the command is a query and returns the maximum number of seg-
ments that can be captured with the current configuration. See also: ACQuire:
MEMory[:MODE]
Parameters:
<NoOfAcquisitions> Number of available segments in the memory
ACQuire:NSINgle:COUNt
<NSingleCount>
Sets the number of waveforms acquired with RUNSingle.
Parameters:
<NSingleCount> Number of waveforms.
Range: 1 to maximum number that depends on the record
length.
*RST: 1
ACQuire:AVAilable?
Returns the number of segments that are currently saved in the memory. This number
is available for history viewing.
Parameters:
<Acquisitions> Number of captured segments
Usage: Query only
ACQuire:SEGMented:STATe <State>
If ON, the acquisitions are performed as fast as possible, without processing and dis-
playing the waveforms. When acquisition has been stopped, the data is processed and
the latest waveform is displayed. Older waveforms are stored in segments. You can
display and analyze the segments using the history..
Parameters:
<State> ON | OFF
ACQuire:AVERage:CURRent?
Returns the current amount of acquired waveforms that contribute to the average. The
value is independent of the number of available segments, there are more waveforms
in the average available than segments in history.
Parameters:
<CurrentAverages> Range: Minimum is 2; maximum depends on the instrument
settings.
Usage: Query only
Waveform Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
499User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
16.6.5.2 Displaying History Segments
The commands in this chapter use numeric suffixes:
●
CHANnel<m>: Selects the analog input channel, range 1 | 2 or 1...4 depending on
the number of channels
●
MATH<m>: Selects the math waveform, range 1..5
●
DIGital<m>: Selects the logic channel, range 0..15
●
LOGic<p>: Selects the logic pod, range 1..2
●
BUS<b>: Selects the bus, range 1..4
CALCulate:MATH<m>:HISTory:CONTrol:ENABle]............................................................. 500
BUS<b>:HISTory:CONTrol:ENABle].................................................................................500
DIGital<m>:HISTory:CONTrol:ENABle].............................................................................500
LOGic<p>:HISTory:CONTrol:ENABle].............................................................................. 500
CHANnel<m>:HISTory:CONTrol:[ENABle]........................................................................ 500
CALCulate:MATH<m>:HISTory:CURRent......................................................................... 500
BUS<b>:HISTory:CURRent.............................................................................................500
DIGital<m>:HISTory:CURRent.........................................................................................500
LOGic<p>:HISTory:CURRent.......................................................................................... 500
SPECtrum:HISTory:CURRent..........................................................................................500
CHANnel<m>:HISTory:CURRent..................................................................................... 500
CALCulate:MATH<m>:HISTory:PALL............................................................................... 500
BUS<b>:HISTory:PALL................................................................................................... 500
DIGital<m>:HISTory:PALL...............................................................................................500
LOGic<p>:HISTory:PALL................................................................................................ 500
SPECtrum:HISTory:PALL................................................................................................500
CHANnel<m>:HISTory:PALL........................................................................................... 500
CALCulate:MATH<m>:HISTory:STARt..............................................................................501
BUS<b>:HISTory:STARt................................................................................................. 501
DIGital<m>:HISTory:STARt............................................................................................. 501
LOGic<p>:HISTory:STARt...............................................................................................501
SPECtrum:HISTory:STARt.............................................................................................. 501
CHANnel<m>:HISTory:STARt..........................................................................................501
CALCulate:MATH<m>:HISTory:STOP.............................................................................. 501
BUS<b>:HISTory:STOP..................................................................................................501
DIGital<m>:HISTory:STOP..............................................................................................501
LOGic<p>:HISTory:STOP............................................................................................... 501
SPECtrum:HISTory:STOP...............................................................................................501
CHANnel<m>:HISTory:STOP.......................................................................................... 501
CALCulate:MATH<m>:HISTory:PLAYer:SPEed................................................................. 501
BUS<b>:HISTory:PLAYer:SPEed.....................................................................................501
DIGital<m>:HISTory:PLAYer:SPEed.................................................................................501
LOGic<p>:HISTory:PLAYer:SPEed...................................................................................501
SPECtrum:HISTory:PLAYer:SPEed..................................................................................501
CHANnel<m>:HISTory:PLAYer:SPEed............................................................................. 501
CALCulate:MATH<m>:HISTory:REPLay........................................................................... 501
BUS<b>:HISTory:REPLay...............................................................................................501
DIGital<m>:HISTory:REPLay...........................................................................................501
LOGic<p>:HISTory:REPLay............................................................................................ 502
Waveform Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
500User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
SPECtrum:HISTory:REPLay............................................................................................502
CHANnel<m>:HISTory:REPLay.......................................................................................502
CALCulate:MATH<m>:HISTory:PLAYer:STATe.................................................................. 502
BUS<b>:HISTory:PLAYer:STATe......................................................................................502
DIGital<m>:HISTory:PLAYer:STATe..................................................................................502
LOGic<p>:HISTory:PLAYer:STATe................................................................................... 502
SPECtrum:HISTory:PLAYer:STATe...................................................................................502
CHANnel<m>:HISTory:PLAYer:STATe.............................................................................. 502
CALCulate:MATH<m>:HISTory:CONTrol:ENABle] <PlayerControlEnable>
BUS<b>:HISTory:CONTrol:ENABle] <PlayerControlEnable>
DIGital<m>:HISTory:CONTrol:ENABle] <PlayerControlEnable>
LOGic<p>:HISTory:CONTrol:ENABle] <PlayerControlEnable>
CHANnel<m>:HISTory:CONTrol:[ENABle] <PlayerControl>
Displays or hides the history player on the screen.
Parameters:
<PlayerControl> ON | OFF
*RST: OFF
CALCulate:MATH<m>:HISTory:CURRent <CurrentAcquisition>
BUS<b>:HISTory:CURRent <CurrentAcquisition>
DIGital<m>:HISTory:CURRent <CurrentAcquisition>
LOGic<p>:HISTory:CURRent <CurrentAcquisition>
SPECtrum:HISTory:CURRent <CurrentAcquisition>
CHANnel<m>:HISTory:CURRent <CurrentAcquisition>
Accesses a particular history segment in the memory to display it. The query returns
the index of the segment that is shown.
Parameters:
<CurrentAcquisition> Segment index. There are two ways to enter the index.
Negative index count: the newest segment has the index "0",
older segments have a negative index: -(n-1), .... -1 , 0
Positive index count: the oldest segment has the index 1, and
the newest segment has the index n: 1, 2,..., n
where n is the number of acquired segments.
CALCulate:MATH<m>:HISTory:PALL <PlayAll>
BUS<b>:HISTory:PALL <PlayAll>
DIGital<m>:HISTory:PALL <PlayAll>
LOGic<p>:HISTory:PALL <PlayAll>
SPECtrum:HISTory:PALL <PlayAll>
CHANnel<m>:HISTory:PALL <PlayAll>
Enables the replay of all acquired segments.
Waveform Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
501User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Parameters:
<PlayAll> ON | OFF
If set to OFF, define the range of segments to be shown using
CHANnel<m>:HISTory:STARt and CHANnel<m>:HISTory:
STOP
*RST: ON
CALCulate:MATH<m>:HISTory:STARt <StartAcquisition>
BUS<b>:HISTory:STARt <StartAcquisition>
DIGital<m>:HISTory:STARt <StartAcquisition>
LOGic<p>:HISTory:STARt <StartAcquisition>
SPECtrum:HISTory:STARt <StartAcquisition>
CHANnel<m>:HISTory:STARt <StartAcquisition>
Sets the index of the oldest segment to be displayed.
Parameters:
<StartAcquisition> Start index. You can enter a positive or negative index, see
CHANnel<m>:HISTory:CURRent .
CALCulate:MATH<m>:HISTory:STOP <StopAcquisition>
BUS<b>:HISTory:STOP <StopAcquisition>
DIGital<m>:HISTory:STOP <StopAcquisition>
LOGic<p>:HISTory:STOP <StopAcquisition>
SPECtrum:HISTory:STOP <StopAcquisition>
CHANnel<m>:HISTory:STOP <StopAcquisition>
Sets the index of the latest segment to be displayed.
Parameters:
<StopAcquisition> Stop index. You can enter a positive or negative index, see
CHANnel<m>:HISTory:CURRent.
CALCulate:MATH<m>:HISTory:PLAYer:SPEed <PlayerSpeed>
BUS<b>:HISTory:PLAYer:SPEed <PlayerSpeed>
DIGital<m>:HISTory:PLAYer:SPEed <PlayerSpeed>
LOGic<p>:HISTory:PLAYer:SPEed <PlayerSpeed>
SPECtrum:HISTory:PLAYer:SPEed <PlayerSpeed>
CHANnel<m>:HISTory:PLAYer:SPEed <PlayerSpeed>
Sets the speed of the history replay.
Parameters:
<PlayerSpeed> SLOW | MEDium | FAST | AUTO
*RST: AUTO
CALCulate:MATH<m>:HISTory:REPLay <Replay>
BUS<b>:HISTory:REPLay <Replay>
DIGital<m>:HISTory:REPLay <Replay>
Waveform Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
502User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
LOGic<p>:HISTory:REPLay <Replay>
SPECtrum:HISTory:REPLay <Replay>
CHANnel<m>:HISTory:REPLay <Replay>
If set to ON, the replay of the selected history segments repeats automatically.
Parameters:
<Replay> ON | OFF
*RST: STOP
CALCulate:MATH<m>:HISTory:PLAYer:STATe
<PlayerState>
BUS<b>:HISTory:PLAYer:STATe <PlayerState>
DIGital<m>:HISTory:PLAYer:STATe <PlayerState>
LOGic<p>:HISTory:PLAYer:STATe <PlayerState>
SPECtrum:HISTory:PLAYer:STATe <PlayerState>
CHANnel<m>:HISTory:PLAYer:STATe <PlayerState>
Starts and stops the replay of the history segments.
Parameters:
<PlayerState> RUN | STOP
*RST: STOP
16.6.5.3 Timestamps
You can query the timestamps of history segments in two ways:
●
Query for the timestamps of all history segments using ...:HISTory:...:ALL
commands.
●
Query for the timestamp of a specific segment using ...:HISTory:... com-
mands. Select the segment of interest using CHANnel<m>:HISTory:CURRent
appropriate command.
The commands in this chapter use numeric suffixes:
●
CHANnel<m>: Selects the analog input channel.
●
MATH<m>: Selects the math waveform, range 1..4
●
DIGital<m>: Selects the logic channel, range 0..15
●
LOGic<p>: Selects the logic pod, range 1..2
●
BUS<b>: Selects the bus, range 1..4
CALCulate:MATH<m>:HISTory:TTABle[:ENABle].............................................................. 503
BUS<b>:HISTory:TTABle[:ENABle].................................................................................. 503
DIGital<m>:HISTory:TTABle[:ENABle]..............................................................................503
LOGic<p>:HISTory:TTABle[:ENABle]................................................................................503
CHANnel<m>:HISTory:TTABle[:ENABle].......................................................................... 503
CHANnel<m>:HISTory:TMODe........................................................................................504
CALCulate:MATH<m>:HISTory:TSRelative?..................................................................... 504
BUS<b>:HISTory:TSRelative?.........................................................................................504
DIGital<m>:HISTory:TSRelative?.....................................................................................504
LOGic<p>:HISTory:TSRelative?.......................................................................................504
Waveform Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
503User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
SPECtrum:HISTory:TSRelative?......................................................................................504
CHANnel<m>:HISTory:TSRelative?................................................................................. 504
CALCulate:MATH<m>:HISTory:TSRelative:ALL?...............................................................504
BUS<b>:HISTory:TSRelative:ALL?.................................................................................. 504
DIGital<m>:HISTory:TSRelative:ALL?.............................................................................. 504
LOGic<p>:HISTory:TSRelative:ALL?................................................................................504
SPECtrum:HISTory:TSRelative:ALL?............................................................................... 504
CHANnel<m>:HISTory:TSRelative:ALL?...........................................................................504
CALCulate:MATH<m>:HISTory:TSABsolute?.................................................................... 505
BUS<b>:HISTory:TSABsolute?........................................................................................505
DIGital<m>:HISTory:TSABsolute?....................................................................................505
LOGic<p>:HISTory:TSABsolute?..................................................................................... 505
SPECtrum:HISTory:TSABsolute?.....................................................................................505
CHANnel<m>:HISTory:TSABsolute?................................................................................505
CALCulate:MATH<m>:HISTory:TSABsolute:ALL?............................................................. 505
BUS<b>:HISTory:TSABsolute:ALL?................................................................................. 505
DIGital<m>:HISTory:TSABsolute:ALL?.............................................................................505
LOGic<p>:HISTory:TSABsolute:ALL?...............................................................................505
SPECtrum:HISTory:TSABsolute:ALL?..............................................................................505
CHANnel<m>:HISTory:TSABsolute:ALL?......................................................................... 505
CALCulate:MATH<m>:HISTory:TSDate?.......................................................................... 505
BUS<b>:HISTory:TSDate?..............................................................................................505
DIGital<m>:HISTory:TSDate?..........................................................................................505
LOGic<p>:HISTory:TSDate?........................................................................................... 505
SPECtrum:HISTory:TSDate?...........................................................................................505
CHANnel<m>:HISTory:TSDate?...................................................................................... 505
CALCulate:MATH<m>:HISTory:TSDate:ALL?....................................................................506
BUS<b>:HISTory:TSDate:ALL?....................................................................................... 506
DIGital<m>:HISTory:TSDate:ALL?................................................................................... 506
LOGic<p>:HISTory:TSDate:ALL?.....................................................................................506
SPECtrum:HISTory:TSDate:ALL?.................................................................................... 506
CHANnel<m>:HISTory:TSDate:ALL?................................................................................506
CALCulate:MATH<m>:HISTory:TTABle[:ENABle] <TimeTableEnable>
BUS<b>:HISTory:TTABle[:ENABle] <TimeTableEnable>
DIGital<m>:HISTory:TTABle[:ENABle] <TimeTableEnable>
LOGic<p>:HISTory:TTABle[:ENABle] <TimeTableEnable>
CHANnel<m>:HISTory:TTABle[:ENABle] <TimeTableEnable>
Displays or hides the segment table on the screen.
Parameters:
<TimeTableEnable> ON | OFF
*RST: OFF
Waveform Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
504User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
CHANnel<m>:HISTory:TMODe <TableMode>
Returns the the type of the timestamp that is shown the segment table.
Parameters:
<TableMode> RELative | ABSolute
RELative
Time difference of the current segment to the newest segment
(index = 0).
ABSolute
Date and daytime of the trigger event of the segments.
CALCulate:MATH<m>:HISTory:TSRelative?
BUS<b>:HISTory:TSRelative?
DIGital<m>:HISTory:TSRelative?
LOGic<p>:HISTory:TSRelative?
SPECtrum:HISTory:TSRelative?
CHANnel<m>:HISTory:TSRelative?
Returns the time difference of the selected segment to the newest segment. To select
a segment, use CHANnel<m>:HISTory:CURRent.
Return values:
<TimeToNewestAcq> Time to newest acquisition
Example:
CHAN:HIST:CURR -5
CHAN:HIST:TSR?
--> -1.138757760000E-02
Returns the relative time of the sixth segment. The newest seg-
ment has index 0.
Usage: Query only
CALCulate:MATH<m>:HISTory:TSRelative:ALL?
BUS<b>:HISTory:TSRelative:ALL?
DIGital<m>:HISTory:TSRelative:ALL?
LOGic<p>:HISTory:TSRelative:ALL?
SPECtrum:HISTory:TSRelative:ALL?
CHANnel<m>:HISTory:TSRelative:ALL?
Returns the time differences to the newest acquisition of all history segments.
Return values:
<TimeToNewestAcq> List of Values
The list starts with the oldest segment, and the newest segment
is the last one.
Example:
CHANnel2:HISTory:TSRelative:ALL?
--> -4.184565632000E-01,-4.094896352000E-01,-4.005227104000E-01,
-3.915557824000E-01, ...,-8.966924800000E-03,-0.000000000000E+00
Usage: Query only
Waveform Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
505User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
CALCulate:MATH<m>:HISTory:TSABsolute?
BUS<b>:HISTory:TSABsolute?
DIGital<m>:HISTory:TSABsolute?
LOGic<p>:HISTory:TSABsolute?
SPECtrum:HISTory:TSABsolute?
CHANnel<m>:HISTory:TSABsolute?
Returns the absolute daytime of the selected acquisition (CHANnel<m>:HISTory:
CURRent).
Return values:
<Hour>, <Minute>,
<Seconds>
Comma-separated list
Example:
CHAN:HIST:CURR -1
CHAN:HIST:TSAB?
--> 16,24,3.302100000000E+01
Usage: Query only
CALCulate:MATH<m>:HISTory:TSABsolute:ALL?
BUS<b>:HISTory:TSABsolute:ALL?
DIGital<m>:HISTory:TSABsolute:ALL?
LOGic<p>:HISTory:TSABsolute:ALL?
SPECtrum:HISTory:TSABsolute:ALL?
CHANnel<m>:HISTory:TSABsolute:ALL?
Returns the absolute daytimes of all history segments.
Return values:
<Hour>, <Minute>,
<Second>
Comma-separated list of hour, minute, and second values.
Example:
CHANnel2:HISTory:TSABsolute:ALL?
--> 14,59,4.558154343680E+01,14,59,4.559051036480E+01,
14,59,4.559947728960E+01,...
Usage: Query only
CALCulate:MATH<m>:HISTory:TSDate?
BUS<b>:HISTory:TSDate?
DIGital<m>:HISTory:TSDate?
LOGic<p>:HISTory:TSDate?
SPECtrum:HISTory:TSDate?
CHANnel<m>:HISTory:TSDate?
Returns the date of the selected acquisition (CHANnel<m>:HISTory:CURRent).
Return values:
<Year>, <Month>,
<Day>
Comma-separated list
Waveform Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
506User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Example:
CHAN:HIST:CURR -5
CHAN:HIST:TSD?
--> 2014,7,1
Usage: Query only
CALCulate:MATH<m>:HISTory:TSDate:ALL?
BUS<b>:HISTory:TSDate:ALL?
DIGital<m>:HISTory:TSDate:ALL?
LOGic<p>:HISTory:TSDate:ALL?
SPECtrum:HISTory:TSDate:ALL?
CHANnel<m>:HISTory:TSDate:ALL?
Returns the dates of all history segments.
Return values:
<Year>, <Month>,
<Day>
Comma-separated list of year, month, and day values.
The list starts with the oldest segment, and the newest segment
is the last one.
Example:
CHANnel2:HISTory:TSDate:ALL?
--> 2014,11,26,2014,11,26,2014,11,26,2014,11,26,...
Usage: Query only
16.6.5.4 Export of History Data
The commands in this chapter use numeric suffixes:
●
CHANnel<m>: Selects the analog input channel.
●
MATH<m>: Selects the math waveform, range 1..4
●
DIGital<m>: Selects the logic channel, range 0..15
●
LOGic<p>: Selects the logic pod, range 1..2
●
BUS<b>: Selects the bus, range 1..4
BPLot:EXPort:NAME......................................................................................................506
BUS<b>:HISTory:EXPort:NAME...................................................................................... 506
DIGital<m>:HISTory:EXPort:NAME..................................................................................506
SPECtrum:HISTory:EXPort:NAME................................................................................... 507
CHANnel<m>:HISTory:EXPort:NAME.............................................................................. 507
EXPort:ATABle:NAME.................................................................................................... 507
BPLot:EXPort:SAVE.......................................................................................................507
BUS<b>:HISTory:EXPort:SAVE....................................................................................... 507
DIGital<m>:HISTory:EXPort:SAVE...................................................................................507
SPECtrum:HISTory:EXPort:SAVE.................................................................................... 507
CHANnel<m>:HISTory:EXPort:SAVE............................................................................... 507
EXPort:ATABle:SAVE..................................................................................................... 507
BPLot:EXPort:NAME
BUS<b>:HISTory:EXPort:NAME <ExportPath>
DIGital<m>:HISTory:EXPort:NAME <ExportPath>
Waveform Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
507User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
SPECtrum:HISTory:EXPort:NAME <ExportPath>
CHANnel<m>:HISTory:EXPort:NAME <ExportPath>
EXPort:ATABle:NAME <ExportPath>
Parameters:
<ExportPath> String parameter
Example:
EXPort:ATABle:NAME "/USB_FRONT/EXPORT/TIMES"
BPLot:EXPort:SAVE
BUS<b>:HISTory:EXPort:SAVE
DIGital<m>:HISTory:EXPort:SAVE
SPECtrum:HISTory:EXPort:SAVE
CHANnel<m>:HISTory:EXPort:SAVE
EXPort:ATABle:SAVE
Saves the acquisition timestamps table to the file that is defined by the EXPort:
ATABle:NAME command.
Example:
EXPort:ATABle:SAVE
The file contains the following timestamp values:
"","Date","Time"
"Start of Acquisition","2014-11-24","14:35:59"
"Last Acquisition","2014-11-24","14:36:01"
"Acquisitions","150"
"Number","Relative Time","Time to previous",
"Date","Time", "Trigger"
"0","-0.000000000000000E+00","1.009638400000000E-02",
"2014-11-24","14:36:01","0.0000000000E+00",Trg'd
"-1","-1.009638400000000E-02","2.000568800000000E-02",
"2014-11-24","14:36:00","9.8990361600E-01",Trg'd
"-2","-3.010207200000000E-02","2.000216800000000E-02",
"2014-11-24","14:36:00","9.6989792800E-01",Trg'd
"-3","-5.010424000000000E-02","2.001423200000000E-02",
"2014-11-24","14:36:00","9.4989576000E-01",Trg'd
"-4","-7.011847200000000E-02","2.000044000000000E-02",
"2014-11-24","14:36:00","9.2988152800E-01",Trg'd
"-5","-9.011891200000001E-02","9.917412000000000E-03",
"2014-11-24","14:36:00","9.0988108800E-01",Trg'd
"-6","-1.000363240000000E-01","1.009686000000000E-02",
"2014-11-24","14:36:00","8.9996367600E-01",Trg'd.....
Usage:
Event
Waveform Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
508User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
16.7 Measurements
16.7.1 Quick Measurements
In the quick measurement commands, the numeric suffix <m> is irrelevant, omit it.
MEASurement<m>:AON.................................................................................................508
MEASurement<m>:AOFF............................................................................................... 508
MEASurement<m>:ARESult?..........................................................................................508
MEASurement<m>:ALL[:STATe]...................................................................................... 508
MEASurement<m>:AON
Starts the quick measurement.
Usage:
Event
MEASurement<m>:AOFF
Stops the quick measurement.
Usage:
Event
MEASurement<m>:ARESult?
Returns the results of the quick measurement.
Return values:
<Data> List of values
Quick measurement results are listed in the following order:
PEAK (Vpp), UPE (Vp+), LPE (Vp-), CYCR (RMS-Cyc), CYCM
(MeanCyc), PER (T), FREQ (f), RTIM (tr), FTIM (tf).
Usage: Query only
MEASurement<m>:ALL[:STATe]
Starts or stops the quick measurement and sets the status bit.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..8
The suffix is irrelevant.
Parameters:
<State> ON | OFF
*RST: OFF
Measurements
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
509User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
16.7.2 Automatic Measurements
● Measurement Settings.......................................................................................... 509
● Measurements Results......................................................................................... 514
● Measurement Gate............................................................................................... 519
● Reference Levels.................................................................................................. 521
16.7.2.1 Measurement Settings
MEASurement<m>[:ENABle]...........................................................................................509
MEASurement<m>:MAIN................................................................................................509
MEASurement<m>:SOURce........................................................................................... 511
MEASurement<m>:DELay:SLOPe...................................................................................512
MEASurement<m>:DELay:DIRection...............................................................................512
MEASurement<m>:DELay:MARKer.................................................................................513
MEASurement<m>:STATistics[:ENABle]...........................................................................513
MEASurement<m>:STATistics:RESet...............................................................................514
MEASurement<m>[:ENABle] <State>
Activates or deactivates the selected measurement.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..8
Selects the measurement place.
Parameters:
<State> ON | OFF
*RST: OFF
MEASurement<m>:MAIN <MeasType>
Defines the measurement type to be performed on the selected source. To query the
results, use MEASurement<m>:RESult[:ACTual]?.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..8
Selects the measurement.
Parameters:
<MeasType> FREQuency | PERiod | PEAK | UPEakvalueLPEakvalue |
PPCount | NPCount | RECount | FECountHIGH | LOW |
AMPLitude | MEAN | RMS | RTIMe | FTIMe | SRRise | SRFall |
PDCYcle | NDCYcle | PPWidth | NPWidth | CYCMean |
CYCRms | STDDev | DELay | PHASe | DTOTrigger |
CYCStddev | POVershoot | NOVershoot | BWIDth
See also: Chapter 7.2.2, "Measurement Types", on page 145.
Measurements
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
510User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
FREQuency
Frequency of the signal. The result is based on the length of the
left-most signal period within the displayed section of the wave-
form of the selected channel.
PERiod
Length of the left-most signal period within the displayed section
of the waveform of the selected channel.
PEAK
Peak-to-peak value within the displayed section of the waveform
of the selected channel.
UPEakvalue
Maximum (upper) value within the displayed section of the
waveform of the selected channel.
LPEakvalue
Minimum (lower) value within the displayed section of the wave-
form of the selected channel.
PPCount | NPCount
Counts positive or negative pulses.
RECount | FECount
Counts the number of rising or falling edges.
HIGH | LOW
Mean value of the high or low level of a square wave.
AMPLitude
Amplitude of a square wave.
MEAN
Mean voltage value of the complete displayed waveform of the
selected channel.
RMS
RMS (root mean square) voltage value of the complete dis-
played waveform of the selected channel.
RTIMe | FTIMe
Rise or falling time of the left-most rising or falling edge within
the displayed section of the waveform of the selected channel.
The reference level for this measurement is set with REFLevel:
RELative:MODE.
SRRise | SRFall
Slew rate of the left-most rising or falling edge within the dis-
played section of the waveform of the selected channel. The ref-
erence level for this measurement is set with REFLevel:
RELative:MODE
PDCycle | NDCycle
Positive or negative duty cycle.
PPWidth | NPWidth
Width of positive or negative pulses.
Measurements
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
511User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
CYCMean
Mean voltage value of the left-most signal period of the wave-
form of the selected channel.
CYCRms
RMS (root mean square) voltage value of the left-most signal
period of the waveform of the selected channel.
STDDev
Standard deviation of the waveform.
CYCStddev
Standard deviation of one cycle, usually of the first, left-most sig-
nal period.
DELay
Time difference between two edges of the same or different
waveforms. The edges are defined with MEASurement<m>:
DELay:SLOPe and MEASurement<m>:DELay:DIRection.
DTOTrigger
Time between the trigger point and a selectable edge, measured
on the middle reference level. The edges are defined with
MEASurement<m>:DELay:SLOPe and MEASurement<m>:
DELay:DIRection.
PHASe
Phase difference between two waveforms (time difference/
period * 360).
BWIDth
Burst width, the duration of one burst, measured from the first
edge to the last edge that crosses the middle reference level.
POVershoot | NOVershoot
Positive and negative overshoot of a square wave.
*RST:
PEAK
MEASurement<m>:SOURce <SignalSource>[,<SignalSource2>]
Selects one of the active signal, reference or math channels as the source(s) of the
selected measurement. Available sources depend on the selected measurement type.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..8
Selects the measurement place.
Parameters:
<SignalSource> CH1..4 | MA1 | RE1..4 | D0..15
Waveform to be measured, required for all measurement types.
For delay and phase measurements, it is the "Measure Source".
CH1 | CH2 | CH3 | CH4
Active signal channels 1 to 4
MA1
Active math channel
Measurements
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
512User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
RE1 | RE2 | RE3 | RE4
Active reference channels 1 to 4
D0..D15
Active digital channels D0...D15. Only available, if MSO option
R&S RTA-B1 is installed.
<SignalSource2> None | CH1..4 | MA1 | RE1..4 | D0..15
Second source waveform, which is required for delay and phase
mesurements ("Measure Source 2").
MEASurement<m>:DELay:SLOPe <SignalSlope>,<ReferenceSlope>
Sets the edges to be used for delay measurement and delay to trigger measurement.
The associated waveforms are defined with MEASurement<m>:SOURce.
Parameters:
<SignalSlope> POSitive | NEGative
Slope of first waveform ("Measure Source").
*RST: POS
<ReferenceSlope> POSitive | NEGative
Slope of the second waveform ("Measure Source 2"). The value
is ignored in delay to trigger measurements.
*RST: POS
MEASurement<m>:DELay:DIRection <Direction>,<Direction>
Selects the edges for delay measurement and delay to trigger measurement.
See also: Chapter 7.2.4, "Delay Setup", on page 152.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..8
Selects the measurement place.
Parameters:
<Direction> NEARest | FRFI | FRLA
For delay measurement, it defines the edge of the first wave-
form ("Measure Source").
NEARest: Nearest edge to the trigger point.
FRFI: First edge from the left window edge.
FRLA: First edge from the right window edge, which is the last
edge if counted from the left window edge.
For delay to trigger measurement, it defines the measured
edge.
NEARest: Nearest edge to the trigger point.
FRFI: Next edge from the trigger to the right.
FRLA: Next edge from the trigger to the left.
<Direction>
NEARest | FRFI | FRLA
Measurements
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
513User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
For delay measurement, it defines the edge of the second wave-
form ("Measure Source 2").
NEARest: Nearest edge to the edge determined on "Measure
Source".
FRFI: Next edge to the right, counted from the edge determined
on "Measure Source".
FRLA: Next edge to the left, counted from the edge determined
on "Measure Source"
For delay to trigger measurement, enter any value. This value is
ignored.
Example:
MEAS2:MAIN DELay
MEAS2:SOUR CH1,CH2
MEAS2:DEL:SLOP POS,NEG
MEAS2:DEL:DIR NEAR,FRFI
Configures a delay measurement on measurements place 2. It
measures the time delay between the positive edge of channel 1
that is nearest to the trigger, and the next to the right negative
edge on channel 2.
Example:
MEAS3:MAIN DTOTrigger
MEAS3:SOUR CH1
MEAS3:DEL:SLOP POS,NEG
MEAS3:DEL:DIR FRFI,FRFI
Configures a delay to trigger measurement on measurements
place 3. It measures the time delay between the trigger and the
next to the right positive edge of channel 1. The second values
for slope and direction are ignored.
MEASurement<m>:DELay:MARKer <MarkerVisible>
If ON, the markers show the edge, the measured point on the edge, and the direction
in which the edge is detected.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..8
Parameters:
<MarkerVisible> ON | OFF
*RST: OFF
MEASurement<m>:STATistics[:ENABle] <StatisticEnable>
Activates or deactivates the statistical evaluation for all active measurements.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..8
The suffix is irrelevant.
Measurements
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
514User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Parameters:
<StatisticEnable> ON | OFF
*RST: OFF
MEASurement<m>:STATistics:RESet
Deletes the statistical results for all measurements, and starts a new statistical evalua-
tion if the acquisition is running. The waveform count is set to 0 and all measurement
values are set to NAN.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..8
The suffix is irrelevant.
Usage: Event
16.7.2.2
Measurements Results
You can query the statistical results using the MEAS:STAT commands.
To export statistical results to a csv file, use the EXP:MEAS:STAT commands. Note
that export of statistics is possible only remotely, but not in manual operation.
MEASurement<m>:TIMeout[TIME].................................................................................. 514
MEASurement<m>:TIMeout:AUTO..................................................................................515
MEASurement<m>:RESult[:ACTual]?...............................................................................515
MEASurement<m>:RESult:AVG?.................................................................................... 515
MEASurement<m>:RESult:STDDev?...............................................................................516
MEASurement<m>:RESult:NPEak?.................................................................................516
MEASurement<m>:RESult:PPEak?................................................................................. 516
MEASurement<m>:RESult:WFMCount?...........................................................................516
MEASurement<m>:STATistics:WEIGht?...........................................................................517
MEASurement<m>:STATistics:VALue:ALL?...................................................................... 517
MEASurement<m>:STATistics:VALue<n>?....................................................................... 517
EXPort:MEASurement<m>:STATistics:NAME....................................................................518
EXPort:MEASurement<m>:STATistics:SAVE.................................................................... 518
EXPort:MEASurement:STATistics:ALL:NAME................................................................... 518
EXPort:MEASurement:STATistics:ALL:SAVE.................................................................... 518
MEASurement<m>:TIMeout[TIME] <TimeoutTime>
Sets a waiting time, how long the instrument waits until it returns the measurement
results on MEASurement:RESult?.
After changing measurement or channel parameters, the instrument needs a setup
time of about 200 ms and the time of a valid acquisition (at least 12
*
horizon-
tal
scale
+
trigger period). Only after this time, valid measurement results can be
returned.
You can define this waiting time manually, or let it set automatically with
MEASurement<m>:TIMeout:AUTO on page 515.
Measurements
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
515User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..4
The suffix is irrelevant.
Parameters:
<TimeoutTime> *RST: 0
Default unit: s
MEASurement<m>:TIMeout:AUTO <AutomaticMode>
The waiting time is set automatically, based on the horizontal scale. For details, see
MEASurement<m>:TIMeout[TIME] on page 514.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..4
The suffix is irrelevant.
Parameters:
<AutomaticMode> ON | OFF
*RST: OFF
MEASurement<m>:RESult[:ACTual]? [<MeasType>]
Returns the result of the specified measurement type.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..8
Selects the measurement place.
Query parameters:
<MeasType> FREQuency | PERiod | PEAK | UPEakvalue | LPEakvalue |
PPCount | NPCount | RECount | FECount | HIGH | LOW |
AMPLitude | MEAN | RMS | RTIMe | FTIMe | PDCYcle |
NDCYcle | PPWidth | NPWidth | CYCMean | CYCRms |
STDDev | CYCStddev | DELay | PHASe | BWIDth |
POVershoot | NOVershoot
Specifies the measurement type, see MEASurement<m>:MAIN
on page 509. If you omit the parameter, the result of the last
measurement setup is returned.
Return values:
<Value> Measurement result. If no measurement was executed, no value
(NAN) is returned.
Usage: Query only
MEASurement<m>:RESult:AVG? <AverageValue>
Returns the average value of the current measurement series.
Measurements
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
516User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..8
Selects the measurement place.
Query parameters:
<AverageValue> Statistic value
Usage: Query only
MEASurement<m>:RESult:STDDev? <StandardDeviation>
Returns the statistical standard deviation of the current measurement series.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..8
Selects the measurement place.
Query parameters:
<StandardDeviation> Statistic value
Usage: Query only
MEASurement<m>:RESult:NPEak? <NegativePeak>
Returns the minimum measurement result of the current measurement series.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..8
Selects the measurement place.
Query parameters:
<NegativePeak> Minimum measurement result
Usage: Query only
MEASurement<m>:RESult:PPEak? <PositivePeak>
Returns the maximum measurement result of the current measurement series.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..8
Selects the measurement place.
Query parameters:
<PositivePeak> Maximum measurement result
Usage: Query only
MEASurement<m>:RESult:WFMCount? <WaveformCount>
Returns the current number of measured waveforms.
The query for MIN and MAX values is not possible.
Measurements
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
517User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..8
Selects the measurement place.
Query parameters:
<WaveformCount> Number of measured waveforms
Usage: Query only
MEASurement<m>:STATistics:WEIGht? <BufferSize>
Returns the size of the statistics buffer.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..8
Selects the measurement place.
Return values:
<BufferSize> The buffer size is always 1000 result values.
Usage: Query only
MEASurement<m>:STATistics:VALue:ALL?
Returns all values from the statistics buffer.
Note: Valid buffered values can only be read if the acquisition is stopped. As long as
the acquisition is running, the buffer contents is changing and the buffered values are
not valid for reading.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..8
Selects the measurement place.
Return values:
<ValueList> Comma separated List of Values
Comma-separated list of statistical values
Usage: Query only
MEASurement<m>:STATistics:VALue<n>?
Returns the n
th
statistical value from the indicated buffer place.
Note: Valid buffered values can only be read if the acquisition is stopped. As long as
the acquisition is running, the buffer contents is changing and the buffered values are
not valid for reading.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..8
Selects the measurement place.
<n> *
Buffer place. The buffer size is 1000 results.
Measurements
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
518User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Return values:
<StatisticValue> Statistical value
Usage: Query only
EXPort:MEASurement<m>:STATistics:NAME
Defines the path and filename of the statistics file. The file format is CSV. If the file
already exists, it will be overwritten without notice.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..4
Selects the measurement place.
Parameters:
<FileName> String parameter
EXPort:MEASurement<m>:STATistics:SAVE
Saves statistical results of the indicated measurement place to the file that is defined
by the EXPort:MEASurement<m>:STATistics:NAME command.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..4
Selects the measurement place.
Usage: Event
See also: EXPort:MEASurement:STATistics:ALL:SAVE on page 518.
EXPort:MEASurement:STATistics:ALL:NAME
Defines the path and filename of the statistics file. The file format is CSV. If the file
already exists, it will be overwritten.
Parameters:
<FileName> String parameter
EXPort:MEASurement:STATistics:ALL:SAVE
Saves statistical results of all measurement places to the file that is defined by the
EXPort:MEASurement:STATistics:ALL:NAME command.
Measurements
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
519User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Example: The file contains general information, statistical results, long
term statistics, and the individual values that are used to calcu-
late the statistics. The number of values is "Average No."
"Vendor","Rohde&Schwarz",
"Device/Mat.-No.","RTA4004 / 1335.7700K04",
"Serial No.","500001",
"Firmware Version","01.001",
"Date","2017-11-18 / 16:40:27",
"Meas. Place",,"1",,"2",,"3",,
"Type",,"Frequency",,"Mean Value",,"Frequency",,
"Source 1",,"CH1",,"CH1",,"CH2",,
"Source 2",,,,,,,,,,
"Wave count",,42,,39,,37,,
"Current",,4.998250e+05,,5.648727e-01,,4.998250e+05,,
"Average No.",,1.000000e+03,,1.000000e+03,,1.000000e+03,,
"Minimum",,4.997501e+05,,5.633875e-01,,4.997501e+05,,
"Maximum",,4.998250e+05,,5.650349e-01,,4.998250e+05,,
"Mean",,4.998179e+05,,5.642045e-01,,4.998169e+05,,
"σ-Deviation",,2.199706e+01,,3.677224e-04,,2.326898e+01,,
"Time of first value",,,,,,,,,,
"Time of last value",,,,,,,,,,
"Long term Minimum",,4.997501e+05,,5.633875e-01,,4.997501e+05,,
"Long term Maximum",,4.998250e+05,,5.650349e-01,,4.998250e+05,,
"Long term Mittelwert",,4.998179e+05,,5.642045e-01,,4.998169e+05,,
"Long term σ-Deviation",,2.226370e+01,,3.725295e-04,,2.358995e+01,,
"Long term start time",,,,,,,,,,
"Long term end Time",,,,,,,,,,
"Index","Time Offset","Value","Time Offset","Value",
"Time Offset","Value",
1,,4.998250e+05,,5.649274e-01,,4.997501e+05,
2,,4.998250e+05,,5.649072e-01,,4.998250e+05,
3,,4.998250e+05,,5.650349e-01,,4.998250e+05,
4,,4.998250e+05,,5.641094e-01,,4.998250e+05,
5,,4.998250e+05,,5.640586e-01,,4.998250e+05,
6,,4.997501e+05,,5.642784e-01,,4.998250e+05,
7,,4.998250e+05,,5.637245e-01,,4.998250e+05,...
Usage:
Event
16.7.2.3 Measurement Gate
MEASurement<m>:GATE............................................................................................... 520
MEASurement<m>:GATE:MODE.....................................................................................520
MEASurement<m>:GATE:ABSolute:STARt.......................................................................520
MEASurement<m>:GATE:ABSolute:STOP....................................................................... 520
MEASurement<m>:GATE:RELative:STARt.......................................................................521
MEASurement<m>:GATE:RELative:STOP........................................................................521
Measurements
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
520User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
MEASurement<m>:GATE <State>
Activates or deactivates the measurement gate.
To set the gate, use:
●
MEASurement<m>:GATE:MODE and
●
MEASurement<m>:GATE:ABSolute:STARt and MEASurement<m>:GATE:
ABSolute:STOP
●
or MEASurement<m>:GATE:RELative:STARt and MEASurement<m>:GATE:
RELative:STOP
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..8
Selects the measurement place.
Parameters:
<State> ON | OFF
*RST: OFF
MEASurement<m>:GATE:MODE <GateMode>
Defines whether the gate is defined in absolute or relative values.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..4
The suffix is irrelevant. One gate is used for all measurement
places.
Parameters:
<GateMode> RELative | ABSolute
*RST: REL
MEASurement<m>:GATE:ABSolute:STARt <StartTime>
Defines the absolute start time for the measurement gate.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..4
The suffix is irrelevant. One gate is used for all measurements.
Parameters:
<StartTime> *RST: -300e-6
Default unit: s
MEASurement<m>:GATE:ABSolute:STOP <StopTime>
Defines the absolute end time for the measurement gate.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..4
The suffix is irrelevant. One gate is used for all measurements.
Measurements
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
521User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Parameters:
<StopTime> *RST: 300e-6
Default unit: s
MEASurement<m>:GATE:RELative:STARt <StartPosition>
Defines the relative start value for the measurement gate.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..4
The suffix is irrelevant. One gate is used for all measurements.
Parameters:
<StartPosition> *RST: 25
Default unit: %
MEASurement<m>:GATE:RELative:STOP <StopPosition>
Defines the relative end value for the measurement gate.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..4
The suffix is irrelevant. One gate is used for all measurements.
Parameters:
<StopPosition> *RST: 75
Default unit: %
16.7.2.4 Reference Levels
REFLevel:RELative:MODE............................................................................................. 521
REFLevel:RELative:LOWer.............................................................................................522
REFLevel:RELative:UPPer..............................................................................................522
REFLevel:RELative:MIDDle............................................................................................ 522
REFLevel:RELative:MODE <RelativeMode>
Sets the lower and upper reference levels for rise and fall time mesurements (cursor
and automatic mesurements) as well as the middle reference level for phase and delay
measurements. The levels are defined as percentages of the high signal level. The set-
ting is valid for all measurement places.
Parameters:
<RelativeMode> TEN | TWENty | FIVE | USER
TEN: 10, 50 and 90%
TWENty: 20, 50 and 80%
FIVE: 5, 50 and 95 %
USER: levels are defined with REFLevel:RELative:LOWer,
REFLevel:RELative:MIDDle and REFLevel:RELative:
UPPer.
Measurements
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
522User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
*RST: TEN
Example:
REFL:REL:MODE TWENty
MEAS2:MAIN RTIM
Sets the reference levels for all measurements and measures
the rise time between these levels for measurement place 2:
lower reference level = 20% of high signal level
upper reference level = 80% of high signal level
REFLevel:RELative:LOWer <LowerLevel>
REFLevel:RELative:UPPer <UpperLevel>
Set the lower and upper reference levels for rise and fall time mesurements (cursor
and automatic mesurements) if REFLevel:RELative:MODE is set to USER. The lev-
els are defined as percentages of the high signal level. They are valid for all measure-
ments.
Parameters:
<LowerLevel> *RST: 10
Default unit: %
<UpperLevel> *RST: 90
Default unit: %
REFLevel:RELative:MIDDle <MiddleLevel>
Set the middle reference level that is used for phase and delay measurements, if
REFLevel:RELative:MODE is set to USER. The level is defined as percentages of
the high signal level. The setting is valid for all measurements.
Parameters:
<MiddleLevel> *RST: 50
Default unit: %
16.7.3 Cursor Measurements
16.7.3.1 Cursor Settings
CURSor<m>:AOFF........................................................................................................ 523
CURSor<m>:STATe........................................................................................................523
CURSor<m>:FUNCtion...................................................................................................523
CURSor<m>:SOURce....................................................................................................524
CURSor<m>:USSOURce................................................................................................525
CURSor<m>:SSOURce..................................................................................................525
CURSor<m>:TRACking[:STATe]...................................................................................... 525
CURSor<m>:X1Position................................................................................................. 525
CURSor<m>:X2Position................................................................................................. 525
CURSor<m>:Y1Position................................................................................................. 526
CURSor<m>:Y2Position................................................................................................. 526
Measurements
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
523User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
CURSor<m>:YCOupling................................................................................................. 526
CURSor<m>:XCOupling................................................................................................. 526
CURSor<m>:SWAVe......................................................................................................526
CURSor<m>:TRACking:SCALe[:STATe]...........................................................................526
CURSor<m>:SPPeak<n>................................................................................................527
CURSor<m>:SNPeak<n>............................................................................................... 527
CURSor<m>:AOFF
Switches the cursor off.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1, the suffix is irrelevant.
Usage: Event
CURSor<m>:STATe <State>
Activates or deactivates the cursor measurement.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1, the suffix is irrelevant.
Parameters:
<State> ON | OFF
*RST: OFF
CURSor<m>:FUNCtion <Type>
Defines the cursor measurement type.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1, the suffix is irrelevant.
Parameters:
<Type> HORizontal | VERTical | HVERtical
To set the V-marker measurement, use CURSor<m>:
TRACking[:STATe].
*RST: VERTical
Measurements
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
524User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Value Description Queries for results
HORizontal Sets two horizontal cursor lines and measures the
voltages at the two cursor positions and the delta
of the two values.
CURSor<m>:Y1Position
CURSor<m>:Y2Position
CURSor<m>:YDELta[:VALue]?
CURSor<m>:YDELta:SLOPe?
VERTical Sets two vertical cursor lines and measures the
time from the trigger point to each cursor, the time
between the two cursors and the frequency calcu-
lated from that time.
CURSor<m>:X1Position
CURSor<m>:X2Position
CURSor<m>:XDELta[:VALue]?
CURSor<m>:XDELta:INVerse?
HVERtical Combines the HORizontal cursor and VERTical
cursor measurements. Two horizontal and two ver-
tical cursor lines are set and the voltages and time
from the trigger point are measured at the cursor
positions, as well as the delta of the voltage and
time values.
CURSor<m>:Y1Position
CURSor<m>:Y2Position
CURSor<m>:YDELta[:VALue]?
CURSor<m>:X1Position
CURSor<m>:X2Position
CURSor<m>:XDELta[:VALue]?
CURSor<m>:SOURce <Source>
Defines the source of the cursor measurement.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1, the suffix is irrelevant.
Parameters:
<Source> CH1 | CH2 | CH3 | CH4 | MA1 | MA2 | MA3 | MA4 | MA5 | RE1 |
RE2 | RE3 | RE4 | XY1 | XY2 | D70 | D158 | D0..15 | SPECtrum |
MINHold | MAXHold | AVERage
CH1 | CH2 | CH3 | CH4
Active analog channel waveforms 1 to 4
MA1 | MA2 | MA3 | MA4 | MA5
Active math waveforms 1 to 5
RE1 | RE2 | RE3 | RE4
Active reference waveform 1 to 4
XY1 | XY2
Active XY-waveforms
D0..15
Active digital channels D0 to D15, available if MSO option
R&S RTA-B1 is installed.
On individual digital channels, only vertical (time) cursor mea-
surements are possible.
D70 | D158
Active digital channels D0...D7 (pod 1) and D8...D15 (pod 2).
Only available, if MSO option R&S RTA-B1 is installed. On pods,
only V-marker measurement is possible.
Measurements
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
525User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
SPECtrum | MINHold | MAXHold | AVERage
FFT waveforms
CURSor<m>:USSOURce <UseSecondSource>
Enables the second cursor source. To select the second source, use CURSor<m>:
SSOURce.
If enabled, the second cursor measures on the second source. Using a second source,
you can measure differences between two waveforms with cursors. Both sources must
be in the same domain (time domain or frequency domain).
Suffix:
<m>
.
1, the suffix is irrelevant.
Parameters:
<UseSecondSource> ON | OFF
*RST: OFF
CURSor<m>:SSOURce <SecondSource>
Selects the second cursor source.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1, the suffix is irrelevant.
Parameters:
<SecondSource> CH1 | CH2 | CH3 | CH4 | MA1 | MA2 | MA3 | MA4 | MA5 | RE1 |
RE2 | RE3 | RE4 | XY1 | XY2 | D70 | D158 | D0..15 | SPECtrum |
MINHold | MAXHold | AVERage
See CURSor<m>:SOURce on page 524.
CURSor<m>:TRACking[:STATe] <State>
If set to ON, the V-Marker cursor measurement is enabled.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1, the suffix is irrelevant.
Parameters:
<State> ON | OFF
*RST: OFF
CURSor<m>:X1Position <Xposition1>
CURSor<m>:X2Position <Xposition2>
The commands specify or return the positions of vertical cursor lines on the x-axis
(time, frequency for FFT).
Suffix:
<m>
.
1, the suffix is irrelevant.
Measurements
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
526User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Parameters:
<Xposition1>
<Xposition2>
Range: Depends on the current instrument settings, for
example, horizontal position.
Default unit: s
CURSor<m>:Y1Position <Yposition1>
CURSor<m>:Y2Position <Yposition2>
The commands specify or return the positions of horizontal cursor lines on the y-axis
(voltage, current, level for FFT).
Suffix:
<m>
.
1, the suffix is irrelevant.
Parameters:
<Yposition2> Range: Depends on the current instrument settings.
Increment: 0.01
Default unit: V
CURSor<m>:YCOupling
<Coupling>
CURSor<m>:XCOupling <Coupling>
If enabled, the cursor lines are coupled so that the distance between the two lines
remains the same if one cursor is moved.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1, the suffix is irrelevant.
Parameters:
<Coupling> ON | OFF
*RST: OFF
CURSor<m>:SWAVe
Autoset for cursor lines, sets the cursor lines to typical points of the waveform depend-
ing on the selected cursor type. For example, for voltage measurement ("Horizontal"),
the cursor lines are set to the upper and lower peaks of the waveform. For time mea-
surement ("Vertical"), the cursor lines are set to the edges of two consecutive positive
or two consecutive negative pulses.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1, the suffix is irrelevant.
Usage: Event
CURSor<m>:TRACking:SCALe[:STATe] <State>
Enables the adjustment of cursor lines if the vertical or horizontal scales are changed.
Measurements
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
527User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Suffix:
<m>
.
1, the suffix is irrelevant.
Parameters:
<State> ON | OFF
ON
Cursor lines keep their relative position to the waveform.
OFF
Cursor lines remain on their position on the display if the scaling
is changed.
*RST: OFF
CURSor<m>:SPPeak<n>
CURSor<m>:SNPeak<n>
Set the cursor line to the previous / next peak, respectively. The command is only
available for FFT waveforms.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1, the suffix is irrelevant.
<n> 1..2
Selects the cursor line.
Usage: Event
16.7.3.2 Cursor Measurement Results
To get the measurement values of vertical cursor lines (time, frequency for FFT), use:
●
CURSor<m>:X1Position on page 525
●
CURSor<m>:X2Position on page 525
To get the measurement values of horizontal cursor lines (voltage, current, level for
FFT), use:
●
CURSor<m>:Y1Position on page 526
●
CURSor<m>:Y2Position on page 526
CURSor<m>:XDELta[:VALue]?........................................................................................527
CURSor<m>:XDELta:INVerse?....................................................................................... 528
CURSor<m>:YDELta[:VALue]?........................................................................................528
CURSor<m>:YDELta:SLOPe?.........................................................................................528
CURSor<m>:XDELta[:VALue]?
Returns the time difference between two vertical cursor lines (Δt).
Suffix:
<m>
.
1, the suffix is irrelevant.
Measurements
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
528User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Return values:
<Delta> Range: -100E24 to 100E24
Increment: 0.1
Default unit: s
Usage: Query only
CURSor<m>:XDELta:INVerse?
Returns the inverse time difference between the two cursors (1/Δt, frequency).
Suffix:
<m>
.
1, the suffix is irrelevant.
Return values:
<DeltaInverse> Range: -100E24 to 100E24
Increment: 0.1
Default unit: 1/s
Usage: Query only
CURSor<m>:YDELta[:VALue]?
Queries the delta of the values in y-direction at the two cursor lines.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1, the suffix is irrelevant.
Return values:
<YDelta> Delta value
Usage: Query only
CURSor<m>:YDELta:SLOPe?
Returns the inverse value of the vertical difference (e.g. voltage difference) - the recip-
rocal of the vertical distance of two horizontal cursor lines: 1/
Δ
V.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1, the suffix is irrelevant.
Return values:
<Slope> Inverse value
Usage: Query only
Measurements
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
529User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
16.8 Applications
16.8.1 General
DEVice:MODE
Sets the operation mode or application.
Parameters:
<OperationalMode> YT | ZOOM | XY | QMEas | UPDate | AUToset | MASKtest | FFT
16.8.2
Mask Testing
16.8.2.1 Mask Setup
MASK:STATe.................................................................................................................529
MASK:SOURce............................................................................................................. 529
MASK:CHCopy..............................................................................................................530
MASK:YPOSition........................................................................................................... 530
MASK:YSCale............................................................................................................... 530
MASK:XWIDth...............................................................................................................530
MASK:YWIDth...............................................................................................................530
MASK:SAVE..................................................................................................................530
MASK:LOAD................................................................................................................. 531
MASK:STATe <State>
Turns the mask test application on or off. When turning off, any temporarily stored
masks are deleted.
Parameters:
<State> ON | OFF
*RST: OFF
MASK:SOURce <Source>
Defines the channel to be compared with the mask, and also the channel from which
the mask is created.
Parameters:
<Source> CH1 | CH2 | CH3 | CH4
CH3 and CH4 are only available on 4-channel models.
*RST: CH1
Applications
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
530User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
MASK:CHCopy
Creates a mask from the envelope waveform of the source set with MASK:SOURce.
Example:
MASK:STATe ON
MASK:SOURce CH1
MASK:CHCopy
Usage: Event
MASK:YPOSition <Yposition>
Moves the mask vertically within the display.
Parameters:
<Yposition> Mask offset from the vertical center
Default unit: div
MASK:YSCale
<Yscale>
Changes the vertical scaling to stretch or compress the mask in y-direction.
Parameters:
<Yscale> A value over 100% stretches the amplitudes; a value less than
100% compresses the amplitudes.
Default unit: %
MASK:XWIDth <Xaddition>
Changes the width of the mask in horizontal direction.
Parameters:
<Xaddition> The value is added to the positive x-values and subtracted from
the negative x-values of the mask limits in relation to the mask
center.
Default unit: div
MASK:YWIDth <Yaddition>
Changes the width of the mask in vertical direction.
Parameters:
<Yaddition> The value is added to the y-values of the upper mask limit and
subtracted from the y-values of the lower mask limit.
Default unit: div
MASK:SAVE <Filename>
Saves the current mask in the specified file.
Applications
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
531User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Setting parameters:
<Filename> String parameter
Path and file name
Usage: Setting only
MASK:LOAD <Filename>
Loads a stored mask from the specified file.
Setting parameters:
<Filename> String parameter
Path and file name
Usage: Setting only
16.8.2.2 Actions on Violation
MASK:ACTion:SOUNd:EVENt:MODE.............................................................................. 531
MASK:ACTion:SCRSave:EVENt:MODE........................................................................... 531
MASK:ACTion:WFMSave:EVENt:MODE.......................................................................... 531
MASK:ACTion:PULSe:EVENt:MODE............................................................................... 531
MASK:ACTion:STOP:EVENt:MODE.................................................................................532
MASK:ACTion:STOP:EVENt:COUNt................................................................................532
MASK:ACTion:SCRSave:DESTination............................................................................. 532
MASK:ACTion:WFMSave:DESTination.............................................................................533
MASK:ACTion:YOUT:ENABle..........................................................................................533
MASK:ACTion:SOUNd:EVENt:MODE <EventMode>
MASK:ACTion:SCRSave:EVENt:MODE <EventMode>
MASK:ACTion:WFMSave:EVENt:MODE <EventMode>
MASK:ACTion:PULSe:EVENt:MODE <EventMode>
Defines when and how often the action is executed.
●
SOUNd: Generates a beep sound on mask violation.
●
PULSe: Creates a pulse on the [Aux Out] connector. This selection sets the config-
uration of the [Aux Out] connector to "Mask Violation".
●
SCRSave: Saves a screenshot on mask violation. To set path and filename of the
screenshot, use MASK:ACTion:SCRSave:DESTination.
●
WFMSave: Saves the waveform data on mask violation. To set path and filename
of the data file, use MASK:ACTion:WFMSave:DESTination.
Parameters:
<EventMode> OFF | EACH
OFF
No action is executed.
EACH
The selected action is executed on each violation of the mask.
Applications
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
532User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
*RST: OFF
Example:
MASK:STATe ON
MASK:SOURce CH1
MASK:CHCopy
MASK:ACTion:SOUNd:EVENt:MODE EACH
the instrument beeps at each violation of the mask.
MASK:ACTion:STOP:EVENt:MODE <EventMode>
Stops the waveform acquisition, after mask is violated for a defined number of times.
You can set how many times with the command MASK:ACTion:STOP:EVENt:COUNt.
Parameters:
<EventMode> OFF | CYCLic
OFF
No action is executed.
CYClic
The acquisition is stopped at defined violation of the mask. The
action is done only once, there is no automatic restart of the
acquisition.
*RST: OFF
Example:
MASK:STATe ON
MASK:SOURce CH1
MASK:CHCopy
MASK:ACTion:STOP:EVENt:COUNt 3
MASK:ACTion:STOP:EVENt:MODE CYClic
Stops the acquisition at the third violation of the mask.
MASK:ACTion:STOP:EVENt:COUNt <EventCount>
Sets the number of mask violations after which the action is executed.
Parameters:
<EventCount> Integer value, number of the violations that executes the action.
MASK:ACTion:SCRSave:DESTination <Path>
Defines the directory for a screenshot that is saved on mask violation. The file format is
defined with HCOP:LANG. The filename is manually defined in the "File" > "Screen-
shots" dialog box and is incremented automatically, starting from 01.
Parameters:
<Path> String parameter
Applications
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
533User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Example: Prerequisite: a mask is defined, and a waveform that hits the
mask.
MASK:ACT:SCRS:DEST "/USB_FRONT/MASKS" //directory must exist
HCOP:LANG PNG
MASK:ACT:SCRS:EVEN:MODE EACH
MASK:TEST RUN
RUN
On first violation, the screenshot is saved to <name>01.PNG, on
second violation to <name>02.PNG, the third to
<name>03.PNG ...
MASK:ACTion:WFMSave:DESTination <Path>
Defines the directory for waveform data files that are saved on mask violation. The file
format is defined with FORMAT. The filename is manually defined in the "File" > "Wave-
forms" dialog box and is incremented automatically, starting from 01.
Parameters:
<Path> String parameter
Example: Prerequisite: a mask is defined, and a waveform that hits the
mask.
MASK:ACT:WFMS:DEST "/USB_FRONT/MASKS" //directory must exist
FORM CSV,0
MASK:ACT:WFMS:EVEN:MODE EACH
MASK:TEST RUN
RUN
On first violation, the waveform data is saved to
<name>01.CSV, on second violation to <name>02.CSV, the
third to <name>03.CSV ...
MASK:ACTion:YOUT:ENABle
<Yout>
Same as MASK:ACTion:PULSe:EVENt:MODE on page 531.
Parameters:
<Yout> ON | OFF
*RST: OFF
16.8.2.3 Mask Test
MASK:TEST..................................................................................................................534
MASK:RESet:COUNter...................................................................................................534
MASK:COUNt?..............................................................................................................534
MASK:VCOunt?.............................................................................................................534
MASK:CAPTure[:MODE].................................................................................................534
Applications
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
534User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
MASK:TEST <Test>
Starts, finishes or interrupts a mask test.
Parameters:
<Test> RUN | STOP | PAUSe
*RST: STOP
MASK:RESet:COUNter
Sets the counters of passed and failed acquisitions to zero.
Usage:
Event
MASK:COUNt?
Returns the number of tested acquisitions.
Return values:
<TotalCount> Total number of tested acquisitions
Usage: Query only
MASK:VCOunt?
Returns the number of acquisitions that hit the mask.
Return values:
<ViolationCount> Total number of violations
Usage: Query only
MASK:CAPTure[:MODE] <CaptureMode>
Only available with history. The command selects whether all acquisitions are stored in
segments, or only failed acquisition. You can use the history to analyze the segments.
Parameters:
<CaptureMode> ALL | FAILED
*RST: ALL
16.8.2.4 Mask Data
Use the following commands that are described in Chapter 16.9.1.5, "Masks",
on page 570:
●
MASK:DATA? on page 570
●
MASK:DATA:HEADer? on page 570
●
MASK:DATA:XINCrement? on page 572
●
MASK:DATA:XORigin? on page 572
Applications
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
535User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
●
MASK:DATA:YINCrement? on page 573
●
MASK:DATA:YORigin? on page 572
●
MASK:DATA:YRESolution? on page 573
16.8.3 FFT Analysis
● General Settings................................................................................................... 535
● Frequency Settings............................................................................................... 537
● Time Settings........................................................................................................ 538
● Waveform Settings................................................................................................539
● Waveform Data..................................................................................................... 540
16.8.3.1 General Settings
SPECtrum[:STATe].........................................................................................................535
SPECtrum:SOURce....................................................................................................... 535
SPECtrum:FREQuency:WINDow:TYPE........................................................................... 535
SPECtrum:FREQuency:MAGNitude:SCALe......................................................................536
SPECtrum:FREQuency:POSition.....................................................................................536
SPECtrum:FREQuency:SCALe....................................................................................... 537
DISPlay:CBAR:FFT[:POSition]........................................................................................ 537
SPECtrum[:STATe]
Switches on the spectrum analysis.
Parameters:
<State> ON | OFF
SPECtrum:SOURce
Selects the source for the spectrum analysis diagrams.
Parameters:
<Source> CH1 | CH2 | CH3 | CH4
SPECtrum:FREQuency:WINDow:TYPE
Window functions are multiplied with the input values and thus can improve the spec-
trum analysis display.
Parameters:
<WindowFunction> RECTangular | HAMMing | HANNing | BLACkmanharris |
FLATtop
Applications
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
536User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
RECTangular
The rectangular window has high frequency accuracy with thin
spectral lines, but with increased noise. Use this function pref-
erably with pulse response tests where start and end values are
zero.
HAMMing
The Hamming window has higher noise level inside the spec-
trum than Hann or Blackman, but smaller than the rectangular
window. The width of the spectral lines is thinner than the other
bell-shaped functions. Use this window to measure amplitudes
of a periodical signal precisely.
HANNing
The noise level within the spectrum is reduced and the width of
the spectral lines enlarges. Use this window to measure ampli-
tudes of a periodical signal precisely.
BLACkmanharris
In the Blackman window, the amplitudes can be measured pre-
cisely. However, determining the frequency is more difficult. Use
this window to measure amplitudes of a periodical signal pre-
cisely.
FLATtop
The flat top window has low amplitude measurement errors but
a poor frequency resolution. Use this window for accurate sin-
gle-tone measurements and for measurement of amplitudes of
sinusoidal frequency components.
SPECtrum:FREQuency:MAGNitude:SCALe <MagnitudeScale>
Defines the scaling unit of the y-axis.
Parameters:
<MagnitudeScale> LINear | DBM | DBV | DBUV
LINear
Linear scaling, displays the RMS value of the voltage.
DBM
Logarithmic scaling, related to 1 mW.
DBV
Logarithmic scaling, related to 1 V
eff
.
DBUV
Logarithmic scaling; related to 1 μV
eff
.
SPECtrum:FREQuency:POSition
Defines the vertical position of the spectrum.
Parameters:
<Position> Default unit: div
Applications
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
537User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
SPECtrum:FREQuency:SCALe
Sets the vertical scale of the spectrum analysis waveform.
Parameters:
<Scale> Range values and unit depend on SPECtrum:FREQuency:
MAGNitude:SCALe.
DISPlay:CBAR:FFT[:POSition] <DividerPosition>
Defines the position of the divide bar between normal waveform and FFT window.
Parameters:
<DividerPosition> Vertical position in pixel, measured from the top edge. The verti-
cal display size is 800 px.
Default unit: px
16.8.3.2 Frequency Settings
SPECtrum:FREQuency:CENTer...................................................................................... 537
SPECtrum:FREQuency:FULLspan...................................................................................537
SPECtrum:FREQuency:SPAN.........................................................................................537
SPECtrum:FREQuency:STARt........................................................................................ 538
SPECtrum:FREQuency:STOP.........................................................................................538
SPECtrum:FREQuency:BANDwidth[:RESolution][:VALue]..................................................538
SPECtrum:FREQuency:BANDwidth[:RESolution]:RATio.....................................................538
SPECtrum:FREQuency:CENTer
Defines the position of the displayed frequency domain, which is (Center - Span/2) to
(Center + Span/2). The width of the domain is defined using the command SPECtrum:
FREQuency:SPAN.
Parameters:
<CenterFrequency>
SPECtrum:FREQuency:FULLspan
Performs the spectrum analysis calculation for the full frequency span.
Usage:
Event
SPECtrum:FREQuency:SPAN
The span is specified in Hertz and defines the width of the displayed frequency range,
which is (Center - Span/2) to (Center + Span/2).
Parameters:
<Span>
Applications
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
538User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
SPECtrum:FREQuency:STARt
Defines the start frequency of the displayed frequency domain at the left display edge:
Center - Span/2
You can set start and stop frequency instead of defining a center frequency and span.
Parameters:
<StartFrequency> Range: Depends on various other settings, mainly on time
base, span/RBW ratio, and center frequency.
SPECtrum:FREQuency:STOP
Defines the stop frequency of the displayed frequency domain at the right display
edge: Center + Span/2
You can set start and stop frequency instead of defining a center frequency and span.
Parameters:
<StopFrequency> Range: Depends on various other settings, mainly on time
base, span/RBW ratio, and center frequency.
SPECtrum:FREQuency:BANDwidth[:RESolution][:VALue] <ResolutionBandwidth>
Defines the resolution bandwidth - the minimum frequency step at which the individual
components of a spectrum can be distinguished.
Parameters:
<ResolutionBandwidth>Range: Depends on various other settings.
SPECtrum:FREQuency:BANDwidth[:RESolution]:RATio <SpanRBWratio>
Defines the ratio of span (Hz) / resolution bandwidth (Hz). The span/RBW ratio is half
the number of points used for FFT which is defined with manual operation in the menu.
Parameters:
<SpanRBWratio> Range: The value is changed in 2^n steps from 2^10 to
2^15 (1024, 2048,4096,8192,16384, 32768).
16.8.3.3 Time Settings
SPECtrum:TIME:POSition...............................................................................................538
SPECtrum:TIME:RANGe................................................................................................ 539
SPECtrum:TIME:POSition <TimePosition>
Sets the time position of the analyzed time range.
Parameters:
<TimePosition>
Applications
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
539User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
SPECtrum:TIME:RANGe <TimeRange>
Sets the time range for the time domain diagram.
Parameters:
<TimeRange>
16.8.3.4 Waveform Settings
SPECtrum:WAVeform:AVERage[:ENABle]........................................................................ 539
SPECtrum:WAVeform:MAXimum[:ENABle].......................................................................539
SPECtrum:WAVeform:MINimum[:ENABle]........................................................................ 539
SPECtrum:WAVeform:SPECtrum[:ENABle].......................................................................539
SPECtrum:FREQuency:AVERage:COUNt........................................................................ 539
SPECtrum:FREQuency:AVERage:COMPlete?..................................................................539
SPECtrum:FREQuency:RESet........................................................................................ 539
SPECtrum:WAVeform:AVERage[:ENABle] <WaveformEnable>
SPECtrum:WAVeform:MAXimum[:ENABle] <WaveformEnable>
SPECtrum:WAVeform:MINimum[:ENABle] <WaveformEnable>
SPECtrum:WAVeform:SPECtrum[:ENABle] <WaveformEnable>
Enables/diables the indicated waveform.
Parameters:
<WaveformEnable> ON | OFF
*RST: ON
SPECtrum:FREQuency:AVERage:COUNt <AverageCount>
Defines the number of spectrums used for averaging.
Parameters:
<AverageCount>
SPECtrum:FREQuency:AVERage:COMPlete?
Returns the state of spectrum averaging.
Parameters:
<AverageComplete>
Usage: Query only
SPECtrum:FREQuency:RESet
Resets the Min Hold, Max Hold, Spectrum and Average waveforms to the current
waveform.
Usage:
Event
Applications
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
540User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
16.8.3.5 Waveform Data
SPECtrum:WAVeform:AVERage:DATA?........................................................................... 540
SPECtrum:WAVeform:MAXimum:DATA?.......................................................................... 540
SPECtrum:WAVeform:MINimum:DATA?........................................................................... 540
SPECtrum:WAVeform:SPECtrum:DATA?..........................................................................540
SPECtrum:WAVeform:AVERage:DATA:HEADer?.............................................................. 540
SPECtrum:WAVeform:MAXimum:DATA:HEADer?............................................................. 540
SPECtrum:WAVeform:MINimum:DATA:HEADer?...............................................................541
SPECtrum:WAVeform:SPECtrum:DATA:HEADer?............................................................. 541
SPECtrum:WAVeform:AVERage:DATA:POINts?................................................................541
SPECtrum:WAVeform:MAXimum:DATA:POINts?...............................................................541
SPECtrum:WAVeform:MINimum:DATA:POINts?................................................................541
SPECtrum:WAVeform:SPECtrum:DATA:POINts?...............................................................541
SPECtrum:WAVeform:AVERage:DATA:XINCrement?........................................................ 541
SPECtrum:WAVeform:MAXimum:DATA:XINCrement?........................................................541
SPECtrum:WAVeform:MINimum:DATA:XINCrement?.........................................................541
SPECtrum:WAVeform:SPECtrum:DATA:XINCrement?....................................................... 541
SPECtrum:WAVeform:AVERage:DATA:XORigin?.............................................................. 541
SPECtrum:WAVeform:MAXimum:DATA:XORigin?............................................................. 541
SPECtrum:WAVeform:MINimum:DATA:XORigin?.............................................................. 541
SPECtrum:WAVeform:SPECtrum:DATA:XORigin?.............................................................541
SPECtrum:WAVeform:AVERage:DATA:YINCrement?........................................................ 541
SPECtrum:WAVeform:MAXimum:DATA:YINCrement?........................................................541
SPECtrum:WAVeform:MINimum:DATA:YINCrement?.........................................................541
SPECtrum:WAVeform:SPECtrum:DATA:YINCrement?....................................................... 541
SPECtrum:WAVeform:AVERage:DATA:YORigin?.............................................................. 542
SPECtrum:WAVeform:MAXimum:DATA:YORigin?............................................................. 542
SPECtrum:WAVeform:MINimum:DATA:YORigin?.............................................................. 542
SPECtrum:WAVeform:SPECtrum:DATA:YORigin?.............................................................542
SPECtrum:WAVeform:AVERage:DATA:YRESolution?........................................................542
SPECtrum:WAVeform:MAXimum:DATA:YRESolution?.......................................................542
SPECtrum:WAVeform:MINimum:DATA:YRESolution?........................................................ 542
SPECtrum:WAVeform:SPECtrum:DATA:YRESolution?.......................................................542
SPECtrum:WAVeform:AVERage:DATA?
SPECtrum:WAVeform:MAXimum:DATA?
SPECtrum:WAVeform:MINimum:DATA?
SPECtrum:WAVeform:SPECtrum:DATA?
Returns the data of the indicated waveform points for transmission from the instrument
to the controlling computer. The waveform data can be used in MATLAB, for example.
Return values:
<Data> List of values
Usage: Query only
SPECtrum:WAVeform:AVERage:DATA:HEADer?
SPECtrum:WAVeform:MAXimum:DATA:HEADer?
Applications
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
541User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
SPECtrum:WAVeform:MINimum:DATA:HEADer?
SPECtrum:WAVeform:SPECtrum:DATA:HEADer?
Returns information on the indicated waveform.
Return values:
<Header> StringData
Usage: Query only
SPECtrum:WAVeform:AVERage:DATA:POINts?
SPECtrum:WAVeform:MAXimum:DATA:POINts?
SPECtrum:WAVeform:MINimum:DATA:POINts?
SPECtrum:WAVeform:SPECtrum:DATA:POINts?
Returns the number of data samples that are returned with
SPECtrum:WAVeform:xxx:DATA for the indicated waveform.
Return values:
<DataPoints>
Usage: Query only
SPECtrum:WAVeform:AVERage:DATA:XINCrement?
SPECtrum:WAVeform:MAXimum:DATA:XINCrement?
SPECtrum:WAVeform:MINimum:DATA:XINCrement?
SPECtrum:WAVeform:SPECtrum:DATA:XINCrement?
Return the level difference between two adjacent samples of the indicated waveform.
Return values:
<Xincrement>
Usage: Query only
SPECtrum:WAVeform:AVERage:DATA:XORigin?
SPECtrum:WAVeform:MAXimum:DATA:XORigin?
SPECtrum:WAVeform:MINimum:DATA:XORigin?
SPECtrum:WAVeform:SPECtrum:DATA:XORigin?
Returns the frequency of the first sample of the indicated waveform.
Return values:
<Xorigin>
Usage: Query only
SPECtrum:WAVeform:AVERage:DATA:YINCrement?
SPECtrum:WAVeform:MAXimum:DATA:YINCrement?
SPECtrum:WAVeform:MINimum:DATA:YINCrement?
SPECtrum:WAVeform:SPECtrum:DATA:YINCrement?
Returns the voltage value per bit of the indicated waveform.
Applications
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
542User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Return values:
<Yincrement>
Usage: Query only
SPECtrum:WAVeform:AVERage:DATA:YORigin?
SPECtrum:WAVeform:MAXimum:DATA:YORigin?
SPECtrum:WAVeform:MINimum:DATA:YORigin?
SPECtrum:WAVeform:SPECtrum:DATA:YORigin?
Returns the vertical bit resolution of the indicated waveform.
Return values:
<Yorigin>
Usage: Query only
SPECtrum:WAVeform:AVERage:DATA:YRESolution?
SPECtrum:WAVeform:MAXimum:DATA:YRESolution?
SPECtrum:WAVeform:MINimum:DATA:YRESolution?
SPECtrum:WAVeform:SPECtrum:DATA:YRESolution?
Returns the vertical bit resolution of the indicated waveform.
Return values:
<Yresolution>
Usage: Query only
16.8.4 Spectrum Analysis and Spectrogram (Option)
● Spectrogram..........................................................................................................542
● Peak List Settings................................................................................................. 543
● Reference Marker................................................................................................. 545
● Peak List Results.................................................................................................. 547
● Display Settings for Spectrum and Spectrogram.................................................. 549
16.8.4.1 Spectrogram
SPECtrum:SPECtrogram:RESet
Resets the current spectrogram and starts a new recording of information.
Usage:
Event
SPECtrum:SPECtrogram:SCALe <LinesPerAcquisition>
Defines a zoom factor for the spectrogram.
Applications
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
543User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Parameters:
<LinesPerAcquisition>Range: 1 to 20
Increment: 1
*RST: 1
DISPlay:CBAR:SPECtrogram[:POSition] <DividerPosition>
Defines the position of the divide bar on top of the spectrogram.
Parameters:
<DividerPosition> Vertical position in pixel, measured from the top edge. The verti-
cal display size is 800 px.
Default unit: px
16.8.4.2 Peak List Settings
SPECtrum:MARKer:RTABle:ENABle................................................................................543
SPECtrum:MARKer[:ENABle]..........................................................................................543
SPECtrum:MARKer:SOURce.......................................................................................... 543
SPECtrum:MARKer:SETup:MMODe................................................................................ 544
SPECtrum:MARKer:SETup:MLEVel................................................................................. 544
SPECtrum:MARKer:SETup:DISTance.............................................................................. 544
SPECtrum:MARKer:SETup:EXCursion.............................................................................544
SPECtrum:MARKer:SETup:MWIDth.................................................................................544
SPECtrum:MARKer:REFerence:SETup:CMPeak...............................................................544
SPECtrum:MARKer:REFerence:SETup:CSCReen............................................................ 545
SPECtrum:MARKer:RTABle:ENABle <ResultTable>
Shows the peak list.
Parameters:
<ResultTable> ON | OFF
*RST: OFF
SPECtrum:MARKer[:ENABle]
Enables the usage of markers.
Parameters:
<MarkerEnable> ON | OFF
SPECtrum:MARKer:SOURce
Defines the waveform type that is searched for peaks.
Parameters:
<Source> SPECtrum | MINHold | MAXHold | AVERage
*RST: SPEC
Applications
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
544User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
SPECtrum:MARKer:SETup:MMODe
Sets the mode for peak detection.
Parameters:
<MarkerMode> LONLy | ADVanced
LONLy
Level only: detects a peak when a certain minimum level is
exceeded. You can define the minimum level with SPECtrum:
MARKer:SETup:MLEVel.
ADVanced
Enables a more precise advanced peak definition.
SPECtrum:MARKer:SETup:MLEVel
Sets the minimum level for marker peak detection.
Parameters:
<MinimumLevel>
SPECtrum:MARKer:SETup:DISTance
Sets a distance between two subsequent peaks that has to be kept, for the peak to be
detected.
Parameters:
<Distance>
SPECtrum:MARKer:SETup:EXCursion
Sets a level difference between two subsequent peaks that has to be kept, for the peak
to be detected.
Parameters:
<Excursion>
SPECtrum:MARKer:SETup:MWIDth
Sets the maximum width, that a peak can have for it to be detected.
Parameters:
<MaximumWidth>
SPECtrum:MARKer:REFerence:SETup:CMPeak
Centers the display to the highest detected peak.
Usage:
Event
Applications
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
545User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
SPECtrum:MARKer:REFerence:SETup:CSCReen
Centers the display to the center frequency.
Usage: Event
16.8.4.3 Reference Marker
SPECtrum:MARKer:REFerence:SETup:MODE................................................................. 545
SPECtrum:MARKer:REFerence:SETup:INDex..................................................................545
SPECtrum:MARKer:REFerence:SETup:FREQuency......................................................... 545
SPECtrum:MARKer:REFerence:SETup:SPAN.................................................................. 545
SPECtrum:MARKer:RMARker?....................................................................................... 546
SPECtrum:MARKer:RMARker:FREQuency?.....................................................................546
SPECtrum:MARKer:RMARker:LEVel?..............................................................................546
SPECtrum:MARKer:RMODe........................................................................................... 546
SPECtrum:MARKer:REFerence:SETup:MODE
Sets the mode for the selection of the reference peak.
Parameters:
<ReferenceMode> OFF | INDicated | RANGe
The reference marker is set to the peak with a specified index
number.
RANGe
The peak with the highest level within the selected range is set
as the reference marker.
SPECtrum:MARKer:REFerence:SETup:INDex
Sets the reference marker to the peak with the specified index, if SPECtrum:MARKer:
REFerence:SETup:MODE is set to INDicated.
Parameters:
<ReferenceIndex>
SPECtrum:MARKer:REFerence:SETup:FREQuency
Sets the center frequency for the capture range, if SPECtrum:MARKer:REFerence:
SETup:MODE is set to RANGe.
Parameters:
<ReferenceFrequency>
SPECtrum:MARKer:REFerence:SETup:SPAN
Sets the span range, the ratio of the capture range and the width of the specified refer-
ence mode, if SPECtrum:MARKer:REFerence:SETup:MODE is set to RANGe.
Applications
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
546User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Parameters:
<ReferenceSpan>
SPECtrum:MARKer:RMARker?
Returns the frequency and the level values of the present reference marker.
Return values:
<ReferenceFrequency>
<ReferenceLevel>
Usage: Query only
SPECtrum:MARKer:RMARker:FREQuency?
Returns the frequency of the reference marker.
Return values:
<ReferenceFrequency>
Usage: Query only
SPECtrum:MARKer:RMARker:LEVel?
Returns the level of the reference marker.
Return values:
<ReferenceLevel>
Usage: Query only
SPECtrum:MARKer:RMODe <ResultMode>
Defines the values that are shown in the peak list. You can use absolute values, or
delta values in comparison to the reference marker.
Parameters:
<ResultMode> ABSolute | FREQuency | LEVel | FLEVel
ABSolute
Frequency and magnitude in absolute values.
FREQuency
Frequency relative to the reference marker frequency, magni-
tude in absolute values.
LEVel
Frequency in absolute values, magnitude relative to the level of
the reference marker.
FLEVel
Frequency and magnitude relative to the reference marker val-
ues.
Applications
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
547User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
16.8.4.4 Peak List Results
SPECtrum:MARKer:RCOunt?......................................................................................... 547
SPECtrum:MARKer:RESult<n>?..................................................................................... 547
SPECtrum:MARKer:RESult<n>:ALL?...............................................................................547
SPECtrum:MARKer:RESult<n>:ALL:DELTa?.................................................................... 547
SPECtrum:MARKer:RESult<n>:DELTa?........................................................................... 548
SPECtrum:MARKer:RESult<n>:FREQuency?...................................................................548
SPECtrum:MARKer:RESult<n>:FREQuency:DELTa?.........................................................548
SPECtrum:MARKer:RESult<n>:LEVel?............................................................................ 548
SPECtrum:MARKer:RESult<n>:LEVel:DELTa?..................................................................549
SPECtrum:MARKer:RCOunt?
Returns the number of detected peaks.
Parameters:
<ResultCount>
Usage: Query only
SPECtrum:MARKer:RESult<n>?
Returns the frequency and level values of the n-th marker.
Suffix:
<n>
.
*
Return values:
<ResultFrequency>
<ResultLevel>
Usage: Query only
SPECtrum:MARKer:RESult<n>:ALL?
Returns a list of all marker with the corresponding frequency and level values.
Suffix:
<n>
.
*
Return values:
<ResultValues> List of numeric values with shape <freq>,<level>,....
Usage: Query only
SPECtrum:MARKer:RESult<n>:ALL:DELTa?
Returns the delta frequency and delta level, the difference between the freqeuncy/level
of the specified marker and the freqeuncy/level of the reference marker.
Applications
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
548User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Suffix:
<n>
.
*
Return values:
<ResultValues> List of numeric values with shape <freq>,<level>,....
Usage: Query only
SPECtrum:MARKer:RESult<n>:DELTa?
Returns the difference in the values between the n-th marker and the reference
marker.
Suffix:
<n>
.
*
Usage: Query only
SPECtrum:MARKer:RESult<n>:FREQuency?
Returns the frequency of the n-th marker.
Suffix:
<n>
.
*
Return values:
<ResultFrequency>
Usage: Query only
SPECtrum:MARKer:RESult<n>:FREQuency:DELTa?
Returns the delta frequency, the difference between the frequency of the specified
marker and the level of the reference marker.
Suffix:
<n>
.
*
Return values:
<ResultFrequencyDifference>
Usage: Query only
SPECtrum:MARKer:RESult<n>:LEVel?
Returns the level of the n-th marker.
Suffix:
<n>
.
*
Return values:
<ResultLevel>
Usage: Query only
Applications
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
549User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
SPECtrum:MARKer:RESult<n>:LEVel:DELTa?
Returns the delta level, the difference between the level of the specified marker and
the level of the reference marker.
Suffix:
<n>
.
*
Return values:
<ResultLevelDifference>
Usage: Query only
16.8.4.5
Display Settings for Spectrum and Spectrogram
SPECtrum:FREQuency:BANDwidth[:RESolution]:AUTO.................................................... 549
SPECtrum:DIAGram:COLor:MAGNitude:MODE................................................................549
SPECtrum:DIAGram:COLor:MAXimum[:LEVel]................................................................. 549
SPECtrum:DIAGram:COLor:MINimum[:LEVel].................................................................. 550
SPECtrum:DIAGram:COLor:SCHeme:FDOMain............................................................... 550
SPECtrum:DIAGram:COLor:SCHeme:SPECtrogram......................................................... 550
SPECtrum:DIAGram:SPECtrogram[:ENABle]....................................................................550
SPECtrum:FREQuency:BANDwidth[:RESolution]:AUTO <AutoSpanRBWratio>
Enables the auto resolution bandwidth mode. In the auto mode "Span": "RBW" ratio of
~1:100 is set.
Parameters:
<AutoSpanRBWratio>ON | OFF
*RST: ON
SPECtrum:DIAGram:COLor:MAGNitude:MODE <MagnitudeMode>
Enables the magnitude coloring of the waveform.
Parameters:
<MagnitudeMode> ON | OFF
SPECtrum:DIAGram:COLor:MAXimum[:LEVel] <MaximumLevel>
Sets the level used as a maximum of the color scale selected with SPECtrum:
DIAGram:COLor:SCHeme:SPECtrogram/SPECtrum:DIAGram:COLor:SCHeme:
FDOMain.
All level values lower than the minimum are displayed with the minimum color.
Parameters:
<MaximumLevel>
Applications
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
550User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
SPECtrum:DIAGram:COLor:MINimum[:LEVel] <MinimumLevel>
Sets the level used as a minimum of the color scale selected with SPECtrum:
DIAGram:COLor:SCHeme:SPECtrogram/SPECtrum:DIAGram:COLor:SCHeme:
FDOMain.
All level values lower than the minimum are displayed with the minimum color.
Parameters:
<MinimumLevel>
SPECtrum:DIAGram:COLor:SCHeme:FDOMain
<ColorScheme>
Sets the color scale for the display of the waveform in the frequency domain diagram.
Parameters:
<ColorScheme> MONochrome | TEMPerature | RAINbow
SPECtrum:DIAGram:COLor:SCHeme:SPECtrogram <ColorScheme>
Sets the color scale for the display of the spectrogram.
Parameters:
<ColorScheme> MONochrome | TEMPerature | RAINbow
SPECtrum:DIAGram:SPECtrogram[:ENABle] <Enable>
Enables the display of the spectrum diagram.
Parameters:
<Enable> ON | OFF
16.8.5 XY-Waveforms
DISPlay:MODE..............................................................................................................550
DISPlay:XY:XSOurce..................................................................................................... 551
DISPlay:XY:Y1Source.................................................................................................... 551
DISPlay:XY:Y2Source.................................................................................................... 551
DISPlay:MODE <Mode>
Sets the diagram mode.
Parameters:
<Mode> YT | XY
YT
Default time diagram with a time axis in x-direction and the sig-
nal amplitudes displayed in y-direction.
Applications
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
551User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
XY
XY-diagram, combines the voltage levels of two waveforms in
one diagram.
*RST: YT
DISPlay:XY:XSOurce <Source>
Defines the source to be displayed in x-direction in an XY-diagram, replacing the usual
time base.
Parameters:
<Source> CH1 | CH2 | CH3 | CH4
CH3 and CH4 are only available with 4-channel R&S RTA4000
oscilloscopes.
*RST: CH1
DISPlay:XY:Y1Source
<Source>
Defines the first source to be displayed in y-direction in an XY-diagram.
Parameters:
<Source> CH1 | CH2 | CH3 | CH4
CH3 and CH4 are only available with 4-channel R&S RTA4000
oscilloscopes.
*RST: CH2
DISPlay:XY:Y2Source <Source>
Defines an optional second source to be displayed in y-direction in an XY-diagram. The
command is only relevant for 4-channel R&S RTA4000 instruments.
Parameters:
<Source> NONE | CH1 | CH2 | CH3 | CH4
*RST: NONE
16.8.6 Digital Voltmeter
The DVM suffix <m> sets the number of the DVM measurement (measurement place).
DVM<m>:ENABle.......................................................................................................... 551
DVM<m>:SOURce.........................................................................................................552
DVM<m>:TYPE............................................................................................................. 552
DVM<m>:RESult[:ACTual]?............................................................................................ 552
DVM<m>:RESult[:ACTual]:STATus?................................................................................ 553
DVM<m>:ENABle <VoltmeterEnable>
Enables and disables all configured meter measurements.
Applications
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
552User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..4
The suffix is irrelevant.
Parameters:
<VoltmeterEnable> ON | OFF
*RST: OFF
DVM<m>:SOURce <Source>
Selects an analog channel as the source of the selected meter measurement.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..4
Sets the number of the meter measurement.
Parameters:
<Source> CH1 | CH2 | CH3 | CH4
CH3 and CH4 are only available with 4-channel instruments.
DVM<m>:TYPE <MeasurementType>
Sets the measurement type for the indicated DVM measurement.
Set OFF to disable the measurement.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..4
Sets the number of the meter measurement.
Parameters:
<MeasurementType> DC | ACDCrms | ACRMs | OFF
DC: mean value of the signal
ACDCrms: RMS value of the signal (AC+DC RMS)
ACRMs: RMS value of the signal's AC component (AC RMS)
OFF: disables the selected meter measurement.
*RST: OFF
DVM<m>:RESult[:ACTual]?
Returns the current value of the selected meter measurement.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..4
Sets the number of the meter measurement.
Applications
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
553User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Example:
DVM2:SOUR CH2
DVM2:TYPE DCRMs
DVM2:RES?
<-- 7.089E-01
An RMS measurement is performed on measurement place 2,
on channel 2. The result is 708.9 mV.
Usage: Query only
DVM<m>:RESult[:ACTual]:STATus?
Returns the result value and the status of the result.
The status is the decimal representation of a 4-bit register value:
●
Bit 0 = 1: result is valid
●
Bit 1 = 1: no result available
●
Bit 2 = 1: clipping occurs
●
Bit 3 = 1: no period found
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..4
Sets the number of the meter measurement.
Return values:
<CurrentValue> Measured value
<Status> Decimal status value
Example:
DVM:SOUR CH1
DVM:TYPE MEAN
DVM:RES:STAT?
<-- 4.968E-01,5
The result value of the mean measurement on channel 1 is
496.1 mV. The result status is 5 (decimal) = 0101 (binary). That
means, the result is valid (bit 0 = 1), and the signal is clipped by
the limits of the ADC range (bit 3 = 1).
Usage: Query only
16.8.7 Trigger Counter
TCOunter:ENABle..........................................................................................................553
TCOunter:SOURce........................................................................................................ 554
TCOunter:RESult[:ACTual]:FREQuency?......................................................................... 554
TCOunter:RESult[:ACTual]:PERiod?................................................................................554
TCOunter:ENABle <Enable>
Enables or disables the trigger counter measurements.
Applications
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
554User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Parameters:
<Enable> ON | OFF
TCOunter:SOURce
Sets the measurement source for the counter.
Parameters:
<CounterSource> CH1 | CH2 | CH3 | CH4 | TRIGger
TRIGger: Trigger source
*RST: TRIG
TCOunter:RESult[:ACTual]:FREQuency?
Returns the frequency of the trigger source.
Return values:
<FrequencyValue> Default unit: Hz
Usage: Query only
TCOunter:RESult[:ACTual]:PERiod?
Returns the period of the trigger source.
Return values:
<PeriodValue> Default unit: s
Usage: Query only
16.8.8 Bode Plot (Option R&S RTA-K36)
16.8.8.1 Bode Plot Setup
BPLot:ENABle............................................................................................................... 555
BPLot:AMPLitude:PROFile:COUNt.................................................................................. 555
BPLot:AMPLitude:PROFile:POINt<n>:AMPLitude............................................................. 555
BPLot:AMPLitude:PROFile:POINt<n>:FREQuency............................................................555
BPLot:AMPLitude:MODE................................................................................................ 555
BPLot:FREQuency:DATA?..............................................................................................556
BPLot:FREQuency:STARt...............................................................................................556
BPLot:FREQuency:STOP............................................................................................... 556
BPLot:INPut[:SOURce]...................................................................................................556
BPLot:MEASurement:DELay...........................................................................................556
BPLot:MEASurement:POINt[:DISPLAY]............................................................................556
BPLot:OUTPut[:SOURce]............................................................................................... 557
BPLot:POINts:LOGarithmic.............................................................................................557
Applications
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
555User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
BPLot:REPeat............................................................................................................... 557
BPLot:RESet................................................................................................................. 557
BPLot:STATe................................................................................................................. 557
BPLot:ENABle
Enables the Bode plot diagram.
Parameters:
<PlotEnable> ON | OFF
*RST: OFF
BPLot:AMPLitude:PROFile:COUNt
Sets the number of different points that you can define for the amplitude profile.
Parameters:
<NumberOfPoints> Range: 2 to 16
Increment: 1
*RST: 4
BPLot:AMPLitude:PROFile:POINt<n>:AMPLitude
Sets the amplitude of the specified point of the amplitude profile.
Parameters:
<AmplitudeMode>
BPLot:AMPLitude:PROFile:POINt<n>:FREQuency
Sets the frequency of the specified point of the amplitude profile.
Parameters:
<Frequency>
BPLot:AMPLitude:MODE
Sets the amplitude mode.
Parameters:
<AmplitudeMode> CONStant | PROFil
CONStant
In the amplitude constant mode, there is a fixed amplitude for all
frequencies.
PROFil
In the amplitude profile mode, you can define different ampli-
tudes for different frequency.
*RST: CONS
Applications
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
556User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
BPLot:FREQuency:DATA?
Returns the data of the frequency waveform.
Parameters:
<FrequencyData>
Usage: Query only
BPLot:FREQuency:STARt
Sets the start frequency of the sweep for the Bode plot.
Parameters:
<StartFrequency> Range: 10 to 25e6
Increment: 1
*RST: 100
BPLot:FREQuency:STOP
Sets the stop frequency of the sweep for the Bode plot.
Parameters:
<StopFrequency> Range: 10 to 25e6
Increment: 1
*RST: 1e6
BPLot:INPut[:SOURce]
Selects the channel for the input signal of the DUT.
Parameters:
<InputSource> CH1 | CH2 | CH3 | CH4
*RST: CH1
BPLot:MEASurement:DELay
Sets a time delay, that the system waits before measuring the next point of the bode
plot.
Parameters:
<MeasDelay> Range: 0 to 10.0
Increment: 0.01
*RST: 0
BPLot:MEASurement:POINt[:DISPLAY]
Enables the display of the measurement points in the bode plot.
Parameters:
<PointDisplay> ON | OFF
Applications
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
557User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
BPLot:OUTPut[:SOURce]
Selects the channel for the output signal of the DUT.
Parameters:
<OutputSource> CH1 | CH2 | CH3 | CH4
*RST: CH2
BPLot:POINts:LOGarithmic
Sets the number of points per decade that are measured.
Parameters:
<PointsPerDecade> Range: 10 to 500
Increment: 1
*RST: 10
BPLot:REPeat
Repeats the measurement, using the same parameters.
Parameters:
<RepeatedMeasurement>ON | OFF
*RST: OFF
BPLot:RESet
Deletes all test results.
Usage:
Event
BPLot:STATe
Starts the Bode plot measurement.
Parameters:
<PlotState> RUN | STOP
*RST: STOP
16.8.8.2 Bode Plot Diagram Settings
BPLot:GAIN:DATA?........................................................................................................558
BPLot:GAIN:ENABle...................................................................................................... 558
BPLot:GAIN:POSition.....................................................................................................558
BPLot:GAIN:SCALe....................................................................................................... 558
BPLot:PHASe:DATA?..................................................................................................... 558
BPLot:PHASe:ENABle?..................................................................................................558
BPLot:PHASe:POSition?................................................................................................ 559
BPLot:PHASe:SCALe?...................................................................................................559
Applications
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
558User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
BPLot:AMPLitude:ENABle.............................................................................................. 559
BPLot:AMPLitude:POSition.............................................................................................559
BPLot:AMPLitude:SCALe................................................................................................559
BPLot:GAIN:DATA?
Returns the data of the gain waveform.
Parameters:
<GainData>
Usage: Query only
BPLot:GAIN:ENABle
Enables the gain waveform for the Bode plot.
Parameters:
<Enable> ON | OFF
*RST: ON
BPLot:GAIN:POSition
Sets the vertical position of the gain waveform in divisions.
Parameters:
<WaveformPosition> Range: -20.0 to 20.0
Increment: 0.1
*RST: 3.0
BPLot:GAIN:SCALe
Sets the vertical scale for the gain waveform.
Parameters:
<WaveformScale> Range: 0.1 to 20.0
Increment: 0.1
*RST: 20.0
BPLot:PHASe:DATA?
Returns the data of the phase waveform.
Parameters:
<PhaseData>
Usage: Query only
BPLot:PHASe:ENABle?
Enables the phase waveform for the Bode plot.
Applications
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
559User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Parameters:
<Enable> ON | OFF
*RST: ON
Usage: Query only
BPLot:PHASe:POSition?
Sets the vertical position of the phase waveform in divisions.
Parameters:
<WaveformPosition> Range: -20.0 to 20.0
Increment: 0.1
*RST: 0.0
Usage: Query only
BPLot:PHASe:SCALe?
Sets the vertical scale for the phase waveform.
Parameters:
<WaveformScale> Range: 0.1 to 45.0
Increment: 0.1
*RST: 45.0
Usage: Query only
BPLot:AMPLitude:ENABle
Enables the amplitude waveform for the Bode plot.
Parameters:
<Enable> ON | OFF
*RST: OFF
BPLot:AMPLitude:POSition
Sets the vertical position of the amplitude waveform in divisions.
Parameters:
<WaveformPosition> Range: -10.0 to 10.0
Increment: 0.1
*RST: -5.0
BPLot:AMPLitude:SCALe
Sets the vertical scale for the amplitude waveform.
Applications
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
560User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Parameters:
<WaveformScale> Range: 0.1 to 2.0
Increment: 0.001
*RST: 1.0
16.8.8.3 Marker Table
BPLot:MARKer<m>:DIFFerence:FREQ?.......................................................................... 560
BPLot:MARKer<m>:DIFFerence:GAIN?........................................................................... 560
BPLot:MARKer<m>:DIFFerence:PHASe?........................................................................ 560
BPLot:MARKer<m>:FREQuency..................................................................................... 561
BPLot:MARKer<m>:GAIN?............................................................................................. 561
BPLot:MARKer<m>:INDex..............................................................................................561
BPLot:MARKer<m>:PHASe?.......................................................................................... 561
BPLot:MARKer<m>:SSCReen.........................................................................................561
BPLot:MARKer<m>:DIFFerence:FREQ?
Returns the delta value of the frequency between the two markers.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..2
The suffix is irrelevant.
Parameters:
<FrequencyDifference>
Usage: Query only
BPLot:MARKer<m>:DIFFerence:GAIN?
Returns the delta value of the gain between the two markers.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..2
The suffix is irrelevant.
Parameters:
<GainDifference>
Usage: Query only
BPLot:MARKer<m>:DIFFerence:PHASe?
Returns the delta value of the phase between the two markers.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..2
The suffix is irrelevant.
Parameters:
<PhaseDifference>
Applications
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
561User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Usage: Query only
BPLot:MARKer<m>:FREQuency
Returns the frequency for the specified marker.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..2
Parameters:
<MarkerFrequency>
BPLot:MARKer<m>:GAIN?
Returns the gain for the specified marker.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..2
Selects the marker number.
Parameters:
<PhaseValue>
Usage: Query only
BPLot:MARKer<m>:INDex
Returns the index for the specified marker.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..2
Selects the marker number.
Parameters:
<Index>
BPLot:MARKer<m>:PHASe?
Returns the phase value for the specified marker.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..2
Selects the marker number.
Parameters:
<GainValue>
Usage: Query only
BPLot:MARKer<m>:SSCReen
Resets the marker to their initial positions. This is helpful if the markers have disap-
peared from the display or need to be moved for a larger distance.
Applications
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
562User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..2
Usage: Event
16.9 Documenting Results
This chapter describes commands on how to transfer data from the instrument to a
computer, how to export data to file, how to print and save screenshots, and how to
manage measurement settings.
● Transfer of Waveform Data................................................................................... 562
● Waveform Data Export to File............................................................................... 574
● Screenshots.......................................................................................................... 575
● Instrument Settings: Mass MEMomory Subsystem.............................................. 577
16.9.1 Transfer of Waveform Data
This chapter describes data transfer commands that have effect on other commands in
different applications of the instrument, and transfer commands that work in the same
way.
16.9.1.1 Format Settings
FORMat[:DATA]............................................................................................................. 562
FORMat:BORDer...........................................................................................................564
FORMat[:DATA] <DataFormat>,<Accuracy>
Defines the format for data export with
●
CHANnel<m>:DATA? on page 564
●
CHANnel<m>:DATA:ENVelope? on page 566
●
CALCulate:MATH<m>:DATA? on page 568
●
REFCurve<m>:DATA? on page 569
Parameters:
<DataFormat> ASCii | REAL | UINTeger
ASCii
List of values, for example, 1.23,1.22,1.24,.. File format for
waveform export is TXT.
<Accuracy> is 0 which means that the instrument selects the
number of digits to be returned. The query returns ASC,0.
Documenting Results
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
563User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
REAL
Binary format. <Accuracy> is 32. The query returns REAL,32.
File format for waveform export is FLT.
The data is stored as binary data (Definite Length Block Data
according to IEEE 488.2). Each waveform value is formatted in
32 Bit IEEE 754 Floating-Point-Format.
The schema of the result string is as follows:
#41024<value1><value2>…<value n> with:
#4 = number of digits of the following number (= 4 in the exam-
ple)
1024 = number of following data bytes (= 1024 in the example)
<value> = 4-byte floating point values
UINTeger
Unsigned integer format, binary values with length 8 bit (1 byte
per sample), 16 bit (2 bytes per sample) or 32 bit (4 bytes per
sample): UINT,8 or UINT,16 or UINT,32. File format for
waveform export is BIN.
The data range for UINT,8 is 0 to 255, the data range for
UINT,16 is 0 to 65.535 and for UINT,32 is 2
32
- 1.
The schema of the result string is the same as for REAL format.
For data conversion, you need the results of following com-
mands:
...:DATA:XORigin?; ...:DATA:XINCrement?; ..:DATA:
Yorigin?; ...:DATA:YINCrement?; ...:DATA:
YRESolution?. They are described below in this chapter. The
way of data conversion is described in Chapter 16.2.1.4, "Read-
ing Waveform Data in Unsigned Integer Format", on page 420.
32 bit data is relevant for average waveforms if averaging 512 or
1024 waveforms. The resulting data is 17 bits long (512 wave-
forms) or 18 bit (1024 waveforms).
CSV
Only for waveform export in CSV files. List of comma-separated
values, for example, 1.23,1.22,1.24,..
<Accuracy> is 0 which means that the instrument selects the
number of digits to be returned. The query returns CSV,0.
*RST:
ASC
<Accuracy> 0 | 8 | 16 | 32
Length of a data value in bit
0 - for ASC only
32 - for REAL
8 | 16 | 32 - for UINT
*RST: 0
Example: Set the ASCII data format:
FORM ASC
Example: Query for data format:
FORM?
-> ASC,0
Documenting Results
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
564User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Example: Set the unsigned integer format, 16 bit data length:
FORM UINT,16
FORMat:BORDer <ByteOrder>
Defines the byte order for binary data export if FORMat[:DATA] is set to REAL or
UINT,16|32.
Parameters:
<ByteOrder> MSBFirst | LSBFirst
MSBFirst
Big endian, most significant byte first
LSBFirst
Little endian, least significant byte first
*RST: MSBF
Example: Reading Waveform Data in Real Format
ByteOrder 8 bit 16 bit 32 bit
MSBF 0xab 0xAB CD 0xAB CD 00 00
LSBF not relevant 0xCD AB 0x00 00 CD AB
16.9.1.2 Analog Channels
CHANnel<m>:DATA?..................................................................................................... 564
CHANnel<m>:DATA:HEADer?.........................................................................................565
CHANnel<m>:DATA:POINts............................................................................................565
CHANnel<m>:DATA:ENVelope?...................................................................................... 566
CHANnel<m>:DATA:ENVelope:HEADer?......................................................................... 567
CHANnel<m>:DATA?
Returns the data of the analog channel waveform for transmission from the instrument
to the controlling computer. The waveforms data can be used in MATLAB, for example.
To set the export format, use FORMat[:DATA] on page 562.
To set the range of samples to be returned, use CHANnel<m>:DATA:POINts.
For envelope waveforms, use the CHANnel<m>:DATA:ENVelope? command.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..4
Selects the input channel. The number of channels depends on
the instrument.
Return values:
<Data> List of values according to the format settings - the voltages of
recorded waveform samples.
Documenting Results
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
565User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Example:
FORM ASC
CHAN1:DATA?
-0.125000,-0.123016,-0.123016,-0.123016,
-0.123016,-0.123016,...
Example: See Chapter 16.2.1.3, "Reading Waveform Data in Real For-
mat", on page 420 and Chapter 16.2.1.4, "Reading Waveform
Data in Unsigned Integer Format", on page 420
Usage: Query only
CHANnel<m>:DATA:HEADer?
Returns information on the channel waveform. For envelope waveforms, use the
CHANnel<m>:DATA:ENVelope:HEADer? command.
Table 16-1: Header data
Position Meaning Example
1 XStart in s -9.477E-008 = - 94,77 ns
2 XStop in s 9.477E-008 = 94,77 ns
3 Record length of the waveform in Samples 120000
4 Number of values per sample interval, usually 1. 1
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..4
Selects the input channel. The number of channels depends on
the instrument.
Parameters:
<DataHeader> Comma-separated value list
Example: -9.477E-008,9.477E-008,120000,1
Usage: Query only
CHANnel<m>:DATA:POINts <PointSelection>
As a setting, the command selects a range of samples that will be returned with
CHANnel<m>:DATA? and CHANnel<m>:DATA:ENVelope?. As a query, it returns the
number of returned samples for the selected range.
Depending on the current settings, the memory can contains more data samples than
the screen is able to display. In this case, you can decide which data will be saved:
samples stored in the memory or only the displayed samples.
Note: The sample range can only be changed in STOP mode. If the acquisition is run-
ning, DEF is always used automatically. If the acquisition has been stopped, data can
be read from the memory, and all settings are available.
Documenting Results
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
566User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..4
The command affects all channels, and the suffix is irrelevant.
Setting parameters:
<PointSelection> DEFault | MAXimum | DMAXimum
Sets the range for data queries.
DEFault
Waveform points that are visible on the screen. At maximum
waveform rate, the instrument stores more samples than visible
on the screen, and DEF returns less values than acquired.
MAXimum
All waveform samples that are stored in the memory. Only avail-
able if acquisition is stopped.
DMAXimum
Display maximum: Waveform samples stored in the current
waveform record but only for the displayed time range. At maxi-
mum waveform rate, the instrument stores more samples than
visible on the screen, and DMAX returns more values than DEF.
Only available if acquisition is stopped.
*RST:
DEFault
Return values:
<Points> Number of data points in the selected range.
Default unit: Samples
Example:
CHAN:DATA:POIN DEF
CHAN:DATA:POIN?;:CHAN2:DATA:POIN?
Returned values: 10416;10416
CHAN:DATA:POIN DMAX
CHAN:DATA:POIN?;:CHAN2:DATA:POIN?
Returned values: 124992;124992
CHAN:DATA:POIN MAX
CHAN:DATA:POIN?;:CHAN2:DATA:POIN?
Returned values: 4194302;4194302
Example: See Chapter 16.2.1.3, "Reading Waveform Data in Real For-
mat", on page 420
CHANnel<m>:DATA:ENVelope?
Returns the data of the envelope. The envelope consists of two waveforms. The wave-
forms data can be used in MATLAB, for example.
Use this command only for envelope waveforms. For other channel waveforms use
CHANnel<m>:DATA?.
To set the export format, use FORMat[:DATA].
To set the range of samples to be returned, use CHANnel<m>:DATA:POINts.
Documenting Results
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
567User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..4
Selects the input channel. The number of channels depends on
the instrument.
Parameters:
<EnvelopeData> List of values according to the format settings - the voltages of
the envelope points. The list contains two values for each sam-
ple interval.
Usage: Query only
CHANnel<m>:DATA:ENVelope:HEADer?
Returns information on the envelope waveform.
Use this command only for envelope waveforms. for all other channel waveforms use
CHANnel<m>:DATA:HEADer?.
Table 16-2: Header data
Position Meaning Example
1 XStart in s -9.477E-008 = - 94,77 ns
2 XStop in s 9.477E-008 = 94,77 ns
3 Number of samples 120000
4 Number of values per sample interval. For envelope
waveforms the value is 2.
2
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..4
Selects the input channel. The number of channels depends on
the instrument.
Parameters:
<EnvelopeHeader> Comma-separated value list
Example: -9.477E-008,9.477E-008,200000,2
Usage: Query only
16.9.1.3 Math Waveforms
In addition to the commands described below, consider also the following commands:
●
CALCulate:MATH<m>:DATA:XINCrement? on page 572
●
CALCulate:MATH<m>:DATA:XORigin? on page 572
●
CALCulate:MATH<m>:DATA:YINCrement? on page 573
●
CALCulate:MATH<m>:DATA:YORigin? on page 572
●
CALCulate:MATH<m>:DATA:YRESolution? on page 573
Documenting Results
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
568User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
CALCulate:MATH<m>:DATA?
Returns the data of the math waveform points for transmission from the instrument to
the controlling computer. The waveforms data can be used in MATHLAB, for example.
To set the export format, use FORMat[:DATA] on page 562.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..5
Return values:
<Data> List of values according to the format settings - voltages, or
magnitudes of a spectrum.
Usage: Query only
CALCulate:MATH<m>:DATA:HEADer?
Returns information on the math waveform.
Table 16-3: Header data
Position Meaning Example
1 XStart in s -9.477E-008 = - 94,77 ns
2 XStop in s 9.477E-008 = 94,77 ns
3 Record length of the waveform in Samples 120000
4 Number of values per sample interval, usually 1. 1
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..5
Return values:
<Header> Comma-separated value list
Example: -9.477E-008,9.477E-008,120000,1
Usage: Query only
CALCulate:MATH<m>:DATA:POINts?
Returns the number of data samples that are returned with CALCulate:MATH<m>:
DATA?.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..5
Selects the math waveform.
Return values:
<DataPoints> Number of data points
Usage: Query only
Documenting Results
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
569User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
16.9.1.4 Reference Waveforms
In addition to the commands described below, consider also the following commands:
●
REFCurve<m>:DATA:XINCrement? on page 572
●
REFCurve<m>:DATA:XORigin? on page 572
●
REFCurve<m>:DATA:YINCrement? on page 573
●
REFCurve<m>:DATA:YORigin? on page 573
●
REFCurve<m>:DATA:YRESolution? on page 573
REFCurve<m>:DATA?
Returns the data of the reference waveform for transmission from the instrument to the
controlling computer. The waveforms data can be used in MATLAB, for example.
To set the export format, use FORMat[:DATA] on page 562.
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..4
Selects the reference waveform, the internal reference storage.
Return values:
<Data> List of values according to the format settings.
Usage: Query only
REFCurve<m>:DATA:HEADer?
Returns information on the reference waveform.
Table 16-4: Header data
Position Meaning Example
1 XStart in s -9.477E-008 = - 94,77 ns
2 XStop in s 9.477E-008 = 94,77 ns
3 Record length of the waveform in Samples 200000
4 Number of values per sample interval, usually 1. 1
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..4
Selects the reference waveform, the internal reference storage.
Parameters:
<Header> Comma-separated value list
Example: -9.477E-008,9.477E-008,200000,1
Usage: Query only
Documenting Results
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
570User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
16.9.1.5 Masks
In addition to the commands described below, consider also the following commands:
●
MASK:DATA:XINCrement? on page 572
●
MASK:DATA:XORigin? on page 572
●
MASK:DATA:YINCrement? on page 573
●
MASK:DATA:YORigin? on page 572
●
MASK:DATA:YRESolution? on page 573
MASK:DATA?
Returns the data of the mask. The mask consists of two limit curves.
To set the export format, use FORMat[:DATA] on page 562.
Return values:
<Data> List of values according to the format settings - the y-values of
the mask points. The list contains two values for each sample
interval.
Usage: Query only
MASK:DATA:HEADer?
Returns information on the mask data that is delivered with MASK:DATA?.
Table 16-5: Header data
Position Meaning Example
1 XStart in s -9.477E-008 = - 94,77 ns
2 XStop in s 9.477E-008 = 94,77 ns
3 Number of samples 200000
4 Number of values per sample interval. For masks
the value is 2.
2
Return values:
<DataHeader> Comma-separated value list
Example: -9.477E-008,9.477E-008,200000,2
Usage: Query only
16.9.1.6 Logic Channels
See Chapter 16.13.1.3, "Logic Channels - Waveform Data", on page 763
Documenting Results
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
571User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
16.9.1.7 Parameters for Data Evaluation
To analyze waveform data, you need some parameters, which are queried using the
following commands.
The commands in this chapter use numeric suffixes:
●
CHANnel<m>: Selects the analog input channel, range 1 | 2 or 1...4 depending on
the number of channels
●
MATH<m>: Selects the math waveform, range 1..5
●
DIGital<m>: Selects the logic channel, range 0..15
●
LOGic<p>: Selects the logic pod, range 1..2
●
BUS<b>: Selects the bus, range 1..4
CHANnel<m>:DATA:XORigin?........................................................................................ 572
CHANnel<m>:DATA:ENVelope:XORigin?......................................................................... 572
CALCulate:MATH<m>:DATA:XORigin?............................................................................ 572
MASK:DATA:XORigin?................................................................................................... 572
LOGic<p>:DATA:XORigin?..............................................................................................572
DIGital<m>:DATA:XORigin?............................................................................................ 572
REFCurve<m>:DATA:XORigin?.......................................................................................572
CHANnel<m>:DATA:XINCrement?...................................................................................572
CHANnel<m>:DATA:ENVelope:XINCrement?................................................................... 572
CALCulate:MATH<m>:DATA:XINCrement?.......................................................................572
MASK:DATA:XINCrement?............................................................................................. 572
LOGic<p>:DATA:XINCrement?........................................................................................572
DIGital<m>:DATA:XINCrement?...................................................................................... 572
REFCurve<m>:DATA:XINCrement?................................................................................. 572
CHANnel<m>:DATA:YORigin?........................................................................................ 572
CHANnel<m>:DATA:ENVelope:YORigin?......................................................................... 572
CALCulate:MATH<m>:DATA:YORigin?............................................................................ 572
MASK:DATA:YORigin?................................................................................................... 572
LOGic<p>:DATA:YORigin?..............................................................................................572
DIGital<m>:DATA:YORigin?............................................................................................ 573
REFCurve<m>:DATA:YORigin?.......................................................................................573
CHANnel<m>:DATA:YINCrement?...................................................................................573
CHANnel<m>:DATA:ENVelope:YINCrement?................................................................... 573
CALCulate:MATH<m>:DATA:YINCrement?.......................................................................573
MASK:DATA:YINCrement?............................................................................................. 573
LOGic<p>:DATA:YINCrement?........................................................................................573
DIGital<m>:DATA:YINCrement?...................................................................................... 573
REFCurve<m>:DATA:YINCrement?................................................................................. 573
CHANnel<m>:DATA:YRESolution?.................................................................................. 573
CHANnel<m>:DATA:ENVelope:YRESolution?...................................................................573
CALCulate:MATH<m>:DATA:YRESolution?...................................................................... 573
MASK:DATA:YRESolution?.............................................................................................573
LOGic<p>:DATA:YRESolution?....................................................................................... 573
DIGital<m>:DATA:YRESolution?......................................................................................573
REFCurve<m>:DATA:YRESolution?.................................................................................573
Documenting Results
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
572User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
CHANnel<m>:DATA:XORigin?
CHANnel<m>:DATA:ENVelope:XORigin?
CALCulate:MATH<m>:DATA:XORigin?
MASK:DATA:XORigin?
LOGic<p>:DATA:XORigin?
DIGital<m>:DATA:XORigin?
REFCurve<m>:DATA:XORigin?
Return the time of the first sample of the indicated waveform.
The commands are relevant for data conversion if binary data format is defined
(FORM UINT, 8|16|32).
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..4
Return values:
<Xorigin> Time in s
Example: See Chapter 16.2.1.4, "Reading Waveform Data in Unsigned
Integer Format", on page 420
Usage: Query only
CHANnel<m>:DATA:XINCrement?
CHANnel<m>:DATA:ENVelope:XINCrement?
CALCulate:MATH<m>:DATA:XINCrement?
MASK:DATA:XINCrement?
LOGic<p>:DATA:XINCrement?
DIGital<m>:DATA:XINCrement?
REFCurve<m>:DATA:XINCrement?
Return the time difference between two adjacent samples of the indicated waveform.
The commands are relevant for data conversion if binary data format is defined
(FORM UINT, 8|16|32).
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..4
Return values:
<Xincrement> Time in s
Example: See Chapter 16.2.1.4, "Reading Waveform Data in Unsigned
Integer Format", on page 420
Usage: Query only
CHANnel<m>:DATA:YORigin?
CHANnel<m>:DATA:ENVelope:YORigin?
CALCulate:MATH<m>:DATA:YORigin?
MASK:DATA:YORigin?
LOGic<p>:DATA:YORigin?
Documenting Results
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
573User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
DIGital<m>:DATA:YORigin?
REFCurve<m>:DATA:YORigin?
Return the voltage value for binary value 0 of the indicated waveform.
The commands are relevant for data conversion if binary data format is defined
(FORM UINT, 8|16|32).
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..4
Return values:
<Yorigin> Voltage in V
Example: See Chapter 16.2.1.4, "Reading Waveform Data in Unsigned
Integer Format", on page 420
Usage: Query only
CHANnel<m>:DATA:YINCrement?
CHANnel<m>:DATA:ENVelope:YINCrement?
CALCulate:MATH<m>:DATA:YINCrement?
MASK:DATA:YINCrement?
LOGic<p>:DATA:YINCrement?
DIGital<m>:DATA:YINCrement?
REFCurve<m>:DATA:YINCrement?
Return the voltage value per bit of the indicated waveform.
The commands are relevant for data conversion if binary data format is defined
(FORM UINT, 8|16|32).
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..4
Return values:
<Yincrement> Voltage in V
Example: See Chapter 16.2.1.4, "Reading Waveform Data in Unsigned
Integer Format", on page 420
Usage: Query only
CHANnel<m>:DATA:YRESolution?
CHANnel<m>:DATA:ENVelope:YRESolution?
CALCulate:MATH<m>:DATA:YRESolution?
MASK:DATA:YRESolution?
LOGic<p>:DATA:YRESolution?
DIGital<m>:DATA:YRESolution?
REFCurve<m>:DATA:YRESolution?
Return the vertical bit resolution of the indicated waveform.
The commands are relevant for data conversion if binary data format is defined
(FORM UINT, 8|16|32).
Documenting Results
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
574User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Suffix:
<m>
.
1..4
Return values:
<Yresolution> For default waveforms, the resolution is 8 bit.
If high resolution, average or filter are set for the waveform, the
resolution is 16 bit.
Example: See Chapter 16.2.1.4, "Reading Waveform Data in Unsigned
Integer Format", on page 420
Usage: Query only
16.9.2 Waveform Data Export to File
EXPort:WAVeform:SOURce............................................................................................ 574
EXPort:WAVeform:NAME................................................................................................574
EXPort:WAVeform:SAVE.................................................................................................575
EXPort:WAVeform:SOURce <WaveformSource>
Defines the waveform to be exported.
Parameters:
<WaveformSource> CH1..4 | D70 | D158 | MA1 | RE1..4
CH1..4
Analog channels CH1 | CH2 | CH3 | CH4
D70
Pod 1, digital channels D0 to D7 are exported together
D158
Pod 2, digital channels D8 to D15 are exported together.
RE1..4
Reference waveforms RE1 | RE2 | RE3 | RE4
EXPort:WAVeform:NAME <FileName>
Defines the path and filename for a waveform data file that will be saved with EXPort:
WAVeform:SAVE. The data format and file extension is defined using FORMat[:
DATA].
Existing files will be overwritten.
You can change the storage location, file name and/or file format manually in the [File]
> "Waveforms" menu. Remote control uses the recent settings.
Parameters:
<FileName> String parameter
Documenting Results
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
575User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Example:
FORMAT CSV
EXPort:WAVeform:NAME "/USB_FRONT/WAVEFORMS/WFM01"
EXPort:WAVeform:SAVE
The waveform data is saved to WFM01.CSV.
EXPort:WAVeform:SAVE
Executes saving a waveform, for which the path and filename have been defined by
EXPort:WAVeform:NAME.
Usage: Event
16.9.3 Screenshots
This chapter describes remote commands used to save screenshots.
MMEMory:NAME........................................................................................................... 575
HCOPy:CWINdow..........................................................................................................575
HCOPy[:IMMediate]....................................................................................................... 575
HCOPy:DATA?.............................................................................................................. 576
HCOPy:FORMat............................................................................................................ 576
HCOPy:LANGuage........................................................................................................ 576
HCOPy:SIZE:X?............................................................................................................ 576
HCOPy:SIZE:Y?............................................................................................................ 576
HCOPy:COLor:SCHeme.................................................................................................577
MMEMory:NAME <file_name>
Defines the file name to store an image of the display with HCOPy[:IMMediate].
Parameters:
<Filename> String parameter
Example: See Chapter 16.2.1.1, "Saving Screenshots to File",
on page 418
HCOPy:CWINdow <CloseWindow>
If ON, open dialog boxes and menus are closed before the screenshot is saved. Thus,
the waveforms and results are always visible on the screenshot.
Parameters:
<CloseWindow> ON | OFF
*RST: ON
HCOPy[:IMMediate]
Saves a screenshot to the specified file.
Documenting Results
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
576User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Before starting, make sure that:
●
The path for storage is defined correctly by MMEMory:CDIRectory
●
The file name for storage is defined by MMEMory:NAME.
Example: See Chapter 16.2.1.1, "Saving Screenshots to File",
on page 418
Usage: Event
HCOPy:DATA?
Returns the data of the image file. The file format is defined using HCOPy:LANGuage
(BMP | PNG)
Return values:
<ScreenShot> 488.2 block data
Usage: Query only
HCOPy:FORMat <Format>
HCOPy:LANGuage <Format>
Defines the format of the screenshot.
Parameters:
<Format> BMP | PNG | GIF
BMP: Windows Bitmap Format
PNG: Portable Network Graphic
GIF: Graphics interchange format
*RST: PNG
Example: See Chapter 16.2.1.1, "Saving Screenshots to File",
on page 418
HCOPy:SIZE:X?
Returns the number of horizontal pixels of the oscilloscope screen.
Return values:
<Xsize> Numeric value
Usage: Query only
HCOPy:SIZE:Y?
Returns the number of vertical pixels of the oscilloscope screen.
Return values:
<Ysize> Numeric value
Usage: Query only
Documenting Results
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
577User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
HCOPy:COLor:SCHeme <ColorScheme>
Defines the color mode for screenshots.
Parameters:
<ColorScheme> COLor | GRAYscale | INVerted
INVerted inverts the colors of the output, i.e. a dark waveform is
depicted on a white background.
*RST: COLor
Example: see Chapter 16.2.1.1, "Saving Screenshots to File", on page 418
16.9.4 Instrument Settings: Mass MEMomory Subsystem
The Mass MEMomory subsystem provides commands to access the storage media
and to save and reload instrument settings and data.
The R&S RTA4000 has the following storage devices indicated as drives:
●
/INT: internal storage with default directories for each data type
●
/USB_FRONT: USB connector on the front panel
●
/USB_REAR: USB connector on the rear panel
Common computer and network drives like C:, D:, \\server\share are not availa-
ble.
Name conventions
The names of files and directories have to meet the following rules:
●
Only the 8.3 format with ASCI characters is supported.
●
No special characters are allowed.
●
Use / (slash) instead of \ (backslash).
MMEMory:DRIVes?........................................................................................................578
MMEMory:MSIS.............................................................................................................578
MMEMory:MDIRectory................................................................................................... 578
MMEMory:CDIRectory....................................................................................................578
MMEMory:RDIRectory....................................................................................................579
MMEMory:DCATalog?.................................................................................................... 579
MMEMory:DCATalog:LENGth?........................................................................................ 580
MMEMory:CATalog?.......................................................................................................580
MMEMory:CATalog:LENGth?.......................................................................................... 581
MMEMory:COPY........................................................................................................... 581
MMEMory:MOVE...........................................................................................................581
MMEMory:DELete..........................................................................................................582
MMEMory:DATA............................................................................................................ 582
MMEMory:STORe:STATe................................................................................................583
MMEMory:LOAD:STATe..................................................................................................583
Documenting Results
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
578User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
MMEMory:DRIVes?
Returns the storage devices available on the R&S RTA4000.
Parameters:
<Drive> List of strings, for example, ""/INT"",""/USB_FRONT""
/INT: internal storage
/USB_FRONT: USB connector on the front panel
Usage: Query only
MMEMory:MSIS
<Drive>
Changes the default storage location (drive).
Parameters:
<Drive> One of the available drives: /INT, or /USB_FRONT
Example:
MMEM:MSIS '/USB_FRONT'
Sets the USB flash drive connected to the front panel as storage
location.
MMEMory:MDIRectory <DirectoryName>
Creates a new directory with the specified name.
Setting parameters:
<DirectoryName> String parameter
Absolute path including the storage device, or relative to the cur-
rent directory.
Example: Create directory DATA on the front USB flash device, with abso-
lute path:
MMEM:MDIR "/USB_FRONT/DATA"
Example: Create directory JANUARY in the DATA directory, with relative
path:
MMEM:CDIR "/USB_FRONT/DATA/"
MMEM:MDIR "JANUARY"
Usage: Setting only
MMEMory:CDIRectory <DirectoryName>
Specifies the current directory for file access. Before using the command, create the
directory with MMEMory:MDIRectory.
Setting parameters:
<DirectoryName> String parameter to specify the directory, including the storage
device.
Example:
MMEM:CDIR "/USB_FRONT/DATA"
Documenting Results
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
579User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Example: Chapter 16.2.1.2, "Saving, Copying, and Loading Setup Data",
on page 419
MMEMory:RDIRectory <DirectoryName>
Deletes the specified directory.
Note: All subdirectories and all files in the specified directory and in the subdirectories
will be deleted!
You cannot delete the current directory or a superior directory. In this case, the instru-
ment returns an execution error.
Setting parameters:
<DirectoryName> String parameter, absolute path or relative to the current direc-
tory
Example:
MMEM:RDIR "/INT/TEST"
Deletes the directory TEST in the internal storage device, and all
files and subdirectories in the directory.
Usage: Setting only
MMEMory:DCATalog? <PathName>
Returns the subdirectories of the specified directory. The result corresponds to the
number of strings returned by the MMEMory:DCATalog:LENgth? command.
Query parameters:
<PathName> String parameter
Specifies the directory.
Return values:
<FileEntry> String parameter
List of subdirectory strings separated by commas. If the speci-
fied directory does not have any subdirectory, the current and
the parent directories are returned (".,,0","..,,0")
Example: Query for directories with absolute path:
MMEM:DCAT? "/USB_FRONT/*"
received ".,,0","..,,0","DATA,,0","DATA_NEW,,
0","SCREENSHOTS,,0"
MMEM:DCAT:LENG? "/USB_FRONT/*"
received 5
Example: Query for directories in the current directory:
MMEM:CDIR "/USB_FRONT/DATA/"
MMEM:DCAT? "*"
received ".,,0","..,,0","JANUARY,,0",
"FEBRUARY,,0"
MMEM:DCAT:LENG? "*"
received 4
Documenting Results
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
580User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Example: Query with filter:
MMEM:DCAT? "/USB_FRONT/DA*"
received "DATA,,0","DATA_NEW,,0"
MMEM:DCAT:LENG? "/USB_FRONT/DA*"
received 2
Usage: Query only
MMEMory:DCATalog:LENGth? <PathName>
Returns the number of directories in specified directory. The result corresponds to the
number of strings returned by the MMEMory:DCATalog? command.
Query parameters:
<PathName> String parameter
Specifies the directory.
Return values:
<DirCount> Number of directories.
Example: MMEMory:DCATalog?
Usage: Query only
MMEMory:CATalog? <PathName>[,<Format>]
Returns the a list of files contained in the specified directory. The result corresponds to
the number of files returned by the MMEMory:CATalog:LENgth? command.
Query parameters:
<PathName> String parameter
Specifies the directory. A filter can be used to list, for example,
only files of a given file type.
<Format> ALL | WTIMe
ALL: Extended result including file, date, time and attributes
WTIMe: Result including file, date, time
Return values:
<UsedMemory> Total amount of storage currently used in the directory, in bytes.
<FreeMemory> Total amount of storage available in the directory, in bytes.
<FileEntry> String parameter
All files of the directory are listed with their file name, format and
size in bytes.
Example: Query for files in the DATA directory, with absolute path:
MMEM:CAT? "/USB_FRONT/DATA/*.*"
received: 511104,8633856,"MONDAY.TXT,,8",
"TUESDAY.CSV,,8"
Documenting Results
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
581User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Example: Query for TXT files in the DATA directory, with relative path:
MMEM:CDIR "/USB_FRONT/DATA"'
MMEM:CAT? "*.TXT"
received: 511104,8633856,"MONDAY.TXT,,8"
MMEM:CAT:LENGTH? "*.TXT"
received 1
Example: Chapter 16.2.1.2, "Saving, Copying, and Loading Setup Data",
on page 419
Usage: Query only
MMEMory:CATalog:LENGth?
<PathName>
Returns the number of files in the specified directory. The result corresponds to the
number of files returned by the MMEMory:CATalog? command.
Query parameters:
<PathName> String parameter
Directory to be queried, absolute or relative path
Return values:
<Count> Number of files.
Example: MMEMory:CATalog?
Usage: Query only
MMEMory:COPY <FileSource>,<FileDestination>
Copies data to another directory on the same or different storage device. The file name
can be changed, too.
Setting parameters:
<FileSource> String parameter
Name and path of the file to be copied
<FileDestination> String parameter
Name and path of the new file. If the file already exists, it is over-
written without notice.
Example:
MMEM:COPY "/INT/SETTINGS/SET001.SET",
"/USB_FRONT/SETTINGS/TESTSET1.SET"
Example: Chapter 16.2.1.2, "Saving, Copying, and Loading Setup Data",
on page 419
Usage: Setting only
MMEMory:MOVE <FileSource>,<FileDestination>
Moves an existing file to a new location.
Documenting Results
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
582User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Setting parameters:
<FileSource> String parameter
Path and name of the file to be moved
<FileDestination> String parameter
Path and name of the new file
Example:
MMEM:MOVE "/INT/SETTINGS/SET001.SET",
"/USB_FRONT/SETTINGS/SET001.SET"
Usage: Setting only
MMEMory:DELete
<FileSource>
Removes a file from the specified directory.
Setting parameters:
<FileSource> String parameter
File name and path of the file to be removed. If the path is omit-
ted, the specified file will be deleted in the current directory. Fil-
ters are not allowed.
Example: Chapter 16.2.1.2, "Saving, Copying, and Loading Setup Data",
on page 419
Usage: Setting only
MMEMory:DATA <FileName>,<Data>
Writes data to the specified file in the current directory MMEMory:CDIRectory, or
reads the data.
Parameters:
<Data> 488.2 block data
The block begins with character '#'. The next digit is the length of
the length information, followed by this given number of digits
providing the number of bytes in the binary data attached.
Parameters for setting and query:
<FileName> String parameter containing the file name
Example:
MMEM:DATA "abc.txt", #216This is the file
#2: the length infomation has two digits
16: the binary data has 16 bytes.
MMEM:DATA? "abc.txt"
received: This is the file
Example: Chapter 16.2.1.2, "Saving, Copying, and Loading Setup Data",
on page 419
Documenting Results
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
583User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
MMEMory:STORe:STATe <StateNumber>,<FileName>
Saves the current device settings to the specified file in the current directory.
Setting parameters:
<StateNumber> Range: 1 to 1
Increment: 0
*RST: 1
<FileName> String parameter
File name, with or without file extension
Example:
MMEM:CDIR "/USB_FRONT/DATA"'
MMEM:STOR:STAT 1,"MORNING.SET"
Example: See Chapter 16.2.1.2, "Saving, Copying, and Loading Setup
Data", on page 419
Usage: Setting only
MMEMory:LOAD:STATe <StateNumber>,<FileName>
Loads the device settings from the specified file in the current directory.
Setting parameters:
<StateNumber> Range: 1 to 1
Increment: 0
*RST: 1
<FileName> String parameter
File name, with or without file extension
Example:
MMEM:CDIR "/USB_FRONT/DATA"'
MMEM:LOAD:STAT 1,"MORNING"
Example: See Chapter 16.2.1.2, "Saving, Copying, and Loading Setup
Data", on page 419
Usage: Setting only
16.10 General Instrument Setup
● Display Settings.................................................................................................... 584
● System Settings.................................................................................................... 588
● LAN Settings......................................................................................................... 592
● USB Settings.........................................................................................................594
● Trigger Out............................................................................................................ 594
● Firmware Update...................................................................................................595
General Instrument Setup
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
584User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
16.10.1 Display Settings
DISPlay:LANGuage........................................................................................................584
DISPlay:DTIMe..............................................................................................................584
DISPlay:CLEar[:SCReen]................................................................................................584
DISPlay:PERSistence:TYPE........................................................................................... 585
DISPlay:PERSistence:TIME............................................................................................585
DISPlay:PERSistence:CLEar.......................................................................................... 585
DISPlay:PERSistence[:STATe].........................................................................................585
DISPlay:PERSistence:INFinite.........................................................................................586
DISPlay:DIALog:CLOSe................................................................................................. 586
DISPlay:DIALog:MESSage............................................................................................. 586
DISPlay:GRID:STYLe.....................................................................................................586
DISPlay:INTensity:GRID................................................................................................. 587
DISPlay:INTensity:WAVeform.......................................................................................... 587
DISPlay:PALette............................................................................................................ 587
DISPlay:STYLe..............................................................................................................587
DISPlay:GRID:ANNotation[:ENABle]................................................................................588
DISPlay:GRID:ANNotation:TRACk...................................................................................588
DISPlay:LANGuage <Language>
Selects the language in which the button labels and other screen information is dis-
played.
Parameters:
<Language> ENGLish | GERMan | FRENch | SPANish | RUSSian |
SCHinese | TCHinese | JAPanese | KORean | ITALian |
PORTuguese | CZECh | POLish
Supported languages are listed in the "Specifications" data
sheet.
*RST: ENGL
DISPlay:DTIMe <DateTimeVisible>
Switches the date and time display in the upper right corner of the screen on or off.
Parameters:
<DateTimeVisible> ON | OFF
DISPlay:CLEar[:SCReen]
Deletes all waveforms and measurement results.
Usage:
Event
General Instrument Setup
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
585User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
DISPlay:PERSistence:TYPE <Type>
Defines how long every new data point remains on the screen.
Parameters:
<Type> OFF | TIME | INFinite
OFF
Deactivates persistence.
TIME
Data points remain on the screen for the duration defined with
DISPlay:PERSistence:TIME.
INF
Data points remain on the screen infinitely until persistence is
set to OFF.
*RST: OFF
DISPlay:PERSistence:TIME
<Time>
Persistence time if persistence is active (DISPlay:PERSistence[:STATe] is set to
TIME.
Each new data point in the diagram area remains on the screen for the duration
defined here. .
Parameters:
<Time> Persistence time
Range: 50e-3 to 12.8
Increment: 50e-3
*RST: 50e-3
Default unit: s
DISPlay:PERSistence:CLEar
Removes the displayed persistent waveform from the screen.
Usage:
Event
DISPlay:PERSistence[:STATe] <State>
Defines whether the waveform persists on the screen or whether the screen is
refreshed continuously.
Parameters:
<State> ON | OFF
ON
The waveform persists for the time defined using DISPlay:
PERSistence:TIME.
General Instrument Setup
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
586User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
OFF
The waveform does not persist on the screen. Only the currently
measured values are displayed.
*RST: OFF
DISPlay:PERSistence:INFinite <InfinitePersistence>
Sets the persistence time to infinite if DISPlay:PERSistence[:STATe] is ON. each
new data point remains on the screen infinitely until this setting is changed or the per-
sistence is cleared.
Parameters:
<InfinitePersistence> ON | OFF
*RST: OFF
DISPlay:DIALog:CLOSe
Closes an open message box.
Usage:
Event
DISPlay:DIALog:MESSage <MessageText>
Sends a message text to the instrument and displays it in a message box.
To close the message box, use DISPlay:DIALog:CLOSe.
Setting parameters:
<MessageText> String
String that contains the message.
Example:
DISP:DIAL:MESS 'My message'
DISP:DIAL:CLOS
Usage: Setting only
DISPlay:GRID:STYLe <Style>
Defines how the grid is displayed.
Parameters:
<Style> LINes | RETicle | NONE
LINes
Displays the grid as horizontal and vertical lines.
RETicle
Displays crosshairs instead of a grid.
NONE
No grid is displayed.
*RST: LIN
General Instrument Setup
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
587User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
DISPlay:INTensity:GRID <Intensity>
Defines the brightness of the grid lines in the diagram.
Parameters:
<Intensity> Range: 0 to 100
Increment: 1
*RST: not available, *RST does not change the intensity
Default unit: %
DISPlay:INTensity:WAVeform
<Intensity>
Defines the brightness of the waveform lines in the diagram.
Parameters:
<Intensity> Range: 0 to 100
Increment: 1
*RST: not available, *RST does not change the intensity
Default unit: %
DISPlay:PALette <Palette>
Sets the color and brightness of the displayed waveform samples depending on their
cumulative occurance.
Parameters:
<Palette> NORMal | INVerse
NORMal
Values that occur frequently are brighter than rare values.
INVerse
Rare values are brighter than frequent values, inverse to the
NORMal brightness.
FColor
Rare values are displayed in blue, while more frequent values
are red and very frequent values are displayed in yellow or
white, with various colors inbetween.
IFColor
Inverses the FColor setting: rare values are yellow or white while
frequent values are blue.
*RST:
NORM
DISPlay:STYLe <Style>
Defines how the waveform data is displayed
Parameters:
<Style> VECTors | DOTS
VECTors
Individual data points are connected by a line.
General Instrument Setup
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
588User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
DOTS
Only the data points are displayed.
*RST: VECT
DISPlay:GRID:ANNotation[:ENABle] <State>
Enables or disables the display of scale values and units for the x-axis and y-axis at
the grid lines.
Parameters:
<State> ON | OFF
*RST: ON
DISPlay:GRID:ANNotation:TRACk
<State>
If enabled, the grid moves with the waveforms, if you change the waveform's position
in horizontal or vertical direction.
If disabled, the grid remains centered on the display, if you change the waveform's
position.
Parameters:
<State> ON | OFF
*RST: OFF
16.10.2 System Settings
CALibration................................................................................................................... 588
CALibration:STATe?....................................................................................................... 589
SYSTem:NAME............................................................................................................. 589
SYSTem:DATE.............................................................................................................. 589
SYSTem:TIME...............................................................................................................589
SYSTem:COMMunicate:INTerface[:SELect]...................................................................... 590
SYSTem:BEEPer:CONTrol:STATe....................................................................................590
SYSTem:BEEPer:ERRor:STATe...................................................................................... 590
SYSTem:BEEPer:TRIG:STATe........................................................................................ 590
SYSTem:BEEPer[:IMMediate]......................................................................................... 590
SYSTem:SET................................................................................................................ 591
SYSTem:ERRor[:NEXT]?................................................................................................591
SYSTem:ERRor:ALL?.....................................................................................................591
SYSTem:PRESet........................................................................................................... 591
SYSTem:EDUCation:PRESet.......................................................................................... 591
SYSTem:DFPRint?.........................................................................................................592
SYSTem:TREE?............................................................................................................ 592
CALibration
Calibration starts the self-alignment process. It can take several minutes. Consider
your timeout settings.
General Instrument Setup
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
589User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Calibration? returns information on the state of the self-alignment. Return values ≠
0 indicate an error.
Same as *CAL?.
Return values:
<SelfAlignment> Numeric status indicator
CALibration:STATe?
Returns the overall state of the self-alignment.
Return values:
<SelfAlignmentState> NOALignment | RUN | ERRor | OK | ABORt
NOALignment: no self-aligment was performed. Relevant for
service operations.
RUN: self-aligment is running
ERRor: an error occured.
OK: self-aligment has been performed successfully
ABORt: self-aligment has been cancelled
Usage: Query only
SYSTem:NAME
Defines an instrument name.
Parameters:
<Name> String with max. 20 characters
SYSTem:DATE <Year>,<Month>,<Day>
Specifies the internal date for the instrument.
Parameters:
<Year> Increment: 1
Default unit: a
<Month> Range: 1 to 12
Increment: 1
<Day> Range: 1 to 31
Increment: 1
Default unit: d
Usage: SCPI confirmed
SYSTem:TIME <Hour>,<Minute>,<Second>
Specifies the internal time for the instrument.
General Instrument Setup
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
590User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Parameters:
<Hour> Range: 0 to 23
Increment: 1
Default unit: h
<Minute> Range: 0 to 59
Increment: 1
Default unit: min
<Second> Range: 0 to 59
Increment: 1
Default unit: s
Usage: SCPI confirmed
SYSTem:COMMunicate:INTerface[:SELect]
Selects the interface for remote control and web browser access ( ETHernet only).
Parameters:
<Interface> USB | ETHernet
SYSTem:BEEPer:CONTrol:STATe
Enables or disables a sound for general control events, e.g. changing the measure-
ment type in the "Measure" menu.
Parameters:
<ControlBeep> ON | OFF
SYSTem:BEEPer:ERRor:STATe
Enables or disables the beep if an error occurs.
Parameters:
<ErrorBeep> ON | OFF
SYSTem:BEEPer:TRIG:STATe
Enables or disables the beep if a trigger occurs.
Parameters:
<TriggerBeep> ON | OFF
SYSTem:BEEPer[:IMMediate]
Generates an immediate beep. You can use this command, for example, to locate the
instrument.
Usage:
Event
General Instrument Setup
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
591User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
SYSTem:SET <Setup>
Defines or queries the device settings that can be saved and load manually with [File]
> "Device Settings".
Parameters:
<Setup> 488.2 block data
Usage: SCPI confirmed
SYSTem:ERRor[:NEXT]?
Returns the oldest item of the error/event queue and removes it from the queue.
Return values:
<Error> Error/event_number,"Error/event_description>[;Device-depend-
ent info]"
Example:
0,"No error"
Usage: Query only
SCPI confirmed
SYSTem:ERRor:ALL?
Returns a list of all error/event numbers and their description, and removes it from the
error/event queue.
Return values:
<ErrorList> List of ErrorFormat
List of: Error/event_number,"Error/event_description>[;Device-
dependent info]"
If the queue is empty, the response is 0,"No error"
Usage: Query only
SCPI confirmed
SYSTem:PRESet
Resets the instrument to the default state, has the same effect as *RST.
Usage:
Event
SYSTem:EDUCation:PRESet
Deletes the password of the education mode.
Usage:
Event
General Instrument Setup
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
592User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
SYSTem:DFPRint?
Returns the device footprint of the instrument. The device footprint contains the config-
uration of the instrument, installed modules, installed software and software licenses.
This information is written in the device footprint xml file might be useful in case of
maintenance or support request.
Return values:
<DeviceFootprint> Block Data
Information as block data.
Usage: Query only
SYSTem:TREE?
REturns a list of the implemented remote commands.
Return values:
<SystemTree> List of commands
Usage: Query only
16.10.3 LAN Settings
The following commands take effect if SYSTem:COMMunicate:INTerface[:
SELect] is set to ETHernet.
SYSTem:COMMunicate:INTerface:ETHernet:DHCP.......................................................... 592
SYSTem:COMMunicate:INTerface:ETHernet:IPADdress.................................................... 593
SYSTem:COMMunicate:INTerface:ETHernet:SUBNet........................................................593
SYSTem:COMMunicate:INTerface:ETHernet:GATeway......................................................593
SYSTem:COMMunicate:INTerface:ETHernet:IPPort...........................................................593
SYSTem:COMMunicate:INTerface:ETHernet:VXIPort........................................................ 593
SYSTem:COMMunicate:INTerface:ETHernet:HTTPport......................................................593
SYSTem:COMMunicate:INTerface:ETHernet:TRANsfer..................................................... 594
SYSTem:COMMunicate:INTerface:ETHernet:MACaddress?............................................... 594
SYSTem:COMMunicate:INTerface:ETHernet:DHCP
Enables DHCP for automatic network parameter distribution.
Parameters:
<DHCP> ON | OFF
OFF
Use the following commands to specify connection parameters:
SYSTem:COMMunicate:INTerface:ETHernet:IPADdress
on page 593
SYSTem:COMMunicate:INTerface:ETHernet:SUBNet
on page 593
SYSTem:COMMunicate:INTerface:ETHernet:GATeway
on page 593
General Instrument Setup
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
593User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
SYSTem:COMMunicate:INTerface:ETHernet:IPADdress
SYSTem:COMMunicate:INTerface:ETHernet:SUBNet
SYSTem:COMMunicate:INTerface:ETHernet:GATeway
Return or specify.
●
IP address of the instrument.
●
IP subnet mask used by the instrument.
●
IP gateway used by the instrument.
Parameters:
<FirstByte> Range: 0 to 255
Increment: 1
<SecondByte> Range: 0 to 255
Increment: 1
<ThirdByte> Range: 0 to 255
Increment: 1
<FourthByte> Range: 0 to 255
Increment: 1
SYSTem:COMMunicate:INTerface:ETHernet:IPPort <IPPort>
Returns or specifies the IP port number (default = 5025).
Parameters:
<IPPort> Range: 1024 to 65535
SYSTem:COMMunicate:INTerface:ETHernet:VXIPort <VXIport>
Specifies the VXI-11 port number.
Parameters:
<VXIport> Range: 0 to 65535
*RST: 1024
SYSTem:COMMunicate:INTerface:ETHernet:HTTPport <HTTPport>
Returns the HTTP port number.
Parameters:
<HTTPport> Range: 0 to 65535
*RST: 80
General Instrument Setup
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
594User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
SYSTem:COMMunicate:INTerface:ETHernet:TRANsfer <TransferMode>
Enables automatic transfer speed selection, or selects one of the predefined settings
that corresponds to your network data rate.
Parameters:
<TransferMode> AUTO | FD10 | FD100 | HD10 | HD100
AUTO
Automatic transfer speed
FD10 | FD100 | HD10 | HD100
FD = full duplex, HD = half duplex
10 = 10 Mbps, 100 = 100 Mbps
SYSTem:COMMunicate:INTerface:ETHernet:MACaddress?
Returns the instrument's media access control address.
Return values:
<MACaddress> String data
String parameter
Usage: Query only
16.10.4 USB Settings
The following command takes effect if SYSTem:COMMunicate:INTerface[:
SELect] is set to USB.
SYSTem:COMMunicate:INTerface:USB:CLASs
Selects the USB mode.
●
USB TMC (Test & Measurement Class)
●
USB VCP (Virtual Com Port)
●
USB MTP (Media Transfer Protocol)
Parameters:
<USBClass> TMC | VCP | MTP
16.10.5 Trigger Out
TRIGger:OUT:MODE......................................................................................................595
TRIGger:OUT:PLENgth...................................................................................................595
TRIGger:OUT:POLarity...................................................................................................595
General Instrument Setup
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
595User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
TRIGger:OUT:MODE <OutputMode>
Defines which signals are generated at the [Aux Out] connector.
Parameters:
<OutputMode> OFF | TRIGger | REFerence | MASK
OFF
No output
TRIGger
Outputs a pulse when the instrument triggers.
REFerence
Outputs a 10 MHz reference frequency.
MASK
Outputs a pulse when a mask is violated. This function is only
available if a mask is specified.
*RST: OFF
TRIGger:OUT:PLENgth
<PulseLength>
Defines the pulse width of the pulse at the [Aux Out] front connector (at trigger event or
mask viaolation).
Parameters:
<PulseLength> *RST: 1E-6
TRIGger:OUT:POLarity <Polarity>
Defines the polarity of the pulse at the [Aux Out] front connector (at trigger event or
mask viaolation).
Parameters:
<Polarity> POSitive | NEGative
*RST: POS
16.10.6 Firmware Update
DIAGnostic:UPDate:TRANsfer:OPEN.............................................................................. 595
DIAGnostic:UPDate:TRANsfer:DATA............................................................................... 596
DIAGnostic:UPDate:TRANsfer:CLOSe.............................................................................596
DIAGnostic:UPDate:INSTall............................................................................................ 596
DIAGnostic:UPDate:TRANsfer:OPEN <TransferItem>
Opens a data transfer for the firmware update file, and checks for errors.
Parameters:
<TransferItem> FIRMware
General Instrument Setup
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
596User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Example: See Chapter 16.2.2.2, "Using DIAGnostic:UPDdate:TRANsfer",
on page 422
DIAGnostic:UPDate:TRANsfer:DATA <Offset>,<Checksum>,<Data>
Sends the firmware update file data to the internal RAM of the instrument
Setting parameters:
<Offset> Specifies the byte offset of the blockdata in the file.
<Checksum> CRC-16-CCITT type checksum calculated for the raw binary
data in blockdata.
<Data> Block data is composed of a header #nm containing the length
of the data followed by the data in raw binary format. Here, m is
the length of the data in byte, and n is the number of digits in m.
Example: See Chapter 16.2.2.2, "Using DIAGnostic:UPDdate:TRANsfer",
on page 422
Usage: Setting only
DIAGnostic:UPDate:TRANsfer:CLOSe
Closes the file transfer.
Example:
See Chapter 16.2.2.2, "Using DIAGnostic:UPDdate:TRANsfer",
on page 422.
Usage: Event
DIAGnostic:UPDate:INSTall <Path>
Starts the firmware update.
Setting parameters:
<Path> Empty string
Example: See Chapter 16.2.2.2, "Using DIAGnostic:UPDdate:TRANsfer",
on page 422
Usage: Setting only
16.11 Serial Bus Analysis
● General................................................................................................................. 597
● SPI (Option R&S RTA-K1).................................................................................... 599
● I²C..........................................................................................................................611
● UART (Option R&S RTA-K2).................................................................................622
● CAN (Option R&S RTA-K3)...................................................................................631
● LIN (Option R&S RTA-K3).....................................................................................646
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
597User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
● Audio (Option R&S RTA-K5)................................................................................. 659
● MIL-1553 (Option R&S RTA-K6)........................................................................... 671
● ARINC 429 (Option R&S RTA-K7)........................................................................ 693
16.11.1 General
BUS<b>:TYPE...............................................................................................................597
BUS<b>:STATe..............................................................................................................597
BUS<b>:FORMat...........................................................................................................597
BUS<b>:LABel.............................................................................................................. 598
BUS<b>:LABel:STATe.................................................................................................... 598
BUS<b>:DSIGnals......................................................................................................... 598
BUS<b>:DSIZe..............................................................................................................598
BUS<b>:POSition.......................................................................................................... 599
BUS<b>:RESult.............................................................................................................599
BUS<b>:TYPE <Type>
Defines the bus or interface type for analysis. All buses require special option to the
instrument.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Parameters:
<Type> PARallel | CPARallel | I2C | SPI | SSPI | UART | CAN | LIN | I2S |
MILStd | ARINc
*RST: PARallel
BUS<b>:STATe <State>
Switches protocol decoding on or off.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Parameters:
<State> ON | OFF
*RST: OFF
BUS<b>:FORMat <Format>
Sets the decoding format for the display on the screen.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Parameters:
<Format> ASCii | HEXadecimal | BINary | DECimal | OCTal
*RST: HEX
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
598User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
BUS<b>:LABel <Label>
Defines an additional name label for the selected bus. The maximum name length is 8
characters, and only ASCII characters provided on the on-screen keypad can be used.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..2
Selects the bus.
Parameters:
<Label> String value
BUS<b>:LABel:STATe <State>
Displays or hides the bus label. The bus label is shown on the the right side of the dis-
play.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..2
Selects the bus.
Parameters:
<State> ON | OFF
*RST: ON
BUS<b>:DSIGnals <BitsSignals>
Displays the individual bit lines above the decoded bus line.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Parameters:
<BitsSignals> ON | OFF
*RST: ON
BUS<b>:DSIZe <DisplaySize>
Sets the height of the decoded bus signal on the screen.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Parameters:
<DisplaySize> SMALl | MEDium | LARGe | DIV2 | DIV4
DIV2 | DIV4
2 or 4 divisions
SMALl | MEDium | LARGe
Size of indicated bus is smaller than 2 div.
*RST: MEDium
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
599User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
BUS<b>:POSition <Position>
Sets the vertical position of the decoded bus signal in divisions on the screen.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Parameters:
<Position> Range: 5 to -5
Increment: 0.02
*RST: -3.5
Default unit: DIV
BUS<b>:RESult
<ShowResultTable>
Displays or hides the table of decode results.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Parameters:
<ShowResultTable> ON | OFF
16.11.2 SPI (Option R&S RTA-K1)
The Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) is used for communication with slow peripheral
devices, in particular, for transmission of data streams.
SPI (no CS) is a Simplified SPI configuration without chip select line.
A 4-channel instrument is required for full support of the SPI (with CS) and SPI (no CS)
protocols.
● SPI (with CS)- Configuration.................................................................................599
● SPI (no CS) - Configuration.................................................................................. 602
● SPI - Trigger..........................................................................................................605
● SPI - Decode Results............................................................................................607
16.11.2.1 SPI (with CS)- Configuration
Start the bus configuration with the threshold setting. Use one of the following com-
mands:
●
CHANnel<m>:THReshold:FINDlevel on page 435
●
CHANnel<m>:THReshold on page 434
In all BUS<b>:SPI... commands, the suffix <b> selects the bus.
BUS<b>:SPI:CS:SOURce...............................................................................................600
BUS<b>:SPI:CS:POLarity...............................................................................................600
BUS<b>:SPI:CLOCk:SOURce.........................................................................................600
BUS<b>:SPI:CLOCk:POLarity.........................................................................................600
BUS<b>:SPI:DATA:SOURce........................................................................................... 601
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
600User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
BUS<b>:SPI:MOSI:SOURce...........................................................................................601
BUS<b>:SPI:MISO:SOURce...........................................................................................601
BUS<b>:SPI:DATA:POLarity........................................................................................... 601
BUS<b>:SPI:MOSI:POLarity........................................................................................... 601
BUS<b>:SPI:MISO:POLarity........................................................................................... 602
BUS<b>:SPI:BORDer.....................................................................................................602
BUS<b>:SPI:SSIZe........................................................................................................602
BUS<b>:SPI:CS:SOURce <Source>
Selects the input channel of the chip select line.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Parameters:
<Source> CH1 | CH2 | CH3 | CH4 | D0..D15
*RST: CH1
BUS<b>:SPI:CS:POLarity <Polarity>
Selects whether the chip select signal is high active (high = 1) or low active (low = 1).
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Parameters:
<Polarity> POSitive | NEGative
POSitive = high active
NEGative = low active
*RST: NEGative
BUS<b>:SPI:CLOCk:SOURce <Source>
Selects the input channel of the clock line.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Parameters:
<Source> CH1 | CH2 | CH3 | CH4 | D0..D15
*RST: CH1
BUS<b>:SPI:CLOCk:POLarity <Polarity>
Selects if data is stored with the rising or falling slope of the clock. The slope marks the
begin of a new bit.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
601User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Parameters:
<Polarity> POSitive | NEGative
POSitive: rising slope
NEGative: falling slope
*RST: POS
BUS<b>:SPI:DATA:SOURce <Source>
BUS<b>:SPI:MOSI:SOURce <MosiSource>
Selects the input channel of the MOSI / MISO line.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Parameters:
<MosiSource> CH1 | CH2 | CH3 | CH4 | D0..D15
*RST: CH1
BUS<b>:SPI:MISO:SOURce
<MisoSource>
Selects the input channel of the optional MISO line.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1 | 3. Bus 2 or 4 is not available if the MISO source is used on
bus 1 or 3, respectively.
Parameters:
<MisoSource> CH1 | CH2 | CH3 | CH4 | NONE | D0..D15
*RST: NONE
BUS<b>:SPI:DATA:POLarity <Polarity>
Selects whether transmitted data is high active (high = 1) or low active (low = 1) on the
data line.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Parameters:
<Polarity> POSitive | NEGative
POSitive = high active
NEGative = low active
*RST: POSitive
BUS<b>:SPI:MOSI:POLarity <MosiPolarity>
Selects if transmitted data is high active (high = 1) or low active (low = 1) on the MOSI/
MISO line.
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
602User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Parameters:
<MosiPolarity> ACTLow | ACTHigh
*RST: ACTH
BUS<b>:SPI:MISO:POLarity <MisoPolarity>
Selects whether transmitted data is high active (high = 1) or low active (low = 1) on the
MISO line.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1 | 3. Bus 2 or 4 is not available if the MISO source is used on
bus 1 or 3, respectively.
Parameters:
<MisoPolarity> ACTLow | ACTHigh
*RST: ACTH
BUS<b>:SPI:BORDer <BitOrder>
Defines if the data of the messages starts with MSB (most significant bit) or LSB (least
significant bit).
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Parameters:
<BitOrder> MSBFirst | LSBFirst
*RST: MSBFirst
BUS<b>:SPI:SSIZe <SymbolSize>
Sets the word length, the number of bits in a message.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Parameters:
<SymbolSize> Range: 4 to 32
Increment: 1
*RST: 8
Default unit: Bit
16.11.2.2 SPI (no CS) - Configuration
Start the bus configuration with the threshold setting. Use one of the following com-
mands:
●
CHANnel<m>:THReshold:FINDlevel on page 435
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
603User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
●
CHANnel<m>:THReshold on page 434
In all BUS<b>:SSPI... commands, the suffix <b> selects the bus.
BUS<b>:SSPI:CLOCk:SOURce.......................................................................................603
BUS<b>:SSPI:CLOCk:POLarity.......................................................................................603
BUS<b>:SSPI:DATA:SOURce.........................................................................................603
BUS<b>:SSPI:MOSI:SOURce.........................................................................................603
BUS<b>:SSPI:MISO:SOURce.........................................................................................604
BUS<b>:SSPI:DATA:POLarity......................................................................................... 604
BUS<b>:SSPI:MOSI:POLarity.........................................................................................604
BUS<b>:SSPI:MISO:POLarity.........................................................................................604
BUS<b>:SSPI:BITime.....................................................................................................605
BUS<b>:SSPI:BORDer...................................................................................................605
BUS<b>:SSPI:SSIZe......................................................................................................605
BUS<b>:SSPI:CLOCk:SOURce <Source>
Selects the input channel of the clock line.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Parameters:
<Source> CH1 | CH2 | CH3 | CH4 | D0..D15
CH3 and CH4 are only available with 4-channel R&S RTA4000
oscilloscopes.
*RST: CH1
BUS<b>:SSPI:CLOCk:POLarity <Polarity>
Selects if data is stored with the rising or falling slope of the clock. The slope marks the
begin of a new bit.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Parameters:
<Polarity> POSitive | NEGative
POSitive: rising slope
NEGative: falling slope
*RST: POSitive
BUS<b>:SSPI:DATA:SOURce <Source>
BUS<b>:SSPI:MOSI:SOURce <MosiSource>
Selects the input channel of the MOSI / MISO line.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
604User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Parameters:
<MosiSource> CH1 | CH2 | CH3 | CH4 | D0..D15
*RST: CH1
BUS<b>:SSPI:MISO:SOURce <MisoSource>
Selects the input channel of the optional MISO line.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1 | 3. Bus 2 or 4 is not available if the MISO source is used on
bus 1 or 3, respectively.
Parameters:
<MisoSource> CH1 | CH2 | CH3 | CH4 | NONE | D0..D15
*RST: NONE
BUS<b>:SSPI:DATA:POLarity
<Polarity>
Selects whether transmitted data is high active (high = 1) or low active (low = 1) on the
data line.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Parameters:
<Polarity> POSitive | NEGative
POSitive = high active
NEGative = low active
*RST: POSitive
BUS<b>:SSPI:MOSI:POLarity <MosiPolarity>
Selects if transmitted data is high active (high = 1) or low active (low = 1) on the MOSI/
MISO line.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Parameters:
<MosiPolarity> ACTLow | ACTHigh
*RST: ACTH
BUS<b>:SSPI:MISO:POLarity <MisoPolarity>
Selects whether transmitted data is high active (high = 1) or low active (low = 1) on the
MISO line.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1 | 3. Bus 2 or 4 is not available if the MISO source is used on
bus 1 or 3, respectively.
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
605User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Parameters:
<MisoPolarity> ACTLow | ACTHigh
*RST: ACTH
BUS<b>:SSPI:BITime <BurstIdleTime>
Within the idle time the data and clock lines are low. A new frame begins when the idle
time has expired and the clock line has been inactive during that time. If the time inter-
val between the data words is shorter than the idle time, the words are part of the
same frame.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Parameters:
<BurstIdleTime> Range: 16e-9 to 838.832e-6
Increment: 16e-9
*RST: 100e-6
Default unit: s
BUS<b>:SSPI:BORDer <BitOrder>
Defines if the data of the messages starts with MSB (most significant bit) or LSB (least
significant bit).
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Parameters:
<BitOrder> MSBFirst | LSBFirst
*RST: MSBFirst
BUS<b>:SSPI:SSIZe <SymbolSize>
Sets the word length, the number of bits in a message.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Parameters:
<SymbolSize> Range: 4 to 32
Increment: 1
*RST: 8
Default unit: Bit
16.11.2.3 SPI - Trigger
To configure the protocol trigger, make sure to set first:
●
TRIGger:A:TYPE to BUS
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
606User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
●
TRIGger:A:SOURce to SBUS1 | SBUS2
TRIGger:A:SOURce:SPI.................................................................................................606
TRIGger:A:SPI:MODE....................................................................................................606
TRIGger:A:SPI:PATTern..................................................................................................606
TRIGger:A:SPI:PLENgth.................................................................................................607
TRIGger:A:SPI:POFFset.................................................................................................607
TRIGger:A:SOURce:SPI <SpiSource>
Selects the MOSI or the MISO line as trigger source. Only relevant, if both lines are
used and configured.
Parameters:
<SpiSource> MOSI | MISO
TRIGger:A:SPI:MODE
<Mode>
Specifies the trigger mode for the SPI protocols (with and without CS).
Parameters:
<Mode> BSTart | BEND | NTHBit | PATTern
BSTart
Burst start, sets the trigger event to the start of the frame. The
frame starts when the chip select signal CS changes to the
active state.
BEND
Burst end, sets the trigger event to the end of the message.
NTHBit
Sets the trigger event to the specified bit number. To define the
bit number, use TRIGger:A:SPI:POFFset.
PATTern
Sets the trigger event to a serial pattern. To define the pattern,
use TRIGger:A:SPI:PATTern.
For a complete configuration of the pattern mode, you also have
to set TRIGger:A:SPI:PLENgth and TRIGger:A:SPI:
POFFset.
*RST:
BSTart
TRIGger:A:SPI:PATTern <DataPattern>
Defines the bit pattern as trigger condition. The pattern length is adjusted to the num-
ber of bits defined in the pattern.
Parameters:
<DataPattern> String with max. 32 characters (4 byte + 8 bit) . Characters 0, 1
and X are allowed.
Example:
TRIG:A:SPI:PATT "0011XXXX0110"
Sets a 12bit pattern.
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
607User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
TRIGger:A:SPI:PLENgth <PatternLength>
Returns the number of bits in the previously defined bit pattern (TRIGger:A:SPI:
PATTern). The command can also be used to shorten a previously defined bit pattern.
Parameters:
<PatternLength> Range: 1 to 32
Increment: 1
*RST: 4
Example:
TRIG:A:SPI:PATT "0011XXXX0110"
TRIG:A:SPI:PLEN?
12
TRIG:A:SPI:PLEN 4
TRIG:A:SPI:PATT?
"0011"
TRIGger:A:SPI:POFFset
<PatternBitOffset>
Sets the number of bits before the first bit of the pattern.
Parameters:
<PatternBitOffset> Number of ignored bits
Range: 0 to 4095
Increment: 1
*RST: 0
16.11.2.4 SPI - Decode Results
In all BUS<b>:SPI... and BUS<b>:SSPI... commands, the suffix <b> selects the
bus.
BUS<b>:SPI:FCOunt?....................................................................................................607
BUS<b>:SPI:FRAME<n>:STATus?.................................................................................. 608
BUS<b>:SPI:FRAME<n>:STARt?....................................................................................608
BUS<b>:SPI:FRAME<n>:STOP?.....................................................................................608
BUS<b>:SPI:FRAME<n>:DATA:MOSI?............................................................................609
BUS<b>:SPI:FRAME<n>:DATA:MISO?............................................................................609
BUS<b>:SPI:FRAME<n>:WCOunt?.................................................................................609
BUS<b>:SPI:FRAME<n>:WORD<o>:STARt?................................................................... 610
BUS<b>:SPI:FRAME<n>:WORD<o>:STOP?....................................................................610
BUS<b>:SPI:FRAME<n>:WORD<o>:MOSI?.................................................................... 610
BUS<b>:SPI:FRAME<n>:WORD<o>:MISO?.....................................................................611
BUS<b>:SPI:FCOunt?
Returns the number of decoded frames.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
608User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Return values:
<FrameCount> Total number of decoded frames.
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:SPI:FRAME<n>:STATus?
Returns the overall state of the specified frame.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Selects the frame.
Return values:
<Status> OK | INCFirst | INCLast | INSufficient
INCFirst
First frame is incomplete
INCLast
Last frame is incomplete
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:SPI:FRAME<n>:STARt?
Returns the start time of the specified frame.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Return values:
<StartTime> Range: depends on sample rate, record length, and time
base
Increment: depends on the time base
Default unit: s
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:SPI:FRAME<n>:STOP?
Returns the end time of the specified frame.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Selects the frame.
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
609User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Return values:
<StopTime> Range: depends on sample rate, record length, and time
base
Increment: depends on the time base
Default unit: s
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:SPI:FRAME<n>:DATA:MOSI?
Returns the data words of the specified frame of the MOSI line.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Selects the frame.
Return values:
<DataMosi> List of decimal values of data bytes
Example:
BUS:SPI:FRAM3:DATA:MOSI?
-> 94,177,171,60,242,219,100,0
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:SPI:FRAME<n>:DATA:MISO?
Returns the data words of the specified frame of the MISO line.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Selects the frame.
Return values:
<DataMiso> List of decimal values of data bytes
Example:
BUS:SPI:FRAM3:DATA:MISO?
-> 94,177,171,60,242,219,100,0
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:SPI:FRAME<n>:WCOunt?
Returns the number of words in the specified frame.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Selects the frame.
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
610User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Return values:
<WordCount> Number of words
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:SPI:FRAME<n>:WORD<o>:STARt?
Returns the start time of the specified data word.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Selects the frame.
<o> *
Selects the word number.
Return values:
<StartTime> Range: depends on sample rate, record length, and time
base
Increment: depends on the time base
Default unit: s
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:SPI:FRAME<n>:WORD<o>:STOP?
Returns the end time of the specified data word.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Selects the frame.
<o> *
Selects the word number.
Return values:
<StopTime> Range: depends on sample rate, record length, and time
base
Increment: depends on the time base
Default unit: s
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:SPI:FRAME<n>:WORD<o>:MOSI?
Returns the data value of the specified word on the MOSI line.
Use this command if only one line is defined.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
611User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
<n> *
Selects the frame (1...n)
<o> *
Selects the word number (1...o)
Return values:
<Data> Decimal value of the data word
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:SPI:FRAME<n>:WORD<o>:MISO?
Returns the data value of the specified word on the optional MISO line.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Selects the frame (1...n)
<o> *
Selects the word number (1...o)
Return values:
<Data> Decimal value of the data word
Usage: Query only
16.11.3 I²C
The Inter-Integrated Circuit is a simple, low-bandwidth, low-speed protocol used for
communication between on-board devices, for example, in LCD and LED drivers,
RAM, EEPROM, and others.
● I²C - Configuration (Option R&S RTA-K1)............................................................. 611
● I²C - Trigger...........................................................................................................612
● I²C - Decode Results.............................................................................................615
16.11.3.1 I²C - Configuration (Option R&S RTA-K1)
Start the bus configuration with the threshold setting. Use one of the following com-
mands:
●
CHANnel<m>:THReshold:FINDlevel on page 435
●
CHANnel<m>:THReshold on page 434
In all BUS<b>:I2C... commands, the suffix <b> selects the bus.
BUS<b>:I2C:CLOCk:SOURce.........................................................................................612
BUS<b>:I2C:DATA:SOURce........................................................................................... 612
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
612User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
BUS<b>:I2C:CLOCk:SOURce <Source>
Sets the input channel to which the clock line is connected.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Parameters:
<Source> CH1 | CH2 | CH3 | CH4 | D0..D15
CH3 and CH4 are only available with 4-channel R&S RTA4000
oscilloscopes.
*RST: CH1
BUS<b>:I2C:DATA:SOURce
<Source>
Sets the input channel to which the data line is connected.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Parameters:
<Source> CH1 | CH2 | CH3 | CH4 | D0..D15
CH3 and CH4 are only available with 4-channel R&S RTA4000
oscilloscopes.
*RST: CH1
16.11.3.2 I²C - Trigger
To configure the protocol trigger, make sure to set first:
●
TRIGger:A:TYPE to BUS
●
TRIGger:A:SOURce to SBUS1 | SBUS2
TRIGger:A:I2C:MODE.................................................................................................... 612
TRIGger:A:I2C:ACCess..................................................................................................613
TRIGger:A:I2C:AMODe.................................................................................................. 613
TRIGger:A:I2C:ADDRess................................................................................................613
TRIGger:A:I2C:PATTern..................................................................................................614
TRIGger:A:I2C:PLENgth.................................................................................................614
TRIGger:A:I2C:POFFset.................................................................................................615
TRIGger:A:I2C:MODE <Mode>
Specifies the trigger mode for I²C.
Parameters:
<Mode> STARt | RESTart | STOP | MACKnowledge | PATTern
STARt
Start of the message. The start condition is a falling slope on
SDA while SCL is high.
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
613User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
RESTart
Restarted message. The restart is a repeated start condition.
STOP
End of the message. The stop condition is a rising slope on SDA
while SCL is high.
MACKnowledge
Missing acknowledge. If the transfer failed, at the moment of the
acknowledge bit the SCL and the SDA lines are both on high
level.
PATTern
Triggers on a set of trigger conditions: read or write access of
the master, to an address, or/and to a bit pattern in the mes-
sage.
For a complete configuration of the pattern mode, you have to
set:
TRIGger:A:I2C:ACCess (read/write access), and
TRIGger:A:I2C:AMODe and TRIGger:A:I2C:ADDRess
(address), and/or
TRIGger:A:I2C:POFFset and TRIGger:A:I2C:PLENgth
and TRIGger:A:I2C:PATTern (pattern)
*RST:
STARt
TRIGger:A:I2C:ACCess <Access>
Toggles the trigger condition between Read and Write access of the master.
Parameters:
<Access> READ | WRITe
*RST: READ
TRIGger:A:I2C:AMODe <AdrMode>
Sets the lenght of the slave address.
Parameters:
<AdrMode> NORMal | EXTended
NORMal: 7 bit address
EXTended: 10 bit address
*RST: NORMal
TRIGger:A:I2C:ADDRess <AddressString>
Sets the address of the slave device. The address can have 7 bits or 10 bits.
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
614User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Parameters:
<AddressString> String with max. 7 or 10 characters, depending on the address
length. Characters 0, 1, and X are allowed, but X cannot be
assigned to a specified bit. If at least one X occurs in the
address, the complete address is set to X.
Example:
TRIG:A:I2C:AMOD NORM
TRIG:A:I2C:ADDR "1011"
TRIG:A:I2C:ADDR?
Return value (7bit address): "0001011"
Example:
TRIG:A:I2C:AMOD EXT
TRIG:A:I2C:ADDR "10X1"
TRIG:A:I2C:ADDR?
Return value (10bit address): "XXXXXXXXXX"
TRIGger:A:I2C:PATTern
<DataPattern>
Defines the bit pattern as trigger condition. Make sure that the correct pattern length
has been defined before with TRIGger:A:I2C:PLENgth.
Parameters:
<DataPattern> String with max. 24 characters (3 byte * 8 bit). Characters 0, 1,
and X are allowed. X can be assigned to a specified bit. If you
define a pattern shorter than the pattern length, the missing LSB
are filled with X. If you define a pattern longer than the pattern
length, the pattern string is not valid
Example:
TRIG:A:I2C:PLEN 2
TRIG:A:I2C:PATT "10X10000XXXX1111"
TRIG:A:I2C:PATT?
Return value (2 bytes): "10X10000XXXX1111"
Example:
TRIG:A:I2C:PLEN 1
TRIG:A:I2C:PATT "110"
TRIG:A:I2C:PATT?
Return value (1 byte): "110XXXXX"
TRIGger:A:I2C:PLENgth <PatternLength>
Defines how many bytes are considered in the trigger condition. To set the pattern for
these bytes, use TRIGger:A:I2C:PATTern.
Parameters:
<PatternLength> Number of bytes
Range: 1 to 3
Increment: 1
*RST: 1
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
615User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
TRIGger:A:I2C:POFFset <PatternByteOffset>
Sets the number of bytes before the first byte of interest, relating to the end of the
address bytes.
Parameters:
<PatternByteOffset> Number of ignored bytes
Range: 0 to 4095
Increment: 1
*RST: 0
16.11.3.3
I²C - Decode Results
In all BUS<b>:I2C... commands, the suffix <b> selects the bus.
BUS<b>:I2C:FCOunt?....................................................................................................615
BUS<b>:I2C:FRAMe<n>:DATA?......................................................................................615
BUS<b>:I2C:FRAMe<n>:STATus?...................................................................................616
BUS<b>:I2C:FRAMe<n>:STARt?.....................................................................................616
BUS<b>:I2C:FRAMe<n>:STOP?..................................................................................... 616
BUS<b>:I2C:FRAMe<n>:AACCess?................................................................................617
BUS<b>:I2C:FRAMe<n>:ACCess?..................................................................................617
BUS<b>:I2C:FRAMe<n>:ACOMplete?............................................................................. 617
BUS<b>:I2C:FRAMe<n>:ADBStart?................................................................................ 618
BUS<b>:I2C:FRAMe<n>:ADDRess?................................................................................618
BUS<b>:I2C:FRAMe<n>:ADEVice?.................................................................................618
BUS<b>:I2C:FRAMe<n>:AMODe?.................................................................................. 619
BUS<b>:I2C:FRAMe<n>:ASTart?.................................................................................... 619
BUS<b>:I2C:FRAMe<n>:BCOunt?.................................................................................. 619
BUS<b>:I2C:FRAMe<n>:BYTE<o>:ACCess?................................................................... 620
BUS<b>:I2C:FRAMe<n>:BYTE<o>:ACKStart?................................................................. 620
BUS<b>:I2C:FRAMe<n>:BYTE<o>:COMPlete?................................................................620
BUS<b>:I2C:FRAMe<n>:BYTE<o>:STARt?......................................................................621
BUS<b>:I2C:FRAMe<n>:BYTE<o>:VALue?..................................................................... 621
BUS<b>:I2C:FCOunt?
Returns the number of received frames.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Return values:
<FrameCount> Total number of decoded frames.
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:I2C:FRAMe<n>:DATA?
Returns the data words of the specified frame.
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
616User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Selects the frame.
Return values:
<DataWords> Comma-separated list of decimal values of the data bytes.
Example:
BUS:I2C:FRAM2:DATA?
returns four data bytes:
-> 69,158,174,161
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:I2C:FRAMe<n>:STATus?
Returns the overall state of the frame.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Selects the frame.
Return values:
<State> INComplete | OK | UNEXpstop | INSufficient | ADDifferent
INComplete
The frame is not completely contained in the acquisition.
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:I2C:FRAMe<n>:STARt?
Returns the start time of the specified frame.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Selects the frame.
Return values:
<StartTime> Range: depends on sample rate, record length, and time
base
Increment: depends on the time base
Default unit: s
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:I2C:FRAMe<n>:STOP?
Returns the end time of the specified frame.
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
617User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Selects the frame.
Return values:
<EndTime> Range: depends on sample rate, record length, and time
base
Increment: depends on the time base
Default unit: s
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:I2C:FRAMe<n>:AACCess?
Returns the address acknowledge bit value for the indicated frame.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Selects the frame.
Return values:
<Acknowledge> INComplete | ACK | NACK | EITHer
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:I2C:FRAMe<n>:ACCess?
Returns the transfer direction - read or write access from master to slave.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Selects the frame.
Return values:
<Access> INComplete | READ | WRITE | EITHer | UNDF
INComplete
The frame is not completely contained in the acquisition.
UNDF
Access is not defined.
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:I2C:FRAMe<n>:ACOMplete?
Returns the state of the address.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
618User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
<n> *
Selects the frame.
Return values:
<AddressComplete> ON | OFF
ON
Address was received completely.
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:I2C:FRAMe<n>:ADBStart?
Returns the start time of the address acknowledge bit.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Selects the frame.
Return values:
<AckStartTime> Range: depends on sample rate, record length, and time
base
Increment: depends on the time base
Default unit: s
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:I2C:FRAMe<n>:ADDRess?
Returns the decimal address value of the indicated frame including the R/W bit.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Selects the frame.
Return values:
<AddressValue> Decimal value
Range: 0 to 2047
Increment: 1
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:I2C:FRAMe<n>:ADEVice?
Returns the decimal address value of the indicated frame without R/W bit.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Selects the frame.
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
619User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Return values:
<SlaveAddress> Decimal value
Range: 0 to 1023
Increment: 1
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:I2C:FRAMe<n>:AMODe?
Returns the address length.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Selects the frame.
Return values:
<AddressMode> BIT7 | BIT10
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:I2C:FRAMe<n>:ASTart?
Returns the start time of the address for the indicated frame.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Selects the frame.
Return values:
<StartTime> Range: depends on sample rate, record length, and time
base
Increment: depends on the time base
Default unit: s
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:I2C:FRAMe<n>:BCOunt?
Returns the number of data bytes in the specified frame.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Selects the frame.
Return values:
<ByteCount im
Frame>
Number of words (bytes)
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
620User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Example:
BUS:I2C:FRAM2:BCO?
-> 4
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:I2C:FRAMe<n>:BYTE<o>:ACCess?
Returns the acknowledge bit value of the specified data byte.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Selects the frame.
<o> *
Selects the byte number.
Return values:
<Acknowledge> INComplete | ACK | NACK | EITHer
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:I2C:FRAMe<n>:BYTE<o>:ACKStart?
Returns the start time of the acknowledge bit of the specified byte.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Selects the frame.
<o> *
Selects the byte number.
Return values:
<AckStartTime> Range: depends on sample rate, record length, and time
base
Increment: depends on the time base
Default unit: s
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:I2C:FRAMe<n>:BYTE<o>:COMPlete?
Returns the state of the byte.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Selects the frame.
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
621User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
<o> *
Selects the byte number.
Return values:
<ByteComplete> ON | OFF
ON
Data byte was received completely.
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:I2C:FRAMe<n>:BYTE<o>:STARt?
Returns the start time of the specified data byte.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Selects the frame.
<o> *
Selects the byte number.
Return values:
<StartTime> Range: depends on sample rate, record length, and time
base
Increment: depends on the time base
Default unit: s
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:I2C:FRAMe<n>:BYTE<o>:VALue?
Returns the decimal value of the specified byte.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Selects the frame.
<o> *
Selects the byte number.
Return values:
<ByteValue> Decimal value
Range: 0 to 255
Increment: 1
Example:
BUS:I2C:FRAM2:BYTE2:VAL?
-> 158
Usage: Query only
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
622User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
16.11.4 UART (Option R&S RTA-K2)
The Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART) converts a word of data into
serial data, and vice versa.
● UART - Configuration............................................................................................622
● UART - Trigger......................................................................................................625
● UART - Decode Results........................................................................................626
16.11.4.1 UART - Configuration
Start the bus configuration with the threshold setting. Use one of the following com-
mands:
●
CHANnel<m>:THReshold:FINDlevel on page 435
●
CHANnel<m>:THReshold on page 434
In all BUS<b>:UART... commands, the suffix <b> selects the bus.
BUS<b>:UART:RX:SOURce............................................................................................622
BUS<b>:UART:DATA:SOURce........................................................................................622
BUS<b>:UART:TX:SOURce............................................................................................622
BUS<b>:UART:POLarity................................................................................................. 623
BUS<b>:UART:DATA:POLarity........................................................................................ 623
BUS<b>:UART:SSIZe.....................................................................................................623
BUS<b>:UART:PARity.................................................................................................... 624
BUS<b>:UART:SBIT.......................................................................................................624
BUS<b>:UART:BAUDrate............................................................................................... 624
BUS<b>:UART:BITime....................................................................................................624
BUS<b>:UART:RX:SOURce <Source>
BUS<b>:UART:DATA:SOURce <Source>
Selects the input channel of the data line.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Parameters:
<Source> CH1 | CH2 | CH3 | CH4 | D0..D15
CH3 and CH4 are only available with 4-channel R&S RTA4000
oscilloscopes.
*RST: CH1
BUS<b>:UART:TX:SOURce <Source>
Selects the input channel of the transmitter TX line.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1 | 3. Bus 2 or 4 is not available if the TX source is used on bus
1 or 3, respectively.
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
623User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Parameters:
<TxSource> CH1 | CH2 | CH3 | CH4 | NONE | D0..D15
NONE
Disables the optional TX line.
*RST: NONE
BUS<b>:UART:POLarity <IdleState>
Defines the logic levels of the bus. The idle state corresponds to a logic 1, and the start
bit to a logic 0.
Alternative command for BUS<b>:UART:DATA:POLarity
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Parameters:
<IdleState> IDLLow | IDLHigh
IDLLow: idle low, low = 1
IDLHigh: idle high, high = 1
*RST: IDLH
BUS<b>:UART:DATA:POLarity <Polarity>
Defines if the transmitted data on the bus is high (high = 1) or low (low = 1) active.
Alternative command for BUS<b>:UART:POLarity .
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Parameters:
<Polarity> POSitive | NEGative
POSitive = high active
NEGative = low active
*RST: POS
BUS<b>:UART:SSIZe <SymbolSize>
Sets the number of data bits in a message.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Parameters:
<SymbolSize> Range: 5 to 9
Increment: 1
*RST: 8
Default unit: Bit
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
624User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
BUS<b>:UART:PARity <Parity>
Defines the optional parity bit that is used for error detection.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..2
Selects the bus.
Note: SPI and UART protocols occupy two bus lines.
Parameters:
<Parity> ODD | EVEN | NONE
*RST: NONE
BUS<b>:UART:SBIT <StopBitNumber>
Sets the stop bits.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..2
Selects the bus.
Note: SPI and UART protocols occupy two bus lines.
Parameters:
<StopBitNumber> B1 | B1_5 | B2
1 stop bit, 1.5 stop bits or 2 stop bits are possible.
*RST: B1
BUS<b>:UART:BAUDrate <Baudrate>
Sets the number of transmitted bits per second.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Parameters:
<Baudrate> Range: 100 to 78.1E6
Increment: 100
*RST: 115200
Default unit: Bit
BUS<b>:UART:BITime <BurstIdleTime>
Sets the minimal time between two data frames (packets), that is, between the last
stop bit and the start bit of the next frame.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Parameters:
<BurstIdleTime> Range: Range depends on the bus configuration, mainly on
bit rate and symbol size.
Default unit: s
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
625User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
16.11.4.2 UART - Trigger
To configure the protocol trigger, make sure to set first:
●
TRIGger:A:TYPE to BUS
●
TRIGger:A:SOURce to SBUS1 | SBUS2
TRIGger:A:SOURce:UART............................................................................................. 625
TRIGger:A:UART:MODE.................................................................................................625
TRIGger:A:UART:PATTern.............................................................................................. 626
TRIGger:A:UART:PLENgth..............................................................................................626
TRIGger:A:UART:POFFset..............................................................................................626
TRIGger:A:SOURce:UART <UartSource>
Selects the transmitter or receiver line as trigger source.
Parameters:
<UartSource> RX | TX
TRIGger:A:UART:MODE <Mode>
Specifies the trigger mode for UART/RS-232 interfaces.
See also: "UART trigger settings" on page 276.
Parameters:
<Mode> BSTart | SBIT | NTHSymbol | SYMBol | PATTern | PRERror |
SPERror | BREak
BSTart
Burst start. Sets the trigger to the begin of a data frame. The
frame start is the first start bit after the idle time.
SBIT
Start bit. The start bit is the first low bit after a stop bit.
NTHSymbol
Sets the trigger to the n-th symbol of a burst.
SYMBol
Triggers if a pattern occurs in a symbol at any position in a burst.
PATTern
Triggers on a serial pattern at a defined position in the burst.
To define the pattern, use TRIGger:A:UART:PLENgth and
TRIGger:A:UART:PATTern.
To define the position, use TRIGger:A:UART:POFFset.
PRERror
Parity Error: Triggers if a bit error occured in transmission.
FERRor
Triggers on frame error.
BREak
Triggers if a start bit is not followed by a stop bit within a defined
time. During the break the stop bits are at low state.
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
626User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
*RST: SBIT
TRIGger:A:UART:PATTern <DataPattern>
Defines the bit pattern as trigger condition.
Parameters:
<DataPattern> Binary pattern with max. 32 bit. Characters 0, 1, and X are
allowed.
*RST: 1 = "00000001"
TRIGger:A:UART:PLENgth
<PatternLength>
Defines how many symbols build up the serial pattern.
Parameters:
<PatternLength> Number of symbols
Range: 1 to 4
Increment: 1
*RST: 1
TRIGger:A:UART:POFFset <PatternByteOffset>
Sets the number of symbols before the first symbol of the pattern.
Parameters:
<PatternByteOffset> Number of ignored symbols
Range: 0 to 4095
Increment: 1
*RST: 0
16.11.4.3 UART - Decode Results
In all BUS<b>:UART... commands, the suffix <b> selects the bus.
BUS<b>:UART:FCOunt?.................................................................................................627
BUS<b>:UART:RX:FCOunt?........................................................................................... 627
BUS<b>:UART:TX:FCOunt?............................................................................................627
BUS<b>:UART:FRAMe<n>:STARt?................................................................................. 627
BUS<b>:UART:RX:FRAMe<n>:STARt?............................................................................627
BUS<b>:UART:TX:FRAMe<n>:STARt?............................................................................ 627
BUS<b>:UART:FRAMe<n>:STOP?..................................................................................627
BUS<b>:UART:RX:FRAMe<n>:STOP?............................................................................ 627
BUS<b>:UART:TX:FRAMe<n>:STOP?.............................................................................627
BUS<b>:UART:FRAMe<n>:STATe?................................................................................. 628
BUS<b>:UART:RX:FRAMe<n>:STATe?............................................................................628
BUS<b>:UART:TX:FRAMe<n>:STATe?............................................................................ 628
BUS<b>:UART:FRAMe<n>:WCOunt?.............................................................................. 628
BUS<b>:UART:RX:FRAMe<n>:WCOunt?.........................................................................628
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
627User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
BUS<b>:UART:TX:FRAMe<n>:WCOunt?......................................................................... 628
BUS<b>:UART:FRAMe<n>:WORD<o>:SOURce?............................................................. 629
BUS<b>:UART:FRAMe<n>:WORD<o>:STATe?.................................................................629
BUS<b>:UART:RX:FRAMe<n>:WORD<o>:STATe?........................................................... 629
BUS<b>:UART:TX:FRAMe<n>:WORD<o>:STATe?............................................................629
BUS<b>:UART:FRAMe<n>:WORD<o>:STARt?.................................................................630
BUS<b>:UART:RX:FRAMe<n>:WORD<o>:STARt?........................................................... 630
BUS<b>:UART:TX:FRAMe<n>:WORD<o>:STARt?........................................................... 630
BUS<b>:UART:FRAMe<n>:WORD<o>:STOP?.................................................................630
BUS<b>:UART:RX:FRAMe<n>:WORD<o>:STOP?............................................................630
BUS<b>:UART:TX:FRAMe<n>:WORD<o>:STOP?............................................................630
BUS<b>:UART:FRAMe<n>:WORD<o>:VALue?................................................................ 630
BUS<b>:UART:FRAMe<n>:WORD<o>:RXValue?............................................................. 630
BUS<b>:UART:FRAMe<n>:WORD<o>:TXValue?..............................................................630
BUS<b>:UART:RX:FRAMe<n>:WORD<o>:VALue?...........................................................630
BUS<b>:UART:TX:FRAMe<n>:WORD<o>:VALue?........................................................... 630
BUS<b>:UART:FCOunt?
BUS<b>:UART:RX:FCOunt?
BUS<b>:UART:TX:FCOunt?
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Return values:
<FrameCount> Total number of decoded frames.
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:UART:FRAMe<n>:STARt?
BUS<b>:UART:RX:FRAMe<n>:STARt?
BUS<b>:UART:TX:FRAMe<n>:STARt?
Return the start time of the specified frame.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Selects the frame.
Return values:
<TxFrameStart> Time in s, range depends on sample rate, record length, and
time base
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:UART:FRAMe<n>:STOP?
BUS<b>:UART:RX:FRAMe<n>:STOP?
BUS<b>:UART:TX:FRAMe<n>:STOP?
Return the end time of the specified frame.
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
628User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Selects the frame.
Return values:
<TxFrameStop> Time in s, range depends on sample rate, record length, and
time base
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:UART:FRAMe<n>:STATe?
BUS<b>:UART:RX:FRAMe<n>:STATe?
BUS<b>:UART:TX:FRAMe<n>:STATe?
Returns the status of the specified frame.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Selects the frame.
Return values:
<TxFrameState> STER | SPER | PRER | BRE | OK | INS
STER: start error, no start bit found.
SPERr: stop error, no stop condition found.
PRER: parity error, which indicates a transmission error.
BRE: break condition found. A start bit is not followed by a stop
bit, and the data line remains at logic 0 for longer than a UART
word.
OK: the frame is valid.
INS: the frame is not completely contained in the acquisition.
The acquired part of the frame is valid.
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:UART:FRAMe<n>:WCOunt?
BUS<b>:UART:RX:FRAMe<n>:WCOunt?
BUS<b>:UART:TX:FRAMe<n>:WCOunt?
Returns the number of symbols in the specified frame.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Selects the frame.
Return values:
<WordCount> Number of words (symbols, characters)
Usage: Query only
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
629User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
BUS<b>:UART:FRAMe<n>:WORD<o>:SOURce?
Returns the line on which the specified word was transferred.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Selects the frame.
<o> *
Selects the word.
Return values:
<Source> TX or RX
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:UART:FRAMe<n>:WORD<o>:STATe?
BUS<b>:UART:RX:FRAMe<n>:WORD<o>:STATe?
BUS<b>:UART:TX:FRAMe<n>:WORD<o>:STATe?
Returns the status of the specified symbol (word).
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Selects the frame.
<o> *
Selects the word number.
Return values:
<Status> OK | FRSTart | FRENd | FRMError | STERror | SPERror |
PRERror | INSufficient | BREak
OK: the frame is valid.
FRSTart: frame start not found
FRENd: frame end not found
FRMError: error in frame
STERror: start error, no start bit found.
SPERror: stop error, no stop condition found.
PRERror: parity error, which indicates a transmission error.
INSufficient: the frame is not completely contained in the
acquisition. The acquired part of the frame is valid.
BREak: break condition found. A start bit is not followed by a
stop bit, and the data line remains at logic 0 for longer than a
UART word.
Usage:
Query only
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
630User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
BUS<b>:UART:FRAMe<n>:WORD<o>:STARt?
BUS<b>:UART:RX:FRAMe<n>:WORD<o>:STARt?
BUS<b>:UART:TX:FRAMe<n>:WORD<o>:STARt?
Returns the start time of the specified symbol (word).
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Selects the frame.
<o> *
Selects the word number.
Return values:
<StartTime> Range: depends on sample rate, record length, and time
base
Increment: depends on the time base
Default unit: s
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:UART:FRAMe<n>:WORD<o>:STOP?
BUS<b>:UART:RX:FRAMe<n>:WORD<o>:STOP?
BUS<b>:UART:TX:FRAMe<n>:WORD<o>:STOP?
Returns the end time of the specified symbol (word).
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Selects the frame.
<o> *
Selects the word number.
Return values:
<StopTime> Range: depends on sample rate, record length, and time
base
Increment: depends on the time base
Default unit: s
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:UART:FRAMe<n>:WORD<o>:VALue?
BUS<b>:UART:FRAMe<n>:WORD<o>:RXValue?
BUS<b>:UART:FRAMe<n>:WORD<o>:TXValue?
BUS<b>:UART:RX:FRAMe<n>:WORD<o>:VALue?
BUS<b>:UART:TX:FRAMe<n>:WORD<o>:VALue?
Return the value of the specified symbol (word) on the Rx line and Tx line, respectively.
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
631User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Selects the frame.
<o> *
Selects the word number.
Return values:
<Value> Range: 0 to 511
Increment: 1
Usage: Query only
16.11.5
CAN (Option R&S RTA-K3)
CAN is the Controller Area Network, a bus system used within automotive network
architecture.
● CAN - Configuration..............................................................................................631
● CAN - Trigger........................................................................................................ 632
● CAN - Decode Results..........................................................................................636
● CAN - Search........................................................................................................642
16.11.5.1 CAN - Configuration
Start the bus configuration with the threshold setting. Use one of the following com-
mands:
●
CHANnel<m>:THReshold:FINDlevel on page 435
●
CHANnel<m>:THReshold on page 434
In all BUS<b>:CAN... commands, the suffix <b> selects the bus.
BUS<b>:CAN:DATA:SOURce..........................................................................................631
BUS<b>:CAN:TYPE.......................................................................................................632
BUS<b>:CAN:SAMPlepoint.............................................................................................632
BUS<b>:CAN:BITRate................................................................................................... 632
BUS<b>:CAN:DATA:SOURce <Source>
Sets the source of the data line. All channel waveforms can be used.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Parameters:
<Source> CH1 | CH2 | CH3 | CH4 | D0..D15
Logic channels D0..D15 are available if MSO option R&S RTA-
B1 is installed.
*RST: CH1
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
632User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
BUS<b>:CAN:TYPE <SignalType>
Selects the CAN-High or CAN-Low line. CAN uses both lines for differential signal
transmission.
If you measure with a differential probe, connect the probe to both CAN-H and CAN-L
lines, and set the type CANH.
If you use a single-ended probe, connect the probe to either CAN_L or CAN_H, and
select the type accordingly.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Parameters:
<SignalType> CANH | CANL
*RST: CANH
BUS<b>:CAN:SAMPlepoint
<SamplePoint>
Sets the position of the sample point within the bit in percent of the nominal bit time.
See also: "Sample Point" on page 282.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Parameters:
<SamplePoint> Range: 10 to 90
Increment: 1
*RST: 50
Default unit: %
BUS<b>:CAN:BITRate <BitRate>
Sets the number of transmitted bits per second.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Parameters:
<BitRate> Range: 100 to 5,04E06
Increment: Depends on the bit rate value
*RST: 50E03
Default unit: Bit/s
16.11.5.2 CAN - Trigger
To configure the protocol trigger, make sure to set first:
●
TRIGger:A:TYPE to BUS
●
TRIGger:A:SOURce to SBUS1 | SBUS2
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
633User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
TRIGger:A:CAN:TYPE....................................................................................................633
TRIGger:A:CAN:FTYPe..................................................................................................633
TRIGger:A:CAN:ITYPe................................................................................................... 634
TRIGger:A:CAN:ICONdition............................................................................................ 634
TRIGger:A:CAN:IDENtifier.............................................................................................. 634
TRIGger:A:CAN:DCONdition...........................................................................................634
TRIGger:A:CAN:DLC......................................................................................................635
TRIGger:A:CAN:DATA....................................................................................................635
TRIGger:A:CAN:ACKerror...............................................................................................635
TRIGger:A:CAN:BITSterror............................................................................................. 635
TRIGger:A:CAN:CRCerror.............................................................................................. 636
TRIGger:A:CAN:FORMerror............................................................................................636
TRIGger:A:CAN:TYPE <TriggerType>
Specifies the trigger mode for CAN.
Parameters:
<TriggerType> STOFrame | EOFrame | ID | IDDT | FTYPe | ERRCondition
STOFrame
Start of frame
EOFrame
End of frame
ID
Sets the trigger to a specific message "Identifier" or an "Identi-
fier" range.
Specify the identifier with TRIGger:A:CAN:ITYPe, TRIGger:
A:CAN:ICONdition and TRIGger:A:CAN:IDENtifier.
IDDT
Sets the trigger to a combination of "Identifier and Data" condi-
tion. The instrument triggers at the end of the last byte of the
specified data pattern.
Specify the "Identifier" (see ID), and the "Data" with TRIGger:
A:CAN:DLC, TRIGger:A:CAN:DCONdition and TRIGger:A:
CAN:DATA.
FTYPe
Triggers on a specified "Frame".
Specify the frame type with TRIGger:A:CAN:FTYPe.
ERRCondition
Identifies various errors in the frame.
Specify the "Error" with TRIGger:A:CAN:ACKerror,
TRIGger:A:CAN:BITSterror, TRIGger:A:CAN:CRCerror
and TRIGger:A:CAN:FORMerror.
*RST:
STOF
TRIGger:A:CAN:FTYPe <FrameType>
Specifies the frame type to be triggered on if TRIGger:A:CAN:TYPE is set to FTYPe.
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
634User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Parameters:
<FrameType> DATA | REMote | ERRor | OVERload | ANY
*RST: ERR
TRIGger:A:CAN:ITYPe <IdentifierType>
Selects the length of the identifier: 11 bit for CAN base frames, or 29 bits for CAN
extended frames.
The command is relevant if TRIGger:A:CAN:TYPE is set to ID, IDDT, or FTYPe (data
and remote frames).
Parameters:
<IdentifierType> B11 | B29 | ANY
ANY: use if the identifier length is not relevant. Not available for
trigger type ID.
*RST: B11
TRIGger:A:CAN:ICONdition
<IdentifierCondition>
Sets the comparison condition: If the pattern contains at least one X (don't care), you
can trigger on values equal or not equal to the specified value. If the pattern contains
only 0 and 1, you can also trigger on a range greater than or lower than the specified
value.
The command is relevant, if TRIGger:A:CAN:TYPE is set to ID or IDDT.
Parameters:
<IdentifierCondition> EQUual | NEQual | GTHan | LTHan
*RST: EQ
TRIGger:A:CAN:IDENtifier <Identifier>
Defines the identifier pattern. The pattern length is defined with TRIGger:A:CAN:
ITYPe.
The command is relevant if TRIGger:A:CAN:TYPE is set to ID or IDDT.
Parameters:
<Identifier> String containing binary pattern with 11 bit or 29 bit. Characters
0, 1, and X are allowed.
TRIGger:A:CAN:DCONdition <DataCondition>
Sets the comparison condition for data: If the pattern contains at least one X (don't
care), you can trigger on values equal or not equal to the specified value. If the pattern
contains only 0 and 1, you can also trigger on a range greater than or lower than the
specified value.
The command is relevant if TRIGger:A:CAN:TYPE is set to IDDT.
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
635User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Parameters:
<DataCondition> EQUal | NEQual | GTHan | LTHan
*RST: EQ
TRIGger:A:CAN:DLC <DataLength>
Defines the length of the data pattern - the number of bytes in the pattern.
The command is relevant if TRIGger:A:CAN:TYPE is set to IDDT.
Parameters:
<DataLength> Range: 0 to 8
Increment: 1
*RST: 1
Default unit: Byte
TRIGger:A:CAN:DATA <Data>
Defines the data pattern. The number of bytes in the data pattern is defined with
TRIGger:A:CAN:DLC.
The command is relevant if TRIGger:A:CAN:TYPE is set to IDDT.
Parameters:
<Data> String containing binary pattern with max. 64 bit. Characters 0,
1, and X are allowed. Make sure to enter complete bytes.
TRIGger:A:CAN:ACKerror <AcknowledgeError>
Triggers on acknowledgement errors. An acknowledgement error occurs when the
transmitter does not receive an acknowledgment - a dominant bit during the Ack Slot.
The command is relevant if TRIGger:A:CAN:TYPE is set to ERRCondition.
Parameters:
<AcknowledgeError> ON | OFF
*RST: OFF
TRIGger:A:CAN:BITSterror <BitStuffingError>
Triggers on bit stuffing errors.
See also: "Stuff Bit" on page 285.
The command is relevant if TRIGger:A:CAN:TYPE is set to ERRCondition.
Parameters:
<BitStuffingError> ON | OFF
*RST: ON
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
636User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
TRIGger:A:CAN:CRCerror <CRCerror>
Triggers on errors in the Cyclic Redundancy Check.
The command is relevant if TRIGger:A:CAN:TYPE is set to ERRCondition.
Parameters:
<CRCerror> ON | OFF
*RST: OFF
TRIGger:A:CAN:FORMerror
<FormError>
Triggers on form errors. A form error occurs when a fixed-form bit field contains one or
more illegal bits.
The command is relevant if TRIGger:A:CAN:TYPE is set to ERRCondition.
Parameters:
<FormError> ON | OFF
*RST: OFF
16.11.5.3 CAN - Decode Results
In all BUS<b>:CAN... commands, the suffix <b> selects the bus.
BUS<b>:CAN:FCOunt?.................................................................................................. 636
BUS<b>:CAN:FRAMe<n>:TYPE?....................................................................................637
BUS<b>:CAN:FRAMe<n>:STATus?................................................................................. 637
BUS<b>:CAN:FRAMe<n>:STARt?...................................................................................637
BUS<b>:CAN:FRAMe<n>:STOP?................................................................................... 638
BUS<b>:CAN:FRAMe<n>:DATA?....................................................................................638
BUS<b>:CAN:FRAMe<n>:ACKState?..............................................................................638
BUS<b>:CAN:FRAMe<n>:ACKValue?............................................................................. 639
BUS<b>:CAN:FRAMe<n>:CSSTate?............................................................................... 639
BUS<b>:CAN:FRAMe<n>:CSValue?................................................................................639
BUS<b>:CAN:FRAMe<n>:DLCState?.............................................................................. 639
BUS<b>:CAN:FRAMe<n>:DLCValue?..............................................................................640
BUS<b>:CAN:FRAMe<n>:IDSTate?.................................................................................640
BUS<b>:CAN:FRAMe<n>:IDTYpe?................................................................................. 640
BUS<b>:CAN:FRAMe<n>:IDValue?.................................................................................641
BUS<b>:CAN:FRAMe<n>:BSEPosition?.......................................................................... 641
BUS<b>:CAN:FRAMe<n>:BCOunt?.................................................................................641
BUS<b>:CAN:FRAMe<n>:BYTE<o>:STATe?....................................................................641
BUS<b>:CAN:FRAMe<n>:BYTE<o>:VALue?....................................................................642
BUS<b>:CAN:FCOunt?
Returns the number of received frames.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
637User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Return values:
<FrameCount> Total number of decoded frames.
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:CAN:FRAMe<n>:TYPE?
Returns the type of the specified frame.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Selects the frame (1...n).
Return values:
<FrameType> DATA | REMote | ERR | OVLD
Data, remote, error or overload frame
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:CAN:FRAMe<n>:STATus?
Returns the overall state of the specified frame.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Selects the frame (1...n).
Return values:
<FrameStatus> OK | BTST | CRCD | ACKD | CRC | EOFD | NOACk |
INSufficient
OK: frame is valid.
BTST: bit stuffing error occured
CRCD: wrong CRC delimiter occured
ACKD: Wrong ACK delimiter occured
CRC: cyclic redundancy check failed
EOFD: wrong end of frame
NOACk: acknowlegde is missing
INSufficient: frame is not completely contained in the acquisition.
The acquired part of the frame is valid.
Usage:
Query only
BUS<b>:CAN:FRAMe<n>:STARt?
Returns the start time of the specified frame.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
638User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
<n> *
Selects the frame (1...n).
Return values:
<StartTime> Default unit: s
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:CAN:FRAMe<n>:STOP?
Returns the end time of the specified frame.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Selects the frame (1...n).
Return values:
<StopTime> Default unit: s
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:CAN:FRAMe<n>:DATA?
Returns the data words of the specified frame.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Selects the frame (1...n).
Return values:
<FrameData> Comma-separated list of decimal values of the data bytes.
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:CAN:FRAMe<n>:ACKState?
Returns the state of the acknowledge field.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Selects the frame (1...n).
Return values:
<AcknowledgeState> OK | UNDF
UNDF: Undefined
Usage: Query only
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
639User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
BUS<b>:CAN:FRAMe<n>:ACKValue?
Returns the value of the acknowledge field.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Selects the frame (1...n).
Return values:
<AcknowledgeValue> Decimal value
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:CAN:FRAMe<n>:CSSTate?
Returns the state of the checksum.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Selects the frame (1...n).
Return values:
<ChecksumState> OK | UNDF
UNDF: Undefined
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:CAN:FRAMe<n>:CSValue?
Returns the checksum value.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Selects the frame (1...n).
Return values:
<ChecksumValue> Decimal value
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:CAN:FRAMe<n>:DLCState?
Returns the state of the data length code.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Selects the frame (1...n).
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
640User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Return values:
<DLCState> OK | UNDF
UNDF: Undefined
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:CAN:FRAMe<n>:DLCValue?
Returns the number of data bytes in the specified frame.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Selects the frame (1...n).
Return values:
<DLCValue> Non-negative integer
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:CAN:FRAMe<n>:IDSTate?
Returns the state of the identifier.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Selects the frame (1...n).
Return values:
<IdentifierState> OK | UNDF
UNDF: Undefined
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:CAN:FRAMe<n>:IDTYpe?
Returns the length of the identifier: 11 bits for CAN base frames, 29 bits for CAN exten-
ded frames.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Selects the frame (1...n).
Return values:
<IdentifierType> ANY | B11 | B29
Usage: Query only
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
641User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
BUS<b>:CAN:FRAMe<n>:IDValue?
Returns the identifier of the specified frame.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Selects the frame (1...n).
Return values:
<IdentifierValue> Decimal value
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:CAN:FRAMe<n>:BSEPosition?
Returns the position of the bit stuffing error in the specified frame (if available).
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Selects the frame (1...n).
Return values:
<ErrorPosition> *RST: 0
Default unit: s
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:CAN:FRAMe<n>:BCOunt?
Returns the number of data bytes in the specified frame.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Selects the frame (1...n).
Return values:
<ByteCount> Number of words (bytes)
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:CAN:FRAMe<n>:BYTE<o>:STATe?
Returns the state of the specified data byte.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Selects the frame (1...n).
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
642User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
<o> *
Selects the byte number (1...m).
Return values:
<ByteStatus> OK | UNDF
UNDF: Undefined
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:CAN:FRAMe<n>:BYTE<o>:VALue?
Returns the decimal value of the specified byte.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Selects the frame (1...n).
<o> *
Selects the byte number (1...m).
Return values:
<ByteValue> Decimal value
Usage: Query only
16.11.5.4 CAN - Search
SEARch:PROTocol:CAN:CONDition................................................................................ 642
SEARch:PROTocol:CAN:FRAMe.....................................................................................643
SEARch:PROTocol:CAN:ACKerror.................................................................................. 643
SEARch:PROTocol:CAN:BITSterror.................................................................................644
SEARch:PROTocol:CAN:CRCerror..................................................................................644
SEARch:PROTocol:CAN:FORMerror................................................................................644
SEARch:PROTocol:CAN:FTYPe......................................................................................644
SEARch:PROTocol:CAN:ITYPe.......................................................................................645
SEARch:PROTocol:CAN:ICONdition................................................................................645
SEARch:PROTocol:CAN:IDENtifier..................................................................................645
SEARch:PROTocol:CAN:DLENgth...................................................................................645
SEARch:PROTocol:CAN:DCONdition...............................................................................646
SEARch:PROTocol:CAN:DATA........................................................................................646
SEARch:PROTocol:CAN:CONDition <SearchCondition>
Sets the event or combination of events to be searched for. Depending on the selected
event, further settings are required.
Parameters:
<SearchCondition> FRAMe | ERRor | IDENtifier | IDData | IDERror
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
643User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
FRAMe
Search for a frame type. Set the frame type with SEARch:
PROTocol:CAN:FRAMe.
ERRor
Search for errors of one or more error types. Set the error types
with SEARch:PROTocol:CAN:ACKerror, SEARch:
PROTocol:CAN:BITSterror, SEARch:PROTocol:CAN:
CRCerror and SEARch:PROTocol:CAN:FORMerror.
IDENtifier
Search for identifier.
Specifiy the identifier with SEARch:PROTocol:CAN:FTYPe,
SEARch:PROTocol:CAN:ITYPe, SEARch:PROTocol:CAN:
ICONdition and SEARch:PROTocol:CAN:IDENtifier.
IDData
Search for identifier and data.
Set the identifier (see IDENtifier) and the data with SEARch:
PROTocol:CAN:DLENgth, SEARch:PROTocol:CAN:
DCONdition and SEARch:PROTocol:CAN:DATA.
IDERror
Search for errors that occur with a specified identifier.
Set the identifier (see IDENtifier) and the errors to be found (see
ERRor)
*RST:
FRAM
SEARch:PROTocol:CAN:FRAMe <Frame>
Selects the frame type to be searched for.
The command is relevant if SEARch:PROTocol:CAN:CONDition is set to FRAMe.
Parameters:
<Frame> SOF | EOF | OVERload | ERRor | DTA11 | DTA29 | REM11 |
REM29
SOF: start of frame
EOF: end of frame
OVERload: overload frame
ERRor: error frame
DTA11: data frame with 11bit identifier
DTA29: data frame with 29bit identifier
REM11: remote frame with 11bit identifier
REM29: remote frame with 29bit identifier
*RST: SOF
SEARch:PROTocol:CAN:ACKerror <AcknowledgeError>
Searches for acknowledgement errors. An acknowledgement error occurs when the
transmitter does not receive an acknowledgment - a dominant bit during the Ack Slot.
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
644User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
The command is relevant if SEARch:PROTocol:CAN:CONDition is set to ERRor or
IDERror.
Parameters:
<AcknowledgeError> ON | OFF
*RST: OFF
SEARch:PROTocol:CAN:BITSterror <BitStuffingError>
Searches for bit stuffing errors.
See also: "Stuff Bit" on page 285.
The command is relevant if SEARch:PROTocol:CAN:CONDition is set to ERRor or
IDERror.
Parameters:
<BitStuffingError> ON | OFF
*RST: OFF
SEARch:PROTocol:CAN:CRCerror <CRCerror>
Searches for errors in the Cyclic Redundancy Check.
The command is relevant if SEARch:PROTocol:CAN:CONDition is set to ERRor or
IDERror.
Parameters:
<CRCerror> ON | OFF
*RST: OFF
SEARch:PROTocol:CAN:FORMerror <FormError>
Searches for form errors. A form error occurs when a fixed-form bit field contains one
or more illegal bits.
The command is relevant if SEARch:PROTocol:CAN:CONDition is set to ERRor or
IDERror.
Parameters:
<FormError> ON | OFF
*RST: OFF
SEARch:PROTocol:CAN:FTYPe <FrameType>
Specifies the frame type to be searched for if SEARch:PROTocol:CAN:CONDition is
set to IDENtifier.
Parameters:
<FrameType> DATA | REMote | ANY
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
645User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
SEARch:PROTocol:CAN:ITYPe <IdType>
Selects the length of the identifier: 11 bit for CAN base frames, or 29 bits for CAN
extended frames.
The command is relevant if SEARch:PROTocol:CAN:CONDition is set to
IDENtifier, IDData, or IDERror.
Parameters:
<IdType> B11 | B29
*RST: B11
SEARch:PROTocol:CAN:ICONdition
<IdCondition>
Sets the comparison condition for the identifier: If the pattern contains at least one X
(don't care), you can trigger on values equal or not equal to the specified value. If the
pattern contains only 0 and 1, you can also trigger on a range greater than or lower
than the specified value.
The command is relevant if SEARch:PROTocol:CAN:CONDition is set to
IDENtifier, IDData, or IDERror.
Parameters:
<IdCondition> EQUal | NEQual | GTHan | LTHan
*RST: EQU
SEARch:PROTocol:CAN:IDENtifier <Identifier>
Defines the identifier pattern. The pattern length is defined with SEARch:PROTocol:
CAN:ITYPe.
The command is relevant if SEARch:PROTocol:CAN:CONDition is set to
IDENtifier, IDData, or IDERror.
Parameters:
<Identifier> String containing binary pattern with max. 29 bit. Characters 0,
1, and X are allowed.
SEARch:PROTocol:CAN:DLENgth <DataLength>
Defines the length of the data pattern - the number of bytes in the pattern.
The command is relevant if SEARch:PROTocol:CAN:CONDition is set to IDData.
Parameters:
<DataLength> Range: 0 to 8
Increment: 1
*RST: 1
Default unit: Byte
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
646User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
SEARch:PROTocol:CAN:DCONdition <DataCondition>
Sets the comparison condition for data: If the pattern contains at least one X (don't
care), you can trigger on values equal or not equal to the specified value. If the pattern
contains only 0 and 1, you can also trigger on a range greater than or lower than the
specified value.
The command is relevant if SEARch:PROTocol:CAN:CONDition is set to IDData.
Parameters:
<DataCondition> EQUal | NEQual | GTHan | LTHan
*RST: EQU
SEARch:PROTocol:CAN:DATA <Data>
Defines the data pattern. The pattern length is defined with SEARch:PROTocol:CAN:
DLENgth.
The command is relevant if SEARch:PROTocol:CAN:CONDition is set to IDData.
Parameters:
<Data> String containing binary pattern with max. 64 bit. Characters 0,
1, and X are allowed. Make sure to enter complete bytes.
16.11.6 LIN (Option R&S RTA-K3)
The Local Interconnect Network (LIN) is a simple, low-cost bus system used within
automotive network architectures.
Note: SPI and UART protocols occupy two bus lines (bus 1 and 2 or bus 3 and 4). If
one of these buses is configured, the number of buses (suffix <b>) is reduced. Bus 2
and/or bus 4 is not available.
● LIN - Configuration................................................................................................646
● LIN - Trigger.......................................................................................................... 648
● LIN - Decode Results............................................................................................650
● LIN - Search..........................................................................................................656
16.11.6.1 LIN - Configuration
Start the bus configuration with the threshold setting. Use one of the following com-
mands:
●
CHANnel<m>:THReshold:FINDlevel on page 435
●
CHANnel<m>:THReshold on page 434
In all BUS<b>:LIN... commands, the suffix <b> selects the bus.
BUS<b>:LIN:DATA:SOURce........................................................................................... 647
BUS<b>:LIN:POLarity.....................................................................................................647
BUS<b>:LIN:STANdard.................................................................................................. 647
BUS<b>:LIN:BITRate..................................................................................................... 647
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
647User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
BUS<b>:LIN:DATA:SOURce <Source>
Sets the source of the data line. All channel waveforms can be used.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Parameters:
<Source> CH1 | CH2 | CH3 | CH4 | D0..D15
*RST: CH1
BUS<b>:LIN:POLarity <Polarity>
Defines the idle state of the bus. The idle state is the recessive state and corresponds
to a logic 1.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Parameters:
<Polarity> IDLHigh | IDLLow
IDLHigh: Low active, negative polarity
IDLLow: High active, positive polarity
*RST: IDLL
BUS<b>:LIN:STANdard <Standard>
Selects the version of the LIN standard that is used in the DUT. The setting mainly
defines the checksum version used during decoding.
The most common version is LIN 2.x. For mixed networks, or if the standard is
unknown, set the LIN standard to AUTO.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Parameters:
<Standard> V1X | V2X | J2602 | AUTO
*RST: V1X
BUS<b>:LIN:BITRate <BitRate>
Sets the number of transmitted bits per second.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Parameters:
<BitRate> Range: 100 bit/s to 5 Mbit/s
*RST: 9,6E03
Default unit: Bit/s
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
648User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
16.11.6.2 LIN - Trigger
To configure the protocol trigger, make sure to set first:
●
TRIGger:A:TYPE to BUS
●
TRIGger:A:SOURce to SBUS1 | SBUS2
TRIGger:A:LIN:TYPE..................................................................................................... 648
TRIGger:A:LIN:CHKSerror.............................................................................................. 648
TRIGger:A:LIN:IPERror.................................................................................................. 649
TRIGger:A:LIN:SYERror................................................................................................. 649
TRIGger:A:LIN:ICONdition.............................................................................................. 649
TRIGger:A:LIN:IDENtifier................................................................................................ 649
TRIGger:A:LIN:DATA......................................................................................................650
TRIGger:A:LIN:DCONdition.............................................................................................650
TRIGger:A:LIN:DLENgth.................................................................................................650
TRIGger:A:LIN:TYPE <TriggerType>
Specifies the trigger mode for LIN.
Parameters:
<TriggerType> SYNC | WKFRame | ID | IDDT | ERRCondition
SYNC
Start of frame, triggers on the stop bit of the sync field.
WKFRame
Triggers after a wakeup frame.
ID
Sets the trigger to a specific identifier or an identifier range.
Set the identifier with TRIGger:A:LIN:ICONdition and
TRIGger:A:LIN:IDENtifier.
IDDT
Set the identifier (see ID) and the data with TRIGger:A:LIN:
DLENgth, TRIGger:A:LIN:DCONdition and TRIGger:A:
LIN:DATA.
ERRCondition
Identifies various errors in the frame. You can select one or
more error types as trigger condition.
Select the error types with TRIGger:A:LIN:CHKSerror,
TRIGger:A:LIN:IPERror and TRIGger:A:LIN:SYERror.
*RST:
SYNC
TRIGger:A:LIN:CHKSerror <ChecksumError>
Triggers on a checksum error. The checksum verifies the correct data transmission. It
is the last byte of the frame response. The checksum includes not only the data but
also the protected identifier (PID).
The command is relevant if TRIGger:A:LIN:TYPE is set to ERRCondition.
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
649User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Parameters:
<ChecksumError> ON | OFF
*RST: ON
TRIGger:A:LIN:IPERror <IdParityError>
Triggers on a parity error. Parity bits are the bits 6 and 7 of the identifier. They verify
the correct transmission of the identifier.
The command is relevant if TRIGger:A:LIN:TYPE is set to ERRCondition.
Parameters:
<IdParityError> ON | OFF
*RST: OFF
TRIGger:A:LIN:SYERror <SyncError>
Triggers if synchronization caused an error.
The command is relevant if TRIGger:A:LIN:TYPE is set to ERRCondition.
Parameters:
<SyncError> ON | OFF
*RST: OFF
TRIGger:A:LIN:ICONdition <IdentifierCondition>
Sets the comparison condition for the identifier: If the pattern contains at least one X
(don't care), you can trigger on values equal or not equal to the specified value. If the
pattern contains only 0 and 1, you can also trigger on a range greater than or lower
than the specified value.
The command is relevant if TRIGger:A:LIN:TYPE is set to ID or IDDT.
Parameters:
<IdentifierCondition> EQUal | NEQual | GTHan | LTHan
*RST: EQ
TRIGger:A:LIN:IDENtifier <Identifier>
Defines the identifier pattern.
The command is relevant if TRIGger:A:LIN:TYPE is set to ID or IDDT.
Parameters:
<Identifier> String containing binary pattern. Characters 0, 1, and X are
allowed. Enter the 6 bit identifier without parity bits, not the pro-
tected identifier.
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
650User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
TRIGger:A:LIN:DATA <Data>
Defines the data pattern. The number of bytes in the data pattern is defined with
TRIGger:A:LIN:DLENgth.
The command is relevant if TRIGger:A:LIN:TYPE is set to IDDT.
Parameters:
<Data> String containing binary pattern with max. 64 bit. Characters 0,
1, and X are allowed. Make sure to enter complete bytes.
TRIGger:A:LIN:DCONdition
<DataCondition>
Sets the comparison condition for data: If the pattern contains at least one X (don't
care), you can trigger on values equal or not equal to the specified value. If the pattern
contains only 0 and 1, you can also trigger on a range greater than or lower than the
specified value.
The command is relevant if TRIGger:A:LIN:TYPE is set to IDDT.
Parameters:
<DataCondition> EQUal | NEQual | GTHan | LTHan
*RST: EQ
TRIGger:A:LIN:DLENgth <DataLength>
Defines the length of the data pattern - the number of bytes in the pattern.
The command is relevant if TRIGger:A:LIN:TYPE is set to IDDT.
Parameters:
<DataLength> Range: 1 to 8
Increment: 1
*RST: 1
Default unit: Byte
16.11.6.3 LIN - Decode Results
In all BUS<b>:LIN... commands, the suffix <b> selects the bus.
BUS<b>:LIN:FCOunt?....................................................................................................651
BUS<b>:LIN:FRAMe<n>:DATA?......................................................................................651
BUS<b>:LIN:FRAMe<n>:STATus?...................................................................................651
BUS<b>:LIN:FRAMe<n>:STARt?.....................................................................................651
BUS<b>:LIN:FRAMe<n>:STOP?..................................................................................... 652
BUS<b>:LIN:FRAMe<n>:CSSTate?................................................................................. 652
BUS<b>:LIN:FRAMe<n>:CSValue?................................................................................. 652
BUS<b>:LIN:FRAMe<n>:IDPValue?................................................................................ 653
BUS<b>:LIN:FRAMe<n>:IDSTate?.................................................................................. 653
BUS<b>:LIN:FRAMe<n>:IDValue?...................................................................................653
BUS<b>:LIN:FRAMe<n>:SYSTate?................................................................................. 654
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
651User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
BUS<b>:LIN:FRAMe<n>:SYValue?..................................................................................654
BUS<b>:LIN:FRAMe<n>:VERSion?.................................................................................654
BUS<b>:LIN:FRAMe<n>:BCOunt?.................................................................................. 654
BUS<b>:LIN:FRAMe<n>:BYTE<o>:STATe?......................................................................655
BUS<b>:LIN:FRAMe<n>:BYTE<o>:VALue?..................................................................... 655
BUS<b>:LIN:FCOunt?
Returns the number of received frames of the active LIN bus.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Return values:
<FrameCount> Total number of decoded frames.
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:LIN:FRAMe<n>:DATA?
Returns the data bytes of the specified frame.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Selects the frame (1...n).
Return values:
<FrameData> Comma-separated list of decimal values of the data bytes.
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:LIN:FRAMe<n>:STATus?
Returns the overall state of the specified frame.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Selects the frame (1...n).
Return values:
<FrameStatus> OK | UART | CHCKsum | PRERror | SYERror | WAKeup |
INSufficient | ERR | LENer
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:LIN:FRAMe<n>:STARt?
Returns the start time of the specified frame.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
652User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
<n> *
Selects the frame (1...n).
Return values:
<StartTime> Range: depends on sample rate, record length, and time
base
Increment: depends on the time base
Default unit: s
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:LIN:FRAMe<n>:STOP?
Returns the end time of the specified frame.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Selects the frame (1...n).
Return values:
<StopTime> Range: depends on sample rate, record length, and time
base
Increment: depends on the time base
Default unit: s
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:LIN:FRAMe<n>:CSSTate?
Returns the checksum state of the specified frame.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Selects the frame (1...n).
Return values:
<ChecksumState> OK | ERR | UNDF
ERR: error
UNDF: undefined
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:LIN:FRAMe<n>:CSValue?
Returns the checksum value.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
653User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
<n> *
Selects the frame (1...n).
Return values:
<ChecksumValue> Decimal value
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:LIN:FRAMe<n>:IDPValue?
Returns the parity value.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Selects the frame (1...n).
Return values:
<IdentifierParityValue>Decimal value
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:LIN:FRAMe<n>:IDSTate?
Returns the identifier state of the selected frame.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Selects the frame (1...n).
Return values:
<IdentifierState> OK | PRERror | UVAL | INSufficient
PRERror: parity error
UVAL: unexpected value
INSufficient: the frame is not completely contained in the acqui-
sition. The decoded part of the frame is valid.
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:LIN:FRAMe<n>:IDValue?
Returns the identifier value (address)
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Selects the frame (1...n).
Return values:
<IdentifierValue> Decimal value
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
654User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:LIN:FRAMe<n>:SYSTate?
Returns the state of the sync field for the specified frame.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Selects the frame (1...n).
Return values:
<SyncFieldState> OK | ERR | UNDF
ERR: error
UNDF: undefined
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:LIN:FRAMe<n>:SYValue?
Returns the value of the synchronization field.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Selects the frame (1...n).
Return values:
<SyncFieldValue> Decimal value
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:LIN:FRAMe<n>:VERSion?
Returns the version of the LIN standard for the specified frame.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Selects the frame (1...n).
Return values:
<FrameVersion> V1X | V2X | UNK
UNK: Unknown
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:LIN:FRAMe<n>:BCOunt?
Returns the number of data bytes in the specified frame.
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
655User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Selects the frame (1...n).
Return values:
<ByteCount> Number of words (bytes)
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:LIN:FRAMe<n>:BYTE<o>:STATe?
Returns the state of the specified data byte.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Selects the frame (1...n).
<o> *
Selects the byte number (1...o).
Return values:
<ByteStatus> OK | INS | UART
INS
Insufficient, the byte is not completely contained in the acquisi-
tion.
UART
At least one UART error occured. LIN uses UART words without
parity bit.
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:LIN:FRAMe<n>:BYTE<o>:VALue?
Returns the decimal value of the specified byte.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Selects the frame (1...n).
<o> *
Selects the byte number (1...o).
Return values:
<ByteValue> Decimal value
Usage: Query only
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
656User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
16.11.6.4 LIN - Search
SEARch:PROTocol:LIN:CONDition.................................................................................. 656
SEARch:PROTocol:LIN:FRAMe.......................................................................................656
SEARch:PROTocol:LIN:IPERror...................................................................................... 657
SEARch:PROTocol:LIN:CHKSerror..................................................................................657
SEARch:PROTocol:LIN:SYERror.....................................................................................657
SEARch:PROTocol:LIN:ICONdition..................................................................................657
SEARch:PROTocol:LIN:IDENtifier....................................................................................658
SEARch:PROTocol:LIN:DLENgth.....................................................................................658
SEARch:PROTocol:LIN:DCONdition................................................................................ 658
SEARch:PROTocol:LIN:DATA..........................................................................................658
SEARch:PROTocol:LIN:CONDition <SearchCondition>
Sets the event or combination of events to be searched for. Depending on the selected
event, further settings are required.
Parameters:
<SearchCondition> FRAMe | ERRor | IDENtifier | IDData | IDERror
FRAMe
Search for a frame type.
Set the frame type with SEARch:PROTocol:LIN:FRAMe.
ERRor
Search for errors of one or more error types.
Set the error types withSEARch:PROTocol:LIN:CHKSerror ,
SEARch:PROTocol:LIN:IPERror and SEARch:PROTocol:
LIN:SYERror.
IDENtifier
Search for identifier.
Specifiy the identifier with SEARch:PROTocol:LIN:
ICONdition and SEARch:PROTocol:LIN:IDENtifier.
IDData
Search for identifier and data.
Set the identifier (see IDENtifier) and the data with SEARch:
PROTocol:LIN:DLENgth, SEARch:PROTocol:LIN:
DCONdition and SEARch:PROTocol:LIN:DATA.
IDERror
Search for errors that occur with a specified identifier. Set the
identifier (see IDENtifier) and the errors to be found (see
ERRor).
*RST:
FRAM
SEARch:PROTocol:LIN:FRAMe <Frame>
Selects the frame type to be searched for.
The command is relevant if SEARch:PROTocol:LIN:CONDition is set to FRAMe.
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
657User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Parameters:
<Frame> SOF | WAKeup
SOF: start of frame
WAKeup: Wakeup frame
*RST: SOF
SEARch:PROTocol:LIN:IPERror <IdParityError>
Searches for parity errors.
The command is relevant if SEARch:PROTocol:LIN:CONDition is set to ERRor or
IDERror.
Parameters:
<IdParityError> ON | OFF
*RST: OFF
SEARch:PROTocol:LIN:CHKSerror
<ChecksumError>
Searches for checksum errors.
The command is relevant if SEARch:PROTocol:LIN:CONDition is set to ERRor or
IDERror.
Parameters:
<ChecksumError> ON | OFF
*RST: OFF
SEARch:PROTocol:LIN:SYERror <SyncError>
Searches for synchronization errors.
The command is relevant if SEARch:PROTocol:LIN:CONDition is set to ERRor or
IDERror.
Parameters:
<SyncError> ON | OFF
*RST: OFF
SEARch:PROTocol:LIN:ICONdition <IdCondition>
Sets the comparison condition for the identifier: If the pattern contains at least one X
(don't care), you can trigger on values equal or not equal to the specified value. If the
pattern contains only 0 and 1, you can also trigger on a range greater than or lower
than the specified value.
The command is relevant if SEARch:PROTocol:LIN:CONDition is set to
IDENtifier, IDData or IDERror.
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
658User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Parameters:
<IdCondition> EQUal | NEQual | GTHan | LTHan
*RST: EQU
SEARch:PROTocol:LIN:IDENtifier <Identifier>
Defines the identifier pattern.
The command is relevant if SEARch:PROTocol:LIN:CONDition is set to
IDENtifier, IDData or IDERror.
Parameters:
<Identifier> String containing binary pattern. Characters 0, 1, and X are
allowed. Enter the 6 bit identifier without parity bits, not the pro-
tected identifier.
SEARch:PROTocol:LIN:DLENgth <DataLength>
Defines the length of the data pattern - the number of bytes in the pattern.
The command is relevant if SEARch:PROTocol:LIN:CONDition is set to IDData.
Parameters:
<DataLength> Range: 1 to 8
Increment: 1
*RST: 1
Default unit: Byte
SEARch:PROTocol:LIN:DCONdition <DataCondition>
Sets the comparison condition for data: If the pattern contains at least one X (don't
care), you can trigger on values equal or not equal to the specified value. If the pattern
contains only 0 and 1, you can also trigger on a range greater than or lower than the
specified value.
The command is relevant if SEARch:PROTocol:LIN:CONDition is set to IDData.
Parameters:
<DataCondition> EQUal | NEQual | GTHan | LTHan
*RST: EQU
SEARch:PROTocol:LIN:DATA <Data>
Defines the data pattern. The pattern length is defined with SEARch:PROTocol:LIN:
DLENgth.
The command is relevant if SEARch:PROTocol:LIN:CONDition is set to IDData.
Parameters:
<Data> String containing binary pattern with max. 64 bit. Characters 0,
1, and X are allowed. Make sure to enter complete bytes.
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
659User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
16.11.7 Audio (Option R&S RTA-K5)
● Audio Configuration...............................................................................................659
● Audio Trigger.........................................................................................................664
● Audio Decode Results...........................................................................................668
16.11.7.1 Audio Configuration
BUS<b>:I2S:AVARiant....................................................................................................659
BUS<b>:I2S:BORDer..................................................................................................... 659
BUS<b>:I2S:CHANnel:LENGth....................................................................................... 660
BUS<b>:I2S:CHANnel:OFFSet........................................................................................660
BUS<b>:I2S:CHANnel:ORDer.........................................................................................660
BUS<b>:I2S:CHANnel:TDMCount................................................................................... 660
BUS<b>:I2S:CLOCk:POLarity......................................................................................... 661
BUS<b>:I2S:CLOCk:SOURce.........................................................................................661
BUS<b>:I2S:CLOCk:THReshold......................................................................................661
BUS<b>:I2S:DATA:POLarity............................................................................................661
BUS<b>:I2S:DATA:SOURce............................................................................................662
BUS<b>:I2S:DATA:THReshold........................................................................................ 662
BUS<b>:I2S:DISPlay......................................................................................................662
BUS<b>:I2S:FOFFset.....................................................................................................663
BUS<b>:I2S:WLENgth................................................................................................... 663
BUS<b>:I2S:WSELect:POLarity...................................................................................... 663
BUS<b>:I2S:WSELect:SOURce...................................................................................... 664
BUS<b>:I2S:WSELect:THReshold...................................................................................664
BUS<b>:I2S:AVARiant <AudioVariant>
Selects the protocol variant of the audio signal.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Parameters:
<AudioVariant> I2S | LJ | RJ | TDM | DSP
I2S: Inter-IC sound standard audio format.
LJ: left justified data format
RJ: right justified data format
TDM: time division multiplexed audio format to transfer up to 8
audio data channels on one line
*RST: I2S
BUS<b>:I2S:BORDer <BitOrder>
Sets the bit order in the audio data words. Usually, the MSB is transmitted first.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
660User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Parameters:
<BitOrder> MSBFirst | LSBFirst
MSBFirst: most significant bit is transmitted first
LSBFirst: least significant bit is transmitted first
*RST: MSBF
BUS<b>:I2S:CHANnel:LENGth <ChannelLength>
Sets the number of bits in a channel block for TDM audio signals (transmitter length).
The setting is available only if BUS<b>:I2S:AVARiant is set to TDM.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Parameters:
<ChannelLength> *RST: 8
Default unit: Bit
BUS<b>:I2S:CHANnel:OFFSet <ChannelOffset>
Sets the number of bits between the channel start and the start of the audio word.
The setting is available only, if BUS<b>:I2S:AVARiant is set to TDM or LJ.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Parameters:
<ChannelOffset> *RST: 1
Default unit: Bit
BUS<b>:I2S:CHANnel:ORDer <ChannelOrder>
Defines if the left or the right channel is the first channel in the frame.
The setting is available for I
2
S standard, left and right justified audio signals.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Parameters:
<ChannelOrder> LFIRst | RFIRst
LFIRst: left channel first
RFIRst: right channel first
*RST: LFIR
BUS<b>:I2S:CHANnel:TDMCount <ChannelCount>
Sets the number of channels transmitted on the TDM audio line.
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
661User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Parameters:
<ChannelCount> *RST: 8
Default unit: Channel
BUS<b>:I2S:CLOCk:POLarity <ClockSlope>
Sets the clock edge at which the instrument samples the data on the data line. Usually,
the rising edge is used. The R&S RTA4000 can also analyze the converse setup.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Parameters:
<ClockSlope> RISing | FALLing
*RST: RIS
BUS<b>:I2S:CLOCk:SOURce <ClockSource>
Selects the source of the clock line.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Parameters:
<ClockSource> CH1 | CH2 | CH3 | CH4 | D0..15
CH3 and CH4 are only available with 4-channel R&S RTA4000
oscilloscopes.
*RST: CH2
BUS<b>:I2S:CLOCk:THReshold <Threshold>
Sets the threshold for the clock line.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Parameters:
<Threshold> *RST: 1.4
Default unit: V
BUS<b>:I2S:DATA:POLarity <DataPolarity>
Defines the interpretation of high and low signal states.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Parameters:
<DataPolarity> ACTHigh | ACTLow
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
662User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
ACTHigh
Active high: HIGH (signal level above the threshold level) = 1
and LOW (signal level below the threshold level) = 0
ACTLow
Active low: HIGH = 0 and LOW = 1
*RST: ACTH
BUS<b>:I2S:DATA:SOURce <DataSource>
Selects the source of the data line.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Parameters:
<DataSource> CH1 | CH2 | CH3 | CH4 | D0..15
CH3 and CH4 are only available with 4-channel R&S RTA4000
oscilloscopes.
*RST: CH3
BUS<b>:I2S:DATA:THReshold <Threshold>
Sets the threshold for the indicated audio line.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Parameters:
<Threshold> *RST: 1.4
Default unit: V
BUS<b>:I2S:DISPlay <DisplayMode>
Defines how the decoded bus, the bit lines of the channels, and the track waveforms
are displayed.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Parameters:
<DisplayMode> SEQuential | PARallel | STRack | PTRack | TRACk | SDSignal
SEQuential
The decoded data words of the channels are shown in sequen-
tial, horizontal order.
PARallel
The decoded data words of the channels are arranged vertically.
STRack
Sequential order of data words, and tracks
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
663User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
PTRack
Parallel order of data words, and tracks
TRACk
Only tracks
SDSignal
Sequential order of data words, and bit lines of the channels
BUS<b>:I2S:FOFFset <FrameOffset>
Sets a delay of the channel blocks after the frame start (word select edge). Thus, all
channels are shifted.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Parameters:
<FrameOffset> *RST: 0
Default unit: Bit
BUS<b>:I2S:WLENgth <WordLength>
Defines the number of bits in an audio data word (receiver length).
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Parameters:
<WordLength> Range: The minimum length is 1bit, the maximum length is
the channel length.
*RST: 8
Default unit: Bit
BUS<b>:I2S:WSELect:POLarity <WordSelectPolarity>
For I²S, left and right justified signals (BUS<b>:I2S:AVARiant is set to I2S/LJ/RJ),
the polarity defines the word select values assigned to the left and right channels.
For TDM signals (BUS<b>:I2S:AVARiant is set to TDM), the polarity defines the
edge of the frame synchronization pulse that identifies the beginning of a frame.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Parameters:
<WordSelectPolarity> NORMal | INVert
NORMal
0 indicates the left channel, and 1 indicates the right channel.
This is the usual setting.
TDM: the frame begins with a rising edge. This is the usual set-
ting.
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
664User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
INVert
0 indicates the right channel, and 1 the left channel.
TDM: the frame begins with a falling edge.
*RST: NORM
BUS<b>:I2S:WSELect:SOURce <WordSelectSource>
Selects the source of the word select line.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Parameters:
<WordSelectSource> CH1 | CH2 | CH3 | CH4 | D0..15
CH3 and CH4 are only available with 4-channel R&S RTA4000
oscilloscopes.
*RST: CH1
BUS<b>:I2S:WSELect:THReshold
<Threshold>
Sets the threshold for the indicated audio line.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Parameters:
<Threshold> s
*RST: 1.4
16.11.7.2 Audio Trigger
BUS<b>:I2S:FCOunt?.................................................................................................... 665
TRIGger:A:I2S:CHANnel:LEFT:CONDition........................................................................665
TRIGger:A:I2S:CHANnel:LEFT:DMAX..............................................................................665
TRIGger:A:I2S:CHANnel:LEFT:DMIN...............................................................................665
TRIGger:A:I2S:CHANnel:RIGHt:CONDition...................................................................... 666
TRIGger:A:I2S:CHANnel:RIGHt:DMAX............................................................................ 666
TRIGger:A:I2S:CHANnel:RIGHt:DMIN..............................................................................666
TRIGger:A:I2S:CHANnel:TDM<n>:CONDition...................................................................666
TRIGger:A:I2S:CHANnel:TDM<n>:DMAX.........................................................................667
TRIGger:A:I2S:CHANnel:TDM<n>:DMIN..........................................................................667
TRIGger:A:I2S:FUNCtion................................................................................................667
TRIGger:A:I2S:TYPE......................................................................................................667
TRIGger:A:I2S:SOWords................................................................................................ 668
TRIGger:A:I2S:WINDow:LENGth.....................................................................................668
TRIGger:A:I2S:WSELect:SLOPe..................................................................................... 668
TRIGger:A:I2S:WSSLope................................................................................................668
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
665User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
BUS<b>:I2S:FCOunt?
Returns the number of decoded frames.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Return values:
<FrameCount>
Usage: Query only
TRIGger:A:I2S:CHANnel:LEFT:CONDition <Comparison>
Define the operators for comparison of the decoded data words with the specified data
words on the specified channel.
Parameters:
<Comparison> OFF | EQUal | NEQual | GTHan | LTHan | INRange | OORange
INRange: in range
OORange: out of range
OFF
No range is defined.
EQUal | NEQual | GTHan | LTHan
Equal, not equal, greater than, less than. These conditions
require one data word to be set with TRIGger:A:I2S:
CHANnel:LEFT:DMIN.
TRIGger:A:I2S:CHANnel:LEFT:DMAX <MaximumValue>
Specifies the maximum data value to be found, if TRIGger:A:I2S:CHANnel:LEFT:
CONDition is set to INRange or OORange
Parameters:
<MaximumValue> The data format is decimal. The maximum value is limited by the
word length. Consider that audio words are signed numbers in
2's complement format. For example, an 8-bit data word has a
value range from -128 to 127.
TRIGger:A:I2S:CHANnel:LEFT:DMIN <MinimumValue>
Specifies a data pattern, or sets the the start value of a data pattern range.
Parameters:
<MinimumValue>
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
666User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
TRIGger:A:I2S:CHANnel:RIGHt:CONDition <Comparison>
Define the operators for comparison of the decoded data words with the specified data
words on the specified channel.
Parameters:
<Comparison> OFF | EQUal | NEQual | GTHan | LTHan | INRange | OORange
INRange: in range
OORange: out of range
OFF
No range is defined.
EQUal | NEQual | GTHan | LTHan
Equal, not equal, greater than, less than. These conditions
require one data word to be set with TRIGger:A:I2S:
CHANnel:RIGHt:DMIN on page 666.
TRIGger:A:I2S:CHANnel:RIGHt:DMAX <MaximumValue>
Specifies the maximum data value to be found, if TRIGger:A:I2S:CHANnel:
RIGHt:CONDition is set to INRange or OORange
Parameters:
<MaximumValue> The data format is decimal. The maximum value is limited by the
word length. Consider that audio words are signed numbers in
2's complement format. For example, an 8-bit data word has a
value range from -128 to 127.
TRIGger:A:I2S:CHANnel:RIGHt:DMIN <MinimumValue>
Specifies a data pattern, or sets the the start value of a data pattern range.
Parameters:
<MinimumValue>
TRIGger:A:I2S:CHANnel:TDM<n>:CONDition <Comparison>
Define the operators for comparison of the decoded data words with the specified data
words on the specified channel.
Parameters:
<Comparison> OFF | EQUal | NEQual | GTHan | LTHan | INRange | OORange
INRange: in range
OORange: out of range
OFF
No range is defined.
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
667User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
EQUal | NEQual | GTHan | LTHan
Equal, not equal, greater than, less than. These conditions
require one data word to be set with TRIGger:A:I2S:
CHANnel:TDM<n>:DMIN.
TRIGger:A:I2S:CHANnel:TDM<n>:DMAX <MaximumValue>
Specifies the maximum data value to be found, if TRIGger:A:I2S:CHANnel:
TDM<n>:CONDition is set to INRange or OORange
Parameters:
<MaximumValue> The data format is decimal. The maximum value is limited by the
word length. Consider that audio words are signed numbers in
2's complement format. For example, an 8-bit data word has a
value range from -128 to 127.
TRIGger:A:I2S:CHANnel:TDM<n>:DMIN
<MinimumValue>
Specifies a data pattern, or sets the the start value of a data pattern range.
Parameters:
<MinimumValue>
TRIGger:A:I2S:FUNCtion <Function>
Sets the logical combination to trigger on data words on different channels. The instru-
ment triggers if all conditions are met inside one frame.
The setting is relevant, if TRIGger:A:I2S:TYPE is set to DATA or WINDow.
Parameters:
<Function> AND | OR
TRIGger:A:I2S:TYPE <TriggerMode>
Specifies the trigger mode for audio signals.
Parameters:
<TriggerMode> DATA | WINDow | WSELect | ERRCondition
DATA
Triggers on a data word or a data range that occurs on a speci-
fied channel. You can also trigger on an AND combination of
data conditions on different channels.
Use the TRIGger:A:I2S:CHANnel:LEFT:CONDition com-
mands to define the data condition.
To set the logical combination to trigger on data words on differ-
ent channels, use TRIGger:A:I2S:FUNCtion.
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
668User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
WINDow
Triggers if the data conditions are fulfilled at least for the given
number of subsequent frames. Ues the data trigger commands
to define the data condition. Use TRIGger:A:I2S:WINDow:
LENGth to set the time limit.
WSELect
Sets the edge of the word select signal as trigger condition. Use
TRIGger:A:I2S:WSSLope to set the edge.
ERRCondition
An error is detected when two consecutive frames have different
length. The instrument triggers on the first clock edge after error
detection.
TRIGger:A:I2S:SOWords <WindowLength>
TRIGger:A:I2S:WINDow:LENGth <WindowLength>
Sets the number of subsequent frames (audio samples) for which the data conditions
are fulfilled.
Parameters:
<WindowLength>
TRIGger:A:I2S:WSELect:SLOPe <WordSelectSlope>
TRIGger:A:I2S:WSSLope <WordSelectSlope>
Sets the edge of the word select signal as trigger condition.
Parameters:
<WordSelectSlope> POS | NEG
16.11.7.3 Audio Decode Results
BUS<b>:I2S:FRAMe<n>:LEFT:STATe?............................................................................ 668
BUS<b>:I2S:FRAMe<n>:LEFT:VALue?............................................................................ 669
BUS<b>:I2S:FRAMe<n>:RIGHt:STATe?...........................................................................669
BUS<b>:I2S:FRAMe<n>:RIGHt:VALue?...........................................................................669
BUS<b>:I2S:FRAMe<n>:STARt?.....................................................................................670
BUS<b>:I2S:FRAMe<n>:STATe?.....................................................................................670
BUS<b>:I2S:FRAMe<n>:STOP?..................................................................................... 670
BUS<b>:I2S:FRAMe<n>:TDM<o>:STATe?....................................................................... 670
BUS<b>:I2S:FRAMe<n>:TDM<o>:VALue?.......................................................................671
BUS<b>:I2S:FRAMe<n>:LEFT:STATe?
Returns the state of the specified frame on the left audio channel.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
669User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Return values:
<State> ERRor | OK | INSufficient
ERRor: an error occured in the frame.
OK: frame is valid.
INSufficient: frame is not completely contained in the acqui-
sition. The acquired part of the frame is valid.
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:I2S:FRAMe<n>:LEFT:VALue?
Returns the data word of the specified frame on the left audio channel.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Return values:
<Value> Signed decimal value
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:I2S:FRAMe<n>:RIGHt:STATe?
Returns the state of the specified frame on the right or left audio channel.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Return values:
<State> ERRor | OK | INSufficient
ERRor: an error occured in the frame.
OK: frame is valid.
INSufficient: frame is not completely contained in the acqui-
sition. The acquired part of the frame is valid.
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:I2S:FRAMe<n>:RIGHt:VALue?
Returns the data word of the specified frame on the right audio channel.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Return values:
<Value> Signed decimal value
Usage: Query only
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
670User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
BUS<b>:I2S:FRAMe<n>:STARt?
Returns the start time of the specified frame.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Return values:
<StartTime> Range: depends on sample rate, record length, and time
base
Increment: depends on the time base
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:I2S:FRAMe<n>:STATe?
Returns the state of the specified frame on the right audio channel.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Return values:
<FrameState> ERRor | OK | INSufficient
ERRor: an error occured in the frame.
OK: frame is valid.
INSufficient: frame is not completely contained in the acqui-
sition. The acquired part of the frame is valid.
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:I2S:FRAMe<n>:STOP?
Returns the end time of the specified frame.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Return values:
<StopTime> Range: depends on sample rate, record length, and time
base
Increment: depends on the time base
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:I2S:FRAMe<n>:TDM<o>:STATe?
Returns the state of the specified TDM channel and frame.
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
671User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
<o> 1..8
Return values:
<State> ERRor | OK | INSufficient
ERRor: an error occured in the frame.
OK: frame is valid.
INSufficient: frame is not completely contained in the acqui-
sition. The acquired part of the frame is valid.
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:I2S:FRAMe<n>:TDM<o>:VALue?
Returns the data word of the specified frame on the selected TDM channel.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
<o> 1..8
Selects the TDM channel
Return values:
<Value> Signed decimal value
Usage: Query only
16.11.8 MIL-1553 (Option R&S RTA-K6)
● MIL-1553 Configuration.........................................................................................671
● MIL-1553 Trigger...................................................................................................674
● MIL-1553 Decode Results.....................................................................................681
● MIL-1553 Search...................................................................................................688
16.11.8.1 MIL-1553 Configuration
BUS<b>:MILStd:IMGTime:INFinite...................................................................................672
BUS<b>:MILStd:IMGTime:MAXimum...............................................................................672
BUS<b>:MILStd:IMGTime:MINimum................................................................................672
BUS<b>:MILStd:POLarity............................................................................................... 672
BUS<b>:MILStd:RESPonsetime:INFinite..........................................................................672
BUS<b>:MILStd:RESPonsetime:MAXimum...................................................................... 673
BUS<b>:MILStd:RESPonsetime:MINimum....................................................................... 673
BUS<b>:MILStd:SOURce............................................................................................... 673
BUS<b>:MILStd:THReshold:HIGH...................................................................................673
BUS<b>:MILStd:THReshold:LOW................................................................................... 673
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
672User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
BUS<b>:MILStd:IMGTime:INFinite <MaximumInfinite>
Set the maximum inter message gap time to infinity.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Parameters:
<MaximumInfinite> ON | OFF
*RST: ON
BUS<b>:MILStd:IMGTime:MAXimum <MaximumTime>
Sets the maximum inter message gap time.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Parameters:
<MaximumTime>
BUS<b>:MILStd:IMGTime:MINimum <MinimumTime>
Sets the minimum inter message gap time.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Parameters:
<MinimumTime>
BUS<b>:MILStd:POLarity <Polarity>
Sets the polarity of the bus.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Parameters:
<Polarity> POSitive | NEGative
*RST: POS
BUS<b>:MILStd:RESPonsetime:INFinite <MaximumInfinite>
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Parameters:
<MaximumInfinite> ON | OFF
*RST: ON
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
673User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
BUS<b>:MILStd:RESPonsetime:MAXimum <MaximumTime>
Sets a value for the maximum response time.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..2
Parameters:
<MaximumTime>
BUS<b>:MILStd:RESPonsetime:MINimum <MinimumTime>
Sets the minimum response time.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Parameters:
<MinimumTime>
BUS<b>:MILStd:SOURce <Source>
Sets the channel for the signal source for the MIL-STD-1553 analysis.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Parameters:
<Source> CH1 | CH2 | CH3 | CH4
*RST: CH1
BUS<b>:MILStd:THReshold:HIGH <UpperLevel>
Sets the upper threshold level of the signal.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Parameters:
<UpperLevel>
BUS<b>:MILStd:THReshold:LOW <LowerLevel>
Sets the lower threshold level of the signal.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Parameters:
<LowerLevel>
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
674User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
16.11.8.2 MIL-1553 Trigger
TRIGger:A:MILStd:COMMand:TYPE................................................................................674
TRIGger:A:MILStd:DATA:CONDition................................................................................ 675
TRIGger:A:MILStd:DATA:MAXimum.................................................................................675
TRIGger:A:MILStd:DATA:MINimum..................................................................................675
TRIGger:A:MILStd:DATA:OFFSet.................................................................................... 675
TRIGger:A:MILStd:DATA:OFFSet:CONDition....................................................................675
TRIGger:A:MILStd:DATA:WORDs....................................................................................675
TRIGger:A:MILStd:ERRor:MANChester............................................................................675
TRIGger:A:MILStd:ERRor:PARity.................................................................................... 676
TRIGger:A:MILStd:ERRor:SYNC..................................................................................... 676
TRIGger:A:MILStd:ERRor:TIMeout.................................................................................. 676
TRIGger:A:MILStd:FRAMe..............................................................................................676
TRIGger:A:MILStd:MCODe:CODE...................................................................................676
TRIGger:A:MILStd:MCODe:VALue...................................................................................677
TRIGger:A:MILStd:MODE...............................................................................................677
TRIGger:A:MILStd:RTADdress:CONDition........................................................................677
TRIGger:A:MILStd:RTADdress:MAXimum........................................................................ 677
TRIGger:A:MILStd:RTADdress:MINimum..........................................................................677
TRIGger:A:MILStd:SADDress:CONDition......................................................................... 678
TRIGger:A:MILStd:SADDress:MAXimum..........................................................................678
TRIGger:A:MILStd:SADDress:MCADdress....................................................................... 678
TRIGger:A:MILStd:SADDress:MINimum...........................................................................678
TRIGger:A:MILStd:STATus:BCReceived...........................................................................678
TRIGger:A:MILStd:STATus:BUSY....................................................................................678
TRIGger:A:MILStd:STATus:DBCaccept............................................................................ 679
TRIGger:A:MILStd:STATus:INSTrument........................................................................... 679
TRIGger:A:MILStd:STATus:MERRor................................................................................ 679
TRIGger:A:MILStd:STATus:SREQuest............................................................................. 679
TRIGger:A:MILStd:STATus:SUBSystem........................................................................... 679
TRIGger:A:MILStd:STATus:TERMinal.............................................................................. 679
TRIGger:A:MILStd:SYNC................................................................................................680
TRIGger:A:MILStd:TRMode............................................................................................ 680
TRIGger:A:MILStd:TTYPe...............................................................................................680
TRIGger:A:MILStd:TYPE................................................................................................ 680
TRIGger:A:MILStd:WCOunt:CONDition............................................................................680
TRIGger:A:MILStd:WCOunt:MAXimum............................................................................ 681
TRIGger:A:MILStd:WCOunt:MINimum..............................................................................681
TRIGger:A:MILStd:WORD.............................................................................................. 681
TRIGger:A:MILStd:COMMand:TYPE <CommandType>
Selects the command type.
Parameters:
<CommandType> AWORd | MCODe
*RST: AWOR
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
675User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
TRIGger:A:MILStd:DATA:CONDition <Compare>
For a data word, sets the triggering condition for the comparison of the decoded value
to the defined range.
Parameters:
<Compare> EQUal | NEQual | GTHan | GEQual | LEQual | LTHan | WITHin |
OUTSide
*RST: OFF
TRIGger:A:MILStd:DATA:MAXimum <DataMinimum>
For a data word, sets the maximum data value.
Parameters:
<DataMinimum> 01X-string
TRIGger:A:MILStd:DATA:MINimum
<DataMinimum>
For a data word, sets the minimum data value.
Parameters:
<DataMinimum> 01X-string
TRIGger:A:MILStd:DATA:OFFSet <DataOffset>
For a data word sets the word offset to be triggered on.
Parameters:
<DataOffset> *RST: 0
TRIGger:A:MILStd:DATA:OFFSet:CONDition <DataOffset>
For a data offset, sets the triggering condition for the comparison of the decoded value
to the defined range.
Parameters:
<DataOffset> EQUal | NEQual | GTHan | GEQual | LEQual | LTHan
*RST: 0
TRIGger:A:MILStd:DATA:WORDs <DataWords>
For a data word sets the number of words to be triggered on.
Parameters:
<DataWords> *RST: 1
TRIGger:A:MILStd:ERRor:MANChester <ErrorEnable>
Enables/disables triggering if there is an error in the Manchester coding of the signal.
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
676User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Parameters:
<ErrorEnable> ON | OFF
*RST: ON
TRIGger:A:MILStd:ERRor:PARity <ErrorEnable>
Enables/disables triggering when the parity is even.
Parameters:
<ErrorEnable> ON | OFF
*RST: ON
TRIGger:A:MILStd:ERRor:SYNC <ErrorEnable>
Enables/disables triggering when a sync impulse doesn't fulfil the technical require-
ments or when the transmission is not valid.
Parameters:
<ErrorEnable> ON | OFF
*RST: ON
TRIGger:A:MILStd:ERRor:TIMeout <ErrorEnable>
Enables/ disables triggering when the timeout is out of the set range.
Parameters:
<ErrorEnable> ON | OFF
*RST: ON
TRIGger:A:MILStd:FRAMe <Frame>
Parameters:
<Frame> COMMand | STATus | DATA | ALL
*RST: CST
TRIGger:A:MILStd:MCODe:CODE <ModeCode>
Sets a function for the mode code to be triggered on.
Parameters:
<ModeCode> DBControl | TSYNchronize | TSTatus | ISELftest | TSHutdown |
OTSHutdown | ITERminal | OITerminal | RESet | VECTor |
RSYNchronize | TLAStcmmand | BITWord | STSHutdown |
OSTShutdown | ANY
DBControl: dynamic bus control.
TSYNchronize: synchronize without data.
TSTatus: transmit status word.
ISELftest: initiate self-test.
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
677User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
TSHutdown: transmitter shutdown.
OTSHutdown: override transmitter shutdown.
ITERminal: inhibit terminal flag bit.
OITerminal: override inhibit terminal flag bit.
RESet: reset remote terminal.
VECTor: transmit vector word.
RSYNchronize: synchronize with data.
TLAStcmmand: transmit last command word.
BITWord: transmit BIT word.
STSHutdown: selected transmitter shutdown.
OSTShutdown: override selected transmitter shutdown.
*RST:
ANY
TRIGger:A:MILStd:MCODe:VALue
<ModeCode>
Sets the value of the mode code to be triggered on.
Parameters:
<ModeCode>
TRIGger:A:MILStd:MODE <TriggerMode>
Parameters:
<TriggerMode> SYNChronization | FRAME | ERRor | COMMand | STATus |
DATA | CDATa
*RST: SYNC
TRIGger:A:MILStd:RTADdress:CONDition <Compare>
For the RT address, sets the triggering condition for the comparison of the decoded
value to the defined range.
Parameters:
<Compare> EQUal | NEQual | GTHan | GEQual | LEQual | LTHan | WITHin |
OUTSide
*RST: OFF
TRIGger:A:MILStd:RTADdress:MAXimum <AddressMaximum>
Sets the maximum RT address.
Parameters:
<AddressMaximum> 01X-string
TRIGger:A:MILStd:RTADdress:MINimum <AddressMinimum>
Sets the minimum RT address.
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
678User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Parameters:
<AddressMinimum> 01X-string
TRIGger:A:MILStd:SADDress:CONDition <Compare>
For the subaddress, sets the triggering condition for the comparison of the decoded
value to the defined range.
Parameters:
<Compare> EQUal | NEQual | GTHan | GEQual | LEQual | LTHan | WITHin |
OUTSide
*RST: OFF
TRIGger:A:MILStd:SADDress:MAXimum
<AddressMaximum>
Sets the maximum subaddress.
Parameters:
<AddressMaximum> 01X-string
TRIGger:A:MILStd:SADDress:MCADdress <ModeCodeAddress>
Triggers on the value of the subaddress, if TRIGger:A:MILStd:COMMand:TYPE is
set to MCODE.
Parameters:
<ModeCodeAddress> A0 | A31 | EITHer
*RST: EITH
TRIGger:A:MILStd:SADDress:MINimum <AddressMinimum>
Sets the minimum subaddress.
Parameters:
<AddressMinimum> 01X-string
TRIGger:A:MILStd:STATus:BCReceived <StatusBit>
Triggers on the state of the broadcast command received bit of the status word.
Parameters:
<StatusBit> 0 | 1 | X
*RST: X
TRIGger:A:MILStd:STATus:BUSY <StatusBit>
Triggers on the state of the busy bit of the status word.
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
679User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Parameters:
<StatusBit> 0 | 1 | X
*RST: X
TRIGger:A:MILStd:STATus:DBCaccept <StatusBit>
Triggers on the state of the dynamic bus control accept bit of the status word.
Parameters:
<StatusBit> 0 | 1 | X
*RST: X
TRIGger:A:MILStd:STATus:INSTrument <StatusBit>
Triggers on the state of the instrumentation bit of the status word.
Parameters:
<StatusBit> 0 | 1 | X
*RST: X
TRIGger:A:MILStd:STATus:MERRor <StatusBit>
Triggers on the state of the message error bit of the status word.
Parameters:
<StatusBit> 0 | 1 | X
*RST: X
TRIGger:A:MILStd:STATus:SREQuest <StatusBit>
Triggers on the state of the service request bit of the status word.
Parameters:
<StatusBit> 0 | 1 | X
*RST: X
TRIGger:A:MILStd:STATus:SUBSystem <StatusBit>
Triggers on the state of the subsystem flag bit of the status word.
Parameters:
<StatusBit> 0 | 1 | X
*RST: X
TRIGger:A:MILStd:STATus:TERMinal <StatusBit>
Triggers on the state of the terminal flag bit of the status word.
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
680User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Parameters:
<StatusBit> 0 | 1 | X
*RST: X
TRIGger:A:MILStd:SYNC <SyncMode>
Triggers on a sync impulse. You can select to trigger on comando/status, on data or on
either syncs.
Parameters:
<SyncMode> CSTatus | DATA | EITHer
*RST: CST
TRIGger:A:MILStd:TRMode
<DataDirection>
Triggers on a transmission mode.
Parameters:
<DataDirection> TRANsmit | RECeive | EITHer
*RST: EITH
TRIGger:A:MILStd:TTYPe <TransmissionType>
Sets the transmission type to be triggered on.
Parameters:
<TransmissionType> BCRT | RTBC | RTRT | MCData
BCRT: bus controller to remote terminal transmission.
RTBC: remote terminal to bus controller transmission.
RTRT: remote terminal to remote terminal transmission.
MCData: mode code data.
*RST: BCRT
TRIGger:A:MILStd:TYPE <TriggerMode>
Selects the type of trigger.
Parameters:
<TriggerMode> SYNChronization | FRAME | ERRor | COMMand | STATus |
DATA
*RST: SYNC
TRIGger:A:MILStd:WCOunt:CONDition <Compare>
Parameters:
<Compare> EQUal | NEQual | GTHan | GEQual | LEQual | LTHan | WITHin |
OUTSide
*RST: OFF
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
681User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
TRIGger:A:MILStd:WCOunt:MAXimum <WordCountMaximum>
Parameters:
<WordCountMaximum>
TRIGger:A:MILStd:WCOunt:MINimum <WordCountMinimum>
Parameters:
<WordCountMinimum>
TRIGger:A:MILStd:WORD
<WordTyoe>
Selects the word type to be triggered on.
Parameters:
<WordTyoe> COMMand | STATus | DATA | ALL
*RST: CST
16.11.8.3 MIL-1553 Decode Results
BUS<b>:MILStd:WCOunt?..............................................................................................681
BUS<b>:MILStd:WORD<n>:COMMand:MCODe:CODE?...................................................682
BUS<b>:MILStd:WORD<n>:COMMand:MCODe:VALue?...................................................682
BUS<b>:MILStd:WORD<n>:COMMand:RTADdress?........................................................ 683
BUS<b>:MILStd:WORD<n>:COMMand:SADDress?..........................................................683
BUS<b>:MILStd:WORD<n>:COMMand:WCOunt?............................................................ 683
BUS<b>:MILStd:WORD<n>:DATA?................................................................................. 683
BUS<b>:MILStd:WORD<n>:IMGTime?............................................................................ 684
BUS<b>:MILStd:WORD<n>:PARity?................................................................................684
BUS<b>:MILStd:WORD<n>:RTIMe?................................................................................684
BUS<b>:MILStd:WORD<n>:STARt?................................................................................684
BUS<b>:MILStd:WORD<n>:STATus?.............................................................................. 685
BUS<b>:MILStd:WORD<n>:STATus:BCReceived?........................................................... 685
BUS<b>:MILStd:WORD<n>:STATus:BUSY?.....................................................................685
BUS<b>:MILStd:WORD<n>:STATus:DBCaccept?............................................................. 685
BUS<b>:MILStd:WORD<n>:STATus:INSTrument?............................................................686
BUS<b>:MILStd:WORD<n>:STATus:MERRor?................................................................. 686
BUS<b>:MILStd:WORD<n>:STATus:RTADdress?.............................................................686
BUS<b>:MILStd:WORD<n>:STATus:SREQuest?.............................................................. 686
BUS<b>:MILStd:WORD<n>:STATus:SUBSystem?............................................................687
BUS<b>:MILStd:WORD<n>:STATus:TERMinal?............................................................... 687
BUS<b>:MILStd:WORD<n>:STOP?.................................................................................687
BUS<b>:MILStd:WORD<n>:TRMode?.............................................................................687
BUS<b>:MILStd:WORD<n>:TYPE?.................................................................................688
BUS<b>:MILStd:WCOunt?
Returns the number of received words.
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
682User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Return values:
<WordCount>
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:MILStd:WORD<n>:COMMand:MCODe:CODE?
For the sepcified command word, returns the type of mode code.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Return values:
<ModeCode> DBControl | TSYNchronize | TSTatus | ISELftest | TSHutdown |
OTSHutdown | ITERminal | OITerminal | RESet | VECTor |
RSYNchronize | TLAStcmmand | BITWord | STSHutdown |
OSTShutdown
DBControl: dynamic bus control.
TSYNchronize: synchronize without data.
TSTatus: transmit status word.
ISELftest: initiate self-test.
TSHutdown: transmitter shutdown.
OTSHutdown: override transmitter shutdown.
ITERminal: inhibit terminal flag bit.
OITerminal: override inhibit terminal flag bit.
RESet: reset remote terminal.
VECTor: transmit vector word.
RSYNchronize: synchronize with data.
TLAStcmmand: transmit last command word.
BITWord: transmit BIT word.
STSHutdown: selected transmitter shutdown.
OSTShutdown: override selected transmitter shutdown.
*RST:
ANY
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:MILStd:WORD<n>:COMMand:MCODe:VALue?
For the specified command word, returns the value of the mode code.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Return values:
<ModeCodeValue>
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
683User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:MILStd:WORD<n>:COMMand:RTADdress?
Returns the RT address of the specified word.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Return values:
<RTAddress>
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:MILStd:WORD<n>:COMMand:SADDress?
For a command word, returns the subaddress of the specified word.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Return values:
<SubAddress>
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:MILStd:WORD<n>:COMMand:WCOunt?
For a command word, returns the word count.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Return values:
<WordCount>
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:MILStd:WORD<n>:DATA?
Returns the value of the specified data word.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Return values:
<DataValue>
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
684User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:MILStd:WORD<n>:IMGTime?
Returns the intermessage gap time of the specified word.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Return values:
<InterMessageGapTime>
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:MILStd:WORD<n>:PARity?
Returns the parity of the specified word.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Return values:
<ParityValue>
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:MILStd:WORD<n>:RTIMe?
Return the response time of the specified word.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Return values:
<ResponseTime>
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:MILStd:WORD<n>:STARt?
Returns the start time of the specified word.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Return values:
<StartTime>
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
685User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:MILStd:WORD<n>:STATus?
For a status word returns the value and if there are errors.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Parameters:
<WordState> OK | INSufficient | PERRor | MERRor | TERRor | SERRor
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:MILStd:WORD<n>:STATus:BCReceived?
Returns the state of the broadcast command received bit of the specified status word.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Return values:
<BitState>
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:MILStd:WORD<n>:STATus:BUSY?
Returns the state of the busy bit of the specified status word.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Return values:
<BitState>
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:MILStd:WORD<n>:STATus:DBCaccept?
Returns the state of the dynamic bus control bit of the specified status word.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Return values:
<BitState>
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
686User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:MILStd:WORD<n>:STATus:INSTrument?
Returns the state of the instrumentation bit of the specified status word.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Return values:
<BitState>
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:MILStd:WORD<n>:STATus:MERRor?
Returns the state of the message error bit of the specified status word.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Return values:
<BitState>
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:MILStd:WORD<n>:STATus:RTADdress?
Returns the RT address of the specified status word.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Return values:
<RTAddress>
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:MILStd:WORD<n>:STATus:SREQuest?
Returns the state of the service request bit of the specified word.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Return values:
<BitState>
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
687User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:MILStd:WORD<n>:STATus:SUBSystem?
Returns the state of the subsystem bit of the specified status word.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Return values:
<BitState>
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:MILStd:WORD<n>:STATus:TERMinal?
Returns the state of the terminal flag bit of the specified status word.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Return values:
<BitState>
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:MILStd:WORD<n>:STOP?
Returns the stop time of the word of the specified word.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Return values:
<StopTime>
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:MILStd:WORD<n>:TRMode?
Returns the transmission direction of the specified word.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Return values:
<DataDirection> TRANsmit | RECeive
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
688User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:MILStd:WORD<n>:TYPE?
Returns the type of word of the specified word.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
<n> *
Return values:
<WordType> COMMand | STATus | DATA | CMCode
Usage: Query only
16.11.8.4
MIL-1553 Search
SEARch:PROTocol:MILStd:CONDition.............................................................................688
SEARch:PROTocol:MILStd:DATA:CONDition....................................................................689
SEARch:PROTocol:MILStd:DATA:MAXimum.................................................................... 689
SEARch:PROTocol:MILStd:DATA:MINimum......................................................................689
SEARch:PROTocol:MILStd:DATA:OFFSet........................................................................ 689
SEARch:PROTocol:MILStd:DATA:WORDs........................................................................689
SEARch:PROTocol:MILStd:ERRor...................................................................................689
SEARch:PROTocol:MILStd:MCODe.................................................................................690
SEARch:PROTocol:MILStd:RTADdress:CONDition............................................................690
SEARch:PROTocol:MILStd:RTADdress:MAXimum............................................................ 690
SEARch:PROTocol:MILStd:RTADdress:MINimum............................................................. 690
SEARch:PROTocol:MILStd:SADDress:CONDition.............................................................690
SEARch:PROTocol:MILStd:SADDress:MAXimum..............................................................690
SEARch:PROTocol:MILStd:SADDress:MCADdress...........................................................691
SEARch:PROTocol:MILStd:SADDress:MINimum...............................................................691
SEARch:PROTocol:MILStd:STATus:BCReceived.............................................................. 691
SEARch:PROTocol:MILStd:STATus:BUSY........................................................................691
SEARch:PROTocol:MILStd:STATus:DBCaccept................................................................ 691
SEARch:PROTocol:MILStd:STATus:INSTrument............................................................... 691
SEARch:PROTocol:MILStd:STATus:MERRor.................................................................... 692
SEARch:PROTocol:MILStd:STATus:SREQuest................................................................. 692
SEARch:PROTocol:MILStd:STATus:SUBSystem............................................................... 692
SEARch:PROTocol:MILStd:STATus:TERMinal.................................................................. 692
SEARch:PROTocol:MILStd:TRMode................................................................................692
SEARch:PROTocol:MILStd:TTYPe.................................................................................. 692
SEARch:PROTocol:MILStd:WCOunt:CONDition................................................................693
SEARch:PROTocol:MILStd:WCOunt:MAXimum................................................................ 693
SEARch:PROTocol:MILStd:WCOunt:MINimum................................................................. 693
SEARch:PROTocol:MILStd:WSTart..................................................................................693
SEARch:PROTocol:MILStd:CONDition <SearchCondition>
Selects the condition to be searched for.
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
689User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Parameters:
<SearchCondition> WSTart | ERRor | STATus | DATA | COMMand | MCODe |
CDATa
*RST: WST
SEARch:PROTocol:MILStd:DATA:CONDition <Comparison>
For a data word, searches for a comparison condition.
Parameters:
<Comparison> OFF | EQUal | NEQual | GTHan | GEQual | LEQual | LTHan |
WITHin | OUTSide
*RST: OFF
SEARch:PROTocol:MILStd:DATA:MAXimum <DataMaximum>
For a data word, searches for a maximum value.
Parameters:
<DataMaximum> 01X-string
SEARch:PROTocol:MILStd:DATA:MINimum <DataMinimum>
For a data word, searches for a minimum value.
Parameters:
<DataMinimum> 01X-string
SEARch:PROTocol:MILStd:DATA:OFFSet <DataOffset>
For a data word, searches for a data offset.
Parameters:
<DataOffset> *RST: 0
SEARch:PROTocol:MILStd:DATA:WORDs <DataWords>
For a data word, searches for a number of words.
Parameters:
<DataWords> *RST: 1
SEARch:PROTocol:MILStd:ERRor <ErrorType>
Selects the error type to be searched for.
Parameters:
<ErrorType> SYNChronization | PARity | TIMeout | MANChester | ANY
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
690User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
SEARch:PROTocol:MILStd:MCODe <ModeCode>
Searches for a mode code type.
Parameters:
<ModeCode> DBControl | TSYNchronize | TSTatus | ISELftest | TSHutdown |
OTSHutdown | ITERminal | OITerminal | RESet | VECTor |
RSYNchronize | TLAStcmmand | BITWord | STSHutdown |
OSTShutdown | ANY
*RST: ANY
SEARch:PROTocol:MILStd:RTADdress:CONDition
<Comparison>
For an RT address, searches for a comparison condition.
Parameters:
<Comparison> OFF | EQUal | NEQual | GTHan | GEQual | LEQual | LTHan |
WITHin | OUTSide
*RST: OFF
SEARch:PROTocol:MILStd:RTADdress:MAXimum <AddressMaximum>
For an RT address, searches for the maximum address.
Parameters:
<AddressMaximum> 01X-string
SEARch:PROTocol:MILStd:RTADdress:MINimum <AddressMinimum>
For an RT address, searches for the minimum address.
Parameters:
<AddressMinimum> 01X-string
SEARch:PROTocol:MILStd:SADDress:CONDition <Comparison>
For a subaddress, searches for a comparison condition.
Parameters:
<Comparison> OFF | EQUal | NEQual | GTHan | GEQual | LEQual | LTHan |
WITHin | OUTSide
*RST: OFF
SEARch:PROTocol:MILStd:SADDress:MAXimum <AddressMaximum>
For a subaddress, searches for the maximum address.
Parameters:
<AddressMaximum> 01X-string
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
691User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
SEARch:PROTocol:MILStd:SADDress:MCADdress <ModeCodeAddress>
Searches for a mode code address.
Parameters:
<ModeCodeAddress> A0 | A31 | EITHer
*RST: EITH
SEARch:PROTocol:MILStd:SADDress:MINimum <AddressMinimum>
For a subaddress, searches for the minimum address.
Parameters:
<AddressMinimum> 01X-string
SEARch:PROTocol:MILStd:STATus:BCReceived <StatusBit>
Searches for a broadcast received bit of a status word.
Parameters:
<StatusBit> 0 | 1 | X
*RST: X
SEARch:PROTocol:MILStd:STATus:BUSY <StatusBit>
Searches for a busy bit of a status word.
Parameters:
<StatusBit> 0 | 1 | X
*RST: X
SEARch:PROTocol:MILStd:STATus:DBCaccept <StatusBit>
Searches for a dynamic bus control accept bit of a status word.
Parameters:
<StatusBit> 0 | 1 | X
*RST: X
SEARch:PROTocol:MILStd:STATus:INSTrument <StatusBit>
Searches for an instrument bit of a status word.
Parameters:
<StatusBit> 0 | 1 | X
*RST: X
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
692User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
SEARch:PROTocol:MILStd:STATus:MERRor <StatusBit>
Searches for a message error bit of a status word.
Parameters:
<StatusBit> 0 | 1 | X
*RST: X
SEARch:PROTocol:MILStd:STATus:SREQuest <StatusBit>
Searches for a service request bit of a status word.
Parameters:
<StatusBit> 0 | 1 | X
*RST: X
SEARch:PROTocol:MILStd:STATus:SUBSystem <StatusBit>
Searches for a subsystem bit of a status word.
Parameters:
<StatusBit> 0 | 1 | X
*RST: X
SEARch:PROTocol:MILStd:STATus:TERMinal <StatusBit>
Searches for a terminal bit of a status word.
Parameters:
<StatusBit> 0 | 1 | X
*RST: X
SEARch:PROTocol:MILStd:TRMode <DataDirection>
Selects the transmission mode to be searched for.
Parameters:
<DataDirection> TRANsmit | RECeive | EITHer
*RST: EITH
SEARch:PROTocol:MILStd:TTYPe <TransmissionType>
Selects the transmission type to be searched for.
Parameters:
<TransmissionType> BCRT | RTBC | RTRT | MCData
BCRT: bus controller to remote terminal transmission
RTBC: remote terminal to bus controller transmission
RTRT: remote terminal to remote terminal transmission
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
693User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
MCData: mde code with data
*RST: BCRT
SEARch:PROTocol:MILStd:WCOunt:CONDition <Compare>
Searches for a comparison condition of the word count.
Parameters:
<Compare> OFF | EQUal | NEQual | GTHan | GEQual | LEQual | LTHan |
WITHin | OUTSide
*RST: OFF
SEARch:PROTocol:MILStd:WCOunt:MAXimum <WordCountMaximum>
Searches for the maximum word count.
Parameters:
<WordCountMaximum>
SEARch:PROTocol:MILStd:WCOunt:MINimum <WordCountMinimum>
Searches for the minimum word count.
Parameters:
<WordCountMinimum>
SEARch:PROTocol:MILStd:WSTart <WordStart>
Selects a word start to be searched for.
Parameters:
<WordStart> COMMand | STATus | DATA
*RST: COMM
16.11.9 ARINC 429 (Option R&S RTA-K7)
● ARINC 429 Configuration......................................................................................693
● ARINC 429 Trigger................................................................................................695
● ARINC 429 Decode Results..................................................................................699
● ARINC 429 Search................................................................................................702
16.11.9.1 ARINC 429 Configuration
BUS<b>:ARINc:BRMode................................................................................................ 694
BUS<b>:ARINc:BRValue................................................................................................ 694
BUS<b>:ARINc:POLarity................................................................................................ 694
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
694User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
BUS<b>:ARINc:SOURce................................................................................................ 694
BUS<b>:ARINc:THReshold:HIGH....................................................................................695
BUS<b>:ARINc:THReshold:LOW.................................................................................... 695
BUS<b>:ARINc:BRMode <BitRateMode>
Sets the bit rate mode to high speed, low speed or a user defined mode.
If USER mode is selected, you can set the bit rate value with BUS<b>:ARINc:
BRValue.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Parameters:
<BitRateMode> HIGH | LOW | USER
BUS<b>:ARINc:BRValue <BitRateValue>
Sets the number of transmitted bits per second.
If you set a value with this command, the mode of BUS<b>:ARINc:BRMode will be
automatically set to USER.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Parameters:
<BitRateValue>
BUS<b>:ARINc:POLarity <Polarity>
Sets the wire on which the bus signal is measured.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Parameters:
<Polarity> ALEG | BLEG | NORMal | INVerted
*RST: ALEG
BUS<b>:ARINc:SOURce <Source>
Sets the channel for the signal source.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Parameters:
<Source> CH1 | CH2 | CH3 | CH4
*RST: CH1
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
695User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
BUS<b>:ARINc:THReshold:HIGH <ThresholdHigh>
Sets the high threshold level of the signal.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Parameters:
<ThresholdHigh>
BUS<b>:ARINc:THReshold:LOW <ThresholdLow>
Sets the low threshold level of the signal.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Parameters:
<ThresholdLow>
16.11.9.2
ARINC 429 Trigger
TRIGger:A:ARINc:DATA:CONDition................................................................................. 695
TRIGger:A:ARINc:DATA:MAXimum..................................................................................696
TRIGger:A:ARINc:DATA:MINimum...................................................................................696
TRIGger:A:ARINc:DATA:OFFSet..................................................................................... 696
TRIGger:A:ARINc:DATA:SIZE......................................................................................... 696
TRIGger:A:ARINc:ERRor:CODing................................................................................... 696
TRIGger:A:ARINc:ERRor:GAP........................................................................................ 697
TRIGger:A:ARINc:ERRor:PARity..................................................................................... 697
TRIGger:A:ARINc:FORMat............................................................................................. 697
TRIGger:A:ARINc:LABel:CONDition.................................................................................697
TRIGger:A:ARINc:LABel:MAXimum................................................................................. 698
TRIGger:A:ARINc:LABel:MINimum.................................................................................. 698
TRIGger:A:ARINc:SDI.................................................................................................... 698
TRIGger:A:ARINc:SSM...................................................................................................698
TRIGger:A:ARINc:TTIMe:CONDition................................................................................698
TRIGger:A:ARINc:TTIMe:MAXimum................................................................................ 698
TRIGger:A:ARINc:TTIMe:MINimum................................................................................. 698
TRIGger:A:ARINc:TYPE................................................................................................. 699
TRIGger:A:ARINc:WORD:TYPE......................................................................................699
TRIGger:A:ARINc:DATA:CONDition <Compare>
Define the operators for comparison of the decoded data condition with the specified
data.
Parameters:
<Compare> EQUal | NEQual | GTHan | GEQual | LEQual | LTHan | WITHin |
OUTSide
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
696User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
INRange: in range
OORange: out of range
EQUal | NEQual | GTHan | LTHan
Equal, not equal, greater than, less than. These conditions
require one data word to be set with TRIGger:A:ARINc:
DATA:MINimum.
INRange | OORange
In range / Out of range: Set the minimum and maximum value of
the range with TRIGger:A:ARINc:DATA:MINimum and
TRIGger:A:ARINc:DATA:MAXimum.
TRIGger:A:ARINc:DATA:MAXimum <DataMaximum>
Specifies the maximum value of the data if TRIGger:A:ARINc:DATA:CONDition is
set to INRange or OORange.
Parameters:
<DataMaximum> 01X-string
TRIGger:A:ARINc:DATA:MINimum <DataMinimum>
Sets the minimum condition for the data.
Parameters:
<DataMinimum> 01X-string
TRIGger:A:ARINc:DATA:OFFSet <DataOffset>
Sets a data offset.
Parameters:
<DataOffset>
TRIGger:A:ARINc:DATA:SIZE <DataSize>
Sets the data size.
Parameters:
<DataSize>
TRIGger:A:ARINc:ERRor:CODing <ErrorEnable>
Enables triggering when a coding error occurs.
Parameters:
<ErrorEnable> ON | OFF
*RST: ON
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
697User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
TRIGger:A:ARINc:ERRor:GAP <ErrorEnable>
Enables triggering when a gap error occurs.
Parameters:
<ErrorEnable> ON | OFF
*RST: ON
TRIGger:A:ARINc:ERRor:PARity <ErrorEnable>
Enables triggering when a parity error occurs.
Parameters:
<ErrorEnable> ON | OFF
*RST: ON
TRIGger:A:ARINc:FORMat <DataFormat>
Sets the the transmission format to be triggered on.
Parameters:
<DataFormat> DATA | DSSM | DSDI | DSSSm
DSSM: SSM+Data
DSDI: SDI+Data
DSSSm: SSM+Data +SDI
TRIGger:A:ARINc:LABel:CONDition <Compare>
Define the operators for comparison of the decoded label condition with the specified
label.
Parameters:
<Compare> EQUal | NEQual | GTHan | GEQual | LEQual | LTHan | WITHin |
OUTSide
INRange: in range
OORange: out of range
EQUal | NEQual | GTHan | LTHan
Equal, not equal, greater than, less than. These conditions
require one label to be set with TRIGger:A:ARINc:LABel:
MINimum.
INRange | OORange
In range / Out of range: Set the minimum and maximum value of
the range with TRIGger:A:ARINc:LABel:MINimum and
TRIGger:A:ARINc:LABel:MAXimum.
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
698User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
TRIGger:A:ARINc:LABel:MAXimum <LabelMaximum>
Specifies the maximum value of the label if TRIGger:A:ARINc:LABel:CONDition
is set to INRange or OORange.
Parameters:
<LabelMaximum> 01X-string
TRIGger:A:ARINc:LABel:MINimum <LabelMinimum>
Sets the minimum value of the label to be triggerd on.
Parameters:
<LabelMinimum> 01X-string
TRIGger:A:ARINc:SDI
<SDIvalue>
Sets the source/destination identifier (SDI) bits to be triggered on.
Parameters:
<SDIvalue> ANY | S00 | S01 | S10 | S11
TRIGger:A:ARINc:SSM <SSMvalue>
Sets the sign/status matrix (SSM) bits to be triggered on.
Parameters:
<SSMvalue> ANY | S00 | S01 | S10 | S11
TRIGger:A:ARINc:TTIMe:CONDition <Compare>
Define the operators for comparison of the decoded transmission time condition with
the specified data.
Parameters:
<Compare> GTHan | LTHan | WITHin | OUTSide
*RST: GTH
TRIGger:A:ARINc:TTIMe:MAXimum <TransmissionTimeMax>
Sets the maximum value of the transmission time.
Parameters:
<TransmissionTimeMax>
TRIGger:A:ARINc:TTIMe:MINimum <TransmissionTimeMin>
Sets the minimum value of the transmission time.
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
699User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Parameters:
<TransmissionTimeMin>
TRIGger:A:ARINc:TYPE <TriggerType>
Selects the type of trigger.
Parameters:
<TriggerType> WORD | ERRor | LABel | LDATa | TTIMe
TRIGger:A:ARINc:WORD:TYPE
<WordType>
Sets the word type to be triggered on.
Parameters:
<WordType> STARt | STOP
16.11.9.3 ARINC 429 Decode Results
BUS<b>:ARINc:WCOunt?...............................................................................................699
BUS<b>:ARINc:DATA:FORMat........................................................................................699
BUS<b>:ARINc:WORD<n>:DATA[:VALue]?......................................................................700
BUS<b>:ARINc:WORD<n>:FORMat?.............................................................................. 700
BUS<b>:ARINc:WORD<n>:LABel[:VALue]?..................................................................... 700
BUS<b>:ARINc:WORD<n>:PARity?.................................................................................700
BUS<b>:ARINc:WORD<n>:PATTern?.............................................................................. 701
BUS<b>:ARINc:WORD<n>:SDI?.....................................................................................701
BUS<b>:ARINc:WORD<n>:SSM?................................................................................... 701
BUS<b>:ARINc:WORD<n>:STARt?.................................................................................701
BUS<b>:ARINc:WORD<n>:STATus?............................................................................... 702
BUS<b>:ARINc:WORD<n>:STOP?..................................................................................702
BUS<b>:ARINc:WCOunt?
Returns the number of decoded words.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Return values:
<WordCount>
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:ARINc:DATA:FORMat <StandardDecodeFormat>
Sets the decoding data format for the specified ARINC 429 bus.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
700User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Parameters:
<StandardDecodeFormat>DATA | DSSM | DSDI | DSSSm
DSSSm: Data + SSM
DSDI: Data + SDI
DSSD: Data + SSM +SDI
BUS<b>:ARINc:WORD<n>:DATA[:VALue]?
Returns the decimal value of the data of the specified word.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Return values:
<DataValue>
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:ARINc:WORD<n>:FORMat?
Returns the format of the sepcified word.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Return values:
<DataFormat> DATA | DSSM | DSDI | DSSSm
DSSSm: Data + SSM
DSDI: Data + SDI
DSSD: Data + SSM +SDI
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:ARINc:WORD<n>:LABel[:VALue]?
Returns the decimal value of the label of the specified word.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Return values:
<LabelValue>
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:ARINc:WORD<n>:PARity?
Returns the parity of the specified word.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
701User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Return values:
<Parity>
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:ARINc:WORD<n>:PATTern?
Returns all 32 bits of a data word as decimal value.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Return values:
<PatternValue>
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:ARINc:WORD<n>:SDI?
Returns the source/destination identifier (SDI) bits of the specified word.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Return values:
<SDI>
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:ARINc:WORD<n>:SSM?
Returns the sign/status matrix(SSM) bits of the specified word.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Return values:
<SSM>
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:ARINc:WORD<n>:STARt?
Returns the start time of the specified word.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Return values:
<StartTime>
Usage: Query only
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
702User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
BUS<b>:ARINc:WORD<n>:STATus?
Returns the overall state of the specified word.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Return values:
<WordStatus> OK | INSufficient | INComplete | PRERror | GERRor | CERRor
PRERror: parity error occured.
GERRor: timing gap error occured.
CERRor: coding error occured.
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:ARINc:WORD<n>:STOP?
Returns the end time of the specified word.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..4
Return values:
<StopTime>
Usage: Query only
16.11.9.4 ARINC 429 Search
SEARch:PROTocol:ARINc:CONDition..............................................................................702
SEARch:PROTocol:ARINc:DATA:CONDition.....................................................................703
SEARch:PROTocol:ARINc:DATA:MAXimum..................................................................... 703
SEARch:PROTocol:ARINc:DATA:MINimum...................................................................... 704
SEARch:PROTocol:ARINc:DATA:OFFSet.........................................................................704
SEARch:PROTocol:ARINc:DATA:SIZE............................................................................. 704
SEARch:PROTocol:ARINc:ERRor....................................................................................704
SEARch:PROTocol:ARINc:FORMat................................................................................. 704
SEARch:PROTocol:ARINc:LABel:CONDition.................................................................... 705
SEARch:PROTocol:ARINc:LABel:MAXimum.....................................................................705
SEARch:PROTocol:ARINc:LABel:MINimum......................................................................705
SEARch:PROTocol:ARINc:SDI........................................................................................705
SEARch:PROTocol:ARINc:SSM...................................................................................... 705
SEARch:PROTocol:ARINc:WORD[:TYPE]........................................................................706
SEARch:PROTocol:ARINc:CONDition
Sets the event or combination of events to be searched for. Depending on the selected
event, further settings are required.
Parameters:
<SearchCondition> WORD | ERRor | LABel | LDATa
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
703User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
WORD
Search for a word type.
Set the word type with SEARch:PROTocol:ARINc:WORD[:
TYPE].
ERROr
Search for errors of one or more error types.
Set the error types with SEARch:PROTocol:ARINc:ERRor.
LABel
Searches for label.
Set the label with SEARch:PROTocol:ARINc:LABel:
CONDition, SEARch:PROTocol:ARINc:LABel:MAXimum
and SEARch:PROTocol:ARINc:LABel:MINimum
LDATa
Searches for label and data.
Set the label with SEARch:PROTocol:ARINc:LABel:
CONDition, SEARch:PROTocol:ARINc:LABel:MAXimum
and SEARch:PROTocol:ARINc:LABel:MINimum
Set the data with SEARch:PROTocol:ARINc:DATA:
CONDition, SEARch:PROTocol:ARINc:DATA:MAXimum,
SEARch:PROTocol:ARINc:DATA:MINimum, SEARch:
PROTocol:ARINc:DATA:OFFSet, SEARch:PROTocol:
ARINc:DATA:SIZE, SEARch:PROTocol:ARINc:SDI and
SEARch:PROTocol:ARINc:SSM.
SEARch:PROTocol:ARINc:DATA:CONDition
Sets the comparison condition for data: If the pattern contains at least one X (don't
care), you can trigger on values equal or not equal to the specified value. If the pattern
contains only 0 and 1, you can also trigger on a range greater than or lower than the
specified value.
The command is relevant if SEARch:PROTocol:ARINc:CONDition is set to LDATa.
Parameters:
<DataCondition> EQUal | NEQual | GTHan | GEQual | LEQual | LTHan | WITHin |
OUTSide
SEARch:PROTocol:ARINc:DATA:MAXimum
Searches for a maximum value of the data if SEARch:PROTocol:ARINc:DATA:
CONDition is set to INRange or OORange.
The command is relevant if SEARch:PROTocol:ARINc:CONDition is set to LDATa.
Parameters:
<DataMaximum> 01X-string
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
704User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
SEARch:PROTocol:ARINc:DATA:MINimum
Searches for a minimum value of the data.
The command is relevant if SEARch:PROTocol:ARINc:CONDition is set to LDATa.
Parameters:
<DataMinimum> 01X-string
SEARch:PROTocol:ARINc:DATA:OFFSet
Searches for specified data offset.
The command is relevant if SEARch:PROTocol:ARINc:CONDition is set to LDATa.
Parameters:
<DataOffset>
SEARch:PROTocol:ARINc:DATA:SIZE
Searches for specified data size.
The command is relevant if SEARch:PROTocol:ARINc:CONDition is set to LDATa.
Parameters:
<DataSize>
SEARch:PROTocol:ARINc:ERRor
Searches for an error condition.
The command is relevant if SEARch:PROTocol:ARINc:CONDition is set to ERRor.
Parameters:
<ErrorCondition> ANY | PARity | GAP | CODing
SEARch:PROTocol:ARINc:FORMat
Searches for a data format.
The command is relevant if SEARch:PROTocol:ARINc:CONDition is set to LDATa.
Parameters:
<DataFormat> DATA | DSSM | DSDI | DSSSm
SSMData: SSM+Data
SDIData: SDI+Data
SSData: SSM+Data +SDI
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
705User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
SEARch:PROTocol:ARINc:LABel:CONDition
Sets the comparison condition for label: If the pattern contains at least one X (don't
care), you can trigger on values equal or not equal to the specified value. If the pattern
contains only 0 and 1, you can also trigger on a range greater than or lower than the
specified value.
The command is relevant if SEARch:PROTocol:ARINc:CONDition is set to LABel
or LDAta.
Parameters:
<LabelCondition> EQUal | NEQual | GTHan | GEQual | LEQual | LTHan | WITHin |
OUTSide
SEARch:PROTocol:ARINc:LABel:MAXimum
Searches for a maximum value of the label if SEARch:PROTocol:ARINc:LABel:
CONDition is set to INRange or OORange.
The command is relevant if SEARch:PROTocol:ARINc:CONDition is set to LABel
or LDATa.
Parameters:
<LabelMaximum> 01X-string
SEARch:PROTocol:ARINc:LABel:MINimum
Searches for a minimum value of the label.
The command is relevant if SEARch:PROTocol:ARINc:CONDition is set to LABel
or LDATa.
Parameters:
<LabelMinimum> 01X-string
SEARch:PROTocol:ARINc:SDI
Searches for the specified source/destination identifier (SDI) bits.
The command is relevant if SEARch:PROTocol:ARINc:CONDition is set to LDATa.
Parameters:
<SDIvalue> ANY | S00 | S01 | S10 | S11
SEARch:PROTocol:ARINc:SSM
Searches for specified sign/status matrix (SSM) bits.
The command is relevant if SEARch:PROTocol:ARINc:CONDition is set to LDATa.
Parameters:
<SSMvalue> ANY | S00 | S01 | S10 | S11
Serial Bus Analysis
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
706User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
SEARch:PROTocol:ARINc:WORD[:TYPE]
Selects the word type to be searched for.
The command is relevant if SEARch:PROTocol:ARINc:CONDition is set to WORD.
Parameters:
<WordType> STARt | STOP
16.12 Power Analysis (Option R&S RTA-K31)
● General................................................................................................................. 706
● Probe Adjustment..................................................................................................708
● Report................................................................................................................... 709
● Consumption.........................................................................................................710
● Dynamic ON Resistance.......................................................................................712
● Power Efficiency....................................................................................................713
● Current Harmonic..................................................................................................715
● Inrush Current....................................................................................................... 721
● Modulation Analysis.............................................................................................. 722
● Turn On/Off........................................................................................................... 726
● Quality...................................................................................................................727
● Ripple....................................................................................................................731
● Slew Rate..............................................................................................................736
● S.O.A.....................................................................................................................742
● Spectrum...............................................................................................................750
● Switching...............................................................................................................753
● Transient Response.............................................................................................. 757
16.12.1 General
POWer:ATYPe...............................................................................................................706
POWer:AUToscale......................................................................................................... 707
POWer:AUToscale:CURRent...........................................................................................707
POWer:AUToscale:VOLTage........................................................................................... 707
POWer:ENABle............................................................................................................. 707
POWer:RESult:TABLe.................................................................................................... 707
POWer:SOURce:CURRent<n>........................................................................................707
POWer:SOURce:VOLTage<n>........................................................................................ 708
POWer:STATistics:RESet................................................................................................708
POWer:STATistics:VISible...............................................................................................708
POWer:ATYPe
Sets the type of power analysis measurement.
Power Analysis (Option R&S
RTA-K31)
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
707User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Parameters:
<AnalysisType> OFF | QUALity | CONSumption | HARMonicsINRushcurrent |
RIPPle | SPECtrumSWITchingloss | SLEWrateMODulation |
DONResistance | EFFiciencySWITchingloss | TURNonoff |
TRANsient
*RST: OFF
POWer:AUToscale
Performs an autoset of the voltage and current source scales.
Usage: Event
POWer:AUToscale:CURRent
Performs an autoset of the current source scale.
Usage:
Event
POWer:AUToscale:VOLTage
Performs an autoset of the voltage source scale.
Usage:
Event
POWer:ENABle
Enables/disables the power analysis measurements.
Parameters:
<State> ON | OFF
*RST: OFF
POWer:RESult:TABLe
Displays or hides the result table.
The command is available for harmonic and spectrum power measurements.
Parameters:
<Visible> ON | OFF
*RST: OFF
POWer:SOURce:CURRent<n>
Sets the channel for the current source. Connect the current probe in flow direction of
the current.
Power Analysis (Option R&S
RTA-K31)
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
708User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Suffix:
<n>
.
1..2
Only relevant if two current sources are used: 1 = Input, 2 = Out-
put
Parameters:
<CurrentSource> CH1 | CH2 | CH3 | CH4 | RE1 | RE2 | RE3 | RE4
POWer:SOURce:VOLTage<n>
Sets the channel for the voltage source.
Suffix:
<n>
.
1..4
Only relevant if several voltage sources are used: 1 = In, 2 =
Out, 3 and 4 = Out for "Turn ON/OFF time" measurement
Parameters:
<VoltageSource> CH1 | CH2 | CH3 | CH4 | RE1 | RE2 | RE3 | RE4
POWer:STATistics:RESet
Deletes the statistical results for the current measurement or all measurements,
respectivley, and starts a new statistical evaluation.
Usage:
Event
POWer:STATistics:VISible
Shows/ hides the statistical evaluation of the measurement.
Parameters:
<Visible> ON | OFF
*RST: OFF
16.12.2 Probe Adjustment
POWer:DESKew[:EXECute]
Starts the automatic deskew procedure to align the waveforms of all visible channels. It
is necessary to deskew if a current and a voltage probe is used in the measurment.
Use the R&S RT-ZF20 power deskew fixture to deskew the probes.
Usage:
Event
POWer:ZOFFset[:EXECute]
Executes a zero offset for all visible channels.
Usage:
Event
Power Analysis (Option R&S RTA-K31)
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
709User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
16.12.3 Report
POWer:REPort:ADD.......................................................................................................709
POWer:REPort:DESCription............................................................................................709
POWer:REPort:DUT.......................................................................................................709
POWer:REPort:OUTPut..................................................................................................709
POWer:REPort:SITE...................................................................................................... 709
POWer:REPort:TEMPerature.......................................................................................... 709
POWer:REPort:USER.................................................................................................... 710
POWer:REPort:ADD
Adds a power report.
Usage:
Event
POWer:REPort:DESCription
Sets a description that can be shown at the titel page of a report.
Parameters:
<DescriptionString> String parameter
POWer:REPort:DUT
Sets a device under test (DUT) value that can be shown at the titel page of a report.
Parameters:
<DeviceString> String parameter
POWer:REPort:OUTPut
Sets the directory for the output folder, where the reports are stored.
Parameters:
<OutputFolderPath> String parameter
POWer:REPort:SITE
Sets a site value that can be shown at the titel page of a report.
Parameters:
<SiteString> String parameter
POWer:REPort:TEMPerature <Temperature>
Sets a temperature value that can be shown at the titel page of a report.
Power Analysis (Option R&S
RTA-K31)
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
710User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Parameters:
<Temperature> Range: -273 to 32767
Increment: 1
*RST: 20
POWer:REPort:USER
Sets a user value that can be shown at the titel page of a report.
Parameters:
<UserString> String parameter
16.12.4 Consumption
POWer:CONSumption:EXECute......................................................................................710
POWer:CONSumption:REPort:ADD.................................................................................710
POWer:CONSumption:RESTart.......................................................................................710
POWer:CONSumption:RESult:APParent?........................................................................ 710
POWer:CONSumption:RESult:DURation?........................................................................ 711
POWer:CONSumption:RESult:ENERgy?..........................................................................711
POWer:CONSumption:RESult:PFACtor?.......................................................................... 711
POWer:CONSumption:RESult:PHASe?............................................................................711
POWer:CONSumption:RESult:REACtive?........................................................................ 711
POWer:CONSumption:RESult:REALpower?.....................................................................712
POWer:CONSumption:EXECute <State>
Starts the consumption measurement.
Parameters:
<State> ON | OFF
Usage: Event
POWer:CONSumption:REPort:ADD
Adds the result to the report list.
Usage:
Event
POWer:CONSumption:RESTart
Restarts the consumption measurement.
Usage:
Event
POWer:CONSumption:RESult:APParent?
Queries the apparent power, the magnitude of the vector sum of real and reactive
power.
Power Analysis (Option R&S
RTA-K31)
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
711User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Return values:
<ApparentPower>
Usage: Query only
POWer:CONSumption:RESult:DURation?
Queries the duration of the measurement. The result is displayed in seconds.
Return values:
<Duration>
Usage: Query only
POWer:CONSumption:RESult:ENERgy?
Queries the energy.
Return values:
<Energy>
Usage: Query only
POWer:CONSumption:RESult:PFACtor?
Queries the power factor, a measure of the system efficiency. The value varies
between -1 and 1.
Return values:
<PowerFactor>
Usage: Query only
POWer:CONSumption:RESult:PHASe?
Queries the phase angle, the angle between the current and the voltage sine waves.
Return values:
<Phase>
Usage: Query only
POWer:CONSumption:RESult:REACtive?
Queries the reactive power, the power flow that is temporarily stored in a system
because of the inductive and capacitive elements.
Return values:
<ReactivePower>
Usage: Query only
Power Analysis (Option R&S RTA-K31)
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
712User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
POWer:CONSumption:RESult:REALpower?
Queries the real power.
Return values:
<RealPower>
Usage: Query only
16.12.5 Dynamic ON Resistance
POWer:DONResistance:EXECute................................................................................... 712
POWer:DONResistance:GATE<n>:START....................................................................... 712
POWer:DONResistance:GATE<n>STOP..........................................................................712
POWer:DONResistance:REPort:ADD.............................................................................. 712
POWer:DONResistance:RESult:DONResistance?.............................................................713
POWer:DONResistance:EXECute
Starts the dynamic on resistance measurement.
Usage:
Event
POWer:DONResistance:GATE<n>:START
Sets the start time for the corresponding gate.
Suffix:
<n>
.
1..2
Return values:
<StartTime>
POWer:DONResistance:GATE<n>STOP
Sets the stop time for the corresponding gate.
Suffix:
<n>
.
1..2
Return values:
<StopTime>
POWer:DONResistance:REPort:ADD
Adds the result to the report list.
Usage:
Event
Power Analysis (Option R&S RTA-K31)
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
713User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
POWer:DONResistance:RESult:DONResistance?
Starts the dynamic on resistance measurement.
Return values:
<Value>
Usage: Query only
16.12.6 Power Efficiency
POWer:EFFiciency:EXECute...........................................................................................713
POWer:EFFiciency:REPort:ADD......................................................................................713
POWer:EFFiciency:RESult:EFFiciency[:ACTual]?..............................................................713
POWer:EFFiciency:RESult:EFFiciency:AVG?....................................................................713
POWer:EFFiciency:RESult:EFFiciency:NPEak?................................................................713
POWer:EFFiciency:RESult:EFFiciency:PPEak?................................................................ 713
POWer:EFFiciency:RESult:EFFiciency:STDDev?..............................................................714
POWer:EFFiciency:RESult:EFFiciency:WFMCount?..........................................................714
POWer:EFFiciency:RESult:INPut:REALpower[:ACTual]?................................................... 714
POWer:EFFiciency:RESult:INPut:REALpower:AVG?......................................................... 714
POWer:EFFiciency:RESult:INPut:REALpower:NPEak?......................................................714
POWer:EFFiciency:RESult:INPut:REALpower:PPEak?......................................................714
POWer:EFFiciency:RESult:INPut:REALpower:STDDev?....................................................714
POWer:EFFiciency:RESult:INPut:REALpower:WFMCount?................................................714
POWer:EFFiciency:RESult:OUTPut:REALpower[:ACTual]?................................................714
POWer:EFFiciency:RESult:OUTPut:REALpower:AVG?......................................................714
POWer:EFFiciency:RESult:OUTPut:REALpower:NPEak?.................................................. 714
POWer:EFFiciency:RESult:OUTPut:REALpower:PPEak?.................................................. 714
POWer:EFFiciency:RESult:OUTPut:REALpower:STDDev?................................................714
POWer:EFFiciency:RESult:OUTPut:REALpower:WFMCount?............................................714
POWer:EFFiciency:EXECute
Starts the efficiency measurement.
Usage:
Event
POWer:EFFiciency:REPort:ADD
Adds the result to the report list.
Usage:
Event
POWer:EFFiciency:RESult:EFFiciency[:ACTual]?
POWer:EFFiciency:RESult:EFFiciency:AVG?
POWer:EFFiciency:RESult:EFFiciency:NPEak?
POWer:EFFiciency:RESult:EFFiciency:PPEak?
Power Analysis (Option R&S
RTA-K31)
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
714User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
POWer:EFFiciency:RESult:EFFiciency:STDDev?
POWer:EFFiciency:RESult:EFFiciency:WFMCount?
Returns the corresponding statistic result for the efficiency.
●
[:ACTual]: current measurement result
●
AVG: average of the long-term measurement results
●
NPEak: negative peak value of the long-term measurement results
●
PPEak: positive peak value of the long-term measurement results
●
STDDev: standard deviation of the long-term measurement results
●
WFMCount: the number of waveforms used for the displayed results
Return values:
<WaveformCount>
Usage: Query only
POWer:EFFiciency:RESult:INPut:REALpower[:ACTual]?
POWer:EFFiciency:RESult:INPut:REALpower:AVG?
POWer:EFFiciency:RESult:INPut:REALpower:NPEak?
POWer:EFFiciency:RESult:INPut:REALpower:PPEak?
POWer:EFFiciency:RESult:INPut:REALpower:STDDev?
POWer:EFFiciency:RESult:INPut:REALpower:WFMCount?
Returns the corresponding statistic result for the input real power.
●
[:ACTual]: current measurement result
●
AVG: average of the long-term measurement results
●
NPEak: negative peak value of the long-term measurement results
●
PPEak: positive peak value of the long-term measurement results
●
STDDev: standard deviation of the long-term measurement results
●
WFMCount: the number of waveforms used for the displayed results
Return values:
<WaveformCount>
Usage: Query only
POWer:EFFiciency:RESult:OUTPut:REALpower[:ACTual]?
POWer:EFFiciency:RESult:OUTPut:REALpower:AVG?
POWer:EFFiciency:RESult:OUTPut:REALpower:NPEak?
POWer:EFFiciency:RESult:OUTPut:REALpower:PPEak?
POWer:EFFiciency:RESult:OUTPut:REALpower:STDDev?
POWer:EFFiciency:RESult:OUTPut:REALpower:WFMCount?
Returns the corresponding statistic result for the output real power.
●
[:ACTual]: current measurement result
●
AVG: average of the long-term measurement results
●
NPEak: negative peak value of the long-term measurement results
Power Analysis (Option R&S
RTA-K31)
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
715User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
●
PPEak: positive peak value of the long-term measurement results
●
STDDev: standard deviation of the long-term measurement results
●
WFMCount: the number of waveforms used for the displayed results
Return values:
<WaveformCount>
Usage: Query only
16.12.7 Current Harmonic
POWer:HARMonics:AVAilable?....................................................................................... 715
POWer:HARMonics:DOFRequency................................................................................. 716
POWer:HARMonics:ENFRequency..................................................................................716
POWer:HARMonics:EXECute......................................................................................... 716
POWer:HARMonics:MEASurement:DURation?.................................................................716
POWer:HARMonics:MEASurement:FREQuency:AVG?......................................................716
POWer:HARMonics:MEASurement:FREQuency:NPEak?.................................................. 716
POWer:HARMonics:MEASurement:FREQuency:PPeak?...................................................717
POWer:HARMonics:MEASurement:FREQuency:STDDev?................................................ 717
POWer:HARMonics:MEASurement:FREQuency[:ACTual]?................................................717
POWer:HARMonics:MEASurement:REALpower[:ACTual]?................................................ 717
POWer:HARMonics:MEASurement:THDistortion:AVG?......................................................717
POWer:HARMonics:MEASurement:THDistortion:NPEak?..................................................717
POWer:HARMonics:MEASurement:THDistortion:PPeak?...................................................718
POWer:HARMonics:MEASurement:THDistortion:STDDev?................................................718
POWer:HARMonics:MEASurement:THDistortion[:ACTual]?................................................718
POWer:HARMonics:MIFRequency...................................................................................718
POWer:HARMonics:REPort:ADD.....................................................................................718
POWer:HARMonics:RESult<n>:FREQency?.....................................................................718
POWer:HARMonics:RESult<n>:LEVel:LIMit?....................................................................719
POWer:HARMonics:RESult<n>:LEVel[:VALue]?................................................................719
POWer:HARMonics:RESult<n>:MAXimum?..................................................................... 719
POWer:HARMonics:RESult<n>:MEAN?...........................................................................719
POWer:HARMonics:RESult<n>:MINimum?.......................................................................719
POWer:HARMonics:RESult<n>:RESet.............................................................................720
POWer:HARMonics:RESult<n>:VALid?............................................................................ 720
POWer:HARMonics:RESult<n>:VCOunt?.........................................................................720
POWer:HARMonics:RESult<n>:WFMCount?....................................................................720
POWer:HARMonics:STANdard........................................................................................720
EXPort:POWer:NAME.................................................................................................... 721
EXPort:POWer:SAVE..................................................................................................... 721
POWer:HARMonics:AVAilable?
Returns the number of measured harmonics.
Return values:
<HarmonicsCount>
Power Analysis (Option R&S RTA-K31)
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
716User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Usage: Query only
POWer:HARMonics:DOFRequency <DoFrequency>
Selects the frequency of the input signal if POWer:HARMonics:STANdard is set to
RTC.
Parameters:
<DoFrequency> F400 | NVF | WVF
POWer:HARMonics:ENFRequency
<ENFrequency>
Selects the frequency of the input signal if POWer:HARMonics:STANdard is set to
ENA/ENB/ENC/END.
Parameters:
<ENFrequency> AUTO | F50 | F60
POWer:HARMonics:EXECute
Starts the current harmonics measurement.
Usage:
Event
POWer:HARMonics:MEASurement:DURation?
Returns the time duration of the measurement.
Return values:
<MeasurementDuration>
Usage: Query only
POWer:HARMonics:MEASurement:FREQuency:AVG?
Returns the average frequency of the measured signal.
Return values:
<AverageValue>
Usage: Query only
POWer:HARMonics:MEASurement:FREQuency:NPEak?
Returns the minimum frequency of the measured signal.
Return values:
<MinimumValue>
Usage: Query only
Power Analysis (Option R&S RTA-K31)
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
717User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
POWer:HARMonics:MEASurement:FREQuency:PPeak?
Returns the maximum frequency of the measured signal.
Return values:
<MaximumValue>
Usage: Query only
POWer:HARMonics:MEASurement:FREQuency:STDDev?
Returns the standard deviation of frequencies of the measured signal.
Return values:
<DeviationValue>
Usage: Query only
POWer:HARMonics:MEASurement:FREQuency[:ACTual]?
Returns the current frequency value.
Return values:
<ActualValue>
Usage: Query only
POWer:HARMonics:MEASurement:REALpower[:ACTual]?
Returns the measured total power, which is used for dynamic calculation of the limits.
Return values:
<RealPower>
Usage: Query only
POWer:HARMonics:MEASurement:THDistortion:AVG?
Returns the average total harmonic disortion of the measured signal.
Return values:
<AverageValue>
Usage: Query only
POWer:HARMonics:MEASurement:THDistortion:NPEak?
Returns the minimum total harmonic disortion of the measured signal.
Return values:
<MinimumValue>
Usage: Query only
Power Analysis (Option R&S RTA-K31)
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
718User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
POWer:HARMonics:MEASurement:THDistortion:PPeak?
Returns the maximum total harmonic disortion of the measured signal.
Return values:
<MaximumValue>
Usage: Query only
POWer:HARMonics:MEASurement:THDistortion:STDDev?
Returns the standard deviation of total harmonic disortions of the measured signal.
Return values:
<DeviationValue>
Usage: Query only
POWer:HARMonics:MEASurement:THDistortion[:ACTual]?
Returns the current total harmonic disortion value.
Return values:
<ActualValue>
Usage: Query only
POWer:HARMonics:MIFRequency <MILFrequency>
Selects the frequency of the input signal when POWer:HARMonics:STANdard is set
to MIL.
Parameters:
<MILFrequency> F60 | F400
POWer:HARMonics:REPort:ADD
Adds the result to the report list.
Usage:
Event
POWer:HARMonics:RESult<n>:FREQency?
Queries the frequency of the n-th harmonic.
Suffix:
<n>
.
1..40
Return values:
<Frequency>
Usage: Query only
Power Analysis (Option R&S RTA-K31)
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
719User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
POWer:HARMonics:RESult<n>:LEVel:LIMit?
Queries the limit for the level of the n-th harmonic.
Suffix:
<n>
.
1..40
Return values:
<LevelLimit>
Usage: Query only
POWer:HARMonics:RESult<n>:LEVel[:VALue]?
Queries the level of the n-th harmonic.
Suffix:
<n>
.
1..40
Return values:
<Level>
Usage: Query only
POWer:HARMonics:RESult<n>:MAXimum?
Queries the maximum level of the n-th harmonic.
Suffix:
<n>
.
1..40
Return values:
<LevelMaximum>
Usage: Query only
POWer:HARMonics:RESult<n>:MEAN?
Queries the average level of the n-th harmonic.
Suffix:
<n>
.
1..40
Return values:
<LevelAverage>
Usage: Query only
POWer:HARMonics:RESult<n>:MINimum?
Queries the minimum level of the n-th harmonic.
Suffix:
<n>
.
1..40
Power Analysis (Option R&S RTA-K31)
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
720User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Return values:
<LevelMinimum>
Usage: Query only
POWer:HARMonics:RESult<n>:RESet
Resets the count of the measurements.
Suffix:
<n>
.
1..40
Usage: Event
POWer:HARMonics:RESult<n>:VALid?
Queries if the value of n-th harmonic is within the limit for the current measurment.
Suffix:
<n>
.
1..40
Return values:
<Valid> PASS | FAIL
Usage: Query only
POWer:HARMonics:RESult<n>:VCOunt?
Queries the number of waveforms, for which the limit value of at least one harmonic
was violated.
Suffix:
<n>
.
1..40
Parameters:
<ViolateCount>
Usage: Query only
POWer:HARMonics:RESult<n>:WFMCount?
Queries the number of waveforms, for which the harmonics were measured.
Suffix:
<n>
.
1..40
Return values:
<WaveformCount>
Usage: Query only
POWer:HARMonics:STANdard <Standard>
Sets a standard for the current harmonic measurement.
Power Analysis (Option R&S
RTA-K31)
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
721User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Parameters:
<Standard> ENA | ENB | ENC | END | MIL | RTC
EXPort:POWer:NAME <ExportPath>
Defines the path and filename for results of harmonics and spectrum power measure-
ments. Results are saved with EXPort:POWer:SAVE. The file format is CSV, the file-
name is incremented automatically.
Parameters:
<ExportPath> String parameter
EXPort:POWer:SAVE
Saves the harmonics and spectrum measurement results to the path and file defined
by EXPort:POWer:NAME.
Usage:
Event
16.12.8 Inrush Current
POWer:INRushcurrent:EXECute......................................................................................721
POWer:INRushcurrent:GATE<n>:STARt...........................................................................721
POWer:INRushcurrent:GATE<n>:STOP........................................................................... 721
POWer:INRushcurrent:GCOunt....................................................................................... 722
POWer:INRushcurrent:REPort:ADD.................................................................................722
POWer:INRushcurrent:RESult<n>:AREA?........................................................................722
POWer:INRushcurrent:RESult<n>:MAXCurrent?...............................................................722
POWer:INRushcurrent:EXECute
Starts the inrush current measurement.
Usage:
Event
POWer:INRushcurrent:GATE<n>:STARt <StartTime>
Sets the start measuring time for the selected gate.
Suffix:
<n>
.
1..3
Parameters:
<StartTime>
POWer:INRushcurrent:GATE<n>:STOP <StopTime>
Sets the stop measuring time for the selected gate.
Power Analysis (Option R&S
RTA-K31)
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
722User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Suffix:
<n>
.
1..3
Parameters:
<StopTime>
POWer:INRushcurrent:GCOunt <GateCount>
Sets the number of inrush current gates.
Parameters:
<GateCount> *RST: 1
POWer:INRushcurrent:REPort:ADD
Adds the result to the report list.
Usage:
Event
POWer:INRushcurrent:RESult<n>:AREA?
Queries the area of the corresponding gate.
Suffix:
<n>
.
1..3
Return values:
<AreaValue>
Usage: Query only
POWer:INRushcurrent:RESult<n>:MAXCurrent?
Queires the maximum current for the corresponding gate.
Suffix:
<n>
.
1..3
Return values:
<MaxCurrentValue>
Usage: Query only
16.12.9 Modulation Analysis
POWer:MODulation:TYPE.............................................................................................. 723
POWer:MODulation:THReshold[:UPPer].......................................................................... 724
POWer:MODulation:THReshold:LOWer........................................................................... 724
POWer:MODulation:THReshold:HYSTeresis.....................................................................724
POWer:MODulation:EXECute......................................................................................... 724
POWer:MODulation:REPort:ADD.....................................................................................724
POWer:MODulation:RESult:LPEak:AVG?.........................................................................724
Power Analysis (Option R&S
RTA-K31)
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
723User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
POWer:MODulation:RESult:LPEak:NPEak?..................................................................... 724
POWer:MODulation:RESult:LPEak:PPEak?......................................................................724
POWer:MODulation:RESult:LPEak:STDDev?................................................................... 724
POWer:MODulation:RESult:LPEak:WFMCount?............................................................... 724
POWer:MODulation:RESult:LPEak[:ACTual]?................................................................... 724
POWer:MODulation:RESult:MEAN[:ACTual]?................................................................... 724
POWer:MODulation:RESult:MEAN:AVG?......................................................................... 724
POWer:MODulation:RESult:MEAN:NPEak?......................................................................724
POWer:MODulation:RESult:MEAN:PPEak?......................................................................725
POWer:MODulation:RESult:MEAN:STDDev?....................................................................725
POWer:MODulation:RESult:MEAN:WFMCount?............................................................... 725
POWer:MODulation:RESult:RMS[:ACTual]?..................................................................... 725
POWer:MODulation:RESult:RMS:AVG?........................................................................... 725
POWer:MODulation:RESult:RMS:NPEak?........................................................................725
POWer:MODulation:RESult:RMS:PPEak?........................................................................725
POWer:MODulation:RESult:RMS:STDDev?......................................................................725
POWer:MODulation:RESult:RMS:WFMCount?..................................................................725
POWer:MODulation:RESult:STDDev[:ACTual]?................................................................ 725
POWer:MODulation:RESult:STDDev:AVG?...................................................................... 725
POWer:MODulation:RESult:STDDev:NPEak?...................................................................725
POWer:MODulation:RESult:STDDev:PPEak?...................................................................725
POWer:MODulation:RESult:STDDev:STDDev?.................................................................725
POWer:MODulation:RESult:STDDev:WFMCount?............................................................ 725
POWer:MODulation:RESult:UPEak:AVG?........................................................................ 726
POWer:MODulation:RESult:UPEak:NPEak?.....................................................................726
POWer:MODulation:RESult:UPEak:PPEak?..................................................................... 726
POWer:MODulation:RESult:UPEak:STDDev?...................................................................726
POWer:MODulation:RESult:UPEak[:ACTual]?...................................................................726
POWer:MODulation:RESult:UPEakWFMCount?................................................................726
POWer:MODulation:TYPE <ModulationType>
Sets the modulation type.
Parameters:
<ModulationType> PERiod | FREQuency | DCYCle | PWIDth | UPERiod |
UFRequency | UDCYcle | UPWidth | BPERiod | BFRequency |
BDCYcle | BPWidth
PERiod, UPERiod: "Track Period"
BPERiod: "Track Period Bipolar"
FREQuency, UFRequency: "Track Frequency"
BFRequency: "Track Frequency Bipolar"
DCYCle, UDCYcle: "Track Duty Cycle"
BDCYcle: "Track Duty Cycle Bipolar"
PWIDth, UPWidth: "Track Pulse Width"
BPWidth: "Track Pulse Width Bipolar"
Power Analysis (Option R&S RTA-K31)
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
724User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
POWer:MODulation:THReshold[:UPPer] <ThresholdLevel>
Sets the threshold for unipolar sources, or the upper level for bipolar sources. The sig-
nal is measured at the crossing points of the signal with the threshold.
Parameters:
<ThresholdLevel> Default unit: V
POWer:MODulation:THReshold:LOWer <ThresholdLevel>
Sets the lower level for bipolar sources, which determines the crossing points on nega-
tive pulses.
Parameters:
<ThresholdLevel> Default unit: V
POWer:MODulation:THReshold:HYSTeresis
<Hysteresis>
Sets the hysteresis for correct edge detection.
Parameters:
<Hysteresis> Default unit: V
POWer:MODulation:EXECute
Starts the modulation analysis measurement.
Usage:
Event
POWer:MODulation:REPort:ADD
Adds the result to the report list.
Usage:
Event
POWer:MODulation:RESult:LPEak:AVG?
POWer:MODulation:RESult:LPEak:NPEak?
POWer:MODulation:RESult:LPEak:PPEak?
POWer:MODulation:RESult:LPEak:STDDev?
POWer:MODulation:RESult:LPEak:WFMCount?
POWer:MODulation:RESult:LPEak[:ACTual]?
Return values:
<ActualValue>
Usage: Query only
POWer:MODulation:RESult:MEAN[:ACTual]?
POWer:MODulation:RESult:MEAN:AVG?
POWer:MODulation:RESult:MEAN:NPEak?
Power Analysis (Option R&S
RTA-K31)
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
725User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
POWer:MODulation:RESult:MEAN:PPEak?
POWer:MODulation:RESult:MEAN:STDDev?
POWer:MODulation:RESult:MEAN:WFMCount?
Returns the corresponding statistic result for "Mean".
●
[:ACTual]: current measurement result
●
AVG: average of the long-term measurement results
●
NPEak: negative peak value of the long-term measurement results
●
PPEak: positive peak value of the long-term measurement results
●
STDDev: standard deviation of the long-term measurement results
●
WFMCount: the number of waveforms used for the displayed results
Return values:
<WaveformCount>
Usage: Query only
POWer:MODulation:RESult:RMS[:ACTual]?
POWer:MODulation:RESult:RMS:AVG?
POWer:MODulation:RESult:RMS:NPEak?
POWer:MODulation:RESult:RMS:PPEak?
POWer:MODulation:RESult:RMS:STDDev?
POWer:MODulation:RESult:RMS:WFMCount?
Returns the corresponding statistic result for RMS.
●
[:ACTual]: current measurement result
●
AVG: average of the long-term measurement results
●
NPEak: negative peak value of the long-term measurement results
●
PPEak: positive peak value of the long-term measurement results
●
STDDev: standard deviation of the long-term measurement results
●
WFMCount: the number of waveforms used for the displayed results
Return values:
<WaveformCount>
Usage: Query only
POWer:MODulation:RESult:STDDev[:ACTual]?
POWer:MODulation:RESult:STDDev:AVG?
POWer:MODulation:RESult:STDDev:NPEak?
POWer:MODulation:RESult:STDDev:PPEak?
POWer:MODulation:RESult:STDDev:STDDev?
POWer:MODulation:RESult:STDDev:WFMCount?
Returns the corresponding statistic result for the standard deviation.
●
[:ACTual]: current measurement result
●
AVG: average of the long-term measurement results
Power Analysis (Option R&S
RTA-K31)
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
726User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
●
NPEak: negative peak value of the long-term measurement results
●
PPEak: positive peak value of the long-term measurement results
●
STDDev: standard deviation of the long-term measurement results
●
WFMCount: the number of waveforms used for the displayed results
Return values:
<WaveformCount>
Usage: Query only
POWer:MODulation:RESult:UPEak:AVG?
POWer:MODulation:RESult:UPEak:NPEak?
POWer:MODulation:RESult:UPEak:PPEak?
POWer:MODulation:RESult:UPEak:STDDev?
POWer:MODulation:RESult:UPEak[:ACTual]?
POWer:MODulation:RESult:UPEakWFMCount?
Returns the corresponding statistic result for "Vp+".
●
[:ACTual]: current measurement result
●
AVG: average of the long-term measurement results
●
NPEak: negative peak value of the long-term measurement results
●
PPEak: positive peak value of the long-term measurement results
●
STDDev: standard deviation of the long-term measurement results
●
WFMCount: the number of waveforms used for the displayed results
Return values:
<WaveformCount>
Usage: Query only
16.12.10 Turn On/Off
POWer:ONOFf:EXECute................................................................................................ 726
POWer:ONOFf:MEASurement.........................................................................................726
POWer:ONOFf:REPort:ADD........................................................................................... 727
POWer:ONOFf:RESult<n>:TIME?....................................................................................727
POWer:ONOFf:EXECute
Starts the turn on/off measurement.
Usage:
Event
POWer:ONOFf:MEASurement <MeasureType>
Selects the turn on or the turn off measurement.
Power Analysis (Option R&S
RTA-K31)
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
727User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Parameters:
<MeasureType> TON | TOFF
*RST: TON
POWer:ONOFf:REPort:ADD
Adds the result to the report list.
Usage: Event
POWer:ONOFf:RESult<n>:TIME?
Queries the turn on/ turn off time. You can select the type of measurement with
POWer:ONOFf:MEASurement.
Suffix:
<n>
.
1..3
Return values:
<Value>
Usage: Query only
16.12.11 Quality
POWer:QUALity:EXECute...............................................................................................728
POWer:QUALity:REPort:ADD..........................................................................................729
POWer:QUALity:RESult:CURRent:CREStfactor:AVG?.......................................................729
POWer:QUALity:RESult:CURRent:FREQuency:AVG?....................................................... 729
POWer:QUALity:RESult:CURRent:RMS:AVG?..................................................................729
POWer:QUALity:RESult:POWer:APParent:AVG?.............................................................. 729
POWer:QUALity:RESult:POWer:PFACtor:AVG?................................................................729
POWer:QUALity:RESult:POWer:PHASe:AVG?................................................................. 729
POWer:QUALity:RESult:POWer:REACtive:AVG?..............................................................729
POWer:QUALity:RESult:POWer:REALpower:AVG?...........................................................729
POWer:QUALity:RESult:VOLTage:CREStfactor:AVG?....................................................... 729
POWer:QUALity:RESult:VOLTage:FREQuency:AVG?........................................................729
POWer:QUALity:RESult:VOLTage:RMS:AVG?.................................................................. 729
POWer:QUALity:RESult:CURRent:CREStfactor:NPEak?................................................... 729
POWer:QUALity:RESult:CURRent:FREQuency:NPEak?....................................................729
POWer:QUALity:RESult:CURRent:RMS:NPEak?.............................................................. 729
POWer:QUALity:RESult:POWer:APParent:NPEak?...........................................................729
POWer:QUALity:RESult:POWer:PFACtor:NPEak?............................................................ 729
POWer:QUALity:RESult:POWer:PHASe:NPEak?..............................................................729
POWer:QUALity:RESult:POWer:REACtive:NPEak?...........................................................729
POWer:QUALity:RESult:POWer:REALpower:NPEak?....................................................... 729
POWer:QUALity:RESult:VOLTage:CREStfactor:NPEak?....................................................729
POWer:QUALity:RESult:VOLTage:FREQuency:NPEak?.................................................... 729
POWer:QUALity:RESult:VOLTage:RMS:NPEak?...............................................................729
POWer:QUALity:RESult:CURRent:CREStfactor:PPEak?................................................... 729
Power Analysis (Option R&S
RTA-K31)
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
728User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
POWer:QUALity:RESult:CURRent:FREQuency:PPEak?....................................................729
POWer:QUALity:RESult:CURRent:RMS:PPEak?.............................................................. 729
POWer:QUALity:RESult:POWer:APParent:PPEak?...........................................................729
POWer:QUALity:RESult:POWer:PFACtor:PPEak?.............................................................729
POWer:QUALity:RESult:POWer:PHASe:PPEak?.............................................................. 729
POWer:QUALity:RESult:POWer:REACtive:PPEak?...........................................................729
POWer:QUALity:RESult:POWer:REALpower:PPEak?........................................................730
POWer:QUALity:RESult:VOLTage:CREStfactor:PPEak?.................................................... 730
POWer:QUALity:RESult:VOLTage:FREQuency:PPEak?.................................................... 730
POWer:QUALity:RESult:VOLTage:RMS:PPEak?...............................................................730
POWer:QUALity:RESult:CURRent:CREStfactor:STDDev?................................................. 730
POWer:QUALity:RESult:CURRent:FREQuency:STDDev?..................................................730
POWer:QUALity:RESult:CURRent:RMS:STDDev?............................................................730
POWer:QUALity:RESult:POWer:APParent:STDDev?.........................................................730
POWer:QUALity:RESult:POWer:PFACtor:STDDev?.......................................................... 730
POWer:QUALity:RESult:POWer:PHASe:STDDev?............................................................730
POWer:QUALity:RESult:POWer:REACtive:STDDev?........................................................ 730
POWer:QUALity:RESult:POWer:REALpower:STDDev?..................................................... 730
POWer:QUALity:RESult:VOLTage:CREStfactor:STDDev?..................................................730
POWer:QUALity:RESult:VOLTage:FREQuency:STDDev?.................................................. 730
POWer:QUALity:RESult:VOLTage:RMS:STDDev?.............................................................730
POWer:QUALity:RESult:CURRent:CREStfactor:WFMCount?.............................................730
POWer:QUALity:RESult:CURRent:FREQuency:WFMCount?............................................. 730
POWer:QUALity:RESult:CURRent:RMS:WFMCount?........................................................730
POWer:QUALity:RESult:POWer:APParent:WFMCount?.................................................... 730
POWer:QUALity:RESult:POWer:PFACtor:WFMCount?...................................................... 730
POWer:QUALity:RESult:POWer:PHASe:WFMCount?........................................................730
POWer:QUALity:RESult:POWer:REACtive:WFMCount?.................................................... 730
POWer:QUALity:RESult:POWer:REALpower:WFMCount?................................................. 730
POWer:QUALity:RESult:VOLTage:CREStfactor:WFMCount?..............................................730
POWer:QUALity:RESult:VOLTage:FREQuency:WFMCount?..............................................730
POWer:QUALity:RESult:VOLTage:RMS:WFMCount?........................................................ 730
POWer:QUALity:RESult:CURRent:CREStfactor[:ACTual]?.................................................730
POWer:QUALity:RESult:CURRent:FREQuency[:ACTual]?................................................. 730
POWer:QUALity:RESult:CURRent:RMS[:ACTual]?............................................................731
POWer:QUALity:RESult:POWer:APParent[:ACTual]?........................................................ 731
POWer:QUALity:RESult:POWer:PFACtor[:ACTual]?..........................................................731
POWer:QUALity:RESult:POWer:PHASe[:ACTual]?............................................................731
POWer:QUALity:RESult:POWer:REACtive[:ACTual]?........................................................ 731
POWer:QUALity:RESult:POWer:REALpower[:ACTual]?.....................................................731
POWer:QUALity:RESult:VOLTage:CREStfactor[:ACTual]?................................................. 731
POWer:QUALity:RESult:VOLTage:FREQuency[:ACTual]?..................................................731
POWer:QUALity:RESult:VOLTage:RMS[:ACTual]?............................................................ 731
POWer:QUALity:EXECute
Starts the power quality measurement.
Usage:
Event
Power Analysis (Option R&S RTA-K31)
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
729User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
POWer:QUALity:REPort:ADD
Adds the result to the report list.
Usage: Event
POWer:QUALity:RESult:CURRent:CREStfactor:AVG?
POWer:QUALity:RESult:CURRent:FREQuency:AVG?
POWer:QUALity:RESult:CURRent:RMS:AVG?
POWer:QUALity:RESult:POWer:APParent:AVG?
POWer:QUALity:RESult:POWer:PFACtor:AVG?
POWer:QUALity:RESult:POWer:PHASe:AVG?
POWer:QUALity:RESult:POWer:REACtive:AVG?
POWer:QUALity:RESult:POWer:REALpower:AVG?
POWer:QUALity:RESult:VOLTage:CREStfactor:AVG?
POWer:QUALity:RESult:VOLTage:FREQuency:AVG?
POWer:QUALity:RESult:VOLTage:RMS:AVG?
Returns the average value of the specified measurement series.
Return values:
<AverageValue> Statistic value
Usage: Query only
POWer:QUALity:RESult:CURRent:CREStfactor:NPEak?
POWer:QUALity:RESult:CURRent:FREQuency:NPEak?
POWer:QUALity:RESult:CURRent:RMS:NPEak?
POWer:QUALity:RESult:POWer:APParent:NPEak?
POWer:QUALity:RESult:POWer:PFACtor:NPEak?
POWer:QUALity:RESult:POWer:PHASe:NPEak?
POWer:QUALity:RESult:POWer:REACtive:NPEak?
POWer:QUALity:RESult:POWer:REALpower:NPEak?
POWer:QUALity:RESult:VOLTage:CREStfactor:NPEak?
POWer:QUALity:RESult:VOLTage:FREQuency:NPEak?
POWer:QUALity:RESult:VOLTage:RMS:NPEak?
Returns the minimum value of the specified measurement series.
Return values:
<MinimumValue> Statistic value
Usage: Query only
POWer:QUALity:RESult:CURRent:CREStfactor:PPEak?
POWer:QUALity:RESult:CURRent:FREQuency:PPEak?
POWer:QUALity:RESult:CURRent:RMS:PPEak?
POWer:QUALity:RESult:POWer:APParent:PPEak?
POWer:QUALity:RESult:POWer:PFACtor:PPEak?
POWer:QUALity:RESult:POWer:PHASe:PPEak?
POWer:QUALity:RESult:POWer:REACtive:PPEak?
Power Analysis (Option R&S
RTA-K31)
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
730User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
POWer:QUALity:RESult:POWer:REALpower:PPEak?
POWer:QUALity:RESult:VOLTage:CREStfactor:PPEak?
POWer:QUALity:RESult:VOLTage:FREQuency:PPEak?
POWer:QUALity:RESult:VOLTage:RMS:PPEak?
Returns the maximum value of the specified measurement series.
Return values:
<MaximumValue> Statistic value
Usage: Query only
POWer:QUALity:RESult:CURRent:CREStfactor:STDDev?
POWer:QUALity:RESult:CURRent:FREQuency:STDDev?
POWer:QUALity:RESult:CURRent:RMS:STDDev?
POWer:QUALity:RESult:POWer:APParent:STDDev?
POWer:QUALity:RESult:POWer:PFACtor:STDDev?
POWer:QUALity:RESult:POWer:PHASe:STDDev?
POWer:QUALity:RESult:POWer:REACtive:STDDev?
POWer:QUALity:RESult:POWer:REALpower:STDDev?
POWer:QUALity:RESult:VOLTage:CREStfactor:STDDev?
POWer:QUALity:RESult:VOLTage:FREQuency:STDDev?
POWer:QUALity:RESult:VOLTage:RMS:STDDev?
Returns the statistical standard deviation of the specified measurement series.
Return values:
<DeviationValue> Statistic value
Usage: Query only
POWer:QUALity:RESult:CURRent:CREStfactor:WFMCount?
POWer:QUALity:RESult:CURRent:FREQuency:WFMCount?
POWer:QUALity:RESult:CURRent:RMS:WFMCount?
POWer:QUALity:RESult:POWer:APParent:WFMCount?
POWer:QUALity:RESult:POWer:PFACtor:WFMCount?
POWer:QUALity:RESult:POWer:PHASe:WFMCount?
POWer:QUALity:RESult:POWer:REACtive:WFMCount?
POWer:QUALity:RESult:POWer:REALpower:WFMCount?
POWer:QUALity:RESult:VOLTage:CREStfactor:WFMCount?
POWer:QUALity:RESult:VOLTage:FREQuency:WFMCount?
POWer:QUALity:RESult:VOLTage:RMS:WFMCount?
Returns the current number of measured waveforms.
Return values:
<WaveformCount> Statistic value
Usage: Query only
POWer:QUALity:RESult:CURRent:CREStfactor[:ACTual]?
POWer:QUALity:RESult:CURRent:FREQuency[:ACTual]?
Power Analysis (Option R&S
RTA-K31)
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
731User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
POWer:QUALity:RESult:CURRent:RMS[:ACTual]?
POWer:QUALity:RESult:POWer:APParent[:ACTual]?
POWer:QUALity:RESult:POWer:PFACtor[:ACTual]?
POWer:QUALity:RESult:POWer:PHASe[:ACTual]?
POWer:QUALity:RESult:POWer:REACtive[:ACTual]?
POWer:QUALity:RESult:POWer:REALpower[:ACTual]?
POWer:QUALity:RESult:VOLTage:CREStfactor[:ACTual]?
POWer:QUALity:RESult:VOLTage:FREQuency[:ACTual]?
POWer:QUALity:RESult:VOLTage:RMS[:ACTual]?
Returns the instantaneous result of the specified measurement.
Return values:
<ActualValue> Measurement result. If no measurement was executed, no value
(NAN) is returned.
Usage: Query only
16.12.12 Ripple
POWer:RIPPle:EXECute................................................................................................ 732
POWer:RIPPle:REPort:ADD............................................................................................732
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:FREQuency[:ACTual]?..................................................................732
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:FREQuency:AVG?........................................................................732
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:FREQuency:NPEak?.................................................................... 732
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:FREQuency:PPEak?.....................................................................732
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:FREQuency:STDDev?.................................................................. 732
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:FREQuency:WFMCount?.............................................................. 732
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:LPEak[:ACTual]?.......................................................................... 733
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:LPEak:AVG?................................................................................733
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:LPEak:NPEak?.............................................................................733
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:LPEak:PPEak?.............................................................................733
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:LPEak:STDDev?.......................................................................... 733
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:LPEak:WFMCount?...................................................................... 733
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:MEAN[:ACTual]?.......................................................................... 733
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:MEAN:AVG?................................................................................ 733
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:MEAN:NPEak?.............................................................................733
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:MEAN:PPEak?.............................................................................733
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:MEAN:STDDev?...........................................................................733
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:MEAN:WFMCount?...................................................................... 733
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:NDCYcle[:ACTual]?...................................................................... 734
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:NDCYcle:AVG?............................................................................ 734
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:NDCYcle:NPEak?.........................................................................734
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:NDCYcle:PPEak?.........................................................................734
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:NDCYcle:STDDev?.......................................................................734
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:NDCYcle:WFMCount?.................................................................. 734
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PDCYcle[:ACTual]?.......................................................................734
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PDCYcle:AVG?............................................................................ 734
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PDCYcle:NPEak?.........................................................................734
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PDCYcle:PPEak?.........................................................................734
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PDCYcle:STDDev?.......................................................................734
Power Analysis (Option R&S
RTA-K31)
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
732User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PDCYcle:WFMCount?...................................................................734
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PEAK[:ACTual]?...........................................................................734
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PEAK:AVG?.................................................................................734
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PEAK:NPEak?............................................................................. 734
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PEAK:PPEak?..............................................................................734
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PEAK:STDDev?........................................................................... 735
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PEAK:WFMCount?.......................................................................735
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PERiod[:ACTual]?.........................................................................735
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PERiod:AVG?...............................................................................735
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PERiod:NPEak?...........................................................................735
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PERiod:PPEak?........................................................................... 735
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PERiod:STDDev?.........................................................................735
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PERiod:WFMCount?.....................................................................735
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:STDDev[:ACTual]?....................................................................... 735
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:STDDev:AVG?............................................................................. 735
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:STDDev:NPEak?..........................................................................735
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:STDDev:PPEak?..........................................................................735
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:STDDev:STDDev?........................................................................735
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:STDDev:WFMCount?....................................................................735
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:UPEak[:ACTual]?..........................................................................736
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:UPEak:AVG?............................................................................... 736
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:UPEak:NPEak?............................................................................736
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:UPEak:PPEak?............................................................................ 736
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:UPEak:STDDev?..........................................................................736
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:UPEak:WFMCount?......................................................................736
POWer:RIPPle:EXECute
Starts the ripple measurement.
Usage:
Event
POWer:RIPPle:REPort:ADD
Adds the result to the report list.
Usage:
Event
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:FREQuency[:ACTual]?
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:FREQuency:AVG?
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:FREQuency:NPEak?
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:FREQuency:PPEak?
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:FREQuency:STDDev?
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:FREQuency:WFMCount?
Returns the corresponding statistic result for the frequency.
●
[:ACTual]: current measurement result
●
AVG: average of the long-term measurement results
●
NPEak: negative peak value of the long-term measurement results
Power Analysis (Option R&S
RTA-K31)
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
733User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
●
PPEak: positive peak value of the long-term measurement results
●
STDDev: standard deviation of the long-term measurement results
●
WFMCount: the number of waveforms used for the displayed results
Return values:
<WaveformCount>
Usage: Query only
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:LPEak[:ACTual]?
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:LPEak:AVG?
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:LPEak:NPEak?
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:LPEak:PPEak?
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:LPEak:STDDev?
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:LPEak:WFMCount?
Returns the corresponding statistic result for "Vp-".
●
[:ACTual]: current measurement result
●
AVG: average of the long-term measurement results
●
NPEak: negative peak value of the long-term measurement results
●
PPEak: positive peak value of the long-term measurement results
●
STDDev: standard deviation of the long-term measurement results
●
WFMCount: the number of waveforms used for the displayed results
Return values:
<WaveformCount>
Usage: Query only
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:MEAN[:ACTual]?
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:MEAN:AVG?
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:MEAN:NPEak?
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:MEAN:PPEak?
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:MEAN:STDDev?
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:MEAN:WFMCount?
Returns the corresponding statistic result for "Mean".
●
[:ACTual]: current measurement result
●
AVG: average of the long-term measurement results
●
NPEak: negative peak value of the long-term measurement results
●
PPEak: positive peak value of the long-term measurement results
●
STDDev: standard deviation of the long-term measurement results
●
WFMCount: the number of waveforms used for the displayed results
Return values:
<WaveformCount>
Power Analysis (Option R&S RTA-K31)
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
734User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Usage: Query only
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:NDCYcle[:ACTual]?
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:NDCYcle:AVG?
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:NDCYcle:NPEak?
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:NDCYcle:PPEak?
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:NDCYcle:STDDev?
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:NDCYcle:WFMCount?
Returns the corresponding statistic result for the negative duty cycle.
●
[:ACTual]: current measurement result
●
AVG: average of the long-term measurement results
●
NPEak: negative peak value of the long-term measurement results
●
PPEak: positive peak value of the long-term measurement results
●
STDDev: standard deviation of the long-term measurement results
●
WFMCount: the number of waveforms used for the displayed results
Return values:
<WaveformCount>
Usage: Query only
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PDCYcle[:ACTual]?
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PDCYcle:AVG?
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PDCYcle:NPEak?
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PDCYcle:PPEak?
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PDCYcle:STDDev?
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PDCYcle:WFMCount?
Returns the corresponding statistic result for the positive duty cycle.
●
[:ACTual]: current measurement result
●
AVG: average of the long-term measurement results
●
NPEak: negative peak value of the long-term measurement results
●
PPEak: positive peak value of the long-term measurement results
●
STDDev: standard deviation of the long-term measurement results
●
WFMCount: the number of waveforms used for the displayed results
Return values:
<WaveformCount>
Usage: Query only
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PEAK[:ACTual]?
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PEAK:AVG?
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PEAK:NPEak?
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PEAK:PPEak?
Power Analysis (Option R&S
RTA-K31)
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
735User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PEAK:STDDev?
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PEAK:WFMCount?
Returns the corresponding statistic result for "Vpp".
●
[:ACTual]: current measurement result
●
AVG: average of the long-term measurement results
●
NPEak: negative peak value of the long-term measurement results
●
PPEak: positive peak value of the long-term measurement results
●
STDDev: standard deviation of the long-term measurement results
●
WFMCount: the number of waveforms used for the displayed results
Return values:
<WaveformCount>
Usage: Query only
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PERiod[:ACTual]?
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PERiod:AVG?
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PERiod:NPEak?
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PERiod:PPEak?
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PERiod:STDDev?
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PERiod:WFMCount?
Returns the corresponding statistic result for the period.
●
[:ACTual]: current measurement result
●
AVG: average of the long-term measurement results
●
NPEak: negative peak value of the long-term measurement results
●
PPEak: positive peak value of the long-term measurement results
●
STDDev: standard deviation of the long-term measurement results
●
WFMCount: the number of waveforms used for the displayed results
Return values:
<WaveformCount>
Usage: Query only
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:STDDev[:ACTual]?
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:STDDev:AVG?
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:STDDev:NPEak?
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:STDDev:PPEak?
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:STDDev:STDDev?
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:STDDev:WFMCount?
Returns the corresponding statistic result for the standard deviation.
●
[:ACTual]: current measurement result
●
AVG: average of the long-term measurement results
●
NPEak: negative peak value of the long-term measurement results
Power Analysis (Option R&S
RTA-K31)
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
736User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
●
PPEak: positive peak value of the long-term measurement results
●
STDDev: standard deviation of the long-term measurement results
●
WFMCount: the number of waveforms used for the displayed results
Return values:
<WaveformCount>
Usage: Query only
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:UPEak[:ACTual]?
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:UPEak:AVG?
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:UPEak:NPEak?
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:UPEak:PPEak?
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:UPEak:STDDev?
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:UPEak:WFMCount?
Returns the corresponding statistic result for "Vp+".
●
[:ACTual]: current measurement result
●
AVG: average of the long-term measurement results
●
NPEak: negative peak value of the long-term measurement results
●
PPEak: positive peak value of the long-term measurement results
●
STDDev: standard deviation of the long-term measurement results
●
WFMCount: the number of waveforms used for the displayed results
Return values:
<WaveformCount>
Usage: Query only
16.12.13 Slew Rate
POWer:SLEWrate:DSAMple............................................................................................737
POWer:SLEWrate:DTIMe............................................................................................... 738
POWer:SLEWrate:EXECute............................................................................................738
POWer:SLEWrate:REPort:ADD....................................................................................... 738
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:FREQuency[:ACTual]?..................................................................738
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:FREQuency:AVG?........................................................................738
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:FREQuency:NPEak?.................................................................... 738
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:FREQuency:PPEak?.....................................................................738
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:FREQuency:STDDev?.................................................................. 738
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:FREQuency:WFMCount?.............................................................. 738
POWer:SLEWrate:RESult:LPEak[:ACTual]?..................................................................... 738
POWer:SLEWrate:RESult:LPEak:AVG?........................................................................... 738
POWer:SLEWrate:RESult:LPEak:NPEak?........................................................................738
POWer:SLEWrate:RESult:LPEak:PPEak?........................................................................ 738
POWer:SLEWrate:RESult:LPEak:STDDev?......................................................................738
POWer:SLEWrate:RESult:LPEak:WFMCount?..................................................................738
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:MEAN[:ACTual]?.......................................................................... 739
Power Analysis (Option R&S
RTA-K31)
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
737User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:MEAN:AVG?................................................................................ 739
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:MEAN:NPEak?.............................................................................739
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:MEAN:PPEak?.............................................................................739
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:MEAN:STDDev?...........................................................................739
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:MEAN:WFMCount?...................................................................... 739
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:NDCYcle[:ACTual]?...................................................................... 739
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:NDCYcle:AVG?............................................................................ 739
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:NDCYcle:NPEak?.........................................................................739
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:NDCYcle:PPEak?.........................................................................739
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:NDCYcle:STDDev?.......................................................................739
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:NDCYcle:WFMCount?.................................................................. 739
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PDCYcle[:ACTual]?.......................................................................740
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PDCYcle:AVG?............................................................................ 740
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PDCYcle:NPEak?.........................................................................740
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PDCYcle:PPEak?.........................................................................740
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PDCYcle:STDDev?.......................................................................740
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PDCYcle:WFMCount?...................................................................740
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PEAK[:ACTual]?...........................................................................740
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PEAK:AVG?.................................................................................740
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PEAK:NPEak?............................................................................. 740
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PEAK:PPEak?..............................................................................740
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PEAK:STDDev?........................................................................... 740
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PEAK:WFMCount?.......................................................................740
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PERiod[:ACTual]?.........................................................................740
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PERiod:AVG?...............................................................................740
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PERiod:NPEak?...........................................................................741
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PERiod:PPEak?........................................................................... 741
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PERiod:STDDev?.........................................................................741
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PERiod:WFMCount?.....................................................................741
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:STDDev[:ACTual]?....................................................................... 741
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:STDDev:AVG?............................................................................. 741
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:STDDev:NPEak?..........................................................................741
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:STDDev:PPEak?..........................................................................741
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:STDDev:STDDev?........................................................................741
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:STDDev:WFMCount?....................................................................741
POWer:SLEWrate:RESult:UPEak[:ACTual]?.....................................................................741
POWer:SLEWrate:RESult:UPEak:AVG?...........................................................................741
POWer:SLEWrate:RESult:UPEak:NPEak?....................................................................... 741
POWer:SLEWrate:RESult:UPEak:PPEak?........................................................................741
POWer:SLEWrate:RESult:UPEak:STDDev?..................................................................... 741
POWer:SLEWrate:RESult:UPEak:WFMCount?................................................................. 741
POWer:SLEWrate:DSAMple <DeltaSample>
Sets the number of samples that are used for the calculation of the slope.
Parameters:
<DeltaSample>
Power Analysis (Option R&S RTA-K31)
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
738User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
POWer:SLEWrate:DTIMe <DeltaTime>
Sets the delta time.
Parameters:
<DeltaTime>
POWer:SLEWrate:EXECute
Starts the slew rate measurement.
Usage: Event
POWer:SLEWrate:REPort:ADD
Adds the result to the report list.
Usage:
Event
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:FREQuency[:ACTual]?
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:FREQuency:AVG?
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:FREQuency:NPEak?
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:FREQuency:PPEak?
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:FREQuency:STDDev?
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:FREQuency:WFMCount?
Returns the corresponding statistic result for the frequency.
●
[:ACTual]: current measurement result
●
AVG: average of the long-term measurement results
●
NPEak: negative peak value of the long-term measurement results
●
PPEak: positive peak value of the long-term measurement results
●
STDDev: standard deviation of the long-term measurement results
●
WFMCount: the number of waveforms used for the displayed results
Return values:
<WaveformCount>
Usage: Query only
POWer:SLEWrate:RESult:LPEak[:ACTual]?
POWer:SLEWrate:RESult:LPEak:AVG?
POWer:SLEWrate:RESult:LPEak:NPEak?
POWer:SLEWrate:RESult:LPEak:PPEak?
POWer:SLEWrate:RESult:LPEak:STDDev?
POWer:SLEWrate:RESult:LPEak:WFMCount?
Returns the corresponding statistic result for "Vp-".
●
[:ACTual]: current measurement result
Power Analysis (Option R&S
RTA-K31)
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
739User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
●
AVG: average of the long-term measurement results
●
NPEak: negative peak value of the long-term measurement results
●
PPEak: positive peak value of the long-term measurement results
●
STDDev: standard deviation of the long-term measurement results
●
WFMCount: the number of waveforms used for the displayed results
Return values:
<WaveformCount>
Usage: Query only
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:MEAN[:ACTual]?
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:MEAN:AVG?
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:MEAN:NPEak?
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:MEAN:PPEak?
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:MEAN:STDDev?
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:MEAN:WFMCount?
Returns the corresponding statistic result for "Mean".
●
[:ACTual]: current measurement result
●
AVG: average of the long-term measurement results
●
NPEak: negative peak value of the long-term measurement results
●
PPEak: positive peak value of the long-term measurement results
●
STDDev: standard deviation of the long-term measurement results
●
WFMCount: the number of waveforms used for the displayed results
Return values:
<WaveformCount>
Usage: Query only
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:NDCYcle[:ACTual]?
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:NDCYcle:AVG?
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:NDCYcle:NPEak?
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:NDCYcle:PPEak?
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:NDCYcle:STDDev?
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:NDCYcle:WFMCount?
Returns the corresponding statistic result for the negative duty cycle.
●
[:ACTual]: current measurement result
●
AVG: average of the long-term measurement results
●
NPEak: negative peak value of the long-term measurement results
●
PPEak: positive peak value of the long-term measurement results
●
STDDev: standard deviation of the long-term measurement results
●
WFMCount: the number of waveforms used for the displayed results
Power Analysis (Option R&S
RTA-K31)
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
740User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Return values:
<WaveformCount>
Usage: Query only
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PDCYcle[:ACTual]?
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PDCYcle:AVG?
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PDCYcle:NPEak?
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PDCYcle:PPEak?
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PDCYcle:STDDev?
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PDCYcle:WFMCount?
Returns the corresponding statistic result for the positive duty cycle.
●
[:ACTual]: current measurement result
●
AVG: average of the long-term measurement results
●
NPEak: negative peak value of the long-term measurement results
●
PPEak: positive peak value of the long-term measurement results
●
STDDev: standard deviation of the long-term measurement results
●
WFMCount: the number of waveforms used for the displayed results
Return values:
<WaveformCount>
Usage: Query only
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PEAK[:ACTual]?
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PEAK:AVG?
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PEAK:NPEak?
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PEAK:PPEak?
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PEAK:STDDev?
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PEAK:WFMCount?
Returns the corresponding statistic result for "Vpp".
●
[:ACTual]: current measurement result
●
AVG: average of the long-term measurement results
●
NPEak: negative peak value of the long-term measurement results
●
PPEak: positive peak value of the long-term measurement results
●
STDDev: standard deviation of the long-term measurement results
●
WFMCount: the number of waveforms used for the displayed results
Return values:
<WaveformCount>
Usage: Query only
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PERiod[:ACTual]?
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PERiod:AVG?
Power Analysis (Option R&S
RTA-K31)
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
741User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PERiod:NPEak?
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PERiod:PPEak?
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PERiod:STDDev?
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PERiod:WFMCount?
Returns the corresponding statistic result for the period.
●
[:ACTual]: current measurement result
●
AVG: average of the long-term measurement results
●
NPEak: negative peak value of the long-term measurement results
●
PPEak: positive peak value of the long-term measurement results
●
STDDev: standard deviation of the long-term measurement results
●
WFMCount: the number of waveforms used for the displayed results
Return values:
<WaveformCount>
Usage: Query only
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:STDDev[:ACTual]?
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:STDDev:AVG?
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:STDDev:NPEak?
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:STDDev:PPEak?
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:STDDev:STDDev?
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:STDDev:WFMCount?
Returns the corresponding statistic result for the standard deviation.
●
[:ACTual]: current measurement result
●
AVG: average of the long-term measurement results
●
NPEak: negative peak value of the long-term measurement results
●
PPEak: positive peak value of the long-term measurement results
●
STDDev: standard deviation of the long-term measurement results
●
WFMCount: the number of waveforms used for the displayed results
Return values:
<WaveformCount>
Usage: Query only
POWer:SLEWrate:RESult:UPEak[:ACTual]?
POWer:SLEWrate:RESult:UPEak:AVG?
POWer:SLEWrate:RESult:UPEak:NPEak?
POWer:SLEWrate:RESult:UPEak:PPEak?
POWer:SLEWrate:RESult:UPEak:STDDev?
POWer:SLEWrate:RESult:UPEak:WFMCount?
Returns the corresponding statistic result for "Vp+".
●
[:ACTual]: current measurement result
Power Analysis (Option R&S
RTA-K31)
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
742User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
●
AVG: average of the long-term measurement results
●
NPEak: negative peak value of the long-term measurement results
●
PPEak: positive peak value of the long-term measurement results
●
STDDev: standard deviation of the long-term measurement results
●
WFMCount: the number of waveforms used for the displayed results
Return values:
<WaveformCount>
Usage: Query only
16.12.14 S.O.A
POWer:SOA:EXECute....................................................................................................743
POWer:SOA:LINear:ADD................................................................................................743
POWer:SOA:LOGarithmic:ADD....................................................................................... 743
POWer:SOA:LINear:COUNt?.......................................................................................... 743
POWer:SOA:LOGarithmic:COUNt?..................................................................................743
POWer:SOA:LINear:INSert............................................................................................. 743
POWer:SOA:LOGarithmic:INSert.....................................................................................743
POWer:SOA:LINear:POINt<m>:CURRent........................................................................ 744
POWer:SOA:LOGarithmic:POINt<m>:CURRent................................................................744
POWer:SOA:LINear:POINt<m>:CURRent:MAXimum.........................................................744
POWer:SOA:LOGarithmic:POINt<m>:CURRent:MAXimum................................................744
POWer:SOA:LINear:POINt<m>:CURRent:MINimum..........................................................744
POWer:SOA:LOGarithmic:POINt<m>:CURRent:MINimum................................................. 744
POWer:SOA:LINear:POINt<m>:VOLTage.........................................................................744
POWer:SOA:LOGarithmic:POINt<m>:VOLTage.................................................................744
POWer:SOA:LINear:REMove..........................................................................................745
POWer:SOA:LOGarithmic:REMove..................................................................................745
POWer:SOA:RESult:ACQuisition:FAILed?........................................................................745
POWer:SOA:RESult:ACQuisition:FRATe?.........................................................................745
POWer:SOA:RESult:ACQuisition:PASSed?...................................................................... 745
POWer:SOA:RESult:ACQuisition:POINts?........................................................................745
POWer:SOA:RESult:ACQuisition:STATe?......................................................................... 745
POWer:SOA:RESult:ACQuisition:TOLerance....................................................................746
POWer:SOA:RESult:ACQuisition:VCOunt?.......................................................................746
POWer:SOA:RESult:ACQuisition:VIOLation<n>?.............................................................. 746
POWer:SOA:RESult:ACQuisition:VIOLation<n>:CURRent?................................................746
POWer:SOA:RESult:TOTal:COUNt?................................................................................ 746
POWer:SOA:RESult:TOTal:FAILed?.................................................................................747
POWer:SOA:RESult:TOTal:FRATe?................................................................................. 747
POWer:SOA:RESult:TOTal:PASSed?...............................................................................747
POWer:SOA:RESult:TOTal:SAMPle:COUNt?....................................................................747
POWer:SOA:RESult:TOTal:SAMPle:FAILed?....................................................................747
POWer:SOA:RESult:TOTal:SAMPle:PASSed?.................................................................. 747
POWer:SOA:RESult:TOTal:STATe?..................................................................................748
POWer:SOA:RESult:TOTal:TOLerance............................................................................ 748
POWer:SOA:RESult:TOTal:VCOunt?............................................................................... 748
Power Analysis (Option R&S
RTA-K31)
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
743User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
POWer:SOA:RESult:TOTal:VIOLation<n>?.......................................................................748
POWer:SOA:RESult:TOTal:VIOLation<n>:CURRent?........................................................ 748
POWer:SOA:RESult:TOTal:VIOLation<n>:VOLTage?.........................................................748
POWer:SOA:RESult:TOTal:VIOLation<n>:CURRent:DATA?...............................................749
POWer:SOA:RESult:TOTal:VIOLation<n>:VOLTage:DATA?................................................749
POWer:SOA:RESult:TOTal:VIOLation<n>:CURRent:DATA:HEADer?.................................. 749
POWer:SOA:RESult:TOTal:VIOLation<n>:VOLTage:DATA:HEADer?...................................749
POWer:SOA:RESult:TOTal:VIOLation<n>:CURRent:DATA:XINCrement?............................ 749
POWer:SOA:RESult:TOTal:VIOLation<n>:VOLTage:DATA:XINCrement?.............................749
POWer:SOA:RESult:TOTal:VIOLation<n>:CURRent:DATA:XORigin?.................................. 749
POWer:SOA:RESult:TOTal:VIOLation<n>:VOLTage:DATA:XORigin?...................................749
POWer:SOA:RESult:TOTal:VIOLation<n>:CURRent:DATA:YINCrement?............................ 749
POWer:SOA:RESult:TOTal:VIOLation<n>:VOLTage:DATA:YINCrement?.............................749
POWer:SOA:RESult:TOTal:VIOLation<n>:CURRent:DATA:YORigin?.................................. 750
POWer:SOA:RESult:TOTal:VIOLation<n>:VOLTage:DATA:YORigin?...................................750
POWer:SOA:RESult:TOTal:VIOLation<n>:CURRent:DATA:YRESolution?............................750
POWer:SOA:RESult:TOTal:VIOLation<n>:VOLTage:DATA:YRESolution?............................ 750
POWer:SOA:REPort:ADD...............................................................................................750
POWer:SOA:RESTart.....................................................................................................750
POWer:SOA:SCALe.......................................................................................................750
POWer:SOA:SCALe:DISPlay.......................................................................................... 750
POWer:SOA:SCALe:MASK.............................................................................................750
POWer:SOA:EXECute
Starts the safe operating area (S.O.A.) measurement.
Usage:
Event
POWer:SOA:LINear:ADD
POWer:SOA:LOGarithmic:ADD
Adds a point to the safe operation area definition list.
Usage:
Event
POWer:SOA:LINear:COUNt?
POWer:SOA:LOGarithmic:COUNt?
Retruns the number of points.
Return values:
<PointsCount>
Usage: Query only
POWer:SOA:LINear:INSert <InsertIndex>
POWer:SOA:LOGarithmic:INSert <InsertIndex>
Inserts a point with the selected insert index in the list of the safe operating area mask
definition.
Power Analysis (Option R&S
RTA-K31)
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
744User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Setting parameters:
<InsertIndex>
Usage: Setting only
POWer:SOA:LINear:POINt<m>:CURRent <Current>
POWer:SOA:LOGarithmic:POINt<m>:CURRent <Current>
Sets the maximum current for the indicated mask point. The minimum current is set to
0.
Suffix:
<m>
.
*
Index of the mask point
Parameters:
<Current> Imax value
POWer:SOA:LINear:POINt<m>:CURRent:MAXimum
<MinimumCurrent>
POWer:SOA:LOGarithmic:POINt<m>:CURRent:MAXimum <MinimumCurrent>
Sets the maximum current for the corresponding point.
Suffix:
<m>
.
*
Parameters:
<MinimumCurrent>
POWer:SOA:LINear:POINt<m>:CURRent:MINimum <MaximumCurrent>
POWer:SOA:LOGarithmic:POINt<m>:CURRent:MINimum <MaximumCurrent>
Sets the minimum current for the corresponding point.
Suffix:
<m>
.
*
Parameters:
<MaximumCurrent>
POWer:SOA:LINear:POINt<m>:VOLTage <Voltage>
POWer:SOA:LOGarithmic:POINt<m>:VOLTage <Voltage>
Sets the voltage for the corresponding point.
Suffix:
<m>
.
*
Parameters:
<Voltage>
Power Analysis (Option R&S RTA-K31)
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
745User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
POWer:SOA:LINear:REMove <RemoveIndex>
POWer:SOA:LOGarithmic:REMove <RemoveIndex>
Removes the point with the selcted index from the list of the safe operating area mask
definition.
Setting parameters:
<RemoveIndex>
Usage: Setting only
POWer:SOA:RESult:ACQuisition:FAILed?
Returns the number of points that failed, i.e they are not within the defined safe operat-
ing area.
Return values:
<FailedPoints>
Usage: Query only
POWer:SOA:RESult:ACQuisition:FRATe?
Returns the total point fail rate, i.e the ratio of point hits to the number of tested points
for the current acquisition.
Return values:
<FailRate>
Usage: Query only
POWer:SOA:RESult:ACQuisition:PASSed?
Returns the number of passed points, i.e they are within the defined safe operating
area.
Return values:
<PassedPoints>
Usage: Query only
POWer:SOA:RESult:ACQuisition:POINts?
Returns the number of points, considered for the current acquisition.
Return values:
<Points>
Usage: Query only
POWer:SOA:RESult:ACQuisition:STATe?
Returns the result, passed or failed, of the current aqcuisition measurement.
Power Analysis (Option R&S
RTA-K31)
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
746User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Return values:
<AcquisitionState> 0 | 1
Usage: Query only
POWer:SOA:RESult:ACQuisition:TOLerance <Tolerance>
Sets acquisition tolerance in percent.
Parameters:
<Tolerance>
POWer:SOA:RESult:ACQuisition:VCOunt?
Returns the acquisition violation count.
Return values:
<ViolationCount>
Usage: Query only
POWer:SOA:RESult:ACQuisition:VIOLation<n>?
Returns the current and voltage value for the corresponding acquisition violation.
Return values:
<Current>
<Voltage>
Usage: Query only
POWer:SOA:RESult:ACQuisition:VIOLation<n>:CURRent?
Returns the current value for the corresponding acquisition violation point.
Suffix:
<n>
.
*
Return values:
<Current>
Usage: Query only
POWer:SOA:RESult:TOTal:COUNt?
Returns the total number of acquisitions used to determine the total result.
Return values:
<AcquisitionCount>
Usage: Query only
Power Analysis (Option R&S RTA-K31)
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
747User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
POWer:SOA:RESult:TOTal:FAILed?
Returns the total number of failed acquisitions, i.e they are not within the defined safe
operating area.
Return values:
<FailedAcquisitions>
Usage: Query only
POWer:SOA:RESult:TOTal:FRATe?
Returns the total acquisition fail rate, i.e the ratio of acquisition hits to the number of
tested acquisitions.
Return values:
<FailRate>
Usage: Query only
POWer:SOA:RESult:TOTal:PASSed?
Returns the number of passed acquisitions, i.e they are within the defined safe operat-
ing area.
Return values:
<PassedAcquisitions>
Usage: Query only
POWer:SOA:RESult:TOTal:SAMPle:COUNt?
Returns the total number of samples used to determine the total result.
Usage:
Query only
POWer:SOA:RESult:TOTal:SAMPle:FAILed?
Returns the total number of failed samples, i.e they are not within the defined safe
operating area.
Usage:
Query only
POWer:SOA:RESult:TOTal:SAMPle:PASSed?
Returns the number of passed samples, i.e they are within the defined safe operating
area.
Usage:
Query only
Power Analysis (Option R&S RTA-K31)
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
748User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
POWer:SOA:RESult:TOTal:STATe?
Returns the result, passed or failed, of the total measurement.
Return values:
<TotalState> 0 | 1
Usage: Query only
POWer:SOA:RESult:TOTal:TOLerance <Tolerance>
Returns the tolerance of the total measurement.
Parameters:
<Tolerance>
POWer:SOA:RESult:TOTal:VCOunt?
Returns the acquisition violation count.
Return values:
<ViolationCount>
Usage: Query only
POWer:SOA:RESult:TOTal:VIOLation<n>?
Returns the current and voltage value for the corresponding total violation.
Return values:
<Current>
<Voltage>
Usage: Query only
POWer:SOA:RESult:TOTal:VIOLation<n>:CURRent?
POWer:SOA:RESult:TOTal:VIOLation<n>:VOLTage?
Returns the voltage of the total violation.
Suffix:
<n>
.
*
Return values:
<Voltage>
Usage: Query only
Power Analysis (Option R&S RTA-K31)
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
749User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
POWer:SOA:RESult:TOTal:VIOLation<n>:CURRent:DATA?
POWer:SOA:RESult:TOTal:VIOLation<n>:VOLTage:DATA?
Returns the data of the total voltage violation waveform in the same way as
CHANnel<m>:DATA?.
Return values:
<Header> StringData
Usage: Query only
POWer:SOA:RESult:TOTal:VIOLation<n>:CURRent:DATA:HEADer?
POWer:SOA:RESult:TOTal:VIOLation<n>:VOLTage:DATA:HEADer?
Returns information on the total violation current.
Return values:
<Header> StringData
Usage: Query only
POWer:SOA:RESult:TOTal:VIOLation<n>:CURRent:DATA:XINCrement?
POWer:SOA:RESult:TOTal:VIOLation<n>:VOLTage:DATA:XINCrement?
Return the time difference between two adjacent samples of the indicated waveform.
Return values:
<Xincrement>
Usage: Query only
POWer:SOA:RESult:TOTal:VIOLation<n>:CURRent:DATA:XORigin?
POWer:SOA:RESult:TOTal:VIOLation<n>:VOLTage:DATA:XORigin?
Return the time of the first sample of the indicated waveform.
Return values:
<Xorigin>
Usage: Query only
POWer:SOA:RESult:TOTal:VIOLation<n>:CURRent:DATA:YINCrement?
POWer:SOA:RESult:TOTal:VIOLation<n>:VOLTage:DATA:YINCrement?
Return the voltage value per bit of the indicated waveform.
Return values:
<Yincrement>
Usage: Query only
Power Analysis (Option R&S RTA-K31)
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
750User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
POWer:SOA:RESult:TOTal:VIOLation<n>:CURRent:DATA:YORigin?
POWer:SOA:RESult:TOTal:VIOLation<n>:VOLTage:DATA:YORigin?
Return the voltage value for binary value 0 of the indicated waveform.
Return values:
<Yorigin>
Usage: Query only
POWer:SOA:RESult:TOTal:VIOLation<n>:CURRent:DATA:YRESolution?
POWer:SOA:RESult:TOTal:VIOLation<n>:VOLTage:DATA:YRESolution?
POWer:SOA:REPort:ADD
POWer:SOA:RESTart
POWer:SOA:SCALe <>
POWer:SOA:SCALe:DISPlay <>
POWer:SOA:SCALe:MASK <>
Sets the scale for the mask, linear or logarithmic.
16.12.15 Spectrum
POWer:SPECtrum:EXECute........................................................................................... 750
POWer:SPECtrum:FREQuency.......................................................................................750
POWer:SPECtrum:REPort:ADD...................................................................................... 751
POWer:SPECtrum:RESult<n>:FREQuency?.....................................................................751
POWer:SPECtrum:RESult<n>:LEVel[:VALue]?..................................................................751
POWer:SPECtrum:RESult<n>:MAXimum?....................................................................... 751
POWer:SPECtrum:RESult<n>:MEAN?.............................................................................751
POWer:SPECtrum:RESult<n>:MINimum?........................................................................ 752
POWer:SPECtrum:RESult<n>:RESet...............................................................................752
POWer:SPECtrum:RESult<n>:WFMCount?......................................................................752
EXPort:POWer:NAME.................................................................................................... 752
EXPort:POWer:SAVE..................................................................................................... 752
POWer:SPECtrum:EXECute
Starts the spectrum measurement.
Usage:
Event
POWer:SPECtrum:FREQuency <SwitchingFrequency>
Sets the frequency of the input signal.
Parameters:
<SwitchingFrequency>
Power Analysis (Option R&S RTA-K31)
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
751User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
POWer:SPECtrum:REPort:ADD
Adds the result to the report list.
Usage: Event
POWer:SPECtrum:RESult<n>:FREQuency?
Queries the frequency of the n-th order.
Suffix:
<n>
.
1..40
Return values:
<FrequencyValue>
Usage: Query only
POWer:SPECtrum:RESult<n>:LEVel[:VALue]?
Queries the level of the n-th order.
Suffix:
<n>
.
1..40
Return values:
<LevelValue>
Usage: Query only
POWer:SPECtrum:RESult<n>:MAXimum?
Queries the maximum level of the n-th order.
Suffix:
<n>
.
1..40
Return values:
<LevelMaximum>
Usage: Query only
POWer:SPECtrum:RESult<n>:MEAN?
Queries the average level of the n-th order.
Suffix:
<n>
.
1..40
Return values:
<LevelAverage>
Usage: Query only
Power Analysis (Option R&S RTA-K31)
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
752User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
POWer:SPECtrum:RESult<n>:MINimum?
Queries the minimum level of the n-th order.
Suffix:
<n>
.
1..40
Return values:
<LevelMinimum>
Usage: Query only
POWer:SPECtrum:RESult<n>:RESet
Resets the count of the measurements.
Suffix:
<n>
.
1..40
Usage: Event
POWer:SPECtrum:RESult<n>:WFMCount?
Queries the number of waveforms, for which the spectrum was measured.
Suffix:
<n>
.
1..40
Return values:
<VaveformCount>
Usage: Query only
EXPort:POWer:NAME <ExportPath>
Defines the path and filename for results of harmonics and spectrum power measure-
ments. Results are saved with EXPort:POWer:SAVE. The file format is CSV, the file-
name is incremented automatically.
Parameters:
<ExportPath> String parameter
EXPort:POWer:SAVE
Saves the harmonics and spectrum measurement results to the path and file defined
by EXPort:POWer:NAME.
Usage:
Event
Power Analysis (Option R&S RTA-K31)
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
753User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
16.12.16 Switching
POWer:SWITching:EXECute........................................................................................... 753
POWer:SWITching:GATE:CONDuction:STARt...................................................................753
POWer:SWITching:GATE:CONDuction:STOP...................................................................753
POWer:SWITching:GATE:NCONduction:STARt.................................................................754
POWer:SWITching:GATE:NCONduction:STOP................................................................. 754
POWer:SWITching:GATE:SWAVe.................................................................................... 754
POWer:SWITching:GATE:TOFF:STARt............................................................................ 754
POWer:SWITching:GATE:TOFF:STOP.............................................................................754
POWer:SWITching:GATE:TON:STARt..............................................................................754
POWer:SWITching:GATE:TON:STOP.............................................................................. 754
POWer:SWITching:REPort:ADD...................................................................................... 755
POWer:SWITching:RESult:CONDuction:ENERgy?............................................................ 755
POWer:SWITching:RESult:CONDuction:POWer?..............................................................755
POWer:SWITching:RESult:NCONduction:ENERgy?.......................................................... 755
POWer:SWITching:RESult:NCONduction:POWer?............................................................ 755
POWer:SWITching:RESult:TOFF:ENERgy?......................................................................755
POWer:SWITching:RESult:TOFF:POWer?........................................................................756
POWer:SWITching:RESult:TON:ENERgy?........................................................................756
POWer:SWITching:RESult:TON:POWer?......................................................................... 756
POWer:SWITching:RESult:TOTal:ENERgy?......................................................................756
POWer:SWITching:RESult:TOTal:POWer?........................................................................756
POWer:SWITching:TYPE................................................................................................756
POWer:SWITching:EXECute
Starts the switching loss measurement.
Usage:
Event
POWer:SWITching:GATE:CONDuction:STARt <StartTime>
Sets the start time for the conduction gate. This value is simultaneously the stop time
for the turn on gate.
Parameters:
<StartTime>
POWer:SWITching:GATE:CONDuction:STOP <StopTime>
Sets the stop time for the conduction gate. This value is simultaneously the start time
for the turn off gate.
Parameters:
<StopTime>
Power Analysis (Option R&S RTA-K31)
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
754User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
POWer:SWITching:GATE:NCONduction:STARt <StartTime>
Sets the start time for the non conduction gate. This value is simultaneously the stop
time for the turn off gate.
Parameters:
<StartTime>
POWer:SWITching:GATE:NCONduction:STOP <StopTime>
Sets the cursor on the waveform.
Parameters:
<StopTime>
POWer:SWITching:GATE:SWAVe
Sets the cursor on the waveform.
Usage:
Event
POWer:SWITching:GATE:TOFF:STARt <StartTime>
Sets the start time for the turn off gate. This value is simultaneously the stop time for
the conduction gate.
Parameters:
<StartTime>
POWer:SWITching:GATE:TOFF:STOP <StopTime>
Sets the stop time for the turn off gate.
Parameters:
<StopTime>
POWer:SWITching:GATE:TON:STARt <StartTime>
Sets the start time for the turn on gate.
Parameters:
<StartTime>
POWer:SWITching:GATE:TON:STOP <StopTime>
Sets the stop time for the turn on gate.
Parameters:
<StopTime>
Power Analysis (Option R&S RTA-K31)
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
755User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
POWer:SWITching:REPort:ADD
Adds the result to the report list.
Usage: Event
POWer:SWITching:RESult:CONDuction:ENERgy?
Queries the conduction energy.
Return values:
<ConductionEnergy>
Usage: Query only
POWer:SWITching:RESult:CONDuction:POWer?
Queries the conduction power.
Return values:
<ConductionPower>
Usage: Query only
POWer:SWITching:RESult:NCONduction:ENERgy?
Queries the non conduction energy.
Return values:
<NonConductionEnergy>
Usage: Query only
POWer:SWITching:RESult:NCONduction:POWer?
Queries the non conduction power.
Return values:
<NonConductionPower>
Usage: Query only
POWer:SWITching:RESult:TOFF:ENERgy?
Queries the turn off energy.
Return values:
<TurnOffEnergy>
Usage: Query only
Power Analysis (Option R&S RTA-K31)
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
756User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
POWer:SWITching:RESult:TOFF:POWer?
Queries the turn off power.
Return values:
<TurnOffPower>
Usage: Query only
POWer:SWITching:RESult:TON:ENERgy?
Queries the turn on energy.
Return values:
<TurnOnEnergy>
Usage: Query only
POWer:SWITching:RESult:TON:POWer?
Queries the turn on power.
Return values:
<TurnOnPower>
Usage: Query only
POWer:SWITching:RESult:TOTal:ENERgy?
Queries the total energy.
Return values:
<TotalEnergy>
Usage: Query only
POWer:SWITching:RESult:TOTal:POWer?
Queries the total power.
Return values:
<TotalPower>
Usage: Query only
POWer:SWITching:TYPE <MeasureType>
Sets the measurement type for the switching loss maesurment.
Parameters:
<MeasureType> ENERgy | POWer
Power Analysis (Option R&S RTA-K31)
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
757User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
16.12.17 Transient Response
POWer:TRANsient:EXECute...........................................................................................757
POWer:TRANsient:REPort:ADD......................................................................................757
POWer:TRANsient:RESult:DELay?..................................................................................757
POWer:TRANsient:RESult:OVERshoot?.......................................................................... 757
POWer:TRANsient:RESult:PEAK:TIME?.......................................................................... 757
POWer:TRANsient:RESult:PEAK:VALue?........................................................................ 758
POWer:TRANsient:RESult:RTIMe?..................................................................................758
POWer:TRANsient:RESult:SETTlingtime?........................................................................758
POWer:TRANsient:SIGHigh............................................................................................758
POWer:TRANsient:SIGLow.............................................................................................758
POWer:TRANsient:STARt...............................................................................................758
POWer:TRANsient:STOP............................................................................................... 759
POWer:TRANsient:EXECute
Starts the transient response measurement.
Usage:
Event
POWer:TRANsient:REPort:ADD
Adds the result to the report list.
Usage:
Event
POWer:TRANsient:RESult:DELay?
Queries the delay time.
Return values:
<DeleayTime>
Usage: Query only
POWer:TRANsient:RESult:OVERshoot?
Queries the overshoot.
Return values:
<Overshoot>
Usage: Query only
POWer:TRANsient:RESult:PEAK:TIME?
Queries the peak time.
Return values:
<PeakTime>
Power Analysis (Option R&S RTA-K31)
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
758User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Usage: Query only
POWer:TRANsient:RESult:PEAK:VALue?
Queries the peak value.
Return values:
<PeakValue>
Usage: Query only
POWer:TRANsient:RESult:RTIMe?
Queries the rise time.
Return values:
<RiseTime>
Usage: Query only
POWer:TRANsient:RESult:SETTlingtime?
Queries the settling time.
Return values:
<SettlingTime>
Usage: Query only
POWer:TRANsient:SIGHigh <SignalHigh>
Sets the expected signal high voltage value.
Parameters:
<SignalHigh>
POWer:TRANsient:SIGLow <SignalLow>
Sets the expected signal low voltage value.
Parameters:
<SignalLow>
POWer:TRANsient:STARt <StartTime>
Sets the start time for the transient response measurement.
Parameters:
<StartTime>
Power Analysis (Option R&S RTA-K31)
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
759User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
POWer:TRANsient:STOP <StopTime>
Sets the stop time for the transient response measurement.
Parameters:
<StopTime>
16.13 Mixed Signal Option (Option R&S RTA-B1)
● Logic Channels..................................................................................................... 759
● Parallel Buses....................................................................................................... 766
16.13.1 Logic Channels
Two different sets of commands are described in this chapter:
●
LOGic<p>:xxx:xxx:
Refer to the logic pod 1 ("D7...D0") or logic pod 2 ("D8...D15"). The suffix <p>
selects the logic pod, range 1..2.
●
DIGital<m>:xxx:xxx:
Refer to a specific logic channel. The suffix <m> selects the logic channel, range
0..15.
● Logic Channels - Activity Display..........................................................................759
● Logic Analyzer Configuration................................................................................ 760
● Logic Channels - Waveform Data......................................................................... 763
16.13.1.1 Logic Channels - Activity Display
LOGic<p>:PROBe[:ENABle]?..........................................................................................759
LOGic<p>:CURRent:STATe:MAXimum?...........................................................................760
DIGital<m>:CURRent:STATe:MAXimum?......................................................................... 760
LOGic<p>:CURRent:STATe:MINimum?............................................................................760
DIGital<m>:CURRent:STATe:MINimum?.......................................................................... 760
LOGic<p>:PROBe[:ENABle]?
Checks if the logic probe is connected.
Suffix:
<p>
.
1..2
Selects the pod.
Return values:
<ProbeEnable> 1 | 0
1 = connected, 0 = not connected
Usage: Query only
Mixed Signal Option (Option R&S RTA-B1)
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
760User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
LOGic<p>:CURRent:STATe:MAXimum?
DIGital<m>:CURRent:STATe:MAXimum?
LOGic<p>:CURRent:STATe:MINimum?
DIGital<m>:CURRent:STATe:MINimum?
Both commands together return the current status of the indicated logic channel/pod
regardless of the trigger settings, and even without any acquisition.
xxx:CURR:STAT:MIN returns xxx:CURR:STAT:MAX returns Signal
0 0 Low
1 1 High
0 1 Toggle
Suffix:
<m>
.
0..15
Selects the logic channel
<p> 1..2
Selects the logic pod
Return values:
<CurrentState> Range: 0 | 1
Usage: Query only
16.13.1.2 Logic Analyzer Configuration
LOGic<p>:STATe........................................................................................................... 760
DIGital<m>:DISPlay....................................................................................................... 761
DIGital<m>:TECHnology.................................................................................................761
DIGital<m>:THCoupling..................................................................................................761
DIGital<m>:THReshold...................................................................................................761
DIGital<m>:HYSTeresis..................................................................................................762
DIGital<m>:DESKew......................................................................................................762
DIGital<m>:SIZE............................................................................................................762
DIGital<m>:POSition...................................................................................................... 763
DIGital<m>:LABel.......................................................................................................... 763
DIGital<m>:LABel:STATe................................................................................................ 763
LOGic<p>:STATe
Switches the logic pod on or off.
Suffix:
<p>
.
1..2
Selects the logic pod
Parameters:
<State> ON | OFF
*RST: OFF
Mixed Signal Option (Option R&S RTA-B1)
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
761User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
DIGital<m>:DISPlay <State>
Enables and displays the indicated logic channel, or disables it.
Suffix:
<m>
.
0..15
Number of the logic channel
Parameters:
<State> ON | OFF
*RST: OFF
DIGital<m>:TECHnology
<ThresholdMode>
Selects the threshold voltage for various types of integrated circuits and applies it to
the channel group to which the indicated logic channel belongs.
Suffix:
<m>
.
0..15
Number of the logic channel
Parameters:
<ThresholdMode> TTL | ECL | CMOS | MANual
TTL: 1.4 V
ECL: -1.3 V
CMOS: 2.5 V
MANual: Set a user-defined threshold value with DIGital<m>:
THReshold
*RST: MAN
DIGital<m>:THCoupling <ThresholdCoupling>
Sets all threshold and hysteresis values to the values of the first nibble (D0...D3).
Suffix:
<m>
.
0..15
The suffix is irrelevant.
Parameters:
<ThresholdCoupling> ON | OFF
*RST: ON
DIGital<m>:THReshold <ThresholdLevel>
Sets the logical threshold for the nibble (D0...D3, D4...D7, D8...D11, and D12...D15) to
which the indicated logic channel belongs.
Suffix:
<m>
.
0..15
Number of the logic channel
Mixed Signal Option (Option R&S RTA-B1)
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
762User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Parameters:
<ThresholdLevel> *RST: 1.4
Default unit: V
DIGital<m>:HYSTeresis <Hysteresis>
Defines the size of the hysteresis to avoid the change of signal states due to noise.
The setting applys to the logic pod to which the indicated logic channel belongs.
Suffix:
<m>
.
0..15
Selects the logic channel.
<p> 1..2
Selects the logic pod.
Parameters:
<Hysteresis> SMALl | MEDium | LARGe
DIGital<m>:DESKew
<Deskew>
Sets the deskew value for the pod to wich the specified logic channel belongs. The
deskew value compensates delays that are known from the circuit specifics or caused
by the different length of cables. The skew between the probe boxes of the digital
channels and the probe connectors of the analog channels is automatically aligned by
the instrument.
Suffix:
<m>
.
0..15
Number of the logic channel. Each pod (D0...D7 and D8...D15)
has a common deskew.
Parameters:
<Deskew> *RST: 0
Default unit: s
DIGital<m>:SIZE <Size>
Sets the vertical size of the indicated digital channel.
Suffix:
<m>
.
0..15
Number of the logic channel
Parameters:
<Size> Specifies the number of divisions per logic channel.
Range: 0.2 to 8
Increment: 0.1
*RST: 0.3
Default unit: DIV
Mixed Signal Option (Option R&S RTA-B1)
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
763User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
DIGital<m>:POSition <Position>
Sets the vertical position of the indicated vertical channel.
Suffix:
<m>
.
0..15
Number of the logic channel
Parameters:
<Position> Vertical position in divisions
Default unit: DIV
DIGital<m>:LABel
<Label>
Defines a label for the indicated logic channel.
Suffix:
<m>
.
0..15
Number of the logic channel
Parameters:
<Label> String value
String parameter
Example:
DIGital4:LABel "Data"
Defines the label "Data" for logic channel D4.
DIGital<m>:LABel:STATe <State>
Displays or hides the label of the indicated logic channel.
Suffix:
<m>
.
0..15
Number of the logic channel
Parameters:
<State> ON | OFF
*RST: OFF
16.13.1.3 Logic Channels - Waveform Data
For data queries and conversion, consider also the following commands:
●
FORMat[:DATA] on page 562
●
DIGital<m>:DATA:XINCrement? on page 572
●
DIGital<m>:DATA:XORigin? on page 572
●
DIGital<m>:DATA:YINCrement? on page 573
●
DIGital<m>:DATA:YORigin? on page 573
●
DIGital<m>:DATA:YRESolution? on page 573
●
LOGic<p>:DATA:XINCrement? on page 572
Mixed Signal Option (Option R&S
RTA-B1)
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
764User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
●
LOGic<p>:DATA:XORigin? on page 572
●
LOGic<p>:DATA:YINCrement? on page 573
●
LOGic<p>:DATA:YORigin? on page 572
●
LOGic<p>:DATA:YRESolution? on page 573
LOGic<p>:DATA?...........................................................................................................764
DIGital<m>:DATA?.........................................................................................................764
LOGic<p>:DATA:HEADer?..............................................................................................764
DIGital<m>:DATA:HEADer?............................................................................................ 764
LOGic<p>:DATA:POINts................................................................................................. 765
DIGital<m>:DATA:POINts............................................................................................... 765
LOGic<p>:DATA?
DIGital<m>:DATA?
Returns the data of the specified logic channel/pod for transmission from the instru-
ment to the controlling computer. The waveforms data can be used in MATLAB, for
example.
To set the export format, use FORMat[:DATA].
To set the range of samples to be returned, use DIGital<m>:DATA:POINts.
Suffix:
<m>
.
0..15
Selects the logic channel
<p> 1..2
Selects the logic pod
Parameters:
<WaveformData> List of values according to the format settings.
Example:
FORM ASC,0
DIG1:DATA?
1,1,1,1,1,1,0,0,0,0,0,0,...
Usage: Query only
LOGic<p>:DATA:HEADer?
DIGital<m>:DATA:HEADer?
Returns information on the waveform of the specified logic channel/pod.
Table 16-6: Header data
Position Meaning Example
1 XStart in s -9.477E-008 = - 94,77 ns
2 XStop in s 9.477E-008 = 94,77 ns
3 Record length of the waveform in Samples 200000
4 Number of values per sample interval, usually 1. 1
Mixed Signal Option (Option R&S RTA-B1)
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
765User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Suffix:
<m>
.
0..15
Selects the logic channel
<p> 1..2
Selects the logic pod
Parameters:
<Header> Comma-separated value list
Example: -9.477E-008,9.477E-008,200000,1
Usage: Query only
LOGic<p>:DATA:POINts
<PointSelection>
DIGital<m>:DATA:POINts <PointSelection>
As a setting, the command selects a range of samples that will be returned with
DIGital<m>:DATA?. As a query, it returns the number of returned samples for the
selected range.
Depending on the current settings, the memory can contain more data samples than
the screen is able to display. In this case, you can decide which data will be saved:
samples stored in the memory or only the displayed samples.
Note: The sample range can be changed only in STOP mode. If the acquisition is run-
ning, DEF is always used automatically. If the acquisition has been stopped, data can
be read from the memory, and all settings are available.
Suffix:
<m>
.
0..15
Selects the logic channel
<p> 1..2
Selects the logic pod
Setting parameters:
<PointSelection> DEFault | MAXimum | DMAXimum
Sets the range for data queries.
DEFault
Waveform points that are visible on the screen. At maximum
waveform rate, the instrument stores more samples than visible
on the screen, and DEF returns less values than acquired.
MAXimum
All waveform samples that are stored in the memory. Only avail-
able if acquisition is stopped.
DMAXimum
Display maximum: Waveform samples stored in the current
waveform record but only for the displayed time range. At maxi-
mum waveform rate, the instrument stores more samples than
visible on the screen, and DMAX returns more values than DEF.
Only available if acquisition is stopped.
*RST:
DEFault
Mixed Signal Option (Option R&S RTA-B1)
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
766User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Return values:
<Points> Number of data points in the selected range.
Default unit: Samples
See also: CHANnel<m>:DATA:POINts
16.13.2 Parallel Buses
● Parallel Bus - Line Configuration...........................................................................766
● Parallel Clocked Bus Configuration.......................................................................767
● Parallel Buses - Decode Results...........................................................................768
16.13.2.1 Parallel Bus - Line Configuration
BUS<b>:PARallel:WIDTh <BusWidth>
Sets the number of lines to be analyzed for the parallel bus.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..2
Selects the parallel bus.
Parameters:
<BusWidth> Maximum number is the number of input channels.
Range: 1 to 4
Increment: 1
*RST: 4
Default unit: Bit
BUS<b>:CPARallel:WIDTh <BusWidth>
Sets the number of lines to be analyzed for the parallel clocked bus.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..2
Selects the parallel bus.
Parameters:
<BusWidth> Range: 1 to 15 (clock only) or 14 (clock and CS)
Increment: 1
*RST: 4
Default unit: Bit
BUS<b>:PARallel:DATA<m>:SOURce <DataSource>
BUS<b>:CPARallel:DATA<m>:SOURce <DataSource>
Defines the logic channel that is assigned to the selected bit.
Use the command for each bit of the bus.
Mixed Signal Option (Option R&S
RTA-B1)
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
767User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..2
Selects the parallel bus.
<m> Sets the bit number.
Parameters:
<DataSource> D0..D15
Example:
BUS:PARallel:Width 4
BUS:PARallel:DATA0:SOURce D8
BUS:PARallel:DATA1:SOURce D9
BUS:PARallel:DATA2:SOURce D10
BUS:PARallel:DATA3:SOURce D11
16.13.2.2
Parallel Clocked Bus Configuration
BUS<b>:CPARallel:CLOCk:SOURce............................................................................... 767
BUS<b>:CPARallel:CLOCK:SLOPe................................................................................. 767
BUS<b>:CPARallel:CS:ENABle.......................................................................................767
BUS<b>:CPARallel:CS:SOURce......................................................................................768
BUS<b>:CPARallel:CS:POLarity......................................................................................768
BUS<b>:CPARallel:CLOCk:SOURce <ClockSource>
Selects the logic channel that is used as clock line.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..2
Selects the parallel bus.
Parameters:
<ClockSource> D0..D15
*RST: D0
BUS<b>:CPARallel:CLOCK:SLOPe <ClockSlope>
Selects if the data is sampled on the rising or falling slope of the clock, or on both
edges (EITHer). The clock slope marks the begin of a new bit.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..2
Selects the parallel bus.
Parameters:
<ClockSlope> POSitive | NEGative | EITHer
BUS<b>:CPARallel:CS:ENABle <ChipSelectEnable>
Enables and disables the chip select line.
Mixed Signal Option (Option R&S
RTA-B1)
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
768User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..2
Selects the parallel bus.
Parameters:
<ChipSelectEnable> ON | OFF
*RST: ON
BUS<b>:CPARallel:CS:SOURce <ChipSelectSource>
Selects the logic channel that is used as chip select line.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..2
Selects the parallel bus.
Parameters:
<ChipSelectSource> D0..D15
*RST: D1
BUS<b>:CPARallel:CS:POLarity <Polarity>
Selects if the chip select signal is high active (high = 1) or low active (low = 1).
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..2
Selects the parallel bus.
Parameters:
<Polarity> POSitive | NEGative
POSitive = high active
NEGative = low active
16.13.2.3 Parallel Buses - Decode Results
The commands to query results of decoded parallel clocked and unclocked buses are
similar and described together in this chapter..
BUS<b>:PARallel:FCOunt?.............................................................................................769
BUS<b>:CPARallel:FCOunt?...........................................................................................769
BUS<b>:PARallel:FRAMe<n>:DATA?...............................................................................769
BUS<b>:CPARallel:FRAMe<n>:DATA?............................................................................ 769
BUS<b>:PARallel:FRAMe<n>:STATe?..............................................................................769
BUS<b>:CPARallel:FRAMe<n>:STATe?........................................................................... 769
BUS<b>:PARallel:FRAMe<n>:STARt?............................................................................. 769
BUS<b>:CPARallel:FRAMe<n>:STARt?........................................................................... 769
BUS<b>:PARallel:FRAMe<n>:STOP?.............................................................................. 770
BUS<b>:CPARallel:FRAMe<n>:STOP?............................................................................770
Mixed Signal Option (Option R&S
RTA-B1)
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
769User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
BUS<b>:PARallel:FCOunt?
BUS<b>:CPARallel:FCOunt?
Returns the number of decoded frames.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..2
Selects the parallel bus.
Return values:
<FrameCount> Total number of decoded frames.
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:PARallel:FRAMe<n>:DATA?
BUS<b>:CPARallel:FRAMe<n>:DATA?
Returns the data words of the specified frame.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..2
Selects the parallel bus.
<n> *
Selects the frame.
Return values:
<FrameData> List of decimal values of data words
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:PARallel:FRAMe<n>:STATe?
BUS<b>:CPARallel:FRAMe<n>:STATe?
Returns the overall state of the specified frame.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..2
Selects the parallel bus.
<n> *
Selects the frame.
Return values:
<FrameStatus> OK | ERRor | INSufficient
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:PARallel:FRAMe<n>:STARt?
BUS<b>:CPARallel:FRAMe<n>:STARt?
Returns the start time of the specified frame.
Mixed Signal Option (Option R&S
RTA-B1)
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
770User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..2
Selects the parallel bus.
<n> *
Selects the frame.
Return values:
<StartTime> Default unit: s
Usage: Query only
BUS<b>:PARallel:FRAMe<n>:STOP?
BUS<b>:CPARallel:FRAMe<n>:STOP?
Returns the end time of the specified frame.
Suffix:
<b>
.
1..2
Selects the parallel bus.
<n> *
Selects the frame.
Return values:
<StopTime> Default unit: s
Usage: Query only
16.14 Signal Generation (Option R&S RTA-B6)
16.14.1 Function Generator
16.14.1.1 Basic Settings of the Function Generator
WGENerator:FUNCtion...................................................................................................771
WGENerator:VOLTage....................................................................................................771
WGENerator:VOLTage:OFFSet....................................................................................... 771
WGENerator:FREQuency............................................................................................... 771
WGENerator:FUNCtion:PULSe:DCYCle...........................................................................771
WGENerator:TRIangle:SYMMetry....................................................................................772
WGENerator:FUNCtion:PULSe:ETIMe.............................................................................772
WGENerator:FUNCtion:EXPonential:POLarity.................................................................. 772
WGENerator:FUNCtion:RAMP:POLarity...........................................................................772
WGENerator:NOISe:ABSolute.........................................................................................772
WGENerator:NOISe:RELative.........................................................................................772
WGENerator:OUTPut:LOAD........................................................................................... 773
WGENerator:OUTPut[:ENABle]....................................................................................... 773
Signal Generation (Option R&S
RTA-B6)
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
771User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
WGENerator:FUNCtion <Function>
Selects the function to be generated.
Parameters:
<Function> DC | SINusoid | SQUare | PULSe | TRIangle | RAMP | SINC |
ARBitrary | EXPonential
WGENerator:VOLTage <Amplitude>
Defines the amplitude value (peak-to-peak value) of the selected generator function.
Parameters:
<Amplitude> Numeric value
Range: 6.0000E-02 to 6.00000E+00
*RST: 5.0000E-01
Default unit: Vpp
WGENerator:VOLTage:OFFSet
<Offset>
Sets the DC offset of the selected generator function.
Parameters:
<Offset> Numeric value
Range: -3.00000E+00 to 3.00000E+00
*RST: 0.00E+00
Default unit: V
WGENerator:FREQuency <Frequency>
Defines the frequency.
Parameters:
<Frequency> Range: Depends on the selected function. For details, refer
to the datasheet.
*RST: 10 kHz
WGENerator:FUNCtion:PULSe:DCYCle <DutyCycle>
Defines the duty cycle value of the generator function pulse.
Parameters:
<DutyCycle> Numeric value
Range: 1.000E+01 to 9.000E+01
*RST: 2.500E+01
Default unit: %
Signal Generation (Option R&S RTA-B6)
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
772User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
WGENerator:TRIangle:SYMMetry <Symmetry>
Sets the symmetry for the triangle waveform.
Parameters:
<Symmetry> 50% defines symmetric triangles. Values <50% define triangles
with steeper rising edge leaned to the left. Values >50% define
triangles with steeper falling edge leaned to the right.
Range: 1 to 99
Increment: 1
*RST: 50
Default unit: %
WGENerator:FUNCtion:PULSe:ETIMe
<EdgeTime>
Sets the pulse edge time.
Parameters:
<EdgeTime>
WGENerator:FUNCtion:EXPonential:POLarity <Polarity>
Sets the polarity of the generator function exponential.
Parameters:
<Polarity> POSitive | NEGative
WGENerator:FUNCtion:RAMP:POLarity <Polarity>
Sets the polarity of the generator function ramp.
Parameters:
<Polarity> POSitive | NEGative
*RST: NEG
WGENerator:NOISe:ABSolute <AbsoluteNoise>
Sets the noise of the waveform in volts.
Parameters:
<AbsoluteNoise>
WGENerator:NOISe:RELative <RelativeNoise>
Sets the noise of the generated waveform in percentage of the amplitude.
Parameters:
<RelativeNoise>
Signal Generation (Option R&S RTA-B6)
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
773User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
WGENerator:OUTPut:LOAD <Load>
Select the user load, the load of the DUT at its connection. You can select either a
"50Ω" or a "High-Z" (high input impedance) load.
Parameters:
<Load> HIGHz | R50
WGENerator:OUTPut[:ENABle] <OutputEnable>
Enables the function generator and outputs the waveform.
Parameters:
<OutputEnable> ON | OFF
16.14.1.2
Arbitrary Waveform Setup
WGENerator:ARBitrary:SOURce..................................................................................... 773
WGENerator:ARBitrary:RANGe:START............................................................................773
WGENerator:ARBitrary:RANGe:STOP............................................................................. 773
WGENerator:ARBitrary:UPDate.......................................................................................774
WGENerator:ARBitrary[:FILE]:NAME............................................................................... 774
WGENerator:ARBitrary[:FILE]:OPEN............................................................................... 774
WGENerator:ARBitrary:VISible........................................................................................774
WGENerator:ARBitrary:SOURce <Source>
Selects the input channel for an arbitrary function to be generated.
Parameters:
<Source> CH1 | CH2 | CH3 | CH4
*RST: CH1
WGENerator:ARBitrary:RANGe:START <StartTime>
Sets the start time of the copied waveform part.
Parameters:
<StartTime> Default unit: s
WGENerator:ARBitrary:RANGe:STOP <StopTime>
Sets the end time of the copied waveform part.
Parameters:
<StopTime> Default unit: s
Signal Generation (Option R&S RTA-B6)
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
774User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
WGENerator:ARBitrary:UPDate
Loads the waveform from the selected signal source (WGENerator:ARBitrary:
SOURce).
Usage: Event
WGENerator:ARBitrary[:FILE]:NAME <FilePath>
Sets the file path and the file for an arbitrary waveform to be loaded.
Parameters:
<FilePath> string
*RST: "
WGENerator:ARBitrary[:FILE]:OPEN
Loads the arbitrary waveform, that is selected with the WGENerator:ARBitrary[:
FILE]:NAME command.
Usage:
Event
WGENerator:ARBitrary:VISible <ArbWaveformVisible>
Enables the display of the arbitrary waveform.
Parameters:
<ArbWaveformVisible>ON | OFF
*RST: OFF
16.14.1.3 Burst Settings
WGENerator:BURSt:ITIMe..............................................................................................774
WGENerator:BURSt:NCYCle.......................................................................................... 774
WGENerator:BURSt:PHASe........................................................................................... 775
WGENerator:BURSt[:STATe]...........................................................................................775
WGENerator:BURSt:ITIMe <IdleTime>
Sets the idle time between two burst cycles.
Parameters:
<IdleTime> Range: 28n to 17
*RST: 100u
Default unit: s
WGENerator:BURSt:NCYCle <NumberOfCycles>
Sets the number of times the generator outputs one cycle of the waveform per burst.
Signal Generation (Option R&S
RTA-B6)
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
775User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Parameters:
<NumberOfCycles> Range: 1 to 1023
Increment: 1
*RST: 1
WGENerator:BURSt:PHASe <PhaseOffset>
Sets the start phase of the burst.
Parameters:
<PhaseOffset> Range: 0 to 360
Increment: 0.1
*RST: 0
Default unit: Degree
WGENerator:BURSt[:STATe] <Enable>
Enables or disables the burst. for the generator.
Parameters:
<Enable> ON | OFF
*RST: OFF
16.14.1.4 Modulation Settings
WGENerator:MODulation[:ENABLE]................................................................................ 775
WGENerator:MODulation:FUNCtion.................................................................................775
WGENerator:MODulation:TYPE...................................................................................... 776
WGENerator:MODulation:AM:FREQuency....................................................................... 776
WGENerator:MODulation:AM:DEPTh...............................................................................776
WGENerator:MODulation:FM:FREQuency........................................................................776
WGENerator:MODulation:FM:DEViation...........................................................................777
WGENerator:MODulation:ASK:FREQuency......................................................................777
WGENerator:MODulation:ASK:DEPTh.............................................................................777
WGENerator:MODulation:FSK:HFREquency.................................................................... 777
WGENerator:MODulation:FSK:RATE............................................................................... 777
WGENerator:MODulation:RAMP:POLarity........................................................................777
WGENerator:MODulation[:ENABLE] <Enable>
Activates or deactivates modulation of the function generator output. To define the
modulation function, see WGENerator:MODulation:FUNCtion.
Parameters:
<Enable> ON | OFF
WGENerator:MODulation:FUNCtion <ModulationFunction>
Selects a function for the modulation.
Signal Generation (Option R&S
RTA-B6)
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
776User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Parameters:
<ModulationFunction>SINusiod | SQUare | TRIangle | RAMP
WGENerator:MODulation:TYPE <ModulationType>
Sets the modulation type, which defines how the carrier signal is modified.
Parameters:
<ModulationType> AM | FM | ASK | FSK
AM
Amplitude modulation. The amplitude of the carrier signal is var-
ied according to the modulation signal.
FM
Frequency modulation. The frequency of the carrier signal is var-
ied according to the modulation signal.
ASK
Amplitude shift keying (ASK) modulation. The amplitude
switches between 100% and the WGENerator:MODulation:
ASK:DEPTh amplitude with a defined modulating WGENerator:
MODulation:ASK:FREQuency.
FSK
Frequency shift keying (FSK) modulation. The signal frequency
switches between the carrier frequency and the WGENerator:
MODulation:FSK:HFREquency at a WGENerator:
MODulation:FSK:RATE.
WGENerator:MODulation:AM:FREQuency <Frequency>
Sets the frequency of the modulating waveform for AM modulation.
Parameters:
<Frequency>
WGENerator:MODulation:AM:DEPTh <ModulationDepth>
Sets the modulation depth, the percentage of the amplitude range that is used for AM
modulation.
Parameters:
<ModulationDepth>
WGENerator:MODulation:FM:FREQuency <Frequency>
Sets the frequency of the modulating waveform for FM modulation.
Parameters:
<Frequency>
Signal Generation (Option R&S RTA-B6)
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
777User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
WGENerator:MODulation:FM:DEViation <Deviation>
Sets the frequency deviation, the maximum difference between the FM modulated sig-
nal and the carrier signal.
Parameters:
<Deviation>
WGENerator:MODulation:ASK:FREQuency <Frequency>
Sets the frequency of the modulating waveform for ASK modulation.
Parameters:
<Frequency>
WGENerator:MODulation:ASK:DEPTh
<ModulationDepth>
Sets the modulation depth, the percentage of the amplitude range that is used for ASK
modulation.
Parameters:
<ModulationDepth>
WGENerator:MODulation:FSK:HFREquency <HoppingFrequency>
Sets the second frequency of the FSK-modulated signal.
Parameters:
<HoppingFrequency> The range depends on the signal type:
Sinus: 100mHz - 25MHz
Sinc/Triangle/Ramp/Exponential: 100mHz - 1MHz
Rectangle/Pulse/Arbitrary: 100mHz - 10MHz
WGENerator:MODulation:FSK:RATE <Rate>
Sets the rate at which signal switches between the carrier frequency and the hopping
frequency.
Parameters:
<Rate> Range: 0.1 to 1E6
Default unit: Hz
WGENerator:MODulation:RAMP:POLarity <Polarity>
Sets the polarity for the ramp function for a modulation waveform.
Parameters:
<Polarity> POSitive | NEGative
Signal Generation (Option R&S RTA-B6)
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
778User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
16.14.1.5 Sweep Settings
WGENerator:SWEep:FEND............................................................................................ 778
WGENerator:SWEep:FSTart........................................................................................... 778
WGENerator:SWEep:TIME............................................................................................. 778
WGENerator:SWEep:TYPE............................................................................................ 778
WGENerator:SWEep[:ENABle]........................................................................................778
WGENerator:SWEep:FEND <StopFrequency>
Sets the stop frequency of the sweep signal.
Parameters:
<StopFrequency>
WGENerator:SWEep:FSTart <StartFrequency>
Sets the start frequency of the sweep signal.
Parameters:
<StartFrequency>
WGENerator:SWEep:TIME <SweepTime>
Sets the duration of the sweep.
Parameters:
<SweepTime>
WGENerator:SWEep:TYPE <SweepType>
Sets the type of the sweep, a linear, logarithmic or triangle-shaped change of the fre-
quency.
Parameters:
<SweepType> LINear | LOGarithmic | TRIangle
WGENerator:SWEep[:ENABle] <SweepEnable>
Enables or disables sweeping.
Parameters:
<SweepEnable> ON | OFF
16.14.2 Pattern Generator
Signal Generation (Option R&S
RTA-B6)
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
779User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
● General Settings................................................................................................... 779
● Square Wave........................................................................................................ 780
● Counter Pattern.....................................................................................................781
● Arbitrary Pattern....................................................................................................782
● Manual Pattern......................................................................................................785
● PWM Signals.........................................................................................................785
16.14.2.1 General Settings
PGENerator:FUNCtion................................................................................................... 779
PGENerator:PATTern:STATe........................................................................................... 780
PGENerator:PATTern:TRIGger:EXTern:SLOPe................................................................. 780
PGENerator:FUNCtion <PatternFunction>
Selects the pattern generator function.
Parameters:
<PatternFunction> SQUarewave | COUNter | ARBitrary | SPI | I2C | UART | CAN |
LIN | MANual | I2S | TDM | TPWM | PWM | LEDPwm
SQUarewave
Square wave function (e.g. for manual probe compensation).
COUNter
Definition of a 4-bit wide counter pattern.
ARBitrary
Definition of a 4-bit wide and 2048 samples deep pattern.
SPI
SPI BUS signals for measurements without measurement
object. Data rate 100 kBit/s, 250 kBit/s or 1 MBit/s.
I2C
I
2
C BUS signals for measurements without measurement object.
Data rate 100 kBit/s, 400 kBit/s, 1 MBit/s or 3.4 MBit/s.
UART
UART BUS signals for measurements without measurement
object. Data rate 9600 Bit/s, 115.2 kBit/s and 1 MBit/s.
CAN
CAN BUS signals for measurements without measurement
object up to 50 MBit/s.
LIN
LIN BUS signals for measurements without measurement object
up to 50 MBit/s.
MANual
Manual pattern mode.
l2S
Audio-I2S BUS signal.
TDM
Audio-TDM BUS signal.
Signal Generation (Option R&S RTA-B6)
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
780User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
TPWM
Test signals with pulse width modulation.
PWM
Pulse width modulated signal.
LEDPwm
Pulse width modulated signal for LED color control.
*RST: SQUarewave
PGENerator:PATTern:STATe <State>
Activates or deactivates the pattern.
Parameters:
<State> ON | OFF
*RST: OFF
PGENerator:PATTern:TRIGger:EXTern:SLOPe
Defines the slope of the external arbitrary pattern trigger.
Parameters:
<ExternSlope> POSitive | NEGative | EITHer
POSitive
Rising edge (rise).
NEGative
Falling edge (fall).
EITHer
Rising as well as the falling edge (both).
*RST: POSitive
16.14.2.2 Square Wave
PGENerator:PATTern:SQUarewave:POLarity....................................................................780
PGENerator:PATTern:SQUarewave:DCYCle.....................................................................781
PGENerator:PATTern:PERiod..........................................................................................781
PGENerator:PATTern:FREQuency...................................................................................781
PGENerator:PATTern:SQUarewave:POLarity <Polarity>
Defines the polarity of the pattern generator square wave function.
Parameters:
<Polarity> NORMal | INVerted
*RST: NORM
Signal Generation (Option R&S RTA-B6)
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
781User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
PGENerator:PATTern:SQUarewave:DCYCle <DutyCycle>
Sets the duty cycle of the square wave function.
Parameters:
<DutyCycle> Numeric value
Range: 1.00E+00 to 9.900E+01
*RST: 5.000E+01
Default unit: %
Example: PGEN:PATT:SQU:DCYC 20
Sets the duty cycle of the square wave function to 20%.
PGENerator:PATTern:PERiod <PatternPeriod>
Defines the period of the pattern generator function.
Parameters:
<PatternPeriod> Numeric value (Period = Pattern length * Bit time)
Range: MIN 1 Sample * 20ns = 20ns to MAX 2048 Sam-
ples * 42s = 10416s (approx. 2.89h)
*RST: 2.000E-06
Default unit: s
PGENerator:PATTern:FREQuency <PatternFrequency>
Defines the frequency (period) value of the pattern generator function.
Parameters:
<PatternFrequency> Numeric value
Default unit: Hz
16.14.2.3 Counter Pattern
PGENerator:PATTern:COUNter:FREQuency.....................................................................781
PGENerator:PATTern:COUNter:DIRection........................................................................ 782
PGENerator:PATTern:COUNter:FREQuency <Period>
Defines the frequency value of the pattern generator counter function. The user fre-
quency always refers to the switching of the pattern condition. This results in square
waveforms for individual pins.
Pin Frequency
S0 f/2
S1 f/4
S2 f/8
S3 f/16
Signal Generation (Option R&S RTA-B6)
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
782User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Parameters:
<Period> Numeric value
Range: 2.380952425301E-02 to 2.500000000000E+07
*RST: 1.000000000000E+05
Default unit: Hz
PGENerator:PATTern:COUNter:DIRection <CountDirection>
Sets the pattern generator counter direction.
Parameters:
<CountDirection> UPWard | DOWNward
*RST: UPW
16.14.2.4
Arbitrary Pattern
PGENerator:PATTern:TRIGger:MODE..............................................................................782
PGENerator:PATTern:ARBitrary:DATA[:SET].....................................................................782
PGENerator:PATTern:ARBitrary:DATA:LENGth................................................................. 783
PGENerator:PATTern:ARBitrary:DATA:APPend.................................................................783
PGENerator:PATTern:ARBitrary:DATA:APPend:BOR......................................................... 783
PGENerator:PATTern:ARBitrary:DATA:APPend:BAND....................................................... 783
PGENerator:PATTern:ARBitrary:DATA:APPend:INDex....................................................... 783
PGENerator:PATTern:TRIGger:SINGle.............................................................................784
PGENerator:PATTern:STIMe........................................................................................... 784
PGENerator:PATTern:ITIMe............................................................................................ 784
PGENerator:PATTern:BURSt:STATe.................................................................................784
PGENerator:PATTern:BURSt:NCYCle.............................................................................. 784
PGENerator:PATTern:TRIGger:MODE <TriggerMode>
Defines the arbitrary trigger mode of the pattern generator function.
Parameters:
<TriggerMode> CONTinuous | SINGle
CONTinuous
The CONT function (continuous trigger) issues the pattern con-
tinuously.
SINGle
If the SING setting is activated, the pattern is issued manually.
*RST: CONT
PGENerator:PATTern:ARBitrary:DATA[:SET] <ArbitraryData>
Defines the arbitrary pattern.
Parameters:
<ArbitraryData> List of Values
Signal Generation (Option R&S RTA-B6)
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
783User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Example: PGEN:PATT:ARB:DATA 0,1,1,1,2,0,3,1,4,0
PGENerator:PATTern:ARBitrary:DATA:LENGth <PatternLength>
Defines the arbitrary pattern length.
Parameters:
<PatternLength> Numeric value
Range: 1 to 2048
*RST: 1
PGENerator:PATTern:ARBitrary:DATA:APPend
<AppendData>
Defines the arbitrary pattern.
Setting parameters:
<AppendData> List of Values
Example: PGEN:PATT:ARB:DATA:APP 4
From index = n, the oscilloscope appends a 4 in HEX to the
pattern.
Usage: Setting only
PGENerator:PATTern:ARBitrary:DATA:APPend:BOR <AppendData>
From index = n, data will be integrated in existing pattern via OR combination.
Setting parameters:
<AppendData> List of Values
Usage: Setting only
PGENerator:PATTern:ARBitrary:DATA:APPend:BAND <AppendData>
From index = n, data will be integrated in existing pattern via AND combination.
Setting parameters:
<AppendData> List of Values
Usage: Setting only
PGENerator:PATTern:ARBitrary:DATA:APPend:INDex <AppendIndex>
Defines the index of the arbitrary pattern.
Parameters:
<AppendIndex> Numeric value
Signal Generation (Option R&S RTA-B6)
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
784User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Example: PGEN:PATT:ARB:DATA:APP:IND 5
PGEN:PATT:ARB:DATA:APP 4
From index = n, a pattern length of 6 will be defined with last
high bit 4.
PGENerator:PATTern:TRIGger:SINGle
Manual output of a pattern (single trigger).
Usage: Event
PGENerator:PATTern:STIMe <SampleTime>
Sets the time at which each sample is applied for the pattern generator function.
Parameters:
<SampleTime> Numeric value
Range: 2.000E-08 to 4.200E+01
*RST: 2.000E-08
Default unit: s
PGENerator:PATTern:ITIMe <IdleTime>
Defines the idle time of the pattern generator function. The idle time can be only
defined with activated BURST function.
Parameters:
<IdleTime> Numeric value
Range: 2.000E-08 to 4.200000000000E+01
*RST: 2.5000000000E-01
Default unit: s
PGENerator:PATTern:BURSt:STATe <BurstState>
Turns the BURST function on or off.
Parameters:
<BurstState> ON | OFF
*RST: OFF
PGENerator:PATTern:BURSt:NCYCle <PatternCycles>
Defines the BURST pattern cycles. The cycles can be only defined with activated
BURST function.
Parameters:
<PatternCycles> Numeric value
Range: 1 to 4096
*RST: 1
Signal Generation (Option R&S RTA-B6)
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
785User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
16.14.2.5 Manual Pattern
PGENerator:MANual:STATe<s> <State>
Selects the pins S0 to S3 manually and sets their states to high (H) or low (L).
Suffix:
<s>
.
0..3
Pins S0 to S3
Parameters:
<State> ON | OFF
ON
Pin state is set to high (H).
OFF
Pin state is set to low (L).
*RST: OFF
Example: PGEN:MAN:STAT2 ON
Sets the state of pin S2 to high (H).
16.14.2.6 PWM Signals
PGENerator:PATTern:PWM:DCYCle................................................................................ 785
PGENerator:PATTern:PWM:DIRection..............................................................................785
PGENerator:PATTern:PWM:ENABle.................................................................................786
PGENerator:PATTern:LED:BLUE.....................................................................................786
PGENerator:PATTern:LED:GREen...................................................................................786
PGENerator:PATTern:LED:RED.......................................................................................786
PGENerator:PATTern:LED:INTens................................................................................... 786
PGENerator:PATTern:PWM:DCYCle <DutyCycle>
Sets the duty cycle of the PWM signal at P0, and thus the motor speed.
Parameters:
<DutyCycle> Range: 1 to 99
Increment: 1
*RST: 50
Default unit: %
PGENerator:PATTern:PWM:DIRection <Direction>
Sets the direction of motor rotation.
Parameters:
<Direction> POSitive | NEGative
Signal Generation (Option R&S RTA-B6)
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
786User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
PGENerator:PATTern:PWM:ENABle <Enable>
Switches the motor on or off if the motor driver uses a dedicated enable signal.
Parameters:
<Enable> ON | OFF
PGENerator:PATTern:LED:BLUE <DutyCycle>
PGENerator:PATTern:LED:GREen <DutyCycle>
PGENerator:PATTern:LED:RED <DutyCycle>
Set the duty cycle of the red, green, and blue colors, which corresponds to the color
intensity.
Parameters:
<DutyCycle> Range: 1 to 99
Increment: 1
*RST: 50
Default unit: %
PGENerator:PATTern:LED:INTens <DutyCycle>
Sets the duty cycle of the signal at P3, which corresponds to the intensity of the light.
You can use this signal if the controller supports separate intensity control.
Parameters:
<DutyCycle> Range: 1 to 99
Increment: 1
*RST: 50
Default unit: %
16.15 Status Reporting
16.15.1 STATus:OPERation Register
The commands of the STATus:OPERation subsystem control the status reporting
structures of the STATus:OPERation register:
See also:
●
Chapter B.1, "Structure of a SCPI Status Register", on page 807
●
Chapter B.3.3, "STATus:OPERation Register", on page 812
The following commands are available:
Status Reporting
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
787User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
STATus:OPERation:CONDition?......................................................................................787
STATus:OPERation:ENABle............................................................................................787
STATus:OPERation:NTRansition..................................................................................... 787
STATus:OPERation:PTRansition......................................................................................787
STATus:OPERation[:EVENt]?..........................................................................................787
STATus:OPERation:CONDition?
Returns the of the CONDition part of the operational status register.
Return values:
<Condition> Condition bits in decimal representation. ALIGnment (bit 0) ,
SELFtest (bit 1) , AUToset (bit 2), WTRigger (bit 3).
Range: 1 to 65535
Increment: 1
Usage: Query only
STATus:OPERation:ENABle
<Enable>
Controls the ENABle part of the STATus:OPERation register. The ENABle defines
which events in the EVENt part of the status register are forwarded to the OPERation
summary bit (bit 7) of the status byte. The status byte can be used to create a service
request.
Parameters:
<Enable> Range: 1 to 65535
Increment: 1
Example:
STATus:OPERation:ENABle 5
The ALIGnment event (bit 0) and AUToset event (bit 2) are for-
warded to the OPERation summary bit of the status byte.
STATus:OPERation:NTRansition <NegativeTransition>
Parameters:
<NegativeTransition> Range: 1 to 65535
Increment: 1
STATus:OPERation:PTRansition <PositiveTransition>
Parameters:
<PositiveTransition> Range: 1 to 65535
Increment: 1
STATus:OPERation[:EVENt]?
Return values:
<Event> Range: 1 to 65535
Increment: 1
Status Reporting
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
788User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Usage: Query only
16.15.2 STATus:QUEStionable Registers
The commands of the STATus:QUEStionable subsystem control the status reporting
structures of the STATus:QUEStionable registers:
Figure 16-1: Structure of the STATus:QUEStionable register
See also:
●
Chapter B.1, "Structure of a SCPI Status Register", on page 807
●
Chapter B.3.4, "STATus:QUEStionable Register", on page 812
The following commands are available:
Status Reporting
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
789User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
STATus:PRESet.............................................................................................................789
STATus:QUEStionable:CONDition?..................................................................................789
STATus:QUEStionable:COVerload:CONDition?.................................................................789
STATus:QUEStionable:ADCState:CONDition?.................................................................. 789
STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit:CONDition?..........................................................................789
STATus:QUEStionable:MASK:CONDition?....................................................................... 789
STATus:QUEStionable:ENABle....................................................................................... 790
STATus:QUEStionable:COVerload:ENABle.......................................................................790
STATus:QUEStionable:ADCState:ENABle........................................................................ 790
STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit:ENABle................................................................................790
STATus:QUEStionable:MASK:ENABle............................................................................. 790
STATus:QUEStionable[:EVENt]?......................................................................................790
STATus:QUEStionable:COVerload[:EVENt]?.....................................................................790
STATus:QUEStionable:ADCState[:EVENt]?...................................................................... 790
STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit[:EVENt]?..............................................................................790
STATus:QUEStionable:MASK[:EVENt]?........................................................................... 790
STATus:QUEStionable:NTRansition................................................................................. 790
STATus:QUEStionable:COVerload:NTRansition................................................................ 790
STATus:QUEStionable:ADCState:NTRansition..................................................................790
STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit:NTRansition......................................................................... 790
STATus:QUEStionable:MASK:NTRansition.......................................................................790
STATus:QUEStionable:PTRansition................................................................................. 791
STATus:QUEStionable:COVerload:PTRansition................................................................ 791
STATus:QUEStionable:ADCState:PTRansition..................................................................791
STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit:PTRansition......................................................................... 791
STATus:QUEStionable:MASK:PTRansition....................................................................... 791
STATus:PRESet
Resets all STATUS:QUESTIONALBLE registers.
Usage:
Event
STATus:QUEStionable:CONDition?
STATus:QUEStionable:COVerload:CONDition?
STATus:QUEStionable:ADCState:CONDition?
STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit:CONDition?
STATus:QUEStionable:MASK:CONDition?
Returns the contents of the CONDition part of the status register to check for question-
able instrument or measurement states. Reading the CONDition registers does not
delete the contents.
Return values:
<Condition> Condition bits in decimal representation
Range: 0 to 65535
Increment: 1
Usage: Query only
Status Reporting
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
790User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
STATus:QUEStionable:ENABle <Enable>
STATus:QUEStionable:COVerload:ENABle <Enable>
STATus:QUEStionable:ADCState:ENABle <Enable>
STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit:ENABle <Enable>
STATus:QUEStionable:MASK:ENABle <Enable>
Sets the ENABle part that allows true conditions in the EVENt part to be reported in the
summary bit. If a bit is set to 1 in the enable part and its associated event bit transitions
to true, a positive transition occurs in the summary bit and is reported to the next
higher level.
Parameters:
<Enable> Bit mask in decimal representation
Range: 0 to 65535
Increment: 1
Example:
STATus:QUEStionable:MASK:ENABle 24
Set bits no. 3 and 4 of the STATus:QUEStionable:MASK:ENABle
register part: 24 = 8 + 16 = 2
3
+ 2
4
STATus:QUEStionable[:EVENt]?
STATus:QUEStionable:COVerload[:EVENt]?
STATus:QUEStionable:ADCState[:EVENt]?
STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit[:EVENt]?
STATus:QUEStionable:MASK[:EVENt]?
Returns the contents of the EVENt part of the status register to check whether an
event has occurred since the last reading. Reading an EVENt register deletes its con-
tents.
Return values:
<Event> Event bits in decimal representation
Range: 0 to 65535
Increment: 1
Usage: Query only
STATus:QUEStionable:NTRansition <NegativeTransition>
STATus:QUEStionable:COVerload:NTRansition <NegativeTransition>
STATus:QUEStionable:ADCState:NTRansition <NegativeTransition>
STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit:NTRansition <NegativeTransition>
STATus:QUEStionable:MASK:NTRansition <NegativeTransition>
Sets the negative transition filter. If a bit is set, a 1 to 0 transition in the corresponding
bit of the condition register causes a 1 to be written in the corresponding bit of the
event register.
Parameters:
<NegativeTransition> Bit mask in decimal representation
Range: 0 to 65535
Increment: 1
Status Reporting
Remote Control Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
791User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Example:
STATus:QUEStionable:MASK:NTRansition 24
Set bits no. 3 and 4 of the STATus:QUEStionable:MASK:NTRan-
sition register part: 24 = 8 + 16 = 2
3
+ 2
4
STATus:QUEStionable:PTRansition <PositiveTransition>
STATus:QUEStionable:COVerload:PTRansition <PositiveTransition>
STATus:QUEStionable:ADCState:PTRansition <PositiveTransition>
STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit:PTRansition <PositiveTransition>
STATus:QUEStionable:MASK:PTRansition <PositiveTransition>
Sets the positive transition filter. If a bit is set, a 0 to 1 transition in the corresponding
bit of the condition register causes a 1 to be written in the corresponding bit of the
event register.
Parameters:
<PositiveTransition> Bit mask in decimal representation
Range: 0 to 65535
Increment: 1
Example:
STATus:QUEStionable:MASK:PTRansition 24
Set bits no. 3 and 4 of the STATus:QUEStionable:MASK:PTRan-
sition register part: 24 = 8 + 16 = 2
3
+ 2
4
Status Reporting
Maintenance and Support
R&S
®
RTA4000
792User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
17 Maintenance and Support
The instrument does not need periodic maintenance. Only the cleaning of the instru-
ment is essential.
To protect the front panel and to transport the instrument to another workplace safely
and easily, several accessories are provided. The type designations and order num-
bers are listed in the data sheet.
In case of instrument damage, contact the nearest Rohde & Schwarz service center. A
list of all service centers is available on www.services.rohde-schwarz.com.
The addresses of Rohde & Schwarz support centers can be found at www.customer-
support.rohde-schwarz.com.
17.1 Cleaning
1. Clean the outside of the instrument using a soft, dry, lint-free dust cloth.
Note: Do not use any liquids for cleaning. Cleaning agents, solvents (thinners, ace-
tone), acids and bases can damage the front panel labeling, plastic parts and dis-
play.
2. Check and clean the fans regularly to ensure that they always operate properly.
3. Clean the touchscreen as follows:
a) Apply a small amount of standard screen cleaner to a soft cloth.
b) Wipe the screen gently with the moist, but not wet, cloth.
c) If necessary, remove any excess moisture with a dry, soft cloth.
17.2 Contacting Customer Support
Technical support – where and when you need it
For quick, expert help with any Rohde & Schwarz product, contact our customer sup-
port center. A team of highly qualified engineers provides support and works with you
to find a solution to your query on any aspect of the operation, programming or applica-
tions of Rohde & Schwarz products.
Contact information
Contact our customer support center at www.rohde-schwarz.com/support, or follow this
QR code:
Contacting Customer Support
Maintenance and Support
R&S
®
RTA4000
793User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Figure 17-1: QR code to the Rohde
&
Schwarz support page
17.3 Storing and Packing
The storage temperature range of the instrument is given in the data sheet. If the
instrument is to be stored for a longer period of time, it must be protected against dust.
Repack the instrument as it was originally packed when transporting or shipping. The
two protective foam plastic parts prevent the control elements and connectors from
being damaged. The antistatic packing foil avoids any undesired electrostatic charging
to occur.
If you do not use the original packaging, use a sturdy cardboard box of suitable size
and provide for sufficient padding to prevent the instrument from slipping inside the
package. Wrap antistatic packing foil around the instrument to protect it from electro-
static charging.
17.4 Replacing the Fuse
The instrument is protected by a fuse. You can find it on the rear panel between the
main power switch and AC power supply.
Type of fuse: Size 5x20 mm, 250V~, T3.15H (slow-blow), IEC60127-2/5
Risk of electric shock
The fuse is part of the main power supply. Therefore, handling the fuse while power is
on can lead to electric shock. Before opening the fuse holder, make sure that the
instrument is switched off and disconnected from all power supplies.
Always use fuses supplied by Rohde & Schwarz as spare parts, or fuses of the same
type and rating.
1. Pull the fuse holder out of its slot on the rear panel.
2. Exchange the fuse.
Replacing the Fuse
Maintenance and Support
R&S
®
RTA4000
794User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
3. Insert the fuse holder carefully back in its slot until it latches.
17.5 Data Security
If you have to send the instrument to the service, or if the instrument is used in a
secured environment, consider the document "Instrument Security Procedures" that is
available on the R&S RTA4000 internet web page.
You can delete all current instrument configuration data and user data with "Setup"
menu > "Secure Erase".
Data Security
Remote Control - Basics
R&S
®
RTA4000
795User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Annex
A Remote Control - Basics
A.1 SCPI Command Structure
SCPI commands consist of a header and, in most cases, one or more parameters. The
header and the parameters are separated by a "white space" (ASCII code 0 to 9, 11 to
32 decimal, e.g. blank). The headers may consist of several mnemonics (keywords).
Queries are formed by appending a question mark directly to the header.
The commands can be either device-specific or device-independent (common com-
mands). Common and device-specific commands differ in their syntax.
A.1.1 Syntax for Common Commands
Common (= device-independent) commands consist of a header preceded by an aster-
isk (*), and possibly one or more parameters.
Table A-1: Examples of common commands
*RST RESET Resets the instrument.
*ESE EVENT STATUS ENABLE Sets the bits of the event status enable registers.
*ESR? EVENT STATUS QUERY Queries the contents of the event status register.
*IDN? IDENTIFICATION QUERY Queries the instrument identification string.
SCPI Command Structure
Remote Control - Basics
R&S
®
RTA4000
796User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
A.1.2 Syntax for Device-Specific Commands
Not all commands used in the following examples are necessarily implemented in the
instrument. For demonstration purposes only, assume the existence of the following
commands for this section:
●
DISPlay[:WINDow<1...4>]:MAXimize <Boolean>
●
FORMat:READings:DATA <type>[,<length>]
●
HCOPy:DEVice:COLor <Boolean>
●
HCOPy:DEVice:CMAP:COLor:RGB <red>,<green>,<blue>
●
HCOPy[:IMMediate]
●
HCOPy:ITEM:ALL
●
HCOPy:ITEM:LABel <string>
●
HCOPy:PAGE:DIMensions:QUADrant[<N>]
●
HCOPy:PAGE:ORIentation LANDscape | PORTrait
●
HCOPy:PAGE:SCALe <numeric value>
●
MMEMory:COPY <file_source>,<file_destination>
●
SENSE:BANDwidth|BWIDth[:RESolution] <numeric_value>
●
SENSe:FREQuency:STOP <numeric value>
●
SENSe:LIST:FREQuency <numeric_value>{,<numeric_value>}
● Long and short form..............................................................................................796
● Numeric Suffixes...................................................................................................796
● Optional Mnemonics............................................................................................. 797
A.1.2.1 Long and short form
The mnemonics feature a long form and a short form. The short form is marked by
upper case letters, the long form corresponds to the complete word. Either the short
form or the long form can be entered; other abbreviations are not permitted.
Example:
HCOPy:DEVice:COLor ON is equivalent to HCOP:DEV:COL ON.
Case-insensitivity
Upper case and lower case notation only serves to distinguish the two forms in the
manual, the instrument itself is case-insensitive.
A.1.2.2 Numeric Suffixes
If a command can be applied to multiple instances of an object, e.g. specific channels
or sources, the required instances can be specified by a suffix added to the command.
Numeric suffixes are indicated by angular brackets (<1...4>, <n>, <i>) and are replaced
SCPI Command Structure
Remote Control - Basics
R&S
®
RTA4000
797User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
by a single value in the command. Entries without a suffix are interpreted as having the
suffix 1.
Example:
Definition: HCOPy:PAGE:DIMensions:QUADrant[<N>]
Command: HCOP:PAGE:DIM:QUAD2
This command refers to the quadrant 2.
Different numbering in remote control
For remote control, the suffix may differ from the number of the corresponding selec-
tion used in manual operation. SCPI prescribes that suffix counting starts with 1. Suffix
1 is the default state and used when no specific suffix is specified.
Some standards define a fixed numbering, starting with 0. If the numbering differs in
manual operation and remote control, it is indicated for the corresponding command.
A.1.2.3 Optional Mnemonics
Some command systems permit certain mnemonics to be inserted into the header or
omitted. These mnemonics are marked by square brackets in the description. The
instrument must recognize the long command to comply with the SCPI standard. Some
commands are considerably shortened by these optional mnemonics.
Example:
Definition: HCOPy[:IMMediate]
Command: HCOP:IMM is equivalent to HCOP
Optional mnemonics with numeric suffixes
Do not omit an optional mnemonic if it includes a numeric suffix that is relevant for the
effect of the command.
Example:
Definition:DISPlay[:WINDow<1...4>]:MAXimize <Boolean>
Command: DISP:MAX ON refers to window 1.
In order to refer to a window other than 1, you must include the optional WINDow
parameter with the suffix for the required window.
DISP:WIND2:MAX ON refers to window 2.
A.1.3 SCPI Parameters
Many commands are supplemented by a parameter or a list of parameters. The
parameters must be separated from the header by a "white space" (ASCII code 0 to 9,
11 to 32 decimal, e.g. blank).
SCPI Command Structure
Remote Control - Basics
R&S
®
RTA4000
798User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
The parameters required for each command and the allowed range of values are
specified in the command description.
Allowed parameters are:
● Numeric Values.....................................................................................................798
● Special Numeric Values........................................................................................ 798
● Boolean Parameters............................................................................................. 799
● Text Parameters....................................................................................................799
● Character Strings.................................................................................................. 800
● Block Data.............................................................................................................800
A.1.3.1 Numeric Values
Numeric values can be entered in any form, i.e. with sign, decimal point and exponent.
Values exceeding the resolution of the instrument are rounded up or down. The man-
tissa may comprise up to 255 characters, the exponent must lie inside the value range
-32000 to 32000. The exponent is introduced by an "E" or "e". Entry of the exponent
alone is not allowed.
Example:
SENS:FREQ:STOP 1500000 = SENS:FREQ:STOP 1.5E6
Units
For physical quantities, the unit can be entered. If the unit is missing, the basic unit is
used. Allowed unit prefixes are:
●
G (giga)
●
MA (mega), MOHM, MHZ
●
K (kilo)
●
M (milli)
●
U (micro)
●
N (nano)
Example:
SENSe:FREQ:STOP 1.5GHz = SENSe:FREQ:STOP 1.5E9
Some settings allow relative values to be stated in percent. According to SCPI, this unit
is represented by the PCT string.
Example:
HCOP:PAGE:SCAL 90PCT
A.1.3.2 Special Numeric Values
The following mnemonics are special numeric values. In the response to a query, the
numeric value is provided.
SCPI Command Structure
Remote Control - Basics
R&S
®
RTA4000
799User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
●
MIN and MAX: denote the minimum and maximum value.
●
DEF: denotes a preset value which has been stored in the EPROM. This value
conforms to the default setting, as it is called by the *RST command.
●
NAN: Not A Number (NAN) represents the value 9.91E37. NAN is only sent as a
instrument response. This value is not defined. Possible causes are the division of
zero by zero, the subtraction of infinite from infinite and the representation of miss-
ing values.
Example:
Setting command: SENSe:LIST:FREQ MAXimum
Query: SENS:LIST:FREQ?
Response: 3.5E9
Queries for special numeric values
The numeric values associated to MAXimum/MINimum/DEFault can be queried by
adding the corresponding mnemonic after the quotation mark.
Example: SENSe:LIST:FREQ? MAXimum
Returns the maximum numeric value as a result.
A.1.3.3 Boolean Parameters
Boolean parameters represent two states. The "ON" state (logically true) is represen-
ted by "ON" or a numeric value 1. The "OFF" state (logically untrue) is represented by
"OFF" or the numeric value 0. The numeric values are provided as the response for a
query.
Example:
Setting command: HCOPy:DEV:COL ON
Query: HCOPy:DEV:COL?
Response: 1
A.1.3.4 Text Parameters
Text parameters observe the syntactic rules for mnemonics, i.e. they can be entered
using a short or long form. Like any parameter, they have to be separated from the
header by a white space. In the response to a query, the short form of the text is provi-
ded.
Example:
Setting command: HCOPy:PAGE:ORIentation LANDscape
Query: HCOP:PAGE:ORI?
Response: LAND
SCPI Command Structure
Remote Control - Basics
R&S
®
RTA4000
800User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
A.1.3.5 Character Strings
Strings must always be entered in quotation marks (' or ").
Example:
HCOP:ITEM:LABel "Test1"
HCOP:ITEM:LABel 'Test1'
A.1.3.6 Block Data
Block data is a format which is suitable for the transmission of large amounts of data.
For example, a command using a block data parameter has the following structure:
FORMat:READings:DATA #45168xxxxxxxx
The ASCII character # introduces the data block. The next number indicates how many
of the following digits describe the length of the data block. In the example the 4 follow-
ing digits indicate the length to be 5168 bytes. The data bytes follow. During the trans-
mission of these data bytes all end or other control signs are ignored until all bytes are
transmitted.
#0 specifies a data block of indefinite length. The use of the indefinite format requires a
NL^END message to terminate the data block. This format is useful when the length of
the transmission is not known or if speed or other considerations prevent segmentation
of the data into blocks of definite length.
A.1.4 Overview of Syntax Elements
The following tables provide an overview of the syntax elements and special charac-
ters.
Table A-2: Syntax elements
: The colon separates the mnemonics of a command.
; The semicolon separates two commands of a command line. It does not alter the path.
, The comma separates several parameters of a command.
? The question mark forms a query.
* The asterisk marks a common command.
' '
"
Quotation marks introduce a string and terminate it (both single and double quotation marks are
possible).
# The hash symbol introduces binary, octal, hexadecimal and block data.
●
Binary: #B10110
●
Octal: #O7612
●
Hexa: #HF3A7
●
Block: #21312
A "white space" (ASCII-Code 0 to 9, 11 to 32 decimal, e.g. blank) separates the header from the
parameters.
SCPI Command Structure
Remote Control - Basics
R&S
®
RTA4000
801User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Table A-3: Special characters
|
Parameters
A vertical stroke in parameter definitions indicates alternative possibilities in the sense of "or". The
effect of the command differs, depending on which parameter is used.
Example:
Definition:HCOPy:PAGE:ORIentation LANDscape | PORTrait
Command HCOP:PAGE:ORI LAND specifies landscape orientation
Command HCOP:PAGE:ORI PORT specifies portrait orientation
Mnemonics
A selection of mnemonics with an identical effect exists for several commands. These mnemonics are
indicated in the same line; they are separated by a vertical stroke. Only one of these mnemonics
needs to be included in the header of the command. The effect of the command is independent of
which of the mnemonics is used.
Example:
DefinitionSENSE:BANDwidth|BWIDth[:RESolution] <numeric_value>
The two following commands with identical meaning can be created:
SENS:BAND:RES 1
SENS:BWID:RES 1
[ ] Mnemonics in square brackets are optional and may be inserted into the header or omitted.
Example: HCOPy[:IMMediate]
HCOP:IMM is equivalent to HCOP
{ } Parameters in curly brackets are optional and can be inserted once or several times, or omitted.
Example: SENSe:LIST:FREQuency <numeric_value>{,<numeric_value>}
The following are valid commands:
SENS:LIST:FREQ 10
SENS:LIST:FREQ 10,20
SENS:LIST:FREQ 10,20,30,40
A.1.5 Structure of a Command Line
A command line may consist of one or several commands. It is terminated by one of
the following:
●
<New Line>
●
<New Line> with EOI
●
EOI together with the last data byte
Several commands in a command line must be separated by a semicolon ";".
Example:
MMEM:COPY "Test1","MeasurementXY";:HCOP:ITEM ALL
This command line contains two commands. The first command belongs to the MMEM
system, the second command belongs to the HCOP system. If the next command
belongs to a different command system, the semicolon is followed by a colon.
SCPI Command Structure
Remote Control - Basics
R&S
®
RTA4000
802User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Example:
HCOP:ITEM ALL;:HCOP:IMM
This command line contains two commands. Both commands are part of the HCOP
command system, i.e. they have one level in common.
If the successive commands belong to the same system, having one or several levels
in common, the command line can be abbreviated. When abbreviating the command
line, the second command begins with the level below HCOP. The colon after the semi-
colon is omitted. The abbreviated form of the command line reads as follows:
HCOP:ITEM ALL;IMM
Example:
HCOP:ITEM ALL
HCOP:IMM
A new command line always begins with the complete path.
A.1.6 Responses to Queries
A query is defined for each setting command unless explicitly specified otherwise. It is
formed by adding a question mark to the associated setting command. According to
SCPI, the responses to queries are partly subject to stricter rules than in standard
IEEE 488.2.
●
The requested parameter is transmitted without a header.
Example: HCOP:PAGE:ORI?, Response: LAND
●
Maximum values, minimum values and all other quantities that are requested via a
special text parameter are returned as numeric values.
Example: SENSe:FREQuency:STOP? MAX, Response: 3.5E9
●
Numeric values are output without a unit. Physical quantities are referred to the
basic units or to the units set using the Unit command. The response 3.5E9 in
the previous example stands for 3.5 GHz.
●
Truth values (Boolean values) are returned as 0 (for OFF) and 1 (for ON).
Example:
Setting command: HCOPy:DEV:COL ON
Query: HCOPy:DEV:COL?
Response: 1
●
Text (character data) is returned in a short form.
Example:
Setting command: HCOPy:PAGE:ORIentation LANDscape
Query: HCOP:PAGE:ORI?
Response: LAND
●
Invalid numerical results
In some cases, particularly when a result consists of multiple numeric values, inva-
lid values are returned as 9.91E37 (not a number).
SCPI Command Structure
Remote Control - Basics
R&S
®
RTA4000
803User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
A.2 Command Sequence and Synchronization
IEEE 488.2 defines a distinction between overlapped (asynchronous) and sequential
commands:
●
A sequential command finishes executing before the next command starts execut-
ing. Commands that are processed quickly are usually implemented as sequential
commands.
●
An overlapping or asynchronous command does not automatically finish executing
before the next command starts executing. Usually, overlapping commands take
longer to process and allow the program to do other tasks while being executed. If
overlapping commands must be executed in a defined order, e.g. to avoid wrong
measurement results, they must be serviced sequentially. This method is called
synchronization between the controller and the instrument.
As a rule, send commands and queries in different program messages, i.e. in separate
command lines.
Do not combine queries with commands that affect the queried value in one program
message because the response to the query is not predictable.
The following messages always return correct results:
:CHAN:SCAL 0.01;POS 1
:CHAN:SCAL?
Result: 0.01 (10 mV/div)
Reason: Setting commands within one command line, even though they are implemen-
ted as sequential commands, are not necessarily serviced in the order in which they
have been received.
For further information, refer to:
●
rohde-schwarz.com/rckb: Rohde & Schwarz web page that provides information on
instrument drivers and remote control.
●
"Automatic Measurement Control - A tutorial on SCPI and IEEE 488.2" from John
M. Pieper (R&S order number 0002.3536.00). The book offers detailed information
on concepts and definitions of SCPI.
A.2.1 Preventing Overlapping Execution
To prevent an overlapping execution of commands, one of the commands *OPC,
*OPC? or *WAI can be used. All three commands cause a certain action only to be
carried out after the hardware has been set. The controller can be forced to wait for the
corresponding action to occur.
Command Sequence and Synchronization
Remote Control - Basics
R&S
®
RTA4000
804User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Table A-4: Synchronization using *OPC, *OPC? and *WAI
Com-
mand
Action Programming the controller
*OPC Sets the Operation Complete bit in the ESR
after all previous commands have been exe-
cuted.
●
Setting bit 0 in the ESE
●
Setting bit 5 in the SRE
●
Waiting for service request (SRQ)
*OPC? Stops command processing until 1 is
returned. This occurs when all pending opera-
tions are completed.
Send *OPC? directly after the command
whose processing must be terminated before
other commands can be executed.
*WAI Stops further command processing until all
commands sent before *WAI have been exe-
cuted.
Send *WAI directly after the command whose
processing must be terminated before other
commands are executed.
Command synchronization using *WAI or *OPC? is a good choice if the overlapped
command takes only little time to process. The two synchronization commands simply
block overlapped execution of the command. Append the synchronization command to
the overlapping command, for example:
SINGle; *OPC?
For time consuming overlapped commands, you can allow the controller or the instru-
ment to do other useful work while waiting for command execution. Use one of the fol-
lowing methods:
*OPC with a service request
1. Set the OPC mask bit (bit no. 0) in the ESE: *ESE 1
2. Set bit no. 5 in the SRE: *SRE 32 to enable ESB service request.
3. Send the overlapped command with *OPC .
4. Wait for a service request.
The service request indicates that the overlapped command has finished.
*OPC? with a service request
1. Set bit no. 4 in the SRE: *SRE 16 to enable MAV service request.
2. Send the overlapped command with *OPC?.
3. Wait for a service request.
The service request indicates that the overlapped command has finished.
Event status register (ESE)
1. Set the OPC mask bit (bit no. 0) in the ESE: *ESE 1
2. Send the overlapped command without *OPC, *OPC? or *WAI.
Command Sequence and Synchronization
Remote Control - Basics
R&S
®
RTA4000
805User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
3. Poll the operation complete state periodically (with a timer) using the sequence:
*OPC; *ESR?
A return value (LSB) of 1 indicates that the overlapped command has finished.
A.3 Messages
A.3.1 Instrument Messages
Instrument messages are employed in the same way for all interfaces, if not indicated
otherwise in the description.
There are different types of instrument messages, depending on the direction they are
sent:
●
Commands
●
Instrument responses
Structure and syntax of the instrument messages are described in Chapter A.1, "SCPI
Command Structure", on page 795.
Commands
Commands (program messages) are messages that the controller sends to the instru-
ment. They operate the instrument functions and request information. The commands
are subdivided according to two criteria:
●
According to the effect on the instrument:
– Setting commands cause instrument settings such as a reset of the instru-
ment or setting the frequency.
– Queries cause data to be provided for remote control, e.g. for identification of
the instrument or polling a parameter value. Queries are formed by directly
appending a question mark to the command header.
●
According to their definition in standards:
– Common commands: their function and syntax are precisely defined in stan-
dard IEEE 488.2. They are employed identically on all instruments (if imple-
mented). They refer to functions such as management of the standardized sta-
tus registers, reset and self-test.
– Instrument control commands refer to functions depending on the features of
the instrument such as frequency settings. Many of these commands have also
been standardized by the SCPI committee. These commands are marked as
"SCPI compliant" in the command reference chapters. Commands without this
SCPI label are device-specific, however, their syntax follows SCPI rules as per-
mitted by the standard.
Messages
Remote Control - Basics
R&S
®
RTA4000
806User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Instrument responses
Instrument responses (response messages and service requests) are messages that
the instrument sends to the controller after a query. They can contain measurement
results, instrument settings and information on the instrument status.
A.3.2 LAN Interface Messages
In the LAN connection, the interface messages are called low–level control messages.
These messages can be used to emulate interface messages of the GPIB bus.
Command Long term Effect on the instrument
&ABO Abort Aborts processing of the commands just received.
&DCL Device Clear Aborts processing of the commands just received and
sets the command processing software to a defined initial
state. Does not change the instrument setting.
>L Go to Local Transition to the "local" state (manual control). (The
instrument automatically returns to remote state when a
remote command is sent UNLESS &NREN was sent
before.)
>R Go to Remote Enables automatic transition from local state to remote
state by a subsequent remote command (after &NREN
was sent).
&GET Group Execute Trigger Triggers a previously active instrument function (e.g. a
sweep). The effect of the command is the same as with
that of a pulse at the external trigger signal input.
&LLO Local Lockout Disables transition from remote control to manual control
by means of the front panel keys.
&NREN Not Remote Enable Disables automatic transition from local state to remote
state by a subsequent remote command. (To re-activate
automatic transition use >R.)
&POL Serial Poll Starts a serial poll.
Messages
Remote Control - Status Reporting System
R&S
®
RTA4000
807User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
B Remote Control - Status Reporting System
The status reporting system stores all information on the current operating state of the
instrument, and on errors which have occurred. This information is stored in the status
registers and in the error queue. Both can be queried via GPIB bus or LAN interface
(STATus... commands).
B.1 Structure of a SCPI Status Register
Each standard SCPI register consists of 5 parts. Each part has a width of 16 bits and
has different functions. The individual bits are independent of each other, i.e. each
hardware status is assigned a bit number which is valid for all five parts. Bit 15 (the
most significant bit) is set to zero for all parts. Thus the contents of the register parts
can be processed by the controller as positive integers.
Figure B-1: The status-register model
Description of the five status register parts
The five parts of a SCPI register have different properties and functions:
●
CONDition
The CONDition part is written into directly by the hardware or the sum bit of the
next lower register. Its contents reflect the current instrument status. This register
part can only be read, but not written into or cleared. Its contents are not affected
by reading.
●
PTRansition / NTRansition
The two transition register parts define which state transition of the CONDition
part (none, 0 to 1, 1 to 0 or both) is stored in the EVENt part.
The Positive-TRansition part acts as a transition filter. When a bit of the
CONDition part is changed from 0 to 1, the associated PTR bit decides whether
the EVENt bit is set to 1.
Structure of a SCPI Status Register
Remote Control - Status Reporting System
R&S
®
RTA4000
808User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
– PTR bit =1: the EVENt bit is set.
– PTR bit =0: the EVENt bit is not set.
This part can be written into and read as required. Its contents are not affected by
reading.
The Negative-TRansition part also acts as a transition filter. When a bit of the
CONDition part is changed from 1 to 0, the associated NTR bit decides whether
the EVENt bit is set to 1.
– NTR bit =1: the EVENt bit is set.
– NTR bit =0: the EVENt bit is not set.
This part can be written into and read as required. Its contents are not affected by
reading.
●
EVENt
The EVENt part indicates whether an event has occurred since the last reading, it
is the "memory" of the condition part. It only indicates events passed on by the
transition filters. It is permanently updated by the instrument. This part can only be
read by the user. Reading the register clears it. This part is often equated with the
entire register.
●
ENABle
The ENABle part determines whether the associated EVENt bit contributes to the
sum bit (see below). Each bit of the EVENt part is "ANDed" with the associated
ENABle bit (symbol '&'). The results of all logical operations of this part are passed
on to the sum bit via an "OR" function (symbol '+').
ENABle bit = 0: the associated EVENt bit does not contribute to the sum bit
ENABle bit = 1: if the associated EVENt bit is "1", the sum bit is set to "1" as well.
This part can be written into and read by the user as required. Its contents are not
affected by reading.
Sum bit
The sum bit is obtained from the EVENt and ENABle part for each register. The result
is then entered into a bit of the CONDition part of the higher-order register.
The instrument automatically generates the sum bit for each register. Thus an event
can lead to a service request throughout all levels of the hierarchy.
B.2 Hierarchy of status registers
As shown in the following figure, the status information is of hierarchical structure.
Hierarchy of status registers
Remote Control - Status Reporting System
R&S
®
RTA4000
809User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Figure B-2: Overview of the status registers hierarchy
●
STB, SRE
The STatus Byte (STB) register and its associated mask register Service Request
Enable (SRE) form the highest level of the status reporting system. The STB pro-
vides a rough overview of the instrument status, collecting the information of the
lower-level registers.
●
ESR, SCPI registers
The STB receives its information from the following registers:
– The Event Status Register (ESR) with the associated mask register standard
Event Status Enable (ESE).
– The STATus:OPERation and STATus:QUEStionable registers which are
defined by SCPI and contain detailed information on the instrument.
●
Output buffer
Hierarchy of status registers
Remote Control - Status Reporting System
R&S
®
RTA4000
810User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
The output buffer contains the messages the instrument returns to the controller. It
is not part of the status reporting system but determines the value of the MAV bit in
the STB and thus is represented in the overview.
All status registers have the same internal structure.
SRE, ESE
The service request enable register SRE can be used as ENABle part of the STB if the
STB is structured according to SCPI. By analogy, the ESE can be used as the ENABle
part of the ESR.
B.3 Contents of the Status Registers
In the following sections, the contents of the status registers are described in more
detail.
B.3.1 Status Byte (STB) and Service Request Enable Register (SRE)
The STatus Byte (STB) is already defined in IEEE 488.2. It provides a rough over-
view of the instrument status by collecting the pieces of information of the lower regis-
ters. A special feature is that bit 6 acts as the sum bit of the remaining bits of the status
byte.
The STB can thus be compared with the CONDition part of an SCPI register and
assumes the highest level within the SCPI hierarchy.
The STB is read using the command *STB? or a serial poll.
The STatus Byte (STB) is linked to the Service Request Enable (SRE) register.
Each bit of the STB is assigned a bit in the SRE. Bit 6 of the SRE is ignored. If a bit is
set in the SRE and the associated bit in the STB changes from 0 to 1, a service
request (SRQ) is generated. The SRE can be set using the command *SRE and read
using the command *SRE?.
Table B-1: Meaning of the bits used in the status byte
Bit No. Meaning
0...1 Not used
2 Error Queue not empty
The bit is set when an entry is made in the error queue. If this bit is enabled by the SRE, each
entry of the error queue generates a service request. Thus an error can be recognized and
specified in greater detail by polling the error queue. The poll provides an informative error mes-
sage. This procedure is to be recommended since it considerably reduces the problems
involved with remote control.
3 QUEStionable status register summary bit
The bit is set if an EVENt bit is set in the QUEStionable status register and the associated
ENABle bit is set to 1. A set bit indicates a questionable instrument status, which can be speci-
fied in greater detail by querying the STATus:QUEStionable status register.
Contents of the Status Registers
Remote Control - Status Reporting System
R&S
®
RTA4000
811User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Bit No. Meaning
4 MAV bit (message available)
The bit is set if a message is available in the output queue which can be read. This bit can be
used to enable data to be automatically read from the instrument to the controller.
5 ESB bit
Sum bit of the event status register. It is set if one of the bits in the event status register is set
and enabled in the event status enable register. Setting of this bit indicates a serious error which
can be specified in greater detail by polling the event status register.
6 MSS bit (master status summary bit)
The bit is set if the instrument triggers a service request. This is the case if one of the other bits
of this registers is set together with its mask bit in the service request enable register SRE.
7 STATus:OPERation status register summary bit
The bit is set if an EVENt bit is set in the OPERation status register and the associated
ENABle bit is set to 1. A set bit indicates that the instrument is just performing an action. The
type of action can be determined by querying the STATus:OPERation status register.
B.3.2 Event Status Register (ESR) and Event Status Enable Register
(ESE)
The ESR is defined in IEEE 488.2. It can be compared with the EVENt part of a SCPI
register. The event status register can be read out using command *ESR?.
The ESE corresponds to the ENABle part of a SCPI register. If a bit is set in the ESE
and the associated bit in the ESR changes from 0 to 1, the ESB bit in the STB is set.
The ESE register can be set using the command *ESE and read using the command
*ESE?.
Table B-2: Meaning of the bits used in the event status register
Bit No. Meaning
0 Operation Complete
This bit is set on receipt of the command *OPC exactly when all previous commands have been
executed.
1 Not used
2 Query Error
This bit is set if either the controller wants to read data from the instrument without having sent a
query, or if it does not fetch requested data and sends new instructions to the instrument
instead. The cause is often a query which is faulty and hence cannot be executed.
3 Device-dependent Error
This bit is set if a device-dependent error occurs. An error message with a number between
-300 and -399 or a positive error number, which denotes the error in greater detail, is entered
into the error queue.
4 Execution Error
This bit is set if a received command is syntactically correct but cannot be performed for other
reasons. An error message with a number between -200 and -300, which denotes the error in
greater detail, is entered into the error queue.
Contents of the Status Registers
Remote Control - Status Reporting System
R&S
®
RTA4000
812User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Bit No. Meaning
5 Command Error
This bit is set if a command is received, which is undefined or syntactically incorrect. An error
message with a number between -100 and -200, which denotes the error in greater detail, is
entered into the error queue.
6 User Request
This bit is set when the instrument is switched over to manual control.
7 Power On (supply voltage on)
This bit is set on switching on the instrument.
B.3.3 STATus:OPERation Register
In the CONDition part, this register contains information on which actions the instru-
ment is being executing. In the EVENt part, it contains information on which actions the
instrument has executed since the last reading. It can be read using the commands
STATus:OPERation:CONDition? or STATus:OPERation[:EVENt]?.
See also: Figure B-2
The remote commands for the STATus:OPERation register are described in Chap-
ter 16.15.1, "STATus:OPERation Register", on page 786.
Table B-3: Bits in the STATus:OPERation register
Bit No. Meaning
0
ALIGnment
This bit is set as long as the instrument is performing a self alignment.
1
SELFtest
This bit is set while the selftest is running.
2
AUToset
This bit is set while the instrument is performing an auto setup.
3
WTRIgger
This bit is set while the instrument is waiting for the trigger.
4 to 14 Not used
15 This bit is always 0.
B.3.4 STATus:QUEStionable Register
This register contains information about indefinite states which may occur if the unit is
operated without meeting the specifications. It can be read using the commands
STATus:QUEStionable:CONDition? on page 789 and STATus:
QUEStionable[:EVENt]? on page 790
Contents of the Status Registers
Remote Control - Status Reporting System
R&S
®
RTA4000
813User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Figure B-3: Overview of the STATus:QUEStionable register
Table B-4: Bits in the STATus:QUEStionable register
Bit No. Meaning
0 to 2 not used
3
COVerload
This bit is set if a questionable channel overload occurs (see Chapter B.3.4.1, "STATus:QUES-
tionable:COVerload register", on page 814).
4
TEMPerature
This bit is set if a questionable temperature occurs (see Chapter B.3.4.2, "STATus:QUEStiona-
ble:TEMPerature register", on page 814).
Contents of the Status Registers
Remote Control - Status Reporting System
R&S
®
RTA4000
814User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Bit No. Meaning
5
ADCState
The bit is set if the signal is clipped on the upper or lower edge of the screen -overflow of the
ADC occurs (see Chapter B.3.4.3, "STATus:QUEStionable:ADCState Register",
on page 815 ).
6 to 7 Not used
8
NOALigndata
This bit is set if no alignment data is available - the instrument is uncalibrated.
9
LIMit
This bit is set if a limit value is violated (see Chapter B.3.4.4, "STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit reg-
ister", on page 815).
10 to 11 Not used
12
MASK
This bit is set if a mask value is violated (see Chapter B.3.4.5, "STATus:QUEStionable:MASK
register", on page 815
13 to 14 Not used
15 This bit is always 0.
B.3.4.1 STATus:QUEStionable:COVerload register
This register contains all information about overload of the channels. The bit is set if
the assigned channel is overloaded.
Table B-5: Bits in the STATus:QUEStionable:COVerload register
Bit No. Meaning
0
CHANnel1
1
CHANnel2
2
CHANnel3
3
CHANnel4
B.3.4.2 STATus:QUEStionable:TEMPerature register
This register contains information about the instrument's temperature.
Table B-6: Bits in the STATus:QUEStionable:TEMPerature register
Bit No. Meaning
0
TEMP WARN
This bit is set if a temperature warning on channel 1, 2, 3 or 4 occured.
1
TEMP ERRor
This bit is set if a temperature error on channel 1, 2, 3 or 4 occured.
Contents of the Status Registers
Remote Control - Status Reporting System
R&S
®
RTA4000
815User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
B.3.4.3 STATus:QUEStionable:ADCState Register
This register contains all information about overflow of the ADC.
The bit is set if the assigned channel signal is clipped on the upper or lower edge of the
screen. In this case, the signal does not fit in the range of the ADC and overflow
occurs.
Table B-7: Bits in the STATus:QUEStionable:ADCState register
Bit No. Meaning
0 CHANnel1, clipping on the upper limit
1 CHANnel1, clipping on the lower limit
2 CHANnel2, clipping on the upper limit
3 CHANnel2, clipping on the lower limit
4 CHANnel3, clipping on the upper limit
5 CHANnel3, clipping on the lower limit
6 CHANnel4, clipping on the upper limit
7 CHANnel4, clipping on the lower limit
B.3.4.4 STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit register
This register contains information about the observance of the limits of measurements.
This bit is set if the limits of the assigned measurement are violated.
Table B-8: Bits in the STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit register
Bit No. Meaning
0
MEAS1
1
MEAS2
2
MEAS3
3
MEAS4
4
MEAS5
5
MEAS6
6
MEAS7
7
MEAS8
B.3.4.5 STATus:QUEStionable:MASK register
This register contains information about the violation of masks. This bit is set if the
assigned mask is violated.
Contents of the Status Registers
Remote Control - Status Reporting System
R&S
®
RTA4000
816User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
Table B-9: Bits in the STATus:QUEStionable:MASK register
Bit No. Meaning
0
MASK1
B.4 Application of the Status Reporting System
The purpose of the status reporting system is to monitor the status of one or several
devices in a measuring system. To do this and react appropriately, the controller must
receive and evaluate the information of all devices. The following standard methods
are used:
●
Service request (SRQ) initiated by the instrument
●
Serial poll of all devices in the bus system, initiated by the controller in order to
find out who sent a SRQ and why
●
Parallel poll of all devices
●
Query of a specific instrument status by means of commands
●
Query of the error queue
B.4.1 Service Request
Under certain circumstances, the instrument can send a service request (SRQ) to the
controller. Usually this service request initiates an interrupt at the controller, to which
the control program can react appropriately. As evident from Figure B-2, an SRQ is
always initiated if one or several of bits 2, 3, 4, 5 or 7 of the status byte are set and
enabled in the SRE. Each of these bits combines the information of a further register,
the error queue or the output buffer. The ENABle parts of the status registers can be
set such that arbitrary bits in an arbitrary status register initiate an SRQ. In order to
make use of the possibilities of the service request effectively, all bits should be set to
"1" in enable registers SRE and ESE.
The SRQ is the only possibility for the instrument to become active on its own. Each
controller program should cause the instrument to initiate a service request if errors
occur. The program should react appropriately to the service request.
B.4.2 Serial Poll
In a serial poll, just as with command *STB, the status byte of an instrument is queried.
However, the query is realized via interface messages and is thus clearly faster.
The serial poll method is defined in IEEE 488.1 and used to be the only standard pos-
sibility for different instruments to poll the status byte. The method also works for
instruments which do not adhere to SCPI or IEEE 488.2.
The serial poll is mainly used to obtain a fast overview of the state of several instru-
ments connected to the controller.
Application of the Status Reporting System
Remote Control - Status Reporting System
R&S
®
RTA4000
817User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
B.4.3 Query of an instrument status
Each part of any status register can be read using queries. There are two types of
commands:
●
The common commands *ESR?, *IDN?, *IST?, *STB? query the higher-level
registers.
●
The commands of the STATus system query the SCPI registers
(STATus:QUEStionable...)
The returned value is always a decimal number that represents the bit pattern of the
queried register. This number is evaluated by the controller program.
Queries are usually used after an SRQ in order to obtain more detailed information on
the cause of the SRQ.
B.4.3.1 Decimal representation of a bit pattern
The STB and ESR registers contain 8 bits, the SCPI registers 16 bits. The contents of
a status register are specified and transferred as a single decimal number. To make
this possible, each bit is assigned a weighted value. The decimal number is calculated
as the sum of the weighted values of all bits in the register that are set to 1.
Example:
The decimal value 40 = 32 + 8 indicates that bits no. 3 and 5 in the status register (e.g.
the QUEStionable status summary bit and the ESB bit in the STatus Byte ) are set.
B.4.4 Error Queue
Each error state in the instrument leads to an entry in the error queue. The entries of
the error queue are detailed plain text error messages that can be looked up in the
Error Log or queried via remote control using SYSTem:ERRor[:NEXT]?. Each call of
SYSTem:ERRor[:NEXT]? provides one entry from the error queue. If no error mes-
sages are stored there any more, the instrument responds with 0, "No error".
The error queue should be queried after every SRQ in the controller program as the
entries describe the cause of an error more precisely than the status registers. Espe-
cially in the test phase of a controller program the error queue should be queried regu-
larly since faulty commands from the controller to the instrument are recorded there as
well.
Application of the Status Reporting System
Remote Control - Status Reporting System
R&S
®
RTA4000
818User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
B.5 Reset Values of the Status Reporting System
The following table contains the different commands and events causing the status
reporting system to be reset. None of the commands, except *RST and
SYSTem:PRESet, influence the functional instrument settings. In particular, DCL does
not change the instrument settings.
Table B-10: Resest of the status reporting system
Event Switching on supply
voltage
Power-On-Status-
Clear
DCL,
SDC
(Device
Clear,
Selected
Device
Clear)
*RST or
SYS-
Tem:PRE
Set
STA-
Tus:PRE-
Set
*CLS
Effect 0 1
Clear STB, ESR - yes - - - yes
Clear SRE, ESE - yes - - - -
Clear EVENt parts of the regis-
ters
- yes - - - yes
Clear ENABle parts of all
OPERation and QUEStionable
registers;
Fill ENABle parts of all other
registers with "1".
- yes - - yes -
Fill PTRansition parts with "1";
Clear NTRansition parts
- yes - - yes -
Clear error queue yes yes - - - yes
Clear output buffer yes yes yes 1) 1) 1)
Clear command processing
and input buffer
yes yes yes - - -
1) The first command in a command line that immediately follows a <PROGRAM MESSAGE TERMINA-
TOR> clears the output buffer.
Reset Values of the Status Reporting System
List of Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
819User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
List of Commands
*CAL?.............................................................................................................................................................424
*CLS...............................................................................................................................................................425
*ESE.............................................................................................................................................................. 425
*ESR?............................................................................................................................................................ 425
*IDN?............................................................................................................................................................. 425
*OPC..............................................................................................................................................................425
*OPT?............................................................................................................................................................ 426
*PSC.............................................................................................................................................................. 426
*RST.............................................................................................................................................................. 426
*SRE.............................................................................................................................................................. 426
*STB?.............................................................................................................................................................427
*TRG..............................................................................................................................................................427
*WAI...............................................................................................................................................................427
ACQuire:AVAilable?....................................................................................................................................... 498
ACQuire:AVERage:COMPlete?.....................................................................................................................451
ACQuire:AVERage:COUNt............................................................................................................................451
ACQuire:AVERage:CURRent?...................................................................................................................... 498
ACQuire:AVERage:RESet............................................................................................................................. 451
ACQuire:COUNt.............................................................................................................................................498
ACQuire:HRESolution....................................................................................................................................450
ACQuire:INTerpolate......................................................................................................................................452
ACQuire:MEMory[:MODE].............................................................................................................................496
ACQuire:NSINgle:COUNt.............................................................................................................................. 428
ACQuire:NSINgle:COUNt.............................................................................................................................. 451
ACQuire:NSINgle:COUNt.............................................................................................................................. 498
ACQuire:PEAKdetect.....................................................................................................................................450
ACQuire:POINts:ARATe?...............................................................................................................................452
ACQuire:POINts:AUTomatic.......................................................................................................................... 448
ACQuire:POINts:AUTomatic.......................................................................................................................... 497
ACQuire:POINts[:VALue]...............................................................................................................................449
ACQuire:POINts[:VALue]...............................................................................................................................497
ACQuire:SEGMented:STATe......................................................................................................................... 498
ACQuire:SRATe?........................................................................................................................................... 452
ACQuire:STATe..............................................................................................................................................429
AUToscale......................................................................................................................................................428
BPLot:AMPLitude:ENABle.............................................................................................................................559
BPLot:AMPLitude:MODE...............................................................................................................................555
BPLot:AMPLitude:POSition........................................................................................................................... 559
BPLot:AMPLitude:PROFile:COUNt............................................................................................................... 555
BPLot:AMPLitude:PROFile:POINt<n>:AMPLitude........................................................................................ 555
BPLot:AMPLitude:PROFile:POINt<n>:FREQuency...................................................................................... 555
BPLot:AMPLitude:SCALe.............................................................................................................................. 559
BPLot:ENABle................................................................................................................................................555
BPLot:EXPort:NAME..................................................................................................................................... 506
BPLot:EXPort:SAVE...................................................................................................................................... 507
BPLot:FREQuency:DATA?............................................................................................................................ 556
BPLot:FREQuency:STARt............................................................................................................................. 556
List of Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
820User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
BPLot:FREQuency:STOP..............................................................................................................................556
BPLot:GAIN:DATA?....................................................................................................................................... 558
BPLot:GAIN:ENABle......................................................................................................................................558
BPLot:GAIN:POSition.................................................................................................................................... 558
BPLot:GAIN:SCALe.......................................................................................................................................558
BPLot:INPut[:SOURce]..................................................................................................................................556
BPLot:MARKer<m>:DIFFerence:FREQ?...................................................................................................... 560
BPLot:MARKer<m>:DIFFerence:GAIN?........................................................................................................560
BPLot:MARKer<m>:DIFFerence:PHASe?.....................................................................................................560
BPLot:MARKer<m>:FREQuency...................................................................................................................561
BPLot:MARKer<m>:GAIN?............................................................................................................................561
BPLot:MARKer<m>:INDex............................................................................................................................ 561
BPLot:MARKer<m>:PHASe?.........................................................................................................................561
BPLot:MARKer<m>:SSCReen...................................................................................................................... 561
BPLot:MEASurement:DELay.........................................................................................................................556
BPLot:MEASurement:POINt[:DISPLAY]........................................................................................................556
BPLot:OUTPut[:SOURce]..............................................................................................................................557
BPLot:PHASe:DATA?.................................................................................................................................... 558
BPLot:PHASe:ENABle?.................................................................................................................................558
BPLot:PHASe:POSition?............................................................................................................................... 559
BPLot:PHASe:SCALe?..................................................................................................................................559
BPLot:POINts:LOGarithmic........................................................................................................................... 557
BPLot:REPeat................................................................................................................................................557
BPLot:RESet..................................................................................................................................................557
BPLot:STATe..................................................................................................................................................557
BUS<b>:ARINc:BRMode...............................................................................................................................694
BUS<b>:ARINc:BRValue............................................................................................................................... 694
BUS<b>:ARINc:DATA:FORMat..................................................................................................................... 699
BUS<b>:ARINc:POLarity...............................................................................................................................694
BUS<b>:ARINc:SOURce...............................................................................................................................694
BUS<b>:ARINc:THReshold:HIGH.................................................................................................................695
BUS<b>:ARINc:THReshold:LOW..................................................................................................................695
BUS<b>:ARINc:WCOunt?............................................................................................................................. 699
BUS<b>:ARINc:WORD<n>:DATA[:VALue]?..................................................................................................700
BUS<b>:ARINc:WORD<n>:FORMat?...........................................................................................................700
BUS<b>:ARINc:WORD<n>:LABel[:VALue]?................................................................................................. 700
BUS<b>:ARINc:WORD<n>:PARity?..............................................................................................................700
BUS<b>:ARINc:WORD<n>:PATTern?...........................................................................................................701
BUS<b>:ARINc:WORD<n>:SDI?.................................................................................................................. 701
BUS<b>:ARINc:WORD<n>:SSM?.................................................................................................................701
BUS<b>:ARINc:WORD<n>:STARt?..............................................................................................................701
BUS<b>:ARINc:WORD<n>:STATus?............................................................................................................702
BUS<b>:ARINc:WORD<n>:STOP?...............................................................................................................702
BUS<b>:CAN:BITRate...................................................................................................................................632
BUS<b>:CAN:DATA:SOURce....................................................................................................................... 631
BUS<b>:CAN:FCOunt?................................................................................................................................. 636
BUS<b>:CAN:FRAMe<n>:ACKState?...........................................................................................................638
BUS<b>:CAN:FRAMe<n>:ACKValue?..........................................................................................................639
BUS<b>:CAN:FRAMe<n>:BCOunt?..............................................................................................................641
BUS<b>:CAN:FRAMe<n>:BSEPosition?...................................................................................................... 641
List of Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
821User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
BUS<b>:CAN:FRAMe<n>:BYTE<o>:STATe?............................................................................................... 641
BUS<b>:CAN:FRAMe<n>:BYTE<o>:VALue?............................................................................................... 642
BUS<b>:CAN:FRAMe<n>:CSSTate?............................................................................................................ 639
BUS<b>:CAN:FRAMe<n>:CSValue?............................................................................................................ 639
BUS<b>:CAN:FRAMe<n>:DATA?................................................................................................................. 638
BUS<b>:CAN:FRAMe<n>:DLCState?...........................................................................................................639
BUS<b>:CAN:FRAMe<n>:DLCValue?.......................................................................................................... 640
BUS<b>:CAN:FRAMe<n>:IDSTate?..............................................................................................................640
BUS<b>:CAN:FRAMe<n>:IDTYpe?.............................................................................................................. 640
BUS<b>:CAN:FRAMe<n>:IDValue?..............................................................................................................641
BUS<b>:CAN:FRAMe<n>:STARt?................................................................................................................637
BUS<b>:CAN:FRAMe<n>:STATus?..............................................................................................................637
BUS<b>:CAN:FRAMe<n>:STOP?.................................................................................................................638
BUS<b>:CAN:FRAMe<n>:TYPE?.................................................................................................................637
BUS<b>:CAN:SAMPlepoint...........................................................................................................................632
BUS<b>:CAN:TYPE...................................................................................................................................... 632
BUS<b>:CPARallel:CLOCK:SLOPe.............................................................................................................. 767
BUS<b>:CPARallel:CLOCk:SOURce............................................................................................................ 767
BUS<b>:CPARallel:CS:ENABle.....................................................................................................................767
BUS<b>:CPARallel:CS:POLarity................................................................................................................... 768
BUS<b>:CPARallel:CS:SOURce...................................................................................................................768
BUS<b>:CPARallel:DATA<m>:SOURce........................................................................................................766
BUS<b>:CPARallel:FCOunt?.........................................................................................................................769
BUS<b>:CPARallel:FRAMe<n>:DATA?.........................................................................................................769
BUS<b>:CPARallel:FRAMe<n>:STARt?....................................................................................................... 769
BUS<b>:CPARallel:FRAMe<n>:STATe?........................................................................................................769
BUS<b>:CPARallel:FRAMe<n>:STOP?........................................................................................................ 770
BUS<b>:CPARallel:WIDTh............................................................................................................................766
BUS<b>:DSIGnals.........................................................................................................................................598
BUS<b>:DSIZe.............................................................................................................................................. 598
BUS<b>:FORMat...........................................................................................................................................597
BUS<b>:HISTory:CONTrol:ENABle]..............................................................................................................500
BUS<b>:HISTory:CURRent........................................................................................................................... 500
BUS<b>:HISTory:EXPort:NAME....................................................................................................................506
BUS<b>:HISTory:EXPort:SAVE.....................................................................................................................507
BUS<b>:HISTory:PALL..................................................................................................................................500
BUS<b>:HISTory:PLAYer:SPEed...................................................................................................................501
BUS<b>:HISTory:PLAYer:STATe................................................................................................................... 502
BUS<b>:HISTory:REPLay............................................................................................................................. 501
BUS<b>:HISTory:STARt................................................................................................................................ 501
BUS<b>:HISTory:STOP.................................................................................................................................501
BUS<b>:HISTory:TSABsolute:ALL?.............................................................................................................. 505
BUS<b>:HISTory:TSABsolute?......................................................................................................................505
BUS<b>:HISTory:TSDate:ALL?.....................................................................................................................506
BUS<b>:HISTory:TSDate?............................................................................................................................ 505
BUS<b>:HISTory:TSRelative:ALL?................................................................................................................504
BUS<b>:HISTory:TSRelative?.......................................................................................................................504
BUS<b>:HISTory:TTABle[:ENABle]............................................................................................................... 503
BUS<b>:I2C:CLOCk:SOURce.......................................................................................................................612
BUS<b>:I2C:DATA:SOURce......................................................................................................................... 612
List of Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
822User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
BUS<b>:I2C:FCOunt?................................................................................................................................... 615
BUS<b>:I2C:FRAMe<n>:AACCess?.............................................................................................................617
BUS<b>:I2C:FRAMe<n>:ACCess?............................................................................................................... 617
BUS<b>:I2C:FRAMe<n>:ACOMplete?..........................................................................................................617
BUS<b>:I2C:FRAMe<n>:ADBStart?............................................................................................................. 618
BUS<b>:I2C:FRAMe<n>:ADDRess?.............................................................................................................618
BUS<b>:I2C:FRAMe<n>:ADEVice?..............................................................................................................618
BUS<b>:I2C:FRAMe<n>:AMODe?................................................................................................................619
BUS<b>:I2C:FRAMe<n>:ASTart?..................................................................................................................619
BUS<b>:I2C:FRAMe<n>:BCOunt?................................................................................................................619
BUS<b>:I2C:FRAMe<n>:BYTE<o>:ACCess?...............................................................................................620
BUS<b>:I2C:FRAMe<n>:BYTE<o>:ACKStart?.............................................................................................620
BUS<b>:I2C:FRAMe<n>:BYTE<o>:COMPlete?........................................................................................... 620
BUS<b>:I2C:FRAMe<n>:BYTE<o>:STARt?................................................................................................. 621
BUS<b>:I2C:FRAMe<n>:BYTE<o>:VALue?................................................................................................. 621
BUS<b>:I2C:FRAMe<n>:DATA?................................................................................................................... 615
BUS<b>:I2C:FRAMe<n>:STARt?..................................................................................................................616
BUS<b>:I2C:FRAMe<n>:STATus?................................................................................................................616
BUS<b>:I2C:FRAMe<n>:STOP?...................................................................................................................616
BUS<b>:I2S:AVARiant...................................................................................................................................659
BUS<b>:I2S:BORDer.................................................................................................................................... 659
BUS<b>:I2S:CHANnel:LENGth..................................................................................................................... 660
BUS<b>:I2S:CHANnel:OFFSet..................................................................................................................... 660
BUS<b>:I2S:CHANnel:ORDer.......................................................................................................................660
BUS<b>:I2S:CHANnel:TDMCount.................................................................................................................660
BUS<b>:I2S:CLOCk:POLarity....................................................................................................................... 661
BUS<b>:I2S:CLOCk:SOURce.......................................................................................................................661
BUS<b>:I2S:CLOCk:THReshold................................................................................................................... 661
BUS<b>:I2S:DATA:POLarity..........................................................................................................................661
BUS<b>:I2S:DATA:SOURce..........................................................................................................................662
BUS<b>:I2S:DATA:THReshold......................................................................................................................662
BUS<b>:I2S:DISPlay.....................................................................................................................................662
BUS<b>:I2S:FCOunt?................................................................................................................................... 665
BUS<b>:I2S:FOFFset....................................................................................................................................663
BUS<b>:I2S:FRAMe<n>:LEFT:STATe?.........................................................................................................668
BUS<b>:I2S:FRAMe<n>:LEFT:VALue?.........................................................................................................669
BUS<b>:I2S:FRAMe<n>:RIGHt:STATe?....................................................................................................... 669
BUS<b>:I2S:FRAMe<n>:RIGHt:VALue?.......................................................................................................669
BUS<b>:I2S:FRAMe<n>:STARt?.................................................................................................................. 670
BUS<b>:I2S:FRAMe<n>:STATe?.................................................................................................................. 670
BUS<b>:I2S:FRAMe<n>:STOP?...................................................................................................................670
BUS<b>:I2S:FRAMe<n>:TDM<o>:STATe?................................................................................................... 670
BUS<b>:I2S:FRAMe<n>:TDM<o>:VALue?...................................................................................................671
BUS<b>:I2S:WLENgth...................................................................................................................................663
BUS<b>:I2S:WSELect:POLarity....................................................................................................................663
BUS<b>:I2S:WSELect:SOURce....................................................................................................................664
BUS<b>:I2S:WSELect:THReshold................................................................................................................664
BUS<b>:LABel...............................................................................................................................................598
BUS<b>:LABel:STATe................................................................................................................................... 598
BUS<b>:LIN:BITRate.....................................................................................................................................647
List of Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
823User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
BUS<b>:LIN:DATA:SOURce......................................................................................................................... 647
BUS<b>:LIN:FCOunt?................................................................................................................................... 651
BUS<b>:LIN:FRAMe<n>:BCOunt?................................................................................................................654
BUS<b>:LIN:FRAMe<n>:BYTE<o>:STATe?................................................................................................. 655
BUS<b>:LIN:FRAMe<n>:BYTE<o>:VALue?................................................................................................. 655
BUS<b>:LIN:FRAMe<n>:CSSTate?.............................................................................................................. 652
BUS<b>:LIN:FRAMe<n>:CSValue?.............................................................................................................. 652
BUS<b>:LIN:FRAMe<n>:DATA?................................................................................................................... 651
BUS<b>:LIN:FRAMe<n>:IDPValue?............................................................................................................. 653
BUS<b>:LIN:FRAMe<n>:IDSTate?................................................................................................................653
BUS<b>:LIN:FRAMe<n>:IDValue?................................................................................................................653
BUS<b>:LIN:FRAMe<n>:STARt?..................................................................................................................651
BUS<b>:LIN:FRAMe<n>:STATus?................................................................................................................651
BUS<b>:LIN:FRAMe<n>:STOP?...................................................................................................................652
BUS<b>:LIN:FRAMe<n>:SYSTate?.............................................................................................................. 654
BUS<b>:LIN:FRAMe<n>:SYValue?...............................................................................................................654
BUS<b>:LIN:FRAMe<n>:VERSion?..............................................................................................................654
BUS<b>:LIN:POLarity....................................................................................................................................647
BUS<b>:LIN:STANdard................................................................................................................................. 647
BUS<b>:MILStd:IMGTime:INFinite................................................................................................................672
BUS<b>:MILStd:IMGTime:MAXimum............................................................................................................672
BUS<b>:MILStd:IMGTime:MINimum.............................................................................................................672
BUS<b>:MILStd:POLarity..............................................................................................................................672
BUS<b>:MILStd:RESPonsetime:INFinite...................................................................................................... 672
BUS<b>:MILStd:RESPonsetime:MAXimum..................................................................................................673
BUS<b>:MILStd:RESPonsetime:MINimum................................................................................................... 673
BUS<b>:MILStd:SOURce..............................................................................................................................673
BUS<b>:MILStd:THReshold:HIGH................................................................................................................673
BUS<b>:MILStd:THReshold:LOW.................................................................................................................673
BUS<b>:MILStd:WCOunt?............................................................................................................................ 681
BUS<b>:MILStd:WORD<n>:COMMand:MCODe:CODE?.............................................................................682
BUS<b>:MILStd:WORD<n>:COMMand:MCODe:VALue?............................................................................ 682
BUS<b>:MILStd:WORD<n>:COMMand:RTADdress?...................................................................................683
BUS<b>:MILStd:WORD<n>:COMMand:SADDress?.................................................................................... 683
BUS<b>:MILStd:WORD<n>:COMMand:WCOunt?....................................................................................... 683
BUS<b>:MILStd:WORD<n>:DATA?.............................................................................................................. 683
BUS<b>:MILStd:WORD<n>:IMGTime?.........................................................................................................684
BUS<b>:MILStd:WORD<n>:PARity?.............................................................................................................684
BUS<b>:MILStd:WORD<n>:RTIMe?.............................................................................................................684
BUS<b>:MILStd:WORD<n>:STARt?.............................................................................................................684
BUS<b>:MILStd:WORD<n>:STATus:BCReceived?......................................................................................685
BUS<b>:MILStd:WORD<n>:STATus:BUSY?................................................................................................ 685
BUS<b>:MILStd:WORD<n>:STATus:DBCaccept?........................................................................................685
BUS<b>:MILStd:WORD<n>:STATus:INSTrument?.......................................................................................686
BUS<b>:MILStd:WORD<n>:STATus:MERRor?............................................................................................ 686
BUS<b>:MILStd:WORD<n>:STATus:RTADdress?........................................................................................686
BUS<b>:MILStd:WORD<n>:STATus:SREQuest?.........................................................................................686
BUS<b>:MILStd:WORD<n>:STATus:SUBSystem?.......................................................................................687
BUS<b>:MILStd:WORD<n>:STATus:TERMinal?.......................................................................................... 687
BUS<b>:MILStd:WORD<n>:STATus?...........................................................................................................685
List of Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
824User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
BUS<b>:MILStd:WORD<n>:STOP?..............................................................................................................687
BUS<b>:MILStd:WORD<n>:TRMode?..........................................................................................................687
BUS<b>:MILStd:WORD<n>:TYPE?..............................................................................................................688
BUS<b>:PARallel:DATA<m>:SOURce.......................................................................................................... 766
BUS<b>:PARallel:FCOunt?........................................................................................................................... 769
BUS<b>:PARallel:FRAMe<n>:DATA?........................................................................................................... 769
BUS<b>:PARallel:FRAMe<n>:STARt?.......................................................................................................... 769
BUS<b>:PARallel:FRAMe<n>:STATe?.......................................................................................................... 769
BUS<b>:PARallel:FRAMe<n>:STOP?...........................................................................................................770
BUS<b>:PARallel:WIDTh...............................................................................................................................766
BUS<b>:POSition.......................................................................................................................................... 599
BUS<b>:RESult............................................................................................................................................. 599
BUS<b>:SPI:BORDer....................................................................................................................................602
BUS<b>:SPI:CLOCk:POLarity.......................................................................................................................600
BUS<b>:SPI:CLOCk:SOURce.......................................................................................................................600
BUS<b>:SPI:CS:POLarity..............................................................................................................................600
BUS<b>:SPI:CS:SOURce............................................................................................................................. 600
BUS<b>:SPI:DATA:POLarity......................................................................................................................... 601
BUS<b>:SPI:DATA:SOURce......................................................................................................................... 601
BUS<b>:SPI:FCOunt?...................................................................................................................................607
BUS<b>:SPI:FRAME<n>:DATA:MISO?........................................................................................................ 609
BUS<b>:SPI:FRAME<n>:DATA:MOSI?........................................................................................................ 609
BUS<b>:SPI:FRAME<n>:STARt?................................................................................................................. 608
BUS<b>:SPI:FRAME<n>:STATus?............................................................................................................... 608
BUS<b>:SPI:FRAME<n>:STOP?..................................................................................................................608
BUS<b>:SPI:FRAME<n>:WCOunt?..............................................................................................................609
BUS<b>:SPI:FRAME<n>:WORD<o>:MISO?................................................................................................ 611
BUS<b>:SPI:FRAME<n>:WORD<o>:MOSI?................................................................................................610
BUS<b>:SPI:FRAME<n>:WORD<o>:STARt?...............................................................................................610
BUS<b>:SPI:FRAME<n>:WORD<o>:STOP?............................................................................................... 610
BUS<b>:SPI:MISO:POLarity......................................................................................................................... 602
BUS<b>:SPI:MISO:SOURce......................................................................................................................... 601
BUS<b>:SPI:MOSI:POLarity......................................................................................................................... 601
BUS<b>:SPI:MOSI:SOURce......................................................................................................................... 601
BUS<b>:SPI:SSIZe........................................................................................................................................602
BUS<b>:SSPI:BITime....................................................................................................................................605
BUS<b>:SSPI:BORDer..................................................................................................................................605
BUS<b>:SSPI:CLOCk:POLarity.................................................................................................................... 603
BUS<b>:SSPI:CLOCk:SOURce.................................................................................................................... 603
BUS<b>:SSPI:DATA:POLarity....................................................................................................................... 604
BUS<b>:SSPI:DATA:SOURce.......................................................................................................................603
BUS<b>:SSPI:MISO:POLarity.......................................................................................................................604
BUS<b>:SSPI:MISO:SOURce.......................................................................................................................604
BUS<b>:SSPI:MOSI:POLarity.......................................................................................................................604
BUS<b>:SSPI:MOSI:SOURce.......................................................................................................................603
BUS<b>:SSPI:SSIZe..................................................................................................................................... 605
BUS<b>:STATe.............................................................................................................................................. 597
BUS<b>:TYPE...............................................................................................................................................597
BUS<b>:UART:BAUDrate..............................................................................................................................624
BUS<b>:UART:BITime...................................................................................................................................624
List of Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
825User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
BUS<b>:UART:DATA:POLarity......................................................................................................................623
BUS<b>:UART:DATA:SOURce......................................................................................................................622
BUS<b>:UART:FCOunt?............................................................................................................................... 627
BUS<b>:UART:FRAMe<n>:STARt?.............................................................................................................. 627
BUS<b>:UART:FRAMe<n>:STATe?.............................................................................................................. 628
BUS<b>:UART:FRAMe<n>:STOP?...............................................................................................................627
BUS<b>:UART:FRAMe<n>:WCOunt?...........................................................................................................628
BUS<b>:UART:FRAMe<n>:WORD<o>:RXValue?........................................................................................ 630
BUS<b>:UART:FRAMe<n>:WORD<o>:SOURce?........................................................................................629
BUS<b>:UART:FRAMe<n>:WORD<o>:STARt?............................................................................................630
BUS<b>:UART:FRAMe<n>:WORD<o>:STATe?............................................................................................629
BUS<b>:UART:FRAMe<n>:WORD<o>:STOP?............................................................................................ 630
BUS<b>:UART:FRAMe<n>:WORD<o>:TXValue?........................................................................................ 630
BUS<b>:UART:FRAMe<n>:WORD<o>:VALue?........................................................................................... 630
BUS<b>:UART:PARity................................................................................................................................... 624
BUS<b>:UART:POLarity................................................................................................................................623
BUS<b>:UART:RX:FCOunt?......................................................................................................................... 627
BUS<b>:UART:RX:FRAMe<n>:STARt?........................................................................................................ 627
BUS<b>:UART:RX:FRAMe<n>:STATe?........................................................................................................ 628
BUS<b>:UART:RX:FRAMe<n>:STOP?.........................................................................................................627
BUS<b>:UART:RX:FRAMe<n>:WCOunt?.....................................................................................................628
BUS<b>:UART:RX:FRAMe<n>:WORD<o>:STARt?......................................................................................630
BUS<b>:UART:RX:FRAMe<n>:WORD<o>:STATe?......................................................................................629
BUS<b>:UART:RX:FRAMe<n>:WORD<o>:STOP?...................................................................................... 630
BUS<b>:UART:RX:FRAMe<n>:WORD<o>:VALue?..................................................................................... 630
BUS<b>:UART:RX:SOURce..........................................................................................................................622
BUS<b>:UART:SBIT......................................................................................................................................624
BUS<b>:UART:SSIZe....................................................................................................................................623
BUS<b>:UART:TX:FCOunt?..........................................................................................................................627
BUS<b>:UART:TX:FRAMe<n>:STARt?.........................................................................................................627
BUS<b>:UART:TX:FRAMe<n>:STATe?.........................................................................................................628
BUS<b>:UART:TX:FRAMe<n>:STOP?......................................................................................................... 627
BUS<b>:UART:TX:FRAMe<n>:WCOunt?..................................................................................................... 628
BUS<b>:UART:TX:FRAMe<n>:WORD<o>:STARt?...................................................................................... 630
BUS<b>:UART:TX:FRAMe<n>:WORD<o>:STATe?...................................................................................... 629
BUS<b>:UART:TX:FRAMe<n>:WORD<o>:STOP?.......................................................................................630
BUS<b>:UART:TX:FRAMe<n>:WORD<o>:VALue?......................................................................................630
BUS<b>:UART:TX:SOURce.......................................................................................................................... 622
CALCulate:MATH<m>:DATA:HEADer?......................................................................................................... 568
CALCulate:MATH<m>:DATA:POINts?...........................................................................................................568
CALCulate:MATH<m>:DATA:XINCrement?...................................................................................................572
CALCulate:MATH<m>:DATA:XORigin?.........................................................................................................572
CALCulate:MATH<m>:DATA:YINCrement?...................................................................................................573
CALCulate:MATH<m>:DATA:YORigin?.........................................................................................................572
CALCulate:MATH<m>:DATA:YRESolution?..................................................................................................573
CALCulate:MATH<m>:DATA?....................................................................................................................... 568
CALCulate:MATH<m>:HISTory:CONTrol:ENABle]........................................................................................500
CALCulate:MATH<m>:HISTory:CURRent..................................................................................................... 500
CALCulate:MATH<m>:HISTory:PALL............................................................................................................ 500
CALCulate:MATH<m>:HISTory:PLAYer:SPEed.............................................................................................501
List of Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
826User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
CALCulate:MATH<m>:HISTory:PLAYer:STATe..............................................................................................502
CALCulate:MATH<m>:HISTory:REPLay....................................................................................................... 501
CALCulate:MATH<m>:HISTory:STARt.......................................................................................................... 501
CALCulate:MATH<m>:HISTory:STOP...........................................................................................................501
CALCulate:MATH<m>:HISTory:TSABsolute:ALL?........................................................................................ 505
CALCulate:MATH<m>:HISTory:TSABsolute?................................................................................................505
CALCulate:MATH<m>:HISTory:TSDate:ALL?...............................................................................................506
CALCulate:MATH<m>:HISTory:TSDate?...................................................................................................... 505
CALCulate:MATH<m>:HISTory:TSRelative:ALL?..........................................................................................504
CALCulate:MATH<m>:HISTory:TSRelative?.................................................................................................504
CALCulate:MATH<m>:HISTory:TTABle[:ENABle]......................................................................................... 503
CALCulate:MATH<m>:LABel.........................................................................................................................474
CALCulate:MATH<m>:LABel:STATe..............................................................................................................474
CALCulate:MATH<m>:POSition.................................................................................................................... 474
CALCulate:MATH<m>:SCALe.......................................................................................................................475
CALCulate:MATH<m>:STATe........................................................................................................................ 472
CALCulate:MATH<m>:TRACk:DPULse[:ENABle].........................................................................................476
CALCulate:MATH<m>:TRACk:EDGE............................................................................................................475
CALCulate:MATH<m>:TRACk:THReshold:HYSTeresis................................................................................476
CALCulate:MATH<m>:TRACk:THReshold:LOWer....................................................................................... 476
CALCulate:MATH<m>:TRACk:THReshold[:UPPer]...................................................................................... 476
CALCulate:MATH<m>:WCOLor.................................................................................................................... 475
CALCulate:MATH<m>[:EXPRession][:DEFine]............................................................................................. 473
CALibration.................................................................................................................................................... 588
CALibration:STATe?.......................................................................................................................................589
CHANnel<m>:AOFF...................................................................................................................................... 430
CHANnel<m>:AON........................................................................................................................................430
CHANnel<m>:ARIThmetics........................................................................................................................... 450
CHANnel<m>:BANDwidth............................................................................................................................. 432
CHANnel<m>:COUPling................................................................................................................................431
CHANnel<m>:DATA:ENVelope:HEADer?..................................................................................................... 567
CHANnel<m>:DATA:ENVelope:XINCrement?...............................................................................................572
CHANnel<m>:DATA:ENVelope:XORigin?..................................................................................................... 572
CHANnel<m>:DATA:ENVelope:YINCrement?...............................................................................................573
CHANnel<m>:DATA:ENVelope:YORigin?..................................................................................................... 572
CHANnel<m>:DATA:ENVelope:YRESolution?.............................................................................................. 573
CHANnel<m>:DATA:ENVelope?....................................................................................................................566
CHANnel<m>:DATA:HEADer?...................................................................................................................... 565
CHANnel<m>:DATA:POINts.......................................................................................................................... 565
CHANnel<m>:DATA:XINCrement?................................................................................................................572
CHANnel<m>:DATA:XORigin?...................................................................................................................... 572
CHANnel<m>:DATA:YINCrement?................................................................................................................573
CHANnel<m>:DATA:YORigin?...................................................................................................................... 572
CHANnel<m>:DATA:YRESolution?............................................................................................................... 573
CHANnel<m>:DATA?.....................................................................................................................................564
CHANnel<m>:HISTory:CONTrol:[ENABle].................................................................................................... 500
CHANnel<m>:HISTory:CURRent...................................................................................................................500
CHANnel<m>:HISTory:EXPort:NAME........................................................................................................... 507
CHANnel<m>:HISTory:EXPort:SAVE............................................................................................................ 507
CHANnel<m>:HISTory:PALL......................................................................................................................... 500
List of Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
827User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
CHANnel<m>:HISTory:PLAYer:SPEed..........................................................................................................501
CHANnel<m>:HISTory:PLAYer:STATe...........................................................................................................502
CHANnel<m>:HISTory:REPLay.....................................................................................................................502
CHANnel<m>:HISTory:STARt........................................................................................................................501
CHANnel<m>:HISTory:STOP........................................................................................................................ 501
CHANnel<m>:HISTory:TMODe..................................................................................................................... 504
CHANnel<m>:HISTory:TSABsolute:ALL?......................................................................................................505
CHANnel<m>:HISTory:TSABsolute?.............................................................................................................505
CHANnel<m>:HISTory:TSDate:ALL?............................................................................................................ 506
CHANnel<m>:HISTory:TSDate?....................................................................................................................505
CHANnel<m>:HISTory:TSRelative:ALL?.......................................................................................................504
CHANnel<m>:HISTory:TSRelative?.............................................................................................................. 504
CHANnel<m>:HISTory:TTABle[:ENABle].......................................................................................................503
CHANnel<m>:LABel...................................................................................................................................... 435
CHANnel<m>:LABel:STATe...........................................................................................................................435
CHANnel<m>:OFFSet................................................................................................................................... 431
CHANnel<m>:OVERload...............................................................................................................................434
CHANnel<m>:POLarity..................................................................................................................................432
CHANnel<m>:POSition..................................................................................................................................431
CHANnel<m>:RANGe................................................................................................................................... 430
CHANnel<m>:SCALe.................................................................................................................................... 430
CHANnel<m>:SKEW..................................................................................................................................... 433
CHANnel<m>:STATe..................................................................................................................................... 430
CHANnel<m>:THReshold..............................................................................................................................434
CHANnel<m>:THReshold:FINDlevel.............................................................................................................435
CHANnel<m>:THReshold:HYSTeresis..........................................................................................................435
CHANnel<m>:TYPE...................................................................................................................................... 449
CHANnel<m>:WCOLor..................................................................................................................................433
CHANnel<m>:ZOFFset[:VALue]....................................................................................................................433
CURSor<m>:AOFF........................................................................................................................................523
CURSor<m>:FUNCtion..................................................................................................................................523
CURSor<m>:SNPeak<n>..............................................................................................................................527
CURSor<m>:SOURce................................................................................................................................... 524
CURSor<m>:SPPeak<n>.............................................................................................................................. 527
CURSor<m>:SSOURce.................................................................................................................................525
CURSor<m>:STATe....................................................................................................................................... 523
CURSor<m>:SWAVe..................................................................................................................................... 526
CURSor<m>:TRACking:SCALe[:STATe]....................................................................................................... 526
CURSor<m>:TRACking[:STATe]....................................................................................................................525
CURSor<m>:USSOURce.............................................................................................................................. 525
CURSor<m>:X1Position................................................................................................................................ 525
CURSor<m>:X2Position................................................................................................................................ 525
CURSor<m>:XCOupling................................................................................................................................526
CURSor<m>:XDELta:INVerse?..................................................................................................................... 528
CURSor<m>:XDELta[:VALue]?..................................................................................................................... 527
CURSor<m>:Y1Position................................................................................................................................ 526
CURSor<m>:Y2Position................................................................................................................................ 526
CURSor<m>:YCOupling................................................................................................................................526
CURSor<m>:YDELta:SLOPe?...................................................................................................................... 528
CURSor<m>:YDELta[:VALue]?..................................................................................................................... 528
List of Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
828User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
DEVice:MODE............................................................................................................................................... 529
DIAGnostic:UPDate:INSTall...........................................................................................................................596
DIAGnostic:UPDate:TRANsfer:CLOSe..........................................................................................................596
DIAGnostic:UPDate:TRANsfer:DATA............................................................................................................ 596
DIAGnostic:UPDate:TRANsfer:OPEN........................................................................................................... 595
DIGital<m>:CURRent:STATe:MAXimum?..................................................................................................... 760
DIGital<m>:CURRent:STATe:MINimum?.......................................................................................................760
DIGital<m>:DATA:HEADer?.......................................................................................................................... 764
DIGital<m>:DATA:POINts.............................................................................................................................. 765
DIGital<m>:DATA:XINCrement?....................................................................................................................572
DIGital<m>:DATA:XORigin?.......................................................................................................................... 572
DIGital<m>:DATA:YINCrement?....................................................................................................................573
DIGital<m>:DATA:YORigin?.......................................................................................................................... 573
DIGital<m>:DATA:YRESolution?................................................................................................................... 573
DIGital<m>:DATA?.........................................................................................................................................764
DIGital<m>:DESKew..................................................................................................................................... 762
DIGital<m>:DISPlay.......................................................................................................................................761
DIGital<m>:HISTory:CONTrol:ENABle]......................................................................................................... 500
DIGital<m>:HISTory:CURRent.......................................................................................................................500
DIGital<m>:HISTory:EXPort:NAME............................................................................................................... 506
DIGital<m>:HISTory:EXPort:SAVE................................................................................................................ 507
DIGital<m>:HISTory:PALL............................................................................................................................. 500
DIGital<m>:HISTory:PLAYer:SPEed..............................................................................................................501
DIGital<m>:HISTory:PLAYer:STATe...............................................................................................................502
DIGital<m>:HISTory:REPLay.........................................................................................................................501
DIGital<m>:HISTory:STARt............................................................................................................................501
DIGital<m>:HISTory:STOP............................................................................................................................ 501
DIGital<m>:HISTory:TSABsolute:ALL?..........................................................................................................505
DIGital<m>:HISTory:TSABsolute?.................................................................................................................505
DIGital<m>:HISTory:TSDate:ALL?................................................................................................................ 506
DIGital<m>:HISTory:TSDate?........................................................................................................................505
DIGital<m>:HISTory:TSRelative:ALL?...........................................................................................................504
DIGital<m>:HISTory:TSRelative?.................................................................................................................. 504
DIGital<m>:HISTory:TTABle[:ENABle]...........................................................................................................503
DIGital<m>:HYSTeresis.................................................................................................................................762
DIGital<m>:LABel.......................................................................................................................................... 763
DIGital<m>:LABel:STATe...............................................................................................................................763
DIGital<m>:POSition......................................................................................................................................763
DIGital<m>:SIZE............................................................................................................................................762
DIGital<m>:TECHnology............................................................................................................................... 761
DIGital<m>:THCoupling.................................................................................................................................761
DIGital<m>:THReshold..................................................................................................................................761
DISPlay:CBAR:FFT[:POSition]...................................................................................................................... 537
DISPlay:CBAR:SPECtrogram[:POSition].......................................................................................................543
DISPlay:CBAR:ZOOM[:POSition]..................................................................................................................472
DISPlay:CLEar[:SCReen].............................................................................................................................. 584
DISPlay:DIALog:CLOSe................................................................................................................................ 586
DISPlay:DIALog:MESSage............................................................................................................................586
DISPlay:DTIMe.............................................................................................................................................. 584
DISPlay:GRID:ANNotation:TRACk................................................................................................................588
List of Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
829User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
DISPlay:GRID:ANNotation[:ENABle].............................................................................................................588
DISPlay:GRID:STYLe....................................................................................................................................586
DISPlay:INTensity:GRID................................................................................................................................ 587
DISPlay:INTensity:WAVeform........................................................................................................................ 587
DISPlay:LANGuage....................................................................................................................................... 584
DISPlay:MODE.............................................................................................................................................. 550
DISPlay:PALette............................................................................................................................................ 587
DISPlay:PERSistence:CLEar.........................................................................................................................585
DISPlay:PERSistence:INFinite...................................................................................................................... 586
DISPlay:PERSistence:TIME.......................................................................................................................... 585
DISPlay:PERSistence:TYPE......................................................................................................................... 585
DISPlay:PERSistence[:STATe]...................................................................................................................... 585
DISPlay:STYLe..............................................................................................................................................587
DISPlay:XY:XSOurce.....................................................................................................................................551
DISPlay:XY:Y1Source....................................................................................................................................551
DISPlay:XY:Y2Source....................................................................................................................................551
DVM<m>:ENABle.......................................................................................................................................... 551
DVM<m>:RESult[:ACTual]:STATus?............................................................................................................. 553
DVM<m>:RESult[:ACTual]?...........................................................................................................................552
DVM<m>:SOURce.........................................................................................................................................552
DVM<m>:TYPE............................................................................................................................................. 552
EXPort:ATABle:NAME................................................................................................................................... 507
EXPort:ATABle:SAVE.....................................................................................................................................507
EXPort:MEASurement:STATistics:ALL:NAME...............................................................................................518
EXPort:MEASurement:STATistics:ALL:SAVE................................................................................................518
EXPort:MEASurement<m>:STATistics:NAME...............................................................................................518
EXPort:MEASurement<m>:STATistics:SAVE................................................................................................ 518
EXPort:POWer:NAME................................................................................................................................... 721
EXPort:POWer:NAME................................................................................................................................... 752
EXPort:POWer:SAVE.................................................................................................................................... 721
EXPort:POWer:SAVE.................................................................................................................................... 752
EXPort:SEARch:NAME..................................................................................................................................496
EXPort:SEARch:SAVE...................................................................................................................................496
EXPort:WAVeform:NAME.............................................................................................................................. 574
EXPort:WAVeform:SAVE............................................................................................................................... 575
EXPort:WAVeform:SOURce...........................................................................................................................574
FORMat:BORDer...........................................................................................................................................564
FORMat[:DATA]............................................................................................................................................. 562
HCOPy:COLor:SCHeme................................................................................................................................577
HCOPy:CWINdow..........................................................................................................................................575
HCOPy:DATA?...............................................................................................................................................576
HCOPy:FORMat............................................................................................................................................ 576
HCOPy:LANGuage........................................................................................................................................576
HCOPy:SIZE:X?............................................................................................................................................ 576
HCOPy:SIZE:Y?............................................................................................................................................ 576
HCOPy[:IMMediate].......................................................................................................................................575
LOGic<p>:CURRent:STATe:MAXimum?....................................................................................................... 760
LOGic<p>:CURRent:STATe:MINimum?........................................................................................................ 760
LOGic<p>:DATA:HEADer?............................................................................................................................ 764
LOGic<p>:DATA:POINts................................................................................................................................765
List of Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
830User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
LOGic<p>:DATA:XINCrement?......................................................................................................................572
LOGic<p>:DATA:XORigin?............................................................................................................................ 572
LOGic<p>:DATA:YINCrement?......................................................................................................................573
LOGic<p>:DATA:YORigin?............................................................................................................................ 572
LOGic<p>:DATA:YRESolution?..................................................................................................................... 573
LOGic<p>:DATA?.......................................................................................................................................... 764
LOGic<p>:HISTory:CONTrol:ENABle]........................................................................................................... 500
LOGic<p>:HISTory:CURRent........................................................................................................................ 500
LOGic<p>:HISTory:PALL............................................................................................................................... 500
LOGic<p>:HISTory:PLAYer:SPEed................................................................................................................501
LOGic<p>:HISTory:PLAYer:STATe.................................................................................................................502
LOGic<p>:HISTory:REPLay...........................................................................................................................502
LOGic<p>:HISTory:STARt............................................................................................................................. 501
LOGic<p>:HISTory:STOP..............................................................................................................................501
LOGic<p>:HISTory:TSABsolute:ALL?........................................................................................................... 505
LOGic<p>:HISTory:TSABsolute?...................................................................................................................505
LOGic<p>:HISTory:TSDate:ALL?.................................................................................................................. 506
LOGic<p>:HISTory:TSDate?..........................................................................................................................505
LOGic<p>:HISTory:TSRelative:ALL?.............................................................................................................504
LOGic<p>:HISTory:TSRelative?.................................................................................................................... 504
LOGic<p>:HISTory:TTABle[:ENABle]............................................................................................................ 503
LOGic<p>:PROBe[:ENABle]?........................................................................................................................759
LOGic<p>:STATe........................................................................................................................................... 760
MASK:ACTion:PULSe:EVENt:MODE............................................................................................................531
MASK:ACTion:SCRSave:DESTination..........................................................................................................532
MASK:ACTion:SCRSave:EVENt:MODE....................................................................................................... 531
MASK:ACTion:SOUNd:EVENt:MODE...........................................................................................................531
MASK:ACTion:STOP:EVENt:COUNt.............................................................................................................532
MASK:ACTion:STOP:EVENt:MODE..............................................................................................................532
MASK:ACTion:WFMSave:DESTination.........................................................................................................533
MASK:ACTion:WFMSave:EVENt:MODE...................................................................................................... 531
MASK:ACTion:YOUT:ENABle........................................................................................................................533
MASK:CAPTure[:MODE]............................................................................................................................... 534
MASK:CHCopy.............................................................................................................................................. 530
MASK:COUNt?.............................................................................................................................................. 534
MASK:DATA:HEADer?.................................................................................................................................. 570
MASK:DATA:XINCrement?............................................................................................................................572
MASK:DATA:XORigin?.................................................................................................................................. 572
MASK:DATA:YINCrement?............................................................................................................................573
MASK:DATA:YORigin?.................................................................................................................................. 572
MASK:DATA:YRESolution?........................................................................................................................... 573
MASK:DATA?.................................................................................................................................................570
MASK:LOAD..................................................................................................................................................531
MASK:RESet:COUNter..................................................................................................................................534
MASK:SAVE.................................................................................................................................................. 530
MASK:SOURce..............................................................................................................................................529
MASK:STATe................................................................................................................................................. 529
MASK:TEST...................................................................................................................................................534
MASK:VCOunt?.............................................................................................................................................534
MASK:XWIDth............................................................................................................................................... 530
List of Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
831User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
MASK:YPOSition........................................................................................................................................... 530
MASK:YSCale................................................................................................................................................530
MASK:YWIDth............................................................................................................................................... 530
MEASurement<m>:ALL[:STATe]....................................................................................................................508
MEASurement<m>:AOFF..............................................................................................................................508
MEASurement<m>:AON................................................................................................................................508
MEASurement<m>:ARESult?........................................................................................................................508
MEASurement<m>:DELay:DIRection............................................................................................................512
MEASurement<m>:DELay:MARKer..............................................................................................................513
MEASurement<m>:DELay:SLOPe................................................................................................................512
MEASurement<m>:GATE..............................................................................................................................520
MEASurement<m>:GATE:ABSolute:STARt.................................................................................................. 520
MEASurement<m>:GATE:ABSolute:STOP................................................................................................... 520
MEASurement<m>:GATE:MODE..................................................................................................................520
MEASurement<m>:GATE:RELative:STARt...................................................................................................521
MEASurement<m>:GATE:RELative:STOP................................................................................................... 521
MEASurement<m>:MAIN.............................................................................................................................. 509
MEASurement<m>:RESult:AVG?..................................................................................................................515
MEASurement<m>:RESult:NPEak?..............................................................................................................516
MEASurement<m>:RESult:PPEak?.............................................................................................................. 516
MEASurement<m>:RESult:STDDev?............................................................................................................516
MEASurement<m>:RESult:WFMCount?.......................................................................................................516
MEASurement<m>:RESult[:ACTual]?........................................................................................................... 515
MEASurement<m>:SOURce......................................................................................................................... 511
MEASurement<m>:STATistics:RESet........................................................................................................... 514
MEASurement<m>:STATistics:VALue:ALL?..................................................................................................517
MEASurement<m>:STATistics:VALue<n>?................................................................................................... 517
MEASurement<m>:STATistics:WEIGht?....................................................................................................... 517
MEASurement<m>:STATistics[:ENABle]....................................................................................................... 513
MEASurement<m>:TIMeout:AUTO............................................................................................................... 515
MEASurement<m>:TIMeout[TIME]................................................................................................................514
MEASurement<m>[:ENABle].........................................................................................................................509
MMEMory:CATalog:LENGth?........................................................................................................................ 581
MMEMory:CATalog?...................................................................................................................................... 580
MMEMory:CDIRectory...................................................................................................................................578
MMEMory:COPY........................................................................................................................................... 581
MMEMory:DATA............................................................................................................................................ 582
MMEMory:DCATalog:LENGth?......................................................................................................................580
MMEMory:DCATalog?....................................................................................................................................579
MMEMory:DELete..........................................................................................................................................582
MMEMory:DRIVes?....................................................................................................................................... 578
MMEMory:LOAD:STATe................................................................................................................................ 583
MMEMory:MDIRectory...................................................................................................................................578
MMEMory:MOVE...........................................................................................................................................581
MMEMory:MSIS.............................................................................................................................................578
MMEMory:NAME........................................................................................................................................... 575
MMEMory:RDIRectory...................................................................................................................................579
MMEMory:STORe:STATe.............................................................................................................................. 583
PGENerator:FUNCtion...................................................................................................................................779
PGENerator:MANual:STATe<s>.................................................................................................................... 785
List of Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
832User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
PGENerator:PATTern:ARBitrary:DATA:APPend............................................................................................ 783
PGENerator:PATTern:ARBitrary:DATA:APPend:BAND................................................................................. 783
PGENerator:PATTern:ARBitrary:DATA:APPend:BOR................................................................................... 783
PGENerator:PATTern:ARBitrary:DATA:APPend:INDex................................................................................. 783
PGENerator:PATTern:ARBitrary:DATA:LENGth.............................................................................................783
PGENerator:PATTern:ARBitrary:DATA[:SET]................................................................................................ 782
PGENerator:PATTern:BURSt:NCYCle...........................................................................................................784
PGENerator:PATTern:BURSt:STATe..............................................................................................................784
PGENerator:PATTern:COUNter:DIRection.................................................................................................... 782
PGENerator:PATTern:COUNter:FREQuency................................................................................................ 781
PGENerator:PATTern:FREQuency................................................................................................................ 781
PGENerator:PATTern:ITIMe...........................................................................................................................784
PGENerator:PATTern:LED:BLUE.................................................................................................................. 786
PGENerator:PATTern:LED:GREen................................................................................................................ 786
PGENerator:PATTern:LED:INTens.................................................................................................................786
PGENerator:PATTern:LED:RED.................................................................................................................... 786
PGENerator:PATTern:PERiod........................................................................................................................781
PGENerator:PATTern:PWM:DCYCle............................................................................................................. 785
PGENerator:PATTern:PWM:DIRection.......................................................................................................... 785
PGENerator:PATTern:PWM:ENABle............................................................................................................. 786
PGENerator:PATTern:SQUarewave:DCYCle................................................................................................ 781
PGENerator:PATTern:SQUarewave:POLarity............................................................................................... 780
PGENerator:PATTern:STATe..........................................................................................................................780
PGENerator:PATTern:STIMe......................................................................................................................... 784
PGENerator:PATTern:TRIGger:EXTern:SLOPe.............................................................................................780
PGENerator:PATTern:TRIGger:MODE.......................................................................................................... 782
PGENerator:PATTern:TRIGger:SINGle......................................................................................................... 784
POWer:ATYPe............................................................................................................................................... 706
POWer:AUToscale.........................................................................................................................................707
POWer:AUToscale:CURRent.........................................................................................................................707
POWer:AUToscale:VOLTage......................................................................................................................... 707
POWer:CONSumption:EXECute................................................................................................................... 710
POWer:CONSumption:REPort:ADD..............................................................................................................710
POWer:CONSumption:RESTart.....................................................................................................................710
POWer:CONSumption:RESult:APParent?.................................................................................................... 710
POWer:CONSumption:RESult:DURation?.................................................................................................... 711
POWer:CONSumption:RESult:ENERgy?...................................................................................................... 711
POWer:CONSumption:RESult:PFACtor?...................................................................................................... 711
POWer:CONSumption:RESult:PHASe?........................................................................................................ 711
POWer:CONSumption:RESult:REACtive?.................................................................................................... 711
POWer:CONSumption:RESult:REALpower?.................................................................................................712
POWer:DESKew[:EXECute]..........................................................................................................................708
POWer:DONResistance:EXECute.................................................................................................................712
POWer:DONResistance:GATE<n>:START................................................................................................... 712
POWer:DONResistance:GATE<n>STOP......................................................................................................712
POWer:DONResistance:REPort:ADD........................................................................................................... 712
POWer:DONResistance:RESult:DONResistance?....................................................................................... 713
POWer:EFFiciency:EXECute.........................................................................................................................713
POWer:EFFiciency:REPort:ADD................................................................................................................... 713
POWer:EFFiciency:RESult:EFFiciency:AVG?............................................................................................... 713
List of Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
833User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
POWer:EFFiciency:RESult:EFFiciency:NPEak?........................................................................................... 713
POWer:EFFiciency:RESult:EFFiciency:PPEak?........................................................................................... 713
POWer:EFFiciency:RESult:EFFiciency:STDDev?.........................................................................................714
POWer:EFFiciency:RESult:EFFiciency:WFMCount?.................................................................................... 714
POWer:EFFiciency:RESult:EFFiciency[:ACTual]?.........................................................................................713
POWer:EFFiciency:RESult:INPut:REALpower:AVG?....................................................................................714
POWer:EFFiciency:RESult:INPut:REALpower:NPEak?................................................................................714
POWer:EFFiciency:RESult:INPut:REALpower:PPEak?................................................................................714
POWer:EFFiciency:RESult:INPut:REALpower:STDDev?............................................................................. 714
POWer:EFFiciency:RESult:INPut:REALpower:WFMCount?.........................................................................714
POWer:EFFiciency:RESult:INPut:REALpower[:ACTual]?............................................................................. 714
POWer:EFFiciency:RESult:OUTPut:REALpower:AVG?................................................................................714
POWer:EFFiciency:RESult:OUTPut:REALpower:NPEak?............................................................................714
POWer:EFFiciency:RESult:OUTPut:REALpower:PPEak?............................................................................714
POWer:EFFiciency:RESult:OUTPut:REALpower:STDDev?......................................................................... 714
POWer:EFFiciency:RESult:OUTPut:REALpower:WFMCount?.....................................................................714
POWer:EFFiciency:RESult:OUTPut:REALpower[:ACTual]?......................................................................... 714
POWer:ENABle..............................................................................................................................................707
POWer:HARMonics:AVAilable?..................................................................................................................... 715
POWer:HARMonics:DOFRequency.............................................................................................................. 716
POWer:HARMonics:ENFRequency...............................................................................................................716
POWer:HARMonics:EXECute....................................................................................................................... 716
POWer:HARMonics:MEASurement:DURation?............................................................................................ 716
POWer:HARMonics:MEASurement:FREQuency:AVG?................................................................................716
POWer:HARMonics:MEASurement:FREQuency:NPEak?............................................................................716
POWer:HARMonics:MEASurement:FREQuency:PPeak?.............................................................................717
POWer:HARMonics:MEASurement:FREQuency:STDDev?..........................................................................717
POWer:HARMonics:MEASurement:FREQuency[:ACTual]?......................................................................... 717
POWer:HARMonics:MEASurement:REALpower[:ACTual]?..........................................................................717
POWer:HARMonics:MEASurement:THDistortion:AVG?............................................................................... 717
POWer:HARMonics:MEASurement:THDistortion:NPEak?............................................................................717
POWer:HARMonics:MEASurement:THDistortion:PPeak?............................................................................ 718
POWer:HARMonics:MEASurement:THDistortion:STDDev?......................................................................... 718
POWer:HARMonics:MEASurement:THDistortion[:ACTual]?.........................................................................718
POWer:HARMonics:MIFRequency................................................................................................................718
POWer:HARMonics:REPort:ADD..................................................................................................................718
POWer:HARMonics:RESult<n>:FREQency?................................................................................................ 718
POWer:HARMonics:RESult<n>:LEVel:LIMit?................................................................................................719
POWer:HARMonics:RESult<n>:LEVel[:VALue]?...........................................................................................719
POWer:HARMonics:RESult<n>:MAXimum?................................................................................................. 719
POWer:HARMonics:RESult<n>:MEAN?....................................................................................................... 719
POWer:HARMonics:RESult<n>:MINimum?.................................................................................................. 719
POWer:HARMonics:RESult<n>:RESet......................................................................................................... 720
POWer:HARMonics:RESult<n>:VALid?........................................................................................................ 720
POWer:HARMonics:RESult<n>:VCOunt?.....................................................................................................720
POWer:HARMonics:RESult<n>:WFMCount?................................................................................................720
POWer:HARMonics:STANdard......................................................................................................................720
POWer:INRushcurrent:EXECute................................................................................................................... 721
POWer:INRushcurrent:GATE<n>:STARt.......................................................................................................721
POWer:INRushcurrent:GATE<n>:STOP........................................................................................................721
List of Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
834User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
POWer:INRushcurrent:GCOunt.....................................................................................................................722
POWer:INRushcurrent:REPort:ADD..............................................................................................................722
POWer:INRushcurrent:RESult<n>:AREA?....................................................................................................722
POWer:INRushcurrent:RESult<n>:MAXCurrent?..........................................................................................722
POWer:MODulation:EXECute....................................................................................................................... 724
POWer:MODulation:REPort:ADD..................................................................................................................724
POWer:MODulation:RESult:LPEak:AVG?..................................................................................................... 724
POWer:MODulation:RESult:LPEak:NPEak?................................................................................................. 724
POWer:MODulation:RESult:LPEak:PPEak?................................................................................................. 724
POWer:MODulation:RESult:LPEak:STDDev?...............................................................................................724
POWer:MODulation:RESult:LPEak:WFMCount?.......................................................................................... 724
POWer:MODulation:RESult:LPEak[:ACTual]?...............................................................................................724
POWer:MODulation:RESult:MEAN:AVG?..................................................................................................... 724
POWer:MODulation:RESult:MEAN:NPEak?................................................................................................. 724
POWer:MODulation:RESult:MEAN:PPEak?..................................................................................................725
POWer:MODulation:RESult:MEAN:STDDev?...............................................................................................725
POWer:MODulation:RESult:MEAN:WFMCount?.......................................................................................... 725
POWer:MODulation:RESult:MEAN[:ACTual]?...............................................................................................724
POWer:MODulation:RESult:RMS:AVG?........................................................................................................725
POWer:MODulation:RESult:RMS:NPEak?....................................................................................................725
POWer:MODulation:RESult:RMS:PPEak?....................................................................................................725
POWer:MODulation:RESult:RMS:STDDev?................................................................................................. 725
POWer:MODulation:RESult:RMS:WFMCount?.............................................................................................725
POWer:MODulation:RESult:RMS[:ACTual]?................................................................................................. 725
POWer:MODulation:RESult:STDDev:AVG?.................................................................................................. 725
POWer:MODulation:RESult:STDDev:NPEak?.............................................................................................. 725
POWer:MODulation:RESult:STDDev:PPEak?.............................................................................................. 725
POWer:MODulation:RESult:STDDev:STDDev?............................................................................................725
POWer:MODulation:RESult:STDDev:WFMCount?....................................................................................... 725
POWer:MODulation:RESult:STDDev[:ACTual]?............................................................................................725
POWer:MODulation:RESult:UPEak:AVG?.................................................................................................... 726
POWer:MODulation:RESult:UPEak:NPEak?.................................................................................................726
POWer:MODulation:RESult:UPEak:PPEak?.................................................................................................726
POWer:MODulation:RESult:UPEak:STDDev?.............................................................................................. 726
POWer:MODulation:RESult:UPEak[:ACTual]?..............................................................................................726
POWer:MODulation:RESult:UPEakWFMCount?...........................................................................................726
POWer:MODulation:THReshold:HYSTeresis................................................................................................ 724
POWer:MODulation:THReshold:LOWer........................................................................................................724
POWer:MODulation:THReshold[:UPPer].......................................................................................................724
POWer:MODulation:TYPE.............................................................................................................................723
POWer:ONOFf:EXECute...............................................................................................................................726
POWer:ONOFf:MEASurement...................................................................................................................... 726
POWer:ONOFf:REPort:ADD..........................................................................................................................727
POWer:ONOFf:RESult<n>:TIME?.................................................................................................................727
POWer:QUALity:EXECute.............................................................................................................................728
POWer:QUALity:REPort:ADD........................................................................................................................729
POWer:QUALity:RESult:CURRent:CREStfactor:AVG?.................................................................................729
POWer:QUALity:RESult:CURRent:CREStfactor:NPEak?.............................................................................729
POWer:QUALity:RESult:CURRent:CREStfactor:PPEak?............................................................................. 729
POWer:QUALity:RESult:CURRent:CREStfactor:STDDev?...........................................................................730
List of Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
835User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
POWer:QUALity:RESult:CURRent:CREStfactor:WFMCount?......................................................................730
POWer:QUALity:RESult:CURRent:CREStfactor[:ACTual]?.......................................................................... 730
POWer:QUALity:RESult:CURRent:FREQuency:AVG?................................................................................. 729
POWer:QUALity:RESult:CURRent:FREQuency:NPEak?............................................................................. 729
POWer:QUALity:RESult:CURRent:FREQuency:PPEak?..............................................................................729
POWer:QUALity:RESult:CURRent:FREQuency:STDDev?...........................................................................730
POWer:QUALity:RESult:CURRent:FREQuency:WFMCount?...................................................................... 730
POWer:QUALity:RESult:CURRent:FREQuency[:ACTual]?...........................................................................730
POWer:QUALity:RESult:CURRent:RMS:AVG?.............................................................................................729
POWer:QUALity:RESult:CURRent:RMS:NPEak?.........................................................................................729
POWer:QUALity:RESult:CURRent:RMS:PPEak?......................................................................................... 729
POWer:QUALity:RESult:CURRent:RMS:STDDev?.......................................................................................730
POWer:QUALity:RESult:CURRent:RMS:WFMCount?..................................................................................730
POWer:QUALity:RESult:CURRent:RMS[:ACTual]?...................................................................................... 731
POWer:QUALity:RESult:POWer:APParent:AVG?......................................................................................... 729
POWer:QUALity:RESult:POWer:APParent:NPEak?..................................................................................... 729
POWer:QUALity:RESult:POWer:APParent:PPEak?..................................................................................... 729
POWer:QUALity:RESult:POWer:APParent:STDDev?...................................................................................730
POWer:QUALity:RESult:POWer:APParent:WFMCount?.............................................................................. 730
POWer:QUALity:RESult:POWer:APParent[:ACTual]?...................................................................................731
POWer:QUALity:RESult:POWer:PFACtor:AVG?...........................................................................................729
POWer:QUALity:RESult:POWer:PFACtor:NPEak?....................................................................................... 729
POWer:QUALity:RESult:POWer:PFACtor:PPEak?....................................................................................... 729
POWer:QUALity:RESult:POWer:PFACtor:STDDev?.....................................................................................730
POWer:QUALity:RESult:POWer:PFACtor:WFMCount?................................................................................ 730
POWer:QUALity:RESult:POWer:PFACtor[:ACTual]?.................................................................................... 731
POWer:QUALity:RESult:POWer:PHASe:AVG?.............................................................................................729
POWer:QUALity:RESult:POWer:PHASe:NPEak?.........................................................................................729
POWer:QUALity:RESult:POWer:PHASe:PPEak?......................................................................................... 729
POWer:QUALity:RESult:POWer:PHASe:STDDev?...................................................................................... 730
POWer:QUALity:RESult:POWer:PHASe:WFMCount?..................................................................................730
POWer:QUALity:RESult:POWer:PHASe[:ACTual]?...................................................................................... 731
POWer:QUALity:RESult:POWer:REACtive:AVG?.........................................................................................729
POWer:QUALity:RESult:POWer:REACtive:NPEak?..................................................................................... 729
POWer:QUALity:RESult:POWer:REACtive:PPEak?..................................................................................... 729
POWer:QUALity:RESult:POWer:REACtive:STDDev?...................................................................................730
POWer:QUALity:RESult:POWer:REACtive:WFMCount?.............................................................................. 730
POWer:QUALity:RESult:POWer:REACtive[:ACTual]?.................................................................................. 731
POWer:QUALity:RESult:POWer:REALpower:AVG?..................................................................................... 729
POWer:QUALity:RESult:POWer:REALpower:NPEak?................................................................................. 729
POWer:QUALity:RESult:POWer:REALpower:PPEak?..................................................................................730
POWer:QUALity:RESult:POWer:REALpower:STDDev?............................................................................... 730
POWer:QUALity:RESult:POWer:REALpower:WFMCount?.......................................................................... 730
POWer:QUALity:RESult:POWer:REALpower[:ACTual]?...............................................................................731
POWer:QUALity:RESult:VOLTage:CREStfactor:AVG?..................................................................................729
POWer:QUALity:RESult:VOLTage:CREStfactor:NPEak?..............................................................................729
POWer:QUALity:RESult:VOLTage:CREStfactor:PPEak?..............................................................................730
POWer:QUALity:RESult:VOLTage:CREStfactor:STDDev?........................................................................... 730
POWer:QUALity:RESult:VOLTage:CREStfactor:WFMCount?.......................................................................730
POWer:QUALity:RESult:VOLTage:CREStfactor[:ACTual]?...........................................................................731
List of Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
836User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
POWer:QUALity:RESult:VOLTage:FREQuency:AVG?..................................................................................729
POWer:QUALity:RESult:VOLTage:FREQuency:NPEak?.............................................................................. 729
POWer:QUALity:RESult:VOLTage:FREQuency:PPEak?.............................................................................. 730
POWer:QUALity:RESult:VOLTage:FREQuency:STDDev?............................................................................730
POWer:QUALity:RESult:VOLTage:FREQuency:WFMCount?....................................................................... 730
POWer:QUALity:RESult:VOLTage:FREQuency[:ACTual]?........................................................................... 731
POWer:QUALity:RESult:VOLTage:RMS:AVG?..............................................................................................729
POWer:QUALity:RESult:VOLTage:RMS:NPEak?..........................................................................................729
POWer:QUALity:RESult:VOLTage:RMS:PPEak?..........................................................................................730
POWer:QUALity:RESult:VOLTage:RMS:STDDev?....................................................................................... 730
POWer:QUALity:RESult:VOLTage:RMS:WFMCount?...................................................................................730
POWer:QUALity:RESult:VOLTage:RMS[:ACTual]?.......................................................................................731
POWer:REPort:ADD......................................................................................................................................709
POWer:REPort:DESCription..........................................................................................................................709
POWer:REPort:DUT...................................................................................................................................... 709
POWer:REPort:OUTPut.................................................................................................................................709
POWer:REPort:SITE......................................................................................................................................709
POWer:REPort:TEMPerature........................................................................................................................ 709
POWer:REPort:USER....................................................................................................................................710
POWer:RESult:TABLe................................................................................................................................... 707
POWer:RIPPle:EXECute............................................................................................................................... 732
POWer:RIPPle:REPort:ADD..........................................................................................................................732
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:FREQuency:AVG?....................................................................................................732
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:FREQuency:AVG?....................................................................................................738
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:FREQuency:NPEak?................................................................................................732
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:FREQuency:NPEak?................................................................................................738
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:FREQuency:PPEak?................................................................................................ 732
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:FREQuency:PPEak?................................................................................................ 738
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:FREQuency:STDDev?..............................................................................................732
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:FREQuency:STDDev?..............................................................................................738
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:FREQuency:WFMCount?.........................................................................................732
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:FREQuency:WFMCount?.........................................................................................738
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:FREQuency[:ACTual]?............................................................................................. 732
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:FREQuency[:ACTual]?............................................................................................. 738
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:LPEak:AVG?.............................................................................................................733
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:LPEak:NPEak?.........................................................................................................733
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:LPEak:PPEak?......................................................................................................... 733
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:LPEak:STDDev?.......................................................................................................733
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:LPEak:WFMCount?..................................................................................................733
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:LPEak[:ACTual]?...................................................................................................... 733
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:MEAN:AVG?............................................................................................................. 733
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:MEAN:AVG?............................................................................................................. 739
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:MEAN:NPEak?......................................................................................................... 733
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:MEAN:NPEak?......................................................................................................... 739
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:MEAN:PPEak?......................................................................................................... 733
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:MEAN:PPEak?......................................................................................................... 739
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:MEAN:STDDev?.......................................................................................................733
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:MEAN:STDDev?.......................................................................................................739
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:MEAN:WFMCount?.................................................................................................. 733
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:MEAN:WFMCount?.................................................................................................. 739
List of Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
837User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:MEAN[:ACTual]?.......................................................................................................733
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:MEAN[:ACTual]?.......................................................................................................739
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:NDCYcle:AVG?.........................................................................................................734
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:NDCYcle:AVG?.........................................................................................................739
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:NDCYcle:NPEak?.....................................................................................................734
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:NDCYcle:NPEak?.....................................................................................................739
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:NDCYcle:PPEak?.....................................................................................................734
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:NDCYcle:PPEak?.....................................................................................................739
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:NDCYcle:STDDev?.................................................................................................. 734
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:NDCYcle:STDDev?.................................................................................................. 739
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:NDCYcle:WFMCount?..............................................................................................734
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:NDCYcle:WFMCount?..............................................................................................739
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:NDCYcle[:ACTual]?.................................................................................................. 734
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:NDCYcle[:ACTual]?.................................................................................................. 739
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PDCYcle:AVG?.........................................................................................................734
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PDCYcle:AVG?.........................................................................................................740
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PDCYcle:NPEak?.....................................................................................................734
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PDCYcle:NPEak?.....................................................................................................740
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PDCYcle:PPEak?..................................................................................................... 734
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PDCYcle:PPEak?..................................................................................................... 740
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PDCYcle:STDDev?...................................................................................................734
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PDCYcle:STDDev?...................................................................................................740
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PDCYcle:WFMCount?..............................................................................................734
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PDCYcle:WFMCount?..............................................................................................740
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PDCYcle[:ACTual]?.................................................................................................. 734
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PDCYcle[:ACTual]?.................................................................................................. 740
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PEAK:AVG?..............................................................................................................734
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PEAK:AVG?..............................................................................................................740
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PEAK:NPEak?..........................................................................................................734
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PEAK:NPEak?..........................................................................................................740
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PEAK:PPEak?.......................................................................................................... 734
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PEAK:PPEak?.......................................................................................................... 740
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PEAK:STDDev?........................................................................................................735
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PEAK:STDDev?........................................................................................................740
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PEAK:WFMCount?...................................................................................................735
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PEAK:WFMCount?...................................................................................................740
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PEAK[:ACTual]?....................................................................................................... 734
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PEAK[:ACTual]?....................................................................................................... 740
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PERiod:AVG?........................................................................................................... 735
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PERiod:AVG?........................................................................................................... 740
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PERiod:NPEak?....................................................................................................... 735
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PERiod:NPEak?....................................................................................................... 741
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PERiod:PPEak?........................................................................................................735
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PERiod:PPEak?........................................................................................................741
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PERiod:STDDev?.....................................................................................................735
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PERiod:STDDev?.....................................................................................................741
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PERiod:WFMCount?................................................................................................ 735
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PERiod:WFMCount?................................................................................................ 741
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PERiod[:ACTual]?.....................................................................................................735
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:PERiod[:ACTual]?.....................................................................................................740
List of Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
838User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:STDDev:AVG?..........................................................................................................735
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:STDDev:AVG?..........................................................................................................741
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:STDDev:NPEak?......................................................................................................735
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:STDDev:NPEak?......................................................................................................741
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:STDDev:PPEak?...................................................................................................... 735
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:STDDev:PPEak?...................................................................................................... 741
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:STDDev:STDDev?....................................................................................................735
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:STDDev:STDDev?....................................................................................................741
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:STDDev:WFMCount?...............................................................................................735
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:STDDev:WFMCount?...............................................................................................741
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:STDDev[:ACTual]?................................................................................................... 735
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:STDDev[:ACTual]?................................................................................................... 741
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:UPEak:AVG?............................................................................................................ 736
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:UPEak:NPEak?........................................................................................................ 736
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:UPEak:PPEak?.........................................................................................................736
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:UPEak:STDDev?......................................................................................................736
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:UPEak:WFMCount?................................................................................................. 736
POWer:RIPPle:RESult:UPEak[:ACTual]?......................................................................................................736
POWer:SLEWrate:DSAMple..........................................................................................................................737
POWer:SLEWrate:DTIMe.............................................................................................................................. 738
POWer:SLEWrate:EXECute.......................................................................................................................... 738
POWer:SLEWrate:REPort:ADD.....................................................................................................................738
POWer:SLEWrate:RESult:LPEak:AVG?........................................................................................................738
POWer:SLEWrate:RESult:LPEak:NPEak?....................................................................................................738
POWer:SLEWrate:RESult:LPEak:PPEak?.................................................................................................... 738
POWer:SLEWrate:RESult:LPEak:STDDev?................................................................................................. 738
POWer:SLEWrate:RESult:LPEak:WFMCount?.............................................................................................738
POWer:SLEWrate:RESult:LPEak[:ACTual]?................................................................................................. 738
POWer:SLEWrate:RESult:UPEak:AVG?....................................................................................................... 741
POWer:SLEWrate:RESult:UPEak:NPEak?................................................................................................... 741
POWer:SLEWrate:RESult:UPEak:PPEak?................................................................................................... 741
POWer:SLEWrate:RESult:UPEak:STDDev?.................................................................................................741
POWer:SLEWrate:RESult:UPEak:WFMCount?............................................................................................ 741
POWer:SLEWrate:RESult:UPEak[:ACTual]?.................................................................................................741
POWer:SOA:EXECute...................................................................................................................................743
POWer:SOA:LINear:ADD.............................................................................................................................. 743
POWer:SOA:LINear:COUNt?........................................................................................................................ 743
POWer:SOA:LINear:INSert............................................................................................................................743
POWer:SOA:LINear:POINt<m>:CURRent.................................................................................................... 744
POWer:SOA:LINear:POINt<m>:CURRent:MAXimum...................................................................................744
POWer:SOA:LINear:POINt<m>:CURRent:MINimum....................................................................................744
POWer:SOA:LINear:POINt<m>:VOLTage..................................................................................................... 744
POWer:SOA:LINear:REMove........................................................................................................................745
POWer:SOA:LOGarithmic:ADD.....................................................................................................................743
POWer:SOA:LOGarithmic:COUNt?...............................................................................................................743
POWer:SOA:LOGarithmic:INSert.................................................................................................................. 743
POWer:SOA:LOGarithmic:POINt<m>:CURRent...........................................................................................744
POWer:SOA:LOGarithmic:POINt<m>:CURRent:MAXimum......................................................................... 744
POWer:SOA:LOGarithmic:POINt<m>:CURRent:MINimum...........................................................................744
POWer:SOA:LOGarithmic:POINt<m>:VOLTage............................................................................................744
List of Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
839User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
POWer:SOA:LOGarithmic:REMove...............................................................................................................745
POWer:SOA:REPort:ADD............................................................................................................................. 750
POWer:SOA:RESTart.................................................................................................................................... 750
POWer:SOA:RESult:ACQuisition:FAILed?....................................................................................................745
POWer:SOA:RESult:ACQuisition:FRATe?.....................................................................................................745
POWer:SOA:RESult:ACQuisition:PASSed?.................................................................................................. 745
POWer:SOA:RESult:ACQuisition:POINts?....................................................................................................745
POWer:SOA:RESult:ACQuisition:STATe?..................................................................................................... 745
POWer:SOA:RESult:ACQuisition:TOLerance............................................................................................... 746
POWer:SOA:RESult:ACQuisition:VCOunt?...................................................................................................746
POWer:SOA:RESult:ACQuisition:VIOLation<n>:CURRent?.........................................................................746
POWer:SOA:RESult:ACQuisition:VIOLation<n>?......................................................................................... 746
POWer:SOA:RESult:TOTal:COUNt?............................................................................................................. 746
POWer:SOA:RESult:TOTal:FAILed?............................................................................................................. 747
POWer:SOA:RESult:TOTal:FRATe?.............................................................................................................. 747
POWer:SOA:RESult:TOTal:PASSed?............................................................................................................747
POWer:SOA:RESult:TOTal:SAMPle:COUNt?............................................................................................... 747
POWer:SOA:RESult:TOTal:SAMPle:FAILed?............................................................................................... 747
POWer:SOA:RESult:TOTal:SAMPle:PASSed?..............................................................................................747
POWer:SOA:RESult:TOTal:STATe?...............................................................................................................748
POWer:SOA:RESult:TOTal:TOLerance.........................................................................................................748
POWer:SOA:RESult:TOTal:VCOunt?............................................................................................................ 748
POWer:SOA:RESult:TOTal:VIOLation<n>:CURRent:DATA:HEADer?..........................................................749
POWer:SOA:RESult:TOTal:VIOLation<n>:CURRent:DATA:XINCrement?................................................... 749
POWer:SOA:RESult:TOTal:VIOLation<n>:CURRent:DATA:XORigin?..........................................................749
POWer:SOA:RESult:TOTal:VIOLation<n>:CURRent:DATA:YINCrement?................................................... 749
POWer:SOA:RESult:TOTal:VIOLation<n>:CURRent:DATA:YORigin?..........................................................750
POWer:SOA:RESult:TOTal:VIOLation<n>:CURRent:DATA:YRESolution?...................................................750
POWer:SOA:RESult:TOTal:VIOLation<n>:CURRent:DATA?........................................................................ 749
POWer:SOA:RESult:TOTal:VIOLation<n>:CURRent?.................................................................................. 748
POWer:SOA:RESult:TOTal:VIOLation<n>:VOLTage:DATA:HEADer?...........................................................749
POWer:SOA:RESult:TOTal:VIOLation<n>:VOLTage:DATA:XINCrement?....................................................749
POWer:SOA:RESult:TOTal:VIOLation<n>:VOLTage:DATA:XORigin?.......................................................... 749
POWer:SOA:RESult:TOTal:VIOLation<n>:VOLTage:DATA:YINCrement?....................................................749
POWer:SOA:RESult:TOTal:VIOLation<n>:VOLTage:DATA:YORigin?.......................................................... 750
POWer:SOA:RESult:TOTal:VIOLation<n>:VOLTage:DATA:YRESolution?................................................... 750
POWer:SOA:RESult:TOTal:VIOLation<n>:VOLTage:DATA?.........................................................................749
POWer:SOA:RESult:TOTal:VIOLation<n>:VOLTage?...................................................................................748
POWer:SOA:RESult:TOTal:VIOLation<n>?...................................................................................................748
POWer:SOA:SCALe...................................................................................................................................... 750
POWer:SOA:SCALe:DISPlay........................................................................................................................ 750
POWer:SOA:SCALe:MASK...........................................................................................................................750
POWer:SOURce:CURRent<n>..................................................................................................................... 707
POWer:SOURce:VOLTage<n>...................................................................................................................... 708
POWer:SPECtrum:EXECute......................................................................................................................... 750
POWer:SPECtrum:FREQuency.....................................................................................................................750
POWer:SPECtrum:REPort:ADD....................................................................................................................751
POWer:SPECtrum:RESult<n>:FREQuency?................................................................................................ 751
POWer:SPECtrum:RESult<n>:LEVel[:VALue]?.............................................................................................751
POWer:SPECtrum:RESult<n>:MAXimum?................................................................................................... 751
List of Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
840User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
POWer:SPECtrum:RESult<n>:MEAN?......................................................................................................... 751
POWer:SPECtrum:RESult<n>:MINimum?.................................................................................................... 752
POWer:SPECtrum:RESult<n>:RESet........................................................................................................... 752
POWer:SPECtrum:RESult<n>:WFMCount?..................................................................................................752
POWer:STATistics:RESet.............................................................................................................................. 708
POWer:STATistics:VISible............................................................................................................................. 708
POWer:SWITching:EXECute......................................................................................................................... 753
POWer:SWITching:GATE:CONDuction:STARt..............................................................................................753
POWer:SWITching:GATE:CONDuction:STOP...............................................................................................753
POWer:SWITching:GATE:NCONduction:STARt............................................................................................754
POWer:SWITching:GATE:NCONduction:STOP.............................................................................................754
POWer:SWITching:GATE:SWAVe................................................................................................................. 754
POWer:SWITching:GATE:TOFF:STARt.........................................................................................................754
POWer:SWITching:GATE:TOFF:STOP......................................................................................................... 754
POWer:SWITching:GATE:TON:STARt...........................................................................................................754
POWer:SWITching:GATE:TON:STOP........................................................................................................... 754
POWer:SWITching:REPort:ADD....................................................................................................................755
POWer:SWITching:RESult:CONDuction:ENERgy?.......................................................................................755
POWer:SWITching:RESult:CONDuction:POWer?.........................................................................................755
POWer:SWITching:RESult:NCONduction:ENERgy?.....................................................................................755
POWer:SWITching:RESult:NCONduction:POWer?.......................................................................................755
POWer:SWITching:RESult:TOFF:ENERgy?..................................................................................................755
POWer:SWITching:RESult:TOFF:POWer?....................................................................................................756
POWer:SWITching:RESult:TON:ENERgy?................................................................................................... 756
POWer:SWITching:RESult:TON:POWer?......................................................................................................756
POWer:SWITching:RESult:TOTal:ENERgy?................................................................................................. 756
POWer:SWITching:RESult:TOTal:POWer?....................................................................................................756
POWer:SWITching:TYPE...............................................................................................................................756
POWer:TRANsient:EXECute.........................................................................................................................757
POWer:TRANsient:REPort:ADD....................................................................................................................757
POWer:TRANsient:RESult:DELay?...............................................................................................................757
POWer:TRANsient:RESult:OVERshoot?.......................................................................................................757
POWer:TRANsient:RESult:PEAK:TIME?...................................................................................................... 757
POWer:TRANsient:RESult:PEAK:VALue?.................................................................................................... 758
POWer:TRANsient:RESult:RTIMe?...............................................................................................................758
POWer:TRANsient:RESult:SETTlingtime?....................................................................................................758
POWer:TRANsient:SIGHigh.......................................................................................................................... 758
POWer:TRANsient:SIGLow...........................................................................................................................758
POWer:TRANsient:STARt............................................................................................................................. 758
POWer:TRANsient:STOP.............................................................................................................................. 759
POWer:ZOFFset[:EXECute].......................................................................................................................... 708
PROBe<m>:ID:BUILd?..................................................................................................................................438
PROBe<m>:ID:PARTnumber?...................................................................................................................... 438
PROBe<m>:ID:PRDate?............................................................................................................................... 438
PROBe<m>:ID:SRNumber?.......................................................................................................................... 439
PROBe<m>:ID:SWVersion?.......................................................................................................................... 439
PROBe<m>:PMETer:RESults:COMMon?..................................................................................................... 445
PROBe<m>:PMETer:RESults:DIFFerential?.................................................................................................445
PROBe<m>:PMETer:RESults:NEGative?..................................................................................................... 446
PROBe<m>:PMETer:RESults:POSitive?.......................................................................................................446
List of Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
841User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
PROBe<m>:PMETer:RESults:SINGle?......................................................................................................... 445
PROBe<m>:PMETer:VISibility.......................................................................................................................444
PROBe<m>:SETup:ACCoupling................................................................................................................... 444
PROBe<m>:SETup:ADVanced:AUDioverload...............................................................................................443
PROBe<m>:SETup:ADVanced:FILTer...........................................................................................................443
PROBe<m>:SETup:ADVanced:PMToffset.....................................................................................................441
PROBe<m>:SETup:ADVanced:RANGe........................................................................................................ 443
PROBe<m>:SETup:ADVanced:STPRobe..................................................................................................... 441
PROBe<m>:SETup:ADVanced:ZADJust.......................................................................................................442
PROBe<m>:SETup:ATTenuation:MANual.....................................................................................................436
PROBe<m>:SETup:ATTenuation:UNIT......................................................................................................... 436
PROBe<m>:SETup:ATTenuation[:AUTO]?....................................................................................................440
PROBe<m>:SETup:BANDwidth?.................................................................................................................. 440
PROBe<m>:SETup:CAPacitance?................................................................................................................440
PROBe<m>:SETup:DCOFfset?.....................................................................................................................445
PROBe<m>:SETup:DEGauss....................................................................................................................... 441
PROBe<m>:SETup:GAIN:MANual................................................................................................................ 437
PROBe<m>:SETup:GAIN:UNIT.................................................................................................................... 436
PROBe<m>:SETup:GAIN[:AUTO]?...............................................................................................................440
PROBe<m>:SETup:IMPedance?.................................................................................................................. 441
PROBe<m>:SETup:MODE ...........................................................................................................................437
PROBe<m>:SETup:NAME?.......................................................................................................................... 439
PROBe<m>:SETup:OFFSwitch.....................................................................................................................444
PROBe<m>:SETup:PRMode.........................................................................................................................442
PROBe<m>:SETup:TYPE?........................................................................................................................... 439
PROBe<m>:SETup:ZAXV............................................................................................................................. 443
REFCurve<m>:DATA:HEADer?.....................................................................................................................569
REFCurve<m>:DATA:XINCrement?.............................................................................................................. 572
REFCurve<m>:DATA:XORigin?.................................................................................................................... 572
REFCurve<m>:DATA:YINCrement?.............................................................................................................. 573
REFCurve<m>:DATA:YORigin?.................................................................................................................... 573
REFCurve<m>:DATA:YRESolution?............................................................................................................. 573
REFCurve<m>:DATA?...................................................................................................................................569
REFCurve<m>:HORizontal:POSition............................................................................................................ 479
REFCurve<m>:HORizontal:SCALe............................................................................................................... 479
REFCurve<m>:LABel.................................................................................................................................... 480
REFCurve<m>:LOAD.................................................................................................................................... 478
REFCurve<m>:LOAD:STATe.........................................................................................................................479
REFCurve<m>:SAVE.....................................................................................................................................478
REFCurve<m>:SOURce................................................................................................................................477
REFCurve<m>:SOURce:CATalog?............................................................................................................... 477
REFCurve<m>:STATe....................................................................................................................................478
REFCurve<m>:UPDate................................................................................................................................. 478
REFCurve<m>:VERTical:POSition................................................................................................................479
REFCurve<m>:VERTical:SCALe...................................................................................................................480
REFCurve<m>:WCOLor................................................................................................................................480
REFLevel:RELative:LOWer........................................................................................................................... 522
REFLevel:RELative:MIDDle...........................................................................................................................522
REFLevel:RELative:MODE............................................................................................................................521
REFLevel:RELative:UPPer............................................................................................................................522
List of Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
842User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
RUN............................................................................................................................................................... 428
RUNContinous...............................................................................................................................................428
RUNSingle..................................................................................................................................................... 428
SEARch:CONDition....................................................................................................................................... 481
SEARch:MEASure:LEVel:PEAK:MAGNitude................................................................................................ 485
SEARch:MEASure:PEAK:POLarity............................................................................................................... 485
SEARch:PROTocol:ARINc:CONDition...........................................................................................................702
SEARch:PROTocol:ARINc:DATA:CONDition................................................................................................ 703
SEARch:PROTocol:ARINc:DATA:MAXimum................................................................................................. 703
SEARch:PROTocol:ARINc:DATA:MINimum.................................................................................................. 704
SEARch:PROTocol:ARINc:DATA:OFFSet..................................................................................................... 704
SEARch:PROTocol:ARINc:DATA:SIZE..........................................................................................................704
SEARch:PROTocol:ARINc:ERRor.................................................................................................................704
SEARch:PROTocol:ARINc:FORMat.............................................................................................................. 704
SEARch:PROTocol:ARINc:LABel:CONDition................................................................................................705
SEARch:PROTocol:ARINc:LABel:MAXimum.................................................................................................705
SEARch:PROTocol:ARINc:LABel:MINimum..................................................................................................705
SEARch:PROTocol:ARINc:SDI......................................................................................................................705
SEARch:PROTocol:ARINc:SSM....................................................................................................................705
SEARch:PROTocol:ARINc:WORD[:TYPE]....................................................................................................706
SEARch:PROTocol:CAN:ACKerror................................................................................................................643
SEARch:PROTocol:CAN:BITSterror..............................................................................................................644
SEARch:PROTocol:CAN:CONDition............................................................................................................. 642
SEARch:PROTocol:CAN:CRCerror............................................................................................................... 644
SEARch:PROTocol:CAN:DATA..................................................................................................................... 646
SEARch:PROTocol:CAN:DCONdition........................................................................................................... 646
SEARch:PROTocol:CAN:DLENgth................................................................................................................645
SEARch:PROTocol:CAN:FORMerror............................................................................................................ 644
SEARch:PROTocol:CAN:FRAMe.................................................................................................................. 643
SEARch:PROTocol:CAN:FTYPe................................................................................................................... 644
SEARch:PROTocol:CAN:ICONdition.............................................................................................................645
SEARch:PROTocol:CAN:IDENtifier............................................................................................................... 645
SEARch:PROTocol:CAN:ITYPe.....................................................................................................................645
SEARch:PROTocol:LIN:CHKSerror...............................................................................................................657
SEARch:PROTocol:LIN:CONDition............................................................................................................... 656
SEARch:PROTocol:LIN:DATA....................................................................................................................... 658
SEARch:PROTocol:LIN:DCONdition............................................................................................................. 658
SEARch:PROTocol:LIN:DLENgth..................................................................................................................658
SEARch:PROTocol:LIN:FRAMe.................................................................................................................... 656
SEARch:PROTocol:LIN:ICONdition...............................................................................................................657
SEARch:PROTocol:LIN:IDENtifier................................................................................................................. 658
SEARch:PROTocol:LIN:IPERror....................................................................................................................657
SEARch:PROTocol:LIN:SYERror.................................................................................................................. 657
SEARch:PROTocol:MILStd:CONDition..........................................................................................................688
SEARch:PROTocol:MILStd:DATA:CONDition............................................................................................... 689
SEARch:PROTocol:MILStd:DATA:MAXimum................................................................................................ 689
SEARch:PROTocol:MILStd:DATA:MINimum................................................................................................. 689
SEARch:PROTocol:MILStd:DATA:OFFSet.................................................................................................... 689
SEARch:PROTocol:MILStd:DATA:WORDs................................................................................................... 689
SEARch:PROTocol:MILStd:ERRor................................................................................................................689
List of Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
843User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
SEARch:PROTocol:MILStd:MCODe..............................................................................................................690
SEARch:PROTocol:MILStd:RTADdress:CONDition...................................................................................... 690
SEARch:PROTocol:MILStd:RTADdress:MAXimum.......................................................................................690
SEARch:PROTocol:MILStd:RTADdress:MINimum........................................................................................ 690
SEARch:PROTocol:MILStd:SADDress:CONDition........................................................................................690
SEARch:PROTocol:MILStd:SADDress:MAXimum........................................................................................ 690
SEARch:PROTocol:MILStd:SADDress:MCADdress......................................................................................691
SEARch:PROTocol:MILStd:SADDress:MINimum..........................................................................................691
SEARch:PROTocol:MILStd:STATus:BCReceived......................................................................................... 691
SEARch:PROTocol:MILStd:STATus:BUSY....................................................................................................691
SEARch:PROTocol:MILStd:STATus:DBCaccept........................................................................................... 691
SEARch:PROTocol:MILStd:STATus:INSTrument.......................................................................................... 691
SEARch:PROTocol:MILStd:STATus:MERRor................................................................................................692
SEARch:PROTocol:MILStd:STATus:SREQuest............................................................................................ 692
SEARch:PROTocol:MILStd:STATus:SUBSystem..........................................................................................692
SEARch:PROTocol:MILStd:STATus:TERMinal..............................................................................................692
SEARch:PROTocol:MILStd:TRMode.............................................................................................................692
SEARch:PROTocol:MILStd:TTYPe................................................................................................................692
SEARch:PROTocol:MILStd:WCOunt:CONDition...........................................................................................693
SEARch:PROTocol:MILStd:WCOunt:MAXimum........................................................................................... 693
SEARch:PROTocol:MILStd:WCOunt:MINimum.............................................................................................693
SEARch:PROTocol:MILStd:WSTart...............................................................................................................693
SEARch:RCOunt?......................................................................................................................................... 496
SEARch:RESDiagram:SHOW....................................................................................................................... 494
SEARch:RESult:ALL?....................................................................................................................................495
SEARch:RESult:BCOunt?............................................................................................................................. 494
SEARch:RESult<n>?.....................................................................................................................................495
SEARch:SOURce.......................................................................................................................................... 482
SEARch:STATe.............................................................................................................................................. 481
SEARch:TRIGger:DATatoclock:CEDGe........................................................................................................ 489
SEARch:TRIGger:DATatoclock:CLEVel.........................................................................................................489
SEARch:TRIGger:DATatoclock:CLEVel:DELTa............................................................................................. 489
SEARch:TRIGger:DATatoclock:CSOurce......................................................................................................488
SEARch:TRIGger:DATatoclock:DLEVel.........................................................................................................489
SEARch:TRIGger:DATatoclock:DLEVel:DELTa............................................................................................. 489
SEARch:TRIGger:DATatoclock:HTIMe..........................................................................................................489
SEARch:TRIGger:DATatoclock:STIMe.......................................................................................................... 490
SEARch:TRIGger:EDGE:LEVel.....................................................................................................................483
SEARch:TRIGger:EDGE:LEVel:DELTa......................................................................................................... 483
SEARch:TRIGger:EDGE:SLOPe...................................................................................................................483
SEARch:TRIGger:LEVel:RISetime:LOWer....................................................................................................485
SEARch:TRIGger:LEVel:RISetime:UPPer.....................................................................................................486
SEARch:TRIGger:LEVel:RUNT:LOWer......................................................................................................... 487
SEARch:TRIGger:LEVel:RUNT:UPPer..........................................................................................................487
SEARch:TRIGger:LEVel:WINDow:LOWer.....................................................................................................492
SEARch:TRIGger:LEVel:WINDow:UPPer..................................................................................................... 492
SEARch:TRIGger:PATTern:FUNCtion........................................................................................................... 490
SEARch:TRIGger:PATTern:LEVel<n>........................................................................................................... 491
SEARch:TRIGger:PATTern:LEVel<n>:DELTa................................................................................................491
SEARch:TRIGger:PATTern:SOURce.............................................................................................................490
List of Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
844User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
SEARch:TRIGger:PATTern:WIDTh:DELTa.................................................................................................... 492
SEARch:TRIGger:PATTern:WIDTh:RANGe.................................................................................................. 491
SEARch:TRIGger:PATTern:WIDTh[:WIDTh]..................................................................................................492
SEARch:TRIGger:RISetime:DELTa............................................................................................................... 486
SEARch:TRIGger:RISetime:RANGe............................................................................................................. 486
SEARch:TRIGger:RISetime:SLOPe.............................................................................................................. 485
SEARch:TRIGger:RISetime:TIME................................................................................................................. 486
SEARch:TRIGger:RUNT:DELTa.................................................................................................................... 488
SEARch:TRIGger:RUNT:POLarity.................................................................................................................487
SEARch:TRIGger:RUNT:RANGe...................................................................................................................487
SEARch:TRIGger:RUNT:WIDTh....................................................................................................................488
SEARch:TRIGger:WIDTh:DELTa...................................................................................................................484
SEARch:TRIGger:WIDTh:LEVel....................................................................................................................483
SEARch:TRIGger:WIDTh:LEVel:DELTa........................................................................................................ 484
SEARch:TRIGger:WIDTh:POLarity............................................................................................................... 483
SEARch:TRIGger:WIDTh:RANGe.................................................................................................................484
SEARch:TRIGger:WIDTh:WIDTh.................................................................................................................. 484
SEARch:TRIGger:WINDow:DELTa................................................................................................................492
SEARch:TRIGger:WINDow:POLarity............................................................................................................ 493
SEARch:TRIGger:WINDow:RANGe..............................................................................................................493
SEARch:TRIGger:WINDow:TIMerange.........................................................................................................493
SEARch:TRIGger:WINDow:WIDTh............................................................................................................... 494
SINGle........................................................................................................................................................... 428
SPECtrum:DIAGram:COLor:MAGNitude:MODE...........................................................................................549
SPECtrum:DIAGram:COLor:MAXimum[:LEVel]............................................................................................ 549
SPECtrum:DIAGram:COLor:MINimum[:LEVel]..............................................................................................550
SPECtrum:DIAGram:COLor:SCHeme:FDOMain.......................................................................................... 550
SPECtrum:DIAGram:COLor:SCHeme:SPECtrogram....................................................................................550
SPECtrum:DIAGram:SPECtrogram[:ENABle]............................................................................................... 550
SPECtrum:FREQuency:AVERage:COMPlete?............................................................................................. 539
SPECtrum:FREQuency:AVERage:COUNt.................................................................................................... 539
SPECtrum:FREQuency:BANDwidth[:RESolution]:AUTO..............................................................................549
SPECtrum:FREQuency:BANDwidth[:RESolution]:RATio.............................................................................. 538
SPECtrum:FREQuency:BANDwidth[:RESolution][:VALue]........................................................................... 538
SPECtrum:FREQuency:CENTer....................................................................................................................537
SPECtrum:FREQuency:FULLspan................................................................................................................537
SPECtrum:FREQuency:MAGNitude:SCALe................................................................................................. 536
SPECtrum:FREQuency:POSition.................................................................................................................. 536
SPECtrum:FREQuency:RESet......................................................................................................................539
SPECtrum:FREQuency:SCALe.....................................................................................................................537
SPECtrum:FREQuency:SPAN.......................................................................................................................537
SPECtrum:FREQuency:STARt......................................................................................................................538
SPECtrum:FREQuency:STOP.......................................................................................................................538
SPECtrum:FREQuency:WINDow:TYPE........................................................................................................535
SPECtrum:HISTory:CURRent........................................................................................................................500
SPECtrum:HISTory:EXPort:NAME................................................................................................................ 507
SPECtrum:HISTory:EXPort:SAVE................................................................................................................. 507
SPECtrum:HISTory:PALL...............................................................................................................................500
SPECtrum:HISTory:PLAYer:SPEed............................................................................................................... 501
SPECtrum:HISTory:PLAYer:STATe................................................................................................................502
List of Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
845User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
SPECtrum:HISTory:REPLay..........................................................................................................................502
SPECtrum:HISTory:STARt.............................................................................................................................501
SPECtrum:HISTory:STOP............................................................................................................................. 501
SPECtrum:HISTory:TSABsolute:ALL?...........................................................................................................505
SPECtrum:HISTory:TSABsolute?.................................................................................................................. 505
SPECtrum:HISTory:TSDate:ALL?..................................................................................................................506
SPECtrum:HISTory:TSDate?.........................................................................................................................505
SPECtrum:HISTory:TSRelative:ALL?............................................................................................................ 504
SPECtrum:HISTory:TSRelative?....................................................................................................................504
SPECtrum:MARKer:RCOunt?....................................................................................................................... 547
SPECtrum:MARKer:REFerence:SETup:CMPeak......................................................................................... 544
SPECtrum:MARKer:REFerence:SETup:CSCReen....................................................................................... 545
SPECtrum:MARKer:REFerence:SETup:FREQuency....................................................................................545
SPECtrum:MARKer:REFerence:SETup:INDex............................................................................................. 545
SPECtrum:MARKer:REFerence:SETup:MODE............................................................................................ 545
SPECtrum:MARKer:REFerence:SETup:SPAN..............................................................................................545
SPECtrum:MARKer:RESult<n>:ALL:DELTa?................................................................................................547
SPECtrum:MARKer:RESult<n>:ALL?............................................................................................................547
SPECtrum:MARKer:RESult<n>:DELTa?....................................................................................................... 548
SPECtrum:MARKer:RESult<n>:FREQuency:DELTa?...................................................................................548
SPECtrum:MARKer:RESult<n>:FREQuency?.............................................................................................. 548
SPECtrum:MARKer:RESult<n>:LEVel:DELTa?.............................................................................................549
SPECtrum:MARKer:RESult<n>:LEVel?.........................................................................................................548
SPECtrum:MARKer:RESult<n>?...................................................................................................................547
SPECtrum:MARKer:RMARker:FREQuency?................................................................................................ 546
SPECtrum:MARKer:RMARker:LEVel?.......................................................................................................... 546
SPECtrum:MARKer:RMARker?.....................................................................................................................546
SPECtrum:MARKer:RMODe......................................................................................................................... 546
SPECtrum:MARKer:RTABle:ENABle.............................................................................................................543
SPECtrum:MARKer:SETup:DISTance...........................................................................................................544
SPECtrum:MARKer:SETup:EXCursion......................................................................................................... 544
SPECtrum:MARKer:SETup:MLEVel.............................................................................................................. 544
SPECtrum:MARKer:SETup:MMODe............................................................................................................. 544
SPECtrum:MARKer:SETup:MWIDth............................................................................................................. 544
SPECtrum:MARKer:SOURce........................................................................................................................ 543
SPECtrum:MARKer[:ENABle]........................................................................................................................543
SPECtrum:SOURce.......................................................................................................................................535
SPECtrum:SPECtrogram:RESet................................................................................................................... 542
SPECtrum:SPECtrogram:SCALe.................................................................................................................. 542
SPECtrum:TIME:POSition............................................................................................................................. 538
SPECtrum:TIME:RANGe...............................................................................................................................539
SPECtrum:WAVeform:AVERage:DATA:HEADer?......................................................................................... 540
SPECtrum:WAVeform:AVERage:DATA:POINts?...........................................................................................541
SPECtrum:WAVeform:AVERage:DATA:XINCrement?...................................................................................541
SPECtrum:WAVeform:AVERage:DATA:XORigin?......................................................................................... 541
SPECtrum:WAVeform:AVERage:DATA:YINCrement?...................................................................................541
SPECtrum:WAVeform:AVERage:DATA:YORigin?......................................................................................... 542
SPECtrum:WAVeform:AVERage:DATA:YRESolution?.................................................................................. 542
SPECtrum:WAVeform:AVERage:DATA?........................................................................................................540
SPECtrum:WAVeform:AVERage[:ENABle]....................................................................................................539
List of Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
846User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
SPECtrum:WAVeform:MAXimum:DATA:HEADer?........................................................................................ 540
SPECtrum:WAVeform:MAXimum:DATA:POINts?..........................................................................................541
SPECtrum:WAVeform:MAXimum:DATA:XINCrement?..................................................................................541
SPECtrum:WAVeform:MAXimum:DATA:XORigin?........................................................................................541
SPECtrum:WAVeform:MAXimum:DATA:YINCrement?..................................................................................541
SPECtrum:WAVeform:MAXimum:DATA:YORigin?........................................................................................542
SPECtrum:WAVeform:MAXimum:DATA:YRESolution?.................................................................................542
SPECtrum:WAVeform:MAXimum:DATA?...................................................................................................... 540
SPECtrum:WAVeform:MAXimum[:ENABle]...................................................................................................539
SPECtrum:WAVeform:MINimum:DATA:HEADer?......................................................................................... 541
SPECtrum:WAVeform:MINimum:DATA:POINts?...........................................................................................541
SPECtrum:WAVeform:MINimum:DATA:XINCrement?...................................................................................541
SPECtrum:WAVeform:MINimum:DATA:XORigin?......................................................................................... 541
SPECtrum:WAVeform:MINimum:DATA:YINCrement?...................................................................................541
SPECtrum:WAVeform:MINimum:DATA:YORigin?......................................................................................... 542
SPECtrum:WAVeform:MINimum:DATA:YRESolution?.................................................................................. 542
SPECtrum:WAVeform:MINimum:DATA?........................................................................................................540
SPECtrum:WAVeform:MINimum[:ENABle].................................................................................................... 539
SPECtrum:WAVeform:SPECtrum:DATA:HEADer?........................................................................................541
SPECtrum:WAVeform:SPECtrum:DATA:POINts?......................................................................................... 541
SPECtrum:WAVeform:SPECtrum:DATA:XINCrement?................................................................................. 541
SPECtrum:WAVeform:SPECtrum:DATA:XORigin?........................................................................................541
SPECtrum:WAVeform:SPECtrum:DATA:YINCrement?................................................................................. 541
SPECtrum:WAVeform:SPECtrum:DATA:YORigin?........................................................................................542
SPECtrum:WAVeform:SPECtrum:DATA:YRESolution?.................................................................................542
SPECtrum:WAVeform:SPECtrum:DATA?......................................................................................................540
SPECtrum:WAVeform:SPECtrum[:ENABle]...................................................................................................539
SPECtrum[:STATe].........................................................................................................................................535
STATus:OPERation:CONDition?................................................................................................................... 787
STATus:OPERation:ENABle..........................................................................................................................787
STATus:OPERation:NTRansition...................................................................................................................787
STATus:OPERation:PTRansition...................................................................................................................787
STATus:OPERation[:EVENt]?........................................................................................................................787
STATus:PRESet.............................................................................................................................................789
STATus:QUEStionable:ADCState:CONDition?..............................................................................................789
STATus:QUEStionable:ADCState:ENABle.................................................................................................... 790
STATus:QUEStionable:ADCState:NTRansition.............................................................................................790
STATus:QUEStionable:ADCState:PTRansition............................................................................................. 791
STATus:QUEStionable:ADCState[:EVENt]?..................................................................................................790
STATus:QUEStionable:CONDition?...............................................................................................................789
STATus:QUEStionable:COVerload:CONDition?............................................................................................789
STATus:QUEStionable:COVerload:ENABle...................................................................................................790
STATus:QUEStionable:COVerload:NTRansition........................................................................................... 790
STATus:QUEStionable:COVerload:PTRansition............................................................................................791
STATus:QUEStionable:COVerload[:EVENt]?................................................................................................ 790
STATus:QUEStionable:ENABle..................................................................................................................... 790
STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit:CONDition?......................................................................................................789
STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit:ENABle............................................................................................................ 790
STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit:NTRansition..................................................................................................... 790
STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit:PTRansition..................................................................................................... 791
List of Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
847User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit[:EVENt]?.......................................................................................................... 790
STATus:QUEStionable:MASK:CONDition?................................................................................................... 789
STATus:QUEStionable:MASK:ENABle..........................................................................................................790
STATus:QUEStionable:MASK:NTRansition...................................................................................................790
STATus:QUEStionable:MASK:PTRansition...................................................................................................791
STATus:QUEStionable:MASK[:EVENt]?........................................................................................................790
STATus:QUEStionable:NTRansition..............................................................................................................790
STATus:QUEStionable:PTRansition.............................................................................................................. 791
STATus:QUEStionable[:EVENt]?...................................................................................................................790
STOP............................................................................................................................................................. 429
SYSTem:BEEPer:CONTrol:STATe.................................................................................................................590
SYSTem:BEEPer:ERRor:STATe....................................................................................................................590
SYSTem:BEEPer:TRIG:STATe...................................................................................................................... 590
SYSTem:BEEPer[:IMMediate]....................................................................................................................... 590
SYSTem:COMMunicate:INTerface:ETHernet:DHCP.....................................................................................592
SYSTem:COMMunicate:INTerface:ETHernet:GATeway................................................................................593
SYSTem:COMMunicate:INTerface:ETHernet:HTTPport................................................................................593
SYSTem:COMMunicate:INTerface:ETHernet:IPADdress.............................................................................. 593
SYSTem:COMMunicate:INTerface:ETHernet:IPPort..................................................................................... 593
SYSTem:COMMunicate:INTerface:ETHernet:MACaddress?........................................................................ 594
SYSTem:COMMunicate:INTerface:ETHernet:SUBNet.................................................................................. 593
SYSTem:COMMunicate:INTerface:ETHernet:TRANsfer............................................................................... 594
SYSTem:COMMunicate:INTerface:ETHernet:VXIPort...................................................................................593
SYSTem:COMMunicate:INTerface:USB:CLASs............................................................................................594
SYSTem:COMMunicate:INTerface[:SELect]..................................................................................................590
SYSTem:DATE...............................................................................................................................................589
SYSTem:DFPRint?........................................................................................................................................ 592
SYSTem:EDUCation:PRESet........................................................................................................................ 591
SYSTem:ERRor:ALL?....................................................................................................................................591
SYSTem:ERRor[:NEXT]?...............................................................................................................................591
SYSTem:NAME..............................................................................................................................................589
SYSTem:PRESet........................................................................................................................................... 591
SYSTem:SET.................................................................................................................................................591
SYSTem:TIME............................................................................................................................................... 589
SYSTem:TREE?............................................................................................................................................ 592
TCOunter:ENABle..........................................................................................................................................553
TCOunter:RESult[:ACTual]:FREQuency?..................................................................................................... 554
TCOunter:RESult[:ACTual]:PERiod?.............................................................................................................554
TCOunter:SOURce........................................................................................................................................554
TIMebase:ACQTime...................................................................................................................................... 447
TIMebase:DIVisions?.....................................................................................................................................448
TIMebase:POSition........................................................................................................................................447
TIMebase:RANGe..........................................................................................................................................447
TIMebase:RATime?....................................................................................................................................... 448
TIMebase:REFerence....................................................................................................................................447
TIMebase:ROLL:AUTomatic.......................................................................................................................... 451
TIMebase:ROLL:MTIMe................................................................................................................................ 452
TIMebase:SCALe...........................................................................................................................................446
TIMebase:ZOOM:POSition............................................................................................................................471
TIMebase:ZOOM:SCALe...............................................................................................................................471
List of Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
848User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
TIMebase:ZOOM:STATe................................................................................................................................471
TIMebase:ZOOM:TIME..................................................................................................................................471
TRIGger:A:ARINc:DATA:CONDition.............................................................................................................. 695
TRIGger:A:ARINc:DATA:MAXimum...............................................................................................................696
TRIGger:A:ARINc:DATA:MINimum................................................................................................................696
TRIGger:A:ARINc:DATA:OFFSet...................................................................................................................696
TRIGger:A:ARINc:DATA:SIZE....................................................................................................................... 696
TRIGger:A:ARINc:ERRor:CODing.................................................................................................................696
TRIGger:A:ARINc:ERRor:GAP......................................................................................................................697
TRIGger:A:ARINc:ERRor:PARity...................................................................................................................697
TRIGger:A:ARINc:FORMat............................................................................................................................697
TRIGger:A:ARINc:LABel:CONDition..............................................................................................................697
TRIGger:A:ARINc:LABel:MAXimum.............................................................................................................. 698
TRIGger:A:ARINc:LABel:MINimum............................................................................................................... 698
TRIGger:A:ARINc:SDI................................................................................................................................... 698
TRIGger:A:ARINc:SSM..................................................................................................................................698
TRIGger:A:ARINc:TTIMe:CONDition.............................................................................................................698
TRIGger:A:ARINc:TTIMe:MAXimum............................................................................................................. 698
TRIGger:A:ARINc:TTIMe:MINimum...............................................................................................................698
TRIGger:A:ARINc:TYPE................................................................................................................................699
TRIGger:A:ARINc:WORD:TYPE....................................................................................................................699
TRIGger:A:CAN:ACKerror............................................................................................................................. 635
TRIGger:A:CAN:BITSterror............................................................................................................................635
TRIGger:A:CAN:CRCerror.............................................................................................................................636
TRIGger:A:CAN:DATA................................................................................................................................... 635
TRIGger:A:CAN:DCONdition.........................................................................................................................634
TRIGger:A:CAN:DLC.....................................................................................................................................635
TRIGger:A:CAN:FORMerror..........................................................................................................................636
TRIGger:A:CAN:FTYPe.................................................................................................................................633
TRIGger:A:CAN:ICONdition...........................................................................................................................634
TRIGger:A:CAN:IDENtifier.............................................................................................................................634
TRIGger:A:CAN:ITYPe.................................................................................................................................. 634
TRIGger:A:CAN:TYPE...................................................................................................................................633
TRIGger:A:EDGE:COUPling..........................................................................................................................456
TRIGger:A:EDGE:FILTer:HFReject................................................................................................................457
TRIGger:A:EDGE:FILTer:NREJect................................................................................................................ 457
TRIGger:A:EDGE:SLOPe..............................................................................................................................456
TRIGger:A:FINDlevel.....................................................................................................................................456
TRIGger:A:HOLDoff:MODE...........................................................................................................................455
TRIGger:A:HOLDoff:TIME............................................................................................................................. 455
TRIGger:A:HYSTeresis..................................................................................................................................457
TRIGger:A:I2C:ACCess.................................................................................................................................613
TRIGger:A:I2C:ADDRess.............................................................................................................................. 613
TRIGger:A:I2C:AMODe................................................................................................................................. 613
TRIGger:A:I2C:MODE................................................................................................................................... 612
TRIGger:A:I2C:PATTern.................................................................................................................................614
TRIGger:A:I2C:PLENgth................................................................................................................................614
TRIGger:A:I2C:POFFset................................................................................................................................615
TRIGger:A:I2S:CHANnel:LEFT:CONDition....................................................................................................665
TRIGger:A:I2S:CHANnel:LEFT:DMAX...........................................................................................................665
List of Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
849User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
TRIGger:A:I2S:CHANnel:LEFT:DMIN............................................................................................................665
TRIGger:A:I2S:CHANnel:RIGHt:CONDition.................................................................................................. 666
TRIGger:A:I2S:CHANnel:RIGHt:DMAX.........................................................................................................666
TRIGger:A:I2S:CHANnel:RIGHt:DMIN.......................................................................................................... 666
TRIGger:A:I2S:CHANnel:TDM<n>:CONDition.............................................................................................. 666
TRIGger:A:I2S:CHANnel:TDM<n>:DMAX.....................................................................................................667
TRIGger:A:I2S:CHANnel:TDM<n>:DMIN...................................................................................................... 667
TRIGger:A:I2S:FUNCtion...............................................................................................................................667
TRIGger:A:I2S:SOWords...............................................................................................................................668
TRIGger:A:I2S:TYPE.....................................................................................................................................667
TRIGger:A:I2S:WINDow:LENGth.................................................................................................................. 668
TRIGger:A:I2S:WSELect:SLOPe...................................................................................................................668
TRIGger:A:I2S:WSSLope.............................................................................................................................. 668
TRIGger:A:LEVel<n>:RISetime:LOWer.........................................................................................................466
TRIGger:A:LEVel<n>:RISetime:UPPer..........................................................................................................466
TRIGger:A:LEVel<n>:RUNT:LOWer.............................................................................................................. 465
TRIGger:A:LEVel<n>:RUNT:UPPer...............................................................................................................465
TRIGger:A:LEVel<n>[:VALue]........................................................................................................................456
TRIGger:A:LIN:CHKSerror.............................................................................................................................648
TRIGger:A:LIN:DATA..................................................................................................................................... 650
TRIGger:A:LIN:DCONdition...........................................................................................................................650
TRIGger:A:LIN:DLENgth................................................................................................................................650
TRIGger:A:LIN:ICONdition.............................................................................................................................649
TRIGger:A:LIN:IDENtifier...............................................................................................................................649
TRIGger:A:LIN:IPERror................................................................................................................................. 649
TRIGger:A:LIN:SYERror................................................................................................................................649
TRIGger:A:LIN:TYPE.....................................................................................................................................648
TRIGger:A:MILStd:COMMand:TYPE.............................................................................................................674
TRIGger:A:MILStd:DATA:CONDition............................................................................................................. 675
TRIGger:A:MILStd:DATA:MAXimum..............................................................................................................675
TRIGger:A:MILStd:DATA:MINimum...............................................................................................................675
TRIGger:A:MILStd:DATA:OFFSet..................................................................................................................675
TRIGger:A:MILStd:DATA:OFFSet:CONDition............................................................................................... 675
TRIGger:A:MILStd:DATA:WORDs................................................................................................................. 675
TRIGger:A:MILStd:ERRor:MANChester........................................................................................................675
TRIGger:A:MILStd:ERRor:PARity..................................................................................................................676
TRIGger:A:MILStd:ERRor:SYNC...................................................................................................................676
TRIGger:A:MILStd:ERRor:TIMeout............................................................................................................... 676
TRIGger:A:MILStd:FRAMe............................................................................................................................ 676
TRIGger:A:MILStd:MCODe:CODE................................................................................................................676
TRIGger:A:MILStd:MCODe:VALue................................................................................................................677
TRIGger:A:MILStd:MODE..............................................................................................................................677
TRIGger:A:MILStd:RTADdress:CONDition....................................................................................................677
TRIGger:A:MILStd:RTADdress:MAXimum.................................................................................................... 677
TRIGger:A:MILStd:RTADdress:MINimum......................................................................................................677
TRIGger:A:MILStd:SADDress:CONDition..................................................................................................... 678
TRIGger:A:MILStd:SADDress:MAXimum......................................................................................................678
TRIGger:A:MILStd:SADDress:MCADdress................................................................................................... 678
TRIGger:A:MILStd:SADDress:MINimum....................................................................................................... 678
TRIGger:A:MILStd:STATus:BCReceived.......................................................................................................678
List of Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
850User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
TRIGger:A:MILStd:STATus:BUSY................................................................................................................. 678
TRIGger:A:MILStd:STATus:DBCaccept.........................................................................................................679
TRIGger:A:MILStd:STATus:INSTrument........................................................................................................679
TRIGger:A:MILStd:STATus:MERRor............................................................................................................. 679
TRIGger:A:MILStd:STATus:SREQuest..........................................................................................................679
TRIGger:A:MILStd:STATus:SUBSystem........................................................................................................679
TRIGger:A:MILStd:STATus:TERMinal........................................................................................................... 679
TRIGger:A:MILStd:SYNC.............................................................................................................................. 680
TRIGger:A:MILStd:TRMode...........................................................................................................................680
TRIGger:A:MILStd:TTYPe............................................................................................................................. 680
TRIGger:A:MILStd:TYPE...............................................................................................................................680
TRIGger:A:MILStd:WCOunt:CONDition........................................................................................................ 680
TRIGger:A:MILStd:WCOunt:MAXimum.........................................................................................................681
TRIGger:A:MILStd:WCOunt:MINimum.......................................................................................................... 681
TRIGger:A:MILStd:WORD.............................................................................................................................681
TRIGger:A:MODE..........................................................................................................................................454
TRIGger:A:PATTern:CONDition..................................................................................................................... 463
TRIGger:A:PATTern:FUNCtion...................................................................................................................... 463
TRIGger:A:PATTern:MODE........................................................................................................................... 463
TRIGger:A:PATTern:SOURce........................................................................................................................ 462
TRIGger:A:PATTern:WIDTh:DELTa................................................................................................................464
TRIGger:A:PATTern:WIDTh:RANGe..............................................................................................................464
TRIGger:A:PATTern:WIDTh[:WIDTh].............................................................................................................464
TRIGger:A:RISetime:DELTa.......................................................................................................................... 467
TRIGger:A:RISetime:RANGe.........................................................................................................................467
TRIGger:A:RISetime:SLOPe......................................................................................................................... 467
TRIGger:A:RISetime:TIME............................................................................................................................ 467
TRIGger:A:RUNT:DELTa................................................................................................................................465
TRIGger:A:RUNT:POLarity............................................................................................................................ 465
TRIGger:A:RUNT:RANGe..............................................................................................................................465
TRIGger:A:RUNT:WIDTh...............................................................................................................................466
TRIGger:A:SOURce.......................................................................................................................................454
TRIGger:A:SOURce:SPI................................................................................................................................606
TRIGger:A:SOURce:UART............................................................................................................................625
TRIGger:A:SPI:MODE................................................................................................................................... 606
TRIGger:A:SPI:PATTern................................................................................................................................ 606
TRIGger:A:SPI:PLENgth................................................................................................................................607
TRIGger:A:SPI:POFFset................................................................................................................................607
TRIGger:A:TIMeout:RANGe.......................................................................................................................... 468
TRIGger:A:TIMeout:TIME..............................................................................................................................468
TRIGger:A:TV:FIELd......................................................................................................................................461
TRIGger:A:TV:LINE....................................................................................................................................... 462
TRIGger:A:TV:POLarity................................................................................................................................. 461
TRIGger:A:TV:STANdard...............................................................................................................................461
TRIGger:A:TYPE........................................................................................................................................... 455
TRIGger:A:UART:MODE................................................................................................................................625
TRIGger:A:UART:PATTern.............................................................................................................................626
TRIGger:A:UART:PLENgth............................................................................................................................626
TRIGger:A:UART:POFFset............................................................................................................................ 626
TRIGger:A:WIDTh:DELTa..............................................................................................................................460
List of Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
851User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
TRIGger:A:WIDTh:POLarity...........................................................................................................................459
TRIGger:A:WIDTh:RANGe............................................................................................................................ 460
TRIGger:A:WIDTh:WIDTh............................................................................................................................. 460
TRIGger:B:DELay..........................................................................................................................................458
TRIGger:B:EDGE:SLOPe..............................................................................................................................458
TRIGger:B:ENABle........................................................................................................................................ 458
TRIGger:B:EVENt:COUNt............................................................................................................................. 459
TRIGger:B:MODE..........................................................................................................................................458
TRIGger:B:SOURce.......................................................................................................................................458
TRIGger:EVENt:BEEP...................................................................................................................................469
TRIGger:EVENt:REFSave.............................................................................................................................469
TRIGger:EVENt:SCRSave.............................................................................................................................470
TRIGger:EVENt:TRIGgerout..........................................................................................................................470
TRIGger:EVENt:WFMSave............................................................................................................................470
TRIGger:EVENt[:ENABle]..............................................................................................................................469
TRIGger:OUT:MODE..................................................................................................................................... 595
TRIGger:OUT:PLENgth..................................................................................................................................595
TRIGger:OUT:POLarity..................................................................................................................................595
WGENerator:ARBitrary:RANGe:START........................................................................................................ 773
WGENerator:ARBitrary:RANGe:STOP..........................................................................................................773
WGENerator:ARBitrary:SOURce...................................................................................................................773
WGENerator:ARBitrary:UPDate.................................................................................................................... 774
WGENerator:ARBitrary:VISible......................................................................................................................774
WGENerator:ARBitrary[:FILE]:NAME............................................................................................................774
WGENerator:ARBitrary[:FILE]:OPEN............................................................................................................ 774
WGENerator:BURSt:ITIMe............................................................................................................................ 774
WGENerator:BURSt:NCYCle........................................................................................................................ 774
WGENerator:BURSt:PHASe..........................................................................................................................775
WGENerator:BURSt[:STATe]......................................................................................................................... 775
WGENerator:FREQuency..............................................................................................................................771
WGENerator:FUNCtion..................................................................................................................................771
WGENerator:FUNCtion:EXPonential:POLarity..............................................................................................772
WGENerator:FUNCtion:PULSe:DCYCle....................................................................................................... 771
WGENerator:FUNCtion:PULSe:ETIMe..........................................................................................................772
WGENerator:FUNCtion:RAMP:POLarity....................................................................................................... 772
WGENerator:MODulation:AM:DEPTh........................................................................................................... 776
WGENerator:MODulation:AM:FREQuency................................................................................................... 776
WGENerator:MODulation:ASK:DEPTh..........................................................................................................777
WGENerator:MODulation:ASK:FREQuency..................................................................................................777
WGENerator:MODulation:FM:DEViation....................................................................................................... 777
WGENerator:MODulation:FM:FREQuency....................................................................................................776
WGENerator:MODulation:FSK:HFREquency................................................................................................777
WGENerator:MODulation:FSK:RATE............................................................................................................777
WGENerator:MODulation:FUNCtion..............................................................................................................775
WGENerator:MODulation:RAMP:POLarity....................................................................................................777
WGENerator:MODulation:TYPE....................................................................................................................776
WGENerator:MODulation[:ENABLE]............................................................................................................. 775
WGENerator:NOISe:ABSolute.......................................................................................................................772
WGENerator:NOISe:RELative.......................................................................................................................772
WGENerator:OUTPut:LOAD..........................................................................................................................773
List of Commands
R&S
®
RTA4000
852User Manual 1335.7898.02 ─ 07
WGENerator:OUTPut[:ENABle].....................................................................................................................773
WGENerator:SWEep:FEND.......................................................................................................................... 778
WGENerator:SWEep:FSTart..........................................................................................................................778
WGENerator:SWEep:TIME............................................................................................................................778
WGENerator:SWEep:TYPE...........................................................................................................................778
WGENerator:SWEep[:ENABle]......................................................................................................................778
WGENerator:TRIangle:SYMMetry.................................................................................................................772
WGENerator:VOLTage...................................................................................................................................771
WGENerator:VOLTage:OFFSet.....................................................................................................................771
